COLUMBIA  LIBRARIES  OFFSITE 

HEALTH  SCIENCES  STANDARD 


HX64076873 
RA1051  R25  1894  Text  book  of  medical 


No 

'^Y^yz 

^S''^!! 

"■'  "^ 1 1 

A 

W.    BAKER,  M.  D.,      1  1 
EMPORIUM,  PA.                     1   1 

I 

Columbia  (HnitJerssftp 
intljeCtlpotl^fWgork 

CoUege  of  ^iipgiciansi  anb  ^urgeoni 
Hibrarp 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2010  witii  funding  from 

Open  Knowledge  Commons 


htt|D://www.archive.org/details/textbookofmedicOOrees 


MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE 


AND 


TOXICOLOGY. 


REESE. 


THE  NEW  SERIES 

OF 

STUDENTS'  MANUALS, 


Price  of  each  Book,  Cloth,  $3.00;  Leather,  $3.50. 


The  object  held  in  view  in  the  preparation  of  this  Series  was 
to  make  books  that  should  be  concise  and  praclical,  not  burdened 
by  useless  theories  and  discussions,  but  containing  all  that  is 
needed  or  necessary  for  the  student  and  practitioner.  No  pains 
have  been  spared  to  bring  them  up  to  the  times,  and  the  very  lovv 
price  at  which  they  have  been  published  is  an  additional  point 
m  their  favor. 

As  each  new  edition  is  published,  the  books  are  carefully 
revised  or  rewritten,  as  the  subject  may  demand. 

No.  1.  WALSHAM'S  SURGERY.  Third  Edition.  318  Illustra- 
tions. 

No.  2.  WINCKEL-PARVIN  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.  Second 
Edition.     150  Illustrations. 

No.  3.  HOLDEN-HEWSON  ANATOMY.  Sixth  Edition.  311  Il- 
lustrations.    Being  a  Manual  of  Dissections. 

No.  4.  YEO'S  PHYSIOLOGY.  Sixth  Edition.  254  Illustrations  and 
a  Glossary. 

No.  5.      GOODHART-STARR   DISEASES   OF  CHILDREN. 

Second  Edition.     Illustrated. 
No.  6.      WHITE-WILCOX  MATERIA  MEDICA,  PHARMACY, 
PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS.   Second 
Edition.     Enlarged. 

No.  7.  REESE  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE  AND  TOXI- 
COLOGY.    Fourth  Edition.     Revised  by  Leffmann. 

No.  8.  SW^ANZY  DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE.  Fourth  Edition. 
164  Illustrations. 

No.  g.      STEARN'S  MENTAL  DISEASES.    Illustrated.    636 pages. 
No.  10.     HARTLEY'S   MEDICAL   CHEMISTRY.      Third   Edition. 
Enlarged.     Illustrated.     684  pages. 

P.   BLAKISTON,  SON   &  CO.,  Publishers, 
1012  Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia. 


TEXT-BOOK 


MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE 


TOXICOLOGY. 


JOHN  J.  REESE,  M.  D., 

LATE   PROFESSOR   OF   MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE   AND   TOXICOLOGY   IN  THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF   PENNSYLVANIA;     LATE   PRESIDENT   OF   THE   MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE 

SOCIETY   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


FOURTH  EDITION. 


REVISED    BY 

HENRY  LEFFMANN,  A.M.,  M.  D.,  Ph.D., 

PROFESSOR   OF   CHEMISTRY   AND   TOXICOLOGY   IN  THE  WOMAN's   MEDICAL   COLLEGE 

OF   PENNSYLVANIA;     CHEMIST  TO   STATE  BOARD   OF   HEALTH   AND   VITAL 

STATISTICS   OF   PENNSYLVANIA;     PATHOLOGICAL   CHEMIST  TO 

THE  JEFFERSON  MEDICAL   COLLEGE   HOSPITAL. 


.  PHILADELPHIA: 

P.   BLAKISTON,   SON   &   CO., 

I0I2  WALNUT  STREET. 
1895. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1894,  by 

P.  BLAKISTON,  SON  &  CO., 

in  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington,  D.  C. 


Press  of 

The  Jas.  B.  Rodgers  Printing  Co., 

Philadelphia. 


PREFACE  TO  FOURTH  EDITION. 


In  the  preparation  of  the  present  revision  I  have  been 
materially  assisted  by  Dr.  Charles  K.  Mills,  Professor  of 
Medical  Jurisprudence  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
and  Dr.  W.  M.  Late  Coplin,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Hygiene 
in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College.  Dr.  Mills  contributed 
many  additions  to  the  chapter  on  insanity,  and  Dr.  Coplin 
revised  thoroughly  those  portions  of  the  text  relating  to 
causes  of  death,  examination  of  blood  and  seminal  stains, 
and  methods  of  making  post-mortems.  A  table  exhibiting 
a  synopsis  of  the  characteristic  features  of  the  blood  cor- 
puscles of  many  animals  was  prepared  by  Dr.  Coplin 
especially  for  this  work,  and  will  be  an  important  addition. 

In  all  the  work  of  revision  the  purpose  of  the  book  has 
been  kept  in  view.  It  is  not  a  laboratory  manual,  nor  is  it 
intended  as  a  comprehensive  work  for  experts ;  but  it  is  a 
students'  text-book  and  a  reference  work  for  general  practi- 
tioners in  medicine  and  law.  On  the  publication  of  the  first 
edition  it  attained  immediate  popularity,  and  has  held  its 

place  ever  since.    Its  distinguished  author  had  an  unusually 

5 


6  PREFACE    TO    FOURTH    EDITION. 

wide  experience  as  an  expert,  as  well  as  a  teacher  of  the 
subject,  and  brought,  therefore,  to  the  preparation  of  the 
work,  an  extended  knowledge  of  facts  and  a  high  capacity 
for  expressing  them  in  clear  and  correct  language. 

Some  additions  and  omissions  have  been  necessarily 
made,  but  the  most  decided  change  has  been  in  the  toxi- 
cology, in  which  the  principles  of  nomenclature  in  chem- 
istry have  been  more  closely  followed  than  in  former 
editions.  The  American  spelling  has  been  adopted  in  so 
far  as  dropping  the  final  "  e  "  in  strictly  scientific  terms,  and 
the  diphthongs  "  se  "  and  "oe"  have  been  shortened  to  "  e." 
I  have  also  "often  dropped  the  syllable  "  al  "  after  "  ic,"  but 
have  not  thought  it  worth  while  to  push  this  plan  so  far  as 
to  produce  .awkward  words.  For  the  same  reason  I  have 
not  adopted  the  substitution  of  "f"  for  "ph"  in  sulphur 
and  its  derivatives.  I  extend  my  thanks  to  Drs.  Mills  and 
Coplin  for  their  assistance,  and  trust  the  work  may  main- 
tain the  high  favor  to  which  it  has  attained.  H.  L. 

715  Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  October,  1894. 


PREFACE  TO  FIRST  EDITION. 


This  Text-Book  has  been  written  more  particularly  to 
meet  the  wants  of  students  of  Legal  Medicine.  The 
author  is  aware  that  the  field  has  already  been  occupied 
by  able  and  popular  treatises  on  Medical  Jurisprudence 
well  known  to  the  professions  of  Medicine  and  Law;  but 
an  experience  of  over  twenty  years,  as  a  public  teacher 
of  this  branch  of  science,  has  convinced  him  that  students 
in  both  these  professions,  who  desire  to  acquire  a  know- 
ledge of  Medical  Jurisprudence,  are  too  often  deterred 
from  their  purpose  by  being  confronted  by  the  ponderous 
works  of  recognized  masters,  extending  to  three,  and  even 
six  large  octavo  volumes. 

To  avoid  the  above  objection,  the  author  of  the  present 
work  has  endeavored  to  condense  in  a  handy  volume  all 
the  essentials  of  the  science,  and  to  present  the  various 
topics  in  a  simple  and  familiar  style,  giving  greater  prom- 
inence, of  course,  to  those  of  the  greatest  practical 
importance. 

The  subject  of  Toxicology  occupies,  as  was  proper, 
a  considerable  space,  and  has  been  carefully  prepared; 
special  attention  being  bestowed  upon  the  most  important 
poisons — such  as  Arsenic,  Strychnin,  Opium,  Prussia 
Acid,  etc. 

7 


8  PREFACE   TO    FIRST    EDITION. 

The  chapter  on  Insanity  is  as  full  as  the  size  of  the 
volume  would  justify,  and  will  be  found,  it  is  hoped,  to 
contain  all  the  essential  medico-legal  points  pertaining  to 
this  subject. 

The  author  has  not  hesitated  to  avail  himself  freely 
of  the  materials  so  abundantly  presented  in  the  elaborate 
and  classic  works  of  Casper,  Ta}'lor,  Beck,  Wharton  and 
Stille,  Tidy,  Guy,  Tardieu  and  others;  always  desiring  to 
give  due  credit  to  the  authority  quoted,  and  usually  doing 
so  at  the  time;  and  he  would  embrace  this  opportunity  to 
express  his  obligations  to  these  authorities.  He  is  sincerely 
desirous  to  encourage  an  increasing  interest  in  the  students 
of  both  Medicine  and  Law  for  that  most  important,  but 
too  much  neglected,  subject — Forensic  Medicine;  and  he 
would  indulge  the  hope  that  the  present  treatise,  in  its 
unpretentious  size  and  style,  may  aid  in  so  doing. 

Philadelphia. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

PAGE 

Definition. — Importance  to  Students  of  Medicine  and  Law. — Order  of 
Proceeding  in  a  Medico-legal  Case. — The  Coroner's  Inquest. — The 
Criminal  Court.  —  Medical  Evidence.  —  Medical  Experts.  —  Dying 
Declarations, 17 

CHAPTER   II. 

Phenomena  and  Signs  of  Death. 

Molecular  and  Somatic  Death. — The  Immediate  Cause  of  Death  to  be 
Found  in  either  the  Heart,  Lungs  or  Brain. — Post-mortem  Evidences 
of  these. — The  "  Signs  of  Death." — Cessation  of  Respiration  and  Cir- 
culation.— Changes  in  the  Eyes. — Pallor  of  the  Body. — Loss  of  Animal 
Heat. — Post-mortem  Caloricity. — Rigor  Mortis. — Post-mortem  Lividity, 
or  Suggillation. — Putrefaction. — External  and  Internal  Signs. — Adi- 
pocere. — Mummification. — How  Long  Since  the  Death  ? 29 

CHAPTER  HI. 

Medico-legal  Investigations. — The  Post-mortem. 

Responsibility  Involved. — Accuracy  and  Method  Necessary. — Examination 
of  the  Surroundings. — External  Examination  of  the  Body. — Internal 
Examination.  —  Details  of  the  Examination.  —  Measurements  and 
Weights. — Notes, 60 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Presumption  of  Death  and  of  Survivorship, 

Cases  Involving  Presumption  of  Death  and  of  Survivorship. — P'rench 
Law  of  Survivorship. — Probabilities  Afforded  by  Age,  Sex,  and  Mode 

of  Death, 72 

9 


10  TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  V. 
Personal  Identity.  page 
Important  Medico-legal  Bearings. — I.  Identification  of  the  Living. — 
Personal  Appearance. — Peculiar  Bodily  Marks. — Remarkable  Cases. — 
II.  Identification  of  the  Dead. — Mutilated  Remains. — Identification  by- 
Means  of  the  Skeleton,  as  to  Age,  Sex  and  Stature. — Rules  of  Propor- 
tion.— Fractures,  Deformities,  and  Callus.-— Age  of  Bones. — Examina- 
tion of  Hairs  and  Fibres, 78 

CHAPTER  VI. 
Causes  Producing  Violent  Death, 
Denth  from  Wounds. — Definition  of  a  Wound. — Danger  of. — Examina-     ■ 
tion  of  the  Body. — Absence  of  External  Marks  of  Violence. — Wounds 
Made  Before  and  After  Death. — Hemorrhage. — Ecchymoses. — Classi- 
fication. —  Homicidal,    Suicidal    and   Accidental   Wounds.  —  Gunshot 
Wounds. — Differ    from    other  Wounds. — Deflection     of   the    Ball. — 
Wounds  Made  by  Shot,  Wadding  and  Powder. — Cause  of  Death  from 
Wounds. — Wounds  of  the  Head,  Neck,  Spine,  Chest  and  Abdomen,   100 

Examination  of  Blood  Stains. 
Importance  of  their  Identification. — Several  Methods  of  Identifying. — i. 
The  Chemical  Tests. — 2.  The  Microscopic  Test. — 3.  The  Spectroscopic 
Test. — 4.  The    Micrometric   Test. — Blood   Crystals. — Comparative   of 
Blood  Corpuscles, 129 

Burns  and  Scalds. 
Definition. — Classification. — Symptoms. — Cause  of  Death. — Post-mortem 
Appearances. — Burns  Made  Before  and  After  Death. — Accidental,  Sui- 
cidal and  Homicidal  Burns. — Spontaneous  Combustion, 145 

Death  from  Different  Forms  of  Apnea  Asphyxia. 
Death  from  Suffocation. — Accidental,  Suicidal  and  Flomicidal  Sufibca- 
tion. — Post-mortem  Signs. — Asphyxia  from  Poisonous  Gases. — Charcoal 
Vapor. — Illuminating  Gas. —  Vapors  from  Privies  and  Cesspools. — 
Death  by  Strangulation. — Modes  of  Strangulation. — Extei-nal  Signs — 
Internal  Lesions — Accidental,  Suicidal  and  Homicidal  Strangulation — 
Mark  of  the  Cord. — Death  by  Hanging. — Cause  of  Death. — Post- 
mortem Appearances. — Cord  Marks. — Generally  Suicidal. — Death  by 
Drowning. — Mode  of  Death. — Time  Required. — Signs  of  Death,  ■ 
External  and  Internal. — Accidental,  Suicidal  and  Homicidal  Drowning,   151 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS.  11 

Death  by  Electricity.  page 

Medico-legal  Relations. — Mode  of  Death. — Post-mortem  Signs,    ....    i8o 

Death  from  Heat  and  Cold. 

Diverse  Effects  of  Heat  upon  the  Body. — Post-mortem  Appearances. — 
Effects  of  Cold. — Postmortem  Appearances, 183 

Death  by  Starvation. 

Accidental,  Homicidal  and  Suicidal  Starvation. — Pretended  Cases  of  Vol- 
untary Starvation. — Symptoms,  and  Post-mortem  Signs. — Medico-legal 
Relations, 188 

Death  from  Poisoning-^(Toxicology). 

Definition  of  a  Poison. — Effects. — Proofs  of  Absorption. — Subsequent 
Disposition  of  the  Poison. — Elimination. — Cause  of  Death. — Circum- 
stances Modifying  their  Action. — Antagonism  of  Poisons. — Evidences 
of  Poisoning. — i.  Evidences  from  Symptoms. — 2.  From  Post-mortem 
Lesions. — 3.  Chemical  Analysis. — Post-mortem  Imbibition  of  Poisons. 
— Rules  in  Performing  a  Toxicologic  Analysis. — 4.  Physiological 
Experiments. — 5.  Circumstantial  Evidence. — Medico-legal  Conclusions. 
— Classification, 192 

CORROSIVE  IRRITANTS. 

Mineral  Acids.  page 

Certain  Common  Symptoms. — Post-mortem  Appearances. — Treatment. — 
Analysis. — Toxicologic  Examination  for  the  Different  Acids. — Sulphuric, 
Nitric  and  Muriatic  Acids, 220 

Alkalies  and  their  Salts. 

Potassa,  Soda,  and  Ammonia. — Similarity  of  Effects. — Symptoms. — Fatal 
Dose. — Treatment. — Post-mortem  Appearances. — Analysis. — Poisoning 
by  the  Alkaline  and  Earthy  Salts. — Potassium  Nitrate. — Potassium 
Bitartrate. — Potassium  Sulphate. — Alum. — Chlorated  Potassa  and  Soda. 
— Salts  of  Barium, 232 

IRRITANTS  PROPER. 

Poisoning  by  Phosphorus.  —  Symptoms. — Fatal  Dose.  —  Treatment.  — 
Morbid  Appearances. — Diagnosis. — Analysis. — Amorphous  Phosphorus. 
— Poisoning  by  lodin,  Bromin,  and  Chlorin ,    .    .    . .   241 


12  TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Arsenic.  page 

Arsenic. — Arsenous  Oxid. — Properties. — Symptoms. — Chronic  Poisoning. 
— Faal  Dose. — Treatment. — Post-mortem  Signs. — Analysis. — Toxi- 
cologic Examination. — Other  Preparations  of  Arsenic, 253 

Antimony  Compounds  (Tartar  Emetic). 

Properties  of  Tartar  Emetic. — Symptoms. — Fatal  Dose — Post-mortem 
Appearances. — Slow  Poisoning. — Analysis. — Toxicologic  Examination,  278 

Riercury  Compounds  (Corrosive  Sublimate).] 

Coirosive  Sublimate. —  Properties. —  Symptoms.  —  Post-mortem  Appear- 
ances.— Fatal  Dose.  —  Antidotes.  —  Analysis. — Toxicologic  Examina- 
tion.— Salivation, 287 

Lead. 

Frequency  of  Chronic  Poisoning. — Lead  Acetate. — Symptoms. — Treat- 
ment.—  Post-mortem  Appearances. — Painters'  Colic. — Lead  Palsy. — 
Toxicologic  Examination. — Other  Preparations  of  Lead. — Lead 
Chromate, 299 

Copper. 

Accidental  Poisoning. — Copper  Salts. — Fatal  Dose. — Treatment. — Morbid 
Appearances. — Analysis. — Toxicologic  Examination, 308 

Zinc,  Bismuth,  Tin,  Iron  and  Chromium. 
Poisoning  by  Zinc. — By  Bismuth. — By  Tin,  Iron  and  Chromium,  .    .    .    .314 

Vegetable  and  Animal  Irritants. 

Poisoning  by  Oxalic  Acid. —  Sources  of  the  Acid  in  Nature. — Symptoms. 
—  Fatal  Dose.  —  Treatment.  —  Morbid  Appearances.  —  Analysis. — 
Toxicologic  Examination. — Potassium  Oxalates. — Poisoning  by  Carbolic 
Acid. — Poisoning  by  Croton  Oil,  Elaterium,  Castor  Oil  Beans,  Colchicum 
and  Savin. — Poisoning  by  the  Hellebores.  —  Veratrin.  —  Gelsemium 
(Yellow  Jessamine). — Gelsamin  and  Gelsemic  Acid. — Poisonous  Mush- 
rooms,     S20 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS.  13 

Animal  Irritants.                                          ''^'agb 
Poisoning  by  Cantharides. — Poisonous  Animal  Food. — Sausage  Poison. — 
Trichinosis. — Clieese   Poison. — Poisonous    Fish. — Putrescent    Food. — 
Poisoned  Flesh, 338 

NEUROTIC  POISONS. 
I.  Cerebral  Neurotics. — (i)  Narcotics. 

Poisoning  by  Opium. — Nature  of  Opium. — Poisonous  Symptoms. — Fatal 
Period  and  Dose.  —  Treatment.  —  Morphin.  —  Properties. — Tests. — 
Meconic  Acid. — Tests. — Toxicologic  Examination. — Poisoning  by 
Alcohol. — Acute  Alcoholism. — Symptoms. — Post-mortem  Lesions. — 
Analysis. — Detection  in  the  Tissues, 343 

(2)  Anesthetics. 

Poisoning  by  Ether,  Chloroform,  and  Chloral  Hydrate, 359 

Spinal  Neurotics. 

Poisoning  by  Nux  Vomica. — Strychnin. — Effects. — Fatal  Dose. — Treat- 
ment.— Post-mortem  Lesions. — Diagnosis. — Analysis. — Interferences. — 
Physiologic  Test. — Toxicologic  Examination. — Brucin, 364 

Cerebro-spinal  Neurotics. — Deliriants. 

Poisoning  by  Belladonna. — Symptoms. — Atropin. — Fatal  Dose. — Treat- 
ment.— Post-mortem  Appearances. — Analysis. — Toxicologic  Examina- 
tion.— Poisoning  by  Stramonium,  Hyosc3'amus  and  Solanum 386 

Depressants. 

Poisoning  by  Tobacco  and  Lobelia. — Effects  of  Tobacco. — Post-mortem 
Lesions. — Nicotin. — Properties. — Toxicologic    Examination. — Lobelia,  395 

Poisoning  by  Hemlock.  —  Symptoms.  —  Post-mortem  Appearances. — 
Conin. — Reactions.  —  Toxicologic  Examination — Other  Poisonous 
Hemlocks. — Aconite  and  Calabar  Bean. — Properties  of  the  Aconitum 
Napellus.  —  Effects.  —  Post-mortem  Appearances.  — Aconitin.  —  Fatal 
Dose. — Treatment.  —  Analysis.  —  Toxicologic  Examination . — Calabar 
Bean. — Properties. — Eserin, 401 

Asthenics. 

Poisoning  by  Hydrocyanic  Acid. — Natural  Occurrence  in  Vegetables. — 
Pure  and  Officinal  Acids. — Symptoms. — Fatal  Period  and  Dose. — Treat- 


14  TABLE   OF    CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

ment.  —  Post-mortem  Appearances. — Tests. — Toxicologic  Examina- 
tion.— Potassium  Cyanid. — Oil  of  Bitter  Almonds. — Cherry-laurel 
Water. — Nitrobenzene,  Anilin,  Antipyrin  and  Antifebrin. — Symptoms. 
— Post-mortem  Lesions.  —  Fatal  Dose. — Digitalin. — Analysis. — Toxi- 
cologic Examination. — Case  of  De  la  Pomerais. — Poisoning  by  Cocculus 
Indicus, 4^1 

Alkaloids  of  Putrefaction. — Ptomains 429 

CHAPTER  VII. 

Feigned  Diseases.  * 

Great  Variety  of  Simulated  Diseases. — Fictitious  and  Factitious  Diseases. 
— General  Rules  for  Diagnosis. — Special  Diagnosis, 435 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

Pregnancy. 

Cases  where  it  becomes  the  Subject  of  Medico-legal  Investigation. — Signs 
of  Pregnancy,  Certain  and  Uncertain. — Corpus  Luteum. — Unconscious 
Pregnancy. — Pregnancy  in  the  Dead, 448 

CHAPTER  IX. 

Criminal  Abortion,  or  Feticide. 

Definition. — Frequency  of  A.bortion  from  Natural  Causes. — Proofs  that  a 
Fetus  has  been  Destroyed. — Signs  afforded  by  the  Mother. — Age  of 
the  Fetus. — Means  employed, 458 

CHAPTER  X. 

Infanticide. 

Definition. — A  Live  Birth. — Questions  Relating  to  the  Infant. — Was  it 
Born  Alive? — Signs  of  Death  before  Birth. — Proofs  of  a  Live  Birth 
derived  from  the  Lungs. — The  Hydrostatic  Test. — Proofs  of  a  Live 
Birth  derived  from  the  Organs  of  Circulation  and  the  Abdominal 
Organs. — Peculiarities  of  the  Fetal  Circulation. — Uncertainty  of  these 
Signs. — Desiccation  of  the  Umbilical  Cord. — Proofs  of  a  Live  Birth 
from  the  Stomach  and  Intestines. — Causes  of  Death  in  the  Newborn 
Child. — (i)  Causes  Acting  during  Birth. — Compression  of  and  by  the 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS.  15 

PAGE 

Cord  — Proiracted  Deliveiy. — Debility,  Hemorrhage,  Fracture  of  Skull. 
— (2)  Causes  acting  after  Birth. — Congenital  Malformation  and  Disease. 
— Exposure. — Improper  Food. — Wounds  and  Injuries. — SufiTocation. — 
Strangling. —  Drowning. —  Poisoning. —  Accidental  Causes. —  Mode  of 
conducting  the  Examination. — Questions  Relating  to  the  Mother. — 
Signs  of  Delivery. — Early  Signs. — Examination  of  the  Milk. — Con- 
cealed Delivery. — Concealment  of  Birth. — Pretended  Delivery,  ,  .    .    .471 

CHAPTER  XI. 

Legitimacy^-Inheritance. 

Medico-legal  Importance. — Ordinary  Term  of  Human  Gestation. — Pro- 
tracted Gestation. — Argument  from  Analogy  of  the  Lower  Animals. — 
Premature  Delivery. — Early  Viability  of  the  Child. — Live  Birth  in  Civil 
Cases. — Tenancy  by  Courtesy. — Laws  Concerning  Legitimacy. — Pa- 
ternity.— Affiliation. — Superfetation. — Double  Sex  in  Hermaphroditism. 
— Impotence  and  Sterility.  —  Causes  of  Impotence.  —  Procreative 
Power  in  the  Male — Crypsorchides  and  Monorchides. — Sterility. — Pro- 
creative  Power  in  the  Female. — Legal  Decisions, 510 

CHAPTER  XII. 

Rape. 

Legal  Meaning. — Duty  of  the  Examiner. — Rape  on  Children. — May  be 
Confounded  with  Disease. — Rape  on  Adult  Women. — Possibility  of, 
without  consent.— If  unconscious. — Effects  of  Ether. — Philadelphia 
Case. — Evidences  of  Rape  on  Adults. — Condition  of  the  Hymen. — 
Seminal  Stains. — Evidences  of  Rape  on  the  Dead. — Unnatural  Crimes. 
— Legal  Relations  of  Rape, 529 

CHAPTER  XIIL 

Insanity. 

Medico-legal  Difficulties  of  Insanity. — Civil  and  Criminal  Responsibility. 
— Legal  Terms. — Illusions,  Hallucinations,  and  Delusions. — Conceal- 
ment of  Delusions. — Lucid  Intervals. — Classification. — Defective  De- 
velopment of  the  Faculties. — Idiocy,  Physical  Marks  of — Pathological 
Marks — Imbecility. — Cretinism. — Legal  Relations  of  Idiocy  and  Imbe- 
cility.— Lesions  of  the  Mental  Faculties  Subsequent  to  their  Develop- 
ment. —  General   Intellectual  Mania.  —  Symptoms.  —  Melancholia.  — 


16  TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

Symptoms. — Partial  Intellectual  Mania. — Moral  Mania. — Monomania. 
— Kleptomania. — Pyromania. — Dipsomania. — Responsibility  of  Drunk- 
ards.— Homicidal  and  Suicidal  Mania. — General  Paresis. — Dementia. — 
Puerperal  Insanity.  —  Somnambulism.  —  Epileptic  Insanity.  —  Post- 
mortem Lesions. — Medico-legal  Relations  of  Insanity. — Deprivation  of 
Liberty. — Signing  Certificates  of  Insanity. — Testimony  in  Criminal 
Cases. — Testamentary  Capacity. — Opinions  in  Relation  to  Marriage, 
and  Education  of  Children. — Criminal  Responsibility — The  Plea  of 
Insanity  as  a  Bar  to  Capital  Punishment. — Importance  of  a  Correct 
Understanding  of  the  Subject. — A  mere  "K,no\vledge  of  Right  and 
Wrong"  not  sufficient. — Condition  of  the  Will,  or  Self-Control. — 
Emotional  Insanity. — Simulated,  or  Feigned  Insanity. — Pretended 
Insanity  in  Criminals. — Importance  of  Ascertaining  the  Motive. — 
Means  taken  to  conceal  the  Crime. — Mania,  the  Form  usually  Feigned,   548 

CHAPTER  XIV. 

Medical  Malpractice. 

Definition. — The  Physician  not  an  Insurer. — Certain  Established  Princi- 
ples.— "Ordinary  Skill." — Errors  in  Judgment. — Frequency  of  Civil 
Suits — Causes  Leading  to  Suits  for  Malpractice. — Laws  in  the  U.  S. 
affecting  Inebriety  in  Physicians. — Liability  of  Druggists, 599 

CHAPTER  XV. 

Life  Insurance. 

Meaning  of  the  Term. — Conditions  of  the  Policy. — Concealment  of  Facts. 
—  Relation  of  Intemperance  and  Suicide  to  Life  Insurance. — Cases,  .    .   610 


TEXT-BOOK 

OF 

MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE 

AND 

TOXICOLOGY. 


CHAPTER    I. 

Medical  Jurisprudence,  Legal  or  Forensic  Medicine, 
may  be  defined  to  be  the  science  which  apphes  the  knowl- 
edge of  Medicine  to  the  requirements  of  Law.  In  the 
discovery  of  truth,  the  great  purpose  of  Law,  every  depart- 
ment of  human  knowledge  should  be  made  to  assist.  Cases 
affecting  life,  reputation,  or  property,  and  requiring  for 
elucidation  an  appeal  to  medical  knowledge,  are  termed 
medico-legal  cases,  and  the  science  of  the  application  of 
medicine  to  them  is  named  Medical  Jurisprudence. 

The  students  of  Medicine  and  Law  are  equally  interested 
in  a  knowledge  of  this  science,  and  it  should  require  no 
argument  to  show  its  importance  to  members  of  these  pro- 
fessions. The  former  cannot  entirely  evade  its  claims, 
although  he  may  seek  to  do  so,  since  the  very  nature  of  his 
profession,  together  with  his  assumed  public  position  as  an 
accredited  physician,  renders  him  liable  at  any  moment  to 
2  .  17 


18  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

be  confronted  with  a  case  involving  the  intricate  questions 
of  homicidal,  suicidal,  or  accidental  death;  of  infanticide;  of 
criminal  abortion;  of  rape;  of  drowning,  and  of  numerous 
other  cases  which  must  necessarily  depend  for  their  eluci- 
dation upon  the  physician  who  had  previously  given  his 
professional  attendance  in  the  case,  and  who  must  give  his 
evidence  before  the  court.  He  may  be  placed  under  cir- 
cumstances in  which  he  may  be  compelled  to  give,  publicly, 
a  professional  opinion;  he  then  necessarily  assumes  the 
functions  of  the  "  legal  physician  ;  "  and  whether  qualified 
or  not  must  now  do  his  best,  in  the  position  of  a  medical 
witness,  to  aid  the  cause  of  justice.  How  important,  then, 
that  the  practitioner  of  medicine,  even  though  he  may  have 
no  special  leaning  towards  legal  medicine,  should  become 
acquainted  at  least  with  the  general  principles  and  leading 
facts  of  the  science  ! 

With  very  few  exceptions,  Medical  Jurisprudence  is  but 
superficially  taught  in  the  medical  colleges  of  this  country. 
In  a  few  it  is  made  a  necessary  or  compulsory  qualification 
for  the  student's  graduation.  In  some  States  of  the  Union, 
the  importance  of  a  knowledge  of  this  branch  of  science  is 
officially  declared,  by  refusal  to  recognize  the  diploma  of 
any  medical  school  which  does  not  teach  it  as  an  integral 
part  of  its  curriculum ;  and  by  refusing  to  license  any  phy- 
sician to  practice  who  cannot  give  satisfactory  evidence  of 
a  knowledge  of  this  science. 

Numerous  cases  brought  before  a  court  can  only  be 
settled  by  an  appeal  to  medical  knowledge ;  sometimes  it  is 
to  one  department  of  medicine,  and  sometimes  to  another; 
and  it  not  infrequently  happens  that  several  branches  of 
medical  science  may  be  simultaneously  called  into  requisi- 
tion, in  order  to  aid  in  arriving  at  a  proper  decision. 

It  is  more  particularly  when  the  physician  appears  upon 


coroner's  inquest.  19 

the  witness  stand,  and  assumes  the  functions  of  the  medical 
witness,  that  medico-legal  knowledge  is  of  the  most  im- 
portance. After  he  has  accomplished  the  investigation  of 
some  case  by  carefully  conducted  methods  of  scientific 
research,  there  remains  the  duty  of  giving  the  results  of  his 
investigations  to  the  court  in  the  form  of  evidence ;  and  to 
be  prepared  to  do  this  in  the  proper  manner  constitutes  one 
of  the  chief  acquirements  of  the  medical  jurist.  This  will 
be  more  manifest  as  we  detail  the  mode  of  proceeding  in  a 
criminal  case. 

The  Coroner's  Inquest. — The  first  public  duty  usually 
imposed  upon  the  physician  who  has  been  in  attendance, 
or  has  investigated  a  case  of  violent  death,  is  to  testify  at 
the  coroner's  inquest.  In  many  civilized  countries,  espe- 
cially English-speaking  communities,  a  special  officer,  the 
coroner,  is  appointed  to  investigate  the  unknown  or  unex- 
plained causes  of  sudden  death.  For  example,  a  body  is 
discovered  with  or  without  marks  of  external  violence,  or 
dragged  out  of  the  river ;  the  body  of  a  new-born  child  has 
been  found  in  a  well  or  cesspool,  or  floating  in  the  water;  a 
person  is  discovered  dead  at  some  hotel,  far  distant  from 
his  home;  or  a  person  in  apparent  health  suddenly  drops 
dead  in  the  street.  In  these  and  analogous  cases  the  law 
provides  for  an  investigation  to  ascertain  the  cause  and  cir- 
cumstances of  the  death;  and,  if  due  to  violence,  then  the 
nature  of  it,  i.  e.,  whether  from  a  wound  (gunshot  or  other- 
wise), from  a  bludgeon,  an  axe,  hammer,  or  other  blunt 
weapon;  or  whether  occasioned  by  a  fall.  In  the  absence 
of  all  external  marks  of  violence,  then,  might  the  death  not 
have  been  produced  by  poison?  In  each  one  of  these  cases 
a  further  question  must  be  solved — was  the  death  homi- 
cidal, suicidal,  or  accidental. 

The  coroner's  jury  consists  of  a  few  men  (the  number 


20  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

varies  in  different  places)  mostly  selected  from  the  district 
in  which  the  inquest  is  held.  Their  duty  consists  in  (i) 
viewing  the  body  and  establishing  its  identity,  and  (2)  in 
holding  the  inquest,  which  is  a  sort  of  petty  court,  wherein 
inquiry  is  made  as  to  the  cause  of  death,  and  (in  case  of 
homicide)  to  ascertain,  if  possible,  the  guilty  person.  Wit- 
nesses are  examined,  and  the  person  who  has  peformed  the 
post-mortem  examination  makes  a  report,  and  gives  his 
opinion  as  to  the  cause  of  death.  The  jury  consult  and 
render  a  verdict,  which  is  usually  in  accordance  with  the 
report  of  the  medical  officer.  In  some  cases,  particu- 
larly in  cities,  where  the  coroner  has  one  or  more  specially 
appointed  physicians,  it  is  not  considered  necessary  that  the 
jury  should  personally  view  the  body;  it  is  regarded  as  suffi- 
cient if  the  body  has  been  identified  by  the  examining  phy- 
sician, and  the  autopsy  reported. 

The  special  duty  of  the  coroner's  inquest  is  to  discover 
the  cause  of  death ;  it  does  not  fall  within  his  province  to 
discover  the  individual  who  caused  it.  Nevertheless,  it 
often  happens  that,  in  the  course  of  the  investigation,  sus- 
picion may  so  strongly  point  to  some  one,  as  to  warrant 
the  coroner  committing  the  suspect  to  prison,  to  await 
further  investigation.  The  usual  verdict  in  cases  of  violent 
death  (shown  to  have  been  neither  suicidal  nor  accidental) 
is  that  of  murder  or  manslaughter,  against  some  person  or 
persons,  known  or  unknown. 

The  office  of  coroner,  as  at  present  constituted  in  many 
places,  exhibits  antiquated  and  inconvenient  methods.  In 
Massachusetts  the  office  has  been  abolished,  the  investiga- 
tion of  sudden  or  suspicious  deaths  being  carried  out  by 
physicians,  called  "  Medical  Examiners,"  who  do  not  refer 
evidence  to  a  special  jury,  but  can  place  any  suspected 
criminal  in  the  charge  of  the  courts. 


JUDICIAL    PROCEDURE.  21 

The  post-mortem  examination  is  an  inseparable  part  of 
the  coroner's  inquiry  in  a  case  of  this  character,  and  consti- 
tutes *its  most  important  factor.  It  should  be  performed 
carefully  and  thoroughly.  No  one  is  fit  to  undertake  it  but 
a  skilled  anatomist  and  pathologist.  The  autopsy  should 
be  performed  deliberately  and  by  daylight,  if  possible. 
Since  the  most  serious  issues  may  be  at  stake,  the  utmost 
caution  should  be  exercised  in  conducting  the  autopsy. 
It  will  always  be  an  advantage  if  the  examination  be  per- 
formed by  two  experts. 

In  giving  his  evidence  before  the  coroner's  jury  the 
medical  man  must  not  undervalue  the  importance  of  the  i 
situation;  he  must  not  forget  that  the  testimony  is  gene-  ' 
rally  recorded,  and  that  it  will  surely  confront  him  at  any 
subsequent  trial.  This  fact  should  impress  upon  him  the 
seriousness  of  the  occasion,  and  remind  him  of  the  import- 
ance of  drawing  up  his  report  with  due  care  and  accuracy.     / 

The  Criminal  Court. — After  the  coroner's  inquest,  the  case 
(if  a  criminal  one)  is,  in  most  communities,  sent  to  a  grand 
jury,  who  institute  a  preliminary  examination,  and  deter- 
mine if  a  prima  facie  case  is  made  out.  This  hearing  is 
usually  a  matter  of  routine,  and  a  "true  bill"  is  found.  The 
case  next  comes  regularly  for  trial.  To  this  trial  the  medi- 
cal witness  is  summoned  to  appear  by  a  subpoena,  which  he 
must  obey.  He  will  undergo  a  most  strict  and  impartial 
examination  as  to  his  opinions  and  observations  on  the 
case.  He  will  be  cross-examined  as  to  his  professional 
knowledge  and  acquirements,  the  extent  of  his  opportuni- 
ties for  making  such  investigations  as  the  one  pending, 
the  accuracy  of  his  post-mortem,  or  toxicological  examina- 
tion, and  other  matters  which  may  annoy  and  confuse  him 
to  no  small  degree,  unless  he  be  prepared  beforehand  by 
medico-legal  knowledge  and  training.     A  witness  properly 


22  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

fortified  need  have  no  fear  for  himself;  for,  as  he  goes 
upon  the  stand  honestly  to  testify  to  the  truth,  "  he  need 
only,"  to  quote  the  language  of  the  late  Dr.  Taylor,  ''  bear 
in  mind  two  considerations :  first,  that  he  should  be 
thoroughly  prepared  on  all  points  of  the  subject  on  which 
he  is  to  give  evidence;  and  secondly,  that  his  demeanor 
should  be  that  of  an  educated  gentleman,  and  suited  to  the 
serious  occasion  on  which  he  appears." 

In  regard  to  medical  evidence  several  points  require 
brief  notice.  After  opening  the  case  before  the  court,  the 
prosecuting  attorney  calls  witnesses  and  examines  them 
"  according  to  the  rules  of  evidence ;  "  this  is  technically 
called  the  exaniination  in  chief.  The  cross-examination 
follows ;  this  is  conducted  by  the  counsel  for  the  defense, 
and  may  be  aimed  at  contradicting  and  overthrowing,  if 
possible,  the  previous  testimony.  A  counsel  for  the 
defense  is  allowed  very  considerable  latitude  in  the  cross- 
examination  of  the  witness,  and  it  will  be  necessary  for  the 
witness  to  exercise  considerable  self-control,  since  it  is  only 
in  this  way  that  a  brow-beating  attorney  can  be  parried. 
The  witness  must  also  remember  that  there  are  technical 
methods  in  the  law  which  are  not  comprehended  by  laymen, 
and  it  is  especially  advisable  that  if  objection  be  made  by 
either  attorney  to  any  question,  the  witness  should  pause 
until  the  matter  is  decided  by  the  judge.  It  is  inadvisable 
for  a  witness  to  appeal  to  the  judge  for  protection  against  a 
line  of  questions.  An  honest  and  properly  informed  physi- 
cian has  nothing  to  fear  from  a  lawyer,  Re-cxauiination 
sometimes  follows  the  cross-examination  of  the  witness, 
when  it  becomes  necessary  to  clear  up  or  explain  any 
matter  that  may  have  been  obscured  by  the  cross-exami- 
nation. 

After  the  examination  of  the  State's  witnesses,  that  of  the 


MEDICAL  EVIDENCE — EXPERTS.  23 

witnesses  for  the  defense  follows,  and  the  same  general  line 
of  examination  is  pursued.  When  expert  witnesses  for  the 
defense  are  called,  a  most  unpleasant  exhibition  is  not  unfre- 
quently  made,  one  expert  directly  contradicting  another  on 
the  opposite  side.  Such  professional  tilting  is  sometimes 
sneeringly  designated  as  the  "  war  of  the  experts,"  and  is 
certainly  deeply  to  be  regretted,  as  it  tends  greatly  to  pre- 
judice both  the  court  and  the  public  against  expert  testi- 
mony in  general. 

It  is  well  to  understand  the  difference  between  an  ordinary 
and  an  expert  witness.  The  former  testifies  only  to  facts 
which  he  has  seen,  or  heard,  or  learned  from  personal 
observation.  The  "  expert "  or  skilled  witness  {expertus) 
does  not  necessarily  testify  to  facts,  but  gives  his  opinion 
on  facts  observed  by  himself,  or  testified  to  by  others.  An 
expert  witness  is  supposed  to  be  specially  skilled  in  the 
matter  on  which  he  is  to  testify.  It  is  just  here,  that 
much  difficulty  arises  in  cases  involving  expert  evidence. 
The  so-called  "■  experts  "  are  often  selected  with  the  inten- 
tion that  they  shall  advocate  particular  views  or  belittle  in 
every  possible  way  the  ability  or  work  of  the  experts  on 
the  opposite  side. 

The  expert  witness  has  his  rights  as  well  as  his  duties  and 
responsibilities.  One  of  these  rights  is  his  compensation. 
It  has  often  been  made  a  subject  of  just  complaint  that  an 
expert  witness  is  placed  upon  the  stand,  and  his  professional 
opinions,  which  may  be  of  the  utmost  value  in  the  pending 
case,  extorted  from  him  piecemeal,  by  the  questionings  of 
counsel,  and  yet  he  receives  as  his  compensation  merely 
the  pay  of  an  ordinary  witness.  Some  legal  authorities 
admit  that  the  expert  is  not  bound  to  submit  to  this  impo- 
sition, and  that  he  is  entitled  to  a  special  fee  for  his  services. 


24  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE, 

The  English  courts  have  not  yet  definitely  settled  this 
matter.  The  late  Dr.  C.  Meymott  Tidy  used  the  following 
pointed  language  concerning  this  matter :  "  No  witness  can 
be  compelled  to  give  his  opinion  in  the  witness  box. 
Further,  no  one  is  bound  to  accept  a  subpoena  merely  to 
state  opinions.  The  witness  that  can  speak  to  any  actual 
fact  connected  with  the  case  must  attend  the  trial,  if  required 
to  do  so ;  but  the  expert,  however  wide  his  experience,  can- 
not be  forced  to  give  the  court  the  value  of  his  general  or 
special  knowledge."  There  can  be  no  question  as  to  the 
propriety  and  justice  of  this  position;  but  in  this  country 
the  practice  of  the  courts  in  relation  to  the  compensation  of 
medical  experts  is  by  no  means  settled.  In  the  great 
majority  of  our  States  the  law  allows  no  additional  com- 
pensation to  the  expert ;  and  it  is  not  an  unfrequent  prac- 
tice to  subpoena  him  as  an  ordinary  witness,  and  when  in 
the  witness  box,  to  use  him  as  an  expert.  What  shall  the 
expert  do  in  such  a  case  ?  How  shall  he  conduct  himself 
consistently  with  his  own  dignity  and  proper  rights  ?  Cer- 
tainly, the  court  would  not  use  a  man's  private  property — 
the  work  of  his  hands,  his  skilled  manual  labor,  or  the  pro- 
duct of  his  farm  or  merchandise — without  adequate  com- 
pensation ;  why,  then,  should  they  exact  from  him  that 
Avhich  is  the  result  of  the  labor  of  his  brain,  than  which 
nothing  can  be  more  exclusively  and  definitely  a  man's  own 
private  property  ?  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  so  few  of  our 
American  courts  and  legislatures  have  appeared  to  recog- 
nize the  true  bearings  of  this  subject,  so  that  with  us  the 
old  practice  still  prevails,  of  affording  no  legal  protection  to 
the  medical  expert,  in  the  matter  of  fees, 
/"it  rarely  happens  in  important  criminal  cases,  especially 
in  poison  cases,  that  either  the  prosecution  or  the  defense 
vwould  venture  to  trust  their  interests  to  a  reluctajit  witness ; 


REMUNERATION    TO    EXPERTS.  25 

and  certainly  he  would  be  a  reluctant  witness  who  had  been 
dragged,  perhaps  hundreds  of  miles  from  his  home  and 
business  by  a  subpoena,  which  the  law  forces  him  to  obey, 
and  who,  after  spending,  it  may  be,  days  in  attendance  upon 
the  court,  is  compelled  to  give,  for  the  paltry  pittance  of 
the.  wages  of  a  day-laborer,  that  which  has  caused  him 
years  of  labor  and  study  to  acquire,  in  the  shape  of  an 
opinion,  on  which  may  turn  the  question  of  life  or  death  to 
the  prisoner.  In  all  such  cases  the  ordinary  practice  is  to 
arrange  beforehand  with  the  expert  for  his  proper  fee ;  and 
the  witness  should  be  admonished  to  look  carefully  about 
his  interests  in  this  matter.  Let  him  remember  that  the 
district  attorney,  who  usually  directs  the  affair,  may  have 
no  authority  to  pay  the  fee ;  neither  does  this  authority 
always  lie  with  the  court.  The  responsible  parties  in  the 
case  are  often  the  county  commissioners,  or  some  equiva- 
lent county  authority.  With  these  alone  ought  the  expert 
to  make  his  arrangements,  and  always  previously  to  under- 
taking the  case ;  and  to  these  alone  can  he  look,  legally,  / 
for  his  fee.  -^ 

As  regards  the  obligation  of  a  witness  to  obey  a  subpoena 
when  he  is  to  be  questioned  only  as  to  his  opinion,  the 
mandate  of  the  court  in  this  country  is  obligatory;  the  wit- 
ness's duty  is  to  obey  it,  and  then,  if  not  previously, 
endeavor  to  arrange  about  his  compensation,  before  giving 
his  evidence. 

The  subject  of  expert  testimony  has  engaged  the  atten- 
tion of  some  of  the  ablest  minds  in  both  the  professions  of 
law  and  medicine,  but  with  no  very  definite  results.  No 
doubt,  our  present  system  of  volunteer  medical  experts  is 
open  to  objections,  which,  under  our  present  laws,  cannot 
be  remedied.  A  system  is  much  advocated  of  each  State 
appointing  one  or  more  experts,  who  shall  be  State  officers, 


26  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

physicians  of  thorough  education  and  experience,  and  train- 
ing in  this  particular  Hne,  who  shall  devote  their  time  and 
attention  exclusively  to  this  duty,  and  for  which  they  shall 
receive  an  adequate  compensation.  Such  an  office,  properly 
filled,  and  kept  aloof  from-  all  political  considerations,  might 
be  of  real  benefit ;  but  it  would  not,  necessarily,  abolish  the 
unseemly  contention  of  the  experts  in  the  court  room,  for 
in  the  United  States,  the  clause  in  the  Constitution,  pro- 
viding that  in  every  criminal  trial  the  accused  shall  have 
the  power  to  call  witnesses  in  his  favor  and  be  confronted 
by  the  witnesses  against  him  will  permit  of  the  same  con- 
tentions between  experts  that  now  occur.  Moreover,  it  is 
not  likely  that  in  our  present  political  system  a  satisfactory 
selection  of  "  State  experts  "  will  be  made.  Social  as  well 
as  political  influences  will  operate  to  control  such  appoint- 
ments, and  the  former  as  well  as  the  latter  are  capable  of 
promoting  unfit  persons.  The  system  of  State  experts  is 
in  vogue  in  some  countries  in  continental  Europe;  but  the 
method  of  criminal  procedure  is  different  in  such  places, 
and  does  not  exhibit  the  care  of  the  rights  of  the  accused 
which  is  the  principle  of  English  jurisprudence. 

There  are  a  few  practical  rules  relating  to  the  giving  of 
evidence  which  it  is  well  the  medical  expert  should  observe. 
He  should  prepare  himself  thoroughly  upon  all  the  points 
bearing  on  the  case  in  which  he  is  called  to  give  evidence. 
This  he  should  do  in  order  to  further  the  ends  of  justice, 
and  also  to  avoid  personal  censure.  He  should  be  accurate 
as  to  weights,  measures,  distances,  size,  relationship  of 
objects,  etc.,  never  guessing,  but  testifying  with  certainty 
and  precision. 

He  should  maintain  a  quiet,  dignified  and  composed 
demeanor  on  the   stand,  not  exhibiting  any  irritability  of 


DYING    DECLARATIONS.  27 

temper,  however  much  he  may  feel  provoked  by  the  rude- 
ness of  the  opposing  counsel.  He  should  beware  of  any 
display  of  arrogance  or  assumption  of  manner,  or  of  stub- 
bornness or  testiness  of  behavior,  which  are  sure  to  make 
him  appear  to  disadvantage  in  the  court  room. 

The  witness  should  give  his  answers  in  a  clear  and  audible 
tone,  and  these  replies,  together  with  his  explanations,  should 
always  be  given  in  the  simplest  possible  language;  and 
they  should  be  free  from  all  ambiguity,  otherwise  they  will 
require  explanation,  which  is  apt  rather  to  weaken  the  . 
testimony.  It  will  be  better,  also,  for  him  to  avoid  all  vol-/ 
untary  remarks,  and  confine  himself  closely  to  answering 
the  questions  put  to  him. 

He  should  never  be  afraid  frankly  to  confess  his  ignor- 
ance. Nothing  is  more  dangerous  than  for  a  witness  to 
attempt  to  guess,  for  fear  of  being  thought  ignorant. 

He  should  particularly  avoid  the  use  of  all  technical 
expressions  and  learned  formulae,  in  giving  his  descriptions. 
Pomposity  and  pedantry  should,  of  course,  be  avoided  by 
every  sensible  and  well-bred  witness,  since  it  is  certain  to 
expose  him  to  ridicule  and  contempt. 

Dying  Declarations. — By  this  term  is  understood  such 
declarations  as  are  made  by  a  dying  person,  who  believes 
that  he  is  in  actual  danger  of  death,  and  that  his  recovery  is 
impossible.  Such  declarations  are  received  in  evidence 
without  being  sworn  to.  The  law  presumes  that  declara- 
tions, made  at  so  solemn  a  crisis  as  at  a  dying  moment, 
must  be  sincere.  They  may  not,  however,  necessarily  be 
true,  although  sincere,  i.  e.,  believed  in,  at  the  time,  by  the 
deceased.  Dr.  Taylor  quotes  an  instance  of  a  dying  woman 
in  St.  Thomas'  Hospital,  who  accused  a  man  of  assaulting 
her.     He  was  found  guilty  and  executed.     A  year  after  the 


28  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

execution,  the  real  murderers  were  discovered,  and  his  inno- 
cence estabhshed.  These  declarations,  moreover,  must 
relate  to  the  actual  circumstances  of  the  death,  and  to 
nothing  else. 

A  magistrate  or  other  official  authorized  to  take  depo- 
sition in  important  cases,  if  such  can  be  had,  is  the  proper 
person  to  take  down  dying  declarations,  the  pliysician  in 
attendance  merely  giving  opinion  as  to  the  hopelessness  of 
the  case,  and  the  soundness  of  the  person's  mind.  In  the 
absence  of  an  official,  the  medical  man  is  the  best  substitute, 
and  he  should  content  himself  by  simply  writing  down  the 
exact  words  of  the  dying  person,  v/ithout  adding  his  own 
interpretation  of  them.  He  should,  if  possible,  make  the 
person  sign  the  declaration,  first  reading  it  over  to  him. 


PHENOMENA   AND    SIGNS    OF    DEATH.  29 


CHAPTER   II. 

PHENOMENA  AND  SIGNS  OF  DEATH. 

Among  the  numerous  and  diversified  cases  claiming 
medico-legal  attention,  perhaps  the  most  frequent  are  those 
of  violent  death,  A  knowledge  of  the  Signs  of  Death 
becomes  of  the  utmost  importance,  since  cases  not  unfre- 
quently  present  themselves  in  which  there  is  considerable 
doubt  and  uncertainty  as  to  the  reality  of  the  death. 

For  a  proper  comprehension  of  this  subject,  attention 
should  first  be  directed  to  the  distinction  between  molecular 
and  somatic  death.  By  the  former  term  is  to  be  understood 
the  incessant  disintegration  of  tissue  which  is  going  on  in 
the  body  during  the  active  processes  of  life;  the  waste  of 
material  thus  produced  being  compensated  by  the  repara- 
tion. In  youth,  the  supply  is  in  excess  of  the  waste,  and 
growth  is  the  result;  in  advanced  age,  the  reverse  is  the 
case.  Somatic  death  is  the  cessation  of  all  the  vital  func- 
tions of  the  body,  or  the  death  of  the  whole  body.  The 
latter  is  the  popular  idea  of  death;  and  the  time  when  it 
takes  place  is  generally  recognizable.  The  precise  period 
when  universal  molecular  d^dXh.  occurs  cannot  be  accurately 
determined.  No  doubt,  molecular  life  may  continue  some 
time  after  somatic  death,  as  is  evidenced  by  post-mortem 
temperature  and  muscular  irritability,  by  the  post-mortem 
beating  of  the  heart,  and  by  certain  acts  of  nutrition  and 
secretion. 

Although  the  outlets  of  human  life  are  so  numerous 
and  varied,  and  the  phenomena  of  death  are  diversified,  the 


30  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

immediate  or  actual  cd^use.  must  in  every  instance  be  referred 
to  an  arrest  of  the  function  of  one  or  other  of  the  three 
great  centres  of  life — the  heart,  the  lungs  and  the  brain. 
And  so  intimately  are  the  functions  of  these  three  "  centres  " 
connected  together,  that  when  one  ceases  to  act,  the  actions 
of  the  others  speedily  cease.  Each  one  of  these  three- 
varieties  has  its  own  special  phenomena  or  signs;  and  each 
exhibits  its  own  peculiar  or  characteristic  post-mortem 
appearances.  The  following  is  Bichat's  classification  :  (i) 
death  beginning  at  the  brain,  (2)  death  beginning  at  the 
heart,  and  (3)  death  beginning  at  the  lungs. 

I.  Death  beginning  at  the  Brain — Coma. — Symptoms. — 
Stupor,  more  or  less  profound;  insensibility  to  external 
impressions;  loss  of  consciousness;  breathing  slow,  ster- 
torous, and  irregular;  respiration  gradually  failing,  and 
ceases  as  the  medulla  oblongata  begins  to  be  affected. 
The  chest  ceases  to  expand;  the  blood  is  no  longer  aerated; 
the  pulmonary  circulation  is  arrested;  the  lungs  cease  to 
act,  and  finally  the  heart's  pulsations  are  brought  to  a  stop. 

Post-mortem.  Appearances. —  i.  Effusion  of  blood  or  serum 
in  the  brain  or  cavities,  caused  by  {a)  apoplexy,  {b)  rupture 
of  vessels  from  injury  or  fracture  of  the  skull,  or  from  disease 
of  the  arteries,  under  excitement.  2.  Pressure  caused  by 
{a)  embolism;  [b)  abscess,  tumor,  or  other  organic  disturb- 
ance; {c)  congestion  of  the  vessels  of  the  brain.  3.  Con- 
cussion, from  a  blow  or  fall. 

II.  Death  beginning  at  the  Heart — Syncope. — The  heart 
may  cease  to  act,  from  two  distinct  causes:  (i)  from  a 
deficiency  in  the  quantity  of  jDlood — its  normal  stimulant 
{afiemia);  and  (2)  from  a  defect  in  the  quality  of  the  blood, 
or  from  a  loss  of  heart  power  {asthenia). 


DEATH    BEGINNING    AT    THE    HEART SYNCOPE.  61 

Anemia  is  produced  by  sudden  loss  of  blood,  [a]  disease, 
as  in  rupture  of  an  aneurism;  uterine  and  other  hemor- 
rhage; {b)  violence,  as  from  wounds  of  heart  and  large 
vessels,  causing  fatal  hemorrhage. 

Symptoms. — Paleness  of  face;  lividity  of  lips;  vertigo; 
cold  sweat;  slew,  weak  and  fluttering  pulse;  gradual  insen- 
sibility. There  may  also  be  nausea  and  vomiting,  hallucina- 
tions, delirium,  jactitations,  irregular  breathing,  sighing, 
and  convulsions  before  death.  The  nervous  symptoms  are 
due  to  want  of  brain  power,  in  consequence  of  a  deficient 
supply  of  blood. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — Heart  contracted  and  empty 
(if  early  inspected).  If  life  has  been  protracted  for  several 
hours,  a  heart  clot  may  be  found.  General  paleness  of  the 
organs  and  tissues. 

Asthenia. — Here,  the  cause  of  the  cessation  of  the  heart's 
action  is  either  a  defect  in  the  quality  of  the  blood,  or  some 
disorder  of  the  organ  producing  a  loss  of  heart  power:  (i) 
by  disease,  as  (a)  various  cardiac  disorders,  such  as  fatty 
degeneration,  diseases  of  the  valves,  etc. ;  {b)  all  exhausting 
diseases,  as  phthisis,  cholera,  cancer,  etc.;  (2)  starvation; 
(3)  certain  injuries,  as  blows  on  epigastrium;  (4)  certain 
poisons.  Cases  of  heart  failure  are  popularly  termed 
paralysis  of  the  heart. 

Symptoms. — Coldness  of  hands  and  feet;  lividity  of  lips,, 
fingers,  toes,  nose  and  ears;  extreme  muscular  weakness; 
feeble  pulse;  senses  and  intellect  not  affected,  but  preserved 
to  the  last.  This  latter  is  well  seen  in  the  collapse  of 
Asiatic  cholera. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — The  heart  not  contracted;  its 
cavities  contain  more  or  less  blood,  or  else  are  dilated  and 
flabby.  Blood  in  all  large  vessels,  but  no  congestion  of 
lungs  or  brain. 


32  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

Ill,  Death  beginning  in  the  Lungs — Apnea — (Asphyxia). 
— Respiration  may  be  arrested  (i)  by  any  mechanical  im- 
pediment to  the  ingress  of  air  into  the  lungs,  as  [a)  pressure 
of  the  thorax;  (<5)  tetanic  spasm  of  the  muscles  of  respira- 
tion; (c)  paralysis  of  the  pneumogastric,  or  phrenic  nerves; 
(d)  exhaustion  of  muscular  power;  (^)  foreign  bodies  in  the 
air  passages;  (/")  compression  of  the  throat;  (^)  suffoca- 
tion ;  {/i)  drowning.  (2)  By  disease,  as  pneumonia,  phthisis, 
etc.,  spasm  of  the  glottis,  edema  of  the  glottis,  pharyngeal 
abscess,  embolism  of  the  pulmonary  artery,  and  the  accu- 
mulation of  serum,  blood  or  pus  in  the  pleural  cavities. 
(Strictly  speaking,  most  of  these  diseases  cause  death, 
through  mechanical  interference  with  breathing.) 

Syniptoins. — Great  dyspnea,  lividity  of  the  face,  loss  of 
consciousness,  vertigo,  and  occasionally  convulsions. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — The  right  side  of  the  heart 
and  the  whole  venous  system  are  usually  filled  with  dark 
blood;  the  left  side,  together  with  the  arteries,  is  generally 
empty.  Cases  are,  however,  reported  where  the  right  cavi- 
ties of  the  heart  were  found  empty.  The  lungs  themselves 
are  nearly  always  gorged  with  dark  blood;  but  there  are 
some  exceptions  to  this,  which  will  be  noticed  hereafter. 

By  keeping  in  mind  the  foregoing  varieties  of  somatic 
death,  together  with  the  characteristic  post-mortem  appear- 
ances attendant  on  each,  the  examiner  will  be  considerably 
aided  in  arriving  at  a  definite  conclusion  as  to  the  real  cause 
of  death,  in  any  particular  case. 

In  every  inquest  over  a  dead  body  five  important  ques- 
tions will  present  themselves  for  solution  :  i.  The  reality  of 
the  death.  2.  The  cause  of  the  death.  3.  Was  the  death 
instantaneous,  sudden,  or  was  the  death  agony  prolonged  ? 
4.  The  time  that  has  elapsed  since  the  death.  5.  In  the 
case  of  the  body  of  a  new-born  infant — Was  it  born  alive  ? 


SIGNS    OF    DEATH.  33 

I.  The  first  of  these  questions  comprises  the  phenomena 
and  signs  of  deatJi.  How  can  we  distinguish  a  case  of  real 
from  one  of  apparent  death  ?  In  the  great  majority  of  in- 
stances, of  course,  there  is  no  practical  difficulty;  but  ex- 
ceptional cases  do,  at  times,  present  themselves  in  persons 
recently  dead,  where  the  corpse  still  retains  so  much  the  ap- 
pearance of  life  as  to  occasion  some  doubts  about  the  reality 
of  dissolution.  The  natural  horror  of  being  buried  alive  also 
suggests  the  most  scrupulous  caution  in  the  matter,  although 
we  rarely,  if  ever,  hear  of  cases  of  premature  burial  in  civil- 
ized countries ;  yet  instances  are  not  wanting  to  show  that 
such  may  have  actually  occurred  in  places  where  a  fatal 
pestilence  has  prevailed  to  such  a  degree  as  to  produce  a 
panic  and  demoralize  the  community.  Dr.  Tidy  reports 
that  Nussbaum  states  "  that  he  believes  many  to  have  been 
buried  during  the  war  (Franco-German)  that  were  not 
really  dead,  but  merely  suffering  from  an  extreme  lethargy 
arising  from  loss  of  blood,  exhaustion,  hunger,  cold  and 
fear." 

^  The  following  may  be  regarded  as  the  Signs  of  Death ; 
but  no  single  sign  should  be  relied  upon  exclusively : 

I.  The  Complete  and  Continuous  Cessation  of  the  Func- 
tions of  Circulation  and  Respiration. — In  some  cases  of 
apparent  death — syncope,  trance,  catalepsy — these  two 
functions  seem  to  be  suspended  for  a  time ;  but  the  sus- 
pension is  apparent,  not  absolute.  The  absence  of  the 
pulse  at  the  wrist  is  no  criterion  of  the  suspension  of  the  cir- 
culation, as  this  may  be  going  on  so  feebly  as  only  to  be 
detected  by  a  very  close  stethoscopic  examination  of  the 
heart,  which  should  never  be  omitted  in  cases  of  doubt. 
The  condition  of  both  the  circulation  and  respiration,  in 
3 


34  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

such  cases  of  apparent  death,  simply  resembles  that  of  cer- 
tain animals  in  the  state  of  hibernation.  Thus  M.  Bouchut 
informs  us  that  in  the  marmot,  the  heart  beats  during  its 
state  of  activity  amount  to  8o  or  90  a  minute,  but  are  re- 
duced to  8  or  9  very  feeble  pulsations  during  the  period  of 
hibernation.  Instances  are  recorded  (like  that  of  Colonel 
Townshend,  by  Dr.  Cheyne)  of  a  voluntary  suspension  of 
the  heart's  action  ;  but,  as  these  cases  occurred  many  years 
ago,  before  the  discovery  of  auscultation,  it  is,  we  think, 
highly  probable  that  the  suspension  was  not  absolute,  but 
only  reduced  down  to  so  fine  a  point  as  to  have  escaped 
notice.  It  is  certainly  contrary  to  all  scientific  reasoning 
that  life  can  continue  many  minutes  without  the  circulation 
of  the  blood ;  therefore  we  need  have  no  hesitation  as  to  the 
reality  of  death,  if  we  can  be  positively  certain  of  the  con- 
tinuous arrest  of  this  function,  say  for  one  hour.  The  con- 
verse of  this  proposition,  however,  is  not  always  true ;  that 
is,  the  pulsation  of  the  heart  may  continue  for  a  brief  time 
after  actual  death.  Duval  mentions  having  seen  the  heart 
of  a  criminal  beat  fifteen  times  after  decapitation,  the  left 
auricle  pulsating  for  an  hour.  This  is  corroborated  hj 
some  recent  observations  made  in  Paris  upon  the  body  of  a 
decapitated  criminal.  This  same  phenomenon,  as  is  well 
known,  is  witnessed  still  more  remarkably  in  the  heart  of 
the  sturgeon,  frog  and  snapping  turtle,  which  will  continue 
to  pulsate  many  hours  after  removal  from  the  body.  This 
fact,  as  also  the  post-mortem  contraction  of  the  muscles 
under  galvanic  stimulus,  proves  the  continuance  of  mole- 
cular life  after  somatic  death. 

This  question  of  the  beating  of  the  heart  in  a  still-born 
infant  being  regarded  as  a  valid  sign  of  life,  will  be  discussed 
later. 

The  same  remarks  may  be  made  with  regard  to  the  func- 


CONDITION    OF   THE    EYES.  35 

tion  of  respiration.  The  absolute  and  continuous  cessation 
of  breathing — say  one  hour — may  be  regarded  as  a  positive 
sign  of  death.  In  cases  of  apparent  death,  as  already  re- 
marked, this  function  may  apparently  be  suspended  ;  but  it 
is  in  reality  only  reduced  down  to  its  minimum  of  action. 
This  likewise  should  be  verified  by  careful  and  repeated  aus- 
cultation. The  common  practice  of  holding  a  feather  near 
the  nose  or  mouth  may  serve,  by  its  movements,  to  indicate 
breathing.  So  likewise  the  deposit  of  moisture  on  a  mirror, 
held  in  the  same  position,  will  indicate  the  feeblest  respira- 
tion. But  neither  of  these  is  an  absolutely  positive  sign, 
since  they  both  fail  when  applied  in  the  case  of  the  hiberna- 
ting animal,  which  we  know  is  really  alive. 

Another  method  is  to  place  a  small  vessel  containing 
mercury  on  the  thorax  of  the  body  lying  face  upward ;  the 
slightest  respiratory  action  will  be  indicated  by  the  move- 
ments of  a  reflected  image,  made  to  fall  on  the  surface  of  the 
bright  metal. 

It  may  be  remarked  that  in  cases  of  trance,  catalepsy, 
and  other  instances  of  suspended  animation,  the  body  never 
exhibits  either  the  pallor  or  coldness  of  real  death.  More- 
over, if  a  ligature  be  applied  around  the  finger  of  a  corpse, 
no  change  of  color  will  be  observed;  but  if  the  experiment 
be  made  on  a  living  body,  the  tip  of  the  finger  will  become 
of  a  red  or  purple  color,  in  consequence  of  the  arrest  of  the 
capillary  circulation  at  that  spot,  A  ligature  around  the 
wrist  will  cause  swelling  of  the  dorsal  veins  of  the  hand  if 
there  is  any  life  (B.  W,  Richardson).  The  most  powerful 
counter-irritants,  e.  g.,  oil  of  mustard,  cantharides,  etc.,  will 
produce  no  redness  or  blisters  on  the  dead  body. 

II.  The  Condition  of  the  Eyes. — The  changes  produced 
in  the  eyes  by  death  consist  (i)  in  the  entire  loss  of  sensi- 


c. 


36  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

bility  to  light;  the  pupils  neither  contract  nor  expand 
under  this  stimulus.  This,  however,  is  not  a  positive  sign, 
since  the  same  insensibility  to  light  is  witnessed  during  life 
in  certain  cerebral  affections,  and  is  also  the  result  of  the 
action  of  certain  poisons.  (2)  The  action  of  atropin  and 
other  mydriatics  to  expand  the  pupil,  and  of  calabar  bean 
(eserin)  to  contract  it  during  life,  is  lost  within  a  few  hours 
after  death.  These  agents  do,  however,  produce  a  visible 
effect  if  applied  very  soon  after  the  cessation,  of  life,  and 
before  the  body  has  become  cold,  and  all  muscular  irritabil- 
ity has  ceased.  (3)  The  cornea  loses  its  transparency,  and 
the  eye  ball  its  elasticity,  very  speedily  after  dissolution. 
But  these  conditions  may  likewise  exist  before  death,  as  the 
results  of  disease.  In  apparent  death,  the  cornea  retains  its 
translucency ;  the  papilla  of  the  retina  is  of  a  rose-red  color; 
and  the  fundus  of  the  eye  is  furrowed  by  the  arteries  and 
veins  of  the  retina.  At  the  moment  of  death,  the  papilla 
of  the  optic  nerve  becomes  quite  pale,  and  the  central  artery 
of  the  retina  disappears.  It  should  also  be  remarked  that 
the  eye  sometimes  retains  its  lustre  after  death.  This  is 
seen  after  poisoning  by  hydrogen  cyanid  and  carbon  dioxid. 

III.  The  Pallor  of  the  Body. — This  sign  is  very  uniform, 
though  not  without  some  exceptions,  as  in  the  case  of 
persons  of  very  florid  complexions,  and  in  exceptional 
instances  where  the  cheeks  and  lips  retain  their  rosy  color 
for  some  days  after  death,  so  as  to  occasion  some  uncer- 
tainty as  to  the  actual  fact  of  death,  in  the  minds  of  relatives. 
It  is  also  wanting  in  cases  of  death  from  yellow  fever  and 
jaundice;  moreover,  the  red,  inflammatoiy  zones  around 
ulcers  and  burns,  tattoo  marks,  the  spots  of  purpura,  and 
ecchymoses  or  bruises  do  not  disappear  after  death.  It 
must  also  not  be  forgotten  that  a  death-like  pallor  is  seen  in 


LOSS    OF    ANIMAL    HEAT.  37 

cases  of  swooning,  and  sometimes  in  the  cold  stage  of  ague, 
and  in  collapse. 

IV.  Loss  of  Animal  Heat. — During  life,  the  animal  body 
possesses  the  wonderful  faculty  of  maintaining  its  own 
normal  temperature  (about  98°  F.)  independently  of  the 
surrounding  medium.  This  is  effected  as  the  result  of  cer- 
tain vital  processes.  At  the .  moment  of  death  there  is  a 
slight  rise  in  temperature ;  but  a  decline  begins  soon  and 
continues  until  the  body  acquires  the  temperature  of  the 
surrounding  medium,  precisely  as  any  other  warm  body 
parts  with  its  excess  of  heat  to  the  surrounding  medium. 
It  never  gets  lower  than  this  medium,  unless  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  latter  becomes  suddenly  increased ;  then,  for  a 
while,  the  body  will  be  really  cooler  than  the  temperature 
of  the  atmosphere.  The  sense  of  touch  does  not  convey 
an  accurate  idea  of  the  actual  coldness  of  the  dead  body, 
since  the  conducting  power  of  the  tissues  varies  materially. 
The  direct  application  of  the  thermometer  to  the  body  is 
the  only  safe  method.  If  the  temperature  in  the  mouth  is 
lower  than  the  surrounding  atmosphere,  it  is  a  strong  pre- 
sumptive sign  of  death.  (Richardson.) 

The  time  when  the  cooling  of  the  body  is  completed  may 
be  stated  to  be,  on  the  average,  fifteen  to  twenty-four  hours. 
Prof. 'Casper  makes  it  from  eight  to  twelve  hours.  It  varies 
considerably,  according  to  the  condition  of  the  body  itself, 
according  to  the  medium  in  which  it  is  kept  after  death,  and 
also  according  to  the  manner  of  death.  Fat  bodies  retain 
heat  longer  than  lean  ones ;  the  bodies  of  young  children 
and  of  old  persons  cool  more  rapidly  than  those  of  adults; 
while  the  bodies  of  those  who  die  from  suffocation,  electric 
shocks,  and  from  certain  diseases,  e.  g.,  yellow  fever  and 
tetanus,  retain  heat  longer  than  others. 


38  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

Obviously  the  body  cools  more  rapidly  if  exposed  to  the 
air  unclothed  than  if  covered  up  in  the  bed-clothes;  also  in 
a  large  airy  apartment,  than  in  a  small,  close  room.  It  will 
cool  more  rapidly  in  water  than  in  the  air.  In  death  from 
chronic  wasting  diseases,  and  also  in  cholera,  the  body 
cools  very  rapidly.  According  to  Taylor,  loss  of  blood 
does  not  hasten  the  cooling  process. 

The  interior  of  the  body  retains  its  heat  considerably 
longer  than  the  surface,  so  that  if  an  autopsy  be  made 
within  twenty-four  hours  after  death,  even  when  its  exterior 
feels  perfectly  cold,  the  abdominal  viscera  may  exhibit  a 
temperature  twenty  degrees,  or  more,  higher  than  that  of 
the  surface. 

It  should  not  be  forgoicen  that  coldness  of  the  body  is  a 
frequent  phenomenon  of  sickness ;  it  is  witnessed  in  hysteria 
and  ague,  also  in  cholera.  Its  value  as  a  sign  of  death 
consists  in  the  fact  that  it  is  progressive  and  continuous, 
while  the  coldness  of  disease  is  sudden  and  not  permanent. 
,  Hence  the  degree  of  coldness  of  the  body  will  often  be  a 
I      good  indication  of  the  time  that  has  elapsed  since  death. 

Another  fact  to  be  noticed  is  that  the  rate  of  cooling  after 
death,  although  progressive,  is  not  uniform;  it  is  much 
more  rapid  during  the  earlier  hours  than  later.  Dr.  Good- 
hart's  observations  show  that  during  the  first  three  hours 
after  death  the  loss  of  heat  per  hour  amounted,  in  the 
robust,  to  3.5°,  in  the  emaciated,  to  4.7°;  while,  when  the 
body  was  nearly  cold,  the  loss  per  hour  was,  in  the  emaci- 
ated 1,12°,  and  in  the  robust,  1.26.° 

A  marked  and  prolonged  rise  of  temperature  after  death 
is  observed  in  some  cases.  This  exceptional  condition 
occurs  occasionally  in  the  bodies  of  those  who  have  died 
from  yellow  fever,  cholera,  tetanus,  smallpox,  and  some 
other  acute  disorders.     The  exact  cause  of  this  singular  rise 


CADAVERIC    RIGIDITY.  39 

of  temperature  {^post-uiortevi  caloricit}i)  is  not  clearly  under- 
stood. In  some  instances  the  increase  of  heat  has  amounted 
to  nine  degrees  Fahrenheit.  Dr.  Davy  records  a  post- 
mortem temperature  of  113°  F.  in  the  pericardium.  We 
may  suppose  that  in  these  cases  molecular  life  has  con- 
tinued after  the  cessation  of  somatic  life.  We  know  that 
muscular  irritability  and  contractility  continue  for  many 
hours  (under  certain  conditions)  after  death,  and  this  un- 
doubtedly indicates  the  continuance  of  their  molecular 
activity  up  to  a  certain  point. 

The  injection  of  a  few  drops  of  solution  of  ammonium 
hydroxid  hypodermically  leaves  no  mark  in  actual  death, 
but  occasions  a  dark  spot  in  apparent  death. 

V.  Cadaveric  Rigidity,  or  Rigor  Mortis. — By  this  is  under- 
stood the  stiffening  of  the  body,  so  generally  observed 
after  death.  It  usually  occurs  simultaneously  with  the 
cooling  process.  It  may  be  stated  to  be  universal  in  death 
from  any  cause,  and  to  be  present  in  the  lower  animals,  as 
well  as  in  man.  In  some  instances,  however,  it  is  so  tran- 
sient as  to  escape  notic^.  It  comes  on  at  very  variable 
periods,  from  a  few  moments  to  eighteen  to  twenty  hours 
after  death.  This  remarkable  variation  in  its  approach  is 
chiefly  due  to  the  condition  of  the  muscular  system  at  the 
time  of  death.  Its  duration  is  equally  variable,  lasting  from 
a  iQ.\N  moments  to  many  hours,  or  even  weeks.  After  the 
rigidity  passes  off,  the  body  regains  its  original  pliancy, 
and  decomposition  immediately  commences.  As  a  general 
rule,  the  putrefaction  of  the  body  is  retarded  until  the  rigor 
mortis  has  passed  off. 

It  commences  usually  in  the  muscles  of  the  eye,  which 
often  become  rigid  within  a  few  minutes  after  death ;  next 
in  the  muscles  of  the  neck  and  lower  jaw;  then  in  the  chest 


40  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

and  upper  extremities ;  afterward  in  the  muscles  of  the 
abdomen  and  lower  limbs.  The  rigidity  generally  passes 
off  in  the  same  order;  thus,  the  legs  frequently  remain  quite 
rigid  after  the  upper  portion  of  the  body  has  regained  its 
suppleness. 

The  seat  of  the  rigor  mortis  is  undoubtedly  the  muscular 
system.  That  it  is  in  no  wise  dependent  upon  the  nervous 
system  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  all  the  nerves  supplying 
a  muscle  may  be  divided,  and  yet  the  muscle  will  continue 
to  act,  contracting  under  the  galvanic  stimulus.  But  re- 
sponse ceases  immediately  on  division  of  the  muscle.  Even 
the  removal  of  the  brain  and  spinal  marrow  has  no  effect  in 
preventing  the  muscular  contraction.  Again,  the  muscles 
of  a  paralyzed  limb  become  equally  rigid  with  those  in 
sound  health.  The  cause  of  the  contraction  is  usually 
ascribed  to  the  coagulation  of  the  muscular  plasma,  a 
proteid  principle  possessing  the  property  of  coagulation  to 
a  high  degree.  The  reaction  of  a  muscle  in  rigor  mortis  is 
acid  (reddens  blue  litmus);  but  it  becomes  alkaline  after  the 
rigidity  passes  off.  While  in  the  state  of  rigor  mortis,  the 
muscle  is  opaque ;  before  this,  *t  is  partially  translucent. 
Brown-Sequard  has  shown  that  a  current  of  arterial  blood 
will  restore  muscular  contractility  to  a  rigid  limb. 

The  duration  of  rigor  mortis  is  one  of  its  most  important 
features.  As  already  observed,  this  is  extremely  variable, 
although,  as  a  rule,  it  does  not  set  in  until  the  body  has 
begun  to  cool ;  still,  in  some  of  the  lower  animals,  and 
notably  in  birds,  it  often  manifests  itself  while  the  body  is 
yet  warm.  From  the  observations  of  Brown-Sequard  and 
others  it  appears  that  the  period  after  death  when  the  rigor 
mortis  manifests  itself,  together  with  its  duration,  is  de- 
pendent chiefly,  if  not  altogether,  upon  the  previous  degree 
of  muscular  exhaustion.     To  properly  understand  this,  it 


CADAVERIC    RIGIDITY.  41 

should  be  remembered  that  immediately  after  death  the 
muscles  are  in  a  state  of  complete  relaxation,  giving  to  the 
body  perfect  pliancy.  This  condition  may  last  for  so  brief 
a  space  of  time  as  not  to  be  noticed,  though  usually  it  con- 
tinues for  three  or  four  hours,  after  which  rigidity  com- 
mences. During  this  period  of  relaxation  the  muscles  have 
not  yet  lost  their  molecular  life,  so  that  they  will  respond 
to  galvanic  and  other  stimuli.  Hence,  although  the  con- 
traction of  a  muscle  by  electricity  is  no  positive  sign  of 
somatic  life,  still  it  will  enable  us  to  conclude  either  that  the 
person  is  yet  alive,  or,  more  probably,  that  death  has  very 
recently  occurred.  The  cessation  of  all  muscular  con- 
tractility under  galvanic  stimulus  is  a  proof  not  only  of  the 
death  of  the  individual,  but  it  also  indicates  that  the  death 
was  not  very  recent — hardly  within  three  or  four  hours. 
So  long  as  the  muscles  retain  their  contractility,  the  rigor 
mortis  is  postponed. 

It  can  now  be  understood  that  whatever  produces  ex- 
haustion of  the  muscular  system  must  thereby  hasten  the 
approach  of  cadaveric  rigidity.  Thus,  in  death  from  ex- 
hausting diseases,  as  in  phthisis,  or  after  protracted  con- 
vulsions, or  when  the  muscular  system  becomes  exhausted 
by  over-exertion  and  fatigue,  as  is  seen  in  over-driven 
cattle,  or  in  animals  hunted  in  the  chase,  the  rigor  mortis 
shows  itself  early,  and  lasts  but  a  short  time  ;  whereas,  if 
death  occurs  suddenly,  in  a  previously  healthy  person,  the 
rigidity  is  postponed  for  many  hours,  but  when  once  estab- 
lished it  continues  for  a  much  longer  period.  Thus,  ac- 
cording to  Brown-Sequard,  the  bodies  of  decapitated 
healthy  criminals  were  observed  not  to  become  rigid  until 
after  the  lapse  of  ten  to  twelve  hours,  and  the  rigidity 
lasted  over  a  week,  even  in  warm  weather.  An  experiment 
of  the  above-named  physiologist  very  satisfactorily  proves 
4 


42  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE.    . 

this  statement.  Three  dogs  of  equal  size  were  poisoned 
with  strychnin  in  different  doses.  One  took  two  grains, 
and  died  ahnost  immediately.  The  second  took  half  a 
grain,  and  died  in  twelve  minutes.  The  third  took  one- 
fourth  of  a  grain,  and  died,  after  protracted  convulsions,  in 
twenty-one  minutes.  In  the  first  animal,  whose  muscular 
system  had  been  least  exhausted  by  the  spasms,  rigor  mortis 
did  not  set  in  before  the  lapse  of  eight  hours,  and  the  dura- 
tion was  nineteen  to  twenty  days.  In  the  second,  where 
the  muscular  exhaustion  was  greater,  the  rigidity  appeared 
after  two  and  a  half  hours,  and  lasted  five  days.  In  the 
third,  in  which  the  muscular  exhaustion  was  the  most  pro- 
tracted, the  rigor  mortis  was  developed  as  early  as  thirty 
minutes,  and  lasted  less  than  a  day. 

It  has  been  supposed  by  some  that  the  rigor  mortis  does 
not  occur  in  the  bodies  of  persons  killed  by  lightning;  ex- 
perience shows  this  to  be  a  mistake.  It  is  also  stated  to  be 
absent  in  those  killed  by  snake-poison,  in  whom  likewise 
the  blood  remains  fluid.  Neither  is  it  interfered  with  by  the 
■previous  loss  of  blood  by  hemorrhage.  It  is,  however,  de- 
pendent on  temperature,  at  least,  so  far  as  regards  the  dura- 
tion, which  is  shortened  by  heat  and  prolonged  by  cold. 
Bodies  submerged  in  cold  water  retain  their  rigidity  for  a 
considerable  length  of  time. 

When  a  joint  or  articulation  stiffened  by  complete  rigor 
mortis  is  forcibly  bent,  the  rigidity  is  destroyed.  If,  how- 
ever, the  rigidity  is  incomplete,  it  will  be  resumed  after- 
ward. This  may  serve  to  distinguish  real  death  from 
certain  cases  of  catalepsy,  tetanus  and  hysteria,  accom- 
panied by  rigidity.  In  all  these  latter  cases  the  stiffness 
will  return  on  removal  of  the  opposing  force. 

Cadaveric  rigidity  is  not  so  strong  as  voluntary  muscular 
contraction.     As  a  rule  the  flexors  are  more  affected  than 


CADAVERIC    RIGIDITY.  43 

the  extensors,  so  that  the  hmbs  are  generally  found  to  be 
slightly  bent  after  death. 

The  fact  that  the  involuntary  muscles  are  likewise  subject 
to  rigor  mortis  should  not  be  lost  sight  of,  as  it  might  lead 
to  an  error  as  to  the  true  pathological  state  of  an  organ,  on 
making  an  autopsy.  The  heart,  for  instance,  may  be  found 
very  firmly  contracted  after  death  by  rigor  mortis  ;  this 
might  be  mistaken,  by  the  inexperienced,  for  a  true  contrac- 
tion of  the  organ,  the  result  of  previous  disease. 

Closely  connected  with  rigor  mortis,  if  not  indeed  a  modi- 
fication of  this  very  state,  is  the  condition  described  as 
cadaveric  spasm.  This  is  exhibited  in  the  bodies  of  persons 
who  have  died  by  sudden  and  violent  deaths,  in  whom  there 
seems  to  be  present  a  powerful  will-power  just  prior  to  the 
death,  and  producing  strong  muscular  contraction  at  the 
moment  of  dissolution.  This  spasmodic  contraction,  more- 
over, appears  to  pass  at  once,  after  death,  into  the  usual 
rigor  mortis.  The  best  illustrations  of  this  peculiar  condi- 
tion are  afforded  in  those  cases  of  determined  suicides 
who  have  taken  their  lives  by  shooting  themselves  with  a 
pistol.  Very  commonly,  in  such  cases,  the  weapon  is  found 
so  tightly  grasped  in  the  dead  man's  hand  as  to  require 
considerable  force  to  remove  it.  The  same  thing  is  some- 
times witnessed  in  the  bodies  of  drowned  persons;  frag- 
ments of  wood,  grass  and  weeds,  or  other  objects  which 
had  been  convulsively  seized  in  the  water  before  death, 
being  found  tightly  grasped  in  the  hands ;  and  where  two 
persons  have  perished  together  by  drowning,  it  is  not  un- 
common to  find  them,  after  death,  convulsively  clasped  in 
each  other's  arms.  To  a  similar  reason,  doubtless,  is  to  be 
ascribed  the  singular  and  striking  posture  which  the  bodies 
of  soldiers,  on  a  field  of  battle,  killed  in  conflict,  are  noticed 
to  have  assumed  in  the  act  of  dying.     Thus,  the  attitude  of 


44  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

one  is  described  as  "  resting  on  one  knee,  with  the  arms  ex- 
tended, in  the  act  of  taking  aim  ;  the  brow  compressed,  the 
lips  clenched — the  very  expression  of  firing  at  an  enemy- 
stamped  upon  his  face,  and  fixed  there  by  death.  A  ball 
had  struck  this  man  in  the  neck.  Another  was  lying  on 
his  back,  with  the  same  Expression,  with  his  arms  raised  in 
a  similar  attitude,  the  minnie  musket  still  grasped  in  his 
hands,  undischarged  "  (Taylor), 

VI.  Cadaveric  Lividity,  or  Suggillation. — This  term  is 
applied  to  those  livid,  or  violet-colored  patches,  or  dis- 
colorations,  which  are  observed  upon  the  body  at  variable 
periods  after  death,  usually  after  several  hours.  It  is  the 
result  of  the  settling  of  the  blood  in  the  capillaries  by  gravi- 
tation. Hence,  it  is  noticed  in  the  most  dependent  parts  of 
the  body,  such  as  (supposing  it  to  be  lying  on  the  back)  the 
back,  under  surface  of  the  neck,  calves  of  the  leg,  and 
under  portions  of  the  thighs.  These  patches,  at  first  iso- 
lated, gradually  increase  in  size,  and  coalesce,  so  as  to  cover 
a  large  surface  of  the  body.  Cadaveric  lividity  is  an  un- 
questionable "  sign  "  of  death.  It  makes  its  appearance 
sometimes  much  earlier  than  at  others ;  and  for  this  varia- 
tion no  very  satisfactory  reason  can  be  assigned. 

The  most  important  point  connected  with  cadaveric 
lividity  is  not  to  confound  it  with  ecchymosis  or  bruising, 
to  which  it  bears  a  considerable  resemblance.  Several 
cases  are  recorded  where  a  body  has  been  found  covered 
with  these  death  spots,  and  the  mistake  has  been  made  of 
supposing  them  to  be  bruises,  and  consequently  attributing 
the  death  to  violence  inflicted  during  life.  The  medical 
examiner  should  be  particularly  cautious  not  to  confound 
them.  Fortunately,  a  very  simple  test  will  settle  the  ques- 
tion.    If  the  scalpel  be  drawn  through  a  suggillation,  no 


CADAVERIC    LIVIDITY.  45 

blood  will  flow;,  the  most  that  will  be  observed  will  be  a 
few  bloody  points  or  specks,  arising  from  the  division  of 
small  veins  of  the  skin.  If,  however,  the  patch  be  ecchy- 
mosis  (where  the  effused  blood  has  been  infiltrated  into  the 
cellular  tissue),  the  incision  will  either  be  followed  by  a 
flow  of  blood  or  else  a  coagulum  will  be  seen.  Moreover, 
while  the  ecchymosis  is  sometimes  raised  above  the  level 
of  the  surrounding  skin,  the  cadaveric  stain  never  is.  The 
change  of  color  following  an  ecchymosis — from  purple  to 
green  and  yellow — will  also  serve  as  a  ground  of  dis- 
tinction. These  cadaveric  spots  are  not  affected  by  age, 
sex  or  constitution,  and  they  follow  upon  all  kinds  of 
death,  not  excepting  that  caused  by  hemorrhage. 

Suggillation  takes  place  in  the  internal  organs  as  well  as 
upon  the  surface  of  the  body,  producing  in  the  former 
appearances  strongly  resembling  true  congestion  and  in- 
flammation, for  which  they  are,  without  doubt,  frequently 
mistaken  by  the  inexperienced ;  and  as  it  may  be  a  matter 
of  considerable  consequence,  in  a  post-mortem  examination, 
not  to  confound  these  two  conditions,  the  examiner  should 
be  very  cautious  as  to  his  pathological  inferences.  These 
internal  suggillations  are  also  termed  hypostatic  conges- 
tions ;  they  appear  chiefly  in  the  lungs,  brain,  kidneys,  and 
intestines.  The  fact  that  they  invariably  occur  in  the  most 
dependent  portions  of  these  organs  should  be  suggestive  of 
their  true  origin,  since  a  real  congestion  or  inflammation 
exhibits  itself  either  throughout  the  whole  organ,  or  else 
upon  its  upper  surface  equally  with  the  lower  one ;  cer- 
tainly, it  is  not  confined  exclusively  to  the  under  portion, 
as  is  the  suggillation.  The  observer  should  be  careful  not 
to  be  misled  by  finding  suggillation  on  the  upper  part  of 
an  organ,  as  it  may  have  been  that  the  body  has  been 
recently  turned  over.     When  it  occurs  in  the  intestines,  it 


46  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

may  readily  be  distinguished  from  true  inflammation,  by 
simply  lifting  up  several  folds  of  the  bowels,  when  the 
horizontal  line  which  previously  had  marked  the  hypostatic 
settling  of  the  blood  becomes  immediately  broken  and 
disjointed,  whereas,  if  it  had  been  a  real  congestion  or 
inflammation,  the  redness  would  have  involved  the  whole 
circumference  of  the  intestines,  and  there  would  have  been 
no  broken  line  of  separation. 

In  the  brain,  hypostatic  congestion  might  be  mistaken, 
by  the  inexperienced,  for  one  form  of  apoplexy;  and  in  the 
spinal  cord,  it  might  be  confounded  with  spinal  meningitis. 
In  the  heart,  true  suggillation  is  not  believed  to  occur;  but 
this  is  replaced  by  the  formation  of  post-mortem  clots. 

VII.  Putrefaction. — This  is  usually  regarded  as  the  most 
unequivocal  "  sign  "  of  death.  By  this  term  is  understood 
those  spontaneous  chemical  changes  undergone  by  all  dead 
animal  bodies,  resulting  in  the  elimination  of  fetid  gases. 
The  period  after  death  when  putrefaction  first  manifests 
itself  varies  considerably,  being  dependent  upon  several  con- 
ditions, some  of  which  are  connected  with  the  body  itself, 
and  others  extraneous  to  the  body. 

Among  the  conditions  inherent  to  the  body  itself  are: 

1.  Corpulence.  Flat  and  flabby  bodies  undergo  putrefac- 
tion more  speedily  than  thin  and  lean  ones,  doubtless  on 
account  of  the  preponderance  of  fluids  in  the  former. 

2.  Age  and  Sex.  For  the  same  reason,  the  bodies  of 
new-born  children  and  of  women  dying  in  child-bed  (ac- 
cording to  Casper)  decompose  more  rapidly  than  others, 
especially  the  aged. 

3.  The  manner  of  death.  The  bodies  of  persons  dying  of 
diseases  in  which  the  vitality  of  the  blood  has  been  im- 
paired, as    in    typhus    fever,  .pyemia,  etc.,  undergo    rapid 


PUTREFACTION.  47 

putrefaction ;  also  after  death  from  certain  poisons,  and 
especially  gases,  illuminating  gas,  and  hydrogen  sulphid ; 
also  from  suffocation  from  smoke,  and,  indeed,  from  suffo- 
cation generally.  Putrefaction  is  also  accelerated  in  bodies 
that  have  been  much  bruised  and  mangled  by  machinery, 
or  by  railway  and  other  accidents ;  but  we  must  except 
those  cases  where  the  body  remains  protected  from  atmos- 
pheric influences,  as  when  buried  beneath  ruins,  etc.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  process  is  retarded  in  death  by  alcohol, 
phosphorus,  sulphuric  acid,  arsenical  compounds,  and  some 
narcotic  poisons.  The  antiseptic  properties  of  alcohol  and 
arsenic  are  well  understood.  The  action  of  acids  is  a  direct 
retarding  influence  on  the  development  of  the  microbes 
causing  putrefaction.  Admitting  all  the  above  conditions, 
and  giving  them  due  allowance,  there  are  doubtless  other 
causes,  as  j^et  unknown  to  us,  which  influence  the  rapidity 
of  putrefaction.  Casper  adduces  the  instances  of  four  men, 
about  the  same  age  and  general  physique,  and  all  killed  at 
the  same  time  in  a  riot.  They  were  buried  at  the  same  time, 
and  in  precisely  similar  coffins  and  graves;  yet  on  subse- 
quent examination,  the  extent  of  decomposition  was  found 
to  be  very  different  in  the  different  bodies. 

The  external  conditions  influencing  putrefaction  are  air, 
moisture  and  temperature.  These  conditions  act  by  reason 
of  their  influence  on  the  development  of  microbes  to  which 
putrefaction  is  due.  Most  microbes  require  oxygen  for 
growth  and  multiplication ;  all  require  heat  and  moisture. 
The  processes  for  preserving  perishable  articles,  such  as 
meats  and  fruits,  illustrate  these  principles.  The  influence 
of  air  is  not  limited  to  the  mere  supply  of  oxygen ;  but  it 
modifies  putrefaction  according  to  the  amount  of  moisture 
it  contains.  For  this  reason,  perfectly  dry  air,  such  as  that 
of  the  arid  deserts  of  Arabia  and  Africa,  by  its  rapid  desic- 


48  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

eating  properties,  arrests  putrefaction ;  the  body  speedily 
losing  its  fluids  by  evaporation,  and  shrivels  up  into  a  sort 
of  mummy.  The  effects  of  an  entire  exclusion  of  air  in 
retarding  the  process  of  decomposition  in  a  human  body 
are  witnessed  in  the  burial  of  royal  personages  in  leaden 
coffins  hermetically  sealed,  and  these  afterward  enclosed  in 
marble  sarcophagi.  When  these  have  been  opened,  hun- 
dreds of  years  subsequently,  the  remains  have  been  found 
preserved.  On  the  other  hand,  bodies  naked,  or  but 
slightly  clothed,  and  buried  in  pine  coffins,  which  soon 
decay,  and  in  shallow  graves,  to  which  the  air  has  easy 
access,  will  undergo  very  speedy  decomposition.  The 
nature  of  the  soil  and  the  depth  of  the  grave  also  materially 
influence  this  process.  Thus,  a  loose,  sandy  soil  and  a 
shallow  grave  favor  it,  by  the  ready  admission  of  air,  while 
one  of  a  stiff,  clayey  nature,  and  a  deep  grave  would  retard 
it,  for  the  opposite  reason.  From  recent  observations,  it 
has  been  ascertained  that  part  of  the  atmospheric  influ- 
ence upon  decomposition  is  the  presence  of  the  micro- 
organisms, termed  bacteria  or  bacilli,  which  float  in  such 
myriads  in  the  air,  and  which  find  their  peculiar  habitat  in 
dead  animal  matter. 

The  different  tissues  and  organs  of  the  body  undergo 
decomposition  in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  fluids  they 
contain.  In  this  respect  the  brain  of  the  young  infant  and 
the  eye  contrast  widely  with  the  bones  and  teeth.  The 
human  body  contains  about  eighty  per  cent,  of  fluids  ; 
hence  its  great  tendency  to  putrefy  after  death.  The 
bodies  of  drowned  persons  undergo  rapid  decomposition, 
unless  the  water  be  extremely  cold,  or  contains  substances 
with  antiseptic  properties  which  prevent  the  growth 
of  microbes.  Bodies  thrown  into  dung-heaps  and  ces.s- 
pools  speedily  putrefy.     If  a  body  be  completely  deprived 


PUTREFACTION.  49 

of  its  fluids  by  drying,  putrefaction  is  arrested,  as  has  been 
noted. 

The  influence  of  teinperatitre  as  an  agent  in  putrefaction 
is  very  manifest.  The  temperature  most  favorable  to  this 
process  is  that  between  70°  and  100°  F.  It  commences, 
however,  as  low  as  50°;  but  it  is  completely  arrested  at  32°, 
below  which  the  bod}^  becomes  frozen,  and  also  at  212°,  at 
which  point  all  micro-organisms  are  killed.  An  animal 
body  may  be  preserved  for  an  indefinite  period  if  com- 
pletely frozen  in  snow  or  ice.  It  is  recorded  that  the  body 
of  a  Russian  nobleman  that  had  been  buried  in  the  frozen 
soil  of  Siberia,  on  being  exhumed  after  a  period  of  ninety- 
two  years,  was  found  in  a  state  of  almost  perfect  preser- 
vation. 

The  effect  of  temperature  in  the  process  of  putrefaction  is 
familiarly  shown  in  the  influence  of  the  seasons.  In  sum- 
mer, a  body  will  decompose  very  much  sooner  than  in 
winter — a  circumstance  that  should  not  be  forgotten  when 
giving  an  opinion  respecting  the  date  of  death  in  an 
unknown  case.  According  to  Casper,  the  relative  rapidity 
of  decomposition  in  bodies  exposed  to  the  air,  kept  in  cold 
water,  and  buried  in  the  earth,  is  in  the  ratio  of  one,  two 
and  eight;  that  is,  putrefaction  advances  as  rapidly  in  one 
week  in  the  open  air,  as  in  two  weeks  in  the  water,  and  in 
eight  weeks  in  the  earth  (average). 

Dr.  Konig,  of  Hermannstadt,  has  reported  on  the  appear- 
ance of  a  number  of  bodies  of  Hungarians  taken  from  a 
deep  pool  of  the  waters  of  the  Echoschacht,  after  the  lapse  of 
forty  years.  They  were  in  a  state  of  perfect  preservation, 
without  a  trace  of  decomposition,  or  of  the  formation  of 
adipocere.  The  internal  organs  were  of  the  consistence  of 
those  of  a  newly-deceased  corpse,  and  the  brain  was  hard 
as  if  preserved  in  spirit.     In  the  interior  of  these  bodies  a 


50  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

large  amount  of  sodium  chlorid  was  found,  crystallized 
in  cubes,  deposited  on  the  organs,  and  which  had  evidently- 
penetrated  into  the  bodies  from  without.  These  crystals 
were  found  even  within  the  perfectly  closed  pericardium, 
and  adhering  to  the  heart. 

It  may  here  be  remarked  that  a  body  floating  near  the 
top  of  the  water  will  decompose  more  rapidly  than  when  at 
the  bottom ;  and  when  taken  out  of  the  water  and  exposed 
to  the  air,  the  putrefaction  will  be  far  more  rapid  than  if  left 
in  the  water. 

External  Signs  of  Putrefaction. — The  following  is  the  order 
generally  observed,  externally,  in  the  progress  of  putrefac- 
tion of  bodies  exposed  to  the  open  air.  In  one  to  three  days 
in  summer  (three  to  six  in  winter),  there  first  appears  a 
greenish  or  yellowish-green  spot  upon  the  abdomen,  three 
or  four  inches  in  diameter,  accompanied  with  the  peculiar 
odor  of  putrefaction.  The  eyeball  becomes  soft  and  yielding 
within  the  same  period.  In  a  few  days  more,  this  greenish 
discoloration  has  spread  generally  over  the  whole  body 
first  in  spots,  which  subsequently  gradually  coalesce.  Dirty 
red  streaks  now  show  themselves  throughout  the  surface, 
marking  the  course  of  the  blood  vessels.  In  ten  or  fifteen 
days  (in  warm  weather),  the  epidermis  begins  to  loosen, 
forming  blebs  or  blisters  containing  fluid.  Gases  now  begin 
to  form  in  the  chest  and  abdomen,  causing  these  cavities 
to  swell  out  greatly.  The  eyeballs  protrude,  from  the 
same  cause;  the  face  is  swollen;  the  features  are  so  much 
bloated  as  no  longer  to  be  recognizable.  In  two  or  three 
weeks,  the  blebs  of  the  cuticle  may  have  burst  open;  mag- 
gots appear;  the  formation  of  gases  increases,  so  that  the 
body  is  enormously  swollen.  If  it  be  now  punctured,  the 
gas  which  is  emitted  will  frequently  take  fire  on  the  approach 
of  a  flame  (hydrocarbons).    Other  gases  are  hkewise  formed, 


ORDER    OF    PUTREFACTION.  51 

the  result  of  animal  decomposition,  as  carbonic  acid,  hydro- 
gen sulphid,  hydrogen  phosphid,  nitrogen,  and  amin.  The 
nails  now  loosen;  and  in  the  further  progress  of  putrefac- 
tion the  cavities  burst  open  and  discharge  their  contents; 
the  softened  flesh  dissolves  off  from  the  bones,  which  now 
become  exposed,  and  ultimately  fall  apart  from  the  skeleton. 
The  sexes  cease  to  be  distinguishable,  except  perhaps  by 
the  discovery  of  a  uterus,  which  appears  to  be  almost  the 
last  organ  to  yield  to  putrefaction. 

The  above  description  is  only  a  general  and  average  one, 
since  the  process  of  the  external  putrefaction  of  the  body 
is  variable,  and  is  influenced  by  many  circumstances,  some 
of  which  are  not  yet  fully  understood. 

Internal  Signs  of  Putrefaction. — The  order  in  which  the 
internal  organs  of  the  body  undergo  decomposition,  being 
more  regular  as  to  time,  affords  a  rather  better  criterion  as 
to  the  period  of  death.  The  first  organ  of  the  body  that 
shows  signs  of  decomposition  after  death  is  the  lining  mem- 
brane of  the  windpipe  (larynx  and  trachea) ;  this  assumes 
a  dirty  red  coloration  simultaneously  with  the  appearance 
of  the  greenish  spot  upon  the  abdomen.  That  this  is  not 
the  result  of  injection  of  the  blood  vessels  is  proved  by  the 
microscope.  In  the  earliest  stage  of  death,  this  membrane 
is  always  very  pale,  except  when  the  death  has  been  caused 
by  laryngitis  or  suffocation.  The  examiner  should  be 
cautioned  not  to  mistake  this  mark  of  putrefaction  for  con- 
gestion. Very  soon  after  this  stage  of  redness,  it  becomes 
of  an  olive-green  color,  and  the  rings  of  the  trachea  sepa- 
rate, and  it  all  falls  to  pieces  and  disappears. 

The  next  (2)  organ  to  decompose  is  the  brain  of  3^oung 
infants.  The  reason  of  this  lies,  of  course,  in  the  fact  that 
this  organ  at  such  an  early  age  is  so  very  delicate,  and  is 
so  little  protected  by  its  bony  covering  from  the  outer  air. 


52  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

When  decomposing,  it  changes  into  a  soft,  rosy,  pulpaceous 
mass,  and  flows  out  of  the  smallest  openings. 

Then  follows  (3)  the  stomach.  This  organ  is  among  the 
earliest  to  putrefy  after  death.  The  decomposition  first 
manifests  itself  in  discolorations  of  the  fundus,  together  with 
the  formation  of  dirty  red  spots  or  streaks,  in  the  posterior 
portion  of  the  organ,  owing  to  hypostatic  congestion. 
These  spots  soon  ramify,  and  cover  the  whole  lining  mem- 
brane. There  is  great  risk  of  mistaking  these  spots  for 
signs  of  congestion  or  inflammation  due  to  irritant  poison- 
ing. The  examiner  should  be  specially  cautious  on  this 
point,  as  it  is  often  impossible  to  distinguish  them  apart  by 
a  merely  ocular  inspection.  It  is  quite  certain  that  a  post- 
mortem redness  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach 
cannot,  of  itself,  prove  a  case  of  poisoning.  In  the  further 
progress  of  putrefaction,  the  stomach  softens,  the  spots  be- 
come greenish  and  gray,  then  black,  with  dark  red  streaks 
(veins)  running  through  them.  It  is  finally  converted  into 
a  pulpaceous  mass,  and  ceases  to  be  recognized. 

Next  to  the  stomach  the  intestines  (4)  follow  in  the  pro- 
cess of  decomposition.  They  become  discolored,  very 
much  as  in  the  case  of  the  stomach;  then  they  become 
distended  with  gas,  burst,  and  discharge  their  contents. 

The  spleen  (5)  comes  next  in  the  order  of  putrefaction. 
If  not  diseased  at  the  time  of  death,  it  may  retain  its  integ- 
rity for  two  or  three  weeks.  It  first  assumes  a  dark  red 
color,  then  a  greenish-blue,  then  becomes  soft  and  pulpy,  so 
that  its  substance  can  be  rubbed  down  with  the  handle  of 
the  scalpel. 

Following  the  spleen,  the  omentum  and  mesentery  (6)  are 
the  organs  next  to  decay.  If  there  is  not  much  fat  con- 
nected with  them,  they  will  rapidly  dry  up,  and  disappear. 

The  liver  (7)  resists  putrefaction  for  a  considerable  time 


ORDER,    OF    PUTREFACTION.  53 

after  death — in  adults  for  several  weeks.  In  infants  it  de- 
composes earlier.  It  first  becomes  of  a  green  color,  then 
black;  then  softens,  shrivels,  and  finally  disappears.  In 
case  of  death  by  arsenical  poisoning,  the  liver  might  resist 
decomposition  for  a  considerable  time. 

The  brain  of  adults  (8)  does  not  begin  to  show  signs  of 
putrefaction  until  the  end  of  the  fourth  or  fifth  week,  and 
sometimes  even  later.  The  process  is  usually  most  marked  , 
at  the  base,  which  softens  and  becomes  bluish-green,  and 
gradually  progresses  upward,  and  then  inward.  If  the 
brain  has  been  injured,  as  by  a  depressed  bone,  or  by  a 
gunshot  wound,  it  is  affected  earlier. 

Next  in  order  is  the  heart  (9).  This  is  one  of  the 
toughest  of  all  the  organs.  The  softening  here  begins 
in  the  columnae  carneae,  and  progresses  toward  the  walls 
of  the  organ,  which  finally  deliquesce  into  an  unrecogniza- 
ble mass. 

It  is  remarkable  that  the  lungs  (10),  which  are  very  soft 
organs,  and  are  so  nearly  connected  with  the  outward  air, 
should  resist  putrefaction  so  long.  These  organs  are  often 
found  quite  sound  for  weeks,  provided  they  were  healthy 
and  uninjured  at  death.  The  first  evidence  of  their  decom- 
position is  the  formation  of  little  bladders  of  air  in  the 
sulci,  between  the  lobes,  on  the  under  surface,  looking 
like  a  string  of  beads.  These  increase  rapidly,  the  lung 
structure  turning  first  green,  then  black,  and  finally  soften- 
ing and  disappearing. 

The  kidneys  (ii)  follow  the  lungs.  They  become  red- 
dish-brown, and  soften ;  then  assume  a  greenish-black 
color,  and  disappear.  Next  in  order  (12)  follow  the  bladder 
and  esophagus;  next  (13)  the  pancreas,  which,  though  a 
soft  organ,  and  located  near  the  stomach,  is  among  the 
last  to  decompose.     Then  follow  (14)  the  diaphragm  and 


54  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

the  arteries, — the  tissue  of  the  latter  resisting  putrefaction, 
while  everything  else  around  them  has  fallen  into  a  shape- 
less mass. 

Last  of  all,  according  to  Casper,  is  the  uterus  (15),  which 
has  been  found  to  retain  its  identity  at  the  end  of  seven 
months  after  death.  This  fact  is  of  great  medico-legal 
importance,  where  the  question  arises  of  the  possibility  of 
pregnancy. 

The  above  description  of  the  progress  of  putrefaction,  both 
external  and  internal,  of  the  human  body  is  taken  chiefly 
from  Casper.  It  is  intended  to  represent  the  average,  both 
as  regards  appearance  and  time.  As  already  stated,  there 
may  be  considerable  deviations  from  the  order  laid  down, 
depending  upon  circumstances.  Modern  embalming  has 
reached  such  a  stage  of  perfection  as  to  delay  putrefaction 
indefinitely.  Embalmed  bodies  have  been  exhumed  after 
two  years'  burial  and  evidences  of  injury  proven  to  the 
entire  satisfaction  of  an  accident  insurance  company,  at 
whose  instance  the  examination  was  made. 

Saponification,  or  Adipocere. — It  sometimes  happens  that 
the  process  of  putrefaction  is  interfered  with  under  peculiar 
circumstances,  and  gives  place  to  a  condition  known  as 
the  saponification  of  the  body.  This  was  first  observed  by 
Fourcroy,  who  discovered,  during  the  removal  of  human 
remains  from  one  of  the  public  cemeteries  of  Paris,  that  a 
number  of  the  bodies,  instead  of  undergoing  ordinary  putre- 
faction, had  been  converted  into  a  new  substance,  which  he 
styled  adipocere. 

This  adipocere  has  an  unctuous  feel,  somewhat  like  sper- 
maceti, and  is  of  a  dirty  white  color.  Chevreul  found  it  to 
be  an  ammoniacal  soap — principally  ammonium  oleate  and 
stearate.     The  ammonium  is  derived  from  the  nitroeen  of 


ADIPOCERE.  55 

the  tissues.  The  presence  pf  water  seems  to  be  essential 
to  this  change.  It  only  occurs  in  bodies  that  have  been 
buried  in  wet  or  very  moist  soil,  and  never  with  those  in  a 
loose  or  sandy  soil.  Frequently,  when  a  grave  fills  with 
water,  the  contained  body  is  converted  into  adipocere.  The 
same  thing  may  take  place  in  bodies  which  remain  in  the 
water  for  a  certain  time. 

The  composition  of  adipocere  is  not  always  precisely  the 
same.  It  is  usually  an  ammonium  soap,  but  may  contain 
calcium.  The  latter  condition  existing  especially  when  the 
body  has  been  immersed  in  water  containing  notable  amounts 
of  calcium  salts.  This  was  determined  experimentally  by 
Orfila,  who  placed  an  ammonium  adipocere  in  a  solution  of 
calcium  sulphate;  he  found  that  after  a  time  it  had  been 
changed  into  calcium  oleo-stearate.  Adipocere  is  insolu- 
ble in  water,  but  partially  soluble  in  alcohol.  It  emits 
a  greasy  smell  in  burning.  Its  odor  resembles  somewhat 
that  of  musty  cheese. 

From  the  fact  that  if  a  body  remain  immersed  in  the 
water  for  any  length  of  time  it  is  likely  to  be  changed  into 
adipocere,  it  becomes  an  important  medico-legal  question 
to  establish  the  period  necessary  for  this  conversion.  De- 
vergie  ascertained  that  the  body  of  a  new-born  child  was 
more  or  less  changed  into  adipocere  after  remaining  in  the 
water  for  five  or  six  weeks.  We  see  at  once  the  value  of 
this  knowledge,  since  bodies  of  new-born  infants  are  fre- 
quently thrown  into  wells,  privies,  and  cesspools.  If  a 
body  be  found  under  such  circumstances,  with  the  process 
of  saponification  only  just  begun,  it  is  probable  that  it  could 
not  have  been  long  in  the  water,  and  vice  versa.  Accord- 
ing to  the  same  authority,  an  adult  body  requires  an 
immersion  in  water  for  one  year  before  the  conversion  is 
completed,  and  when  it  is  buried  in  wet  earth,  a  period  of 


56  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

three  years   may  elapse  before  the   change  is  completely 
effected. 

Mummification. — This  constitutes  another  process  by 
which  the  ordinary  putrefaction  of  the  body  is  interfered 
with.  By  mummification  we  understand  the  complete 
desiccation,  or  drying  up  of  the  body.  It  results  either 
from  burial  in  the  arid  and  sandy  soil  of  hot  countries, 
such  as  Arabia  and  Egypt,  or  from  exposure  of  the  body 
to  a  constantly  cold  and  dry  atmosphere — where,  for  instance, 
it  is  placed  in  a  vault  through  which  a  constant  stream  of 
dry,  cold  air  is  pouring.  Such  a  condition  of  things  is 
found  at  the  Hospice  of  St.  Bernard,  in  Switzerland.  In 
the  charnel  house  attached  to  this  establishment,  the  bodies 
of  those  who  have  perished  in  the  snows  are  placed.  The 
atmosphere  is  so  constantly  cold  and  dry,  that  the  flesh  and 
fat  completely  dry  up. 

It  is  quite  impossible,  from  the  mere  inspection  of  a 
mummy,  to  venture  an  opinion  as  to  the  length  of  time 
that  has  elapsed  since  death.  Many  Egyptian  mummies 
are  several  thousand  years  old. 

Certain  agents  retard,  and  others  promote  decomposition. 
The  former  comprise  the  various  antiseptics.  Lime,  although 
popularly  supposed  to  hasten  putrefaction,  in  reality  retards 
it,  as  is  shown  by  a  simple  experiment  of  Dr.  John  Davy, 
who  buried  a  piece  of  raw  flesh  that  had  been  first  covered 
over  with  powdered  lime.  It  continued  sound  much  longer 
than  another  piece  that  was  buried  without  the  lime.  No 
doubt  the  lime  here  partly  operated  by  excluding  the  atmos- 
pheric air.  The  strong  acids  and  alkalies,  although  they  do 
not  hasten  putrefaction,  produce  chemic  changes,  and  in  this 
way  aid  in  the  removal  of  a  body. 

The  period  and  method  of  Interment  materially  influence 


SIGNS    EXHIBITED    BEFORE    PUTREFACTION.  57 

the  rapidity  of  putrefaction.  If  decomposition  has  set  in 
before  burial,  the  action  will  progress  far  more  rapidly  than 
in  a  body  which  was  interred  before  putrefaction  had  begun. 
The  depth  of  the  grave  and  nature  of  the  soil  also  exercise  a 
marked  influence.  The  cause  of  death  may  influence  the 
rapidity  of  the  decomposition  of  the  body. 

II.  Having  disposed  of  the  first  question — Is  the  death 
real  or  apparent  ? — we  may  consider  the  second — How  long 
a  time  has  elapsed  since  the  death  ?  It  sometimes  becomes 
of  extreme  consequence  to  determine  this  in  connection 
with  the  attempt  to  prove  an  alibi  on  the  part  of  the  pris- 
oner. This  matter  is  to  be  determxined,  in  the  absence  of 
direct  evidence,  solely  by  attending  to  the  different  "  signs  " 
or  phenomena  of  death,  already  described.  The  inferences 
may  be  drawn,  first,  from  the  signs  occurring  before  putre- 
faction ;  secondly,  from  those  occurring  after  it. 

(i)  Inferences  from  the  signs  exhibited  before  Putrefac- 
tion.— If  the  body  is  only  slightly  cold,  and  rigidity  is  just 
commencing  about  the  jaws,  the  eyes  glazed,  and  the  eye- 
balls sunken,  death  has  occurred,  most  probably,  from  a 
quarter  of  an  hour  to  four  or  five  hours  previously.  The 
inference  can  never  be  more  than  approximative  for  the 
reasons  already  given. 

Suppose  the  body  to  be  perfectly  cold  (externally),  and 
rigid  throughout:  it  has  probably  been  dead  from  twelve  or 
fifteen  hours,  to  three  or  four  days.  If  rigidity  is  complete 
over  the  body,  and  cadaveric  lividity  (suggillation)  is  mani- 
fested over  the  surface,  death  has  probably  occurred  from 
one  to  four  days. 

The  importance  of  attending  to  the  above  phenomena  is 
shown  by  a  case  mentioned  by  Taylor.  A  man  was  con- 
victed and  transported  for  killing  his  wife.  The  woman  was 
5 


58  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

discovered,  at  8  o'clock  in  the  morning,  with  her  throat 
cut.  She  was  very  rigid  throughout  the  upper  part  of  her 
body,  and  the  whole  body  was  cold.  The  prisoner  was  able 
to  prove  an  alibi  between  the  hours  of  4  and  8  A.  M.,  and 
his  counsel  endeavored  to  show  that  the  post-mortem  cold- 
ness and  the  partial  rigidity  might  have  developed  within 
four  hours,  which,  if  true,  would  have  exculpated  the 
accused.  This  point  was  overruled  by  a  mass  of  medical 
testimony  to  the  contrary. 

(2)  Inferences  after  Putrefaction. — Suppose  the  body  ex- 
hibits the  greenish  discoloration  on  the  abdomen  and  the 
peculiar  odor  of  putrefaction  exist ;  the  rigor  mortis  has 
passed  off,  leaving  the  body  cold,  but  pliant :  death  has 
probably  occurred  from  one  to  three  days,  in  summer,  and 
from  three  to  six  or  eight  days,  in  winter. 

If  the  greenish-yellow  discoloration  extends  more  or  less 
over  the  whole  surface,  together  with  greenish-brown  stains, 
and  dark  red  lines  over  various  parts,  along  with  relaxation 
of  the  sphincter  ani  muscle,  it  must  have  been  dead  from 
eight  to  ten  days,  in  summer,  and  from  ten  to  twenty  days, 
in  winter. 

If  blebs  are  found  over  the  skin,  and  some  of  them 
opened,  with  maggots  in  the  muscles  ;  if  the  body  is  green 
all  over,  and  the  chest  and  abdomen  are  enormously  dis- 
tended; the  nails  loose,  or  falling  out;  the  color  of  the  eyes 
not  recognizable;  the  features  very  much  swollen, — then 
the  death  must  have  occurred  from  two  to  three  weeks,  in 
summer,  or  from  four  to  five  weeks,  in  winter. 

If  the  chest  and  abdomen  have  burst  open  and  discharged 
their  contents,  and  some  of  the  bones  are  denuded  of  their 
fleshy  coverings;  the  eyes  enormously  swollen  ;  the  body 
has  been  dead,  probably,  from  two  to  four  months. 

The  above  "  inferences/'  it  must  be  remembered,  are  only 


INFERENCES    AFTER    PUTREFACTION.  59 

approximative.  They  cannot  be  positive  under  any  circum- 
stances; and,  moreover,  they  are  predicated  on  the  suppo- 
sition that  the  body  under  examination  has  not  been  buried, 
but  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  atmosphere.  Great  care 
must  be  taken  not  to  give  a  very  positive  opinion  on  this 
question,  as  the  inferences  are  to  a  great  extent  conjectural, 
and  dependent  on  many  contingencies. 

Some  definition  of  winter  and  summer  should  be  given, 
e.  g.,  over   60  for  summer,  and  below  this  for  winter. 


60  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 


CHAPTER    III. 

MEDICO-LEGAL  INVESTIGATIONS— THE  POST-MORTEM. 

The  physician  who  undertakes  the  examination  in  a 
medico -legal  case,  including  a  post-mortem,  assumes  a  seri- 
ous responsibility.  He  must  be  fully  prepared  to  meet  the 
various  contingencies  that  may  present  themselves,  and  he 
should  execute  his  work  thoroughly  and  with  strict  impar- 
tiality. The  examiner  should  be  an  expert  anatomist  and 
pathologist,  and  a  close  and  careful  observer  of  all  sur- 
rounding circumstances  that  might  throw  light  upon  the 
case. 

In  all  cases  where  dispute  is  likely  to  arise,  it  is  advisa- 
ble to  have  two  examiners,  so  as  to  avoid  an  ex  parte 
appearance;  and  any  suspected  person  may  be  represented 
by  a  friend  of  his  own  selection.  It  will  be  proper,  however, 
to  secure  the  consent  of  the  coroner,  public  prosecutor,  or 
some  other  officer  for  representatives  of  suspected  or  inter- 
ested parties  to  be  present.  As  a  general  rule  such  oppor- 
tunities are  not  solicited  by  attorneys  representing  clients 
accused  of  crime.  The  examination  should  be  made  by 
daylight,  since  artificial  light  conceals  shades  of  color  which 
it  is  important  to  recognize,  such  as  stains  by  nitric 
acid.  Analytic  and  microscopic  investigations  are  needed 
in  many  cases,  and  great  care  should  be  taken  to  place  all 
organs  which  are  to  be  examined  for  poison  in  separate 
clean  jars.  Many  physicians  will  thoughtlessly  place 
several  abdominal  viscera,  such  as  liver,  kidney  and  stomach 
in  one  jar,  but  this  is  highly  objectionable,  since  it  deprives 


THE    POST-MORTEM.  61 

the  chemist  of  all  opportunity  to  determine  if  the  poison  has 
been  absorbed  during  life,  a  most  important  point.  If  exami- 
nations are  to  be  made  for  blood  stains,  on  the  clothing  of  the 
body  or  on  any  surrounding  objects  these  should  be  marked, 
wrapped  up  and  preferably  removed  from  the  room  or  irn- 
mediate  vicinity  of  the  body  before  the  post-mortem  is 
begun,  thereby  avoiding  the  suspicion  that  the  objects  had 
become  blood-stained  during  the  post-mortem,  which  would 
destroy  the  value  of  any  evidence  adduced  by  future  exam- 
ination. 

The  examination  should  be  exhaustive,  so  that  the  exam- 
iner may  be  able  to  testify  with  some  positiveness  to  the 
cause  of  death.  For  example,  the  discovery  of  a  disease  of 
the  heart  sufficient  to  cause  death  should  not  preclude  an 
examination  of  the  lungs  and  brain,  in  either  of  which  the 
real  cause  of  the  death  may  be  found.  Poison  in  the 
stomach  may  co-exist  with  a  ruptured  aneurism,  a  clot  in 
the  brain,  or  a  diseased  heart.  The  examination,  moreover, 
should  be  conducted  methodically,  and  all  the  details 
recorded. 

The  post-mortem  ought  to  be  made  on  the  first  day  sub- 
sequent to  the  death,  but  it  should  never  be  declined  on 
account  of  the  interval  that  may  have  elapsed,  nor  even  if 
the  body  be  in  a  state  of  putrefaction. 

The  surroundings  should  first  claim  attention,  such  as  the 
locality  at  which  the  body  was  discovered,  as  this  may  afford  a 
clue,  especially  in  the  case  of  infanticide,  when,  for  example, 
the  body  of  the  infant  is  found  in  a  privy  well,  or  dung-heap. 
Sometimes  the  body  will  have  been  dragged  by  the  murderer 
to  a  distant  spot;  or  the  victim  may  have  followed  his  assail- 
ant a  short  distance  after  receiving  the  blow.  Footmarks 
should  be  noted,  together  with  their  direction;  evidences  of 
struggling,  as  denoted  by  the  condition  of  the  grass,  dust,  or 


62  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

mud  in  the  road,  and  disturbed  or  broken  condition  of 
bushes,  which  also  may  be  bespattered  with  blood ;  the 
finding  of  a  weapon  or  missile,  Marks  of  bloody  fingers  or 
blood  tracks  from  bloody  shoes  should  besought  for  before 
any  blood  is  drawn  by  the  post-mortem  examination.  If 
there  be  no  wound  or  evidence  of  bleeding  having  occurred 
from  the  body  under  examination,  the  presence  of  blood  on 
the  hands  or  any  part  of  the  clothing  or  body  would  sug- 
gest that  his  assailant  had  received  a  wound.  If  in  a  room, 
the  position  of  the  body  in  reference  to  articles  of  furniture, 
to  any  weapon,  to  glasses,  cups,  bottles,  etc.,  from  which 
poison  may  have  been  taken.  It  is  also  advisable  to  make 
a  rough  drawing  of  the  locality. 

As  regards  the  body  itself,  the  examiner  should  note  its 
exact  position  when  found :  this  is  especially  important  if 
death  was  caused  by  a  wound.  The  clothes  should  be  care- 
fully examined  to  determine  whether  torn  or  cut,  and  whether 
any  torn  fragment  corresponds  with  the  garment  of  the  ac- 
cused, or  of  the  deceased;  whether  marked  by  blood-stains, 
or  by  an  acid ;  if  stabbed,  whether  the  cuts  correspond  with  the 
wounds  on  the  body.  The  clothes  should  be  removed,  and  the 
body  minutely  inspected.  It  should  also  be  identified,  if 
possible.  Notes  should  be  made  of  the  sex,  height,  weight, 
age  and  general  development;  of  scars  and  other  marks; 
abnormalities ;  blood,  seminal  and  other  stains ;  the  color 
of  the  skin,  and  condition  of  the  eyes  and  teeth;  the  tem- 
perature and  rigidity  of  the  body;  the  degree  of  putrefac- 
tion; lividity  and  ecchymoses ;  matters  flowing  from  the 
nose,  mouth  and  ears,  blood  from  or  in  either  of  these  ori- 
fices is  often  indicative  of. fracture  of  the  skull;  state  of  the 
tongue ;  expression  of  the  countenance.  The  hands  should 
be  inspected,  to  ascertain  if  they  hold  a  weapon — whether 
loosely  or  tightly  grasped;  or  if  portions  of  hair  or  clothing 


THE    POST-MORTEM.  63 

are  firmly  held  (denoting  a  struggle)J^  and  whether  these 
articles  correspond  with  those  found  on  the  prisoner; 
whether  stained  with  blood  or  blackened  by  powder  (the 
latter  indicating  firearms).  The  presence  or  absence  of 
foreign  bodies  in  the  nose,  mouth,  anus  and  vagina  should 
also  be  noticed. 

In  a  careful  examination  of  the  stirromidings,  in  a  case  of 
murder,  the  observant  physician  will  sometimes  discover 
the  clue  to  the  perpetrator  of  the  crime.  A  dreadful  mur- 
der occurred  in  Paris  some  years  ago,  in  which  the  throats 
of  three  women  were  cut  after  severe  struggling,  and  the 
bedding  and  walls  of  the  apartment  were  copiously  bespat- 
tered with  blood.  A  man  named  Pranzini  was  arrested  for 
the  crime;  but  the  closest  examination  of  his  clothes 
revealed  no  blood- stains  upon  them.  This,  of  course,  was 
relied  upon  as  a  strong  point  by  the  defence.  Dr.  Brou- 
ardel  recalled  the  fact  that  in  the  adjoining  room  he  had 
noticed  a  basin  containing  much  bloody  water,  indicating 
the  washing  of  a  person  stained  with  blood,  and  this  person 
could  only  have  been  the  murderer.  Hence  he  conceived 
the  idea  that  the  criminal,  in  order  to  avoid  the  risk  of 
being  stained  with  blood,  had  stripped  himself,  and  com- 
mitted the  murders  in  a  state  of  nudity,  after  which  he  had 
washed  and  resumed  his  clothes,  and  so  hoped  to  escape 
detection.  Dr.  B.  asked  to  examine  the  prisoner  completely 
stripped  ;  when  a  long,  tearing  scratch  was  found  extending 
down  the  front  of  the  right  thigh.  Interrogated  upon  this, 
the  criminal  declared  he  had  been  attacked  by  a  severe  itch- 
ing, to  relieve  which  he  had  torn  himself  in  scratching.  Being 
invited  to  repeat  the  gesture,  he  did  so,  upwards,  from  the 
knee  towards  the  body  (as  was  natural) ;  but  the  medical 
expert  showed  that  the  tear  had  been  made  by  nails,  or 
some  sharp  body,  froi7i  above  downwaj'ds.     Doubtless^  the 


64  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

assassin  approached  his  victim  with  the  weapon  in  his  right 
hand,  and  with  his  right  side  exposed,  and  so  received  the 
scratches  on  his  right  thigh.  The  criminal  was  condemned 
and  executed. 

All  wounds  should  be  carefully  examined,  as  to  depth, 
extent  and  direction,  and  whether  they  suit  the  weapon  that 
may  be  supposed  to  have  occasioned  them ;  the  condition 
of  their  edges,, as  indicating  whether  recent  or  not;  marks 
of  inflammation,  suppuration,  or  gangrene;  whether  any 
foreign  body  be  present,  as  a  ball,  fragments  of  clothing,  etc. 
The  scalpel  may  be  used,  if  necessary,  to  enlarge  the  wound, 
with  care  not  to  interfere  with  its  original  character  If 
there  is  contusion  without  solution  of  continuity,  the  ex- 
aminer should  not  fail  to  look  for  internal  injuries. 

\xv  fractures  and  luxations,  notice  their  condition  and  that 
of  the  surrounding  parts.  In  case  of  biLrns,  observe  their 
degree  and  extent ;  whether  merely  inflamed  or  vesicated, 
and  the  state  of  the  adjacent  parts. 

In  frmales,  examine  the  genital  organs,  especially  in  case 
of  alleged  rape,  pregnancy,  and  recent  delivery.  ♦ 

In  new-born  children,  ascertain  their  length  and  weight, 
their  color,  sex,  diameters  of  head,  the  condition  of  the 
lungs,  hair,  nails,  membrana  pupillaris,  genital  organs,  and 
condition  of  the  umbilical  cord.  The  question  of  a  live- 
birth  will  be  treated  more  fully  in  a  later  part  of  this  work. 

The  Internal  Examination  of  the  Body. — It  is  important 
that  the  examination  should  be  thorough  and  systematic, 
and  in  order  to  secure  this  it  will  be  necessary  to  follow  a 
definite  course  under  all  circumstances,  or  to  be  able  to 
supply  a  sufficient  reason  for  a  deviation  in  any  particular 
case.  If  the  investigator  be  in  the  habit  of  always  examin- 
ing the  head  last,  he  will  be  astonished  at  the  amount  of 


THE   INTERNAL    EXAMINATION    OF   THE    BODY.  65 

blood  which  will  escape  if  the  head  be  examined  first,  and 
thus,  by  varying  his  usual  course,  may  mislead  himself, 
attributing  the  increased  flow  to  abnormal  conditions  when 
they  are  not  present.  The  following  order  is  commended 
as  offering  the  best  advantages  with  the  fewest  variations. 
It  is  assumed  that  the  external  examination  has  been 
completed : 

The  Abdomen. — An  incision  is  made  from  the  inter- 
clavicular notch  to  the  pubes  passing  to  the  left  of  the  navel 
in  order  to  preserve  the  ligament,  and,  in  the  new-born,  the 
vessels  which  pass  to  the  liver.  The  incision  is  carried 
entirely  through  the  abdominal  wall,  care  being  taken  to 
not  wound  the  viscera ;  the  integument  is  then  dissected 
from  the  chest  wall  as  far  back  as  the  costal  cartilages  of 
both  sides;  by  forcibly  stretching  both  sides  of  this  incision, 
an  abundance  of  room  will  be  supplied  without  any  trans- 
verse incisions,  except  in  rare  cases ;  in  stripping  the  chest 
wall  care  must  be  used  to  avoid  the  smallest  opening  of  the 
thoracic  cavity,  as  any  contained  fluids — blood,  for  example 
— may  escape,  or  entering  air  may  change  the  position  of  the 
diaphragm,  which  it  may  be  important  to  observe.  The 
abdominal  cavity  is  now  to  be  examined,  not  the  organs 
in  detail.  Note  the  fluid  present;  is  it  clear  or  cloudy; 
amount ;  search  for  evidence  of  peritonitis,  extravasation  of 
blood  or  the  contents  of  the  stomach,  intestine,  gall  bladder 
or  urinary  bladder,  the  finding  of  which  will  indicate  that 
there  has  been  a  wound  or  rupture  of  some  of  the  vascera. 
If  such  be  found  it  must  be  closed,  and  the  cavity  carefully 
cleansed  and  dried  before  the  chest  is  opened,  as  the  foreign 
material  in  the  belly  cavity  would  immediately  flow  into 
the  chest  and  complicate  the  examination  of  the  thoracic 
viscera.  The  height  of  the  diaphragm  is  to  be  noted 
(especially  in  new-born  children  where  question  of  still-birth 


66  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

is  likely  to  arise)  before  the  chest  is  opened,  as  immediately 
after  no  inference  can  be  drawn,  as  the  position  of  the 
diaphragm  after  the  chest  has  been  opened  may  change. 
In  cases  of  suspected  poisoning  the  stomach  should  be 
ligated  at  both  ends  before  opening  the  chest,  as  the  gullet 
might  be  accidentally  wounded,  and  the  stomach  contents 
thereby  permitted  to  escape.  The  abdominal  viscera  are 
not  to  be  examined  until  after  the  chest,  as  the  removal  of 
any  organ  will  drain  the  blood  from  the  heart,  and  thereby 
prevent  an  accurate  examination  of  that  organ. 

The  Thorax. — The  costal  cartilages,  together  with  the 
sterno-clavicular  ligaments,  should  be  carefully  divided, 
avoiding  the  large  veins  of  the  neck,  the  pericardium  and 
its  contents;  the  sternum  is  now  reflected. 

fDo  the  lungs  immediately  collapse,  or  do  they  fill  the 
chest  cavity  to  distention  ?  Examine  pleural  for  adhesions; 
note  character  and  quantity  of  fluid  in  each  pleura  separ- 
ately ;  remove  all  fluid  from  the  pleurae  in  order  to  prevent 
the  pericardium  from  being  flooded  when  opened.  Open 
the  pericardium  in  the  axis  of  the  heart,  being  careful 
not  to  wound  the  heart ;  this  can  be  best  secured  by  pinch- 
ing up  the  sack  and  transfixing,  with  the  back  of  the  knife 
toward  the  heart,  and,  as  soon  as  an  opening  is  secured, 
introducing  two  fingers  into  the  cavity,  and  thereby  pro- 
tecting the  heart.  Note  the  character  and  quantity  of  the 
pericardial  fluid ;  note  the  condition  of  the  heart  as  to  dis- 
tention of  cavities  ;  see  that  the  great  vessels  given  off  from 
the  heart  are  in  the  normal  relation  to  that  organ;  open 
the  heart  in  situ  ;  note  in  detail  the  contents  of  the  cavities; 
is  the  blood  fluid  or  in  clots?  are  the  clots  white,  black  or 
red  ?  This  is  important,  as  it  may  establish  whether  the 
death  was  sudden  or  prolonged.  If  the  right  side  of  the 
heart  contain  distinct  ante-mortem  clots,  it  is  highly  im- 


THE    INTERNAL    EXAMINATION    OF    THE    BODY.  67 

probable  that  the  death  could  have  been  sudden,  as  by- 
drowning.  A  man  was  found  in  the  water  three  months 
after  his  disappearance,  and  it  was  presumed  that  he  was 
murdered  and  thrown  into  the  stream.  At  the  post-mortem 
evidence  was  found  of  ante-mortem  injury,  and  clots  were 
found  in  the  cavities  of  the  heart ;  but  no  note  was  made  of 
their  character,  and  the  plea  of  accidental  drowning,  set  up 
by  the  defence,  could  not  be  refuted.  Had  the  medical  ex- 
aminer been  able  to  testify  that  the  clots  were  undoubtedly 
ante-mortem,  it  would  have  established  that  the  death  was 
considerably  slower  than  could  have  been  the  case  in 
drowning.  Distinctly  ante-mortem  clots  are  positive  indi- 
cations of  the  death  agony  not  having  been  instantaneous, 
and  may,  for  this  reason,  be  of  the  greatest  importance  in 
establishing  the  exact  time  at  which  the  injury  was  received 
or  the  poison  given.  The  heart  may  next  be  removed  by 
cutting  through  the  vessels  at  its  base,  and  examined  as  to 
its  weight,  condition  of  its  walls  and  tissue,  and  state  of  its 
valves.  Sometimes  a  microscopic  investigation  may  be 
required.  The  aorta  should  likewise  be  examined  for 
atheroma  and  aneurism. 

The  lungs  may  be  removed  by  passing  the  hand  beneath 
them  (noticing  any  adhesions),  and  cutting  through  the 
bronchi  and  vessels  at  their  roots.  They  should  be  in- 
spected as  to  their  color,  density,  etc.,  as  indicating  disease  ; 
the  condition  of  the  bronchial  tubes  and  pulmonary  artery 
(embolism) ;  and  the  presence  of  foreign  matters  in  the  air 
passages  (in  case  of  drowning  or  of  sudden  death).  A  man 
in  apparent  health,  while  away  from  home,  became  sud- 
denly cyanosed  and  fell  unconscious  from  the  table  at 
which  he  was  eating  heartily.  Relatives  claimed  that  he 
was  poisoned.  A  careful  examination  revealed  the  presence 
of  an  irregular  fragment  of  a  potato  in  each  bronchus,  com- 


68  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

pletely  occluding  the  entrance  of  air  ;  and  it  was  afterwards 
shown  that  he  habitually  bolted  his  food.  A  cud  of  tobacco 
or  stump  of  a  cigar  might  as  easily  give  rise  to  the  same 
difficulty.  If  blood  has  escaped  into  the  thorax  it  should 
be  removed  by  a  sponge,  so  as  to  ascertain  the  color  of  the 
parts.  The  hydrostatic  examination  of  the  lungs  in  new- 
born children,  in  cases  of  infanticide,  will  be  considered 
further  on. 

The  ribs  should  be  examined,  one  after  another,  for  evi- 
dence of  fracture  or  other  injury.  The  esophagus  may  be 
cut  from  its  attachments  in  the  neck,  stripped  from  the 
chest,  and  left  to  be  removed  with  the  stomach ;  a  ligature, 
in  case  of  suspected  poisoning,  should  be  placed  at  the  car- 
diac end  of  the  stomach  to  prevent  regurgitation  of  the 
gastric  contents ;  the  esophagus  may  be  opened  down  to 
the  ligature,  and  its  interior  examined  for  corrosion  or  other 
evidence  of  poison  or  injury.  The  organs  of  the  abdominal 
cavity  are  to  be  next  examined — the  spleen,  kidneys  and 
bladder.  If  any  urine  be  present  in  the  bladder,  it  should 
be  carefully  preserved  in  a  chemically  clean  bottle  that  it 
may  be  examined  for  albumin  (Bright's  disease),  sugar 
(diabetes,  diabetic  coma),  or  for  poisons ;  in  the  latter  case 
some  of  the  alkaloidal  poisons  (atropin,  strychnin,  etc.), 
can  be  physiologically  tested  for  by  injecting  some  of  the 
suspected  urine,  hypodermatically,  into  susceptible  animals, 
or  chemically,  as  will  be  discussed  later.  The  internal 
and  external  genital  organs  are  next  to  be  examined,  and, 
in  the  female,  the  uterus  especially,  for  evidences  of  preg- 
nancy, abortion  or  delivery.  The  liver  should  be  next 
examined. 

The  Stomacli  should  be  examined  by  first  ligating  it  at 
the  cardiac  extremity,  and  then  by  applying  two  ligatures 
at  the  pyloric  end,  and  cutting  between  the  latter.    Note  the 


THE    INTERNAL    EXAMINATION    OF    THE    BODY.  69 

general  external  appearance,  and  then  open  it  along  its 
lesser  curvature.  Examine  the  contents,  as  to  quantity, 
character  and  odor,  and  reaction.  Carefully  inspect  the 
lining  membrane  with  a  lens  for  solid  particles  of  phos- 
phorus, crystals,  or  patches  of  arsenic,  or  other  mineral 
poisons,  fragments  of  leaves  or  seeds,  or  other  foreign 
matters.  Note  any  evidences  of  inflammation  or  ulcera- 
tion. If  an  analytic  examination  of  the  stomach  and  its 
contents  is  to  be  made,  it  is  better  if  it  can  be  so  arranged 
not  to  open  the  stomach  until  it  is  delivered  to  the  chemist. 
Under  ordinary  circumstances,  except  in  well-appointed 
morgues,  no  facilities  are  at  hand  for  examining  for  crys- 
tals, fragments  of  leaves,  etc.,  and  hence  this  had  better  be 
deferred  until  the  chemist  has  access  to  the  organ. 

The  Intestines,  after  inspection  for  twist,  strangulation  or 
hernia,  should  next  be  examined,  by  removing  them  from 
their  attachments,  and  slitting  them  throughout  with  an 
enterotome;  looking  for  inflammation  and  ulceration  of  the 
glands,  and  for  any  foreign  matters ;  also  noting  the  condi- 
tion of  the  appendix  vermiformis.  In  cases  of  poisoning, 
the  stomach  and  its  contents  should  be  preserved  for 
chemical  examination  in  a  separate  jar.  The  intestines  also 
(at  least  a  portion  of  the  small  and  large  bowel,  together 
with  the  rectum),  and  portions  of  the  liver,  one  kidney  and 
the  spleen  should  be  kept  for  a  similar  purpose.  The  jars 
containing  the  viscera  should  be  securely  stoppered  and 
sealed  with  the  private  seal  of  the  examiner,  with  a  label 
affixed,  stating  the  name  of  the  deceased  person,  the  date 
of  death  and  of  the  autopsy.  They  should  then  be  deliv- 
ered personally,  by  him,  to  a  responsible  party,  from  whom 
he  should  always  take  a  written  receipt.  The  preservation 
of  each  organ  in  a  separate  and  well-cleaned — preferably 
new — jar  is  to  be  especially  urged.     Toxicologic  examina- 


70  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

tions  are  often  materially  hampered  by  the  fact  that  stomach, 
liver  and  kidneys  have  been  placed  in  one  large  jar.  Such 
a  condition  prevents  determining  the  ante-mortem  absorp- 
tion of  the  poison. 

The  Head. — After  a  careful  external  examination  for 
wounds  or  injuries,  for  which  purpose  the  hair  may  have  to 
be  removed,  the  scalp  should  be  separated  by  an  incision 
from  ear  to  e,ar  across  the  vertex,  down  to  the  bone ;  it 
should  then  be  everted  in  both  directions  so  as  to  expose 
the  skull.  Search  for  fractures,  and  do  not  mistake  irregu- 
lar sutures  for  these.  Blood  along  the  line  of  a  suture  can 
be  wiped  off,  along  the  line  of  a  fracture  it  cannot ;  gentle 
tapping  on  the  bare  skull  may  give  a  "  cracked  pot "  sound 
in  fracture.  Notice  any  unusual  thinness  of  bone  ;  follow 
out  any  fracture  to  its  whole  extent ;  observe  any  extravasa- 
tion of  blood  under  the  scalp. 

The  skull  should  now  be  carefully  sawed  around,  about 
half  an  inch  above  the  opening  of  the  ear,  the  calvaria 
removed  (under  no  circumstances  should  the  hammer  or 
chisel  be  used),  and  the  condition  of  the  dura  mater  no- 
ticed. Look  for  hemorrhage,  either  extradural  or  sub- 
dural ;  if  the  dura  has  come  off  with  the  calvaria,  it  should 
be  stripped  and  the  inner  table  of  the  skull  cap  closely 
inspected  for  any  fracture  which  may  or  may  not  show  on  the 
outside.  This  membrane  should  be  carefully  cut  around 
with  a  probe-pointed  scissors,  and  the  arachnoid  and  pia 
mater  closely  inspected. 

The  upper  part  of  the  brain  can  now  be  examined  before 
removal — as  "to  congestion  of  its  vessels,  laceration,  or 
extravasation  of  blood  upon  its  surface.  This  latter  is  often 
seen  on  the  side  opposite  to  the  external  injury.  The  brain 
is  to  be  carefully  removed,  by  inserting  the  fingers  beneath 


THE    INTERNAL    EXAMINATION    OF    THE    BODY.  71 

it,  and  dividing  the  medulla  oblongata.     The  base  of  the 
skull  should  be  carefully  inspected  for  fractures. 

The  brain  should  be  examined  from  above,  slicing  it  hori- 
zontally ;  regarding  specially  its  consistence,  color,  presence 
of  extravasated  blood  or  serum,  of  tumors  or  abscesses, 
disease  of  blood  vessels,  or  of  the  membranes.  In  opening 
the  skull  of  very  young  children  a  pair  of  strong  scissors 
may  be  used  instead  of  a  saw. 

The  Spinal  Column  should  be  opened  through  its  whole 
extent,  by  sawing  through  on  each  side  of  the  spinous 
processes.  The  cord,  together  with  the  dura  mater,  should 
then  be  removed  and  examined.  Noting  any  fracture,  dis- 
location, or  contusion. 

The  Neck  should  be  inspected  for  marks  of  violence  by 
the  fingers  (garroting) ;  by  a  cord  (strangling  or  hanging) 
and  for  ecchymoses.  Note  should  be  taken  as  to  the  con- 
dition of  the  great  vessels  and  nerves.  The  cavity  of  the 
mouth  and  nose  should  be  examined  ;  also  the  condition  of 
the  larynx,  trachea,  pharynx  and  esophagus. 

In  case  of  disinterment  of  a  body  the  inspectors  should 
always  view  it  before  it  is  removed  from  the  coffin ;  at 
Avhich  time,  also,  it  should  be  properly  identified  by  tlu 
friends  or  relatives  of  the  deceased. 

In  a  medico-legal  examination  of  a  body,  such  as  above 
described,  there  should  always  be  present  either  a  second 
inspector,  or  a  clerk,  to  take  down  the  notes  as  the  autopsy 
progresses.  These  notes  should  comprise  the  appearances 
presented  by  the  different  organs,  stating  facts,  not  opinions. 
The  notes  should  be  read  over  by  both  examiners,  and,  if 
necessary,  corrected  before  sewing  up  the  body.  In  many 
cases  it  will  be  expected  that  a  report  should  be  drawn  up 
containing  opinions  of  the  case.  The  length  and  character 
of  this  report  will  depend  on  circumstances. 


72  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 


CHAPTER    IV. 

PRESUMPTION  OF  DEATH,  AND  OF  SURVIVORSHIP. 

Presumption  of  Death. — This  question  may  be  raised 
when  a  given  person  is  not  heard  of  for  a  long  period. 
The  law,  in  that  event,  presumes  death,  and  the  adminis- 
trator or  executor  may  proceed  to  settle  the  estate.  This 
is  not  infrequently  raised  in  life^-insurance  companies,  when 
the  party  insured  has  not  been  heard  of  for  many  years, 
and  the  lawful  heirs  demand  the  payment  of  the  policy.  It 
must  also  be  considered  in  cases  in  which  either  married 
person  leaves  the  other,  and  remains  continuously  away. 

The  length  of  time  usually  regarded  by  the  law  as  war- 
ranting a  presumption  of  death,  in  any  of  the  above  cases, 
is  seven  years  from  the  time  the  person  was  last  heard 
from ;  so  that  in  the  case  of  married  persons  it  is  not 
regarded  as  bigamy  if  either  party  should  marry  again  after 
the  expiration  of  the  seven  years  of  continuous  absence 
without  communication  or  information  of  any  kind  on  the 
part  of  the  other.  In  cases  of  heirship  and  property,  and 
in  some  cases  of  life  insurance,  it  is  often  not  considered 
necessary  to  wait  the  whole  seven  years,  but  settlements 
have  been  made  by  the  courts  or  companies  in  two  years. 

The  presumption  of  death  must  depend  on  general  evi- 
dence, being  a  presumption  of  fact  to  be  determined  by 
a  jury.  There  are  cases,  however,  of  a  special  character, 
where  the  courts  have  decided  the  presumption  of  death  to 
be  sooner  or  later  than  the  period  of  seven  years,  as,  e.  g.,  if 
the  individual  concerned  was  in  feeble  health  when  he  or 


^      PRESUMPTION    OF   SURVIVORSHIP.  73 

she  was   last  heard  from.       This  question   would  involve 
medical  evidence  as  to  the  probabilities  of  life,  in  such  a  case. 

Presumption  of  Survivorship. — Questions  relating  to  pre- 
sumption of  survivorship  are  much  more  frequently  dis- 
cussed in  the  courts  than  those  pertaining  to  presumption 
of  death.  There  is,  however,  no  general  law  upon  the  sub- 
ject, either  in  this  country  or  Great  Britain,  every  case  in 
which  the  question  is  involved  being  decided  according  to 
its  individual  merits.  When  two  or  more  persons  perish  by 
the  same  calamity,  in  the  absence  of  all  testimony,  the 
courts  frequently  refuse  to  assume  that  one  survived  the 
others,  but  have  decided  that  all  perished  together.  Yet 
momentous  questions  may  be  dependent  upon  a  legal 
decision  of  the  question  of  survivorship  ;  as  when  the  parties 
dying  are  a  father  and  a  son ;  if  the  son  survive  but  for  a 
moment,  "his  wife  shall  have  dower,  for  the  lands  descended 
the  instant  the  father  died."  So,  in  the  case  of  a  testator 
and  legatee ;  if  the  latter  dies  first,  the  legacy  lapses ;  but 
if  he  survives  the  testator  for  ever  so  short  a  time,  his 
executors  can  claim.  So  again,  the  husband  of  a  woman 
possessed  of  freehold  property  (not  specially  settled)  has  a 
life  interest  in  her  estate,  provided  she  has  issue  by  him, 
born  during  the  life  of  the  mother,  and  which  survives  her 
even  for  a  moment  of  time  (tenancy  by  courtesy).  The  old 
Roman  law  upon  this  subject,  upon  which  are  based  most 
of  our  modern  decisions,  enacted  that  when  persons  of 
different  ages  perished  in  battle,  those  under  puberty  were 
deemed  to  have  died  first ;  but  if  the  son  was  above  the 
age  of  puberty,  and  both  died  together,  the  son  was  pre- 
sumed to  have  survived  the  parent.  In  the  case  of  husband 
and  wife,  the  husband  was  presumed  to  be  the  survivor 
(Beck). 


74  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

According  to  Fodere  and  Beck,  the  French  law,  as  con- 
tahied  in  the  Code  Napoleon,  is  as  follows  : — 

"  I.  If  several  persons,  naturally  heirs  of  each  other,  per- 
ish by  the  same  event,  without  the  possibility  of  knowing 
which  died  first,  the  presumption  as  to  survivorship  shall 
be  determined  by  the  circumstances  of  the  case;  and  in  de- 
fault thereof,  by  strength  of  age  and  sex. 

"  II.  If  those  who  perished  together  were  under  fifteen 
years,  the  oldest  shall  be  presumed  the  survivor. 

"  III.  If  they  were  all  above  sixty  years  of  age,  then  the 
youngest  shall  be  presumed  the  survivor. 

"  IV.  If  some  were  under  fifteen,  and  others  above  sixty, 
the  former  shall  be  presumed  the  survivors. 

"  V.  If  those  who  perished  together  were  over  the  age  of 
fifteen,  but  under  sixty,  the  males  shall  be  presumed  the 
survivors,  where  the  ages  are  equal,  or  the  difference  does 
not  exceed  one  year. 

"  VI.  If  they  were  of  the  same  sex,  that  presumption 
shall  be  admitted  which  opens  the  succession  in  the  order 
of  nature.  Of  course,  the  younger  shall  be  considered  to 
have  survived  the  elder." 

According  to  Section  IV.  in  the  above  Code,  no  distinc- 
tion is  made  between  an  infant  and  a  man  of  sixty  years ; 
yet  certainly,  it  may  fairly  be  supposed  (as  remarked  by 
Dr.  Tidy)  that  the  latter  had  a  better  chance  of  life  than  the 
former.  The  Prussian  law  on  this  question  is  about  identi- 
cal with  the  Code  Napoleon. 

Although  our  laws  are  not  decisive  on  questions  of  pre- 
sumption of  survivorship,  but  treat  them  as  questions  of 
fact  depending  wholly  on  evidence,  and,  in  the  absence  of 
all  evidence,  regarding  them  as  matters  incapable  of  being 
detennined,  still,  there  are  matters  of  importance  connected 
with  each  case  as  it  presents  itself,  which  deserve  considera- 


PRESUMPTION    OF    SURVIVORSHIP.  75 

tion,  in   influencing  the   decision.      These    points   may    be 
considered  under  the  following  heads  : — 

(i)  Probabilities  afforded  by  the  Age. — Between  a  father 
and  a  child  under  puberty,  the  English  civil  law  decides 
the  father  to  be  the  survivor.  Between  the  ages  of  fifteen 
and  sixty,  there  is  no  probability.  Between  a  middle-aged 
man,  and  one  under  fifteen  or  over  sixty,  the  probabilities 
are  in  favor  of  the  former.  Between  one  under  fifteen  and 
one  over  sixty,  the  former  is  deemed  the  survivor;  but  the 
same  exception  might  be  taken  here  as  in  the  case  of  Sect. 
IV.  of  the  Code  Napoleon.  Between  two  under  fifteen,  the 
older  is  considered  the  survivor.  If  the  question  is  between 
a  mother  and  infant,  both  dying  in  childbed,  without  assist- 
ance, the  presumption  of  survivorship  is  in  favor  of  the 
mother,  because  the  child  might  be  still-born,  and  also 
because,  if  large,  its  life  might  be  endangered  by  delay,  and 
it  would  be  more  exposed  to  danger  without  assistance, 
such  as  strangulation  by  the  cord,  or  suffocation  in  the 
discharges  of  the  mother. 

(2)  Presumption  afforded  by  the  Sex. — The  presumption 
is  in  favor  of  the  male,  when  it  is  a  question  of  physical 
strength  and  courage,  as  when  a  man  and  woman  perish 
together  by  drowning,  or  some  other  casualty.  But  in 
particular  cases,  the  question  of  the  respective  health  of  the 
two  persons  might  have  to  be  considered.  When,  how- 
ever, it  is  a  question  of  passive  endurance,  especially  where 
insensibility  supervenes,  then  the  presumption  is  in  favor  of 
the  female. 

(3)  The  Cause  of  Death,  as  affording  a  presumption  of 
survivorship.  In  death  from  asphyxia  (apnea),  as  in 
smothering,  or  breathing  noxious  gases,  as  women  require 
less  oxygen  than  men,  the  probabilities  are  in  favor  of  the 
former,  other  things  being  equal.      Thus,  it  is  stated  that 


76  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

in  Paris,  in  one  year,  there  occurred  three  hundred  and 
sixty  cases  of  poisoning  by  charcoal  vapors  ;  of  this  num- 
ber there  were  nineteen  instances  where  a  man  and  a 
woman  were  exposed  together,  and  of  these  only  three 
survived,  and  all  were  females.  Dr.  Beck  relates  the  case 
of  a  man,  wife  and  child,  who  were  all  asphyxiated  while 
sleeping  in  a  room  which  was  exposed  to  the  vapors  of  a 
coal  stove.  In  the  morning  the  man  was  found  dead,  the 
child  dying,  but  the  woman  recovered. 

In  drowning  or  sliipwreck,  the  question  becomes  very 
complicated,  having  to  take  into  account  the  age,  sex, 
strength  and  opportunity.  Thus,  men  being  stronger, 
more  likely  to  be  able  to  swim,  and  in  case  of  shipwreck, 
being  more  apt  to  be  on  deck,  and,  therefore,  in  a  better 
position  to  escape,  have  the  best  probabilities  for  survival ; 
but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  buoyancy  of  a  woman's  clothes 
might  support  her  in  the  water,  and  thus  save  her  life, 
under  possible  circumstances.  In  case  of  two  or  more  per- 
sons, all  males,  equally  exposed,  a  presumption  of  survivor- 
ship can  only  be  entertained  by  searching  for  bodily  inju- 
ries, or  other  weakening  causes,  which  would  necessarily 
interfere  with  the  individual's  exertions  to  save  his  life.  Here, 
also,  their  respective  swimming  capacities  would  have  to  be 
considered. 

If  the  question  be  on  the  survivorship,  in  the  case  of 
several  persons  exposed  to  excessive  cold,  the  amount  of 
clothing,  the  physical  condition,  and  the  immoderate  use 
of  alcohol  must  all  be  considered  before  arriving  at  a  con- 
clusion. The  probabilities  would  here  be  in  favor  of  the 
strong  adult  over  the  very  young,  or  very  old  person,  and 
of  males  over  females.  The  debilitating  effects  of  poverty, 
entailing  a  bad  nutrition,  and  also  of  intoxication,  as  being 
especially  obnoxious  to  the  effects  of  cold,  should  not  be 


PRESUMPTION    OF   SURVIVORSHIP.  77 

overlooked.  The  perishing  of  drunken  people  on  a  cold 
winter's  night  is  a  familiar  occurrence.  In  relation  to  the 
effects  of  heat  it  may  be  remarked  that,  while  the  young 
and  old  suffer  more  from  cold  than  adults,  they  seem  able 
to  withstand  a  greater  amount  of  heat  than  the  latter. 

In  death  by  starvation,  the  general  principle  that  the 
young  require  more  food  than  the  aged,  will  determine  the 
presumption  of  survivorship  to  be  in  favor  of  the  latter; 
also  for  the  female,  rather  than  the  male.  Certain  circum- 
stances, however,  should  here  be  considered,  such  as  prox- 
imity to  water,  which  would  aid  in  sustaining  life  fof  some 
time,  even  without  food. 


MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 


CHAPTER  V. 

PERSONAL  IDENTITY. 

The  medico-legal  consideration  of  the  subject  of  Per- 
sonal Identity  is  much  more  important  than  it  may  appear 
at  first  sight..  The  question  is  often  raised  in  trials,  and  it 
may  constitute  the  chief  link  in  the  chain  of  evidence. 
Cases  of  mistaken  identity  are  constantly  occurring,  and 
proofs  abundant  might  be  adduced  to  show  that  innocent 
persons  have  frequently  been  made  to  suffer  judicial  pen- 
alties, simply  through  an  error  of  this  nature.  Should  an 
alleged  child,  or  other  claimant,  present  his  claim  to  an 
inheritance,  he  must  first  establish  his  identity  before  taking 
further  steps  in  the  suit.  If  an  individual  is  assaulted,  or 
robbed,  he  will  be  required  to  identify  his  assailant  before 
he  can  successfully  prosecute  him..  Again,  a  person,  after 
many  years'  absence  in  foreign  climes,  returns  home  to 
claim  his  rightful  property  or  title;  but  he  is  so  changed  as 
to  be  unrecognized  by  his  nearest  relatives;  he  must  be  able 
to  prove  his  identity  before  the  courts,  before  his  claim  can 
be  sustained.  In  relation  to  persons  found  dead — whether 
in  cases  of  recent  death,  where  the  body  has  undergone  but 
little  change,  or  years  after  the  decease,  where  nothing 
remains  but  the  skeleton — the  question  of  personal  identity 
acquires  the  most  intense  interest,  especially  in  a  trial  for 
murder,  where  it  becomes  essential  to  establish  the  identity 
of  the  alleged  victim. 

The  aid  of  the  physician  is  not  so  frequently  invoked  for 
proving  the  identity  of  the  living,  since  this  can  generally  be 


IDENTITY    OF    THE    LIVING.  79 

established  as  satisfactorily  by  friends  and  neighbors.  Still, 
there  may  be  occasions  of  unusual  complexity,  in  which  a 
professional  opinion  may  become  requisite,  as,  for  example, 
to  verify  certain  deformities,  fractures,  scars,  and  other 
marks  about  the  person,  when  these  constitute  the  evidences 
on  which  the  identification  may  depend. 

The  subject  will  be  considered  under  the  two  divisions  of 
(i)  The  Identity  of  the  Living,  and  (2)  The  Identity  of  the 
Dead. 

I.  The  Identity  of  the  Living. — This  may  usually  be 
established  by  the  direct  evidence  of  witnesses  who  have 
known  the  individual  sufficiently  long  to  have  a  distinct 
recollection  of  his  personal  appearance ;  such  is  the  testi- 
mony of  relatives,  friends  and  acquaintances.  Although 
among  the  myriads  of  the  human  family  it  is  very  rare  to 
find  two  persons  exactly  ahke  in  all  points,  yet  remarkable 
instances  do  occasionally  occur  where  the  personal  resem- 
blance is  so  striking  as  to  baffle  even  the  skill  of  the.  detec- 
tive; and  this  resemblance  has  been  made  still  stronger  by 
the  existence  of  similar  marks,  cicatrices,  or  certain  pecu- 
liarities of  structure,  in  both  individuals.  Some  striking 
illustrations  might  be  given  of  the  extreme  difficulty — 
amounting,  at  times,  to  an  impossibility — of  deciding  the 
question,  which  also  goes  to  show  how  easily  witnesses  may 
be  mistaken  in  their  evidence  on  this  subject.  Only  two 
will  be  here  referred  to. 

In  the  year  1560  the  celebrated  case  of  Martin  Guerre 
and  Armand  dii  Tilli  was  tried  before  the  Parliament  of 
Toulouse.  Martin  had  been  absent  from  his  home  for  eight 
years,  when  the  person  named  du  Tilh  appeared,  and  repre- 
sented himself  as  the  long-absent  man.  So  strong  was  the 
resemblance,  that  his  statement  was  universally  accepted  by 


80  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

all  of  Guerre's  family,  including  his  wife,  four  sisters  and 
two  brothers-in-law,  among  whom  he  lived  unsuspected  for 
three  years.  About  this  time,  however,  something  occurred 
to  excite  suspicions  as  to  the  true  character  of  the  supposed 
husband  and  brother,  when  he  was  arrested,  and  brought 
before  the  tribunal,  on  a  charge  of  fraud.  Upon  his  exam- 
ination he  gave  satisfactory  answers  to  the  most  minute 
questions  in  relation  to  Guerre's  former  life.  Some  one 
hundred  and  fifty  witnesses  were  examined  during  the  inves- 
tigation, of  whom  between  thirty  and  forty  testified,  from  a 
life-long  acquaintance,  that  the  prisoner  was  Martin  Guerre; 
while  about  the  same  number  swore  positively  that  he  was 
Armand  du  Tilh,  whom  they  well  knew ;  and  over  sixty, 
who  kneiv  them  both,  declared  that  they  were  unable  to  say 
which  the  prisoner  was.  Finally,  however,  the  real  Martin 
appeared  upon  the  scene,  when  immediately  he  was  recog- 
nized. The  four  sisters  who  had  previously  testified  that 
duTilh  was  their  real  brother,  now  admitted  their  error,  and 
acknowledged  the  distinction.  There  being  now  no  doubt 
of  the  guilt  of  the  prisoner,  he  was  condemned,  and  after- 
ward executed. 

The  other  instance  is  afforded  in  the  recent  famous  Tich- 
borne  case,  in  which  a  person  named  Orton,  with  various 
aliases,  undertook  to  personate  an  English  baronet,  heir  to 
a  large  entailed  estate.  So  successful  was  his  scheme  that 
"  he  was  sworn  to  be  Sir  Roger  Tichborne  by  eighty-five 
witnesses,  among  whom  were  Sir  Roger's  mother,  the 
family  solicitor,  one  baronet,  six  magistrates,  one  general, 
three  colonels,  one  major,  two  captains,  thirty-two  non- 
commissioned officers  and  privates  of  the  army,  four  clergy- 
men, seven  tenants  of  the  Tichborne  estates,  and  seventeen 
servants  of  the  family."  The  claimant  also  gave  proof  of 
"  a  fish-hook  wound  on  the  eye,  of  a  mark  of  bleeding  on 


IDENTITY    OF   THE    LIVING.  81 

the  ankle,  and  of  a  peculiar  scar  on  the  head,"  all  of  which 
the  genuine  Sir  Roger  possessed.  The  case,  however,  broke 
down  on  cross-examination,  many  circumstances  being 
proved  against  the  claimant,  which  need  not  be  here  enu- 
merated. Suffice  it  to  say  that  a  verdict  was  taken  against 
him,  and  that  an  indictment  was  found  against  him  for 
perjury. 

Now,  as  a  fair  inference  from  the  above  two  instances, 
and  other  remarkable  cases,  we  may  assume  that  appear- 
ances are  not  conclusive  evidences  of  personal  identity, 
because  these  appearances  convey  different  impressions  to 
different  observers ;  and  as  a  result  of  this  discrepancy,  we 
must  admit  the  fact  that  "  a  large  proportion  of  ordinary 
persons  are  very  untrustworthy  witnesses  to  identity  when 
dependent  on  appearances  alone.  They  are,  from  nature 
or  habit,  incapable  of  appreciating  form,  and  form  alone  is 
the  unerring  proof  of  personal  identity.  The  difficulties 
in  the  way  of  identification,  more  especially  of  the  dead, 
are  to  them  insuperable."  To  this  inherent  difficulty  on 
the  part  of  the  witnesses,  may  be  added  their  want  of  pre- 
vious training  as  minute  observers,  and  also  the  well-known 
fact  of  the  adroitness  of  criminals  at  personal  disguise- 
ment. 

A  second  means  of  establishing  the  identity  of  the  living, 
especially  in  a  criminal,  is  by  certain  peculiarities  in  the 
appearance,  which  are  noticed  at  the  time  of  the  commission 
of  the  crime,  and  which  are,  therefore,  apt  to  leave  a  strong 
impression  on  the  senses,  such  as  [a)  size,  when  the  indi- 
vidual is  very  tall  or  very  short,  very  corpulent,  or  very 
slim  ;  whether  lame,  or  otherwise  deformed ;  (d)  dress,  when 
a  portion  — sometimes  a  mere  shred — of  the  prisoner's  dress 
is  discovered  near  the  seat  of  the  crime,  or  which  may  have 
been  retained  in  the  grasp  of  his  victim,  and  which  exactly 
7 


82  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

corresponds  with  the  rest  of  the  garment  found  on  his  per- 
son, or  in  his  own  house. 

A  third  means  of  identification  is  afforded  by  the  voice. 
PecuHarity  of  the  voice  (such  as  depth  or  shrillness,  lisping 
or  stammering)  always  makes  a  strong  impression  upon 
those  who  hear  it,  and  constitutes  a  valuable  aid  in  personal 
identification. 

Fourthly,  the  presence  of  certain  peculiar  marks,  either 
natural  or  acquired,  about  the  person,  often  affords  material 
aid  in  establishing  identity.  These  marks  comprise  moles, 
naevi,  scars,  cicatrices,  deformities,  fractures,  tattoo-marks, 
etc.  Such  marks  are  usually  well  known  and  remembered 
by  relatives  and  friends  of  the  individual,  who  can  usually 
identify  them.  Some  of  these  remain  upon  the  body  during 
life;  others  gradually  decline  and  fade  away.  In  relation 
to  tattoo-marks,  Casper's  experience  leads  to  the  inference 
that  some  of  them  (the  red  ones)  are  gradually  obliterated 
by  time,  while  the  black  and  purple  ones  are  more  perma- 
nent. A  cicatrix  is  permanent  during  life,  if  there  has  been 
any  original  loss  of  substance.  Even  the  cicatrix  made  by 
the  lancet  in  venesection,  at  the  bend  of  the  arm,  usually 
remains  during  life.  It  may  not  always  be  distinguished 
from  the  surrounding  skin,  unless  the  part  be  smartly 
rubbed,  when  the  white  scar  is  immediately  manifested  on 
the  red  surrounding  surface.  Caution  should  be  given 
against  too  strong  a  reliance  upon  scars  as  a  means  of  iden- 
tity, since  these  may,  at  times,  be  discovered  upon  another, 
precisely  similar,  both  as  to  form  and  situation. 

Under  this  head  may  be  mentioned  the  appearance  of  the 
hands  (whether  hard  and  horny,  or  soft  and  pliant,  or 
whether  stained  in  a  peculiar  manner),  as  often  indicating 
the  nature  of  the  occupation  of  the  individual. 

In  no  small  number  of  cases   now  recorded,  the  teeth 


IDENTITY    OF   THE    LIVING.  83 

have  been  essential  links  in  the  chain  of  identification.  Es- 
pecially is  this  the  case  when  the  individual  has  been  under 
the  care  of  a  dentist,  teeth  extracted,  irregularity  of  tooth- 
line,  fillings,  and  artificial  teeth  all  being  identifiable  by  the 
dentist  who  did  the  work. 

Photographs  and  other  portraits  of  the  suspected  person 
are  sometimes  useful  aids  in  the  identification  of  the  living, 
as  well  as  of  the  dead ;  but  caution  is  requisite  here,  since 
the  art  of  the  photographer  in  the  touching  up  of  the  pic- 
ture frequently  makes  it  an  unfaithful  representation  of  the 
negative. 

As  bearing  upon  this  subject,  it  may  be  proper  to  say  a 
few  words  upon  vision  and  hearing.  The  limits  of  normal 
vision  or  healthy  sight,  unassisted  by  instruments,  in  a  per- 
fectly clear  atmosphere,  are  stated  to  be  as  follows : 

At  a  height  of         5  feet,  the  range  of  distance  is     2.96  miles. 
"         "  20    "  "  "  5.91 

50  "  "  "  9-35 

"         "         100  "  "  "  13.2 

"         "         500  "  '•  "  29.5 

"         "       1000  "  "  "  41.8 

"        "       Sooo  "  "  "  94 

It  follows  from  this  that  a  man  of  ordinary  height  may 
be  seen  on  level  ground  at  a  distance  of  two  or  three  miles, 
on  a  clear  day ;  but  this  is  very  different  from  recognition 
of  the  person,  so  as  to  identify  him.  The  effects  of  age 
upon  the  acuteness  of  vision  is  considered  by  Dr.  De 
Gueret  to  be  as  follows  : 

At  fifty  years  it  is  diminished  one-fifth  ;  at  sixty  years, 
one-fourth ;  at  seventy  years,  one-third ;  at  eighty  years, 
one-half  In  other  words,  if  a  man  of  thirty  or  forty  could 
distinguish  an  object  at  one  hundred  feet  distance,  at  sixty 


84  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

years  of  age  he  could  not  recognize  it  further  off  than  sev- 
enty-five feet,  or  at  eighty  years  at  fifty  feet. 

The  recognition  of  persons  at  a  nearer  or  greater  distance 
is  afforded  by  their  stature,  gait,  complexion,  color  of  the 
hair  and  eyes,  and  peculiarities  of  appearance.  According 
to  the  above  authority,  the  best-known  persons  can  be  recog- 
nized often  with  difficulty,  in  broad  daylight,  at  one  hun- 
dred metres,  or  about  one  hundred  and  nine  yards.  Less 
known  persons  may  be  recognized,  in  broad  daylight,  at 
sixty  to  one  hundred  yards ;  and  people  who  are  almost 
strangers,  and  who  have  no  personal  peculiarities,  at  twenty- 
seven  to  thirty-three  yards.  By  the  clearest  moonlight,  the 
best-known  persons  cannot  be  recognized  further  off  than 
sixteen  or  seventeen  yards.  By  starlight,  recognition  cannot 
be  effected  beyond  ten  to  thirteen  feet.  The  light  of  a 
flash  of  lightning  enabled  a  lady,  on  her  passage  home 
from  India,  to  see  distinctly  the  features  of  a  man  who  was 
robbing  her  trunk  in  the  cabin  of  a  vessel,  on  a  very  dark 
night ;  and  authentic  instances  are  given  where,  by  the  flash 
of  a  pistol  or  gun,  sufficient  light  was  momentarily  afforded 
to  enable  not  only  an  assailant  to  be  recognized,  but  like- 
wise the  color  and  appearance  of  his  horse. 

The  distance  at  which  sounds  (such  as  the  report  of  a 
gun  or  pistol)  continue  to  be  audible  cannot  be  determined 
with  accuracy,  since  it  depends  upon  the  direction  of  the 
wind,  the  condition  of  the  atmosphere  as  to  moisture,  and 
other  disturbing  sounds.  The  velocity  of  sound  may  be 
stated  to  be,  on  an  average,  1135  feet  per  second,  which  is 
about  13  miles  a  minute,  or  one  mile  in  about  4^  seconds. 

II.  The  Identification  of  the  Dead. — This  may  have  ref- 
erence (i)  to  the  body  recently  dead,  but  entire;  (2)  when 
the  body  has  been  mutilated,  and  only  parts  of  it  are  sub- 


IDENTIFICATION    OF   THE    DEAD.  85 

mitted;  and  (3)  when  the  soft  parts  have  disappeared  by- 
putrefaction,  and  the  skeleton  only  remains,  or  where  de- 
tached bones  merely  have  been  discovered. 

When  the  death  has  but  recently  occurred,  and  the  body 
is  unmutilated,  most  of  the  same  general  methods  of  estab- 
lishing identity  are  available  as  have  already  been  men- 
tioned in  the  case  of  the  living — such  as  the  testimony 
of  relatives  and  acquaintances  as  to  the  personal  appearance 
of  the  deceased,  certain  marks  upon  the  person,  as  nevi 
moles,  cicatrices,  tattoo-marks,  fractures,  deformities,  etc. 
Photographs  and  other  portraits  are  here  also  admissible, 
although  by  no  means  reliable  proofs. 

If  the  body  has  been  subjected  to  mutilation  after  death, 
and  the  several  portions  removed  to  a  distance  from  one 
another,  and  some  of  them  even  destroyed,  as  is  sometimes 
done  by  a  murderer  with  a  view  to  escape  detection,  the 
difficulty  of  identification  is,  of  course,  very  much  increased. 
Nevertheless,  if  the  disconnected  parts  can  be  recovered,  or 
even  a  portion  of  them,  it  will  always  be  possible  for  a 
skilled  anatomist  so  to  readjust  them  as  to  build  up  again 
the  body,  so  to  speak,  by  making  the  proper  allowances  for 
the  missing  parts,  and  comparing  these  with  other  average 
specimens  of  a  similar  kind.  Several  striking  examples  of 
this  character  are  given  in  the  books.  One  of  these  is  the 
well-known  case  of  Dr.  Parkman,  who  was  murdered  by 
Dr.  Webster,  in  Boston,  Mass.,  about  forty  years  ago. 
After  the  death  of  his  victim  Dr.  Webster  attempted  to  de- 
stroy all  evidences  of  the  deed  by  cutting  up  the  body  into 
fragments,  some  of  which  were  burned  in  a  grate,  some  im- 
mersed in  chemicals,  and  others  packed  away  in  boxes  in 
distant  parts  of  the  building  On  the  discovery  of  these 
remains,  a  week.after  the  murder,  the  portions  of  the  body 
were  accurately  examined  by  a  skilled   anatomist.     It  was 


86  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

proven  that  they  were  human  remains,  belonging  to  one 
and  the  same  body ;  of  the  male  sex ;  and  that  they  had  not 
been  dissected  for  anatomical  purposes,  but  cut  and  hacked 
in  different  directions,  for  the  object,  evidently,  of  mutila- 
tion. On  restoring  these  disjointed  parts  in  situ,  and  sup- 
plying the  deficient  portions,  it  was  found  that  the  proper 
measurements  agreed  closely  with  those  of  the  missing  Dr. 
Parkman.  This  circumstance,  together  with  the  discovery 
of  certain  marks  of  identity  about  the  teeth  and  jaws  (the 
head  had  been  almost  completely  destroyed  by  fire), 
afforded  sufficient  evidence  of  the  personal  identity  of 
the  missing  man  to  enable  the  jury,  on  the  trial  of  Dr. 
Webster,  to  find  a  verdict  of  guilty.  Another  instance  of  a 
somewhat  similar  nature  is  recorded  by  Professor  Taylor. 
A  number  of  years  ago  a  murder  was  committed  in  London, 
on  the  river  Thames,  and  shortly  afterward  a  package  con- 
taining mutilated  human  remains  was  discovered  on  one 
of  the  abutments  of  Waterloo  Bridge.  The  murderer  had, 
no  doubt,  intended  to  throw  the  bundle  into  the  river;  but 
it  had  lodged  on  the  projection  in  its  descent.  Dr.  Taylor 
was  requested  to  examine  and  identify  these  mutilated 
remains ;  and  when,  after  great  difficulty,  the  parts  were 
brought  together,  and  found  to  fit,  the  body  was  identified 
as  that  of  a  man  who  had  recently  disappeared  from  a 
vessel  on  the  river — a  Swedish  sailor. 

When  the  question  of  identity  relates  to  the  skeleton 
merely,  or  only  to  portions  thereof,  the  answer  cannot  be 
always  satisfactory,  and  the  medical  jurist  has  need  of  much 
caution  and  reserve  before  giving  a  positive  opinion. 

The  very  first  thing  for  him  to  determine  is,  whether  the 
bones  submitted  to  his  inspection  are  human  bones,  or  those 
of  some  of  the  inferior  animals.  Doubtless,  if  the  entire 
skeleton  be  discovered,  there  need  be  no  uncertainty  about 


IDENTIFICATION   OF    MUTILATED    REMAINS.  87 

the  matter ;  but  if  only  a  single  bone  or  two  be  found,  a 
mistake  may  easily  be  made,  except  by  a  practiced  anatomist 
and  osteologist.  Indeed,  many  ludicrous  blunders  are  re- 
corded of  persons,  of  otherwise  good  medical  education, 
mistaking  the  bones  of  the  ox,  horse,  dog,  pig  and  goat  for 
those  of  the  human  subject.  But  may  not  something  be 
learned  by  the  aid  of  chemistry  or  the  microscope  ?  The 
reply  must  be,  generally,  in  the  negative.  Certainly,  the 
bones  of  the  aged  do  contain  more  calcareous  matter  than 
those  of  the  young,  and  consequently  present  a  somewhat 
different  appearance  under  the  microscope.  But  human 
bones  have  the  same  general  chemical  composition  as  those 
of  the  lower  animals.  Bone-cells  or  corpuscles  vary  some- 
what in  size  in  the  different  orders  of  animals,  being 
largest  in  reptiles,  smallest  in  birds  and  mammals,  and  in- 
termediate in  fishes.  In  this  respect  there  is  an  analogy 
with  the  size  of  the  blood  corpuscles  in  these  different 
orders ;  but  these  are  only  generalizations,  and  would  be 
of  little  practical  use  in  individual  instances.  To  be  sure, 
the  microscope  will  enable  us  to  determine  the  fact  of  any 
specimen  submitted  being  bone,  or  not,  by  the  presence  or 
absence  of  the  bone-cells ;  but  it  can  go  no  further,  inas- 
much as  it  cannot  distinguish  the  bone-cell  of  a  man  from 
that  of  a  mouse,  or  of  an  elephant. 

If  the  skull  is  the  only  portion  of  the  skeleton  submitted 
for  examination,  there  can  usually  be  no  difficulty  in  recog- 
nizing it  as  human  ;  the  only  doubt  that  might  arise  would 
be  the  possibility  of  its  belonging  to  one  of  the  higher 
order  of  (anthropoid)  apes ;  but  even  here  there  are  im- 
portant differences  which  would  not  be  overlooked  by  one 
skilled  in  comparative  anatomy  and  osteology.  The  further 
question,  whether  from  the  examination  of  a  skull  simply, 
it  is  possible  to  decide  to  what  race  the  individual  belonged 


0»  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

—  Caucasian  or  otherwise — we  do  not  think  can  be  answered 
with  absolute  certainty.  Doubtless,  well-marked  typical 
skulls  may  be  identified  as  belonging  to  some  particular 
race,  e.g.,  the  Negro,  or  Caucasian;  but  we  must  remember 
that  the  points  of  distinction,  which  in  well-marked  speci- 
mens serve  to  separate  these,  shade  away  in  many  instances, 
so  as  to  make  it  extremely  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to 
give  a  medico-legal  opinion  in  an  isolated  case. 

Another  important  part  is  to  ascertain  whether  all  the 
bones  submitted  for  inspection  belong  to  one  and  the  same 
skeleton.  The  mere  fact  of  their  being  discovered  together 
does  by  no  means  necessarily  prove  it,  since  they  might 
have  been  so  placed  either  accidentally  or  with  the  design 
of  eluding  detection  of  some  crime. 

In  the  identification  of  the  dead  by  means  of  the  skele- 
ton, or  by  detached  bones,  the  three  leading  points  to 
determine  are  (i)  the  age,  (2)  the  sex,  and  (3)  the  stature. 

I.  The  Age. — This  can  generally,  in  young  subjects,  be 
pretty  accurately  determined  by  the  development  of  the 
teeth,  and  by  the  progress  of  ossification  in  the  different 
bones.  In  the  skeletons  of  new-born  children,  and  before 
the  teeth  have  appeared,  it  may  become  important  for  the 
medical  jurist  to  be  able  to  decide  upon  the  age  in  order 
either  to  rebut  or  confirm  a  charge  of  infanticide.  It  is 
authoritatively  stated  that  in  the  jaws  of  a  child  at  full  term 
there  will  always  be  found  the  rudiments  of  twenty-four 
teeth — twenty  primary  teeth,  and  four  permanent  molars. 
Hence,  if  only  the  jaws  of  an  infant  be  discovered,  medical 
evidence  of  its  probable  age  may  be  given.  The  average 
date  of  the  eruption  (cutting)  of  the  teeth  is,  according  to 
Mr.  Bell,  as  follows  :  The  four  central  incisors  appear  from 
five  to  eigJit  months  after  birth;  the  four  lateral  incisors,  from 


DETERMINATION    OF   THE    AGE.  89 

seveji  to  ten  months  ;  the  four  anterior  molars,  from  tivelve 
to  sixteen  months  ;  the  four  cuspidati,  ^vova  fourteen  to  twenty 
months ;  and  the  four  posterior  molars  from  eighteen  months 
to  three  years.  Between  six  and  seven  yeafs  the  jaws  con- 
tain forty-eight  teeth — twenty  temporary  ones  in  a  perfect 
state  of  development,  and  twenty-eight  permanent  ones 
imperfectly  developed,  and  placed  behind  the  temporary 
teeth  which  they  are  to  replace.  According  to  Mr.  Saun- 
ders, the  order  in  which  the  permanent  teeth  make  their 
appearance  is  as  follows  :  At  seven  years,  the  four  anterior 
molars;  at  eight  years,  the  four  central  incisors;  at  nine 
years,  the  four  lateral  incisors  ;  at  ten  years,  the  four  an- 
terior bicuspids  ;  at  eleven,  the  four  posterior  bicuspids  ;  at 
twelve  to  twelve  and  a  half  years,  the  four  cuspids ;  and  at 
thirteen  to  fourteen  years,  the  four  second  molars — making 
the  whole  number  of  permanent  teeth  at  this  period  to  be 
twenty-eight.  The  four  remaining  (posterior  molars)  teeth — 
called  wisdom  teeth — do  not  usually  appear  until  eighteen 
to  twenty-one  years  of  age.  As  a  rule,  the  teeth  of  the 
lower  jaw  are  cut  first,  but  there  are  many  exceptions  ;  nor 
must  it  be  forgotten  that  irregularities^  often  occur  as  to  the 
order  of  their  appearance.  The  above  description  is  in- 
tended to  apply  only  to  the  average  cases. 

To  cite  one  or  two  examples  in  illustration  of  the  medico- 
legal application  of  the  foregoing  rules :  suppose  the  skull 
of  a  child  was  discovered,  in  the  jaws  of  which  were  twelve 
permanent  teeth — eight  incisors  and  four  molars;  we  should 
decide  the  age  to  be  about  nine  years.  If  the  jaws  con- 
tained twenty  four  permanent  teeth — eight  incisors,  four 
molars,  eight  bicuspids  and  four  cuspids,  we  should  con- 
clude the  age  to  be  about  thirteen  years;  and  so  on.  It  is 
proper  here  to  remark,  that  there  are  two  diseases  which 
affect  the  growth  of  the  teeth,  viz.,  rickets  and  syphilis.    In 


90  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

a  rickety  child  the  first  teeth  do  not  usually  appear  until 
after  the  twelfth  month,  whereas  in  cases  of  congenital 
syphilis  the  teeth  appear  prematurely — before  the  sixth 
month;  but  they  present  a  peculiar  notched  appearance, 
and  they  are  apt  to  be  brittle  and  to  crumble  away 
easily. 

The  progress  of  ossification  in  the  different  bones  of  the 
skeleton  affords  an  additional  test  of  its  age,  especially  in 
early  life.  According  to  Beclard,  the  degree  of  ossification 
in  the  lower  epiphysis  of  the  femur  affords  the  most  certain 
criterion  of  the  age  of  the  foetus  and  of  the  new-born  child. 
Thus,  if  no  ossific  deposit  can  be  seen  in  this  cartilaginous 
epiphysis,  it  is  certain  that  the  foetus  has  not  attained  to  the 
eighth  month  of  uterine  life.  If  the  osseous  deposit  is  as 
large  as  a  poppy-seed,  it  is  probably  in  the  ninth  month  of 
foetal  existence;  and  if  it  has  acquired  the  diameter  of  a 
line  and  a  quarter,  to  one  and  a  half,  it  has  reached  the  full 
period.  If  the  point  of  ossification  measures  three  lines  or 
more,  it  may  be  assumed  that  the  child  had  survived  its 
birth  some  little  time. 

The  average  length  of  the  skeleton  of  a  new-born  child 
is  about  sixteen  inches.  At  the  end  of  the  first  year,  ossi- 
fication has  commenced  at  the  extremities  of  most  of  the 
long  bones;  and  this  progressively  advances  from  year  to 
year,  until  the  whole  process  is  completed,  and  the  epiphyses 
of  all  the  long  bones  become  united  to  their  shafts  at  full 
maturity,  which,  in  the  male,  may  be  considered  to  be 
twenty-four  years,  and  in  the  female,  twenty-two  years. 
After  this  period,  or  when  ossification  is  once  completed, 
it  is  difficult  to  determine  the  precise  age  by  an  examina- 
tion of  the  bones  of  the  skeleton.  It  should,  however,  be 
remembered  that  the  different  bones  of  the  sternum  do  not 
unite  until  about  the  fortieth  or  forty-fifth  year;  and  union 


PROGRESS    OF   OSSIFICATION.  91 

between  the  sacrum  and  os  coccygis  is  not  usually  com- 
pleted until  fifty-five  or  sixty  years  of  age. 

In  old  age,  the  bones  become  lighter  in  weight  and  more 
brittle,  from  the  loss  of  animal  matter.  They  are  also 
darker  in  color;  and  the  flat  bones  become  thinner,  from 
the  absorption  of  the  diploe.  In  the  skull  of  the  aged,  the 
sutures  are  more  or  less  obliterated;  and  the  remaining 
teeth  present  a  worn  appearance,  and  a  yellowish  color.  If 
the  teeth  have  been  lost  (as  is  usually  the  case,  at  least  in 
this  country),  the  alveolar  processes  become  absorbed,  and 
the  lower  jaw  undergoes  a  well-marked  change  in  its  appear- 
ance, consisting  of  the  widening  of  the  angle  at  its  neck,  and 
the  shortening  of  the  vertical  diameter  of  its  body,  or  width, 
which  imparts  the  characteristic  senile  expression  to  the 
mouth  of  the  aged.  The  discovery  of  such  a  jawbone  would 
positively  determine  the  age  to  be  about  seventy  years  or 
over. 

The  presence  or  absence  of  certain  teeth  in  the  head  has 
frequently  been  the  means  of  determining  the  identity  of 
the  body.  So,  also,  the  presence  of  artificial  teeth,  with 
their  mechanical  appendages,  has  at  times  furnished  the 
strongest  corroborative  evidence  in  such  identification,  as 
in  the  celebrated  Parkman-Webster  case,  already  alluded  to, 
in  which  the  artificial  teeth,  discovered  undestroyed  by  the 
fire  in  the  grate,  where  the  head  had  been  burnt  up,  were 
positively  identified  by  the  dentist  who  had  manufactured 
and  fitted  them  some  years  before.  So,  likewise,  the  remains 
of  the  Marchioness  of  Salisbury,  discovered  among  the 
burnt  ruins  of  Hatfield  House,  were  identified  by  the  jaw- 
bone having  gold  appendages  for  artificial  teeth  (Guy).  The 
importance  of  the  teeth  as  a  means  of  identification  is  shown 
in  the  case  of  the  late  French  Prince  Imperial,  whose  body 
had  been  so  much  disfigured  by  his  assailants  that  its  iden- 


92  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

tification  would  have  been  extremely  difficult  but  for  certain 
peculiarities  about  his  teeth. 

II.  The  Sex. — This  can  usually  be  determined  from  the 
skeleton,  if  entire,  without  much  difficulty.  The  male  and 
female  skeleton  present  many  well-defined  points  of  differ- 
ence, which  are  described  in  all  anatomical  works.  The 
corresponding  bones  of  the  two  differ  in  size,  weight, 
strength,  and  prominence  of  their  ridges  and  protuberances 
which  mark  the  points  for  the  insertion  of  muscles.  There 
are  also  certain  recognized  differences  in  the  head  and 
thorax;  but  it  is  in  the  pelvis  that  the  most  characteristic 
distinctions  are  observed.  The  male  pelvis  is  narrower  and 
deeper  than  that  of  the  female.  In  the  latter,  the  iliac 
bones  are  more  spread  out,  and  flatter,  which  renders  the 
superior  part  of  the  pelvis  more  capacious;  the  sacrum  is 
broader,  and  turned  more  backward;  the  arch  of  the  pubis 
is  much  wider.  The  greatest  diameter  is  the  bilateral; 
whereas  in  the  male,  the  antero-posterior  is  the  greater. 
The  foramen  ovale  is  triangular  in  the  female ;  in  the  male, 
it  is  more  oval.  Owing  to  the  greater  breadth  of  the  female 
pelvis,  the  acetabula  are  farther  apart  than  in  the  male.  It 
is  to  be  understood  that  these  peculiarities  in  the  female 
pelvis  are  not  clearly  exhibited  before  the  period  of  puberty. 
From  a  fragment  of  a  bone  it  would  certainly  be  hazardous 
to  undertake  to  determine  the  sex;  and  care  should  be  exer- 
cised in  giving  an  opinion  in  such  a  case. 

III.  The  Stature. — If  the  whole  skeleton  has  been  pre- 
served, and  none  of  the  ends  of  the  long  bones  have  been 
lost  by  decay,  the  original  height  may  be  calculated  with 
tolerable  accuracy  by  arranging  the  bones  in  situ,  and  adding 
an  inch  and  a  half,  to  two  inches,  to  the  entire  length  of  the 


IDENTIFICATION    OF   THE   STATURE.  93 

skeleton,  to  supply  the  loss  of  the  soft  parts.  But  even  here 
perfect  accuracy  cannot  be  attained,  chiefly  on  account  of 
variations  in  the  curve  of  the  spinal  column  in  different  indi- 
viduals. Dr.  Dwight  assumes,  as  the  result  of  numerous 
observations,  that  the  total  height  of  the  intervertebral  carti- 
lages is  25.6  per  cent,  of  the  entire  length  of  the  spine.  As 
a  collateral  aid  in  estimating  the  stature,  we  may  regard  as 
correct  the  generally  accepted  rule,  that  the  top  of  the 
symphysis  of  the  pubes  is  about  the  centre  of  the  body  in 
average  women ;  while  in  men,  the  centre  is  a  little  below 
the  symphysis. 

The  attempt  has  frequently  been  made  to  estimate  the 
height  of  the  body  from  a  study  of  the  individual  long 
bones  of  the  skeleton;  but  no  reliance  can  be  placed  upon 
such  comparisons,  inasmuch  as  there  is  considerable  varia- 
tion in  the  length  of  these  bones  in  skeletons  of  the  same 
stature.  The  so-called  "rules  of  proportion"  of  certain 
writers  cannot  be  regarded  as  by  any  means  certain,  or 
authdritative.  In  case  the  skull  is  wanting,  the  rule  laid 
down  by  Dr.  Gould  is  "to  find  the  height  of  the  spine  of 
the  seventh  cervical  vertebra  from  the  ground,  and  add  to 
this  9.95  inches,  which  is  the  average  height  from  this 
point  to  the  top  of  the  head."  De  St.  Lucca  states  that 
there  is  a  general  proportion  between  the  different  bones  of 
the  body  and  the  stature,  and  that  an  approximative  esti- 
mate of  the  stature  may  be  had  by  measuring  the  length  of 
the  first  phalanx  of  the  middle  finger,  thus:  this  phalanx  is 
equal  in  length  to  one-fourth  that  of  the  whole  hand,  in- 
cluding the  carpus;  and  the  carpal  and  metacarpal  bones 
together  represent  one-half  of  the  hand.  The  arm  may  be 
divided  into  five  parts,  of  which  two  are  included  in  the 
humerus,  two  in  the  fore-arm,  and  one  in  the  hand.  The 
total  length  of  the  hand  is,  therefore,  one-fifth  of  the  arm. 


94  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

Double  the  length  of  the  arm  (or  the  two  arms  stretched 
out  horizontally),  added  to  the  length  of  the  two  clavicles, 
together  with  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  sternum,  is 
equivalent  to  the  whole  length  of  the  body.  In  applying 
this  rule  to  practice,  however,  we  must  not  forget  that  the 
length  of  the  hand,  and  especially  that  of  the  fingers,  varies 
materially  in  persons  of  the  same  height;  and  so  trifling  a 
variation  in  the  first  phalanx  of  the  middle  finger  as  the 
one-sixteenth  of  an  inch  would,  according  to  this  method 
of  calculation,  figure  up  as  great  a  difference  in  the  total 
result,  for  the  height  of  the  whole  body,  as  two  and  a 
half  inches. 

The  existence  of  fractures,  deformities  and  callus  in  a 
skeleton  sometimes  affords  valuable  aid  in  its  indentification, 
even  many  years  after  death.  In  relation  to  the  production 
of  callus,  it  is  well  understood  that  this  substance  is  the 
result  of  the  reparative  processes  in  bone,  and  that  its 
presence  is  a  certain  indication  that  some  time  must  have 
elapsed  between  the  injury  to  the  bone  and  the  death  of  the 
individual.  On  the  other  hand,  the  total  absence  of  callus 
on  a  fractured  bone,  indicating  that  no  time  had  been  given 
for  the  process  of  repair,  would  be  very  good  evidence  that 
the  injury  was  the  immediate  precursor  of  death,  and  if  on 
the  skull,  the  probable  cause  of  death.  An  instructive 
illustration  of  this  is  given  by  Taylor  in  the  case  of  an 
Englishman  who  was  tried  in  India  for  the  murder  of  a 
native,  who  had  been  beaten  with  a  stick,  the  allegation 
being  that  a  rib  had  been  broken,  thereby  causing  his  death. 
To  substantiate  this  charge,  a  skeleton  was  produced  which 
had  been  dug  up  three  months  subsequent  to  the  decease 
of  the  alleged  murdered  man,  which  was  almost  completely 
denuded  of  flesh  ;  the  bones  clean  and  dry ;  one  rib  frac- 
tured, with   a  deposit  of  callus   around  the  fracture.     The 


IDENTIFICATION    BY    CALLUS.  95 

identity  of  these  bones  with  those  of  the  missing  man  was 
attempted  to  be  estabhshed  by  the  prosecution,  but  unsuc- 
cessfully, in  consequence  of  their  dry  and  denuded  state — 
a  condition  altogether  incompatible  with  so  short  a  period 
of  time  as  three  months  since  death.  Moreover,  the  amount 
.of  callus  thrown  out  made  it  evident  that  more  than  a  week 
must  have  clasped  before  death  took  place,  which  event 
was  alleged  to  have  occurred  immediately  after  the  injury. 
Other  notable  instances  might  be  mentioned  of  the  iden- 
tification of  the  skeleton  by  means  of  the  above-mentioned 
marks,  or  peculiarities,  and  even  where  it  was  possible  to 
determine  the  actual  cause  of  the  violent  death.  In  the 
year  1823,  a  soldier  living  in  the  south  of  France  suddenly 
disappeared,  under  suspicious  circumstances.  Two  years, 
however,  elapsed  before  any  investigation  was  instituted  by 
the  proper  authorities.  Some  human  bones  were  then  dis- 
covered in  digging  in  the  garden  of  the  deceased  soldier. 
Of  course,  it  became  necessary  to  identify  these  remains.  It 
was  remembered  that  the  deceased  had  a  singular  personal 
deformity,  in  possessing  a  sixth  finger  on  the  right  hand, 
and  a  sixth  toe  on  the  left  foot.  On  examination,  it  was 
ascertained  that  the  fifth  metacarpal  bone  of  the  right  hand 
was  shorter  and  broader  than  the  corresponding  bone  of  the 
other  hand,  and  further,  that  there  were  two  articulating 
surfaces  on  its  digital  end,  indicating  clearly  the  existence 
of  a  supernumerary  finger.  In  the  same  way  the  fifth  meta- 
tarsal bone  of  the  left  foot  showed  two  distinct  articulating 
faces  on  its  digital  extremity,  indicating  the  existence  of  a 
supernumerary  toe.  Besides  this,  the  age,  sex,  and  stature 
of  the  skeleton  corresponded  with  those  of  the  missing  man. 
But  even  further  than  this,  a  close  inspection  of  the  skull 
revealed  the  distinct  marks  of  a  depressed  and  radiated 
fracture  of  the  temporal  bone,  which  showed   no  sign  of 


96  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

reparation  by  the  formation  of  callus.  Evidently,  then, 
death  had  occurred  very  soon  after  the  fracture  of  the  skull, 
and  in  all  probability  as  the  direct  result  of  violence.  Upon 
this  evidence,  the  suspected  parties  were  tried  and  executed, 
having  previously  confessed  their  crime. 

Sometimes,  on  the  exhumation  of  bones,  the  question  as. 
to  how  long  they  have  been  buried  arises.  After  all  the 
soft  parts  have  disappeared,  which  commonly  requires  about 
ten  years,  it  is  only  possible  to  give  an  approximate  estimate. 
In  a  dry  soil,  bones  will  resist  decomposition  for  thirty  or 
forty  years  after  burial;  and  if  preserved  out  of  the  ground, 
as  in  the  crypts  of  old  churches,  they  may  last  for  hundreds 
of  years.  As  the  process  of  decay  progresses,  they  become 
lighter  in  weight,  in  consequence  of  the  loss  of  animal 
matter,  and  the  color  externally  grows  darker.  The  ends 
gradually  become  brittle,  and  crumble  away,  and  finally  the 
shaft  of  the  bone  undergoes  a  similar  disintegration,  the 
mineral  matter  alone  remaining  unaltered.  Devergie  states 
that  the  bones  of  King  Dagobert  were  found  in  a  state  of 
tolerable  preservation,  enclosed  in  a  leaden  coffin  and  sar- 
cophagus, at  St.  Denis,  after  the  lapse  of  twelve  hundred 
years ;  and  Dr.  Taylor  mentions  that  the  skeleton  of  Wil- 
liam Rufus  was  found  in  a  stone  cofiRn  at  Winchester,  nearly 
perfect,  after  seven  hundred  and  eighty  years'  burial.  The 
bones  of  Abelard  and  Heloise  were  so  well  preserved,  that 
after  a  lapse  of  five  hundred  years  the  female  skeleton  could 
readily  be  distinguished  from  the  male. 

Even  if  the  bones  have  undergone  calcination,  as  when  a 
body  has  been  burned  with  a  view  of  destroying  its  identity, 
especially  in  cases  of  infanticide,  it  may  still  be  possible  to 
determine  whether  the  remains  are  human,  provided  the 
bones  preserve  their  proper  form,  and  have  not  been  reduced 
to  powder. 


IDENTIFICATION    BY   THE    HAIR.  '  97 

Other  means  of  personal  identification  are  afforded  by  a 
microscopic  examination  of  the  hair,  and  the  fibres  of  various 
sorts  of  fabrics,  such  as  cotton,  h'nen,  wool  and  silk.  Human 
hair  discovered  on  a  weapon,  along  with  blood  stains, 
affords  strong  presumptive  evidence  of  murder,  or  violence. 
So,  also,  fibres  of  cotton,  or  of  other  material,  found  on 
weapons  supposed  to  have  caused  death,  or  else  on  the 
person  of  the  accused,  suggest  a  strong  suspicion,  if  these 
fibres  correspond  to  the  clothes  of  the  deceased.  Thus,  a 
case  is  mentioned  by  Taylor,  where  the  discovery  of  some 
cotton  fibres,  accompanied  by  a  blood-stain,  upon  the  edge 
of  a  razor,  found  near  a  woman,  whose  throat  had  been  cut 
while  in  bed,  led  to  the  subsequent  detection  of  the  mur- 
derer. In  the  same  manner,  the  discovery  of  a  few  hairs 
upon  the  handle  of  a  knife,  on  which  also  were  marks  of 
blood,  enabled  a  London  microscopist  to  declare  that  these 
hairs  were  squirrel  hairs ;  which  circumstance  further  led  to 
the  identification  of  the  murderess  of  a  child,  whose  throat 
had  been  cut  with  a  knife,  which,  in  the  death  wound,  had 
passed  through  a  victorine  made  of  squirrel  fur,  worn 
around  the  child's  neck. 

In  case  of  rape,  the  examination  of  the  hair  about  the 
female  genitals  will  be  likely  to  show  the  presence  of  semi- 
nal spots,  and  consequently  of  spermatozoids,  which  cling 
to  them  with  great  tenacity. 

In  all  cases,  except  when  hairs  are  to  be  examined  for 
spermatozoids,  they  should  be  washed  in  warm  water,  and 
then  thoroughly  dried,  afterward  steeped  in  turpentine,  and 
finally  mounted  in  Canada  balsam.  They  should  then  be 
examined  with  a  magnifying  power  of  about  200  diameters. 
To  examine  hairs  for  spermatozoids,  moisten  first  of  all  with 
a  drop  of  ammonium  hydroxid  solution,  and  examine  under 
a  microscope,  after  the  liquid  has  evaporated. 


98  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

For  the  identification  of  hairs,  human  or  other,  it  is  de- 
sirable to  have  at  hand  specimens  of  various  kinds  of  these, 
properly  mounted  for  comparison.  Hairs  resist  putrefac- 
tion for  a  long  time.  It  should  also  be  remembered  that 
hair  is  affected  differently  by  different  reagents.  Strong 
alkalies  dissolve  it ;  acids  roughen  it ;  alcohol  causes  it  to 
look  clearer ;  chlorin  water  bleaches  and  rots  it. 

The  size  of  hairs  from  different  parts  of  the  human  body, 
as  well  as  from  different  individuals,  varies  considerably  ; 
thus,  the  hairs  from  the  head  are  finer  than  the  eyelashes, 
but  coarser  than  the  hairs  from  the  arm.  There  is  also 
considerable  difference  in  the  size  of  the  hairs  of  the  various 
lower  animals. 

The  main  medico-legal  questions  connected  with  the 
identification  of  hairs  is:  (i)  Is  the  hair  human,  and  from 
what  part  of  the  body  ?  (2)  Does  it  correspond  with  the 
hair  of  the  murderer,  or  of  the  victim  ?  (3)  Has  its  color 
been  naturally  or  artificially  changed  ?  It  should  be  re- 
membered that  gray  hair  is  not  unfrequently  found  on 
comparatively  young  persons,  and  that  undoubted  instances 
have  occurred  of  the  sudden  bleaching  of  the  hair  through 
fright  or  grief  As  regards  the  artificial  coloring  of  the 
hair,  it  is  well  knov/n  that  this  is  one  of  the  means  of 
disguise  most  commonly  adopted  by  criminals  in  order  to 
elude  detection. 

The  common  hair  dyes  for  coloring  light  or  red  hair 
black  or  brown,  are  composed  of  the  salts  of  lead,  silver,  or 
bismuth.  Hair  thus  colored  may  easily  be  detected  by 
soaking  it  in  nitric  acid,  which  dissolves  out  the  mineral, 
which  may  then  be  identified  by  the  appropriate  tests.  It  is 
more  difficult  to  bleach  or  whiten  the  hair  than  to  darken 
it.  This  is  usually  effected  by  washing  it  in  an  alkaline 
solution  to  remove  grease,  and  then  soaking  it  in  chlorin 


IDENTIFICATION    OF    HAIRS.  99 

water  or  hydrogen  dioxid  solution,  which  will  lighten  the 
tint  in  a  few  hours.  Chlorin  water  may  render  the  hair 
very  brittle,  and  impart  an  odor  to  it. 

In  all  artificially  colored  hair,  the  fraud  can  be  detected 
by  closely  watching  the  new  growth,  which  will  be  of  a 
different  color  from  the  other  portions ;  and  also  by  chemi- 
cal tests. 

The  fibres  of  cotton,  linen,  wool  and  silk  all  present  well- 
marked  differences,  when  viewed  under  the  microscope. 
The  cotton  fibre  is  in  the  form  of  a  flattened  band,  with 
thickened  borders,  and  is  spiral,  or  twisted  upon  itself. 
Linen  consists  of  round  fibres,  having  a  firm  consistency, 
with  jointed  transverse  markings  at  unequal  distances, 
somewhat  resembling  those  on  the  India  cane,  and  tapering 
to  a  point.  Silk  fibre  has  the  appearance  of  straight,  well- 
defined  cylinders,  free  from  all  markings,  and  refracting 
light  powerfully.  Wool  fibre  is  irregular,  wavy,  and  of 
unequal  thickness.  The  fibres  of  hemp  resemble  those  of 
flax  (linen),  but  are  coarse;  and  when  boiled  in  nitric  acid 
they  exhibit  no  spiral  streaks,  but  swell  and  become  brittle. 

The  identification  of  blood  stains  and  seminal  spots  will 
be  treated  of  later. 


100  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 


CHAPTER   VI. 

CAUSES   PRODUCING   VIOLENT   DEATH. 

The  third  important  question  requiring  decision  in  every 
case  of  violent  death  is  the  cause  of  the  death.  These 
causes  are  numerous  and  diversified,  but  may  be  considered 
under  the  following  heads  : — 


Wounds. 

Burns  and  Scalds. 

Suffocation. 

Strangulation. 

Hanging. 


Drowning. 
Electricity. 
Heat  and  Cold. 
Starvation. 
Poisoning. 


VIOLENT   DEATH   FROM   WOUNDS. 

A  wound  is  a  solution  of  continuity,  in  any  tissue,  pro- 
duced by  violence.  It  may  be  subcutaneous — that  is,  be- 
neath the  skin — or  it  may  be  open ;  further,  wounds  may 
be  superficial  or  deep ;  they  may  be  incised,  punctured, 
contused,  lacerated,  poisoned,  gunshot,  etc.  Penetrating 
wounds  enter  cavities,  but  do  not  emerge;  perforating 
wounds  both  enter  and  emerge  from  the  cavity. 

A  distinction  is  sometimes  made  between  mortal  and 
non-mortal  wounds,  or  betv/een  wounds  dangerous  and  not' 
dangerous  to  life,  and  the  medical  witness  is  asked  to  give 
an  opinion  on  this  subject.  He  should  be  guarded  in  his 
answer,  since  it  is  well  known  that  many  wounds  at  first 
considered  as   comparatively  trivial,   may  assume   a  dan- 


WOUNDS   A    CAUSE    OF    DEATH.  101 

gerous  and  even  fatal  character.  Of  course,  in  many  cases 
there  would  be  no  difficulty  in  pronouncing  upon  the  dan- 
gerous or  mortal  character  of  a  wound  ;  for  instance,  wounds 
of  the  heart  or  the  great  vessels  or  internal  viscera,  or  com- 
pound fracture  of  the  skull.  The  danger  of  a  wound  de- 
pends upon  many  circumstances,  all  of  which  should  be . 
considered  :  such  as  position  ;  relation  to  the  great  vessels 
and  nerves;  weapon  by  which  it  was  inflicted;  amount 
of  hemorrhage  ;  age  ;  constitution  and  general  health  of  the 
subject ;  circumstances  (favorable  or  unfavorable)  for  treat- 
ment. Medical  testimony  is  usually  required  only  in  case 
of  a  fatal  termination,  except  in  the  case  of  assault,  when 
the  character  of  the  injury  (whether  dangerous  or  trivial) 
might  decide  as  to  the  propriety  of  accepting  bail  for  the 
prisoner. 

In  case  of  death  from  a  wound,  the  medical  examiner 
should  never  theorize  as  to  the  manner  of  its  causing  the 
death ;  and  he  should  give  his  opinion  only  after  a  very 
careful  post-nmrtem  examination  of  the  body.  Moreover, 
as  before  mentioned,  this  examination  should  not  be  con- 
fined simply  to  the  wounded  portion  of  the  body,  but  all 
the  cavities  and  organs  should  be  inspected,  since  it  may 
be  affirmed  that  a  natural  cause  of  death  might  have  existed 
in  that  very  part  which  was  neglected  by  the  examiner. 
Such  neglect  has  often  occasioned  a  doubt  in  the  minds  of 
the  jury  as  to  the  real  cause  of  death.  It  may  be  necessary 
to  examine  the  stomach  for  poison,  as  shown  by  the  oft- 
quoted  instance  recorded  by  Wildberg,  of  the  girl  who  was 
beaten  by  her  father  for  stealing,  and  who  died  shortly 
afterward,  apparently  from  the  effects  of  the  blows,  but  in 
whose  stomach  a  considerable  quantity  of  arsenic  was 
found.  She  had  swallowed  the  poison  soon  after  commit- 
ting the  theft,  fearing  her  father's  anger.     The  accused  was 


102  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

discharged.  In  a  similar  manner,  it  sometimes  happens 
that  a  person,  after  taking  poison  with  suicidal  intent,  or 
after  stabbing  himself  through  the  heart  (death  not  being 
instantaneous),  may  destroy  himself  by  another  means,  as 
by  a  gunshot  wound,  by  drowning,  or  by  throwing  himself 
.  from  a  window,  or  a  precipice. 

The  examination  of  the  wound  includes  the  observation 
of  its  situation,  extent  and  direction  ;  the  presence  or  ab- 
sence of  effused  blood,  whether  liquid  or  coagulated,  and 
the  presence  of  ecchymoses ;  the  condition  of  the  edges 
of  the  wound,  whether  everted  or  not ;  whether  adhesion 
has  commenced ;  the  presence  of  granulation,  inflammation, 
suppuration,  or  gangrene ;  whether  it  was  inflicted  before 
or  after  death  ;  whether  there  is  loss  of  substance,  or  hernia 
of  the  viscera.  The  clothes  of  the  deceased  should  be 
inspected  to  ascertain  if  the  rents  or  perforations  in  them 
correspond  with  the  wounds  of  the  body.  If  the  weapon, 
say  a  knife,  with  whicli  the  wound  is  alleged  to  have  been 
made,  is  at  hand,  it  should  not  be  used  in  the  examination 
or  comparison  with  the  wound.  Another  instrument  ex- 
actly like  the  one  in  question,  or  a  piece  of  wood  shaped 
like  the  supposed  weapon,  may  be  substituted.  The  fol- 
lowing recent  case  is  in  point :  An  old  man  was  found 
dead  with  his  throat  cut,  and  the  butcher- knife  with  which 
the  wound  was  alleged  to  have  been  produced  was  fitted 
into  the  wound  in  the  neck.  Later  it  was  found  that  this 
particular  knife  had  been  used  a  short  time  previously  by 
the  defendant  in  killing  poultry,  and  he  maintained  that 
the  blood  found  on  it  at  the  inquest  was  that  of  a  chicken 
or  turkey.  The  microscope  afterward  showed  the  presence 
of  both  mammalian  and  oviparous  blood ;  but  the  knife 
having  been  placed  in  the  wound  post-mortem,  rendered 
the  evidence  adduced  by  the  microscopic  examination  of 
no  value. 


WOUNDS    BEFORE    AND    AFTER    DEATH.  103 

In  cases  of  severe  injury  it  sometimes  happens  that  death 
results  from 'internal  lesions,  with  few  or  no  external  marks. 
According  to  Casper,  this  is  of  frequent  occurrence  in 
severe  internal  lacerations  occasioned  by  violence.  He 
cites  an  illustrative  case  :  A  wagoner,  in  guiding  a  team 
drawing  a  loaded  wagon  down  a  hill,  was  accidentally 
crushed  against  a  tree  on  the  road.  He  was  found  dead 
the  next  morning.  The  only  external  injuries  were  a 
slight  abrasion  upon  the  left  arm,  and  one  upon  the  right 
temple.  On  opening  the  body,  however,  the  most  striking 
evidences  of  violence  were  discovered.  From  the  spinal 
canal  about  a  quart  of  blood  escaped.  The  spinous  pro- 
cesses of  the  first  thoracic  vertebrae  were  broken  off.  The 
left  pleural  cavity  contained  about  thirty  ounces  of  fluid 
blood.  The  pericardium  was  torn  completely  across;  and 
the  heart,  severed  from  its  large  vessels,  lay  almost  entirely 
loose  in  the  cavity  of  the  thorax.  The  open  ends  of  the 
aorta  and  pulmonary  artery  were  distinctly  visible.  The 
left  lung  was  entirely  torn  through  its  middle  portion ;  and 
in  the  right  lobe  of  the  liver  was  a  laceration  two  inches 
long  and  half  an  inch  deep. 

The  distinction  between  wounds  made  before  and  after 
death  must  be  carefully  noted.  Wounds  inflicted  before 
death  may  be  recognized  by  the  following  signs :  (i)  Incised 
wounds  exhibit  everted  edges,  arising  from  the  elasticity  of 
the  skin  and  subjacent  muscles,  with  considerable  hemor- 
rhage, usually  of  an  arterial  character ;  spots  of  arterial 
blood  which  have  spouted  on  to  neighboring  surfaces  are 
of  a  peculiar  comet-like  shape.  Coagula  are  more  or  less 
abundant  in  the  wound,  and  around  it.  The  surrounding 
tissues  are  more  or  less  infiltrated  with  blood.  If  some 
days  have  elapsed  before  death,  evidences  of  vital  reaction 


104  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

will  be  shown,  such  as  partial  healing,  granulation,  suppura- 
tion or  sloughing.  If  the  wound  was  made  immediately 
after  death — within  a  few  minutes — there  may  be  some 
retraction  of  the  skin,  and  some  slight  bleeding,  with  few 
or  no  coagula,  which  are  of  loose  texture.  There  is  little 
or  no  staining  of  the  surrounding  tissues,  and  never  any 
attempt  at  repair.  If  the  wound  be  made  ten  or  twelve 
hours  after  death,  there  will  be  no  eversion  of  its  edges,  no 
hemorrhage,  except  of  a  slight  venous  character,  and  no 
surrounding  infiltration.  The  experiments  of  Taylor  and 
Aston  Key  upon  amputated  limbs  confirm  the  above  de- 
scription. The  amount  of  hemorrhage  accompanying  an 
incised  wound  affords  a  pretty  good  criterion  as  to  whether 
it  was  inflicted  before  or  after  death.  Comparatively  little 
bleeding,  chiefly  venous,  accompanies  wounds  made  after 
death  ;  while  in  the  living,  the  hemorrhage  is  chiefly  arterial. 
In  a  case  of  murder  reported  by  Casper,  as  also  in  the  case 
of  Greenacre,  in  England  in  1837,  in  which  the  head  of  the 
victim  was  severed  from  the  body,  the  fact  that  the  head 
was  completely  drained  of  blood  led  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  decapitation  had  been  done  during  life,  and  that  there 
must  then  have  been  a  copious  hemorrhage  to  account  for 
the  absence  of-  the  blood  after  death. 

(2)  In  lacerated  and  contused  wounds,  the  distinction  is 
not  so  obvious  as  in  incised  wounds.  Lacerations  are  not 
always  accompanied  by  bleeding,  but  there  will  always  be 
more  or  less  coagula  present ;  and  if  the  person  survives  a 
few  days,  there  will  be  evidences  of  vital  reaction,  such  as 
suppuration  and  granulation,  sloughing  or  gangrene,  all  of 
which  are  absent  in  such  wounds  inflicted  after  death. 

Contused  wounds  made  during  life  are  chiefly  distin- 
guished by  the  amount  of  efflised  blood  in  the  cellular 
tissue  under  the  skin  (ecchymosis).     This  arises  from  the 


ECCHYMOSIS.  105 

rupture  of  small  vessels,  and  is  manifested  by  the  well- 
known  "black  and  blue"  discoloration  produced.  If  the 
effusion  of  blood  is  rapid,  the  spot  is  of  a  dark  red  at  first ; 
if  slower,  the  discoloration  is  deep  blue,  or  violet.  In  some 
cases  of  even  violent  contusion,  there  may  be  no  appear- 
ance of  external  ecchymosis.  Again,  it  is  not  always  mani- 
fested immediately  over  the  seat  of  the  contusion,  but  at  a 
little  distance  from  it,  especially  if  the  surrounding  tissue  is 
loose.  Familiar  illustrations  of  this  are  afforded  in  the  case 
of  a  blow  over  the  eye,  producing  an  ecchymosis  of  the 
lower  lid ;  and  of  a  blow  over  the  lower  portion  of  the 
abdomen  being  attended  with  ecchymosis  of  the  scrotum. 
The  presence  of  ecchymoses,  then,  in  cases  of  contused 
wounds,  may  be  regarded  as  pretty  good  evidence  of  the 
ante-mortem  character  of  the  injury,  while  its  absence  is 
not  necessarily  an  indication  that  the  wound  is  post- 
mortem. The  experiments  of  Christison  upon  the  dead 
body  go  to  show  that  if  the  contusion  be  made  very  soon 
after  death,  and  while  the  body  is  still  warm,  the  resulting 
appearances  strongly  resemble  those  produced  by  ante- 
mortem  contusion,  so  much  so  as  to  be  easily  mistaken  for 
the  latter;  with  this  diffei"ence,  however,  that  the  effusion  is 
usually  immediately  beneath  the  skin,  and  not  in  the 
areolar  tissue ;  also,  that  there  is  an  absence  of  coagula,  and 
of  swelling. 

Ecchymosis  is  usually  superficial,  and  may  appear  very 
shortly  after  the  injury;  or  it  may  be  deep-seated,  and  not 
visible  at  all.  In  some  instances  it  is  not  manifested  until 
after  death,  as  in  the  case  of  a  man  who  died  from  rupture 
of  the  bladder,  resulting  from  the  kick  of  a  horse,  thirty- 
five  hours  after  the  injury ;  no  discoloration  of  the  abdomen 
was  observed  until  after  his  death.  Neither  can  the  quan- 
tity of  blood  effused,  nor  the  extent  of  the  injury  be  always 
9 


106  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

estimated  by  the  amount  of  the  discoloration.  This  is  well 
illustrated  in  the  case  of  the  wagoner  who  was  crushed  to 
death,  quoted  above  from  Casper. 

Another  important  fact  relative  to  ecchymoses  is  the 
change  of  color  which  accompanies  them,  since  this  may 
serve  to  indicate  the  probable  date  of  the  contusion.  In 
about  twenty-four  hours,  the  blue  or  livid  margin  of  the 
bruises  becomes  lighter,  or  of  a  violet  color,  which  gradu- 
ally changes  to  green  and  yellow.  During  these  alterations 
of  color,  the  spot  may  become  larger,  but  the  central  por- 
tion remains  always  darker  than  the  margins.  The  color 
is  finally  absorbed,  and  entirely  disappears.  In  general, 
the  ecchymosis  shows  itself  within  twelve  hours  after  the 
contusion;  the  violet  color  within  three  days;  the  green 
from  the  fifth  to  sixth  day ;  the  yellow  from  the  eighth  to 
tenth  day ;  and  in  healthy  persons,  the  complete  disappear- 
ance of  the  spot  occurs  from  the  twelfth  to  fourteenth  day. 
The  changes  are  more  rapid  in  the  young  than  in  the  old, 
and  depend  also  on  the  degree  of  the  contusion.  The 
above  changes  of  color  never  appear  in  contusions  on  the  dead, 
which  circumstance  constitutes  another  diagnostic  mark. 

It  is  also  important  not  to  mistake  the  ecchymosis  pro- 
ceeding from  natural  causes,  such  as  scurvy,  petechia  and 
purpura,  from  that  occasioned  by  blows.  The  former  may 
usually  be  distinguished  by  being  confined  to  the  super- 
ficial layers  of  the  skin,  and  by  their  presence  also  on  the 
internal  mucous  membranes,  together  with  the  absence  of 
swelling,  and  the  fluidity  of  the  blood. 

According  to  Devergie,  ecchymoses  are  often  concealed 
on  the  bodies  of  the  drowned,  when  first  they  are  removed 
from  the  water,  owing  to  the  sodden  state  of  the  skin ;  they 
may  become  apparent  only  after  the  body  has  been  exposed 
for  some  days,  and  the  water  has  evaporated. 


INCISED    WOUNDS.  107 

(3)  In  punctured  and  penetrating  wounds,  the  diagnosis 
between  those  inflicted  before  and  those  produced  after 
death  is  usually  not  difficult.  The  former  are  attended  with 
hemorrhage,  and  often  exhibit  signs  of  vital  and  reparative 
reaction,  such  as  inflammation  and  suppuration,  or  gangrene. 
The  latter  are  destitute  of  all  these.  For  example,  a  stab 
made  into  the  left  venticle  of  the  heart  after  death  is  fol- 
lowed by  no  hemorrhage. 

Where  inspection  does  not  satisfactorily  prove  the  ante- 
mortem  characteristics  of  a  wound,  the  microscope,  in  the 
absence  6f  advanced  decomposition,  will  be  found  invalu- 
able. Suitably  made  sections  will  show  the  presence  of  the 
processes  of  repair  and  the  dissolution  of  blood  thrown  out 
during  the  injury.  In  the  case  of  the  Commonwealth  vs. 
Schmidt,  the  question  of  homicide  or  suicide  turned  upon 
the  age  of  certain  bruises  upon  the  body  of  the  deceased. 
Microscopic  examination  showed  the  subcutaneous  wounds, 
bruises,  to  be  far  advanced  in  the  process  of  repair,  and 
positively  excluded  their  having  been  produced  a  few  hours 
before,  or  immediately  preceding  death. 

As  regards  the  particular  weapon  that  may  have  caused 
the  wound,  it  is  not  always  possible  for  a  medical  witness 
to  give  a  decided  opinion ;  but  it  is  desirable,  if  possible, 
to  establish  the  relation  of  the  injury  with  its  supposed 
cause;  thus,  an  incised  wound  would  naturally  be  referred 
to  a  cutting  weapon;  a  penetrating  wound  to  a  pointed  one, 
a  bullet  or  missile,  and  a  contused  wound  to  a  blunt  instru- 
ment. But  caution  should  be  observed  in  giving  an  opinion 
on  this  subject,  especially  in  case  of  contused  wounds. 

Incised  wounds  are  characterized  by  the  regularity  and 
evenness  of  the    cut.     This  usually  serves  to    distinguish 


108  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

them  from  wounds  made  by  glass  and  crockery  ware,  or 
nails,  which  are  generally  irregular  and  uneven.  But  in 
some  instances,  the  cuts  produced  by  broken  glass  or  china 
exactly  resemble  incised  wounds.  In  stabs  the  shape  of 
the  wound  may  often  indicate  the  character  of  the  weapon, 
whether  double-edged  or  not.  But  where  the  weapon  has 
penetrated  obliquely  through  the  tissues,  and  when  these 
have  been  stretched,  the  shape  of  the  wound  will  not  exhibit 
this  correspondence.  So,  also,  a  wound  made  in  parts  where 
the  skin  is  wrinkled  may  suggest  the  idea  of  several  distinct 
wounds,  as  in  the  neck.  It  must  not  be  overlcToked  that 
superficial  incised  wounds  may  give  rise  to  dangerous,  or 
even  fatal  hemorrhage.  And  also,  that  it  is  not  always  pos- 
sible, in  such  cases,  to  determine  the  direction  of  the  inci- 
sion, i.  e ,  whether  made  from  right  to  left,  or  the  reverse. 
And  yet,  as  remarked  by  Casper,  this  fact  might  have  a 
most  important  medico-legal  significance  in  determining  the 
question  whether  the  wound,  as  in  cutting  the  throat,  was 
homicidal  or  self-inflicted.  The  attendant  circumstances, 
however,  might  throw  some  light  upon  it,  such  as  the  pres- 
ence of  blood  on  the  right  or  left  hand,  or  cuts  on  certain 
parts  of  the  clothing  of  the  deceased. 

Lacerated  and  contused  wounds  do  not  afford  the  same 
facility  for  identifying  the  weapon  as  incised  wounds.  From 
simply  inspecting  them  it  will  not  generally  be  possible  to 
indicate  the  precise  weapon  or  cause.  It  may,  indeed,  be 
possible  to  say  that  it  was  not  produced  by  a  cutting  instru- 
ment. But  a  blow  made  by  a  blunt  weapon  upon  the  skull, 
or  over  the  zygoma,  may  give  rise  to  a  cut  which  strongly 
resembles  an  incised  wound,  though,  as  a  rule,  the  division 
of  the  parts  is  not  as  straight  and  regular  as  in  the  latter, 
and  the  angles  of  the  wound  are  less  acute.  Moreover,  in 
the  contused  wounds  there  is  more  or  less  swelling,  and 


LACERATED    AND    CONTUSED    WOUNDS.  109 

extravasation  of  blood  into  the  adjoining  parts;  and,  at 
times,  the  existence  of  irregular  fracture  and  internal 
hemorrhage. 

In  the.  case  of  a  fatal  contused  wound  of  the  head,  it  has 
been  judicially  decided  that  it  makes  no  difference  as  to  the 
guilt  of  the  accused,  whether  he  produced  the  death  of  his 
victim  by  a  direct  blow  upon  the  head,  or  indirectly,  by 
causing  him  to  fall  upon  a  stone,  or  other  hard  substance, 
which  produced  the  fracture  or  contusion. 

As  before  mentioned,  rupture  of  the  internal  organs — the 
liver,  spleen,  heart,  lungs  and  kidneys — is  a  frequent  result 
of  contusions.  Fracture  of  the  base  of  the  skull  is  some- 
times caused  by  severe  contusion  of  the  head.  Wharton 
and  Stille  allude  to  the  fact  that  spontaneous  wounds  some- 
times occur  in  the  labia  and  vagina  of  pregnant  women, 
which  might  give  rise  to  suspicion  of  assault.  Also,  that 
in  such  women,  accidents  of  different  kinds  are  frequently 
attended  with  profuse  hemorrhage  from  the  pudenda. 

It  is  evident  from  what  has  been  said  in  reference  to  the 
difficulty  of  always  connecting  a  contused  wound  with  the 
precise  instrument  that  caused  it,  that  the  witness  should 
avoid  committing  himself  upon  the  question.  In  some 
instances,  however,  the  shape  of  the  contused  wound,  espe- 
cially a  depressed  fracture  of  the  skull,  will  enable  us  to 
come  to  a  correct  conclusion  on  the  subject.  Some  years 
ago,  the  author  was  called  upon,  as  an  expert,  to  testify  as 
to  the  probable  cause  of  a  depressed  fracture  of  the  tem- 
poral bone  of  a  man  who  had  been  struck  during  a  general 
fight.  The  question  was,  whether  the  injury  had  been 
inflicted  by  the  fist  merely  (as  was  alleged),  or  by  an 
instrument  like  a  loaded  cane,  or  billy.  From  the  private 
confession  of  a  comrade  of  the  prisoner,  there  was  good 
reason  for  believing  that  the  latter  instrument,  in  the  hands 


110  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

of  another  person,  was  the  real  cause  of  his  death.  The 
fractured  bone  was  produced  in  court.  The  depression 
was  well  marked,  a  quarter  of  an  inch  deep,  exactly  cor- 
responding to  the  loaded  end  of  the  billy;  no  radiating 
fissures  (as  would  most  probably  have  resulted  from  a  blow 
of  the  fist).  Although  the  opinion  of  the  author,  founded 
on  the  above  facts,  was,  that  the  fatal  blow  had  not  been 
inflicted  by  a  fist,  but  by  a  billy,  two  physicians  on  the 
other  side  thought  differently;  and  the  judge  dexterously 
solved  the  mooted  question  by  asserting  that,  in  such  cases, 
one  expert  was  about  as  good  as  another;  and  inasmuch 
as  in  the  present  trial  there  were  two  against  one,  he  would 
decide  in  favor  of  the  majority  ;  and  so  he  did,  and  the 
prisoner  (possibly  an  innocent  man)  was  convicted,  and  sent 
to  the  penitentiary. 

The  examination  of  the  clothes  of  the  deceased  consti- 
tutes an  important  part  of  the  legal  physician's  duty,  as  this 
may  throw  light  upon  the  mode  in  which  the  wound  had 
been  made,  from  the  character  of  the  cuts  or  stabs  observed 
upon  them.  So  likewise,  marks  of  blood,  dirt,  grass,  or 
other  substances,  on  the  clothing  may  afford  valuable  indi- 
cations in  the  same  direction.  The  same  remark  applies  to 
fragments  of  the  clothing  of  either  the  deceased  or  the  pris- 
oner, discovered  near  the  dead  body,  and  agreeing  with  the 
clothes  worn  at  the  time.  Contused  wounds  by  bludgeons 
may,  however,  occasion  considerable  laceration  of  the  mus- 
cles, or  even  severe  fractures,  without  teg^g  the  dress. 

Taylor  mentions  an  instructive  case,  showing  the  import- 
ance of  comparing  the  articles  of  dress  with  the  injuries 
which  may  have  proved  fatal.  A  woman,  aged  sixty,  was 
found  one  morning  dead  in  her  bed.  She  had  been  seen  in 
her  usual  health  on  the  previous  night.  On  inspection, 
there   were   found   two    indentations   in  the  right  parietal 


EXAMINATION    OF   THE    CLOTHES.  Ill 

bone,  and  a  large  clot  of  blood  in  this  situation,  beneath  the 
skin,  together  with  a  fracture  of  the  bone,  four  inches  in 
extent.  Beneath  the  bone,  on  the  dura  mater,  were  found 
nearly  three  ounces  of  clotted  blood.  On  the  evening 
before  her  death,  she  had  been  suddenly  knocked  down  on 
the  public  road,  by  a  man  accidentally  running  against  her. 
She  fell  heavily  on  the  back  of  her  head,  appeared  stunned, 
was  raised  upon  her  feet,  and,  after  swallowing  some  brandy, 
recovered  sufficiently  to  walk  home,  a  mile  and  a  half,  and 
eat  her  supper.  She  was  found  next  morning  dead  in  bed. 
There  was  a  suspicion  of  murder,  in  this  case,  against  a  fel- 
low-lodger; but  when  the  bonnet  worn  by  the  woman  was 
produced  at  the  inquest,  two  indentations  were  discovered 
on  the  back  part  of  it,  corresponding  to  those  on  the  skull 
of  the  deceased.  The  indentations  on  the  bonnet,  more- 
over, contained  dust  and  dirt,  thereby  confirming  the  state- 
ment of  witnesses  who  had  seen  her  fall,  and  rendering  it 
highly  probable  that  this  fall  was  the  real  cause  of  the  fatal 
fracture,  and  effusion  of  blood.  It  also  illustrates  the  well- 
known  fact  that  a  person  may  receive  a  fracture  of  the  skull 
ending  in  effusion,  which  may  not  prove  fatal  for  many 
hours  after  the  accident,  and  which  may  not  have  prevented 
the  individual  from  walking  a  considerable  distance  after 
the  injury. 

Was  the  wound  homicidal,  suicidal  or  accidental  ?  This 
important  question  cannot  always  be  settled  by  medical 
testimony  alone,  though  there  are  many  points  in  which  it 
is  of  the  greatest  aid.     These  are  as  follows  : — 

I.  The  Situation  of  the  Wound. — Suicidal  wounds  are 
usually  inflicted  upon  the  most  accessible  parts  of  the  body, 
such  as  the  head,  neck,  breast  and  abdomen.  If  by  firearms, 
the  part  usually  selected  is  the  head  (mouth,  forehead  or 
temple),    or  over  the  heart;    if  by  a   cutting   instrument. 


112  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

the  throat  or  heart.  The  discovery,  therefore,  of  wounds 
on  a  part  of  the  body  difficult  to  reach  by  the  indi- 
vidual himself,  as  the  back,  would  certainly  not  be  sugges- 
tive of  suicide;  but  an  exception  must  be  made  here  as  re- 
gards the  insane,  who  are  well  knowji  to  destroy  themselves 
by  self-inflicted  wounds  of'the  most  extraordinary  character, 
on  the  back  of  the  head  and  neck;  by  striking  the  head 
against  some  solid  substance ;  or  precipitating  themselves 
from  a  height.  An  insane  person  (as  also  the  sane),  has 
been  known  to  shoot  himself  with  a  pistol  fired  from  behind 
the  ear  The  situation  of  the  wound  is,  therefore,  only  sug- 
gestive of  its  origin,  since  it  is  quite  possible  that  an  assassin 
might  inflict  a  death  wound  upon  his  victim  in  such  a  situ- 
ation designedly,  in  order  to  deceive,  and  thus  elude  the 
suspicion  of  homicide.  Accidental  wounds  are  usually  met 
with  on  exposed  parts  of  the  body. 

2.  Nature  and  Extent  of  the  Wound. — Suicide  is  rarely 
inflicted  by  contused  wounds,  but  usually  by  incised  or 
penetrating  ones.  Exceptions  occur,  as  when  a  person 
throws  himself  out  of  a  window,  or  from  a  height;  and  in 
some  remarkable  instances  of  self-destruction  in  the  insane, 
by  butting  the  head  against  a  wall,  and  subsequently  chop- 
ping it  with  a  hatchet.  In  the  case  of  the  insane,  there  is 
no  accounting  for  the  variety  in  the  nature  and  extent  of 
the  wounds  inflicted  for  the  purpose  of  self-destruction. 
This  fact  ought  to  be  remembered,  since,  if  the  bodies  of 
such  persons  should  afterward  be  discovered,  and  nothing 
be  known  of  their  previous  histories,  serious  errors  in  rela- 
tion to  the  real  origin  of  the  wounds  might  result. 

Incised  Wounds  of  the  Throat  are  usually  regarded  as 
indicating  suicide;  but  it  is  well  known  that  murderers  fre- 
quently destroy  their  victims  by  cutting  their  throats.  As 
to  the  extent  of  the  wound,  it  is  commonly  supposed  that  a 


DIRECTION    OF   THE   WOUND.  113 

suicidal  incision  of  the  throat  does  not  reach  as  deeply  as  a 
homicidal  one  of  the  same  character;  but  instances  are  not 
wanting  where  a  determined  suicide  has  severed  the  throat 
down  to  the  vertebrse.  Again,  irregularity  in  the  cut  of 
the  throat  has  been  deemed  by  some  as  indicating  homicide 
rather  than  suicide,  under  the  idea  of  resistance  on  the  part 
of  the  victim ;  but  it  is  evident  that  the  irregularity  might 
have  resulted  equally  from  nervousness,  or  indecision  in 
inflicting  the  wound,  on  the  part  of  the  deceased. 

The  nature  and  extent  of  the  wound  or  injury  may  serve 
to  distinguish  accident  from  homicide.  Thus,  if  numerous 
wounds  or  bruises  are  discovered  in  opposite  sides  of  a 
dead  body,  the  presumption  would  be  in  favor  of  homicide; 
and  when  the  accused  attempts  to  ascribe  the  death  of  his 
victim  to  a  fall,  the  nature  of  the  wounds  might  be  such  as 
positively  to  contradict  his  assertions. 

3.  Direction  of  the  Wound. — This  will  often  enable  us  to 
distinguish  between  a  homicidal  and  an  accidental  wound, 
rather  than  to  decide  upon  its  suicidal  character.  Thus,  if 
death  has  occurred  from  a  stab,  inflicted  downward  from 
the  upper  part  of  the  thorax,  and  penetrating  the  heart,  as 
did  happen  in  a  certain  case,  and  it  was  attempted  on  the 
part  of  the  prisoner  to  show  that  the  wound  had  been  acci- 
dentally occasioned  by  the  deceased  falling,  while  drunk, 
downward  upon  the  knife  which  the  prisoner  had  held  in 
his  hand  sloping  upward,  the  downward  direction  of  the 
wound  would  prove  the  falsity  of  the  statement.  Two 
other  cases  may  be  quoted  from  Wharton  and  Stille  of  a 
similar  character.  One  is  that  of  a  man  discovered  dead, 
with  a  deeply-punctured  wound  of  the  neck,  which  on  ex- 
amination, showed  that  the  weapon  had  been  partially 
turned  and  withdrawn,  and  again  plunged  into  the  neck  in 
a   different   direction,    after    the    manner   of    the    German 


114  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

butchers.  This  circumstance  proved  not  only  that  the 
death  was  not  accidental,  nor  probably  suicidal,  but  pointed 
to  a  homicide,  and  also  indicated  the  occupation  of  the 
murderer.  The  other  occurred  in  England,  some  years 
since,  where  a  murder  was  fixed  upon  a  man  from  the  fact 
that  the  wound  in  the  neck  of  the  deceased  had  been  evi- 
dently made  by  a  knife  cutting  from  within  outward,  as  is 
done  in  slaughtering  sheep. 

In  most  suicidal  wounds  of  the  throat,  it  is  found  that 
the  cut  has  been  made  from  left  to  right ;  in  punctured 
wounds  the  direction  is  commonly  from  right  to  left,  "and 
downward.  In  left-handed  persons,  the  direction  would,  of 
course,  be  the  reverse.  These  facts,  however,  can  only 
afford  moderate  presumptive  evidence,  since  it  is  obvious 
that  a  murderer  might  inflict  an  incised  wound  in  the  throat 
of  his  victim  from  behind,  which  would  exactly  resemble 
that  made  by  the  suicide.  In  all  such  doubtful  cases,  par- 
ticular attention  should  be  directed  to  the  surrounding 
circumstances,  such  as  the  position  of  the  body,  and  the 
weapon,  the  presence  or  absence  of  blood  upon  the  hands 
and  person  of  the  deceased,  etc.  If  the  death  has  been 
very  sudden,  from  hemorrhage  (in  a  case  of  suicide),  the 
weapon  will  most  probably  have  fallen  from  the  hand,  on 
account  of  the  relaxation  of  the  muscles;  but  if  it  has  been 
caused  by  a  pistol,  the  weapon  may  be  found  tightly 
grasped  in  the  hand  of  the  deceased.  If  the  throat  has 
been  cut  suicidally,  blood  will  be  found  on  one  or  other  of 
the  han9s ;  but  if  homicidally,  and  no  resistance  has  been 
made,  the  hands  will  probably  be  unstained.  As  regards 
the  position  of  the  body,  if  the  death  be  very  sudden,  from 
loss  of  blood,  the  body  will  be  found  lying  on  the  back ;  if 
I  less  sudden,  the  face  and  trunk  will  be  turned  toward  the 
\  ground.  If  the  body  be  found  upon  the  back,  in  death 
\ 


POSITION    OF   THE    BODY.  115 

from  hemorrhage,  and  the  weapon  at  a  distance  from  it,  the 
act  was,  in  all  probability,  homicidal. 

The  position  of  the  weapon  in  relation  to  the  dead  body, 
although  at  times  strongly  suggestive,  can  never  afford 
absolute  evidence  as  regards  the  question  of  homicide  or 
suicide.  Thus,  Casper  mentions  the  case  of  a  man  who  cut 
his  throat  with  a  razor,  which  was  found  bloody  and  closed, 
two  feet  distant  from  the  body.  Also,  of  another  suicide 
by  a  pistol-shot  in  the  breast,  where  the  pistol  was  found  in 
the  pocket  of  the  deceased,  who  had  afterward  terminated 
his  life  by  drowning  himself 

From  what  has  been  said  above,  it  is  manifest  that  the 
witness  can  rarely  venture  to  give  a  positive  opinion  as  to 
the  homicidal,  suicidal,  or  accidental  cause  of  death,  apart 
from  a  consideration  of  the  circumstances  accompanying  it. 
These  circumstances  vary  in  every  case,  and  it  requires  the 
utmost  experience  and  tact  on  the  part  of  the  medical 
examiner  to  recognize  and  apply  them  in  each  individual 
instance.  Some  of  them  have  already  been  noted :  they 
include  the  position  of  the  body  and  the  weapon ;  the  con- 
dition of  the  ground  where  the  wound  was  inflicted ;  the 
presence  of  footprints ;  the  condition  of  the  clothing  of  the 
deceased ;  the  condition  of  the  hands,  whether  showing 
wounds  or  cuts  on  their  palms  (indicating  .resistance),  or 
the  hands  holding  portions  of  hair  or  fragments  of  the 
assailant's  clothes;  the  adherence  of  certain  fibres  to  a 
weapon,  such  as  cotton,  woolen,  linen,  silk  or  fur;  marks 
of  blood  upon  clothing  or  furniture  ;  state  of  the  mouth  and 
throat ;  marks  of  blood  or  other  matters  on  the  person  of 
the  assailant;  rifling  of  the  pockets  and  tearing  of  the 
dress,  etc.  These  cannot  be  further  enlarged  upon  here; 
but  their  medico-legal  importance  cannot  be  too  strongly 
enforced. 


116  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

When  two  mortal  wounds  are  found  upon  a  dead  body, 
either  of  which  is  sufficient  to  have  caused  death,  the  ques- 
tion may  arise  whether  this  was  a  case  of  suicide  or  homi- 
cide. Is  it  possible  for  a  person  to  inflict  upon  himself, 
consecutively,  two  mortal  wounds,  say  by  shooting  one 
bullet  through  his  brain,  and  another  immediately  after- 
wards through  his  heart  ? 

There  can  be,  it  seems,  no  question  about  the  possibility 
of  the  self-infliction  of  two  mortal  wounds,  provided  the 
first  one  was  not  instantaneously  fatal.  It  is  well  known 
that  a  stab  or  bullet  through  the  heart,  or  a  pistol-shot 
through  the  brain  is  not  immediately  fatal,  so  that  ample 
time  is  allowed  for  the  repetition  of  the  fatal  act  on  the  part 
of  the  suicide. 

Moreover,  it  is  within  the  bounds  of  possibility  that,  after 
the  first  fatal  shot  from  a  self-cocking  pistol,  a  second  dis- 
charge from  the  weapon  may  have  been  a  mere  automatic 
act — the  victim's  finger  being  at  the  time  on  the  trigger, 
and  thus  producing  the  discharge  unconsciously.  It  might 
even  happen  that  this  second^  unconscious  and  chance  shot, 
might  produce  a  fatal  wound  upon  another  person,  and 
thus  give  rise  to  the  question  of  an  intentional  or  accidental 
homicide. 

Gunshot  wounds  differ  from  other  wounds  chiefly  in  the 
fact  that  the  vitality  of  the  part  struck  is  lost,  and  that  there 
is  a  consequent  slough  or  loss  of  substance.  They  are 
dangerous  to  life  on  account  of  their  involving  vital  portions 
of  the  body,  death  occurring  either  from  hemorrhage,  or 
from  shock  to  the  nervous  system.  The  hemorrhage  is 
seldom  great,  except  when  large  vessels  are  wounded. 
Often,  from  the  form  of  the  wound,  there  may  be  but  little 
external  bleeding,  while  a  fatal  internal  hemorrhage  may  be 
going  on.     They  diiTer  much  in  appearance,  according  to 


GUNSHOT    WOUNDS.  IIT 

the  distance  from  which  the  piece  was  fired,  and  the  nature 
of  the  projectiles.  If  the  explosion  occurs  in  close  contact 
with  the  body,  usually  less  than  nineteen  inches,  the  wound 
is  large  and  circular,  the  skin  denuded,  blackened  and 
burned  by  the  half-consumed  grains  of  powder.  The  hair 
and  clothes  also  in  the  vicinity  of  the  wound  are  more  or 
less  scorched.  It  may  be  of  vital  importance  to  determine 
the  position  in  which  the  revolver  was  held.  There  is 
every  reason  to  believe  that  the  following  test  is  absolutely 
correct,  if  powder-burns  are  present:  The  wound  of  en- 
trance is  not  in  the  centre  of  the  powder-burn,  there  being 
a  very  much  greater  zone  of  powder-mark  at  that  area  of 
the  burn  which  coincides  with  the  cock  or  hammer  side  of 
the  pistol ;  e.g.,  if  the  cock  or  hammer  be  upward,  the  most 
of  the  powder-burn  will  be  upward,  and  whichever  meridian 
of  the  powder-burn  shows  the  greater  quantity  of  powder, 
marks  the  direction  of  the  cock  or  hammer.  The  entrance 
orifice  of  the  ball  is  livid  and  depressed,  and  is  larger  than 
the  point  of  exit.  When  the  piece  is  fired  from  a  distance, 
the  blackened  and  burned  appearance  of  the  skin  is  not 
seen,  but  only  the  mark  of  the  entrance  of  the  missile,  and 
sometimes  that  of  the  exit.  The  aperture  of  entrance  of 
the  ball  when  fired  from  a  distance  is,  according  to  most 
authorities,  always  smaller  than  that  of  exit.  Nelaton  says 
that  when  the  wound  is  recent,  the  entrance  orifice  is  de- 
pressed and  contused,  while  the  exit  aperture  is  lacerated 
and  everted.  In  the  former,  there  is  an  actual  loss  of  sub- 
stance ;  in  the  latter,  there  is  merely  a  solution  of  con- 
tinuity. After  some  days,  however,  the  contused  margins 
of  the  entrance  wound  slough  away,  thereby  enlarging  the 
.orifice,  while  those  of  the  exit  partially  adhere,  causing  the 
latter  wound  to  appear  smaller  than  the  former.  Casper 
declares  that  the  entrance  aperture  is  always    the   larger. 


118  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

Very  possibly,  this  discrepancy  of  views  may  arise  from  not 
distinguishing  between  the  early  and  the  later  stages  of  the 
two  orifices.  If  the  ball  enters  a  very  fat  portion  of  the 
body,  this  often  protrudes  between  the  edges  of  the  wound, 
and  completely  changes  its  appearance.  Again,  the  char- 
acter of  the  entrance  will  depend  very  much  upon  the 
nature  of  the  projectile,  and  its  velocity,  as  well  as  the  dis- 
tance from  which  it  was  fired.  If  the  ball  is  conoidal, 
and  traveling  with  great  speed,  the  wound  is  linear  and 
resembles  a  puncture,  producing  little  external  harm,  but 
causing  very  considerable  external  injury.  A  rifle-ball 
makes  a  large  and  ragged  wound,  caused  by  the  spiral 
direction  given  to  the  missile.  It  is  evident  that  several 
wounds  may  be  made  by  a  single  ball,  as  this  may  chance 
to  traverse  different  parts  of  the  body  and  limbs.  It  may 
also  happen  that  the  piece  may  have  been  loaded  with  two 
or  more  balls,  which  may  account  for  the  number  of  the 
wounds. 

The  deflection  of  a  ball  from  its  straight  or  direct  course 
after  entering  the  body  is  easily  produced  by  its  striking 
obliquely  against  any  resisting  surface,  such  as  a  bone, 
tendon,  aponeurosis,  or  even  muscle.  In  this  way  it  often 
happens  that  a  ball,  striking  the  chest  or  abdomen,  may  be 
caused  to  pass  almost  entirely  around  the  body,  and  after- 
ward be  extracted  close  by  the  entrance  point.  Wharton 
and  Stille  relate  the  case  of  a  wound  by  a  ball  striking  on  the 
larynx  obliquely,  and  passing  around  the  neck  so  as  to 
lodge  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  thyroid  cartilage.  It  was 
thence  removed  by  simply  cutting  through  the  skin.  It  is 
not  uncommon  for  a  ball  to  travel  half  way  around  the  chest 
or  abdomen  and  lodge  in  the  back,  giving  the  appearance 
of  having  passed  directly  through  the  lungs  or  intestines. 

If  the  wound  be  caused  by  a  load  of  shot,  its  appearance 


WOUNDS    MADE    BY   THE   WADDING    AND    GUNPOWDER.    119 

will  depend  chiefly  on  the  distance  from  which  it  was  dis- 
charged. If  fired  very  near  the  body,  so  as  to  enter  it  as  a 
single  charge  before  separating,  it  will  produce  a  single 
large  and  ragged  wound,  much  contused  and  blackened  by 
the  powder;  and  as  the  shot  diverge  after  entering  the 
body  there  will  be  considerable  laceration  of  the  parts 
beneath.  For  the  opening  to  be  single,  the  experiments 
of  Dr.  Lachese,  of  Antwerp,  indicate  that  the  charge 
should  not  be  fired  at  a  greater  distance  than  ten  to  twelve 
incljes,  although  this  is  undoubtedly  influenced  as  much  by 
the  construction  of  the  barrel  and  the  charge  as  by  distance 
up  to  twenty  or  thirty  inches.  When  the  distance  is  so  ex- 
tended as  to  allow  the  scattering  of  the  shot,  each  grain 
will  make  its  own  individual  wound.  It  is  quite  possible 
for  a  single  shot  to  cause  a  mortal  wound,  as  when  it  hap- 
pens to  strike  the  heart,  or  aorta. 

Wounds  made  by  the  wadding  and  gunpowder  alone  may 
prove  serious  or  even  fatal.  A  pistol  thus  loaded,  fired  at 
twelve  inches,  tore  the  clothes  and  abraded  the  skin  without 
penetrating  it ;  at  half  this  distance  the  wadding  penetrated 
to  the  depth  of  half  an  inch ;  at  two  inches  it  entered  to 
the  depth  of  two  inches,  causing  a  ragged  and  blackened 
wound;  and  at  one  and  a  half  inches  the  wadding  entered 
the  thorax  between  the  ribs,  and  in  one  experiment  carried 
away  a  portion  of  the  rib.  Taylor  mentions  an  instance  of 
a  man  sitting  in  a  gallery  of  a  theatre,  who  had  part  of  his 
hand  completely  blown  away  by  a  piece  of  greased  news- 
paper, tightly  rammed,  discharged  from  a  small  cannon  on 
the  stage  of  the  theatre. 

Even  gunpowder  alone  is  capable  of  producing  very 
serious  wounds,  if  fired  close  to  an  exposed  part  of  the 
body.     The  wound  will  present  a  lacerated  appearance,  and 


120  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

be  blackened  and  burned  by  the  partially  consumed  powder. 
If  the  grain  of  powder  be  coarse  the  wound  may  have  the 
appearance  of  having  been  caused  by  very  small  shot. 

The  question  of  the  homicidal,  suicidal,  or  accidental 
character  of  gunshot  wounds  must  generally  be  settled  by 
the  appearance  of  the  wounds,  and  also  by  the  particular 
circumstances.  Thus,  if  it  be  on  the  forehead  or  temple, 
behind  the  ear,  in  the  mouth,  or  over  the  heart,  and  if  it  be 
blackened  and  lacerated  (indicating  the  close  proximity 
of  the  weapon),  it  may  be  regarded  as  almost  certainly  a 
suicidal  act.  If,  on  the  contrary,  the  wound  be  on  the  back 
or  side  of  the  head  (except  in  the  case  of  the  insane),  or  of 
the  body,  without  the  blackened  and  lacerated  appearance 
above  alluded  to,  it  may  be  considered  as  the  act  of  a 
homicide.  Accidental  gunshot  wounds  bear  the  marks  of 
near  wounds,  as  they  are  mostly  the  result  of  the  accidental 
discharge  of  the  piece,  either  in  the  hands  of  the  deceased 
at  the  time,  or  else  in  close  proximity  to  his  person.  The 
possibility  of  a  bullet  glancing  from  a  hard  surface,  and 
thus  entering  a  point  at  which  the  weapon  was  not  aimed, 
must  not  be  overlooked.  • 

Out  of  368  cases  of  suicide  by  firearms,  in  France,  297 
were  from  wounds  in  the  head  ;  of  these,  234  were  fired 
into  the  mouth;  only  71  were  from  wounds  inflicted  on  the 
chest  or  abdomen. 

In  a  medico-legal  case  it  may  become  important  to  ascer- 
tain the  real  cause  of  death  occasioned  by  a  wound — 
whether  immediate,  or  from  hemorrhage  or  shock,  or 
remote,  resulting  from  subsequent  complications.  In  a 
trial,  this  question  might  have  an  important  bearing,  since, 
if  the  cause  of  the  death  could  be  shown  to  Lave  been 
remote,  this  might  involve  certain  contingencies,  for  which 
the  prisoner  might  not  be  responsible. 


CAUSES  OF  DEATH  FROM  WOUNDS.  121 

When  the  death  is  directly  traceable  to  hemorrhage,  its 
rapidity  depends  upon  the  amount  and  suddenness  of  the 
bleeding  ;  and  this  again  is  dependent  on  the  size  and 
nature  of  the  vessel  wounded.  Exhaustion  follows  much 
more  rapidly  from  a  sudden  hemorrhage  than  from  a  more 
copious  flow  of  blood,  if  gradually  lost.  Again,  arterial 
hemorrhage  is  more  rapidly  fatal  than  venous.  It  should 
also  be  remembered  that  some  persons  have  a  constitutional 
tendency  to  bleed  very  easily  from  the  slightest  superficial 
wound.  Such  a  tendency,  termed  a  hemorrhagic  diathesis, 
is  sometimes  hereditary,  and  exposes  the  individual  to  great 
danger,  in  case  of  being  wounded.  This  circumstance 
might  also  have  weight  in  the  trial.  Age  and  disease 
also  increase  the  danger  of  death  by  hemorrhage  from 
wounds. 

Internal  hemorrhage,  as  the  result  of  a  wound,  is  often  as 
fatal  as  the  external ;  the  danger  is  here  further  increased 
by  the  pressure  exerted  by  the  effused  blood  upon  a  vital 
organ,  such  as  the  brain,  as  is  witnessed  in  effusion  of  blood 
within  the  cranium,  produced  by  a  fracture  of  the  skull.  It 
is  also  exemplified  in  a  wound  of  the  intercostal  arteries, 
causing  effusion  of  blood  into  the  chest,  and  producing 
fatal  pressure  on  the  lungs ;  and  also  in  wounds  of  the 
throat,  resulting  in  asphyxia,  from  the  flow  of  the  blood 
into  the  windpipe. 

Shock  is  the  result  of  a  violent  impression  made  on  the 
nerve  centres.  It  often  is  the  immediate  cause  of  death, 
after  a  severe  injury,  without  leaving  any  trace  or  lesion 
discoverable  on  a  post-rnortem  examination.  Shock  is 
most  apt  to  follow  extensive  lacerations  of  the  body,  such 
as  result  from  machinery,  or  railway  accidents,  or  from 
extensive  burns. 

The  remote  causes  of  death  from  wounds  are  numerous 


122  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

and  varied.     The  following  may  be  regarded  as  the  most 
common : — 

1.  Tetanus  or  Lockjaw.  —  This  is  generally  the  result 
of  lacerated  and  punctured  wounds,  and  is  now  known  to 
be  due  to  the  introduction  of  a  specific  bacillus  into  the 
tissues.  It  is  always  a  serious  complication,  and  is  mostly 
fatal.  It  does  not  usually  appear  before  the  seventh  day 
after  the  receipt  of  the  wound,  though  sometimes  earlier, 
and  rarely  later  than  the  twentieth  day. 

2.  Erysipelas  is  another  complication  of  wounds,  which 
may  cause  a  fatal  issue.  It  is  apt  to  accompany  woimds 
of  the  scalp ;  and  it  sometimes  assumes  an  epidemic  char- 
acter, especially  in  hospitals,  where  it  may  occasion  great 
mortality  among  the  wounded  patients. 

3.  Hospital  gangrene  is  another  occasional  result  of 
wounds.  It  likewise  often  p^yes  fatal,  and  may  assume 
an  epidemic  type.  It  is,  however,  rarely  seen,  except  in 
military  hospitals, 

4.  Surgical  interference ,  including  the  2ise  of  Anesthetics. — 
In  wounds  dangerous  to  life,  the  question  of  the  propriety 
of  a  surgical  operation  becomes  paramount  ;  the  patient 
will  certainly  die  without  the  operation,  and,  on  the  other 
hand,  he  may  die  from  shock,  as  the  immediate  result 
of  the  operation.  The  question  of  the  legal  responsibility 
of  the  death  then  becomes  a  serious  one,  and,  in  a  trial, 
counsel  may  endeavor  to  show  that  the  death  was  not  really 
the  result  of  the  wound,  but  rather  owing  to  the  surgical 
operation.  Such  an  argument  will  not  likely  avail,  unless 
it  can  be  proved  that  the  original  wound  was  not  of  a  dan- 
gerous character,  and  that  the  surgical  interference  was 
unwarrantable  and  unskillful.  The  same  remarks  will 
apply  to  the  use  of  anesthetics.  Their  employment  in 
operations  has  now  become  so  general  that  the  occasional 


CONCUSSION    OF   THE    BRAIN.  123 

fatal  results  attending  their  administration  should  be  re-r 
garded  as  exceptions,  in  nowise  inculpating  the  attending 
surgeon;  consequently,  the  fatal  result  that  might  happen 
to  follow  their  use  should  not  -be  considered  as  offering  any 
extenuation,  if  a  dangerous  or  fatal  wound  has  been 
inflicted.  The  only  medico-legal  point  at  issue  would  be — 
Was  the  administration  of  the  anesthetic  a  necessary  and 
proper  part  of  the  treatment,  and  was  it  skillfully  ad- 
ministered ? 

The  question  of  the  responsibility  of  the  surgeon  in  not 
employing  the  antiseptic  method  will  be  discussed  later, 
under  Malpractice. 

It  will  be  proper  to  devote  a  brief  consideration  to  the 
subject  of  Wounds  in  different  regions  of  the  body,  inas- 
much as  these  present  certain  individual  peculiarities,  which 
give  to  them  special  medico-legal  importance. 

Wounds  of  the  Head. — Scalp  wounds  are  not  usually 
attended  with  danger,  except  when  followed  by  erysipelas, 
or  when  the  blow  has  been  so  severe  as  to  produce  concus- 
sion of  the  brain.  Fracture  of  the  skull  may  exist  without 
any  wound  of  the  "scalp ;  and  fatal  effusion  of  blood  upon 
the  brain  may  be  produced  by  a  blow  on  the  head,  without 
causing  either  a  visible  wound  of  the  scalp  or  a  fracture 
of  the  skull. 

Concussion  of  the  Brain  may  result  either  from  a  direct 
blow  upon  the  head,  or  from  a  violent  fall  upon  the  feet  or 
buttocks.  Sometimes  death  ensues  immediately  from  con- 
cussion, leaving  no  perceptible  lesion.  Such  fatal  concussion 
may  occur  without  either  fracture  of  the  skull  or  a  wound 
of  the  scalp.  The  symptoms  of  concussion  are  faintness, 
nausea,  vomiting,  pallor,  feeble  pulse,  partial  or  complete 
loss  of  consciousness,  with  confusion  of  ideas  and  tendency 
to  sleep.     Concussion  may  be  confounded  with  intoxica- 


124  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

tion,   compression   of  the    brain,    opium    poisoning,   sun- 
stroke, etc. 

It  is  particularly  important  to  distinguish  between  con- 
cussion and  intoxication.  Many  cases  of  supposed  drunk- 
ards, arrested  in  large  cities  at  night,  and  left  unattended  in 
the  station-house  till  morning,  are,  in  reality,  cases  of  con- 
cussion, or  compression  of  the  brain,  which  may  prove  fatal' 
for  want  of  timely  relief.  Difficulty  of  diagnosis  is  increased 
by  the  fact  that  the  two  conditions  are  frequently  coincident 
in  the  same  individual.  It  is  the  drunken  man  who  is  most 
apt  to  engage  in  a  brawl,  which  results  in  a  broken  head. 
Generally,  the  history  of  the  case  (if  it  can  be  obtained),  and 
the  odor  of  the  breath,  will  afford  us  the  best  means  of  diag- 
nosis. In  intoxication,  the  temperature  is  usually  below  96° 
F. — sometimes  below  90°  ;  the  loss  of  power  and  sensation 
is  not  unilateral,  as  in  compression;  the  bladder  is  gener- 
ally full  of  limpid  urine,  which  will  furnish  evidence  of  the 
presence  of  alcohol.  '  The  pupils  are  sometimes  contracted, 
and  at  other  times  dilated. 

Fracture  of  the  Skull  is  the  result  either  of  a  direct  blow 
or  a  fall  upon  the  head,  striking  a  stone,  or  other  hard  body. 
The  usual  consequence  of  such  a  fracture  is  pressure  on 
the  brain  by  the  depressed  bone,  or  by  extravasated  blood. 
Fracture  of  the  base  of  the  skull  is  nearly  always  fatal,  and 
unless  carefully  looked  for  in  the  autopsy,  may  escape 
notice.  It  may  result  from  a  fall  or  jump,  the  party  land- 
ing on  his  feet  or  buttocks,  and  be,  therefore,  unattended  by 
any  injury  of  the  scalp  or  face;  such  cases  not  uncommonly 
escape  notice  in  carelessly  conducted  postymortems. 

Compression  of  the  Brain  may  result  either  from  effusion 
of  blood  or  serum  upon,  or  within  the  brain,  with  or  without 
fracture,  or  depression  of  the  bone;  also  from  suppuration, 
or  tumors  in  the  brain,  from  congestion  of  the  cerebral 


COMPRESSION    OF    THE    BRAIN.  125 

vessels,  and  likewise  from  narcotic  poisoning.  The  symp- 
toms are  essentially  those  of  apoplexy,  viz.,  loss  of  con- 
sciousness, paralysis  (usually  hemiplegic),  dilated  pupils 
(except  where  the  effusion  is  on  the  pons  Varolii,  when, 
according  to  Wilks,  the  pupils  are  contracted),  stertorous 
breathing,  a  full,  slow  pulse,  and  coma.  It  is  important  to 
remember  that  the  effusion  of  blood  resulting  from  a  blow 
may  be  gradual,  so  that  the  person  seemingly  recovers 
from  the  first  shock,  and  may  be  able  even  to  resume  his 
ordinary  occupation  for  some  hours,  or  even  days,  before 
the  fatal  termination  occurs.  The  distinction  between  the 
effusion  from  violence,  and  that  resulting  from  disease,  is,  as 
a  rule,  that  in  the  former  the  extravasation  is  nearly  always 
between  the  skull  and  dura  mater,  or  between  this-  mem- 
brane and  the  brain,  while  in  the  latter  it  is  usually  in  the 
brain  substance.  Moreover,  in  the  first,  there  is  frequently 
a  fracture  of  the  bone,  and  ecchymosis  of  the  scalp,  either 
immediately  over  the  effusion,  or  on  the  opposite  side  of 
the  head  (counter-stroke).  . 

Another  important  point  is,  that  a  fatal  effusion  of  U''^ 
blood  may  take  place  simply  from  great  excitement,  ^^-?)/ 
especially  if  associated  with  intoxication.  This  may  be 
urged  as  the  probable  cause  of  death  where  there  has 
been  an  assault  by  a  blow  upon  the  head  which  terminated 
fatally.  In  such  a  case  it  may  be  difficult  to  decide  how 
far  the  fatal  effusion  was  due  to  natural  causes,  such  as 
atheroma  of  the  cerebral  arteries  (which,  in  an  habitual 
spirit-drinker,  might  also  be  connected  with  a  diseased  liver 
and  kidneys),  or  how  far  it  was  to  be  attributable  directly 
to  the  effects  of  violence.  However,  if  the  assault  can  be 
clearly  proven,  either  in  connection  with  a  direct  blow  upon 
the  head,  or  indirectly,  by  a  fall  upon  a  stone  or  other  hard 
body,  the  mere  fact  of  the  preexisting  disease  of  the  arte- 


126  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

ries  or  the  other  organs  should  not  lead  to  the  view  that  the 
violence  had  no  relation  to  the  fatal  result ;  but  if  the  autopsy 
show  that  the  effused  clot,  or  serum,  was  of  older  date  than 
the  alleged  injury,  this  would  certainly  be  a  strong  argu- 
ment for  regarding  the  death  as  due  to  the  diseased  con- 
dition. 

Wottnds  of  the  substance  of  the  Brain  are  not  always  fatal. 
It  is  well  known  that  considerable  portions  of  the  cerebral 
substance  have  escaped  through  the  skull,  not  only  without 
loss  of  life,  but  without  serious  discernable  impairment  of 
the  mental  powers. 

Wonnds  of  the  Face  are  not  usually  dangerous  unless  they 
involve  the  orbit;  a  penetrating  wound  of  this  part  may 
readily  reach  the  brain,  with  a  fatal  result.  So,  also,  a 
severe  blow  upon  the  nose  may  so  injure  the  ethmoid  bone 
as  subsequently  to  involve  the  brain. 

Wounds  of  the  Neck  are  attended  with  much  danger, 
owing  to  the  presence  of  the  large  vessels  and  nerves.  In 
cut  throats,  the  great  danger  arises  from  the  sudden  and 
profuse  hemorrhage.  The  section  of  the  larynx  and  trachea 
is  not  necessarily  fatal,  the  chief  danger  arising  from  suffo- 
cation from  the  flowing  back  of  the  blood.  A  division  of 
the  esophagus  is  almost  necessarily  fatal,  chiefly  because  of 
its  involving  the  section  of  the  great  vessels  of  the  neck. 

Wounds  of  the  Spine  are  dangerous  in  proportion  to  the 
decree  in  which  the  spinal  marrow  is  involved.  In  concus- 
sion of  the  spine,  death  sometimes  takes  place  instantly. 
If  the  spinal  cord  be  wounded  high  up,  above  the  region 
of  the  phrenic  lierve,  the  function  of  respiration  is  imme- 
diately arrested,  and  death  ensues.  Wherever  the  injury 
occurs  to  the  spinal  cord,  it  is  understood  that  there  is  a 
complete  suspension  of  the  functions  of  the  parts  below. 
In  fracture  of  the  vertebrae,  the   great   danger  arises  from 


WOUNDS    OF   THE    CHEST.  127 

pressure  on  the  spinal  marrow.  Sudden  death  has  been 
produced  by  the  spontaneous  luxation  of  the  second  cervical 
vertebra,  arising  from  the  fracture  of  the  odontoid  process, 
through  disease.  Sir  Astley  Cooper's  case  was  of  this  char- 
acter. These  fractures  are  justly  considered  as  having  an 
important  medico-legal  bearing. 

Wotmds  of  the  Chest. — The  great  danger  here  lies  in  the 
hemorrhage  from  the  heart,  great  vessels  and  lungs ;  hence, 
such  wounds  often  prove  rapidly  fatal.  The  hemorrhage  in 
wounds  of  the  chest  is  nearly  always  internal.  Wounds  of 
the  lungs,  though  they  may  not  prove  immediately  fatal, 
frequently  so  terminate  after  a  lapse  of  time ;  this  is  espe- 
cially true  of  gunshot  wounds,  if  the  bullet  or  other  foreign 
substance  happens  to  be  retafined.  Wounds  of  the  Heart, 
if  the  cavities  be  penetrated,  always  terminate  fatally  and 
rapidly.  Gunshot  wounds  of  the  heart  do  not  necessarily 
cause  immediate  death ;  cases  are  recorded  where  the  patient 
survived  several  months  ;  after  death  the  ball  has  been  found 
in  the  substance  of  the  organ.  Even  where  the  cavities  of 
the  heart  have  been  perforated  by  a  cutting  instrument, 
there  have  been  instances  where  the  person  survived  for 
several  days.  Rupture  of  the  Jieart  may  be  the  result  of  a 
violent  blow  upon  the  thorax,  or  it  may  follow  any  intense 
excitement,  exertion  or  emotion,  if  this  organ  happens  to 
be  in  a  diseased  condition.  Where  death  has  resulted  in  a 
brawl,  in  which  the  deceased  received  a  severe  blow  on  the 
chest,  if  the  preexisting  disease  of  the  organ  can  be  estab- 
lished, it  would  be  a  question  how  far  the  violence  and  how 
far  the  disease  was  to  be  credited  with  the  result.  The  case 
is  very  similar  to  the  one  where  death  follows  a  blow 
upon  the  head,  terminating  in  compression  of  the  brain, 
and  where  a  diseased  condition  of  the  cerebral  vessels 
existed. 


128  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE, 

Wounds  of  the  Abdomen. — Even  a  superficial  wound  of 
the  abdomen  may  prove  fatal,  by  dividing  the  epigastric 
artery.  A  severe  blow,  upon  the  epigastric  region  has  fre- 
quently produced  immediate  death,  by  action  upon  the 
solar  plexus  of  nerves.  Blows  upon  any  part  of  the  abdo- 
men may  be  followed  by  peritoneal  inflammation,  which 
often  proves  fatal.  Penetrating,  or  perforating,  wounds  may 
terminate  fatally  from  the  same  cause.  Wounds  of  the 
stomach  and  intestines  are  exceedingly  dangerous,  and  are 
often  mortal,  either  from  hemorrhage,  or  from  inflammation, 
or  both. 

Wounds  of  the  Liver  are  dangerous,  according  to  their 
extent  and  depth.  If  the  gall-bladder  is  involved,  death  is 
apt  to  ensue  in  consequence  of  the  peritonitis.  The  danger 
from  Wounds  of  the  Kidneys  arises  from  the  effusion  of  urine, 
and  the  consequent  inflammation. 

In  relation  to  Wounds  of  the  Bladder,  it  should  be  remem- 
bered that  this  organ  may  be  ruptured  spontaneously,  from 
over-distention.  It  is  sometimes  ruptured  by  a  blow,  or 
kick  of  a  horse,  upon  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen.  In  a 
case  of  death  produced  by  rupture  of  the  bladder,  it  might 
be  sought  to  set  up  the  plea  of  spontaneous  rupture  of  the 
organ.  Frequently,  there  is  no  external  injury  to  indicate 
the  true  nature  of  the  case,  the  autopsy  alone  revealing  it, 
and  disclosing,  also,  extensive  peritoneal  inflammation, 
resulting  from  the  escape  of  urine. 

Wounds  of  the  Genital  Organs  are,  in  the  male,  usually 
self-inflicted,  and  they  are  met  with  most  generally  among 
the  insane.  They  comprise  castration,  more  or  less  com- 
plete, and  amputation  of  the  penis,  partial  or  entire.  The 
danger  to  life  is  great  in  proportion  to  the  hemorrhage,  and 
injury  to  the  organs.  In  certain  other  cases,  where  the 
injury  has  been  inflicted  by  others,  and  when  in  a  state  of 


WOUNDS    OF   THE    GENITAL   ORGANS.  129 

erection,  the  urethra  has  been  found  violently  torn  across,  and 
the  corpora  cavernosa  and  spongiosa  divided.  In  females,  the 
chief  point  of  medico-legal  interest  is  to  discriminate  between 
wounds  of  the  genitals  inflicted  by  another,  and  spontaneous 
hemorrhages  from  a  ruptured  vein  in  the  labia.  Here,  of 
course,  a  rigid  inspection  of  the  injured  parts  will  be  needed. 

Examination  of  Blood-Stains. — The  identification  of  blood- 
stains not  infrequently  constitutes  a  most  important  link  in 
the  chain  of  evidence,  in  a  trial  for  homicide.  It  is  a  very 
common  practice  for  a  murderer  to  attribute  certain  sus- 
picious red  stains  discovered  upon  his  garments,  or  imple- 
ments, either  to  spots  of  red  paint,  fruit  stains,  or  to  the 
blood  of  some  domestic  animal,  or  bird. 

To  the  naked  eye  blood-stains  will  vary  in  size,  shape 
and  color.  They  may  be  mere  films  or  smears,  but  gener- 
ally present  the  form  of  distinct  spots  of  different  sizes;  and 
if  the  blood  has  spurted  from  an  artery  obliquely  upon  a 
surface,  the  spots  will  have  assumed  a  comet-like  shape, 
terminating  in  a  bulbous  tail.  The  color  of  the  stain  will 
depend  (i)  upon  its  freshness:  if  recent,  it  will  have  a  bright 
red  hue;  if  old,  the  color  will  be  brownish,  or  brown-red. 
(2)  Upon  its  thickness ;  being  darker  in  proportion  to  the 
density  of  the  stain.  (3)  Upon  the  material  on  which  it  has 
fallen:  if  the  latter  is  porous, ^as  soft  wood,  or  linen,  or  cot- 
ton fabrics,  the  tint  will  be  rather  dull;  but  if  on  polished 
and  hard  substances,  such  as  metals,  glass,  or  polished 
wood,  the  spots  have  a  darker  and  shining  appearance,  and 
on  drying  they  are  apt  to  crack  from  the  centre,  and  may 
thus  easily  be  removed.  When  dried  upon  linen  or  cotton, 
they  usually  have  a  stiffened  feel,  like  a  spot  of  dried  albu- 
min, or  gum.  If  the  stains  be  upon  a  colored  substance, 
they  can  best  be  distinguished  by  artificial  light;  indeed, 
II 


130  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

they  may  be  entirely  invisible  in  bright  daylight.  While  it 
is  not  always  possible  to  even  proximate  the  age  of  a  blood- 
stain, c(3nclusions  of  great  value  may  be  drawn  from  a  care- 
ful examination.  If  a  clot  or  stain  has  been  worn  it  will  be 
polished,  not  uncommonly,  greasy  and  intermixed  with 
dirt.  If  it  is  old  and  unworn,  it  may  be  dry  and  fragile; 
unless  mixed  with  dirt  and  grease,  recent  clots  are  flexible 
and  fracture  with  difficulty. 

We  possess  several  methods  of  identifying  blood-stains: 
(i)  the  chemical;  (2)  the  microscopic;  (3)  the  spectroscopic. 
But  previously  to  employing  these  methods,  it  will  be 
always  proper  to  examine  the  suspected  spot,  if  not  too 
much  covered  with  dirt,  with  a  good  magnifier;  the  spot,  if 
a  blood-stain,  will  frequently  exhibit  minute  coagula,  or 
clots  of  a  shiny  hue,  intermixed  with  the  fibres  of  the  material 
on  which  it  is  fixed. 

I.  The  Chemical  Tests. — Before  noticing  these,  it  will  be 
proper  to  remark  briefly  on  the  solubility  of  the  coloring 
matter  of  blood.  Modern  research  has  shown  that  the  col- 
oring matter  of  blood  (hemoglobin)  when  quite  recent,  is 
very  soluble  in  cold  water;  but  when  so  old,  as  to  have 
changed  to  a  brown  color,  it  is  converted  into  hematin, 
which  is  insoluble  in  water.  This  is  a  fact  of  considerable 
importance.  For  if  a  garment,  or  other  article,  is  washed 
in  cold  water  immediately  after  being  stained  with  blood, 
the  blood  will  probably  be  discharged,  so  as  to  leave  no 
trace;  but  if  the  garment  be  kept  for  some  time  before  the 
attempt  is  made  to  remove  the  stain  by  washing,  the  soluble 
hemoglobin  will  have  become  more  or  less  associated  with 
the  insoluble  hematin,  and  enough  of  the  blood  will  remain 
upon  the  article  to  suffice  for  future  identification.  Hot 
water  will  not  remove  a  recent  blood-stain  as  effectually  as 


CHEMICAL   TESTS    FOR    BLOOD.  131 

cold  water,  on  account  of  the  action  of  the  heat  upon  the 
hemoglobin,  changing  it  into  hematin. 

If  the  blood-spot  be  recent,  and  there  be  sufficient  ma- 
terial, the  examiner  should  cut  out  a  small  piece  of  the 
stained  fabric,  and  suspend  it  by  means  of  a  thread  in  a 
test-tube  containing  cold  distilled  water.  In  a  few  minutes 
the  coloring  matter  will  be  observed  to  separate  from  the 
material,  and  to  descend  to  the  bottom  of  the  water,  form- 
ing a  bright-red  solution.  If  the  stain  is  a  little  older,  more 
time  will  be  required  to  effect  the  solution,  which  will  have 
a  browner  hue ;  and  if  the  stain  is  very  old,  there  will  be 
no  solution  whatever. 

If  the  stain  be  upon  a  porous  substance,  such  as  wood, 
brick,  etc.,  it  should  be  cut  or  scraped  out,  reduced  to 
powder,  and  then  soaked  in  cold  water  for  some  hours,  and 
afterward  filtered.  If  the  spot  be  upon  a  hard  metallic  sur- 
face, as  a  knife,  sword,  etc.,  it  should  be  carefully  dried, 
when  it  will  be  apt  to  crack  off;  if  not  it  may  be  scraped 
off  with  a  knife.  The  scraping  should  be  soaked  for  some 
time  in  cold  water  and  filtered.  If  the  solution  should  not 
be  complete,  a  little  dilute  ammonium  hydroxid  may  be 
added,  and  if  this  should  fail,  Tidy  recommends  using  a 
trace  of  citric  acid  to  effect  the  solution. 

Having  procured  the  clear  red  solution,  the  n^xt  step  is 
to  heat  it  in  a  te.st-tube  over  a  spirit  lamp ;  the  following 
results  are  thus  obtained:  (i)  the  red  color  disappears; 
(2)  coagulation  takes  place ;  (3)  a  brownish-green  precipi- 
tate is  formed.  If  there  is  sufficient  quantity  of  this  pre- 
cipitate it  may  be  collected,  dried,  and  heated  with  a  weak 
ammonium  hydroxid  solution,  which  will  dissolve  it:  the 
solution  will  appear  dark  green  by  reflected,  and  red  by  trans- 
emitted  light.  (4)  A  dilute  ammonium  hydroxid  added  to 
the  original  solution  either  produces  no  change  of  color,  or 


132  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

it  merely  intensifies  it ;  it  never  changes  it  to  green  or  crim- 
son, as  it  does  with  cochineal  and  red  fruit  colors.  Tannin 
gives  a  red  precipitate  with  the  original  solution.  A  solution 
of  chlorin  causes  no  change. 

The  above  tests  will  suffice  to  distinguish  blood  from 
many  red  solutions,  such  as  cochineal,  kino,  madder,  log- 
wood, and  the  various  red  fruit-juices,  none  of  which  coagu- 
late by  heat,  and  all  of  which  are  changed  in  color  by  the 
addition  of  ammonium  hydroxid.  The  stain  produced 
by  lemon  or  orange  juice  on  the  blade  of  a  knife,  after 
exposure  to  the  air,  may  bear  some  resemblance  to  an  old 
blood-stain ;  but  the  tannin  test  of  the  solution  would  im- 
mediately detect  the  difference.  So,  the  stain  from  red 
paint  (which  contains  iron),  or  from  iron  mold,  is  easily 
identified  by  its  solubility  in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  and 
subsequent  indication  of  iron. 

The  Giiaiacum  Test  constitutes  a  beautiful  and  satisfac- 
tory chemical  test  for  blood.  It  depends  upon  the  follow- 
ing conditions:  A  freshly-prepared  tincture  of  guaiacum,  if 
dropped  into  water,  precipitates  the  resin,  which  if  exposed 
to  the  air  gradually  acquires  a  bluish  color.  If  it  be  exposed 
to  a  jar  of  oxygen  gas,  the  bluing  process  is  more  rapid ; 
and  if  brought  in  contact  with  ozone,  the  blue  color  is 
instantly*produced.  Hence,  the  bluing  must  be  owing  to 
oxidation.  Moreover,  while  the  resin  is  blued  by  a  variety 
of  mineral  and  organic  substances,  the  coloring  matter  of 
the  blood  has  no  effect  upon  it.  The  guaiacum  test  de- 
pends, then,  upon  the  fact  that  while  the  blood  has  no 
power  to  oxidize  or  blue  the  resin,  the  presence  of  hydrogen 
dioxid,  which  itself  has  no  power  to  oxidize  the  guaiacum, 
causes  the  resin  then  to  be  oxidized  by  the  blood,  and  the 
blue  color  appears.  According  to  Taylor,  an  excellent  way, 
of  showing  the  experiment  is  to  add  a  few  drops  of  the 


THE    GUAIACUM    TEST.  133 

tincture  (freshly  prepared,  from  portions  of  the  resin  taken 
from  the  centre  of  a  lump)  to  a  small  quantity  of  water  j 
this  will  precipitate  the  resin.  Divide  the  water  suspending 
the  resin  into  two  portions ;  into  one  of  them  pour  a  little 
solution  of  red  coloring  matter  of  blood  ;  to  the  other  add 
a  few  drops  of  ozonized  ether  (see  below) ;  no  change  of 
color  is  observed  in  either  portion.  Now,  to  the  first  por- 
tion add  a  few  drops  of  the  ether,  and  to  the  second  a  few 
drops  of  the  red  solution ;  in  both  cases  the  sapphire-blue 
color  will  soon  be  seen.  In  case  the  solution  is  turbid, 
from  an  excess  of  the  resin,  the  addition  of  a  few  drops  of 
alcohol  will  instantly  clear  it,  and  bring  out  the  fine  blue 
color  distinctly.  If  the  simple  addition  of  the  blood  solu- 
tion to  the  guaiacum  produces  a  blue  color,  we  may  be 
certain  that  some  oxidizing  substance  is  present  besides 
blood,  and  which  conceals  its  presence.  The  force  of  the 
experiment  consists  in  the  fact  that  blood,  of  itself,  will  not 
blue  guaiacum;  but  in  the  presence  of  ozonized  ether  the 
blue  color  is  speedily  produced. 

The  so-called  ''ozonized  ether"  should  be  freshly  pre- 
pared, which  is  easily  done  by  shaking  common  ether  with 
about  an  equal  volume  of  hydrogen  dioxid  solution,  and 
drawing  off  the  ether  after  the  two  liquids  have  separated. . 

Objections  have  been  raised  against  this  test  on  the 
ground  that  other  substances  besides  blood  will  produce  a 
blue  color  in  the  presence  of  guaiacum  and  hydrogen 
dioxid,  such  as  saliva,  bile  and  red  wine ;  but  as  regards  the 
two  former,  their  color  should  at  once  distinguish  them 
from  blood,  while  the  latter  substance  requires  exposure  for 
some  hours  to  produce  the  same  result;  whereas,  in  the 
case  of  blood  the  effect  is  immediate.  This  test  is  as  avail- 
able for  old  as  for  fresh  blood,  for  concentrated  or  diluted 
blood ;  hence,  for  a  washed-out  blood  stain — wherever,  in 


134  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

fact,  a  particle  of  red  coloring  matter  remains.  If  no  bluing 
occurs  in  the  presence  of  the  guaiacum  and  the  dioxid, 
it  will  be  safe  to  affirm  that  there  is  no  blood  present. 
With  an  old  blood-stain,  or  one  that  is  too  small  to  afford  a 
sufficient  solution,  or  where  there  maybe  some  doubt  of  its 
presence  on  a  colored  material,  a  very  good  plan  is  to 
moisten  the  spot  first  with  a  few  drops  of  water,  then  with  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  the  guaiacum  tincture,  and  afterward 
with  a  few  drops  of  the  ozonized  ether,  and  then  press  upon  it 
a  piece  of  white  tissue  or  filtering  paper;  immediately  there 
will  appear  upon  the  paper  the  characteristic  blue  stain.  A 
number  of  such  impressions  may  thus  be  taken  from  one 
spot,  by  simply  adding  a  little  more  of  the  guaiacum  and 
the  ether,  and  repeating  the  pressure  upon  the  paper. 

Heinin  Crystals. — The  production  of  these  (known  as 
Teichman's  test)  is  proof  of  the  presence  of  blood,  but  does 
not  distinguish  human  from  other  blood.  The  material  to 
be  tested  is  mixed  in  the  dry,  powdered  condition,  with 
absolutely  glacial  acetic  acid  and  a  minute  amount  of  sodium 
chlorid,  and  upon  a  microscope  slide,  a  cover-glass  placed 
on  it,  and  heated  on  a  water-bath  for  a  short  time.  The 
hemin  crystals  should  be  examined  under  rather  high 
power. 

It  should  be  observed  that  the  chemical  tests  will  not  dis- 
tinguish arterial  from  venous  blood. 

II.  The  Microscopic  Test. — This  consists  in  the  identifi- 
cation of  the  blood  corpuscles — especially  the  red  ones — by 
means  of  the  microscope. 

The  class  of  stains  adapted  for  microscopic  examination 
are  those  in  which  decomposition  has  not  taken  place.  If 
the  stain  upon  the  garment  has  been  moist,  or  submerged 
in  water  for  a  considerable  time,  decomposition  may  have 


THE    MICROSCOPIC    TEST. 


135 


led  to  the  dissolution  of  the  corpuscles,  and  hence  interfere 
with  the  microscopic  examination  of  the  blood.  Such 
materials  containing  blood  will  offer  the  best  results  to  the 
chemical  and  spectroscopic  methods.  Of  the  other  class 
of  stains  submitted  for  examination,  they  will  be  either  (i) 
fresh,  that  is  stains  which  have  not  dried,  and  in  which  the 
blood  may  or  may  not  be  coagulated,  and  (2)  dry  stains, 
which  will  be  hereafter  referred  to  as  "  old  stains." 

In  the  examination  of  the  fresh  stains,  it  will  only  be 
necessary  to  make  a  thin  spread  upon  a  glass  slide  and 
allow  it  to  dry.  This  is  usually  best  accomplished  by 
placing  the  moist  blood  upon  the  slide  and  sweeping  the 
edge  of  another  slide  over  it,  thus  scattering  the  blood  in  a 
thin  layer,  which  must  be  allowed  to  dry  and  can  be 
examined  at  leisure  and  preserved  indefinitely. 

For  the  examination  of  dried  stains,  the  following 
reagents  and  apparatus  will  be  needed: — 'Chemically  clean 
slides  and  cover  glasses,  an  alcohol  lamp,  a  sharp  knife  of 
solid  metal  (so-called  antiseptic  handle),  a  microscopic 
needle  and  a  small  oiler  with  clean  oil.  A  moist  chamber, 
such  as  is  used  in  bacteriologic  work,  may  be  of  use.  The 
reaerents  will  be — 


(1st.)     Water 


(2d.)      Potassium  Hydroxid  .    I  part. 
Water 2  parts. 

(3d.)      Muller's  Fluid  :— 

Potassium  dichromate  I  part. 
Sodium  sulphate  .  .  2  parts. 
Water 100    " 


(4th.)     Muller's  Fluid  :— 
Glycerol,  q  s. 
The   glycerol  is  added  until  a  sp. 
gr.  of  1028  is  obtained. 

(5th.)     Glycerol i  part. 

Water 6  parts. 

(6th.)     Sodium  sulphate    .    ,  6  parts. 
Water 8  parts. 


The  blood  stains  to  be  examined  will   be  upon  bibu- 
lous    materials    or    non-bibulous    materials.       The     first 


136  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

includes  clothing,  wood  (unvarnished  or  unpainted),  car- 
pets and  similar  materials.  The  second  includes  metallic 
weapons,  buttons,  glass,  chinaware,  highly  polished  and 
painted  woodwork,  etc. 

In  searching  for  the  stains  upon  bibulous  materials,  an 
ordinary  hand  glass  or  a  two  inch  objective  may  be  used 
to  advantage.  The  light  demanded  will  depend  upon  the 
color  and  character  of  the  goods,  so  that  it  may  be  neces- 
sary to  try  bright  and  diffused  daylight  and  artificial  light. 
The  blood  spots,  when  found,  may  consist  of  distinct  drops, 
smears  or  smudges,  and  stains  which  have  been  influenced 
by  the  dilution  of  the  blood,  such  as  by  washing  the  stain  or 
stains  which  have  fallen  upon  a  wet  garment,  or  a  garment 
which  has  been  made  wet  before  coagulation  or  drying  of 
the  blood  took  place.  It  is  to  be  remembered  that  the 
more  rapidly  the  blood  dries,  the  better  it  will  be  preserved, 
and  for  this  reason  the  best  cells  will  be  obtained  from  the 
smaller  clots  or  diffused  smudges,  or  stains  which  have 
dried  rapidly. 

To  prepare  a  slide  for  examination,  the  suspected  spot  in 
clothing,  for  example,  is  bent  and  laid  upon  a  glass  slide, 
which  has  previously  been  breathed  upon,  in  order  to  make 
it  sufficiently  moist  to  cause  the  adhesion  of  the  small 
particles  which  may  fall  upon  it.  The  knife  blade  is  then 
passed  through  the  flame  of  an  alcoholic  lamp,  in  order  to 
destroy  any  organic  material  which  may  adhere  to  it;  then 
the  surface  of  the  cloth  is  gently  scraped  with  the  knife 
blade,  until  a  thin  layer  of  the  broken-up  stain  is  distinctly 
visible  to  the  naked  eye  upon  the  slide.  A  cover  glass  is 
then  dropped  on  this,  and  one  of  the  above  solutions 
allowed  to  flow  under  from  the  margin  until  it  has  dis- 
persed the  air  from  beneath  the  cover  glass,  at  least  most 
if  not  all  the  air. 


THE    MICROSCOPIC    TEST.  137 

The  slide  may  be  examined  immediately;  but,  if  it  is 
necessary  to  allow  it  to  soak  for  any  length  of  time,  the 
evaporation  of  the  fl^id  may  be  prevented  by  running 
around  the  margin  of  the  glass  a  small  quantity  of  oil — 
ordinary  machine  oil  being  applicable  for  this  purpose. 
The  fluid  containing  glycerol  and  the  potassium  hydroxid 
solution  do  not,  as  a  rule,  require  this  precaution  except  in 
very  warm  and  dry  weather,  or  when  the  slide  is  placed  in 
a  moist  chamber  and  allowed  to  digest.  It  is  better  to  pre- 
pare a  series  of  slides  from  each  stain,  using  different  fluids, 
because  different  stains  will  react  differently  with  different 
fluids. 

The  stains  on  non-bibulous  surfaces  may  be  chipped  off 
by  means  of  a  knife  or  small  needle,  placed  upon  a  slide 
and  broken  up,  a  cover  glass  dropped  on,  and  then  treated 
as  already  described  for  stains  on  bibulous  materials. 
Before  preparing  any  slide,  and  between  the  examination  of 
any  two  spots,  the  knife  or  needle  should  be  heated  in  order 
to  destroy  any  corpuscles  which  may  have  adhered  from  a 
previous  examination.  The  time  necessary  for  the  corpus- 
cles to  resolve  will  vary  from  a  few  minutes  to  twelve  hours, 
in  most  cases,  and  rarely  be  twenty-four  or  forty- eight 
hours.  During  the  interval,  however,  frequent  examina- 
tions should  be  made,  lest  the  corpuscles  swell  up  and 
ovoidal  ones  become  round,  and  round  ones  entirely  disap- 
pear. 

In  all  cases  it  is  proper  to  make  a  measurement  of  the 
corpuscles,  and  in  order  to  do  this,  two  micrometers  will  be 
needed — one  known  as  the  stage  micrometer,  ruled  in  twoo 
of  an  inch,  and  the  other  an  eye  piece  micrometer,  ruled 
with  equidistant  parallel  lines,  usually  y^  of  an  inch  apart, 
although  this  is  not  a  matter  of  any  great  importance,  as 
the  eye  piece  micrometer  must  be  standardized  before  each 


138  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

observation.  To  accomplish  this  the  eye  piece  micrometer 
should  be  placed  in  the  eye  piece,  and  the  stage  micro- 
meter upon  the  stage  of  the  microscope,  and  the  lens  and 
length  of  tube  so  adjusted  as  to  give  thirty-two  lines 
of  the  eye  piece  micrometer  between  the  lines  of  y^-g- 
of  an  inch  ruling  on  the  stage  micrometer,  or  ten  of  the 
10^0  6  of  ^^  inch,  which  is,  of  course,  equivalent.  The  lens 
which  has  been  of  most  use  is  the  ^  inch  objective  with 
^  inch  eye  piece.  Artificial  light  is  best,  as  it  can  be  reg- 
ulated. Very  accurate  measurements  can  be  made  by  this 
method. 

The  blood  corpuscles  of  man  and  most  of  the  mammals 
are  circular,  bi-concave  disks  without  nuclei.  The  excep- 
tion of  this  is  in  the  corpuscles  of  the  camel  and  llama, 
which  are  ovoidal  but  without  nucleus.  The  blood  cor- 
puscles of  reptiles,  birds  and  fishes  are  ovoidal  and  have  a 
nucleus,  with  the  exception  of  the  lamprey,  in  which  the 
corpuscles  are  circular,  but  nucleated.  By  reference  to  the 
accompanying  table,  there ,  will  be  little  difficulty  in  differ- 
entiating corpuscles  belonging  to  mammals  from  those  of 
reptiles,  birds  and  fishes. 

That  human  corpuscles  are  altered  by  some  diseases,  does 
not  militate  against  the  microscopic  examination.  There 
is  no  disease  in  which  the  mammalian  characteristics  are 
entirely  lost,  and  in  which  an  expert  microscopist  would  be 
likely  to  be  misled.  In  pernicious  anemia,  leukemia,  pur- 
pura, yellow  fever  and  allied  diseases,  the  blood  undergoes 
important  changes,  but  this  does  not  disguise  the  character- 
istic appearance  of  blood  corpuscles.  It  is  not  deemed 
necessary  to  go  into  any  discussion  over  the  question 
whether  the  expert  can  differentiate  the  blood  of  a  human 
being  from  that  of  other  mammals ;  sufficient  to  say  that  all 
the  expert  can  consistently  do,  in  the  present  state  of  our 


THE    MICROSCOPIC    TEST,  139 

knowledge,  is  to  say  that  the  blood  is  mammalian  blood, 
and  from  his  examination  and  measurements  it  is  consistent 
with  human  blood. 

Sources  of  Error. — In  making  the  examination  it  is  to  be 
remembered  that  solutions  of  the  same  specific  gravity  of  the 
blood,  or  lighter,  will  lead  to  the  eventual  swelling  up  and 
dissolution  of  the  corpuscles,  and  that  from  long  soaking 
ovoidal  corpuscles  may  become  circular  from  the  imbibition 
of  water.  Certain  vegetable  structures,  notably  sporules  and 
some  algae,  may  resemble  blood  cells;  but  the  vegetable  cell 
is  not  biconcave  and  has  not  the  translucency  of  the  animal 
cell,  and  prolonged  soaking  does  not  alter  it  as  it  does  the 
blood  corpuscle. 

The  following  tables  present  a  synopsis  of  recent  trust- 
worthy measurements  of  the  blood  corpuscles  of  various 
animals  : 


140  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

Comparative  Study  of  Blood  Corpuscles. 


Animal. 


Man 

Guinea  Pig  ...» 

Wolf 

Dog 

Rabbit 

Ox 

Pig 

Horse 

Sheep    

Goat 

Monkey 

Kangaroo 

Beaver  

Seal 

Walrus 

Elephant 

Great  Ant-Eater  .    . 

Capybara  

Sloth 


Observer. 

•a  S  (u 
u  «  g 
ecu 

I 
3200 

I 
3500 

I 
3600 

I 

1 

_4) 
0 

•6 

0 

I 

3200 

I 

3538 

I 

3600 

I 

I 

3250 

I 

3223 
I 

3422 
I 

I 

3200 
I 

3400 
I 

3450 
I 

3532 
I 

3561 
I 

3580 
I 

3500 

I 

3607 

I 

4267 
1 

3653 

I 

4219' 

I 

4268 

I 

3662 
I 

3600 

I 

4200 

I 

4200 
I 

4230 
I 

4250 
I 

4200 
I 

4600 

I 

4243 
I 

4310 

I 

4500 
I 

5300 
I 

"6^66 
I 

3412 
I 

4912 

I 

6189" 

I 

338"^' 

I 

5000 
I 

6100 
I 

5000 

I 

6100 

I 

3400 

I 

3400 
I 

3400 
I 

3300 

I 

3440 

I 

3325 

I 

328? 
I 

2769 

I 

3410 

I 
^38 

I 

3164 

3400 

I 

3325 

I 

3200 

3200 

I 

2700 

I 

2700 

2700 

I 

3100 

I 

2800 

2745 
I 

2769" 

I 
3790 

I 

2865 

Appearance  of  Cell. 


Biconcave    disk   without 
nucleus. 


COMPARATIVE   STUDY    OF    BLOOD    CORPUSCLES. 


141 


Comparative  Study  of  Blood  Corpuscles — Continued. 


Animal, 


Observer. 


Appearance  of  Cell. 


Whale  .  , 
Opossum  , 
Cat  .  ,  . 
Musk  Rat , 

Camel    • 
Chicken 


f  Long  diameter 


3099 
I 

3557 
I 

4404 

I 

3550 
I 


Short 


3361 
I 

6229 
I 

(  Long  diameter 

'^  !  2102 


3145 
I 

4372 
I 

328^ 
I 

3201 
I 


Short 


{Long  diameter 


Short 


Pigeon 


Quail 


Dove 


(Long  diameter: 
Short 
fLong  diameter 
Short 
f  Long  diameter 


•  Short        " 

(Long  diameter 
Short        " 
Duck,  long  diameter   . 


Goose 


I 

3466 
I 

2045 
I 

^98 
I 

1973 
I 

3643 
I 

2347" 
I 

3470 
I 

2005 
I 

3369 
I 

I 

3839 
I 

1937 


I 

2080 
I 

3483 
I 

7894 
I 

3444 
I 

1892 
I 

3804 


I 

195? 


1900 


Biconcave    disk   without 
nucleus. 


Ovoid,  biconcave  with- 
out nucleus. 


Ovoid,  with  nucleus. 


142  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

Comparative  Study  of  Blood  Corpuscles — Continued. 


Animal. 


Duck,  short  diameter  . 

_        .        f  Long  diameter 
Tortoise    J 

(^^"'^^     1  Short        « 
Turtle      r  Long  diameter 
(""^^^"^     I  Short       « 


Viper 


Frog  . 


Toad 


Trout 


Perch 


Eel 


{Long  diameter 
Short 
(Long  diameter 
Short 
(Long  diameter 
Short        " 
(Long  diameter 
Short        " 
(Long  diameter 
Short 
f  Long  diameter 


Short 

Lamprey 

"        nucleus  of . 


Observbr. 


3424 
I 

1252 
I 

2216 
I 

1231 
I 

T882 
I 


1274 
I 

1800 

I 
T108 

I 

782? 

I 

1043 

I 

20OD 
I 

"1524 
I 

2460 
I 

2099 
I 

2460 
I 

■1747 
I 

2842 
I 

2134 
I 

6400 


3504 
I 

1250 
I 


1089 
I 

TsoT 


0)  rt  e 


3500 

I 

1200 
I 

2200 

I 

1200 
I 

1900 
I 

1200 
I 

1800 
I 

1 100 
I 

1800 
I 

1000 

I 
2000 

I 

1500 

I 

2400 
I 

2100 
I 

2500' 

I 

1700 
I 

2800 
I 

2100 
I 

6400 


Appearance  of  Cell. 


Ovoid,  with  nucleus. 


Disk  with  nucleus. 


COMPARATIVE   STUDY    OF    BLOOD   CORPUSCLES.  143 

III.  The  Optical  or  Spectroscopic  Test. — The  application 
of  the  spectroscope  to  the  identification  of  blood  depends 
upon  the  fact  that  various  colored  solutions  possess  the 
power  of  absorbing  different  portions  of  the  spectrum,  pro- 
ducing in  the  latter  certain  dark  spaces,  called  absorption- 
bands.  Blood  produces  a  very  decided  effect,  even  in 
minute  quantities. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  in  perfectly  fresh  arterial 
blood,  the  coloring  matter  exists  as  hemoglobin,  (i)  When 
this  is  examined  by  the  spectroscope,  it  will  be  seen  to  pro- 
duce two  absorption-bands  of  different  widths  in  the  spec- 
trum, in  the  yellower  half  of  the  green  space ;  also,  the 
blue  end  is  darkened.  When  hemoglobin  is  acted  upon  by 
acids  and  alkalies,  or  kept  for  a  long  time,  especially  in  a 
damp  place,  it  acquires  a  brown  color,  becomes  deoxidized, 
and  is  finally  changed  into  hem.atin.  (2)  The  spectrum  of 
deoxidized  hemoglobin,  or  of  venous  blood,  shows  a  single 
broad  absorption-band,  visible  in  the  green  ;  the  blue  end 
is  also  darkened.  (3)  After  a  short  exposure  to  the  air, 
it  gives  a  spectrum  with  the  blue  end  darkened,  the  two 
bands  of  oxidized  hemoglobin  much  weakened,  with  a 
third  band  visible  in  the  red  (methemoglobin).  (4)  The 
spectrum  of  deoxidized  hematin,  or  of  blood  after  prolonged 
exposure  to  air,  shows  the  blue  end  darkened,  and  two 
well-defined  bands  in  the  green,  but  stronger  than  in  (i), 
and  with  disappearance  of  the  band  in  the  red. 

Struve's  process  for  the  extraction  of  blood-stains  is 
recommended  by  Klein.  It  consists  in  placing  the  stained 
spot  in  a  test-tube  and  covering  it  'with  a  small  quantity 
of  cold  water,  through  which  a  slow  stream  of  carbon 
dioxid  is  made  to  pass.  If  the  stain  is  fresh  (within  a 
day),  the  solution  will  be  complete  in  about  ten  minutes ;  if 
a  month  old,  about  thirty  minutes  will  be  required ;  if  two 


144  MEDICAL   JURISPKUDENCE. 

months  old,  one  hour's  exposure  may  be  necessary.  The 
dear  sohition  thus  obtained  is  to  be  examined  spectroscopi- 
cally.  In  the  case  of  very  fresh  stains,  the  two  absorption- 
bands  of  oxyhemoglobin  are  alone  visible ;  but  in  propor- 
tion to  the  age  of  the  stain,  the  methemoglobin-band  in  the 
red  portion  becomes  more  and  more  decided,  and  in  stains 
six  to  eight  months  old  this  is  the  only  band  visible. 

A  dilute  solution  of  hydrogen  cyanid  (i  to  2  drops  of  a 
I  :  lOOO  solution)  has  the  effect  of  changing  the  methemo- 
globin-band in  the  red  into  the  two  characteristic  bands 
of  hemoglobin  in  the  yellow  and  green  portions;  whilst 
solutions  of  fresh  blood-stains  are  apparently  unchanged. 
Hence  the  action  of  this  reagent  may  possibly  afford  a 
means  of  determining  the  age  of  a  given  stain. 

The  form  of  apparatus  best  adapted  for  spectroscopic 
examination  of  blood  is  that  suggested  by  Sorby,  to 
whose  researches  we  are  chiefly  indebted  for  our  knowledge 
in  this  branch  of  investigation.  It  is  a  combination  of  the 
microscope  and  spectroscope.  The  micro-spectroscope  has 
the  advantage  over  the  ordinary  spectroscope  in  that  a  com- 
parison prism  is  inserted,  by  means  of  which  a  fluid 
of  knovv'n  composition  may  be  compared  with  the  fluid 
under  investigation,  the  two  spectra  appearing  under  the 
microscope  side  by  side.  The  fluid  prepared  for  micro- 
spectroscope  examination  is  the  same  as  that  used  for  the 
ordinary  spectroscope,  which  has  beqn  previously  described. 
By  using  cells  made  from  the  segments  of  barometer  tub- 
ing, a  very  thick  layer  of  blood,  one  inch  in  depth,  may  be 
used  in  the  spectroscope,  when  only  four  or  five  drops 
of  the  suspected  fluid  are  obtainable. 

The  important  question  in  this  connection  is  — Do  other 
substances  give  similar  spectra  to  those  of  blood?  Accord- 
ing to  Sorby,  nothing   gives   a  spectrum  precisely  similar 


THE   SPECTROSCOPIC    TEST.  145 

to  that  produced  by  oxyhemoglobin,  although  certain  other 
bodies  produce  absorption-lines  somewhat  resembling  the 
former,  but  easily  distinguishable  by  a  practiced  observer. 
Thus,  the  coloring  matter  of  the  petals  of  Cineraria  give 
two  absorption-bands ;  but  they  are  easily  distinguished 
by  the  action  of  ammonium  hydroxid.  Cochineal,  madder, 
and  other  red  dyes,  dissolved  in  alum,  although  affording 
bands  somewhat  resembling  those  produced  by  blood,  may 
be  distinguished  from  the  latter  by  the  use  of  ammonium 
hydroxid  and  potassium  sulphite. 

We  must,  therefore,  admit  that  the  spectroscope  affords 
a  valuable  and  delicate  test  for  the  presence  of  blood.  It 
cannot,  however,  discriminate  between  human  blood  and 
that  of  any  of  the  lower  animals;  in  this  respect,  therefore, 
it  is  inferior  to  the  microscope,  as  a  test. 

BURNS  AND  SCALDS. 

A  Burn  is  an  injury  to  the  body,  caused  by  heat  applied 
either  in  the  form  of  a  heated  solid  substance,  or  by  flame, 
or  by  radiant  heat. 

A  scald  is  an  injury  produced  by  a  heated  liquid,  applied 
to  the  body. 

Burns  and  scalds  are  not,  strictly  speaking,  wounds; 
though  legally  they  are  comprised  under  the  term,  bodily 
injuries.  The  effects  of  corrosive  liquids,  such  as  sulphuric 
and  other  mineral  acids,  and  the  strong  alkalies,  closely 
resemble  burns,  and  they  are  so  regarded  in  law.  Boiling 
liquids  taken  internally  may  produce  internal  scalds. 

The  intensity  of  a  burn  is  dependent  upon  the  degree  of 
heat  applied :  it  varies  from  a  slight  redness  to  a  complete 
charring  of  the  tissues.  Metals  heated  to  redness  produce 
very  severe  burns,  even  to  the  destruction  of  the  flesh;  but 
if  in  a  state  of  fusion,  the  injury  is  yet  more  serious,  in  con- 


146  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

sequence  of  the  partial  adhesion  of  the  molten  mass  to  the 
skin.  Boiling  oils  produce  as  decided  effects  as  hot  solids 
or  molten  metals.  Boiling  water  causes  scalds,  more  or  less 
severe,  attended  with  vesications  containing  serum;  but  it 
never  chars,  or  destroys  the  tissue. 

According  to  Dupuytren,  burns  may  be  classified  as 
follows,  according  to  their  degree  or  extent: 

(i)  Superficial  inflammation  of  the  skin,  without  vesication. 

(2)  Vesication,  or  blisters,  containing  serum,  sometimes 
clear,  and  sometimes  opaque  and  bloody.  If  the  cuticle  be 
removed,  the  true  skin  is  very  red  and  granulated,  and 
secretes  pus. 

(3)  Destruction  of  the  external  surface  of  the  true  skin, 
forming  an  eschar,  which  may  be  soft  and  yellow  if  made 
by  a  liquid,  or  hard  and  brown  or  black,  if  resulting  from 
a  solid.  The  surrounding  skin  is  red  and  blistered.  This 
form  of  burns  leaves  ugly  cicatrices,  which  are  white  and 
shining. 

(4)  Disorganization  of  the  whole  skin ;  these  differ  from 
the  last  only  in  the  deeper  destruction  of  the  parts,  and  in 
the  thickness  of  the  sloughs.  The  resulting  scars  are 
puckered,  and  depressed  below  the  level  of  the  skin. 

(5)  The  destruction  here  extends  through  the  skin,  and 
includes  the  cellular  tissue  and  a  portion  of  the  muscles. 
The  general  character  is  the  same  as  in  (4). 

(6)  Complete  carbonization  of  the  burnt  part,  as  when  a 
portion  of  the  body  is  roasted  by  the  fire. 

The  important  medico-legal  question  to  determine  is — 
Was  the  burn  upon  the  body  made  before  or  after  death  ? 
It  is  evident  that  an  assassin  might  murder  his  victim,  and 
then  set  fire  to  the  house,  hoping  thus  to  escape  detection. 
If  a  body  be  found  completely  charred,  it  will  be  impossible 
to  determine  whether  it  was  living  or  dead  when  acted  upon 


DID  THE  BURN  OCCUR  BEFORE  OR  AFTER  DEATH  ?  147 

by  the  heat;  but  if  the  burn  be  less  extensive,  it  may  be 
possible  to  form  an  opinion. 

As  regards  vesications  which  result  from  moderately 
heated  solids,  or  from  scalding  liquids,  if  they  contain 
serum,  their  presence,  as  a  rule,  indicates  that  the  burn  was 
inflicted  during  life.  The  experiments  of  Christison,  Taylor 
and  Tidy  go  to  show  that,  although  the  application  of  heat 
to  a  body  within  a  few  minutes  after  death  may  sometimes 
produce  a  blister,  this,  however,  does  not  contain  serum, 
but  only  gas;  serous  exudation  must  be  regarded  as  vital. 
There  may  be  an  exception  to  the  above  rule  in  the  case  of 
dropsical  subjects,  in  whom  it  is  stated  on  good  authority 
that  serons  blisters  may  be  produced  after  death,  by  the 
application  of  heat.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  the  absence  of 
vesication  should  not  be  regarded  as  a  proof  that  the  burn 
was  not  inflicted  during  life,  since  vesication  is  not  always  a 
necessary  result  of  a  burn;  besides,  it  is  quite  possible  that 
only  the  more  serious  results  may  be  visible.  It  is  recom- 
mended, in  all  doubtful  cases,  to  examine  the  cuticle  mi- 
nutely, with  a  lens,  for  minute  apertures  through  which  the 
serum  may  have  escaped. 

Another  sign  of  burning  during  life  is  the  presence  of  a 
red  line  around  the  burn,  which  gradually  merges  into  the 
color  of  the  surrounding  skin.  This  red  border  remains 
after  death,  and  cannot  be  produced,  according  to  Christison 
and  Taylor,  by  the  application  of  heat  to  the  dead  body. 
Tidy's  conclusions,  based  upon  a  series  of  his  own  ex- 
periments, are  that  "  when  serous  blisters  are  seen  on  a 
dead  body,  the  serum  being  thick  and  rich  in  albumin,  and 
the  blisters  surrounded  by  a  deeply  injected  red  line,  the 
true  skin,  after  the  removal  of  the  cuticle,  also  presenting  a 
reddened  appearance,  the  evidence  is  strong  that  the  burn 
was  produced  during  the  life  of  the  person;  while  it  is  con- 


148  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

elusive  that  it  was  caused  during  the  Hfe  of  the  part.  But 
if  the  bhster  contains  air,  the  true  skin,  after  the  removal  of 
the  cuticle,  appearing  dry  and  unglazed,  of  a  dull  white 
color,  or  grayish;  or,  if  the  blister  contained  a  little  thin, 
non-albuminous  serum,  there  being  in  neither  case  any  red 
surrounding  line,  nor  any  injected  condition  of  the  cutis 
vera,  the  evidence  is  strong  that  the  burn  was  inflicted 
after  death." 

The  danger  of  burns  depends  more  on  their  extent  than 
their  depth.  The  reason  of  this  is  that  extensive  burns  . 
involve  a  greater  number  of  sensory  nerves,  and  a  greater 
extent  of  surface  is  prevented  from  performing  the  function 
of  excretion  and  heat  regulation.  Thus,  a  large  superficial 
scald,  especially  in  young  children,  is  very  apt  to  prove 
fatal,  the  symptoms  being  stupor,  somnolence,  pallor  of 
face,  and  feeble  pulse,  with  slow  and  stertorous  breathing — 
very  similar  to  those  of  narcotic  poisoning,  for  which,  in- 
deed, they  have  sometimes  been  mistaken.  It  has  been 
ascertained  that  if  one-half  to  two-thirds  of  the  entire  skin 
be  involved,  the  burn  will  certainly  prove  fatal;  but  practi- 
cally, one  involving  one-third  of  the  body,  if  severe,  would 
be  very  likely  to  cause  death.  But  here,  many  circum- 
stances will  have  to  be  considered,  such  as  the  age,  consti- 
tution, the  part  affected,  and  the  character  of  the  burn. 
Burns  are  more  dangerous  in  the  young;  more  so  on  the 
trunk  of  the  body  than  on  the  limbs;  and  more  so  if  in 
separate  patches  than  if  continuous,  provided  they  are  of 
equal  extent.  Gunpowder  burns  are  considered  more  dan- 
gerous than  those  produced  by  steam. 

The  Causes  of  Death  from  burns  are  various:  as  (i) 
bodily  injury;  as  in  the  case  of  conflagrations  of  buildings, 
where  instantaneous  death  may  result  from  the  fall  of  tim- 
bers, walls,  etc.,  or  from  leaping  out  of  a  window,  or  from 


WOUNDS    UPON    THE    BURNED.  149 

a  roof.  (2)  Suffocation,  either  from  the  smoke,  or  from  the 
want  of  air.  (3)  Shock;  this  is  probably  the  most  frequent 
cause  of  death  after  extensive  burns.  (4)  Coma,  convul- 
sions or  tetanus.  (5)  Bronchitis,  pneumonia  and  other 
thoracic  symptoms.  (6)  Enteritis  and  peritonitis.  (7) 
Exhaustion.     (8)  Gangrene,  pyemia,  etc. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — These  are  often  not  well 
marked,  the  most  constant  lesions  being  a  capillary  injec- 
tion of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  alimentary  canal  and 
bronchi,  and  serous  effusion  into  the  ventricles  of  the  brain. 
In  cases  where  the  death  has  occurred  from  injury,  or  from 
suffocation,  the  usual  lesions  would,  of  course,  be  discov- 
ered after  death ;  but  if  the  body  has  been  completely  charred 
or  roasted,  it  will  probably  be  impossible  to  distinguish 
anything  to  enable  us  to  form  an  opinion  as  to  whether  the 
death  had  preceded  the  burning,  or  not.  The  means  of 
identifying  the  charred  remains  of  a  burnt  body  have  already 
been  pointed  out. 

Wounds  upon  the  Burned. — From  the  fact  that  murder  is 
frequently  committed,  arid  the  body  subsequently  burned 
by  a  criminal,  with  a  view  of  destroying  the  traces  of  his 
crime,  it  is  important  for  the  legal  physician  always  to  ex- 
amine the  body  for  wounds.  There  are  certain  mechanical 
effects  produced  upon  the  body  by  fire,  which  might  possi- 
bly be  mistaken  for  wounds  made  before  death,  such  as 
fissure  in  the  thorax  or  abdomen,  or  in  the  neighborhood 
of  the  large  joints.  These  fissures  are  generally  irregular 
in  form ;  and  as  the  blood-vessels,  by  their  elasticity,  are  apt 
to  escape  being  torn,  these  may  be  seen  intact,  stretching 
across  the  fissure.  This  appearance  is  always  indicative 
that  the  opening  was  caused  by  heat,  and  was  not  a  real 
wound.     A  case  is  mentioned  in  which  two  old  people  were 


150  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

found  burned  in  their  house;  the  fact  of  their  having  been 
previously  stunned,  if  not  killed,  by  blows  on  the  head,  was 
ascertained  by  the  existence  of  fractures  of  the  skull,  under 
which  coagulated  blood  was  found  upon  the  dura  mater. 
Where  the  heat  has  been  excessive,  the  bones  of  the  de- 
ceased may  be  found  more  or  less  cracked,  or  split,  and 
sometimes  even  crumbled  to  pieces.  Ordinary  incised, 
punctured,  or  contused  wounds,  made  before  death,  could 
not  be  identified  in  a  body  completely  charred  by  fire. 

As  to  the  question  of  the  burning  being  accidental,  sui- 
cidal or  homicidal,  it  may  be  assumed  that  death  by  burn- 
ing is  nearly  always  accidental;  and  such  cases  are,  unfor- 
tunately, of  frequent  occurrence.  Death,  in  such  accidental 
instances,  mostly  occurs  at  some  distance  from  the  fire,  in 
consequence  of  the  removal  of  the  injured  person;  although 
of  course  it  may  take  place  at  the  time  and  place  of  the 
conflagration.  The  fact  that  a  dead  body  is  found  near  the 
fire  may  very  naturally  suggest  the  idea  of  accident,  since 
an  intoxicated  or  a  deceased  person  may  have  caught  fire, 
and  been  unable  to  move.  In  all  such  cases,  it  is  important 
to  examine  the  body  for  marks  of  violence,  with  the  precau- 
tions given  above.  Furthermore,  a  case  might  present 
itself  where  severe  wounds  were  found  on  a  burnt  body, 
and  the  question  might  arise  whether  the  wounds  or  the 
fire  had  been  the  cause  of  death  ?  No  general  rules  can  be 
given  for  guidance  in  such  cases;  each  one  must  be  deter- 
mined by  the  attending  circumstances. 

The  question  of  Spontaneous  Combustion  of  the  human 
body  presents  itself  here  for  a  brief  notice.  It  has  occa- 
sioned considerable  discussion  in  the  scientific  world  for 
many  years  past;  but  although  some  remarkable  instances 
are  related  of  apparent  spontaneous  combustion  of  the 
human  body,  originating  while  alive,  on  close  investigation, 


VIOLENT    DEATH    FROM    APNEA.  151 

it  will  be  found  that  some  source  of  fire  had  invariably  been 
present,  from  which  the  combustion  took  its  origin — such 
as  a  lighted  pipe,  or  candle, — and  that  the  body  was  that  of 
an  habitual  spirit  drinker,  and  nearly  always  that  of  a  very 
fat  person — conditions  highly  favorable  for  the  process  of 
combustion,  when  once  originated. 

From  the  known  composition  of  the  human  body — nearly 
75  per  cent,  being  water — it  would  seem  to  be  impossible 
even  to  burn  it  up,  except  by  the  application  of  a  high 
degree  of  heat,  and  for  a  long  time,  such  as  is  required  by 
the  process  of  cremation.  Certainly,  the  weight  of  authority 
is  against  the  belief  in  spontaneous  combustion  of  the  human 
body;  no  person  of  position  or  authority  has  ever  witnessed 
such  a  phenomenon. 

It  is,  of  course,  an  admitted  fact  that  various  organic 
and  mineral  substances  undergo  spontaneous  combustion, 
through  the  action  of  oxygen,  especially  when  exposed  to 
the  action  of  the  air,  in  a  state  of  fine  powder  or  extended 
surface,  as  in  flour- mills  and  other  places  where  much  fine 
dust  is  evolved.  Conflagrations  of  large  buildings  have 
frequently  thus  originated,  involving  important  questions  as 
to  incendiarism  and  fire  insurance. 

DEATH  FROM  DIFFERENT  FORMS  OF  APNEA  (ASPHYXIA). 

This  includes  death  from  Suffocation,  Strangulation,  Hang- 
ing and  Drowning,  in  all  of  which  life  is  destroyed  chiefly,  if 
not  exclusively,  by  apnea  or  asphyxia.  All  these  modes  of 
violent  death  possess  certain  points  in  common,  while,  at 
the  same  time,  each  of  them  is  distinguished  by  individual 
peculiarities,  which  render  a  separate  consideration  desira- 
ble.   Their  common  properties  will  be  first  briefly  considered. 

In  all  cases  of  apnea,  death  begins  in  the  lungs,  and  this 
is  brought  about  simply  by  excluding  the  air  from  these 


152  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

organs.  This  is  brought  about  in  various  ways  :  mechanical 
pressure  upon  the  throat  or  thorax,  as  in  throttling;  by  lig- 
ature around  the  throat,  as  in  hanging  and  strangling ;  by 
the  flow  of  water  into  the  windpipe,  as  in  drowning ;  by 
foreign  bodies  getting  into  the  larynx  and  trachea,  as  in 
choking ;  by  being  shut  up  in  a  box,  entombed  alive,  or 
buried  under  ruins,  or  in  a  sand  bank,  or  snow  drift ;  or  by 
some  disease  of  the  throat,  as  edema  and  spasm  of  the 
glottis,  membranous  croup,  etc. ; — all  of  which  produce 
death  by  simply  arresting  the  function  of  respiration. 

Likewise,  there  are  exhibited  certain  signs  or  phenomena, 
both  before  and  after  death,  which  indicate  death  by  apnea. 
These  are  lividity  of  the  lips,  fingers,  and  other  extremities, 
and  generally  of  the  whole  face,  together  with  a  swollen 
appearance  of  the  countenance :  convulsive  movements 
of  the  arms  and  legs,  at  first  partly  voluntary,  but  soon 
becoming  spasmodic  and  involuntary,  as  seen  in  the 
struggles  to  breathe;  the  veins  become  turgid;  the  pulse, 
at  first  full  and  rapid,  soon  becomes  feeble ;  there  is  often 
frothing  at  the  mouth,  which  may,  at  times,  be  tinged  with 
blood  from  wounding  of  the  tongue ;  there  is  frequently 
turgescence  of  the  genital  organs,  and  involuntary  discharges 
of  semen,  urine  and  feces.  Abortive  'attempts  at  respira- 
tion are  made  for  awhile,  but  finally  these  cease,  and  the 
heart  at  last  ceases  to  pulsate. 

Consciousness  is  lost  very  early,  although  in  the  earliest 
stage  there  may  be  remarkable  activity  of  the  senses.  This 
stage  lasts  only  for  a  very  brief  time ;  such  is  the  testimony 
of  persons  who  have  been  rescued  from  drowning,  or  who 
have  been  cut  down  from  hanging,  and  of  those  who  have 
experimented  upon, themselves  by  partial  strangulation. 

This  kind  of  death  is  rapid,  not  requiring  more  than 
three   to    five  minutes,  though  there   are   some  apparent 


SUFFOCATION.  153 

exceptions  in  the  case  of  drowning.     These  will  be  referred 
to  hereafter. 

The  post-mortem  appearances  in  all  these  varieties  of 
death  by  apnea  are,  in  the  main,  very  similar.  These  are 
lividity  of  the  lips,  fingers  and  other  parts  of  the  body,  as 
seen  before  death ;  in  drowning,  the  face  is  apt  to  be  pale ; 
sometimes,  likewise,  in  hanging.  The  venous  system  is 
generally  full  of  blood.  The  right  side  of  the  heart, 
together  with  the  lungs,  is  usually  gorged  with  dark  blood  ; 
if  death  has  been  rapid,  post-mortem  clots  will  be  found  in 
the  heart  cavities  ;  if  it  has  been  slow,  ante-mortem  or  white 
clots  may  be  found  ;  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  bronchial 
tubes  deeply  congested.  In  young  persons,  the  blood- 
vessels of  the  lungs  will  often  be  found  empty,  and  the 
lungs  emphysematous,  from  the  violent  efforts  made  to 
respire.  Minute  extravasations  of  blood  (ecchymoses)  are 
found  in  the  mucous  and  serous  membranes,  as  the  pleura, 
pericardium,  endocardium,  peritoneum,  etc.  The  veins  and 
sinuses  of  the  brain  are  usually  turgid  with  blood,  and  the 
brain  itself  filled  with  bloody  points.  The  solid  viscera,  as 
the  liver,  spleen  and  kidneys,  will  generally  be  congested. 
The  blood  itself  is  mostly  fluid  and  dark-colored,  except 
in  suffocation  from  carbon  monoxid,  when  its  color  is 
bright  red. 

Suffocation,  properly  speaking,  includes  every  variety  of 
death  resulting  from  an  impediment  to  respiration.  But  as 
Strangulation,  Hanging  and  Drowning  are  considered  sep- 
arately, the  term  is  here  restricted  to  the  other  modes 
of  death  by  apnea. 

Cases  of  accidental  suffocation  are  numerous.  Infants 
have  thus  perished  by  being  too  closely  wrapped  up,  or  by 
being  overlaid  by  their  mothers.  Young  children,  feeble 
13 


154  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

persons,  epileptics  and  drunkards  have  been  suffocated  by 
falling  into  ashes,  soft  mud,  feathers  and  similar  articles, 
from  which  they  have  been  unable  to  extricate  themselves. 
Mechanical  pressure  on  the  thorax,  as  occurs  in  vast 
crowds  of  people,  has  destroyed  life  by  suffocation.  The 
accidental  slipping  into  the  larynx  of  small  bodies,  such  as 
peas,  grains  of  corn,  marbles,  etc.,  from  the  mouth,  particu- 
larly in  children ;  the  lodgment  of  a  piece  of  meat  in  the 
air  passages  (choking) ;  the  detachment  of  a  bronchial 
gland  which  becomes  impacted  in  the  larynx ;  the  escape 
of  a  lumbricus  from  the  stomach,  and  its  entering  the 
larynx ;  the  passing  of  vomited  matters  and  of  blood  into 
the  windpipe ;  various  disorders  of  the  throat,  as  edema 
and  spasm  of  the  glottis,  croup,  diphtheria,  abscess,  etc. ; — 
all  of  these  are  examples  of  accidental  suffocation. 

Suicidal  suffocation  is  extremely  rare,  though  a  few 
remarkable  cases  are  mentioned  by  authors.  In  one  case — 
that  of  a  young  woman — death  was  caused  by  a  ball  of 
hay,  whicl>she  had  thrust  down  the  throat  into  the  pharynx, 
behind  the  larynx,  and  which  was  just  visible  when  the 
mouth  was  widely  opened. 

Homicidal  suffocation  is  usually  practiced  upon  infants, 
the  aged,  or  those  who  are  otherwise  helpless.  Suffocation 
is  undoubtedly  a  very  common  mode  of  destroying  new- 
born children ;  it  is  very  easily  effected,  and  may  leave 
behind  it  no  characteristic  traces ;  death,  in  such  cases, 
being  usually  attributed  to  convulsions.  The  notorious 
Edinburgh  murderers,  Burke  and  Hare,  destroyed  their 
victims  by  suffocation,  by  forcibly  closing  their  mouth  and 
nostrils,  and  at  the  same  time  bearing  their  whole  weight 
upon  their  breast.  A  curious  Scotch  case  is  recorded, 
where  an  intemperate  woman,  over  sixty  years  of  age,  was 
found  dead,  with  a  wound  upon  the  scalp,  emphysema  in 


SUFFOCATION.  1 55 

the  chest,  and  seven  ribs  fractured.  The  face  was  pale  and 
composed,  the  eyes  closed,  and  the  tongue  slightly  pro- 
truding. On  examination,  the  cork  of  a  quart  bottle  was 
found  in  her  larynx,  the  sealed  end  being  uppermost.  The 
epiglottis,  trachea  and  larynx  were  considerably  injected. 
It  was  attempted,  on  the  trial,  to  show  that  the  deceased 
had  drawn  out  the  cork  with  her  teeth,  but  that  it  was  sud- 
denly forced  into  her  windpipe,  while  she  was  drunk.  But 
this  was  negatived  by  the  fact  that  the  sealed  end  of  the 
cork  was  uppermost,  and  also  by  the  marks  of  the  cork- 
screw. It  was  thence  concluded  that  the  cork  had  been 
forcibly  pushed  into  her  windpipe,  while  she  was  unable  to 
resist,  through  intoxication.  Another  case  of  homicidal 
suffocation  is  that  of  a  Russian  sentry,  found  dead  in  his 
watch-box,  with  a  large  piece  of  meat  in  the  lower  part 
of  the  pharynx,  pressing  upon  and  partly  in  the  glottis. 
His  death  was,  therefore,  supposed  to  be  accidental.  Some 
years  after,  his  superior  officer,  in  dying,  confessed  that 
he  had  first  suffocated  the  man,  and  then  placed  the  piece 
of  meat  in  his  throat,  in  order  to  divert  suspicion  from 
himself. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — 'Lividity  and  swelling  of  the 
face  and  lips  are  usual,  but  in  accidental  cases,  the  face  may 
be  placid ;  the  eyes  are  congested ;  minute  ecchymoses 
appear  on  the  neck  and  chest ;  with  mucous  froth,  some- 
times bloody,  about  the  mouth  and  nose ;  the  lungs  and 
right  side  of  the  heart  may  be  gorged  with  dark  blood;  but 
in  some  cases,  especially  in  young  children,  the  lungs  may 
be  empty  of  blood,  and  emphysematous.  Hence,  the  con- 
dition of  the  lungs  and  heart,  as  it  varies  so  much,  cannot 
be  relied  on  in  a  diagnosis.  Stress  has  been  laid  upon 
the  presence  of  minute  punctiform  ecchymoses,  especially 
on  the  lungs  of  new-born  infants,  who  have  been  suffocated, 


156  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

These  spots  are  also  found  on  the  pleura,  lining  membrane 
of  the  heart,  membranes  of  the  brain,  peritoneum,  and 
mucous  lining  of  the  windpipe,  but  their  value  is  not  uni- 
versally acknowledged.  The  blood  is  dark  and  very  fluid. 
The  kidneys  are  deeply  congested. 

As  these  post-mortem  signs  are  also  found  in  other 
forms  of  death  by  apnea,  they  cannot  be  considered  as 
characteristic  of  death  by  suffocation.  Consequently,  the 
examiner  should  be  cautious  in  expressing  his  opinion  as 
to  the  cause  of  death.  If  a  dead  body  be  discovered  in 
sand,  earth,  ashes,  or  similar  substances,  the  question 
whether  it  was  placed  there  before  or  after  death  must  be 
decided  by  a  careful  examination.  If  the  substances  be 
found  in  the  air-passages,  and  especially  in  the  esophagus 
and  stomach,  it  may  be  concluded  that  the  person  was  alive 
at  the  time. 

Asphyxia  from  Charcoal  Gas. — The  gases  evolved  by 
burning  charcoal  consist  of  carbon  dioxid  and  carbon 
monoxid ;  the  relative  proportion  of  them  will  depend 
on  the  air  supply.  If  this  be  abundant,  the  former  gas  will 
be  considerably  in  excess  ;  if  imperfect,  the  latter  gas  will  be 
in  greater  quantity.  Charcoal  burning  in  the  open  air  pro- 
duces but  a  small  amount  of  monoxid.  An  atmosphere 
containing  5  per  cent,  of  carbon  dioxid  and  ^  per  cent, 
of  monoxid  is  said  to  be  fatal  to  man.  There  is,  however, 
some  uncertainty  as  to  the  limit  at  which  carbon  dioxid  is 
fatal. 

Symptoms  and  Post-mortem  Appearances. — Headache,  with 
a  sense  of  pressure  on  the  temples,  vertigo,  ringing  in  the 
ears,  and  tendency  to  sleep,  complete  loss  of  muscular 
power,  troubled  vision,  difficulty  of  breathing,  rapid  and 
feeble  pulse,  sometimes  vomiting,   coma  and   death,  occa- 


ASPHYXIA    FROM    CHARCOAL   VAPOR.  157 

sionally  preceded  by  convulsions.  Death  takes  place  in 
from  one  to  two  hours  after  exposure;  and  experience 
shows  tjiat  this  may  occur  even  when  the  external  air  is 
not  completely  excluded. 

T^L^ post-mortem  lesionsvdxy,  depending  upon  the  rapidity 
of  the  asphyxia,  and  the  time  elapsed  between  the  death  and 
the  autopsy.  Sometimes  the  face  is  injected,  the  eyes  bright 
and  staring,  and  the  limbs  supple ;  again,  there  is  a  general 
pallor  of  the  surface  and  complete  rigidity  of  the  muscles, 
coming  on  very  soon  after  death,  and  disappearing  in  a  few 
hours.  According  to  Lutaud,  the  most  characteristic  sign 
is  the  presence  of  large  rosy-colored  spots,  more  or  less  pro- 
nounced, over  the  thighs,  chest  and  abdomen.  ''  These  rose- 
colored  spots  are  not  seen  in  any  other  variety  of  asphyxia 
and  they  remain  even  after  the  commencement  of  putrefac- 
tion." The  apoplectic  nodules  in  the  lungs,  and  the  sub- 
pleural  ecchymoses,  so  common  in  strangulation  and  suffo- 
cation, are  rarely  seen.  There  is  more  or  less  congestion 
of  the  brain.  Another  important  sign  is  the  fluidity  and 
bright  redness  of  the  blood.  This  is  owing  to  the  stronger 
affinity  of  the  hemoglobin  for  carbon  monoxid  than  for  oxy- 
gen, in  consequence  of  which  the  former  is  retained  through- 
out the  circulation.  The  spectrum  furnished  by  such  blood 
very  closely  resembles  that  shown  by  arterial  blood  in  the 
spectroscope.  This  affinity  of  the  hemoglobin  for  carbon 
monoxid  will  satisfactorily  explain  the  presence  of  the  rose- 
colored  spots  above  alluded  to. 

In  case  of  death  from  charcoal  vapor,  spectroscopic 
examination  of  the  blood  should  be  made.  By  this  means, 
Brouardel  was  enabled  to  demonstrate  the  existence  of 
carbon  monoxid  in  ^the  blood  of  one  of  the  victims  of  the 
burning  of  the  Hospital  of  Saint-Antoine,  in  1887.  The 
absorption  lines  of  carboxy-hemoglobin,  that  is,  blood  con- 


158  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

taining  carbon  monoxid,  are  so  similar  to  those  of  ordinary 
(oxy)  hemoglobin  that  distinction  by  observation  alone  is 
difficult.  The  two  spectra  may  be  at  once  distinguished 
by  the  fact  that  the  addition  of  a  reducing  agent,  such  as  a 
drop  or  two  of  ammonium  sulphid  to  the  blood,  will  pro- 
duce at  once  a  reduced  hemoglobin  in  the  case  of  normal 
blood  and  change  the  spectrum,  while  that  of  carboxy- 
hemoglobin  will  not  be  affected.  The  extensive  introduc- 
tion of  water-gas  for  illuminating  and  heating  purposes  has 
caused  a  material  increase  of  cases  of  carbon  monoxid 
poisoning  in  American  cities.  This  gas,  made  by  the 
action  of  steam  upon  hot  fuel,  consists  largely  of  carbon 
monoxid.  Illuminating  gas  made  by  the  distillation  of 
bituminous  coal  consists  mostly  of  hydrocarbons,  and  is 
far  less  poisonous.  The  cases  of  asphyxia  produced  by 
carbon  monoxid  are  not  readily  amenable  to  artificial  respi- 
ration, since  the  chemical  affinity  of  the  gas  for  the  hemo- 
globin is  not  overcome  by  the  oxygen. 

Slowness  of  putrefaction  is  said  to  be  another  feature 
in  death  from  this  species  of  asphyxia. 

It  may  be  well  to  remember  that  the  body  of  a  murdered 
person  may  have  been  so  disposed  of  by  an  assassin,  as  to 
simulate  death  from  charcoal  asphyxia ;  of  course  all  the 
signs  of  any  such  antecedent  violence  should  be  carefully 
sought. 

When  illuminating  gas  forms  about  one-eleventh  of  the 
atmosphere,  it  becomes  explosive  on  contact  with  a  flame. 
It  requires,  however,  a  less  proportion  than  this  to  render 
the  air  incapable  of  supporting  life.  The  so-called  "  sewer- 
gas  "  explosions  are  due  to  the  leakage  of  illuminating  gas 
into  sewers  and  drains.  The  gases  evolved  from  sewage  do 
not  possess  the  power  of  forming  explosive  mixtures. 

Many  instances  of  sickness  and  death  may  be  due  to  the 


DEATH    BY   STRANGULATION.  159 

unconscious  breathing  of  deleterious  vapors  arising  from 
leakage  of  gas-pipes,  and  escape  of  the  gas  into  the  apart- 
ments. 

Asphyxia  from  Emanations  of  Cesspools. — These  con- 
tain hydrogen  sulphid  and  ammonium  sulphid,  together 
with  other  sulphur  compounds  of  unknown  composition. 

The  symptoms  are  a  sense  of  fullness  and  pain  in  the  head 
and  stomach,  vertigo,  nausea,  sudden  loss  of  muscular 
power  and  of  consciousness.  There  is  often  an  escape  of 
bloody  froth  from  the  mouth.  The  body  is  cold,  the  face 
livid,  the  pupils  dilated  and  immovable;  convulsions  and 
coma  usually  precede  death. 

In  the  examination  of  cases  of  asphyxia  from  the  emana- 
tions of  cesspools  or  sewers,  the  expert  should  seek  to 
isolate  the  toxic  agent  (hydrogen  sulphid)  from  the  blood. 

Strangulation  is  produced  either  by  pressure  upon  the 
neck  by  means  of  an  encircling  cord,  or  by  direct  pressure 
made  by  the  hand  on  the  windpipe,  as  in  throttling.  The 
means  by  which  the  constriction  is  produced  are  various: 
sometimes  a  rope  is  used,  sometimes  a  strap,  a  handkerchief, 
a  ribbon,  or  a  strip  torn  from  a  sheet  or  the  clothing.  In 
Spain,  the  usual  mode  of  execution  of  criminals  is  by  the 
garrotte — a  steel  collar  tightened  by  a  screw;  in  Turkey  it 
is  by  the  bow  string.  Death  results,  in  most  cases,  from  the 
combined  effect  of  the  deprivation  of  atmospheric  air,  pro- 
ducing apnea,  and  from  congestion  of  the  brain  due  to  the 
pressure  upon  the  jugulars,  preventing  a  return  of  blood 
from  the  brain.  Sudden  and  violent  compression  by  the 
hand  upon  the  windpipe  will  produce  unconsciousness 
sooner  than  if  the  constriction  be  made  by  a  band.  Stran- 
gulation differs  from  hanging  chiefly  in  the  obliquity  of  the 


160  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

cord  around  the  neck  in  the  latter,  while  in  strangulation 
the  cord  is  wound  horizontally  around  the  neck.  It  is  im- 
portant to  distinguish  between  death  from  strangulation 
and  death  from  hanging,  as  the  former  is  nearly  always  the 
result  of  homicide,  while  the  latter  is  usually  suicide.  The 
first  question  that  presents  itself  is :  Was  the  death  caused 
by  strangulation  ?  The  appearances  of  one  strangled  are 
usually  very  distinctly  marked  :  These  are  livid  and  swollen 
face ;  staring  eyes,  with  dilated  pupils  and  protruding 
tongue,  which  may  be  bitten ;  livid  extremities ;  flattened 
larynx;  blood  may  issue  from  the  nose,  mouth,  or  even 
ears ;  the  face,  neck,  chest  and  eyes  are  studded  with 
ecchymoses;  the  genital  organs  are  frequently  turgid;  and 
there  may  be  an  escape  of  urine  and  feces,  as  in  hanging. 
Internally,  the  right  heart  and  venous  system  are  some- 
times gorged  with  blood;  but  this  is  less"  frequent  than  in 
other  forms  of  death  from  apnea;  this  is  also  true  of  the 
congestion  of  the  liver  and  kidneys.  Tardieu  states  that 
the  lungs  are  seldom  very  full  of  blood,  but  he  places  great 
reliance  upon  the  emphysematous  appearance  of  these 
organs,  arising  from  a  rupture  of  the  pulmonary  vesicles. 
The  sub-pleural  ecchymoses,  which  he  regards  as  charac- 
teristic of  suffocation,  he  says,  are  rare  in  strangulation. 
There  are  also  extravasations  of  blood  in  the  lungs,  but 
none  in  the  brain,  whereby  it  is  distinguished  from  apo- 
plexy, which  it  resembles  in  a  few  of  its  symptoms. 

Among  the  external  signs,  the  marks  of  the  cord,  and  of 
the  fingers  on  the  neck,  deserve  special  attention.  These 
are  more  evident  and  reliable  here  than  in  hanging,  because 
in  homicidal  strangulation  very  considerable  force  is  gener- 
ally employed  by  the  murderer,  in  order  to  accomplish  his 
object.  If  the  hand  has  been  used,  as  in  throttling,  the 
marks  of  the  fingers  will  be  found  upon  the  front  of  the 


ACCIDENTAL   STRANGULATION.  161 

throat — sometimes  of  two  or  more  fingers  and  the  thumb, 
so  that  even  the  particular  hand  employed  may  be  deter- 
mined. If  a  cord  has  been  used  the  mark  will  be  horizontal, 
not  oblique,  as  in  hanging ;  sometimes  there  may  be  two 
or  three  parallel  marks,  where  the  cord  has  been  wound 
around  the  neck  several  times.  The  mark  of  the  cord  is 
apt  to  be  less  deep  than  in  hanging,  and  subcutaneous  ex- 
travasation is  not  always  found  ;  but  the  parts  beneath  may 
show  considerable  infiltration  of  blood.  Fractures  of  the 
hyoid  bone  and  of  the  ossified  thyroid  cartilage  are  reported 
as  having  occurred.  Where  great  violence  has  been  used 
to  the  neck,  blood  may  escape  from  the  mouth  and  nose. 
The  interior  of  the  larynx  and  trachea  is  congested,  of  a 
uniform  red  or  violet  color,  and  is  coated  over  with  a 
frothy,  bloody  mucus,  which  extends  also  into  the  smaller 
air  tubes.  This  internal  discoloration  of  the  windpipe 
should  not  be  mistaken  for  the  early  signs  of  putrefaction  of 
this  organ. 

The  mark  of  the  cord  around  the  neck  may  unquestion- 
ably be  produced  on  the  dead  body,  if  the  attempt  is  made 
within  a  few  hours  after  death,  and  while  the  body  is  still 
warm,  but,  according  to  Casper,  not  after  six  hours.  There- 
fore, this  particular  sign  should  never  be  relied  on  to  the 
exclusion  of  the  other  characteristic  evidences  of  death  by 
strangulation,  such  as  the  livid,  swollen  countenance,  the 
protruded  tongue,  the  staring  eyeballs,  etc.,  none  of  which 
are  produced  by  strangulation  after  death.  Hence,  although 
a  murderer  may  place  a  cord  around  the  neck  of  his  dead 
victim,  with  a  view  to  make  the  case  simulate  a  suicide, 
there  will  be  little  difficulty  in  detecting  the  ruse. 

Was  the  strangling  accidental,  suicidal,  or  homicidal  ? 
Cases  of  accidental  strangulation  not  unfrequently  occur. 
Taylor  records  two :  one  of  a  girl  carrying  fish  in  a  basket, 
14 


162  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

which  was  strapped  around  the  upper  part  of  her  chest  in 
front.  She -was  found  dead,  sitting  on  a  stone  wall.  The 
basket  had  probably  slipped  off  while  she  was  resting,  and 
had  thus  raised  the  strap,  which  firmly  and  fatally  com- 
pressed the  trachea.  The  other  case  was  that  of  a  boy, 
whose  silk  necktie,  knotted  and  tightly  twisted  around  his 
neck,  was  caught  in  the  band  of  an  engine,  and  his  neck 
drawn  down  against  one  of  the  revolving  shafts.  He  was 
rescued  after  his  neck  had  been  compressed  at  least  one 
minute.  He  became  black  in  the  face,  and  blood  escaped 
from  the  mouth  and  ears.  For  several  minutes  after  the 
removal  of  the  ligature  he  was  insensible,  but  ultimately 
recovered.  Another  instance  is  related  by  Dr.  Gordon 
Smith,  of  a  lad  who  used  to  carry  a  heavy  weight  sus- 
pended from  his  neck  by  a  string.  One  day  he  was  found 
quite  dead,  sitting  in  a  chair.  He  had  probably  gone  to 
sleep,  the  weight  had  slipped,  and  drawn  the  cord  tight 
around  his  neck. 

Suicidal  strangulation  is  comparatively  rare,  except  among 
the  insane,  with  whom  it  is  by  no  means  uncommon.  The 
facility  of  effecting  their  purpose  by  such  simple  means  as 
a  garter,  a  ribbon,  a  handkerchief,  or  a  strip  torn  from  a 
garment,  may  readily  account  for  such  occurrences,  and 
still  further,  when  it  is  remembered  how  very  rapidly  and 
insidiously  unconsciousness  steals  over  the  senses  under  a 
pressure  of  the  windpipe,  thereby  taking  away  from  the 
individual  the  will  and  the  power  to  escape.  A  case  men- 
tioned by  Taylor  will  illustrate  this.  An  insane  man,  with 
suicidal  tendencies,  was  placed  in  a  private  asylum,  with 
special  directions  to  watch  him  closely,  to  prevent  his  taking 
his  life.  Two  attendants  were  placed  over  him.  These 
attendants  remained  at  his  bedside;  but  on  his  requesting 
them  to  retire  to  a  little  distance,  they  complied,  still  keeping 


HOMICIDAL   STRANGULATION.  163 

a  close  watch  upon  him.  Two  hours  afterward,  the  physi- 
cian, on  visiting  the  patient,  was  informed  by  the  attendants 
that  he  had  been  sleeping  quietly  for  some  time.  On  ap- 
proaching the  bed,  they  found,  to  their  surprise,  that  the 
man  was  dead.  He  had  strangled  himself  simply  by  tear- 
ing off  a  strip  from  the  bottom  of  his  shirt,  rolled  it  into  a 
cord,  and  tied  it  around  his  neck.  Other  cases  of  determined 
suicides  are  recorded,  in  which  the  cord  was  found  coiled 
aroundthe  neck  several  times;  in  one  instance,  the  ligature 
had  been  tightened  by  a  stick  thrust  in  and  twisted  like  a 
tourniquet;  and  in  still  another,  a  sabre  had  been  used  for 
the  same  purpose. 

Homicidal  strangulation,  as  already  mentioned,  is  the 
most  frequent  variety  of  this  form  of  violent  death.  It  is 
usually  recognized  by  the  marks  upon  the  neck  and  else- 
where, indicating  a  greater  amount  of  violence  employed. 
Thus,  the  impression  of  the  ligature  on  the  neck  will  be 
deeper  and  more  ecchymosed  than  occurs  in  a  suicide ;  it 
may  also  be  accompanied  by  the  marks  of  the  fingers  on 
the  throat,  which  latter  are  never  found  either  in  a  suicidal 
or  accidental  case.  Besides  these,  there  will  frequently  be 
seen  contusions,  or  injuries  of  other  parts  of  the  body,  and 
evidences  of  a  struggle. 

It  should  not  be  forgotten  that  the  marks  of  homicidal  \ 
strangulation  may  often  be  discovered  many  weeks,  or  even 
years,  after  burial.  One  is  mentioned  by  Wharton  and 
Stille,  where,  after  thirty-eight  days'  interment,  the  evidence 
of  strangulation  was  obtained  chiefly  from  the  striking  con- 
trast of  the  integuments  of  the  neck  with  those  of  the  rest 
of  the  body.  There  was  a  white,  shriveled  space  over  the 
larynx,  half  an  inch  broad;  also  a  groove  around  the  neck, 
of  a  blackish-brown  color  and  parchment-like  appearance ; 
this  condensed  skin  was  difficult  to  cut,  and  its  section  was 


164  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

perfectly  dry  and  yellowish-white.  Another  remarkable 
case  occurred  in  Paris,  where  the  body  had  been  buried 
several  years,  and  was  reduced  almost  to  a  perfect  skeleton. 
Several  of  the  cervical  vertebrae,  together  with  the  right 
clavicle,  were  found  held  together  by  a  blackish  mass,  in 
the  composition  of  which  no  tissue  could  be  recognized. 
This  mass  was  surrounded  by  several  twists  of  a  cord  two 
lines  in  diameter.  The  cord  was  much  decayed,  showing 
no  knots,  and  its  direction  was  horizontal.  The  above  facts 
enabled  Orfila  and  other  medical  jurists  to  decide  that  the 
woman  had  perished  by  strangulation.  Another  remarka- 
ble case  is  reported  in  which  a  body  partially  burned  showed 
evidence  of  previous  homicidal  strangulation  in  the  peculiar 
horizontal  mark  encircling  the  neck,  and  in  the  protrusion 
of  the  tongue. 

Hanging  is  that  mode  of  death  caused  by  suspension  of 
the  body  by  the  neck,  the  weight  of  the  body  acting  as  the 
constricting  force.  Ph)-siologically,  it  is  the  same  as  stran- 
gulation, and  like  the  latter,  the  cause  of  death  is  partly 
apnea  and  partly  cerebral  congestion,  and  more  frequently 
a  combination  of  the  two. 

If  the  cord  encircles  the  neck  below  the  thyroid  cartilage 
the  death  is  more  rapid,  and  is  to  be  ascribed  to  apnea; 
but  if  higher  up,  as  in  executions,  where  it  is  apt  to  slip 
under  the  chin,  some  little  space  on  either  side  may  escape 
constriction,  so  as  to  admit  a  slight  amount  of  air  into  the 
lungs;  in  this  case,  the  death  will  be  slower,  and  be  due 
rather  to  cerebral  congestion.  In  the  great  majority  of 
cases,  however,  as  shown  by  the  above  table,  the  cause  of 
death  is  of  a  mixed  nature.  In  some  cases  of  public  execu- 
tions, in  which  the  fall  was  very  considerable,  and  in  which 
a  violent  rotary  swing  was  given  to  the  body  of  the  criminal 


HANGING.  165 

at  the  moment  of  the  drop,  the  odontoid  process  of  the 
second  cervical  vertebra  has  been  found  either  fractured  or 
dislocated,  causing  immediate  death,  owing  to  pressure  on 
the  spinal  cord.  But  death,  in  hanging,  from  fracture  of 
the  vertebra,  is  far  less  frequent  than  is  supposed.  Orfila 
states  that  in  the  bodies  of  fifty  persons  who  had  been 
hanged,  he  met  with  a  fracture  of  the  os  hyoides  in  only 
one  case,  while  he  had  never  met  with  a  fracture  or  luxation 
of  the  vertebrae. 

Unconsciousness  very  speedily  supervenes  in  hanging, 
from  the  circulation  of  unaerated  blood,  especially  if  the 
trachea  is  compressed,  and  death  occurs  in  a  very  few 
minutes.  Persons  who  have  been  cut  down  after  a  few 
minutes'  suspension  are  very  rarely  resuscitated.  And  even 
after  an  apparent  partial  recovery,  death  often  follows  from 
secondary  effects,  especially  from  congestion  of  the  brain. 

The  insidious  manner  in  which  the  loss  of  consciousness 
steals  upon  the  brain  in  hanging  deserves  especial  notice, 
because  it  satisfactorily  explains  the  facility  with  which 
death  takes  place,  even  when  the  suspension  of  the  body  is 
not  complete,  but  when  there  has  been  simply  a  pressure 
of  the  ligature  against  the  windpipe,  the  person  meanwhile 
resting  on  the  knees  or  toes,  or  being  in  a  semi-recumbent 
posture. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — In  the  main,  they  resemble 
those  attending  death  from  strangulation.  Externally,  swell- 
ing and  lividity  of  the  face,  congestion  of  the  eyelids,  dilated 
pupils,  eyes  red  and  protruding,  tongue  swollen,  livid,  often 
protruded,  or  compressed  between  the  teeth,  lower  jaw  re- 
tracted ;  often  a  bloody  froth  escaping  from  the  mouth  and 
nostrils.  There  are  frequently  petechial  effusions  on  the  neck, 
shoulders,  arms,  and  hands.  In  many  cases,  however,  espe- 
cially in  suicides,  the  countenance  is  calm,  the  face  pale,  the 


166  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

eyes  and  tongue  natural.  Sometimes  there  is  turgescence 
of  the  genital  organs,  and  an  involuntary  escape  of  the 
urine,  fasces  and  semen;  but  these  signs  are  by  no  means 
peculiar  to  death  by  hanging.  The  position  of  the  head 
varies  according  to  the  part  of  the  neck  where  the  knot 
was  placed.  As  the  latter  is  usually  behind  the  neck,  the 
head  is  generally  flexed  forward.  If  the  knot  were  in  front, 
the  head  would  be  found  extended  backward  (Tardieu).  The 
hands  are  generally  closed,  often  tightly;  the  legs  extended^ 
and  often  livid.  The  neck  is  nearly  always  stretched, 
owing  to  the  weight  of  the  body,  and  it  presents  very 
decided  marks  of  the  cord,  varying,  however,  somewhat 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  latter,  and  its  mode  of  appli- 
cation. Thus,  the  mark  may  be  deep  or  superficial,  single 
or  double,  according  to  the  strain  made  upon  it,  and  the 
thickness,  roughness  or  duplication  of  the  cord.  The  skin 
under  this  mark  becomes  very  dense  and  tough,  and  of  a 
yellowish-brown  color,  and  has  been  aptly  compared  to  old 
parchment.  This  appearance  is  more  marked  if  the  body 
has  remained  suspended  for  some  hours  or  days  ;  and  the 
cellular  tissue  underneath  is  also  condensed,  and  has  a 
silvery  appearance.  Besides  the  above,  there  is  often  a 
livid  mark  (ecchymosis),  where  great  violence  has  been 
used,  as  in  executions ;  but  the  latter  is  quite  distinct  from 
the  true  mark  of  the  cord,  with  which  it  has  been  con- 
founded. The  livid  line  is  much  less  frequently  met  with 
than  was  formerly  supposed. 

The  groove  or  furrow  in  the  neck,  in  the  great  majority 
of  cases,  will  be  found  between  the  chin  and  larynx.  Lu- 
taud  states  that  it  is  above  the  larynx  in  nearly  four-fifths 
of  the  cases,  and  over  the  larynx  in  the  other  fifth.  Only 
twice  has  it  been  found  below  the  larynx.  Its  direction  is 
obhque  (which  distinguishes  it  from  strangulation);  it  may 


SIGNS    OF    HANGIxNG,  167 

also  be  double  (arising  from  a  double  fold  of  the  cord),  and 
irregular  or  interrupted.  It  is  more  marked  in  front,  less  so 
at  the  sid&s  and  below  the  ears,  and  ceases  behind.  In  gen- 
eral, the  narrower  the  ligature,  and  the  longer  the  suspen- 
sion, the  deeper  the  furrow.  A  broad  leather  thong, 
pressing  only  by  its  borders,  might  produce  a  double  mark. 

/;^2'^r;2^//j/,  the  appearances  usually  accompanying  asphyxia 
are  met  with,  such  as  engorgement  of  the  lungs,  right  side 
of  the  heart,  and  venous  system,  with  dark  fluid  blood. 
Both  ventricles  of  the  heart  contain  blood,  if  the  death  has 
been  caused  by  apoplexy ;  if  by  asphyxia,  the  left  cavities 
are  found  empty,  while  the  right  side  of  the  heart  and  the 
large  vessels  are  engorged  with  blood.  The  sub-pericardial 
ecchvmoses  of  Tardieu  are  not  observed.  The  liningf 
membrane  of  the  larynx  and  trachea  is  deeply  congested, 
as  in  strangulation,  and  is  sometimes  coated  with  a  bloody 
froth,  though  less  so  than  in  strangulation  and  suffocation. 
The  vessels  of  the  brain  are  generally  congested,  but  extra- 
vasation of  blood  into  the  brain,  or  upon  its  membranes, 
is  extremely  rare.  The  brain  itself,  when  cut  into,  presents 
numerous  bloody  points.  The  kidneys  are  usually  con- 
gested; the  stomach  frequently  presents  evidences  of  such 
deep  congestion  as  to  suggest  the  idea  of  an  irritant  poison. 
The  same  is  true  also  of  the  intestines.  Yellowly  found 
coagulated  blood  on  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach 
in  two  out  of  every  five  cases  of  death  by  hanging. 

An  exception  to  the  engorgement  of  the  lungs  in  hang- 
ing is  recorded  by  Dr.  Wilson,  of  Birmingham,  Ala.  The 
case  was  that  of  a  negro  aged  22  years.  The  heart  ceased 
beating  twelve  minutes  after  the  drop  fell.  The  post-mor- 
tem, made  one  hour  afterwards,  showed  the  lungs  to  be 
completely  collapsed,  though  otherwise  normal;  the  pleural 
cavities  entirely  free  from  fluid  ;  right  heart  distended  with 


168  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

dark  blood.  Stomach  deeply  congested,  and  containing  a 
small  amount  of  blood.  Liver  and  kidneys  engorged,  and 
brain  congested.  The  above  appears  to  be  the  second 
recorded  case  of  collapsed  lungs  in  death  from  hanging,  the 
other  case  being  that  mentioned  by  Dr.  Massey,  of  Not- 
tingham, England,  of  an  executed  criminal,  whose  lungs 
were  found  in  a  state  of  extreme  collapse. 

Among  the  occasional  lesions  may  be  mentioned  fracture 
of  the  hyoid  bone  and  thyroid  cartilage,  and  rupture  of  the 
internal  and  middle  coats  of  the  common  carotid  artery. 

An  important  question  is — Was  the  death  caused  by 
hanging  ?  This  cannot  always  be  satisfactorily  determined 
by  mere  medical  evidence,  since  there  are  no  positive  or 
characteristic  signs  of  this  kind  of  death.  The  mere  sus- 
pension of  the  body  is  no  proof,  since  a  murderer  might 
easily  suspend  the  body  of  his  victim,  in  order  to  divert 
suspicion  from  the  true  cause  of  death.  The  mark  of  the 
cord  can  be  imitated  by  suspending  a  dead  body  by  the 
neck  immediately  after  death,  and,  according  to  Casper, 
even  up  to  seventy-two  hours  after,  especially  if  the  body 
be  forcibly  pulled  downward.  The  livid  or  ecchymosed  line 
is  less  likely  to  be  found,  under  these  circumstances,  than 
the  brownish,  parchment-like  furrow.  Hence,  it  follows 
that  the  mark  of  the  cord  cannot  be  regarded  as  positive 
evidence  of  death  by  hanging  ;  and  the  other  usual  signs, 
such  as  turgescence  and  lividity  of  the  face,  congested  eyes, 
swollen  tongue,  etc.,  are  all  met  with  in  strangling,  and 
other  forms  of  death,  while  these  very  signs  may  be  absent 
in  certain  cases  of  hanging.  Dr.  R.  F.  Hutchinson  states 
that  an  invariable  sign  of  death  from  hanging  is  the  flow  of 
saliva  out  of  the  mouth,  down  the  chin,  and  straight  down 
the  chest.  The  appearance  is  unmistakable  and  invariable 
and  could  not  occur  inabody  hung  up  after  death,  the  secre- 
tion of  saliva  beinp:  a  living-  act. 


HANGING — SUICIDAL,    HOMICIDAL    OR    ACCIDENTAL.     169 

To  determine  the  question  whether  the  hanging  was  sui- 
cidal, homicidal  or  accidental,  regard  must  be  had  to  the 
attending  circumstances  ;  remembering  always  that  hanging 
is  a  frequent  method  of  suicide.  Out  of  368  cases  of 
suicide  occurring  in  Berlin,  189  resulted  from  hanging. 
Hence,  the  presumption  is  always  in  favor  of  suicide ; 
besides  the  difficulties  that  would  attend  an  attempt  at  mur- 
der by  this  means.  If,  however,  the  body  exhibit  evidences 
of  great  violence  externally,  denoting  a  struggle  and  the 
presence  of  several  persons,  or  marks  of  the  fingers  about 
the  throat,  or  of  internal  laceration,  these  would  be  more 
consistent  with  homicide.  The  position  of  the  body  will 
throw  very  little  light  upon  the  question,  since  it  is  fully 
demonstrated  that  complete  suspension  is  not  necessary 
to  produce  death.  In  numerous  instances  the  body  has 
been  found,  after  death,  resting  upon  the  knees,  the  toes,  or 
.the  buttocks,  or  semi-recumbent,  and  in  one  case  entirely 
supported  by  the  bedstead,  while  the  neck  rested  in  a  loop 
of  leather. 

Even  if  the  hands  and  feet  are  found  tied,  the  inference  is 
not  warranted  that  the  act  was  homicidal,  since  determined 
suicides  have  been  known  to  perform  this  very  act  previous 
to  hanging  themselves.  Nevertheless,  if  a  person  be  found 
with  his  hands  and  feet  tied,  and  suspended  from  a  position 
which  obviously  he  could  not  have  reached  himself,  the  pre- 
sumption of  homicide  would  certainly  be  justified. 

The  age  of  the  deceased  might  be  supposed  to  assist 
in  solving  the  question.  If  a  very  young  person  were 
discovered  dead  from  hanging,  it  would  naturally  be  attrib- 
uted to  homicide  or  accident;  yet  numerous  instances  have 
occurred  in  this  country,  within  the  last  few  years,  of  sui- 
cidal hanging  in  children  not  over  twelve  or  fourteen  years 
of  age. 


170  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

Cases  of  accidental  hanging  are  of  occasional  occurrence, 
especially  among  children,  who  have,  while  swinging,  or 
otherwise  playing,  accidentally  become  entangled  in  a 
noose  or  loop  of  cord,  which  was  then  drawn  tightly 
enough  around  the  neck  to  strangle  them. 

Drowning  is  that  special  form  of  death  by  suffocation  in 
which  the  breathing  is  arrested  by  water,  or  some  other 
liquid,  and  even  more  effectually  than  by  a  ligature  drawn 
around  the  neck.  It  is  not  necessary  that  the  whole  body 
should  be  subraerged  in  order  to  cause  death  by  drowning. 
This  may  be  accomplished  by  merely  immersing  the  face, 
so  as  to  keep  the  nose  and  mouth  under  the  liquid,  as  is 
witnessed  in  the  case  of  drunkards,  epileptics  and  very 
young  children  falling  with  their  faces  into  very  shallow 
pools,  and  perishing  from  inability  to  extricate  themselves. 
In  drowning,  in  addition  to  the  usual  cause  of  death  by 
asphyxia — the  deprivation  of  air — there  is  superadded  the 
phj^sical  impediment  of  the  introduction  of  water  into  the 
minute  air-tubes  and  vesicles  of  the  lungs  by  aspiration,  in 
the  violent  efforts  of  the  person  to  breathe.  This  is  demon- 
strated by  the  experiments  made  by  the  Committee  of  the 
Medico-Chirurgical  Society  of  London.  Two  dogs  of  the 
same  size  were  submerged  at  the  same  moment,  but  one 
had  his  windpipe  plugged,  so  as  to  prevent  the  ingress  of  both 
air  and  water,  while  the  other  had  not.  After  two  minutes 
they  were  taken  out  together;  the  one  with  the  windpipe 
plugged  recovered  at  once  on  removing  the  plug  ;  the  other 
died.  In  three  experiments,  dogs  with  their  windpipes 
plugged  were  kept  under  water  four  minutes,  and  recovered 
perfef^tly  on  being  taken  out.  On  inspecting  the  bodies 
of  the  animals,  the  difference  was  at  once  manifest.  In 
those  that  were  simply  deprived    of  air  by  plugging  the 


DROWNraG.  171 

windpipe,  the  lungs  were  congested  ;  but  in  those  that  had 
been  submerged  in  their  ordinary  condition — /.  e.,  actually 
drowned — the  lungs,  besides  being  congested,  exhibited  in 
their  bronchial  tubes  and  air  vesicles  a  bloody,  frothy  mucus, 
which  completely- filled  the  air  vesicles  and  small  tubes, 
forming  a  mechanical  impediment  to  the  ingress  or  egress 
of  air.  The  lungs  were  sodden  with  water,  heavy,  soft  and 
doughy  to  the  feel,  and  pitted  on  pressure  of  the  finger.  In 
the  lungs  of  animals  that  recovered  after  a  short  submersion, 
very  little,  if  any,  of  this  mucous  froth  was  found ;  its 
amount  was  always  proportionate  to  the  time  of  submersion. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  this  froth  is  produced  by  the 
violent  efforts  to  breathe  which  are  made  within  a  minute 
after  submersion. 

Hence,  the  probability  of  recovery  after  drowning  is 
mainly  dependent  upon  the  quantity  of  this  mucous  froth 
existing  in  the  air-tubes  and  vesicles  of  the  lungs,  and  also 
of  the  water  that  has  penetrated  into  the  substance  of  the 
lungs.  If  the  quantity  is  large,  the  result  is  almost  cer- 
tainly fatal;  if  it  is  small,  there  is  always  good  hope 
of  recovery.  Asphyxia  occurs  in  a  minute,  to  a  minute 
and  a  half  after  submersion,  being  occasioned  by  the  circu- 
lation of  the  unaerated  blood,  though  actual  death  is  post- 
poned for  a  minute  or  two  longer  until  the  heart  ceases  to 
beat.  If  the  submersion  has  been  complete  for  four  minutes, 
the  case  may  be  considered  hopeless,  unless  syncope  had 
occurred  at  the  moment  of  entering  the  water.  This,  by 
partially  suspending  the  attempts  at  respiration,  would  un- 
doubtedly tend  to  prolong  life  for  some  minutes  longer. 
Cases  are  reported  of  resuscitation  after  being  fifteen  minutes 
under  water;  but  these  are  exceptional,  and  were  probably 
cases  of  syncope,  occurring  at  the  moment  of  submersion. 
It  should  be  remembered  that  the  heart  mav  continue  to 


172  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

beat  some  minutes  after  respiration  has  ceased ;  but,  in  the 
present  instance,  the  pulsation  of  the  heart  is  no  criterion 
of  the  power  of  recovery,  on  account  of  the  physical  im- 
pediment in  the  lungs  just  alluded  to. 

Taylor  gives  the  following  excellent  synopsis  of  the  cir- 
cumstances attending  a  case  of  drowning  :  "  When  a  person 
falls  into  the  water,  and  retains  his  consciousness,  violent 
attempts  are  made  to  breathe ;  at  each  time  that  he  rises  to 
the  surface,  a  portion  of  air  is  received  into  the  lungs ;  but, 
owing  to  the  mouth  being  on  a  level  with  the  liquid,  water 
also  enters  and  passes  into  the  throat.  A  quantity  of  water 
thus  usually  enters  the  mouth,  which  the  drowning  person 
is  irresistibly  compelled  to  swallow.  In  his  efforts  to  breathe 
while  his  head  is  below  the  water,  a  portion  of  this  liquid  is 
drawn  into  the  air-tubes  and  cells  of  the  lungs.  The 
struggle  for  life  may  continue  for  a  longer  or  shorter 
period,  according  to  the  age,  sex  and  strength  of  the  per- 
son ;  but  the  result  is  that  the  blood  in  the  lungs  is  imper- 
fectly aerated,  the  person  becomes  exhausted,  and  insensi- 
bility follows.  The  mouth  then  sinks  altogether  below  the 
level  of  the  water ;  air  can  no  longer  enter  the  lungs ;  a 
portion  of  that  which  they  contained  is  expelled,  and  rises 
in  bubbles  to  the  surface ;  an  indescribable  feeling  of  deli- 
rium, with  a  ringing  sensation  in  the  ears,  supervenes ;  the 
person  loses  all  consciousness,  and  sinks  asphyxiated.  In 
the  state  of  asphyxia,  while  the  dark-colored  blood  is  circu- 
lating, convulsive  movements  of  the  body  take  place,  and 
the  contents  of  the  stomach  are  sometimes  ejected  by 
vomiting.  There  does  not  appear  to  be  any  sensation 
of  pain  ;  and,  as  in  the  other  cases  of  asphyxia,  if  the  per- 
son recovers,  there  is  a  total  unconsciousness  of  any 
suffering." 

Even  after  resuscitation  from  drowning,  death  frequently 


SIGNS    OF    DROWNING.  173 

takes  place  within  a  few  hours  or  days  from  secondary 
causes,  as  exhaustion,  obstruction  to  respiration  from  the 
condition  of  the  lungs,  convulsions,  and  spasm  of  the 
glottis. 

Signs  of  Death  by  Drowning. — i.  External.  These  vary, 
according  to  the  length  of  time  the  body  has  been  in  the 
water,  and  the  interval  after  it  was  taken  out.  Supposing 
the  immersion  not  to  have  been  over  two  or  three  hours, 
and  the  inspection  to  be  made  immediately,  the  face  will 
be  found  to  be  pale,  the  expression  placid,  the  eyes  half 
open,  the  eyelids  livid,  and  the  pupils  dilated,  the  mouth 
half  closed  or  open,  the  tongue  swollen  and  congested,  often 
indented  by  the  teeth,  and  perhaps  lacerated ;  the  lips  and 
nostrils  covered  with  a  mucous  froth,  which  issues  from 
them.  The  skin  is  cold  and  pale,  and  generally  contracted 
so  as  to  present  the  appearance  called  "  goose-skin."  This, 
being  a  vital  act,  is  a  pretty  sure  sign  that  the  body  was 
living  when  immersed  in  the  water.  It  is  not  dependent  on 
cold,  as  was  at  one  time  supposed.  Cadaveric  rigidity 
usually  comes  on  early  in  the  drowned,  hence  the  body  is 
often  found  with  the  limbs  stiffened.  Retraction  of  the 
penis  is  considered  by  Casper  and  Kanzler  as  a  positive  sign 
of  drowning. 

Besides  the  above,  there  are  sometimes  seen  marks  of 
abrasion  on  the  body,  especially  on  the  hands,  together 
with  sand,  gravel  or  mud  under  the  nails,  weeds,  pieces  of 
wood  or  other  matters  locked  in  the  hands,  all  of  which 
would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  person  had  been  alive  when 
first  immersed  in  the  water ;  although  the  abrasions  might 
very  possibly  have  resulted  from  the  body  rubbing  against 
some  rough  substances  after  death.  After  several  days' 
immersion,  the  palms  of  the  hands  and  soles  of  the  feet 


174  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

become  white,  thickened  and  sodden,  the  result  of  imbibi- 
tion. 

If  putrefaction  has  commenced  before  the  body  is  re- 
moved from  the  water,  the  face  will  have  assumed  a  reddish, 
or  bluish-red  coloration. 

2.  Internal. — Along  with  the  usual  evidences  of  death 
from  asphyxia  (in  an  early  examination)  the  following  signs 
v/ill  be  observed :  the  lungs  are  distended,  overlapping  the 
heart,  and  are  in  a  flabby  condition ;  this  latter  is  owing  to 
the  water  taken  in  by  aspiration,  during  the  struggles  for 
breath,  which  penetrates  even  the  air  vesicles,  and  renders 
them  sodden  and  doughy.  When  cut  into,  the  lungs  exude 
a  bloody,  mucous  froth.  The  presence  of  this  froth  in  the 
smaller  tubes  and  air  cells,  together  with  the  sodden  con- 
dition of  the  lungs,  is  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  positive 
signs  of  death  by  drowning.  Nevertheless,  its  absence 
should  not  be  accepted  as  a  proof  against  drowning,  since 
it  has  not  been  found  in  the  bodies  of  persons  who  have 
sunk  at  once  in  the  water,  and  never  risen  to  the  surface  to 
breathe.  Ogston  states  that  in  48.7  per  cent,  of  cases,  no 
water  was  found  in  the  lungs,  and  he  accounts  for  its  ab- 
sence by  its  transudation  from  the  lungs  into  the  pleural 
cavities,  where  it  was  found  in  quantities  varying  from  one 
to  thirty-four  ounces.  In  a  case  examined  by  Dr.  Reese  a 
few  years  ago,  the  body  of  a  woman  taken  out  of  the 
Delaware,  there  was  an  absence  of  this  characteristic  froth 
in  the  minute  bronchial  tubes,  and. also  of  the  peculiar 
flabby  condition  of  the  lungs.  The  absence  of  these  pecu- 
liarities in  the  lungs  of  the  body  of  Jennie  Cramer,  at  New 
Haven,  created  a  feeling  in  the  minds  of  many  that  it  was 
not  a  case  of  suicide  by  drowning,  but  that  the  girl  was 
murdered  before  the  body  was  thrown  into  the  water.  The 
discovery  of  a  considerable  amount  of  arsenic  in  the  body 


SIGNS    OF    DROWNING.  175 

of  the  deceased  was  sufficient  to  account  for  the  death. 
These  peculiar  conditions  of  the  lungs  of  the  drowned 
have  not  yet  been  sufficiently  determined.  It  is  quite  pos- 
sible that  some  cases  of  bodies  taken  out  of  the  water,  and 
reported  by  coroners'  juries  as  "  found  drowned,"  may  in 
reality  have  met  their  death  by  other  means,  prior  to  their 
immersion.  It  is  important  to  remember  that  the  presence 
of  this  mucous  froth  in  the  air-passages  is  not  seen  after 
putrefaction,  nor  after  long  exposure  of  the  body  to  the 
air,  nor  after  long  immersion.  It  is  also  stated  to  be  absent 
in  those  who  remained  under  the  water  without  rising  to 
the  surface.  These  circumstances  may  account  for  the  fact 
of  its  occasional  non-observance  in  the  bodies  of  the 
drowned.  Devergie  and  other  authorities  state  that  this 
froth  is  occasionally  found  in  the  trachea  and  bronchi,  in 
deaths  from  other  causes. 

Another  important  indication  of  death  by  drowning  is 
the  presence  of  water  in  the  stomach,  which  had  been 
swallowed  in  the  act  of  drowning,  especially  if  this  corre- 
sponds with  the  water  in  which  the  body  was  found.  The 
value  of  this  is  enhanced,  if,  along  with  the  water,  there  be 
discovered  in  the  stomach  fragments  of  weeds,  sand,  mud 
or  other  articles,  corresponding  with  the  like  substances 
existing  in  the  pond  or  river  where  the  drowning  occurred. 
The  quantity  of  water  in  the  stomach  varies  considerably ; 
it  was  found  to  be  greater  in  an  animal  that  was  allowed  to 
come  to  the  surface  frequently  than  in  one  kept  completely 
submerged,  because  in  the  latter  the  power  of  swallowing 
was  sooner  lost,  in  consequence  of  the  early  occurrence  of 
asphyxia. 

The  absence  of  water  from  the  stomach  is  not  to  be  con- 
sidered as  disproving  a  case  of  drowning,  inasmuch  as  it  is 
not  present  (because  not  swallowed)  in  cases  where  either 


176  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

syncope  or  apoplexy  had  occurred  at  the  moment  of  im- 
mersion. 

The  mere  discovery  of  water  in  the  stomach  is  not  of 
itself  a  positive  indication  of  death  by  drowning,  since  it 
may  have  been  swallowed  before  immersion;  but  with  this 
allowance,  and  with  the  restrictions  above  mentioned,  it 
does  constitute  a  very  important  sign,  inasmuch  as  it  has 
been  ascertained  by  experiment  that  water  will  not  pene- 
trate into  the  stomach  after  death,  unless  putrefaction  has 
advanced  to  a  great  extent ;  consequently,  its  presence  indi- 
cates pretty  certainly  that  it  had  been  swallowed  in  the  act 
of  drowning.  Orfila's  experiments  prove  that  water  may 
penetrate  into  the  larger  bronchial  tubes  after  death,  but 
not  into  the  air  vesicles  of  the  lungs ;  besides,  in  such 
cases,  there  is  no  accompaniment  of  mucous  froth  in  the 
air  tubes. 

The  condition  of  the  heart  affords  no  positive  indication 
of  death  by  drowning.  In  the  majority  of  cases,  the  right 
cavities  are  full,  and  the  left  ones  empty,  as  in  asphyxia 
generally;  but  very  often  the  two  sides  are  equally  full. 

The  brain  exhibits  no  characteristic  post-mortem  sign. 
There  may  be  some  general  fullness  of  the  vessels,  but  never 
extravasation  of  blood,  unless  a  sudden  apoplexy  had  super- 
vened, as  when  a  person  plunges  suddenly  into  cold  water 
after  eating  heartily,  or  by  striking  the  head  against  a  hard 
body  in  the  act  of  diving. 

The  blood  is  usually  dark  and  fluid.  The  fluidity  of  the 
blood,  according  to  Brouardel,  is  owing  to  the  water  ab- 
sorbed into  the  circulation  through  the  pulmonary  tissue ; 
and  this  is  much  more  decided  in  cases  where  the  person 
dies  slowly,,  after  coming  to  the  surface  frequently,  than 
when,  through  syncope,  apoplexy  or  drunkenness,  he  im- 
mediately sinks  to  the  bottom.      Brouardel   regards   the 


SIGNS    OF    DROWNING.  177 

fluidity  of  the  blood,  the  empty  condition  of  the  heart,  the 
infiltration  of  the  lungs  with  water  and  froth,  and  the 
presence  of  broad,  ill-defined  sub-pleural  ecchymoses  as 
indicative  of  gradual  drowning  with  struggling;  while,  if 
the  blood  is  not  fluid,  if  there  are  punctated  sub-pleural 
ecchymoses,  and  clots  of  blood  in  the  heart,  and  rather  an 
absence  of  pulmonary,  watery  infiltration,  he  would  con- 
sider it  a  case  of  drowning  in  which  there  had  been  no 
struggles  made  to  breathe.  The  mucous  lining  of  the 
stomach  and  bowels  is  usually  congested  and  of  a  deep 
violet  color  if  the  body  had  been  long  in  the  water ;  this 
might  lead  to  the  suspicion  of  irritant  poisoning,  as  is  seen 
also  in  hanging.  Occasionally,  in  cases  of  drowning,  after 
a  full  meal,  vomiting  occurs,  and  the  contents  of  the 
stomach  are  found  in  the  windpipe  and  lungs;  this  is  a 
conclusive  evidence  that  the  person  must  have  been  alive 
at  the  time. 

The  time  at  which  the  bodies  of  the  drowned  will  float 
varies  with  the  temperature  of  the  air,  the  water,  the  age, 
sex  and  corpulence.  As  the  human  body  is  slightly  heavier 
than  water,  it  must  remain  submerged  until  it  becomes 
lighter  through  the  development  of  the  gases  of  putrefac- 
tion. Hence,  in  summer  the  body  may  rise  within  twenty- 
four  hours.  In  salt  water  it  will  float  sooner  than  in  fresh ; 
very  fat  bodies  float  sooner  than  lean  ones ;  the  bodies  of 
women  and  those  of  young  children  sooner  than  those  of 
men.  Hence,  in  infanticide  by  drowning,  the  infant's  body 
speedily  rises  to  the  surface. 

To  determine  the  time  that  has  elapsed  since  the  act  of 
drowning,  when  the  body  is  discovered  in  the  water,  is  not 
always  possible.  After  putrefaction  has  set  in,  it  is  mere 
guesswork.  The  most  certain  criteria  to  guide  the  ex- 
aminer are  the  presence  of  the  mucous  froth  in  the  air- 
15 


178  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

tubes  and  cells,  and  the  presence  of  water  in  the  lung  tissue, 
both  of  which  indications  disappear  after  exposure  to  the 
air,  and  after  putrefaction.  Hence,  the  importance  of  an 
early  inspection.  Devergie,  who  has  given  particular  atten- 
tion to  this  subject,  offers  the  following  observations: 
During  the  winter,  for  the  first  three  days  there  is  no  change. 
From  three  to  five  days  there  is  cadaveric  rigidity;  the 
palms  of  the  hands  begin  to  blanch.  From  four  to  eight 
days,  the  limbs  become  supple,  but  still  retain  their  natural 
color ;  the  palms  of  the  hands  are  very  white.  From  eight 
to  fifteen  days,  the  face,  at  first  pale,  becomes  red  in  places 
and  bloated ;  the  skin  on  the  back  of  the  hands  and  on  the 
feet  is  blanched ;  a  greenish  appearance  at  the  base  of  the 
sternum.  In  one  month  the  skin  on  hands  and  feet  is  very 
white  and  in  folds,  the  face  reddish-brown,  the  eyelids  and 
lips  greenish,  with  a  reddish-brown  patch,  surrounded  by  a 
greenish  zone  on  the  front  of  the  chest.  In  two  months 
the  epidermis  of  the  hands  and  feet  to  a  great  extent  is 
softened  and  detached,  the  face  generally  swollen,  and  of 
a  brownish  color;  hair  falling  out;  nails  still  adherent.  In 
three  months,  commencing  saponification,  especially  in 
women,  about  the  face  and  neck,  breasts,  groins  and 
thighs  ;  nails  loosened.  In  four  months  saponification  has 
progressed  on  the  face,  neck  and  thighs,  and  commenced  in 
the  brain ;  general  softening  and  destruction  of  the  hairy 
parts  of  the  skin. 

If  the  foregoing  observations  made  in  the  winter  were 
applied  to  the  summer,  the  following  allowances  are  to  be 
made :  five  to  eight  hours'  continuance  in  the  water  in  sum- 
mer are  equivalent  to  three  to  five  days  in  winter;  twenty- 
four  hours  in  summer,  to  four  to  eight  days  in  winter;  four 
days,  to  fifteen  days ;  and  twelve  days,  to  one  month,  or 
six  weeks. 


SIGNS    OF    DROWNING.  179 

If  marks  of  violence  be  found  on  the  bodies  of  the 
drowned,  of  course  suspicion  will  be  aroused  of  foul  play, 
unless  these  marks  can  be  satisfactorily  attributed  to  some 
post-mortem  cause.  A  murderer  may  destroy  his  victim, 
and  then  throw  the  body  into  the  river,  pond  or  well,  with 
the  intention  to  elude  suspicion  of  the  real  cause  of  death. 
A  close  examination  of  the  body  for  wounds  and  other 
injuries,  together  with  the  absence  of  the  known  signs  of 
drowning,  will  generally  enable  the  examiner  to  form  a 
correct  conclusion.  Tardieu  regards  the  presence  of  sub- 
pleural  ecchymoses,  together  with  sub-pericranial  and  sub- 
pericardial  effusions,  as  indicative  of  a  preceding  suffocation. 

Throwing  into  water,  rivers  or  pools  is  a  very  common 
method  of  disposing  of  the  bodies  in  cases  of  infanticide. 

The  question  of  accident,  homicide  or  suicide,  in  the  case 
of  drowning,  must  claim  the  attention  of  the  legal  physician. 
Homicidal  drowning  is  rare,  except  in  the  case  of  infants. 
It  is  denoted  by  the  marks  of  violence  on  the  body,  which 
cannot  be  explained  by  any  post-mortem  influence.  It 
should  be  remembered  that  determined  suicides  frequently 
inflict  dangerous  v/ounds  upon  themselves,  and  then  termi- 
nate their  lives  by  drowning.  Such  cases  might  possibly 
be  mistaken  for  homicide.  The  presence  of  the  usual  signs 
of  drowning  would  at  least  show  that  the  body  was  alive  at 
the  time  of  immersion.  Suicidal  and  accidental  drowning 
cannot  always  be  distinguished  from  each  other;  inferences 
may,  however,  be  drawn  from  the  circumstances  attending 
the  cases,  as  the  existence  of  a  motive  to  suicide,  or  a  ten- 
dency thereto  through  melancholia.  The  proximity  of  a 
precipice,  or  other  dangerous  place,  to  the  water  in  which 
the  deceased  was  found,  would  naturally  suggest  accident, 
especially  in  the  case  of  a  child.  The  tying  of  the  hands 
and  feet  of  a  person  found  dead  in  the  water  is  no  proof  of 


180  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

homicide,  since  many  instances  are  recorded  of  suicides  so 
binding  themselves,  and  of  attaching  heavy  weights,  before 
throwing  themselves  into  the  water. 

The  restoration  of  the  drowned  depends  chiefly  on  excit- 
ing artificial  respiration.  The  clothes  should  be  immediately 
removed,  and  the  body  quickly  wiped  dry  and  wrapped  in 
a  blanket;  clear  the  mouth  and  nostrils  of  mucus  and 
water;  draw  forward  the  tongue;  place  the  body  with  the 
face  downward,  the  forehead  resting  on  one  arm,  for  a  few 
moments,  to  allow  the  fluids  to  run  out  of  the  mouth  ;  apply 
ammonia  cautiously  to  the  nose.  If  respiration  is  not  re- 
stored, place  the  body  on  the  back,  with  the  head  raised, 
and  adopt  Sylvester's  process  of  artificial  respiration,  by 
carrying  the  arms  gently  outward  and  upward  above  the 
head  for  a  few  seconds:  this  movement  expands  the  chest. 
Then  lower  the  arms  and  bring  them  to  the  sides  of  the 
chest :  by  this  action  expiration  is  effected.  These  alter- 
nate movements  should  be  made  each  about  every  two 
seconds.  All  rough  handling,  such  as  the  vulgar  plan  of 
rolling  on  a  barrel,  should  be  avoided.  As  soon  as  any 
signs  of  respiration  are  manifested,  warmth  should  be 
applied  to  the  skin  by  a  warm  bath  or  stimulating  friction. 
When  able  to  swallow,  the  patient  may  take  a  little  warm 
spirit  and  water,  and  then  be  put  to  bed  and  allowed  to 
sleep.  This  treatment  has  been  rewarded  with  success, 
after  being  persisted  in  for  some  hours. 

DEATH  BY  ELECTRICITY. 

Death  caused  by  Lightning  is  often  accompanied  by 
results  which  resemble  very  strongly  the  effects  of  homi- 
cidal violence. 

The  destructive  effects  of  lightning  resemble  those  of  a 
powerful  electric  battery.     In  a  thunder-storm,  the  electric 


DEATH    BY    LIGHTNING.  181 

condition  or  polarity  of  the  cloud  is  different  from  that  of 
the  earth  immediately  beneath  it.  When  these  polarities 
become  intensified  by  mutual  induction,  the  disruptive  dis- 
charge ensues  through  the  air,  or  any  other  body  that  may 
happen  to  intervene — the  human  body,  for  example. 

Experience  shows  that  persons  out  of  doors,  especially 
under  trees,  are  much  more  liable  to  be  struck  by  lightning 
than  those  within  doors. 

The  fatal  effects  of  lightning  are  usually  instantaneous, 
death  being  caused  by  shock.  At  times,  however,  it  pro- 
duces lesions  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  such  as  epilepsy, 
paralysis,  effusion  of  blood,  tetanus,  etc.,  which  may  subse- 
quently prove  fatal.  Generally  speaking,  if  death  does  not 
follow  immediately,  or  soon  after,  there  may  be  hopes  of 
recovery. 

The  visible  effects  produced  by  a  fatal  lightning  stroke 
are  remarkably  varied.  Sometimes,  a  deep,  punctured  or 
lacerated  wound  will  indicate  where  the  fatal  blow  was 
struck,  upon  the  head,  neck,  or  other  part  of  the  body;  the 
hair  may  be  singed,  or  burnt  off;  the  clothing  maybe  burned 
or  completely  stripped  off;  the  boot  may  be  split  open. 
Again,  the  course  of  the  electric  current  may  be  marked 
by  a  deep  or  superficial  burn,  extending  from  the  point  of 
entrance,  down  and  around  the  body,  to  the  ground.  If 
there  should  happen  to  be  any  metallic  substances  in  con- 
tact with  the  body,  such  as  chains,  coins,  a  watch,  etc.,  as 
these  are  good  conductors  of  the  electric  current,  it  will  be 
certain  to  include  them  in  the  circuit,  and  they  will  be  fre- 
quently found  to  have  been  melted. 

In  other  cases  of  death  by  lightning,  no  external  wound 
or  burn  may  be  visible.  Sometimes  there  may  be  severe 
external  injuries,  while  the  clothes  entirely  escape.  Again, 
the  clothing  maybe  completely  torn  off  the  body,  while  the 
latter  exhibits  no  injury  whatever.    - 


182  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

The  capricious  action  of  the  dischargee  is  shown"  by  the 
fact  that  out  of  a  party  of  three  or  four  sitting  under  a  tree, 
one  or  two  only  may  be  killed,  and  the  others  escape. 
Again,  it  has  occurred  that  persons  under  a  low  tree  have 
been  struck,  although  high  trees,  and  a  lightning  rod,  and 
an  iron  bridge  were  near.  Again,  the  same  discharge  may 
produce  in  one  person  wounds,  and  burns  in  another.  The 
diversity  of  its  action  on  the  clothes  may  probably  be 
explained  by  the  circumstance  of  a  portion  of  the  clothing 
being  wet,  and  a  portion  dry  :  the  former,  being  a  good 
conductor,  might  escape  the  disruption  which  would  be 
exhibited  by  the  dry  portion,  which  is  a  bad  conductor. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — In  case  of  instantaneous  death, 
the  body  may  be  found  in  the  exact  attitude  in  which  it  was 
struck.  Some  remarkable  instances  of  this  are  recorded  in 
the  books.  In  such  cases,  the  rigor-mortis  occurs  immedi- 
ately after  death.  Hunter  supposed  that  there  was  an 
absence  of  the  usual  rigidity  after  death ;  but  in  this  he  was 
in  error.  Coagulation  of  the  blood  also  occurs,  although 
it  is  delayed.  The  face  is  often  bloated  and  discolored; 
and  putrefaction  is  usually  very  rapid.  Wounds  of  various 
character  are  observed — contused,  lacerated,  and  punc- 
tured; also  burns,  vesications  and  ecchymoses ;  these  latter 
sometimes  exhibit  a  remarkable  arborescent  appearance. 
Occasionally,  fractures  of  the  skull  and  of  other  bones  are 
noticed.     The  blood  is  dark  and  fluid. 

The  brain  and  its  membranes  generally  suffer  most 
severely,  the  head  being  usually  the  first  part  struck.  Con- 
gestion of  the  brain,  effusion  of  blood  under  the  skull  and 
into  the  ventricles,  and  even  complete  disorganization  of  the 
brain  substance  have  all  been  observed.  The  lungs  are 
sometimes  found  congested  and  injured,  and  the  air  tubes 
full  of  mucus.     The  stomach,  intestines,  liver   and  spleen 


DEATH    BY    LIGHTNING.  183 

are   also  usually   much    congested.     The   heart   does  not 
exhibit  any  special  alteration. 

The  medico-legal  interest,  in  cases  of  death  from  light- 
ning, is  centred  in  the  question  of  being  able  to  identify 
such  cases,  and  to  distinguish  them  from  those  of  homicidal 
violence.  A  close  observation  of  all  the  circumstances  of 
the  case — such  as  the  occurrence  of  a  thunder-storm  about 
the  time  of  the  death,  the  peculiar  appearance  of  the  wounds 
and  burns,  especially  if  the  two  co-exist  on  the  same  body, 
the  half-melted  appearance  of  metallic  articles,  such  as 
buttons  and  coins,  on  the  person  of  the  deceased,  etc.,  will 
tend  to  throw  much  light  upon  it. 

The  introduction  of  electricity  into  very  general  use,  in 
civilized  countries,  as  a  source  of  illumination  and  as  a 
motor  force,  has  been  the  occasion  of  numerous  fatal  results, 
arising  from  the  accidental  contact  of  individuals  with  the 
detached  conducting  wires  employed.  These  deaths  have 
sometimes  been  accompanied  with  excessive  burning  of  the 
bodies  of  the  unfortunate  victims,  at  the  points  of  contact 
of  the  wires. 

Subjection  to  currents  of  high  intensity  has  been  made 
the  means  of  execution  in  the  State  of  New  York,  and  has 
been  applied  in  a  number  of  cases.  The  absurd  term 
"  electrocution,"  invented  by  newspaper  reporters,  has  been 
applied  to  this  method.  The  prison  authorities  of  New 
York  are  apparently  satisfied  with  the  system. 

DEATH  FROxM  HEAT  AND  COLD. 

The  effects  of  extreme  Heat  on  the  human  system  are 
familiarly  witnessed  in  tropical  and  semi-tropical  climates, 
during  the  heated  term,  in  the  mortality  arising  from  what 
is  popularly  denominated  sunstroke.  In  such  cases,  the 
dangerous  and  fatal  results  are  attributable  directly  to  solar 


184  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

heat.  But  effects  equally  serious  are  known  to  be  produced 
by  exposure  to  artificial  heat,  if  too  long  continued,  as  is 
witnessed  in  those  employed  in  engine-rooms,  factories,  etc., 
where  a  very  high  temperature  is  habitually  maintained. 
There  would  seem  to  be,  according  to  the  observations  of 
Wood,  three  distinct  conditions  of  the  human  body  occa- 
sioned by  excessive  heat;  in  the  first  (which  is  rare),  we  have 
acute  meningitis  or  phrenitis  (sunstroke);  in  the  second, 
we  have  heat-exhaustion  with  collapse,  accompanied  by  a 
rapid,  feeble  pulse,  a  cool,  moist  skin,  and  a  tendency  to 
syncope;  in  the  third,  we  have  true  thermic  fever — that 
condition  which  results  especially  from  exposure  to  artificial 
heat.  But  something  more  than  mere  heat  is  required  to 
produce  thermic  fever.  It  does  not  occur  in  a  perfectly 
pure  and  dry  atmosphere,  because  the  profuse  perspiration 
which  is  immediately  developed  by  its  rapid  evaporation 
keeps  the  temperature  of  the  body  down  nearly  to  the  nor- 
mal standard.  If,  however,  the  air  is  already  saturated  with 
moisture,  this  will  prevent  the  evaporation  from  the  body, 
and  its  temperature  will  rise  to  a  dangerous  height. 

The  symptoms  vary  in  intensity,  from  a  mere  headache 
with  drowsiness,  to  complete  insensibility,  coma  and  pa- 
ralysis. In  many  instances,  death  appears  to  be  caused  by 
paralysis  of  the  heart. 

The  post-mortem  appearances  are  by  no  means  constant. 
In  some  cases  (true  sunstroke)  we  find  decided  congestion 
of  the  brain  and  its  membranes,  with  serum  in  the  ventricles, 
together  with  congestion  of  the  lungs  and  of  the  abdominal 
viscera  generally,  and  the  heart  as  in  ordinary  death  from 
asphyxia.  In  other  cases,  there  is  anemia  of  the  substance 
of  the  brain,  along  with  distention  of  the  larger  vessels  with 
dark,  fluid  blood,  but  the  minute  vessels  empty. 

Cases  of  insolation  do  not  often  claim  the  attention  of  the 


EFFECTS  OF  HEAT  AND  COLD.  185 

legal  physician,  yet  as  they  might  occur  remote  from  wit- 
nesses, and  with  a  fatal  termination,  it  is  proper*  that  the 
medical  examiner  should  understand  their  nature,  together 
with  the  ordinary  accompaniments. 

The  effects  of  Cold  upon  the  animal  body  are  immediately 
depressing;  but  if  it  be  of  short  duration,  and  the  system  is 
in  good  health,  reaction  takes  place.  The  human  body  has 
the  power  to  maintain  its  normal  temperature  of  about 
98.6°  F.,  independently  of  the  external  temperature.  It  has 
been  ascertained  by  actual  experiment  that  a  warm-blooded 
animal  will  not  survive  if  its  temperature  is  reduced  down 
16  to  20  degrees  below  the  normal.  There  is  no  authentic 
account  of  the  recovery  of  a  warm-blooded  animal,  much 
less  a  human  being,  after  the  whole  body  was  frozen,  al- 
though fishes  and  other  of  the  lower  animals  are  said  to 
have  been  resuscitated  from  a  frozen  state. 

Death  from  cold  is  hastened  by  whatever  exhausts  the 
system,  as  fatigue,  both  bodily  and  mental,  loss  of  rest,  want 
of  proper  food  and  nourishment,  mental  depression,  and 
particularly  intoxication.  A  damp  cold  (such  as  wet  cloth- 
ing) is  more  dangerous  than  a  dry  one.  The  fatal  effects 
of  exposure  to  cold  are  witnessed,  even  in  comparatively 
temperate  climates,  during  the  winter,  in  the  cases  of  the 
destitute,  and  especially  where  this  condition  is  associated 
with  intemperance. 

Cases  of  death  from  cold  do  not  often  require  the  atten- 
tion of  the  medical  jurist.  There  are,  however,  certain 
conditions  under  which  they  may  occur,  which  demand  a 
brief  consideration. 

Every  body  in  which  it  is  assumed  that  death  has  taken 

place  from  exposure  to  cold  should  be  examined  as  soon 

as  found  to  determine  the  proofs  of  death.      Herris  records 

a  case  in  which  an  infant  was  removed  to  an  undertaker's 
16 


186  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE, 

establishment,  presumably  dead;  many  hours  afterward — 
the  exact  time  is  not  given — when  he  called  to  make  the 
autopsy,  and  while  in  conversation  with  the  undertaker  in 
an  adjoining  room,  their  attention  was  attracted  by  the 
crying  infant,  which  by  energetic  efforts  was  completely 
resuscitated. 

A  not  infrequent  form  of  infanticide  is  the  exposure  of  a 
new-born  child  to  very  cold  air.  Death  will  soon  ensue 
under  such  circumstances,  since  the  infant's  power  of  resist- 
ance to  cold  is  limited.  In  such  a  case,  it  will  be  the  physi- 
cian's duty  to  examine  the  body  of  the  child,  and  consider 
the  accompanying  circumstances,  such  as  the  place  where 
it  was  found,  the  temperature  of  the  air,  the  possibility  of 
its  being  accidental,  etc.  As  regards  the  body,  he  should 
notice  if  the  pallor  is  extreme;  if  frozen  stiff,  he  should  dis- 
tinguish this  rigidity  from  rigor  mortis;  also  the  arterial 
color  of  the  blood;  the  accumulation  of  blood  on  both  sides 
of  the  heart,  and  in  the  larger  vessels.  There  may  also  be 
marks  of  violence  upon  the  body. 

Occasional  instances  of  the  exposure  of  young  children 
to  cold  with  homicidal  intent  are  recorded.  Such  a  case 
is  related,  of  two  inhuman  parents  causing  the  death  of  a 
daughter,  aged  eleven  years,  by  compelling  her  to  get  out 
of  bed  on  a  very  cold  night,  and  place  herself  in  a  vessel  of 
ice-cold  water. 

In  the  treatment  of  the  insane,  the  barbarous  and  im- 
proper use  of  the  cold  shower  bath,  for  reducing  intractable 
patients  to  submission,  was  formerly  much  more  in  vogue 
than  at  present.  It  need  hardly  be  said  that  such  treatment 
is  extremely  hazardous,  and  it  has  been  followed  by  fatal 
results.  Taylor  records  an  instance  of  a  lunatic,  aged  sixty- 
five,  who  was  subjected  to  the  cold  shower,  at  45°  F.,  and 
who  afterward  took  a  dose  of  tartar  emetic;  he  died  in  fif- 


COLD POST-MORTEM    SIGNS.  187 

teen  minutes  subsequently.  Cases  of  this  character  would 
very  properly  come  under  the  notice  of  the  legal  authorities' 
physician. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — These  cannot  be  considered 
as  very  characteristic;  hence,  the  examiner  should  be  cau- 
tious in  deciding,  in  any  given  case,  as  to  whether  exposure 
to  cold  was  the  primary  cause  of  death.  All  the  circum- 
stances of  the  case  here  require  special  consideration,  such 
as  the  season  of  the  year,  the  temperature  of  the  air,  the 
place  of  exposure,  etc.  Rigor  mortis  generally  sets  in 
slowly,  and  lasts  a  long  time.  According  to  Ogston,  the 
four  following  appearances,  in  the  absence  of  any  other 
obvious  cause,  would  justify  the  conclusion  that  the  death 
had  resulted  from  cold,  although  the  signs  were  not  so  well 
marked  in  children  as  in  adults: 

(i)  An  arterial  hue  of  the  blood,  except  when  viewed 
in  mass  within  the  heart;  some  exceptions  are,  however, 
noted. 

(2)  An  unusual  accumulation  of  blood  on  both  sides  of 
the  heart. 

(3)  Pallor  of  the  general  surface  of  the  body,  and  con- 
gestion of  the  viscera  most  largely  supplied  with  blood.  In 
some  cases,  the  congestion  of  the  brain  and  liver  was  only 
moderate. 

(4)  Irregular  and  diffused  dusky-red  patches  on  limited 
portions  of  the  exterior  of  the  body,  even  in  non-dependent 
parts  (distinguishing  them  from  suggillations). 

As  putrefaction  does  not  occur  at  a  freezing  temperature, 
the  discovery  of  a  decomposing  corpse  in  the  ice  or  snow 
would  afford  very  strong,  though  not  absolutely  conclu- 
sive, evidence  that  the  death  was  not  the  result  of  exposure 
to  cold,  but  rather  that  the  body  had  been  frozen  after 
death. 


188  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

DEATH  BY  STARVATION. 

Cases  of  death  by  Starvation  are  of  sufficiently  frequent 
occurrence  to  merit  the  notice  of  the  medical  jurist.  Acute 
starvation  implies  the  sudden  and  complete  deprivation 
of  all  food.  Chronic  starvation  is  the  result  of  a  continued 
deficient  supply  of  food,  both  in  quantity  and  quality.  Homi- 
cidal death  from  acute  starvation  is  very  rare ;  but  cases 
of  accidental  death  from  this  cause  are  sufficiently  nu- 
merous, as  in  the  instances  of  miners  buried  in  the  earth, 
shipwrecked  mariners,  and  others  cut  off  from  food.  Oc- 
casionally, prisoners  and  lunatics  will  undertake  to  commit 
suicide  by  voluntary  abstinence  from  all  food ;  in  the 
majority  of  cases,  however,  courage  fails,  after  some  days' 
experience,  and  they  give  up  the  attempt. 

Many  cases  of  voluntary  fasting,  which  have  claimed  the 
notice  of  the  public  during  the  past  years,  have  proved,  on 
close  examination,  to  be  deceptions,  food  and  drink  having 
been  supplied  surreptitiously  to  the  individuals  concerned. 
Among  these  instances  may  be  mentioned  the  case  of  Ann 
Moore,  of  Tetbury,  England,  who  was  alleged  to  have 
abstained  from  all  food  from  1807  to  18 13.  Another  case 
was  that  of  the  Welsh  Fasting  Girl,  aged  thirteen  years, 
who  is  stated  to  have  absolutely  fasted  for  two  years.  Both 
these  cases  were  shown  to  be  impostures.  The  notorious 
Dr.  Tanner,  of  our  own  country,  undertook,  for  a  considera- 
tion, to  perform  the  feat  of  a  forty  days'  absolute  fast,  in 
New  York,  in  August,  1880,  and,  to  all  appearance,  he 
accomplished  it.  It  is  stated  that  during  all  this  time  he 
partook  of  nothing,  save  some  ounces  of  pure  water,  each 
day ;  and  that  his  loss  of  weight  at  the  end  of  forty  days 
was  thirty-six  pounds.  The  fluctuations  in  his  pulse,  tem- 
perature and  respiration  were  unimportant.     This  case  was 


DEATH    BY   STARVATION.  189 

not  under  very  strict  medical  supervision,  and  the  doubt  as 
to  its  genuineness  seems  to  be  confirmed  by  the  fact  of  his 
voracious  feeding  on  the  completion  of  the  fast,  unattended 
by  any  bad  effects,  which  is  contrary  to  the  general  expe- 
rience of  others  who  have  been  deprived  of  food  for  a 
length  of  time.  Since  the  above  case,  several  instances  are 
recorded  of  voluntary  fasting  for  periods  varying  from 
several  weeks  to  some  months ;  but  there  is  nearly  always 
some  uncertainty  as  to  absolute  fasting. 

The  following  account  of  a  voluntary  fast,  in  New  York 
City,  is  taken  from  Gaillard's  Med.  Journal,  December,  1890 : 

'^  Succi's  Fast. — At  eight  o'clock  on  the  evening  of  No- 
vember 5th,  Signer  Giovanni  Succi  commenced,  in  this 
city,  his  fast  of  forty-five  days.  This  person,  who  has  un- 
dertaken such  an  extraordinary  task,  is  a  native  of  Italy, 
intelligent,  about  36  years  old,  is  5  feet  4  inches  tall,  and 
when  he  commenced  fasting  weighed  ^47%  pounds, 
although  3  pounds  of  this  weight  was  taken  on  at  his  last 
meal.  He  states  that  he  has  already  fasted  34  times,  for 
periods  ranging  from  10  to  40  days,  always  being  under 
constant  surveillance,  and  at  most  of  these  fasts  observations 
were  taken  by  medical  men.  He  also  states  that  he  once 
endured  an  enforced  fast  of  60  days  while  crossing  the  Nu- 
bian desert.  Sr.  Succi  has  a  liquid,  which  he  calls  '  Elixir 
Medicinale  Succi;'  this,  he  claims,  is  a  'secret,'  which  was 
given  to  him  by  certain  tribes  in  Africa  when  he  was  in  that 
country.  He  takes  15  to  40  minims  of  this  occasionally, 
frequently  going  4  to  5  days  without  taking  any,  and  denies 
that  there  is  any  nutriment  in  it;  but  says  he  only  takes  it 
to  alleviate  intestinal  pains.  A  chemical  analysis  of  this 
liquid  shows  it  to  contain  morphin  hydrochlorid,  chloro- 
form, ether,  cannabis  indica  and  alcohol.  During  all  this 
time  he  has  been  most  closely  watched  by  three  men  from 


190  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

the  staff  of  the  New  York  Herald,  and  by  medical  students, 
and  daily  observations  have  been  taken  by  a  committee 
of  physicians,  of  which  one  of  the  associate  editors  of  this 
journal  is  a  member.  Never  for  an  instant  has  he  been  from 
under  the  eye  of  one  of  his  watchers,  and  it  has  been  well 
nigh  impossible  for  him  to  have  obtained  food.  Unlike 
most  fasters,  Succi  claims  to  be  as  strong  when  he  has 
finished  his  fast  as  when  he  began  it,  and  does  not  try  to 
husband  his  strength  and  energy.  He  usually  goes  to  bed 
at  midnight,  and  arises  about  9  or  10  a.m.  He  walks,  talks, 
laughs,  smokes,  lifts  his  dumb-bell  (16  pounds),  and  occa- 
sionally fences.  On  the  15th  day  of  fasting  he  took  a  horse- 
back ride  of  6  or  8  miles.  On  the  20th  day  of  his  fast  he 
had  lost  about  26  pounds  in  weight;  his  temperature, pulse 
and  respiration  had  been  practically  normal  for  the  whole 
time,  his  hand-grasp  probably  slightly  increased,  and  his 
abihty  to  inflate  the  spirometer  also  slightly  increased.  He 
has  taken  from  3  ounces  to  38  ounces  of  water  daily,  either 
Croton  or  Kaiser  Brunnen,  and  has  passed  from  15  ounces 
to  24  ounces  of  urine  daily,  the  specific  gravity  of  which 
varied  from  1017  to  1030,  and  whose  reaction  has  been  acid. 
Examinations  of  his  urine  have  shown  that  there  was  an 
increase  of  the  phosphates  for  the  first  few  days,  and  since 
then  there  has  been  a  gradual  decrease.  The  urea  has  also 
decreased  on  the  whole ;  but  the  decrease  has  been  subject 
to  fluctuations.  The  specific  gravity  was  1017  the  first  day, 
then  1030  for  four  days,  since  when  it  has  gradually  de- 
creased to  10 1 9.  So  far  his  bowels  have  moved  only  once, 
and  that  movement  was  about  3  hours  after  commencing 
the  fast.  Measurements  of  his  chest,  neck,  abdomen,  but- 
tocks, thigh,  leg,  biceps  and  forearm  all  show  a  perceptible 
decrease.  His  face  has  become  paler,  thinner,  somewhat 
drawn,  and  the  lines  on  it  have  deepened  somewhat.     His 


DEATH    BY   STARVATION.  191 

mental  condition  has  remained  about  the  same,  except  at 
times,  during  the  last  few  days,  he  has  not  been  so  cheerful 
or  talkative,  and  occasionally  is  somewhat  irritable." 

After  this  article  had  appeared,  Succi  completed  the  full 
duty,  the  45th  day  of  his  fast.  His  total  loss  of  weight 
slightly  exceeded  40  pounds,  being  a  little  less  than  an 
average  of  i  pound  per  diem.  His  bodily  strength  and 
mental  vigor  appear  but  slightly,  if  at  all,  impaired. 

Dr.  Eisner  examined  a  drop  of  his  blood  on  the  38th 
day  of  his  fast,  and  found  it  "  to  be  thin  and  watery,  resem- 
bling that  of  a  person  suffering  from  long  sickness ;  the 
corpuscles  were  very  scattered  "  He  further  states  that  the 
mysterious  "  Elixir,"  of  which  Succi  has  occasionally  par- 
taken, consists  of"  kola"  (an  African  bean,  possessing  pro- 
perties somewhat  similar  to  those  of  coca),  camphor,  mor- 
phin  and  valerian.  His  temperature,  pulse  and  respiration, 
at  the  termination  of  the  fast,  were  very  nearly  normal. 
After  a  good  night's  rest,  this  remarkable  subject  partook 
of  an  exceptionally  good. meal  with  evident  relish. 

Chronic  starvation,  as  the  result  of  disease,  is  a  frequent 
cause  of  death,  as  is  witnessed  in  stricture  of  the  esophagus, 
cancer,  and  other  disorders  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  dis- 
ease of  the  pancreas,  marasmus,  etc.  It  is  likewise  the 
cause  of  disease  and  death  in  young  children  fed  upon  un- 
suitable milk,  as  when  this  fluid  is  deficient  in  some  of  its  pro- 
per constituents.  Such  cases  are  abundantly  illustrated  in 
the  miserable  victims  of  baby-farming.  Chronic  starvation  is 
also  witnessed  on  a  large  scale  in  districts  where  famine  has 
prevailed,  as  in  certain  parts  of  India,  and  in  the  Irish 
famine  of  1847. 

The  symptoms  of  chronic  starvation  are  generally  well- 
marked.  The  sense  of  hunger  is  not  very  urgent;  emacia- 
tion, especially  in  the  last  stage,  is  extreme ;  the  eyes  are 


192  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

hollowed,  the  pupils  dilated  ;  the  skin  is  harsh  and  dry,  and 
hangs  loosely  over  prominent  bones,  and,  in  chronic  cases, 
becomes  covered  with  a  brownish,  dirty-looking  coating,  and 
exhales  an  offensive  odor,  like  that  of  putrefaction.  The 
bowels  are  either  very  constipated  or  the  faeces  are  scanty, 
dry  and  dark-colored.  There  is  great  muscular  debility, 
/palpitation,  with  tinnitus  auriiim ;  pains  in  the  stomach, 
with  a  dry,  parched  mouth  ;  the  intellect  sometimes  clouded, 
but  again  clear  to  the  end,  with  despondency  of  mind.  The 
pulse  is  at  first  somewhat  quickened,  afterward  it  is  slower ; 
the  temperature  is  usually  below  that  of  health. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — Great  emaciation  of  the  body, 
wnth  an  almost  entire  loss  of  fat;  sunken  cheeks  and  eyes. 
The  skin  shriveled,  and  emitting  a  disagreeable  odor.  The 
muscles  soft,  pale  and  wasted.  The  brain  sometimes  con- 
gested, and  at  others  pale  and  soft,  with  effusion  of  serum 
on  the  surface,  and  in  the  ventricles ;  the  lungs  healthy, 
or  anemic ;  the  heart  more  or  less  contracted,  and  void  of 
blood ;  stomach  and  intestines  contracted,  thin  and  trans- 
parent; the  latter  usually  empty ;  the  bladder  contracted 
and  empty. 

As  regards  the  medico-legal  relations  of  starvation, 
although  it  is  rarely  the  cause  of  homicidal  death,  it  should 
be  remembered  that  the  law  does  not  require  the  absolute 
deprivation  of  food  to  be  proved,  but  only  the  necessary 
quantity  and  quality  to  be  withheld,  provided  this  has  been 
done  with  an  evil  intention.  Cases  of  this  character  are 
sometimes  witnessed  in  baby-farming. 

DEATH   FROM    POISONING. 
(TOXICOLOGY.) 

Poisoning  is  probably  the  most  frequent  of  all  the  causes 
of  violent  death,  the  casualties    of  war   excepted.     The 


POISON.  193 

facility  with  which  poisons  may  be  procured,  the  ease  with 
which  they  can  be  administered,  and  the  close  resemblance 
that  the  effects  of  many  of  them  bear  to  disease  in  symp- 
toms and  post-mortem  lesions,  will  account  for  the  fact  of 
their  extensive  employment,  both  for  homicidal  and  suicidal 
purposes. 

A  Poison  is  a  substance  which,  when  introduced  into  the 
body  by  any  method,  occasions  disease  or  death  ;  and  this 
as  an  ordinary  result,  in  a  state  of  health,  and  not  by  a 
mechanical  action.  It  must  be  as  an  ordinary  result :  a 
substance,  for  example,  which  affects  one  person  injuriously 
through  idiosyncrasy,  is  not  to  be  called  a  poison.  Again, 
it  must  be  in  the  healthy  system :  as  is  well  known,  many 
diseases  render  the  system  extremely  susceptible  to  im- 
pressions by  external  agents  ;  e.  g.,  in  gastritis,  the  blandest 
substance — even  water — may  excite  vomiting.  Again,  the 
substance  must  not  act  mechanically:  thus,  powdered  glass, 
fragments  of  iron,  etc.,  may  produce  death  when  swallowed, 
through  direct  mechanical  irritation ;  yet  these  cannot  be 
regarded  as  poisons. 

According  to  the  above  definition,  it  matters  not  by  what 
avenue  a  poison  gains  access  into  the  body,  its  ultimate 
effects  are  the  same.  The  stomach,  of  course,  is  the  most 
usual  means ;  but  the  rectum,  the  skin,  the  lungs,  and  the 
cellular  tissue  by  hypodermic  injection,  and  even  the  nose, 
ear  and  vagina,  are  also  channels  of  entrance.  Inhalation 
of  poisonous  vapors  through  the  lungs,  and  the  subcuta- 
neous introduction  by  the  hypodermic  syringe  affect  the 
system  far  more  rapidly  than  by  swallowing,  because  of 
their  more  rapid  absorption. 

The  mere  size  of  the  dose  constitutes  no  distinction, 
legally,  between   a   poisonous  and  a  non-poisonous  sub- 


194  TOXICOLOGY. 

stance ;  thus,  half  a  grain  of  strychnin,  or  half  an  ounce  of 
oxalic  acid,  may  be  the  quantity  which  proves  fatal. 

The  Effects  of  Poisons  are  local  and  remote.  The  local 
effects  are  the  direct  impressions  produced  on  the  part  of 
the  body  with  which  the  poison  comes  into  contact,  e.  g., 
the  corrosion  of  the  stomach  and  bowels  by  the  immediate 
contact  of  the  mineral  acids  and  alkalies.  Often  a  poison 
may  act  both  locally,  by  its  causing  inflammation  of  the 
stomach,  and  also  remotely,  on  the  brain  and  nervous  sys- 
tem. 

The  remote  effects  of  a  poison  are  those  results  which 
are  produced  on  parts  of  the  system  remote  from  that  to 
which  it  was  first  applied,  as,  e.g.,  the  narcotic  effects  of 
opium  on  the  brain,  after  taken  into  the  stomach.  These 
remote  effects  constitute,  in  fact,  the  usual  symptoms  of 
poisoning — a  very  important  factor  in  the  diagnosis  of  the 
case. 

Mode  of  Action  of  Poisons. — In  order  that  a  poison 
should  produce  its  full  effects  on  the  system,  it  is  necessary 
that  it  should  get  into  the  circulation,  so  as  to  be  conveyed 
to  distant  parts  of  the  body;  and  for  this  purpose  it  must  , 
first  be  absorbed.  Although  other  modes  of  transfer  of  the 
poisonous  impression  to  remote  parts  of  the  system  have 
been,  at  various  times,  recognized — such  as  nervous  com- 
munication, and  contiguity  of  structure — the  present  ac- 
cepted doctrine  is  that  of  absorption  into  the  circulation. 
The  so-called  corrosives  produce  local  actions  that  are 
generally  sufficient  to  produce  death. 

The  proofs  of  absorption  are  abundantly  afforded,  (i)  by 
the  detection  of  the  known  poisons  in  the  blood  ;  (2)  in  the 
secretions,  especially  the   urine ;    and   (3)  in  the  different 


ACTION    OF.  POISONS.  195 

viscera  of  the  body,  as  the  liver,  kidneys,  lungs,  spleen, 
brain,  etc.  An  essential  part  of  the  toxicological  examina- 
tion is  to  discover  the  poison,  in  the  absorbed  state,  in  the 
viscera. 

The  rapidity  of  the  absorption  is  remarkable.  It  has 
been  shown  that  a  poison  injected  hypodermically  will  be 
diffused  through  the  circulation  in  a  few  seconds.  A  solu- 
tion of  hydrogen  sulphid,  injected  into  the  rectum  of  a  dog, 
was  eliminated  by  the  lungs  in  sixty-five  seconds. 

The  rapidity  of  absorption  is  materially  influenced  (i)  by 
the  solubility  of  the  poison  ;  so  long  as  the  substance  is 
insoluble,  it  cannot  be  absorbed ;  but  many  substances 
insoluble  in  water  speedily  dissolve  in  the  fluids  of  the 
stomach  and  intestines,  and  so  pass  into  the  circulation. 
(2)  By  the  nature  of  the  surface  to  which  it  is  applied,  it 
being  in  direct  ratio  to  the  vascularity  of  the  part.  It  is  for 
this  reason  that  the  most  rapid  absorption  is  from  the  air- 
cells  of  the  lungs,  when  the  substance  is  inhaled  in  the  form 
of  vapor,  and  is  immediately  taken  up  by  the  very  extended 
vascular  pulmonary  area.  For  this  same  reason,  also,  when 
it  is  injected  directly  into  the  blood  vessels,  the  effect  is 
almost  instantaneous.  Christison  injected  conin  hydro- 
chlorid  into  the  femoral  vein  of  a  dog,  and  death  took  place 
in  three  or  four  seconds.  Some  animal  poisons,  such  as 
the  virus  of  glanders,  syphilis,  smallpox,  etc.,  when  swal- 
lowed, appear  to  undergo  a  change,  through  digestion, 
which*  renders  them  inocuous.  The  absorption  of  poisons 
in  the  stomach  is  modified  by  the  condition  of  that  organ 
— being  most  rapid  when  it  is  empty.  The  skin  maybe  the 
avenue  for  the  introduction  of  poisons,  as  witnessed  in  the 
absorption  of  arsenic,  tartar  emetic,  corrosive  sublimate, 
opium,  etc.,  when  applied  in  ointment  or  washes.  By 
removing  the  cuticle,  the  absorption   is  much  more  rapid, 


196  TOXICOLOGY. 

as  seen  in  the  endermic  method.  (3)  Fullness  of  the  blood 
vessels.  The  rapidity  of  absorption  is  inversely  to  the 
quantity  of  the  circulating  fluid;  hence,  depletion  by  bleed- 
ing or  purging  will  favor  absorption. 

But  admitting  the  fact  of  absorption,  the  further  ques- 
tion whether  the  fatal  effects  of  the  poison  are  to  be  ascribed 
to  this,  is  answered  affirmatively  by  showing  that  these 
effects  continue  so  long  as  the  circulation  of  the  blood  goes 
on  between  the  point  of  insertion  and  the  organs  affected, 
and  that  they  cease  when  the  circulation  is  arrested.  The 
oft-quoted  experiment  of  Magendie  establishes  the  first  of 
these  propositions.  He  divided  all  the  tissues  of  a  frog's 
leg  except  the  blood  vessels,  and  inserted  the  foot  into 
a  solution  of  nux  vomica;  absorption  took  place  through 
the  blood,  and  fatal  tetanic  convulsions  ensued.  The  same 
experiment  repeated  on  a  leg  in  which  the  blood  vessels 
only  were  divided  (they  interrupting  the  circulation),  pro- 
duced no  effect  upon  the  animal.  The  second  proposition  is 
proved  both  by  the  foregoing  experiment,  and  in  the  fol- 
lowing :  hydrogen  cyanid  was  introduced  into  the  stomach 
of  a  dog,  through  an  opening  in  its  walls.  So  long  as  the 
vessels  passing  from  the  stomach  to  the  liver  were  secured 
by  a  ligature,  no  poisonous  effects  were  produced ;  but  they 
were  manifested  within  one  minute  of  its  removal. 

Subsequent  Disposition  of  the  Poison. — After  absorption 
into  the  blood,  as  the  poison  passes  through  the  different 
organs,  a  portion  of  it  is  immediately  separated  by  these, 
and  at  once  eliminated  by  the  various  secretions,  bile,  urine, 
saliva,  pancreatic  fluid  and  sweat.  Another  portion  may  be 
temporarily  deposited  in  the  organs  and  tissues,  and  usually 
in  the  following  order  as  to  quantity:  the  liver,  spleen,  kid- 
neys, heart,  lungs,  brain,  pancreas,  muscles  and  bones.     To 


DISPOSITION    OF   THE    POISON.  197 

this  order  there  may  be  occasional  exceptions,  as  some 
recent  experiments  seem  to  prove  that  lead  and  certain 
other  mineral  poisons  show  an  especial  affinity  for  the 
spinal  cord  and  brain.  Only  a  minute  quantity  of  the 
poison  is  circulating  in  the  capillaries  at  any  one  time ;  yet 
there  is  good  reason  to  believe  that  it  is  exclusively  this 
small  portion  which  is  really  noxious:  while  still  remaining 
in  the  stomach,  or  retained  in  the  organs,  it  is  harmless. 
Hence,  it  is  a  common  mistake  to  attribute  death  to  the 
actual  quantity  of  the  poison  found  in  the  stomach  of  the 
deceased:  this  is  only  the  surplus,  or  complement  of  what 
was  necessary  to  kill:  it  has,  in  fact,  no  direct  connection 
with  the  fatal  result, — this  being  caused  by  the  absorbed 
portion  only  (except  in  the  case  of  the  corrosives,  which 
act  locally).  Although  that  portion  of  the  poison  which  is 
retained  in  the  organs  (absorbed)  is,  for  the  time  being, 
inocuous,  yet,  as  it  is  liable  to  be  reabsorbed  into  the  circu- 
lation, it  may  again  prove  active.  Hence,  in  the  treatment 
of  a  case  of  poisoning,  the  importance  of  completely  elimi- 
nating the  noxious  agent  from  the  system. 

While  we  have  no  positive  proof  that  all  poisons  are 
deposited  in  the  organs,  we  know  that  this  is  true  of  the 
mineral,  and  of  many  of  the  vegetable  poisons.  The  gaseous 
poisons  appear  to  be  eliminated  by  the  lungs  immediately, 
without  this  deposition.  This  was  proven  by  Bernard,  who 
injected  into  the  jugular  vein  of  a  dog  a  cubic  inch  of  water 
saturated  with  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  A  piece  of  paper, 
wetted  with  solution  of  lead  acetate,  was  held  to  the  dog's 
mouth.  It  blackened  in  from  three  to  five  seconds,  showing 
that  the  gas  had  been  eliminated  from  the  lungs.  This 
elimination  was  completed  in  a  few  seconds. 

The  time  required  for  an  absorbed  poison  to  be" removed 
from  the  circulation,  either  by  elimination,  or  by  deposition 


198  TOXICOLOGY. 

in  the  organs  or  tissues,  varies  for  different  substances,  and 
also,  probably,  for  different  conditions  of  the  system.  Cer- 
tain medicinal  substances  are  known  to  appear  in  the  urine 
a  few  minutes  after  being  swallowed,  e.  g.,  potassium  iodid 
and  turpentine.  In  relation  to  mineral  poisons,  there  is 
reason  to  believe  that  they  are  rapidly  separated  from  the 
blood.  Experiments  have  shown  that  arsenic  may  be  dif- 
fused throughout  the  body  of  an  animal  in  an  hour  and  a 
half  after  being  swallowed.  It  has  also  been  found  in  the 
urine  of  a  horse  within  one  hour  after  administration. 
Taylor  found  arsenic  in  the  human  liver  four  hours  after 
being  swallowed.  Doubtless,  it  reaches  this  organ  much 
sooner  than  this,  although  no  opportunity  has  as  yet  been 
afforded  of  proving  the  fact,  since  death  rarely  occurs 
earlier  than  the  above  period.  Taylor  believes  that  the 
liver  acquires  its  maximum  of  saturation  by  arsenic  in  fifteen 
hours  after  the  ingestion  of  the  poison.  He  gives  a  table 
of  the  estimated  average  amount  of  this  poison  that  will  be 
found  in  this  organ  at  different  periods  :  In  five  to  seven 
hours  after  taking,  the  quantity  is  0.8  grain;  in  nine  hours, 
1.2  grain;  in  fifteen  hours,  2.0  grains;  in  seventeen  to 
twenty  hours,  1.3  grain;  in  fourteen  days,  0.17  grain.  It  is 
generally  admitted  that  arsenic  is  entirely  eliminated  from 
the  human  system  in  about  fifteen  days ;  but  cases  have 
been  reported  where  the  poison  was  detected  in  the  urine 
as  late  as  the  twenty-fifth  day.  As  a  rule,  the  analyst  need 
hardly  expect  to  find  any  traces  of  arsenic  in  the  body  of  a 
person  who  has  survived  fifteen  days  after  swallowing  it. 

Other  mineral  poisons  require  a  longer  time  for  their 
elimination  from  the  human  body.  According  to  Orfila, 
arsenic  and  corrosive  sublimate  require  thirty  days ;  anti- 
mony, four  months;  silver,  five  months;  lead  and  copper, 
over  eight  months. 


DISPOSITION    OF   THE    POISON.  199 

This  doctrine  of  the  elimination  of  poisons  must  be  held 
with  some  reserve.  The  question  may  at  times  assume  very- 
serious  importance.  Suppose  a  case  of  alleged  arsenical 
poisoning,  in  which  the  deceased  had  survived  two  or  three 
days,  but  in  which  the  toxicologic  examination  failed  to 
reveal  any  traces  of  the  poison  in  the  liver,  or  other  viscera. 
Here,  the  defense  might  very  plausibly  urge  that  the  death 
was  not  caused  by  the  poison,  as  alleged,  inasmuch  as  it 
could  not  be  found  in  the  viscera,  where  it  ought  to  be 
discovered  (according  to  authorities),  if  life  was  not  pro- 
tracted beyond  fifteen  days.  There  must  be  exceptions  to 
the  above  rule,  as  in  a  case  in  which  there  had  been  exces- 
sive vomiting  and  purging  from  the  first,  and  the  dose  of 
the  poison  comparatively  moderate.  Taylor  mentions  a 
case  of  this  nature,  in  which  arsenic  had  caused  death  in 
twenty- six  hours;  there  had  been  much  vomiting  and 
purging,  and  on  examination,  the  poison  had  nearly  dis- 
appeared from  those  viscera  in  which  it  is  usually  found. 
In  such  a  case,  if  the  other  evidences  of  poisoning  were 
present,  the  .negative  chemical  testimony  is  of  less  moment. 
On  the  other  hand,  a  case  may  present  itself  (as  it  has  to  the 
author)  in  which  a  person  who  has  been  taking  small  doses 
of  arsenic,  medicinally,  for  a  length  of  time,  dies  suddenly, 
with  gastro-enteric  symptoms,  and  under  suspicious  circum- 
stances. Here,  an  examination  of  the  liver  may  discover 
traces  of  arsenic,  and  this  may  be  regarded  by  the  prosecu- 
tion as  proof  of  criminal  administration,  especially  if  it 
could  be  shown  that  the  deceased  had  not  taken  the  medi- 
cine for  at  least  fifteen  (thirty)  days  before  death.  In  such 
a  case,  in  the  absence  of  all  the  other  factors  of  evidence,  the 
finding  of  traces  of  arsenic  in  the  liver,  within  the  period  of 
time  above  mentioned,  would  not  establish  it  as  the  cause 
of  death. 


200  TOXICOLOGY. 

The  Mode  of  Death  by  poisons  has  been  a  subject  of 
much  discussion.  It  must  be  admitted  that  we  are  not  in 
possession  of  the  full  knowledge  of  this  subject.  We  know 
that  the  various  poisons  circulate  through  the  blood,  and 
thus  come  in  contact  with  some  one  of  the  great  centers  of 
life — the  heart,  the  lungs,  and  the  brain  and  spinal  cord — 
and  then  and  there  produce  their  specific  effects ;  one,  on 
the  brain,  causing  narcotism;  another,  on  the  heart,  pro- 
ducing asthenia;  a  third,  acting  on  the  spinal  cord,  causing 
tetanus,  etc. ;  but  why  they  possess  this  elective  affinity  for 
these  different  organs,  we  are  unable  to  explain.  Neither 
do  we  understand  why  different  poisons  exhibit  a  similar 
election  in  their  modes  of  elimination  from  the  system,  e.g., 
potassium  iodid  passing  out,  by  preference,  through  the 
urine  ;  mercury,  by  the  saliva ;  arsenic,  by  the  glands  of 
the  stomach,  etc. 

One  mode  in  which  death  occurs  by  poisoning  is  prob- 
ably by  shock  on  the  general  nervous  system,  as  seen  in  the 
case  of  the  powerful  corrosives — their  violent  local  action 
causing  a  general  depression  of  the  system,  very  similar  to 
that  occasioned  by  a  severe  superficial  burn  or  other  severe 
injury.  Most  probably  there  is  some  histological  or  patho- 
logical change  produced  by  the  poison  in  the  organ  or 
tissue. 

The  fact  that  poisons  must  enter  the  circulation  before 
they  can  become  effective  naturally  suggests  the  idea  of 
some  chemical  or  other  change  produced  on  the  blood,  and 
possibly  on  the  poison  itself  This,  however,  cannot  be 
proved.  As  regards  any  physical  alteration  of  the  blood 
corpuscles,  microscopic  observation  has  failed  as  yet  to 
discover  anything  that  can  be  regarded  as  conclusive, 
although  it  has  demonstrated  alteration  in  their  size,  shape 
and  color,  in  the  case  of  certain  poisons. 


ANTAGONISM    OF    POISONS.  201 

Modifying  Circumstances  connected  •with  Poisons. — Some 
of  these  relate  to  the  poison  itself,  and  others  are  connected 
with  the  system.  Among  the  former,  the  dose,  and  mode 
of  administration  require  notice.  As  a  rule,  the  larger  the 
dose,  the  more  speedy  the  action.  An  exception  to  this  is 
seen  in  the  case  of  some  irritants,  such  as  arsenic,  where  a 
large  dose  may  be  rejected  by  vomiting,  and  might  thus 
prove  inocuous,  while  a  smaller  one  would  be  retained. 
The  effect  of  some  poisons  is  much  modified  by  the  dose  ; 
thus,  a  large  dose  of  oxalic  acid  kills  almost  immediately 
by  shock,  while  a  smaller  one  will  act  upon  the  heart  and 
nervous  centres,  and  prove  fatal  more  slowly. 

The  effect  of  combination  of  poisons  is  sometimes  to 
increase,  sometimes  to  diminish,  their  activity,  and  again, 
to  antagonize  or  neutralize  their  action.  According  to 
Christison,  the  effects  of  arsenic  are  decidedly  modified  by 
alcoholic  intoxication,  which  seems  in  some  way  to  arrest, 
or  suspend  its  action.  This  is  also  probably  true  of  other 
irritant  poisons.  The  same  authority  mentions  a  case 
where  a  very  large  dose  of  corrosive  sublimate  and  laud- 
anum was  taken,  and  there  was  a  remarkable  postponement 
of  all  the  usual  symptoms. 

Antagonism  of  Poisons. — That  an  antagonism  exists  be- 
tween certain  poisons — the  one  neutralizing  the  effects  of 
the  other  in  the  animal  system — has  been  satisfactorily 
demonstrated.  Experiments  on  frogs  go  to  prove  that 
this  antagonism  is  of  a  twofold  character — physiological 
and'  toxic.  For  example,  calcium  salts  given  in  toxic 
doses  occasion  complete  ventricular  contraction  in  the 
frog's  heart,  the  animal  dying  with  the  heart  in  systole. 
On  the  other  hand,  potassium  salts  produce  relaxation  of 
the  ventricle,  and  death  occurs  in  diastole.  But  by  a  care- 
17 


202  ,  TOXICOLOGY. 

ful  equipoise  m  the  dose  of  these  two  salts,  the  physio- 
logical effects  of  each  can  be  mutually  and  completely 
controlled  and  neutralized  by  the  other,  so  that  the  normal 
action  of  the  heart  is  restored,  and  the  animal  survives.  A 
similar  antagonism  has  been  found  to  exist  between  veratrin 
and  potassium  salts — the  akaloid  here  acting  precisely  like 
a  calcium  salt  in  neutralizing  the  effects  of  the  potassium 
salt. 

Hence  we  may  regard  the  action  of  antidotes,  in  cases  of 
poisoning,  as  being  of  a  twofold  character — physiologic 
and  chemical. 

This  question  of  antagonism  acquires  much  greater  in- 
terest and  importance,  when  we  come  to  consider  its  bearing 
in  certain  cases  of  criminal  poisoning,  in  which,  in  the 
absence  of  the  usual  chemical  and  other  recognized  proofs 
of  the  alleged  poison,  the  attempt  is  made  to  show  that 
by  a  combination  of  poisons,  their  acti6n  upon  the  human 
system  will  become  so  modified  as  to  conceal  the  symp- 
toms, and  prevent  their  discovery  after  death  by  the  usual 
chemical  tests.  It  then  assumes  a  considerable  importance. 
This  doctrine  was,  for  the  first  time,  apparently,  in  this 
country,  urged  with  some  plausibility,  at  the  celebrated  trial 
of  Dr.  Paul  Schoeppe,  at  Carlisle,  Pa.,  in  1869.  After  the 
failure  by  the  prosecution  to  establish  the  allegation  of 
poisoning  by  hydrogen  cyanid  (inasmuch  as  the  single 
symptoms  were  rather  those  of  apoplexy),  it  set  up  the 
claim  that  the  death  was  produced  by  a  mixture  of  hydro- 
gen cyanid  and  morphin,  and  ascribed  the  absence  of  all  the 
usual  symptoms  of  the  former,  and  the  failure  to  detect 
either  it  (except  by  the  merest  trace,  which  was  shown 
might  result  from  the  faulty  method  of  the  analysis)  or  the 
morphin,  to  the  alleged  antagonism  of  the  two  substances, 
although  there  was  not  the  slightest  evidence  of  the  admin- 


ANTAGONISM    OF    POISONS.  203 

istration  of  either.  In  the  year  1870  Dr.  Reese  made  a 
number  of  experiments  upon  dogs,  with  a  view  of  determin- 
ing this  question.  A  few  of  the  results  will  be  briefly  de- 
tailed here : — 

(i)  Morphin  and  Hydrogen  Cyanid. — If  both  poisons  are 
given  in  full  lethal  doses,  the  symptoms  of  both  toxic 
agents  are  exhibited.  The  morphin  never  counteracts  the 
fatal  effects  of  the  other  body,  if  the  latter  be  taken  in  full 
poisonous  doses. 

(2)  Morphin  and  Atropin. — The  mutual  antagonizing  in- 
fluence of  these  two  alkaloids  is  now  fully  recognized  in 
the  human  subject;  but  it  is  less  manifest  in  dogs.. 

(3)  Strychnin,  and  Hydrogen  Cyanid. — These  powerful 
poisons  evince  no  real  antagonism. — When  both  were  taken 
in  full  doses,  the  usual  symptoms  of  each  were  exhibited 
alternately — convulsions  and  tetanic  spasms. 

(4)  Strychnin  and  Morphin — 'These  alkaloids  show  no 
disposition  to  antagonism,  when  given  in  full  doses.  The 
narcotism  of  the  morphin  (taken  first)  was  speedily  followed 
by  the  tetanus  of  the  strychnin  (taken  afterward). 

(5)  Atropin  and  Eserin. — The  investigations  of  Dr. 
Frazer  with  these  substances  on  dogs  demonstrate  a  real 
antagonism,  which  was  confirmed  by  Dr.  Reese's  experi- 
ments. 

(6)  Atropin  and  StrycJinin. — There  would  seem  to  be  a 
true  antagonism  between  these  two  alkaloids,  sufficient  to 
justify  a  resort  to  the  use  of  atropin  in  a  case  of  strychnin- 
poisoning. 

There  also  appears  good  reason  for  admitting  the  antag- 
onism between  Aconite  and  Digitalis — sufficiently  so  to 
warrant  a  trial  of  digitalis  in  a  case  of  poisoning  by  aconite. 

The  conditions  of  the  system  that  modify  the  action  of 
poisons  are,  habit,  idiosyncrasy  and  disease.    Habit  usually 


204  TOXICOLOGY. 

diminishes  the  power  of  poisons,  as  shown  especially  in 
the  case  of  the  narcotics,  opium  and  alcohol.  It  is  also 
alleged  to  be  true  in  the  case  of  arsenic,  as  seen  in  the 
arsenic-eaters  of  Styria,  and   other  mountainous  countries. 

The  effect  of  disease  in  modifying  the  action  of  poisons 
is  witnessed  in  the  tolerance  by  the  system  of  opium  in 
tetanus  and  mania-a-potu,  and  of  its  increased  susceptibility 
to  this  drug  in  apoplexy  and  inflammation  of  the  brain.  In 
paralysis,  the  susceptibility  to  the  action  of  strychnin  is 
diminished. 

The  influence  of  sleep  is  usually  to  diminish,  or  retard 
the  action  of  poisons.  This  is  true  of  arsenic  and  the 
irritants  generally.  The  narcotism  produced  by  opium  seems 
to  produce  a  similar  effect,  and  also  to  mask  the  symptoms. 

A  knowledge  of  the  Evidences  of  poisoning  constitutes 
an  important  point  to  the  toxicologist.  These  evidences 
comprise:  (i)  those  derived  from  the  Symptoms;  (2)  those 
obtained  from  the  Post-mortem  appearances ;  (3)  those 
afforded  by  Chemical  analysis ;  (4)  those  derived  from 
Experiments  on  ajiimals ;  (5)  the  Moral  or  Circumstantial 
evidences. 

I.  Evidences  afforded  by  Symptoms. — These  constitute  a 
very  important  factor  in  the  diagnosis  of  poisoning;  but, 
alone,  they  can  never  be  sufficient  to  establish  the  fact, 
although  they  often  furnish  a  very  strong  presumption. 
There  are  no  characteristic  symptoms  of  any  poison ;  if 
this  were  the  case,  there  would  be  no  need  of  ever  making 
a  chemical  examination,  since  the  symptoms  alone  would 
be  sufficient  to  decide  the  case.  To  this  there  maybe  almost 
an  exception  in  poisoning  by  the  strong  mineral  acids  and 
alkalies,  the  local  caustic  action  of  which  is  so  apparent. 


EVIDENCES    AFFORDED    BY    POISONING.  205 

The  first  point  to  notice  is  the  sudden  occurrence  of 
violent  symptoms  in  a  perfectly  healthy  person,  soon  after 
taking  food  or  drink.  Most  poisons  produce  their  effects 
very  soon  after  their  administration — some  of  them  almost 
immediately.  But  if  given  in  very  small  quantities,  and  at 
intervals,  as  in  slow  poisoning,  the  symptoms  may  come  on 
gradually,  and  be  readily  mistaken  for  disease.  The  physi- 
cian should  be  extremely  cautious  about  mentioning  suspi- 
cions of  poisoning  in  a  case  of  this  character,  before  he  has 
thoroughly  investigated  the  case  by  analysis,  etc. 

The  suspicion  is  strengthened,  if  several  persons,  after 
partaking  of  the  same  food  are  suddenly  seized  with  the 
same  severe  symptoms.  But  even  here  it  might  happen 
that  some  disease,  like  cholera,  may  have  simultaneously 
attacked  several  persons,  after  partaking  of  a  meal.  Taylor 
mentions  an  instance  of  this  character,  occurring  in  London, 
where  three,  out  of  four  members  of  a  family,  under  suspi- 
cious circumstances,  were  suddenly  seized  with  violent 
symptoms,  that  were  strongly  indicative  of  irritant  poi- 
soning, but  which  proved  to  be  malignant  cholera,  vv'hich 
was  prevailing  at  that  time. 

A  third  feature  connected  with  the  symptoms  is  their 
rapid  course  toward  a  fatal  termination.  This,  however,  is 
not  of  much  practical  value,  since  the  most  active  poisons 
do  nofalways  prove  fatal  immediately,  while,  on  the  other 
hand,  many  diseases  run  their  course  very  rapidly. 

From  what  has  just  been  said  about  symptoms,  it  will  be 
readily  understood  that  the  practical  difficulty  consists  in 
distinguishing  between  these  and  the  symptoms  of  disease. 
We  shall,  therefore,  briefly  consider  those  diseases  whose 
symptoms  most  resemble  the  symptoms  accompanying 
poisoning.  The  disorders  which  most  simulate  irritant 
poisons    are    cholera    morbus,   malignant    cholera,   gastro- 


206  TOXICOLOGY. 

enteritis,  peritonitis,  ulceration  of  the  stomach,  ileus,  and 
hernia.  Those  which  most  resemble  neurotic  poisoning  are 
apoplexy,  epilepsy,  inflammation  of  the  brain,  tetanus,  and 
certain  cardiac  diseases. 

Cholej'a  morbus  strongly  resembles  arsenic  poisoning, 
and  is  frequently  mistaken  for  it.  Two  cases  of  this  char- 
acter were  reported,  in  which  death  occurred  in  about 
eight  hours,  both  of  which  were  mistaken  for  cholera 
morbus  by  the  attending  physician,  and  were  so  certified 
before  the  Board  of  Health;  but  both  of  which,  however, 
yielded,  by  analysis,  the  most  positive  evidence  of  arsenical 
poisoning. 

Malignant  cholera  most  resembles  the  action  of  tartar 
emetic  in  its  symptoms,  such  as  the  excessive  nausea  and 
vomiting,  the  rice-water  dejections,  the  cramps,  the  extreme 
weakness,  etc.  Gastro-enteritis,  peritonitis,  ulceration  of  the 
stomach,  ileus  and  hernia,  all  present  symptoms  which 
strongly  resemble  many  of  those  witnessed  from  irritant 
poisons. 

Many  of  the  features  of  apoplexy  bear  a  striking  resem- 
blance to  the  symptoms  of  opium  poisoning;  whilst  epilepsy 
in  some  of  its  symptoms  resembles  poisoning  from  hydrogen 
cyanid;  and  the  effects  of  strychnin  bear  a  strong  likeness 
to  those  oi  tetanus. 

A  knowledge  of  the  above  facts  should  put  the-  practi- 
tioner upon  his  guard  against  too  hastily  deciding  on  a  case 
of  poisoning  from  the  symptoms  alone;  and,  on  the  other 
hand,  he  should  not  be  misled  in  attributing  to  a  supposed 
disease  what  is  really  the  result  of  a  poison. 

II.   Evidences  obtained  from  Post-mortem  Examination. — 

The  rules  governing  an  autopsy  in  a  case  of  poisoning  are 
the  same  as  those  which  regulate  other  post-mortem  exam- 


EVIDENCES    FROM    POST-MORTEM    EXAMINATION.         207 

inations.  One  important  rule  should  always  be  observed, 
namely,  that  the  examination  should  be  thorough  and  ex- 
haustive, so  as  to  overlook  no  lesion,  and  no  cause  of  either 
accidental,  or  natural  death.  The  rules  already  given  for 
conducting  a  post-mortem  investigation  need  not  be 
repeated  here. 

The  importance  of  receiving  the  stomach  and  other 
viscera  into  a  perfectly  clean  jar  may  be  inferred  from  the 
fact,  that  the  showing  that  this  vessel  was  not  clean,  at  the 
trial,  would  be  sufficient  to  destroy  all  the  chemical  testi- 
mony. This  is  well  illustrated  by  a  case  communicated  to 
the  author  from  the  experience  of  the  late  Prof  R.  Bridges. 
The  poison  suspected  was  arsenic,  but  the  stomach,  etc., 
were  carelessly  thrown  into  an  old  tin  can  that  had  formerly 
contained  zinc-paint,  before  being  sent  to  the  analyst.  He 
discovered  zinc  in  the  viscera,  for  which  he  was  at  a  loss  to 
account,  until  the  above  fact  was  ascertained.   ■ 

In  the  examination  of  the  stomach,  it  is  recommended  to 
open  this  organ  along  the  lesser  curvature,  and  after  care- 
fully collecting  and  measuring  the  contents,  to  spread  it  out 
upon  a  clean  pane  of  glass,  or  large  flat  dish,  with  the 
mucous  surface  outward;  it  should  then  be  carefully  in- 
spected, with  the  aid  of  a  magnifier,  and  any  abnormal 
appearance  noted,  together  with  any  foreign  substance,  such 
as  crystals  of  arsenic,  fragments  of  phosphorus,  suspicious 
powders,  pieces  of  vegetable  matter,  etc.  These  should 
afterward  be  examined  with  the  microscope. 

The  evidences  furnished  by  the  post-mortem,  like  those 
derived  from  the  symptoms,  can  never  be  absolutely  con- 
clusive, but  only  strongly  suggestive;  for  many  diseases 
exhibit  precisely  the  same  post-mortem  lesions.  Some-  , 
times  the  external  inspection  of  the  body  may  throw  some 
light  on  the  case,  as  when  certain  stains  of  the  liiineral  acids 


208  TOXICOLOGY. 

are  discovered  about  the  mouth,  cheeks,  tongue  and  fauces, 
and  also  on  the  dress  of  the  person.  Occasionally,  the  odor 
of  hydrogen  cyanid,  opium,  alcohol,  nicotin  or  phosphorus 
may  be  perceived  on  the  corpse.  On  opening  the  body, 
the  odor  of  such  substances,  if  present,  is  usually  more 
decided ;  and  in  phosphorus-poisoning  the  white  fumes,  which 
are  luminous  in  the  dark,  as  well  as  the  garlic-like  odor, 
are  often  very  perceptible.  Again,  the  remnants  of  certain 
poisons  may  be,  at  times,  discovered  in  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  such  as  cantharides,  Scheele's  green,  nux  vomica, 
arsenous  oxid  and  orpiment;  also  vegetable  leaves  and 
fibres,  which  latter  may  be  recognized  by  their  structure. 
The  aid  of  the  microscope  may  here  be  required. 

As  regards  the  true  pathological  lesions  resulting  from 
poisoning,  it  may  be  remarked  that,  as  a  rule,  the  irritant 
poisons  leave  behind  them  decided  marks  of  congestion  and 
inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  together,  at  times,  with  ulceration,  perforation  and 
gangrene;  while  the  neurotics  leave  their  impress  upon  the 
brain  and  spinal  cord,  in  the  form  of  congestion,  inflamma- 
tion and  effusion  in  these  organs,  and  sometimes  congestion 
of  the  lungs.  The  negative  evidence,  in  the  absence  of  all 
marks  of  irritation  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  against  irri- 
tant poisoning,  although  strong,  is  not  absolute,  because,  in 
exceptional  cases,  death  from  these  powerful  irritants  may 
occur,  without  leaving  behind  any  pathological  lesion. 

Among  the  most  common  of  the  post-mortem  signs  pro- 
duced by  irritant  poisons  is  redness;  this,  however,  is  a 
constant  symptom  attendant  on  many  disorders;  and  it 
occurs  simply  as  a  post-mortem  change.  A  similar  conges- 
tion is  also  witnessed  in  some  cases  of  death  by  suffocation, 
strangling,  hanging  and  drowning.  The  examiner  should 
hence  beware  of  attaching  too  much  importance  to  this 


EVIDENCE    FROM    CHEMICAL    ANALYSIS.  209 

sign  exclusively.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  equally  mislead- 
ing and  unscientific  to  exclude  poisoning  as"  the  cause  of 
death  simply  on  account  of  the  absence  of  any  apparent 
pathological  change  in  the  lining  membrane  of  the  stomach; 
since  many  cases  are  recorded  of. death  from  large  doses  of 
arsenic,  which  left  no  traces  whatever  of  its  irritant  action 
on  that  organ.  Ulceration  is  occasionally  the  result  of  irri- 
tant poisoning.  It  is,  however,  much  more  frequently 
the  sequence  of  disease ;  and  as  this  latter  is  apt  to  be  insidi- 
ous, and  generally  unsuspected  until  a  sudden  fatal  termina- 
tion, it  might  readily  be  mistaken  for  a  case  of  poisoning. 
Softening  of  the  mucous  lining  of  the  stomach  and  bowels 
may  result  from  both  poisoning  and  disease;  it  cannot, 
therefore,  be  accepted  as  a  proof  of  the  former.  Perforation 
may  occur  from  the  action  of  a  corrosive,  as  the  mineral 
acids  and  alkalies,  and  also  from  disease;  but,  in  the  latter 
case,  the  aperture  is  small,  while  in  the  former  it  is  large 
and  ragged,  and  its  edges  are  soft  and  friable;  moreover, 
the  poison  escapes  into  the  abdomen,  and  can  there  readily 
be  detected, 

III.  Evidences  from  Chemical  Analysis. — The  actual  dis- 
covery of  the  poison  by  means  of  chemical  analysis  is 
usually  regarded  as  the  most  satisfactory  and  positive  evi- 
dence of  poisoning;  and  it  is  a  prevalent  notion  that -the 
case  cannot  be  made  out,  without  the  production  of  the 
poison,  as  the  corpus  delicti.  This  is,  however,  an  error. 
The  law  requires  the  satisfactory  proof  of  death  by  poison- 
ing. The  question  is — Can  satisfactory  proof  be  afforded 
without  the  chemical  detection  of  the  poison  ?  The  reply 
to  this  inquiry  is,  that  it  undoubtedly  can,  in  certain  cases. 
Many  convictions  have  occurred  in  trials  for  poisoning, 
without  this  particular  Ijne  of  proof.  If  it  were  always 
i8 


210  TOXICOLOGY. 

deemed  absolutely  essential,  doubtless,  many  criminals 
would  escape.  It  is  well  understood  that  for  certain  poisons 
there  is  no  known  characteristic  test;  besides,  circumstances 
may  interfere  to  prevent  a  proper  examination.  If,  however, 
the  other  branches  of  evidence  fail,  and  if  at  the  same  time, 
the  analytic  proofs  are  unsatisfactory,  then  the  case  must 
be  abandoned. 

On  the  other  hand,  supposing  the  analysis  reveals  the 
presence  of  poison  in  the  stomach,  this  does  not  necessarily 
prove  that  the  death  resulted  from  poisoning.  Indeed,  in 
the  absence  of  the  usual  symptoms,  the  pathological  lesions, 
and  other  proofs,  it  might  plausibly  justify  the  suspicion 
that  the  poison  had  been  secretly  introduced  into  the  body 
after  death,  for  sinister  purposes,  or  without  evil  intention, 
as  in  the  case  of  so-called  embalming  with  certain  poisonous 
mineral  substances. 

The  detection  of  the  absorbed  poison  in  the  organs,  as 
the  liver,  spleen,  kidney,  etc.,  is  justly  regarded  as  a  more 
satisfactory  proof  of  poisoning  than  the  mere  discovery 
of  it  in  the  stomach.  Indeed,  it  is  by  some  considered  as 
positive  and  incontrovertible  evidence.  This  statement  is 
correct  in  a  majority  of  cases.  It  should  not  be  forgotten 
that  if  a  poison  in  a  liquid  state  be  introduced  into  the 
stomach  or  rectum  of  a  dead  body,  by  means  of  a  tube,  in 
a  short  time  the  liquid  will  diffuse  through  the  walls  of  the 
viscus,  will  come  in  contact  with  the  adjacent  organs — ^the 
liver,  lungs,  pancreas,  kidney,  spleen,  etc. — and  will  pene- 
trate so  as  to  contaminate  them  more  or  less.  The  same 
result  would  occur  if  the  body  had  been  embalmed  by  the 
injection  into  the  blood-vessels  of  some  poisonous  material, 
such  as  arsenic  or  corrosive  sublimate.  Now,  if,  after  sev- 
eral weeks'  or  months'  interment,  a  suspicion  be  aroused 
that  the  death  had  been  caused  by  poison,  and  the  body 


POST-MORTEM    IMBIBITION    OF    POISONS.  211 

then  be  opened,  very  decided  evidences  will  be  afforded  by 
the  different  organs  of  what  might  very  naturally  be  mis- 
taken for  absorbed  poison. 

Cases  of  post-mortem  imbibition  of  poisons  are  rare; 
indeed,  many  authors  deny  their  existence;  but  Orfila 
proved  its  possibility  by  his  experiments,  more  than  sixty 
years  ago;  and  there  is  good  reason  to  believe  that  such 
cases  have  occurred  since  then.  The  author  is  familiar 
with  the  facts  of  one  of  this  nature,  the  particulars  of  which 
were  communicated  to  him ;  and  in  order  to  establish  the 
possibility  of  its  occurrence,  together  with  the  circumstances 
most  favorable  for  its  production,  he  had  a  series  of  experi- 
ments made,  under  his  supervision,  by  Dr.  Geo.  McCracken, 
of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  on  the  bodies  of  dogs  and 
cats,  with  solutions  of  arsenous  oxid,  corrosive  sublimate 
and  tartar  emetic,  confining  his  experiments,  for  the  time, 
to  mineral  poisons.  These  solutions  were  severally  injected 
into  the  stomachs  of  the  animals,  and  their  bodies  were 
buried  for  periods,  respectively,  of  three,  five,  six  and  seven 
weeks,  when  they  were  disinterred,  opened,  and  the  different 
viscera  subjected  to  careful  analysis,  with  the  following 
results :  After  three  weeks'  burial,  in  the  case  of  all  the 
poisonous  solutions,  the  characteristic  colored  spots  of  the 
respective  sulphids  were  seen  on  the  spleen,  under  surface 
of  the  liver,  and  that  portion  of  the  peritoneum  posterior  to 
the  stomach ;  yellow  in  the  case  of  arsenic ;  red  in  the  case 
of  antimony,  and  black  in  the  case  of  mercury.  Each 
of  the  metals  was  likewise  discovered  by  analysis  in 
the  liver,  spleen  and  left  kidney,  the  greatest  amount  being 
found  in  the  spleen ;  next,  in  the  portion  of  the  liver 
joining  the  stomach ;  then  in  the  left  kidney ;  and  next  in 
the  portion  of  liver  farthest  from  the  stomach,  and  none  in 
the  right  kidney.    After  six  and  seven  weeks'  interment,  the 


212  TOXICOLOGY, 

colored  sulphid  deposits  were  much  more  decided,  being 
noticed  on  the  upper,  as  well  as  the  lower,  surface  of  the 
liver,  together  with  the  spleen,  intestines,  omentum  and 
both  kidneys,  and,  in  the  case  of  arsenic,  even  extending  as 
low  down  as  the  fundus  of  the  bladder.  The  poisons  were 
detected  in  all  the  above-mentioned  organs. 

The  inference  from  the  above  facts  would  naturally  lead 
to  the  necessity  of  considering  the  question  of  the  post- 
mortem introduction  of  the  poison,  in  every  toxicologic, 
investigation.  It  is  evident  that  it  would  often  not  be  a  very 
difficult  matter  secretly  to  introduce  a  poisonous  liquid  into 
the  stomach  of  a  dead  person,  and,  after  the  lapse  of  a  few 
weeks  or  months,  to  circulate  the  rumor  of  the  death  having 
been  produced  by  poison.  This  would  probably  lead 
to  the  disinterment  of  the  body,  and  the  analytic  examination 
would  reveal  the  existence  of  the  poison,  not  only  in  the 
stomach,  but  also  in  the  liver  and  other  viscera.  The  con- 
clusion, then,  would  naturally  be  that  the  individual  had 
died  from  poison,  because  it  had  been  discovered  in  the 
organs.  The  case  may  occur  (as  has  actually  occurred)  in 
which  there  was  a  strong  suspicion  of  death  from  arsen- 
ical poison,  but  in  which  the  body  was  embalmed  imme- 
diately after  death  by  the  injection  of  an  arsenic  solution 
into  the  abdomen,  with  the  intention,  doubtless,  of  confusing 
the  results  of  analysis. 

Now,  the  all-important  question  here  is  :  Is  it  possible  to 
discriminate,  by  a  post-mortem  examination  of  the  liver  and 
other  organs  of  the  body,  between  a  genuine  case  of  poison- 
ing and  one  in  which  these  same  organs  had  become  affected 
by  post-mortem  imbibition?  Certainly  not  by  merely  ana- 
lytic tests,  since  these  would  afford  similar  results  in  both 
cases.  Until  quite  recently,  it  seemed  that  a  poison  injected 
into  the  stomach  or  bowels  of  a  dead  body  (or  in  the  process 


POST-MORTEM    IMBIBITION    OF    POISONS.  213 

of  embalming)  could  not  penetrate  through  the  bony  cavi- 
ties of  the  cranium  and  spinal  canal,  by  osmosis,  as  we 
know  to  be  the  case  with  the  different  organs  of  the  abdo- 
men and  chest.  Nevertheless,  certain  experiments  in  this 
line,  performed  by  Dr.  G.  B.  Miller  and  Mr.  F.  S.  Sutton, 
of  Philadelphia,  and  Prof.  V.  C.  Vaughan,  of  Michigan,  do 
seem  to  prove  that  a  solution  of  arsenous  oxid  (and,  infer- 
entially,  other  poisons),  injected  into  the  stomach  of  a  dead 
animal,  can,  after  a  sufficient  lapse  of  time,  be  discovered  in 
the  brain  and  spinal  marrow,  and  even  in  the  bones  of  the 
cranium,  by  the  usual  analytic  reagents.  But  how  this 
diffusion  can  be  accomplished  through  the  bony  walls 
of  these  cavities  is  difficult  to  understand. 

The  results  of  some  later  experiments  of  Dr.  Miller, 
indicate  that  strychnin  (and  presumably  the  other  alkaloids), 
when  injected  into  the  stomach  of  a  dead  rabbit  will  pene- 
trate by  imbibition  into  the  liver,  spinal  cord  and  bladder ; 
the  poison  having  been  detected  in  these  localities,  though 
not  in  the  brain. 

If,  however,  these  experiments  should  be  verified  or  ex- 
tended, the  result  will  be  to  deprive  us  of  an  important 
means  of  discrimination.  Probably,  the  next  best  criterion 
in  such  an  uncertainty  is  the  fact  alluded  to  by  Orfila  that, 
in  a  case  of  true  post-mortem  imbibition,  the  poison  would 
be  found  on  the  exterior  rather  than  on  the  interior  of  the 
organs;  while  in  a  real  case  of  poisoning,  the  absorbed 
poison  would  always  be  equally  deposited  in  the  interior  of 
the  organs. 

Again,  the  discovery  of  the  poison  in  the  solid  state  in  the 
stomach  might  be  regarded  as  strong  evidence  of  ante- 
mortem  administration ;  but  the  finding  of  a  liquid  poison 
in  that  organ,  although  strongly  suggestive,  is  not  positive 
proof  of  the  same,  since,  as  we  have  seen,  it  is  possible 
to  inject  such  a  liquid  into  this  cavity  after  death. 


214  TOXICOLOGY. 

Still  another  aid  in  this  investigation  is  afforded  by  test- 
ing the  urine.  The  discovery  of  the  suspected  poison  in 
this  secretion  might  be  regarded  as  conclusive  evidence  of 
ante-morten;  administration."  But  even  this  is  open  to  the 
possible  objection  that  the  bladder,  in  common  with  the 
other  abdominal  viscera,  might  be  contaminated  by  imbibi- 
tion of  the  injected  poison,  which  might  thus  possibly  affect 
the  contained  urine.  Probably  the  most  satisfactory  and 
scientific  diagnostic  mark  would  be  the  microscopic  proof 
of  a  histological  and  pathological  change  wrought  in  the 
tissue  or  organ  impregnated  with  the  poison.  This  could 
*only  occur  by  absorption  of  the  poison  during  life ;  such 
changes  are  not  induced  by  poisons  introduced  into  the 
dead  body.  It  is  very  certain  that  this  important  subject 
requires  further  attention  on  the  part  of  experts. 

Analysis  sometimes  fails  entirely  to  discover  the  poison 
after  death,  and  for  this  failure  several  good  reasons  can  be 
assigned:  (i)  It  may  all  have  disappeared  before  death  by 
vomiting  and  purging,  and  by  elimination  through  the 
secretions.  Arsenous  oxid,  however,  is  very  apt  to  adhere 
to  the  mucous  lining  of  the  stomach,  in  spite  of  long  and 
violent  vomiting.  (2)  It  may  be  undiscoverable  by  tests  at 
present  available.  (3)  Loss  by  absorption  and  elimina- 
tion may  occur.  This  is  apt  to  be  the  case  when  the  dose 
of  the  poison  was  only  just  sufficient  to  cause  death,  and 
death  not  very  rapid.  (4)  The  decomposition  of  the  poison 
in  the  blood,  or  during  its  elimination.  This  is  much  more 
apt  to  occur  with  organic,  than  with  inorganic  substances. 
(5)  Its  possible  decomposition  in  the  dead  body.  This 
does  not  occur  with  the  mineral  poisons ;  although  the 
chemical  composition  of  these  may  undergo  change  after 
death,  as,  e.  g.,  arsenous  oxid  into  the  yellow  sulphid,  yet 
the  element  remains.     (6)  The  presence  of  one  or  more 


FAILURE    OF    CHEMICAL   ANALYSIS.  215 

ptomaines  may  seriously  complicate  the  detection   of  some 
poisons. 

In  performing  a  toxicological  analysis,  certain  rules 
should  be  observed.  The  examiner  should,  if  possible, 
inform  himself  of  the  character  of  the  symptoms,  and  (if 
the  case  was  fatal)  of  the  post-mortem  appearances,  as  these 
will  usually  indicate  to  what  particular  class  of  poisons  he 
should  direct  his  researches.  In  searching  for  the  more 
complex  organic  poisons,  it  is  a  good  plan  to  reduce  the 
liquid,  by  evaporation  at  a  gentle  heat,  to  a  very  small  bulk* 
since  a  minute  quantity  of  a  poison  diffused  through  a  large 
amount  of  water  may  fail  to  respond  to  the  proper  tests. 
It  is  best,  also,  to  operate  on  one-half  of  the  material* 
reserving  the  other  portion  in  case  of  accident,  or  for  further 
experiments.  The  suspected  substance  ought  to  respond 
to  all  the  recognized  tests,  the  characteristic  ones  being 
first  applied ;  and  in  metallic  poisoning,  it  is  often  required 
to  produce  the  element  as  evidence.  This  can  always  be 
accomplished  without  much  difficulty  in  the  case  of  arsenic, 
mercury,  antimony,  copper,  lead ;  but  it  should  also  be 
remembered  that  the  results  are  modified  by  the  quantity  of 
the  reagent  employed.  Too  much  reliance  should  not  be 
placed  on  the  mere  color  of  precipitates,  as  this  is  often 
fallacious,  from  being  disguised  by  admixture  with  foreign 
matters,  or  uncertain,  from  its  resemblance  to  other  sub- 
stances. As  instances,  we  may  cite  the  impure  arsenic  and 
antimony  sulphids,  the  precipitates  in  the  liquid  tests  for 
arsenic,  and  the  resemblance  between  the  action  of  ferric 
salts  upon  the  saliva  and  upon  hydrogen  cyanid.  Finally, 
the  analyst  should  be  careful  to  test  the  purity  of  all  his 
reagents,  remembering  that  many  of  the  so-called  pure  re- 
agents often  contain  impurities,  which  may  seriously  damage 
his  examination. 


216  TOXICOLOGY. 

IV.   Evidences  from  Experiments  on   Living  Animals. — In 

cases  where  the  poison  cannot  be  identified  by  the  symp- 
toms, post-mortem  lesions  and  chemic  tests,  the  suspected 
material  may  be  introduced  into  a  living  animal  (a  dog,  cat 
rabbit,  guinea  pig,  or  mouse),  and  its  effects  noted.  In  the 
case  of  strychnin,  the  frog  would  be  appropriate  as  a  cor- 
roborative test.  Birds  are  not  so  well  adapted  for  experi- 
ment. The  character  of  the  information  thus  derived  is 
confined  to  the  mere  fact  of  poisoning,  together  with 
some  of  its  physiologic  and  pathologic  actions.  By  this 
means,  the  presence  of  digitalin  was  identified  in  a  cele- 
brated French  case,  and  aconitin  in  the  case  of  Dr.  Lamson, 
in  England. 

The  material  to  be  employed  in  such  cases  is  usually  the 
matters  vomited,  or  that  found  in  the  stomach  and  bowels 
of  the  deceased ;  but  the  examiner  should  avoid  a  too  hasty 
conclusion,  inasmuch  as  disease  might  cause  the  secretions 
of  the  alimentary  canal  to  become  infected,  and  thus  to  act 
upon  the  animal  pbisonously,  although  no  poison  had  really 
been  taken  by  the  deceased ;  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
although  poison  may  originally  have  been  present  in  the 
stomach,  it  might  have  all  been  expelled  by  vomiting, 
or  undergone  decomposition,  so  that  the  contents  of  the 
stomach  would  no  longer  produce  a  poisonous  impression 
on  the  animal.  When  the  quantity  of  the  material  is  small, 
as  in  the  case  of  an  ultimate  vegetable  extract,  it  is  advisable 
to  introduce  it  into  a  very  small  animal,  as  the  mouse,  hypo- 
dermically. 

Another  fact  to  be  noticed  in  this  connection  is,  that  a 
poison  may  be  introduced  into  the  human  system  through 
the  body  of  an  animal,  without  the  latter  being  affected  by 
it.  A  case  is  recorded  where  a  family  exhibited  all  the 
evidences  of  belladonna-poisoning  after  partaking  of  a  rab- 


EVIDENCES  FROM  CIRCUMSTANCES.  217 

bit  pie ;  the  defense,  which  was  successfully  set  up,  was  that 
the  animal  had  previously  eaten  of  the  belladonna  plant,  by 
which  its  flesh  had  become  poisonous.  It  is  well  known 
that  the  cow  and  goat  will  feed  upon  stramonium  with 
impunity,  and  that  their  milk  will  act  poisonously  upon 
those  who  partake  of  it. 

V.  Evidences  derived  from  Circumstances. — The  medical 
expert  is  not  directly  concerned  with  this  sort  of  testimony, 
and  it  is  best  for  this  feature  of  the  question  to  be  left  to  the 
legal  authorities.  In  poison  cases,  however,  the  medical 
and  other  evidence  is  so  closely  connected  that  the  expert 
may  be  consulted  in  regard  to  the  latter.  These  "  circum- 
stances" are  the  following  :  (i)  Any  suspicions  conduct  of  the 
accused  before  the  event.  (2)  Proof  of  tJie  purchase  and  pos- 
session of  poison  by  the  accused.  Of  course,  this  may  be 
satisfactorily  accounted  for ;  though  often  remarkable  rea- 
sons are  assigned  by  the  accused,  as  in  a  recent  New  Jersey 
case,  where  a  woman  was  tried  and  convicted  for  attempting 
to  poison  her  son  with  successive  small  doses  of  croton  oil ; 
the  alleged  reason  for  its  purchase  and  possession  being  that 
it  was  for  the  cure  of  her  corns.  (3)  The  proof  of  adminis- 
tration in  the  food  or  drink  of  the  deceased.  (4)  A  sufficiently 
strong  motive  for  tJie  act.  (5)  Suspicious  conduct  of  t J le  ac- 
cused during  the  illness,  and  after  the  death  of  the  deceased — 
such  as  preventing  his  obtaining  medical  advice ;  assuming 
the  exclusive  care  of  the  person,  as  to  the  giving  of  his 
food  or  administering  the  medicines ;  carefully  removing 
and  disposing  of  all  vomited  matters,  together  with  the 
excreta;  and  expressing  the  opinion  of  the  probability  of  a 
speedy  and  fatal  termination  of  the  case  ;  and,  after  the  death, 
opposing  an  autopsy,  hastening  the  burial,  and  giving  a 
false  account  of  the  illness. 


218  TOXICOLOGY. 

Certain  questions  will  naturally  present  themselves  in 
every  case  of  poisoning  that  comes  up  for  trial :  (i)  /^  the 
death  or  sickness  to  be  ascribed  to  poison  ?  This  question  is 
fundamental,  as  it  compels  the  expert  to  exhibit  his  proofs 
of  the  poisoning.  (2)  What  is  the  nature  of  the  alleged 
poisoning  ?  It  is  rarely  in  the  power  of  the  toxicologist  to 
exhibit  the  identical  poison  that  caused  the  death,  as  the 
corpus  delicti.  In  most  cases,  all  that  is  possible  to  do  is  to 
demonstrate  all  the  known  chemic  and  (occasionally)  phy- 
siologic tests.  In  the  case  of  the  mineral  poisons,  it  is 
deemed  sufficient  to  exhibit  the  element,  and  the  results 
of  the  recognized  chemical  reactions.  In  some  cases  of 
mineral  poisons,  however,  it  is  possible  to  extract  the  iden- 
tical substance  that  was  administered — such  as  arsenous 
oxid,  corrosive  sublimate,  tartar  emetic,  etc. — by  the  process 
of  dialysis.  (3)  Was  the  substance  administered  capable  of 
causing  deatli?  If  it  can  be  shown  that  the  substance, 
although  criminally  administered,  was  not  poisonous 
(although  supposed  to  be),  it  would  not  be  possible  to 
establish  a  case  of  poisoning;  neither,  if  the  substance 
were  poisonous  only  in  large  doses,  as  oxalic  acid,  and  a 
very  small  quantity,  only  a  few  grains,  had  been  given. 
(4)  Was  the  poison  taken  in  sufficient  quantity-  to  produce 
death  ?  The  discovery  of  a  large  amount  of  poison  in  the 
body  is  a  pretty  sure  evidence  of  the  cause  of  death ;  but 
the  finding  of  ouly  a  minute  quantity,  or  its  total  absence 
from  the  body,  is  not  positive  proof  that  death  was  not 
caused  by  poison.  (5)  When  zvas  the  poison  taken  ?  This 
question  can  generally  be  answered  by  referring  to  the  time 
of  the  first  appearance  of  the  symptoms,  together  with  their 
duration;  but  it  is  affected  by  various  conditions.  (6)  May 
the  poison  have  entirely  disappeared  from  the  body  zvithout 
leaving  any  trace  ?     The  answer  must  be  affirmative,  if  the 


CLASSIFICATION    OF    POISONS.  219 

person  has  survived  long  enough  to  allow  of  its  complete 
elimination.  (7)  Might  the  poison  found  in  the  body  be 
ascribed  to  any  other  source  than  to  poisoning?  Not  as  a 
general  rule,  if  it  is  found  in  considerable  quantities,  and  in 
the  absorbed  state  in  the  organs,  although  the  possibility 
of  post-mortem  imbibition  should  not  be  forgotten.  But, 
if  in  minute  quantity,  it  might  have  been  introduced  medi- 
cinally or  accidentally.  (8)  Can  poisoning  be  pretended? 
Undoubtedly,  just  as  various  diseases  are  feigned  for  some 
special  motive.  The  idea  of  being  poisoned  is  a  very  com- 
mon delusion  of  the  insane. 

The  above  medico-legal  questions  have  been  chiefly  taken 
from  the  treatise  of  Tardieu. 

Classification  of  Poisons. — Of  the  numerous  classifica- 
tions .  of  poisons  which  have  been  proposed  at  various 
times,  one  only  requires  notice  here.  This,  which  may  be 
termed  the  physiologic,  has  reference  to  the  effects  of  poi- 
sons upon  the  healthy  system,  and,  as  adopted  in  the  pres- 
ent treatise,  is  founded  upon  the  latter  arrangement,  as 
being  the  most  philosophic.  It  is  based  upon  the  one 
proposed  by  Taylor,  with  a  few  modifications,  which  render 
it  simple  and  convenient. 

All  poisons  are  divided  into  two  Classes :  I.  Irritants ; 
II.  Neurotics. 

I.  Irritants. — These  include  such  poisons  as  produce  an 
irritant  action  upon  the  mucous  lining  of  the  alimentary 
canal,  the  effects  being  nausea,  vomiting,  purging,  pain  in 
the  abdomen,  cramps  in  the  stomach  and  other  parts  of  the 
body ;  the  matters  vomited  and  purged  being  at  times 
mixed  with  blood.  The  post-mortem  lesions  are  more  or 
less  inflammation  of  the  gastro  intestinal  mucous  mem- 
brane ;  sometimes  ulceration,  perforation  and  gangrene. 


220  TOXICOLOGY. 

The  Irritants  may  be  divided  into  the  Corrosives  and  Irri- 
tants proper.  The  former  produce  local  destruction  of 
tissue,  the  effects  of  which  often  overshadow  the  true  inter- 
nal action. 

II.  Neiirotics. — These  are  so  named  on  account  of  their 
specific  action  on  the  great  nervous  centres.  The  symptoms 
are  altogether  distinct  from  those  of  the  former  class,  being 
directed  especially  to  the  brain  and  spinal  cord.  These  are 
drowsiness,  giddiness,  headache,  delirium,  stupor,  coma, 
and  sometimes  convulsions  and  paralysis.  They  are  natur- 
ally subdivided  into  three  Orders:  (i)  Cerebral,  (2)  Spinal, 
(3)  Cerebro- spinal.  The  first  of  these  Orders  comprises 
Narcotics  and  Anesthetics.  The  second  Order  includes 
those  which  act  directly  upon  the  spinal  cord,  such  as 
strychnin ;  they  are  sometimes  termed  Tetanies.  The  third 
Order  comprises  those  which  influence  both  the  brain  and 
spinal  marrow,  producing  delirium,  coma,  convulsions  and 
paralysis.  These  latter  may  be  grouped  under  the  three 
heads  of  Deliriants,  Depressants,  and  Asthenics.  The  above 
arrangement  is,  to  a  great  extent,  an  arbitrary  one,  and 
must,  of  course,  be  somewhat  imperfect,  as  the  boundary 
line  between  the  different  classes  and  orders  of  poisons 
cannot  always  be  accurately  drawn. 

CORROSIVE  IRRITANTS. 

MINERAL  ACIDS. 

The    Mineral    Acids — Sulphuric,    Nitric    and    Muriatic — 

possess  certain  common  characters,  and  produce  certain 
common  effects  upon  the  system,  and  may  properly  be 
considered  together.  This  action  is  largely  local,  although 
death  is  sometimes  due  to  the  shock  upon  the  nerve  centres. 
They  are  seldom  used  for  homicidal  purposes,  except  in 


MINERAL   ACIDS— SYMPTOMS.  221 

the  case  of  young  children;  they  are  occasionally  employed 
by  suicides,  but  more  frequently  cause  death  by  accident. 

Their  symptoms  are  exhibited  immediately  on  being 
swallowed;  these  consist  of  a  burning  in  the  mouth  and 
throat,  with  intense  pain  in  the  stomach,  attended  with  con- 
stant vomiting  of  a  brownish  or  blackish  matter,  often 
mixed  with  blood,  together  with  mucus  and  shreds  of 
detached  mucous  membrane.  The  ejected  matters  are  in- 
tensely acid,  and  if  they  happen  to  fall  upon  a  marble  slab 
they  produce  effervescence;  they  also  change  the  color, 
and  destroy  the  texture  of  the  cloth,  or  other  material,  on 
which  they  may  fall.  Swallowing  is  very  painful,  and 
sometimes  impossible.  Thirst  is  intense;  the  bowels  are 
constipated,  and  the  urine  diminished.  The  pulse  is  small 
and  weak,  and  the  skin  cold  and  clammy.  Respiration 
becomes  difficult,  and  the  countenance  expressive  of  great 
anxiety.  There  may  also  be  cough  and  difficulty  of  speak- 
ing. Death  may  occur  from  suffocation,  when  the  force  of 
the  acid  is  spent  upon  the  glottis  and  upper  portion  of  the 
windpipe.  The  mouth  is  excoriated,  and  the  lips  are  stained 
and  shriveled.  When  the  acid  has  been  poured  far  back 
down  the  throat,  in  the  case  of  infants,  the  mouth  and  lips 
may  entirely  escape  injury,  the  corrosive  action  being  con- 
fined to  the  glottis  and  adjacent  parts.  The  mental  faculties 
usually  remain  clear  until  near  death. 

The  result  is  generally  fatal,  although  the  period  of  death 
may  vary  from  a  few  hours  to  weeks  or  months;  death  often 
taking  place  as  a  result  of  injury  done  by  the  poison  {e.g., 
stricture  of  esophagus,  destruction  of  mucous  coat  of 
stomach). 

Post-niortcni  Appearances. — Stains  of  a  brownish  or  yel- 
lowish hue  are  apt  to  be  found  on  the  lips  and  cheeks;  also, 
on  portions  of  the  dress  of  the  deceased.     The  lining  of  the 


222  TOXICOLOGY. 

mouth  and  tongue  is  shriveled  and  eroded,  stained  yellowish 
in  the  case  of  nitric  acid,  and  sometimes  of  a  whitish  color. 
At  times,  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  windpipe  appears  to 
have  suffered  most  from  the  corrosive  action  of  the  poison ; 
and  cases  are  reported  of  sulphuric  acid  poisoning,  in  which 
all  other  parts  of  the  body  had  entirely  escaped.  The  lining 
membrane  of  the  esophagus  is  usually  softened,  detached  in 
long  shreds  and  deeply  congested ;  the  stomach  contracted, 
often  perforated,  sometimes  blackened,  containing  a  dark 
grumous  liquid;  at  other  times,  it  presents  a  yellowish  ap- 
pearance. The  intestines  are  likely  to  be  inflamed,  unless 
the  death  has  been  very  rapid.  If  the  contents  of  the 
stomach  have  escaped  into  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen, 
through  perforation,  the  peritoneum  will  be  found  intensely 
inflamed,  with  more  or  less  of  dark,  effused  blood. 

Treatment. — No  remedies  are  likely  to  prove  efficient 
when  an  undiluted  acid  has  been  swallowed.  The  proper 
treatment  consists  in  administering  baking  soda  or  salaeratiis, 
chalk  or  magnesia,  stirred  up  in  water,  barley  water,  flax- 
seed tea,  oil,  etc.  The  stomach  pump  should  not  be  em- 
ployed, on  account  of  the  risk  of  perforating  the  softened 
esophagus. 

Sulphuric  Acid. — This  acid  is  commercially  named  Oil  of 
Vitriol.  In  its  concentrated  state,  it  is  a  heavy,  oily  liquid, 
of  a  light-brownish  color;  sp.gr.,  1.845;  intensely  sour. 

The  highly  diluted  acid  is  colorless  and  non-corrosive ;  it 
chars  paper  which  has  been  dipped  into  it  and  dried  by  the 
aid  of  heat. 

Sulphuric  acid  is  more  frequently  the  cause  of  death  than 
the  other  mineral  acids.  Homicidal  deaths  are  occasionally 
met  with  among  infants,  and  several  cases  are  reported  where 
it  was  introduced  into  the  rectum  and  vagina.     T\\q  fatal 


SULPHURIC    ACID — ANALYTIC    METHODS.  223 

dose  for  an  adult  is  about  a  fluid  drachm;  for  an  infant,  half 
this  quantity;  but  the  danger  depends  more  on  the  degree 
of  concentration  than  upon  the  absolute  quantity  swallowed. 
Death  usually  occurs  within  twenty-four  hours,  and  in  cases 
where  its  action  is  spent  upon  the  rima  glottidis,  producing 
suffocation,  the  fatal  result  may  be  almost  immediate.  Ac- 
cording to  Casper,  the  bodies  of  those  poisoned  by  sulphuric 
acid  resist  putrefaction  for  a  long  period. 

There  seems  to  be  'reason  for  believing  that  this  acid 
is  absorbed  into  the  circulation,  and  eliminated  by  the 
secretions. 

"  Vitriol  throwing,"  that  is,  the  throwing  of  strong  sul- 
phuric acid,  on  the  person  of  another,  occurs  occasionally, 
the  motive  being  generally  revenge  or  jealousy.  Much 
local  injury  is  often  produced.  Copious  effusion  with  water 
is  the  best  treatment. 

Analytic  Methods. — The  concentrated  acid  is  recognized 
by  its  oily  appearance;  it  chars  organic  bodies;  it  evolves 
considerable  heat  when  mixed  with  an  equal  bulk  of  water. 
The  diluted  acid  is  easily  detected  by  its  producing  a  white 
precipitate  insoluble  in  nitric  acid,  with  barium  chlorid.  To 
confirm  this  result,  the  precipitate  (barium  sulphate)  should 
be  dried,  and  mixed  with  some  reducing  agent  (charcoal, 
potassium  ferrocyanid),  and  heated  to  redness ;  the  barium 
sulphate  is  by  this  means  converted  into  the  sulphid; 
and  when  this  is  moistened  with  diluted  hydrochloric  acid, 
the  smell  of  hydrogen  sulphid  is  at  once  perceived,  proving 
the  presence  of  sulphur. 

Several  other  acids  besides  sulphuric  give  white  precipi- 
tates with  barium  salts,  but  nitric  or  hydrochloric  acids  will 
immediately  dissolve  all  these,  while  the  sulphate  remains 
tmaffected. 

Any  sulphate   will   produce   the   same  precipitate  with 


224  TOXICOLOGY. 

barium  chlorid  as  the  free  acid.  The  two  may  easily  be 
distinguished  by  heating  a  little  of  the  liquid  in  a  watch- 
glass  over  a  steam  bath.  Sulphuric  acid  does  not  dry  up, 
while  a  solution  of  a  sulphate  will  form  crystals.  The  solu- 
tion contains  both  the  free  acid  and  some  soluble  sulphate; 
here,  finely  powdered  barium  carbonate  should  be  added, 
first  warming  the  liquid ;  this  will  precipitate  the  free  sul- 
phuric acid  only;  hence  the  resulting  barium  sulphate  will 
represent  all  the  free  acid  present. 

Another  delicate  test  is  veratrin.  A  small  portion  of  this 
alkaloid  is  introduced  into  the  diluted  acid,  and  carefully 
evaporated  to  dryness ;  a  beautiful  crimson-purple  color  is 
developed.  Moreover,  as  this  test  produces  no  effect  upon 
a  sulphate,  it  serves  to  distinguish  the  latter  from  the  free 
acid. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — The  organic  matters,  if  thick 
and  viscid,  should  be  boiled  with  the  addition  of  distilled 
water,  and  the  solution  filtered,  and  a  measured  portion, 
acidified  by  hydrochloric  acid,  precipitated  hot  by  barium 
clilorid,  and  the  precipitate  washed  and  dried.  This  pre- 
cipitate may  be  reduced  by  heat  and  potassium  ferrocyanid, 
and  further  tested  as  mentioned  above. 

It  might  happen  that  the  solution  contained  a  soluble 
sulphate  along  with  some  other  acid — citric,  acetic,  etc. 
The  mode  of  distinguishing  this  from  a  solution  containing 
free  sulphuric  acid  is  as  follows :  a  given  volume  of  the 
solution  is  acidulated  with  acid,  and  precipitated  with 
barium  chlorid,  and  the  precipitate  washed,  dried  and 
weighed.  An  equal  volume  of  the  original  solution  is 
evaporated  to  dryness,  and  heated  in  order  to  drive  off  any 
free  sulphuric  acid,  and  is  then  dissolved  in  pure  water, 
filtered  and  precipitated  as  before,  and  the  dried  deposit 
weighed.     If  the  weight  of  each  of  these  precipitates  is 


SULPHURIC    ACID — TOXICOLOGIC    EXAMINATION.  225 

equal,  there  was  no  free  sulphuric  acid  present ;  but  if  the 
weight  of  the  former  precipitate  exceeds  that  of  the  latter 
one,  then  the  excess  of  weight  will  indicate  exactly  the 
amount  of  the  free  acid  present  in  the  original  solution. 
The  evaporation  of  sulphuric  acid  must  be  conducted  under 
good  ventilation,  as  a  few  drops  of  it  will  render  a  large 
room  almost  uninhabitable. 

Tardieu  and  Roussin  recommend  the  following  process 
(which  is  also  adopted  by  Blyth)  for  determining  free  sul- 
phuric acid  when  associated  with  a  sulphate.  The  object  is 
to  saturate  the  free  acid  with  a  base,  the  sulphate  of  which 
is  soluble  in  alcohol :  this  base  is  quinin.  To  a  measured 
portion  of  the  suspected  solution,  quinin,  recently  precipi- 
tated and  washed,  is  added  in  slight  excess,  and  the  whole 
evaporated  on  a  water-bath.  The  semi-liquid  extract  which 
remains  is  exhausted  with  absolute  alcohol ;  the  alcoholic 
solution  is  evaporated,  filtered  and  evaporated  anew,  and 
the  resulting  extract  dissolved  out  in  a  smair  quantity  of 
boiling  distilled  water,  and  immediately  filtered.  If  the 
amount  of  free  sulphuric  acid  is  at  all  considerable,  the 
quinin  sulphate  crystallizes  out  on  cooling ;  but  if  small, 
and  in  either  case,  the  presence  of  the  acid  can  be  proven 
by  the  barium  test. 

It  may  happen  that  in  consequence  of  the  alkaline  anti- 
dotes administered,  all  the  acid  will  have  been  neutralized, 
and  only  sulphates  be  found  in  the  vomit  and  in  the  stomach. 
In  such  a  case,  it  will  be  impossible  for  the  toxicologist 
to  prove,  by  the  analysis  alone,  the  fact  of  poisoning  by 
sulphuric  acid  ;  since  in  the  ordinary  contents  of  the  stomach 
and  bowels  sulphates  are  always  present.  Consequently, 
further  evidence  of  the  poisoning  must  be  sought  for  in  the 
symptoms,  post-mortem  lesions  and  attendant  circum- 
stances. 
19 


226  TOXICOLOGY. 

Detection  of  Stains  on  Clothing. — The  color  of  the  stains 
made  by  sulphuric  acid  on  dark  cloth  is  at  first  red  and 
later  brownish,  and  they  may  retain  moisture  for  a  long 
time.  The  moisture  adherent  to  the  charred  hole  made  by 
this  acid  in  clothing  will  distinguish  it  from  one  made  by 
a  heated  body,  which  is  always  dry.  To  recognize  the 
acid,  a  few  of  these  spots  should  be  cut  out  of  the  garment, 
and  boiled  with  a  little  distilled  water,  and  tested  with  the 
barium  chlorid,  A  portion  of  the  unaffected  cloth  should 
also  be  tested  at  the  same  time,  in  order  to  show  the  absence 
of  any  sulphate. 

•  Quantitative  Analysis. — Sulphuric  acid  is  estimated  as  a 
sulphate ;  the  precipitated  barium  sulphate,  after  careful 
washing  in  hot  water,  with  a  little  hydrochloric  acid,  is 
collected  on  a  filter,  dried  and  weighed;  lOO  parts  of  the 
sulphate  are  equal  to  42.02  parts  of  sulphuric  acid  (Hg  SO4). 

Nitric  Acid  {Aqua  Fortis). — As  found  in  commerce,  this 
is  a  powerful  acid,  of  a  yellow  or  orange  color.  Sp.  gr., 
1.35  to  1.45.  It  is  apt  to  be  contaminated  with  sulphuric 
acid,  chlorin,  iron,  and  various  nitrogen  oxids.  It  is  seldom 
used  as  a  poison.  Orfila  relates  a  case  where  a  man  poured 
this  acid  into  the  ear  of  his  drunken  wife,  which  caused  her 
death  by  inflammation  of  the  brain  and  destruction  of  the 
bones,  seven  weeks  afterward.  This,  however,  can  scarcely 
be  regarded  as  an  instance  of  poisoning. 

Symptoms. — Similar  to  those  caused  by  sulphuric  acid, 
except  that  the  lips,  tongue  and  inside  of  the  mouth  are 
stained  yellow.  Spots  upon  the  cheeks,  neck  and  other 
parts  of  the  body,  and  of  the  dress,  are  also  yellow  and 
very  permanent.  The  teeth  are  white,  but  yellowish  at 
their  junction  with  the  gums.  The  purging  is  sometimes 
accompanied  with  blood.  The  vapors  of  this  acid  may 
cause  death  by  bronchial  congestion. 


NITRIC    ACID — FATAL    DOSE.  227 

Fatal  Dose. — Two  drachms  of  the  concentrated  acid  have 
proved  fatal  to  an  adult;  though  larger  doses  have  been 
taken  with  impunity.  Life  is  usually  destroyed  within 
twenty-four  hours,  but  frequently  it  is  protracted,  and  in  one 
case  death  did  not  occur  for  seven  months. 

Treatment. — This  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  recom- 
mended for  sulphuric  acid. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — The  lips,  tongue  and  inside  of 
the  mouth  present  a  yellow,  or  yellowish-brown  appearance ; 
the  mucous  membrane  of  the  esophagus  is  colored  yellow, 
softened,  and  peels  off  in  pieces ;  the  larynx  and  glottis  may 
have  suffered,  as  in  the  case  of  sulphuric  acid.  The  stomach 
may  be  distended,  presenting  a  greenish  color,  due  to  the 
action  of  the  acid  on  the  bile ;  it  may  be  found  in  a  pulpy 
state,  perforated,  and  adherent  to  the  adjacent  viscera,  and 
even  partially  destroyed.  The  contents  have  usually  a  yel- 
low color;  the  lining  membrane  is  deeply  congested,  and 
the  vessels  filled  with  dark  blood;  sometimes  the  open 
mouths  of  the  vessels  can  be  seen.  The  upper  portions  of 
the  intestines  may  exhibit  the  same  appearances  as  the 
stomach.  The  large  intestine  is  apt  to  escape.  In  chronic 
poisoning  there  is  great  emaciation ;  and,  after  death,  con- 
traction of  the  pylorus,  with  softening  of  the  mucous  mem- 
brane, has  been  found. 

Analytic  Methods. — The  concentrated  acid  is  recognized 
by — (i)  the  odor  when  exposed  to  the  air ;  (2)  by  leaving  no 
residue  when  heated  in  a  watch  glass;  (3)  by  giving  off 
dense  orange-red  fumes  when  poured  on  fragments  of 
copper  (the  dilute  acid  requires  to  be  boiled  on  these 
metals  to  produce  the  same  result) ;  (4)  by  producing  a 
brown  color  with  a  strong  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate. 

The  dilute  acid  is  tested  as  follows:  (i)  add  barium 
chlorid  and  silver  nitrate  to  separate  portions  of  the  sub- 


228  TOXICOLOGY. 

stance;  no  precipitates  will  form.  (2)  Boil  with  frag- 
ments of  copper;  red  fumes  will  be  evolved.  (3)  Neutral- 
ize with  potassium  carbonate,  and  moisten  apiece  of  filtering 
paper  in  the  resulting  solution  (potassium  nitrate)  ;  when  the 
paper  is  dried,  it  will  scintillate  on  burning,  like  touch- 
paper.  (4)  Ev^aporate  the  above  solution  until  crystalliza- 
tion ;  examine  the  crystals  with  a  magnifier  (potassium 
nitrate  forms  six-sided  striated  prisms).  If  the  solution  be 
neutralized  with  sodium  carbonate,  the  crystals  will  present 
the  cubic  form  of  sodium  nitrate.  (5)  Put  a  fragment  of 
these  crystals  into  a  small  test-tube,  along  with  a  little  copper 
filings  and  a  few  drops  of  sulphuric  acid  and  water ;  slightly 
heat,  when  there  will  be  an  escape  of  orange-red  fumes, 
and  the  production  of  a  blue  liquid  (copper  nitrate).  (6) 
Proceed  as  in  (5),  but  instead  of  copper  filings,  add  a  frag- 
ment of  morphin,  when  an  orange-colored  solution  will 
result,  the  color  becoming  fainter  on  boiling.  (7)  As  in  (5), 
substituting  for  the  copper  a  crystal  of  brucin,  which  will 
yield  a  blood-red  color,  disappearing  on  the  addition  of 
stannous  chlorid.  (8)  Proceed  as  in  (5),  except,  instead  of 
using  copper  filings,  add  an  excess  of  sulphuric  acid  and 
allow  it  to  cool ;  then  pour  in  gently  a  freshly-prepared 
solution  of  ferrous  sulphate ;  a  brown  color  is  immediately 
formed  at  the  line  of  junction  ;  if  heated,  the  color  disap- 
pears, with  the  evolution  of  the  orange-red  fumes.  (9)  As 
in  (5),  using  a  crystal  of  narcotin  instead  of  copper;  a  red- 
dish-brown color  is  produced,  changing  by  gentle  heat  to  a 
blood-red.  (10)  If  a  small  portion  of  the  crystals  obtained 
in  (4)  be  mixed  with  a  solution  of  phenol  in  strong  sul- 
phuric acid,  heated  gently  for  a  few  minutes  in  a  steam-bath, 
diluted  with  water,  and  neutralized  by  sodium -hydroxid,  a 
yellow  solution  of  sodium  picrate  will  be  obtained. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — First,  test  the  organic  matters 


NITRIC    ACID CHEMICAL   ANALYSIS.  229 

(as  contents  of  the  stomach,  etc.),  with  litmus  paper ;  the 
acid  may  have  been  neutralized  by  the  alkaline  antidotes. 
If  viscid,  add  a  sufficient  quantity  of  distilled  water,  and 
boil  gently  for  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour  ;  filter  ;  if  found 
to  be  acid,  a  trial  test  may  first  be  made  by  boiling  a  por- 
tion of  it  in  a  "test-tube  with  copper  filings;  it  may  next  be 
neutralized  with  potassium  carbonate,  and  crystallized  by 
evaporation  ;  drench  the  crystals  with  strong  alcohol,  to 
remove  impurities,  and  test  them  by  the  methods  above 
described.  If  the  matters  examined  are  not  acid,  but  have 
been  neutralized  by  chalk  or  magnesia,  the  nitrates  so  pro- 
duced may  be  decomposed  by  potassium  carbonate  and  the 
resulting  potassium  nitrate  strained  from  the  filtered  solu- 
tion. 

The  urine  should  always  be  examined  for  nitrates  by 
distillation  with  sulphuric  acid,  neutralizing  the  distillate 
with  potassium  carbonate,  and  proceeding  as  above. 

The  tissues  may  be  examined  as  follows  :  Make  a  mix- 
ture of  equal  parts  of  sulphuric  acid  and  water,  and  put 
twenty  or  thirty  drops  into  test-tubes. 

To  (i)  add  a  little  brucin  ;  no  change  should  result.  Add 
now  a  little  piece  of  the  tissue  to  be  examined,  when  the 
solution,  if  nitric  acid  be  present,  will  turn  a  blood-red  color. 

To  (2)  add  a  few  grains  of  copper  filings  and  a  piece  of  the 
tissue,  and  boil.  The 'evolved  reddish  vapors,  if  nitric  acid 
be  present,  will  give  a  blue  color  to  a  piece  of  white  paper, 
moistened  with  a  solution  of  potassium  iodid  and  starch. 

To  (3)  add  a  solution  of  ferrous  sulphate  ;  on  adding  a 
piece  of  the  tissue,  the  solution  will  become  of  an  olive- 
brown  color,  if  nitric  acid  is  present. 

Suspected  stains  are  examined  by  soaking  the  fabric  or 
other  substance  in  warm,  distilled  water.  If  acid,  the  solu- 
tion should  be  neutralized  with  potassium  carbonate,  and 


230  TOXICOLOGY. 

the  resulting  crystals  treated  as  above  directed.  The  color 
of  these  stains,  as  before  mentioned,  is  yellow ;  they  can  be 
distinguished  from  stains  of  iodin  and  bile  by  the  applica- 
tion of  a  weak  solution  of  potassium  hydroxid,  which  in- 
tensifies the  nitric  stain,  whilst  it  discharges  the  iodin  (or 
bromin)  stain,  and  does  not  affect  the  bile. 

Free  nitric  acid  in  solution  may  be  estimated  by  satura- 
ting it  with  recently  ignited  sodium  carbonate;  every  53 
grains  of  which  will  neutralize  6^  grains  of  the  pure  acid. 

Hydrochloric  Acid. — This  acid,  known  commercially  as 
Muriatic  Acid  and  Spirit  of  Salt,  as  usually  found,  has  a 
light  yellow  color,  fumes  when  exposed  to  the  air,  is  power- 
fully acid,  and  has  a  sp.  gr.  of  about  1.15.  When  pure  it 
is  colorless ;  its  yellow  hue  is  due  to  ferric  chlorid  or 
organic  matter.  The  commercial  acid  frequently  contains 
arsenic  and  antimony  and  other  impurities.  Instances  of 
poisoning  by  it  are  comparatively  rare,  except  as  the  result 
of  accident. 

Symptoms. — These  are,  generally,  similar  to  those  occa- 
sioned by  the  other  mineral  acids.  A  grayish  or  white 
appearance  of  the  tongue  and  interior  of  the  mouth,  with 
the  formation  of  a  false  membrane,  is  usually  observed. 

Fatal  Dose. — Half  an  ounce  for  an  adult ;  a  drachm  has 
destroyed  a  child.  The.  fatal  period  varies  from  a  few  hours 
to  many  weeks. 

The  treatment  is  the  same  as  that  above  described  for  the 
other  mineral  acids. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — These,  on  the  whole,  resemble 
the  lesions  found  in  cases  of  death  from  the  other  two  acids, 
although  they  more  closely  assimilate  the  appearances  pro- 
duced by  sulphuric  acid,  in  the  blackened  or  charred  ridges 
often "  noticed  in  the  interior  of  the  stomach.      The  esc- 


•       HYDROCHLORIC    ACID.  231 

phagus  presents  a  denuded  appearance,  from  the  detach- 
ment of  its  mucous  membrane.  The  glottis  and  larynx 
may  also  be  deeply  injected  and  corroded,  in  cases  where 
the  poison  has  spent  its  effects  on  these  organs. 

Analytic  Met]iods. — The  strong  acid  is  distinguished  from 
other  acids — (i)  by  its  yellow  color;  (2)  by  its  giving  off 
dense  white  fumes  in  contact  with  ammonium  hydroxid — 
shown  by  holding  the  stopper  of  the  ammonium  hydroxid 
bottle  over  the  solution  supposed  to  contain  the  acid  ;  (3) 
by  its  negative  action  on  copper  or  mercury,  even  when 
heated ;  (4)  by  its  evolving  chlorin  when  heated  with  man- 
ganese dioxid. 

The  dilute  acid  is  detected  by  a  solution  of  silver  nitrate, 
which  gives  a  white,  curdy  precipitate  of  silver  chlorid,  that 
soon  darkens  on  exposure  to  light,  is  insoluble  in  boiling 
nitric  acid,  but  very  soluble  in  ammonium  hydroxid. 
When  dried  and  heated,  it  fuses  into  a  yellow  liquid,  which 
on  cooling  becomes  a  soft,  horny  mass.  As  any  soluble 
chlorid,  e.  g.,  common  salt,  will  yield  the  same  precipitate 
with  silver  nitrate,  a  drop  of  the  original  solution  should  be 
evaporated  on  a  glass  slide ;  if  it  was  free  acid  it  will  all 
disappear;  if  a  chlorid,  a  residue  will  be  left. 

Silver  nitrate  forms  precipitates  with  other  substances ; 
but  all,  with  the  exception  of  that  from  cyanids,  dissolve  in 
nitric  acid.  The  silver  cyanid  is  soluble  in  boiling  nitric 
acid,  and  is  further  distinguished  by  its  crystalline  appear- 
ance, and  by  yielding,  when  heated,  cyanogen  gas. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — As  this  acid  is  volatile,  a  dis- 
tilling process  may  be  applied.  The  organic  matters  (such 
as  the  contents  of  the  stomach,  together  with  the  viscera, 
properly  cut  up)  should  be  put  into  a  glass  retort  with  a 
small  quantity  of  pure  water,  and  distilled  nearly  to  dryness. 
The  first  portion  of  the  distillate  may  be  rejected;  but  the 


232  TOXICOLOGY.  . 

remainder  will  usually  yield  the  characteristic  test  with 
silver  nitrate. 

The  above  method,  however,  is  liable  to  two  fallacies : 
First,  there  is  always  apt  to  be  present  in  the  gastric  juice 
of  the  human  stomach  a  variable  quantity  of  hydrochloric 
acid;  and  secondly  sodium  chlorid  is  frequently  found  there, 
being  introduced  with  the  food.  Consequently,  it  will  not 
be  safe  to  rest  the  proof  of  poisoning  by  hydrochloric  acid 
on  the  analysis  exclusively.  If  the  symptoms  and  post- 
mortem lesions  do  not  indicate  death  from  a  corrosive  acid, 
the  mere  detection  of  this  acid  after  death  by  the  chemical 
examination  would  be  of  no  value. 

The  stains  of  hydrochloric  acid  on  dark  cloth  are  at  first 
of  a  bright  red  color,  changing,  after  some  days,  to  a  red- 
dish brown.  They  may  be  examined  after  the  method 
already  described.  The  experiment  should,  however,  be 
verified  by  testing  another  portion  of  the  garment  not 
having  a  stain. 

This  acid  is  sometimes  used  to  erase  ink  marks  in  cases 
of  forgery.  The  paper  thus  acted  on  should  be  treated  in 
the  same  manner  as  mentioned  for  the  cloth. 

Hydrochloric  acid  is  estimated  as  silver  chlorid;  every 
I  GO  grains  of  the  latter  are  equivalent  to  about  80  grains 
of  acid  of  sp.  gr.  1.15. 

ALKALIES  AND  THEIR  SALTS. 

The  toxicology  of  the  three  alkalies,  Potassium  Hydroxid, 
Sodium  Hydroxid,  and  Ammonium  Hydroxid,  may  properly 
be  considered  together.  Their  effects  upon  the  animal 
system  are  analogous,  and  resemble  the  impressions  pro- 
duced by  the  mineral  acids,  being  powerfully  caustic  in 
their  concentrated  state.  They  attack  the  tissues  with 
which  they  come  in  contact  by  virtue  of  their  chemical 


ALKALIES   AND    THEIR   SALTS.  233 

affinities,  causing  tlieir  disorganization  and  complete  destruc- 
tion. They  are  very  rarely  used  for  homicidal  poisoning ; 
but  they  occasionally  prove  fatal  as  the  result  of  accident. 

Potassium  hydroxid  is  commonly  known  as  caustic 
potash  orpotassa;  sodium  hydroxid  is  known  as  caustic 
soda  and  concentrated  lye. 

The  Aqua  AmmojiicB  of  the  shops  is  a  solution  of  ammo- 
nium hydroxid  in  water,  and  is  a  highly  caustic  substance. 
The  first  two  alkalies,  together  with  their  salts,  are  fixed 
when  heated ;  the  latter  is  volatilized  by  heat,  by  which 
circum.stance  they  are  readily  distinguished  from  each 
other. 

Symptoms. — In  the  concentrated  state  they  occasion  an 
acrid,  nauseous  taste,  followed  by  a  burning  sensation  in 
the  throat  and  stomach ;  violent  abdominal  pain,  increased 
by  pressure;  vomiting  of  mucous  matters,  tinged  with 
blood ;  purging  of  a  similar  character,  with  tenesmus ;  dif- 
ficulty of  swallowing,  hoarseness  and  coughing.  The  pulse 
is  quick  and  feeble,  the  countenance  anxious ;  the  body  is 
covered  with  a  cold,  clammy  sweat;  the  respiration  is 
rapid,  with  great  muscular  prostration.  Death  may  ensue 
in  a  few  hours,  or  it  may  be  postponed  for  months,  or  even 
years.  In  the  latter  cases,  the  fatal  result  is  often  owing  to 
secondary  causes,  such  as  stricture  of  the  esophagus  and 
of  the  pylorus,  occasioning  starvation. 

The  effects  of  swallowing  strong  ammonium  hydroxid 
are  similar  to  those  above  described,  except  that  they  may 
be  more  rapid,  and  affect  the  organs  of  respiration  by  the 
vapor  given  off 

The  incautious  application  of  this  vapor  to  the  nose,  in 
cases  of  syncope,  is  sometimes  followed  by  fatal  results,  for 
this  same  reason. 

Fatal  Dose, — As  in  the  case  of  the  mineral  acids,  the  fatal 


234  TOXICOLOGY. 

effects  of  the  alkalies  depend  rather  upon  their  degree 
of  concentration  than  upon  the  actual  amount  swallowed. 
Half  an  ounce  of  potassium  hydroxid  is  the  usual  fatal  dose  ; 
but  an  ounce  and  a  half  of  the  solution  of  the  shops,  con- 
taining about  forty  grains,  has  caused  death.  Strong  am- 
monium hydroxid  has  proved  fatal  in  the  dose  of  two 
drachms ;  recovery  has  occurred  after  swallowing  over  an 
ounce.  Instances  of  recovery  are  more  frequent,  from  this 
than  from  the  fixed  alkalies. 

Treatment. — The  stomach-pump  should  never  be  used. 
Dilute  vinegar,  or  lemon-juice,  should  be  freely  given,  to- 
gether with  oil,  or  other  demulcents.  Opium  may  be  used 
to  quiet  pain,  and  stimulants  to  counteract  the  depression. 
The  inhalation  of  acetic  acid  might  prove  beneficial  in  poi- 
soning by  vapor  of  ammonium  hydroxid. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — The  lining  membranes  of  the 
mouth,  throat,  esophagus  and  stomach  exhibit  evidences 
of  corrosion  in  their  softened  and  abraded  condition ;  at 
times,  the  mucous  coat  of  the  stomach  is  blackened  from 
the  effused  blood,  and  may  be  completely  destroyed.  The 
larynx  and  bronchi  may  be  inflamed  and  softened,  espe- 
cially with  ammonium  hydroxid.  In  chronic  cases,  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  esophagus  may  be  much  thick- 
ened, and  its  caliber,  as  also  that  of  the  pylorus  of  the 
stomach,  extremely  contracted. 

Chemical  Properties. — All  the  alkalies  neutralize  acids, 
turn  turmeric  paper  brown,  and  restore  the  blue  to  red- 
dened litmus.  They  are  not  precipitated  by  hydrogen  sul- 
phid,  ammonium  sulphid,  or  ammonium  carbonate.  Cor- 
rosive sublimate  causes  a  yellowish  precipitate  with  the 
fixed  alkalies,  and  a  white  one  with  ammonium  hydroxid. 

Potassium  hydroxid  is  distinguished  from  sodium  hy- 
droxid as  follows : 


TESTS    FOR    POTASSA.  235 

(i)  Platinum  chlorid  produces,  with  the  former,  a  yellow 
potassium  platinum  chlorid,  which,  under  the  microscope, 
is  seen  to  be  in  octahedral  crystals.  This  reagent  will  also 
precipitate  ammonium  compounds ;  hence,  in  an  analysis, 
the  absence  of  the  latter  must  be  insured.  Ammonium  can 
readily  be  detected  by  heating  a  little  of  the  suspected 
liquid  in  a  test-tube  with  lime  or  magnesia ;  the  vapor  may 
be  recognized  by  its  odor  and  by  its  action  on  turmeric 
paper. 

(2)  Tartaric  acid  throws  down  from  a  strong  solution 
of  potassa,  or  its  salts,  a  white  crystalline  precipitate,  potas- 
sium acid  tartrate.  This  action  should  be  facilitated  by 
adding  a  little  alcohol,  and  stirring  with  a  glass  rod.  Here, 
also,  the  absence  of  ammonium  compounds  must  first  be 
proved. 

(3)  Neutralize  the  solution  with  nitric  acid  and  evaporate 
on  a  steam  water-bath.  The  resulting  crystals  are  readily 
identified.  Potassium  nitrate  is  in  six-sided  striated  prisms, 
sodium  nitrate  in  cubes. 

(4)  Heated  on  a  loop  of  platinum  wire,  in  the  Bunsen 
burner  flame,  potassium  compounds  give  a  violet  flame, 
sodium  compounds  a  yellow  flame.  The  spectroscope 
easily  distinguishes  the  two  bodies  in  presence  of  each 
other.  Sodium  gives  a  yellow  line,  which  is  double  when 
examined  with  a  good  instrument.  Potassium  gives  two 
lines,  one  dark  red  and  the  other  violet. 

Since  sodium  compounds  occur  abundantly  in  many 
animal  fluids,  especially  blood  and  urine,  and  potassium 
compounds  are  also  present,  it  is  obvious  that  the  finding 
simply  of  these  elements  in  combination  will  not  prove 
poisoning.  It  must  be  shown  either  that  the  amount  is 
much  larger  than  normal  or  that  compounds  not  normal  to 
the  body  are  present. 


236  TOXICOLOGY. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — If  required  to  separate  a 
hydroxid  from  the  carbonate,  the  original  mixture  must 
first- be  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  the  residue  treated  with 
absolute  alcohol,  which  will  dissolve  out  the  hydroxid,  but 
not  the  carbonate.  After  filtration,  evaporate  to  dryness 
and  incinerate ;  dissolve  the  residue  in  water,  and  test  as 
above  directed. 

Quantitative  Determination. — Potassium  is  estimated  by 
mixing  its  chlorid  with  excess  of  an  alcoholic  solution  of 
platinum  chlorid.  The  precipitate  should  be  washed  with 
strong  alcohol,  dried  and  weighed.  Every  lOO  parts  of  the 
double  chlorid  represent  22.5  parts  of  potassium  hydroxid, 
or  28.25  parts  of  carbonate. 

Solution  of  ammonium  hydroxid  i^Aqua  Animonice)  is  a 
colorless  liquid,  having  a  very  pungent  odor,  and  an  acrid, 
alkaline  taste.  It  leaves  no  residue  when  evaporated  to 
dryness.  It  gives  to  a  solution  of  a  copper  salt  a  charac- 
teristic blue  color.  It  produces  white  fumes  with  hydro- 
chloric acid. 

The  salts  of  ammonium  are  colorless,  and  volatilize  whefi 
heated ;  and  if,  at  the  same  time,  they  are  mixed  with  lime 
or  potassium  hydroxid,  they  yield  the  characteristic  ammo- 
niacal  odor.  The  other  tests  for  ammonium  salts  are — (i) 
platinum  chlorid ;  (2)  tartaric  acid ;  (3)  Nessler's  reagent. 
The  last  is  made  by  adding  an  excess  of  potassium  iodid  to 
mercuric  chlorid  until  the  mercuric  iodid  formed  is  redis- 
solved,  an  excess  being  afterwards  added.  It  gives  an 
orange,  or  brownish  discoloration,  with  the  smallest  trace 
of  ammonium. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — If  the  mixture  be  in  a  state  of 
decomposition,  it  will  be  useless  to  attempt  the  analysis, 
inasmuch   as   ammonium   compounds  are   invariable  as  a 


ANALYTIC    METHODS    FOR    AMMONIUM    SALTS.  237 

result  of  putrefactive  processes.  Distill  over  about  a  fourth 
of  the  organic  liquid,  conducting  the  vapors  into  a  well- 
cooled  receiver,  containing  a  little  water,  and  test  the  solu- 
tion as  above  directed.  If  no  ammonium  hydroxid  be 
given  off,  then  examine  the  contents  of  the  retort  for  an 
ammonium  salt,  by  first  treating  with  strong  alcohol ;  filter 
the  solution,  and  re-distill,  along  with  slaked  lime  or  sodium 
hydroxid  ;  this  will  yield  the  ammonium  hydroxid. 

Ammonia  is  determined,  quantitatively,  like  potassium  : 
every  loo  parts  of  the  double  chlorid  represent  8.08  parts 
of  ammonium. 

Potassium  Nitrate  {Nitre,  Saltpete}'). — This  salt  is  much 
used  in  the  arts,  especially  for  the  manufacture  of  gun- 
powder; it  is  likewise  employed  in  medicine,  in  small  doses. 
It  occurs  in  six-sided,  striated  crystals  ;  taste  saline  and 
cooling ;  very  soluble  in  water  ;  deflagrates  when  thrown 
upon  hot  coals  ;  gives  off  nitrous  fumes  when  acted  upon 
by  sulphuric  acid. 

Symptoms. — In  large  doses,  and  in  the  concentrated  state, 
it  acts  as  a  powerful  irritant  to  the  alimentary  mucous 
membrane,  causing  violent  burning  pain  in  the  esophagus 
and  stomach ;  vomiting,  sometimes  of  blood ;  bloody  stools ; 
cold,  clammy  skin;  weak,  frequent  pulse;  collapse  and 
death.  Besides  these  evidences  of  a  local  irritant  action,  it 
occasions  certain  nervous  symptoms,  such  as  convulsions, 
tremors,  partial  paralysis,  loss  of  speech  and  delirium. 
Occasionally,-  a  very  large  dose  has  produced  compara- 
tively slight  local  symptoms,  while  the  impression  upon 
the  nervous  centres  has  been  more  decided. 

Fatal  Dose. — Death  from  this  compound  is  generally  the 
result  of  accident,  it  having  been  swallowed  by  mistake  for 
other  salts.     An  ounce  to  an  ounce  and  a  half,  taken  in  a 


238  TOXICOLOGY. 

concentrated  state,  has  frequently  proved  fatal  in  a  few 
hours.  The  largest  dose  recorded  to  have  been  taken  is 
mentioned  by  Wharton  and  Stille.  A  German,  by  mistake, 
swallowed  three  and  a  half  ounces  of  this  salt.  He  com- 
plained of  but  slight  pain  or  sense  of  heat  in  the  stomach, 
and  was  purged  three  times  within  three  or  four  hours. 
About  five  hours  after  taking  the  nitre,  he  suddenly  fell  out 
of  his  chair  and  expired.  There  was  no  autopsy.  In  this 
case  the  excessive  dose  of  the  poison  seemed  to  have  de- 
stroyed life  by  shock.  The  rigor  mortis  was  very  imperfect, 
and  the  countenance  and  lips  retained  their  life-like  appear- 
ance to  a  remarkable  degree  for  three  days  after  death. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — The  lining  membrane  of -the 
stomach  is  usually  highly  inflamed  and  detached'  in  places  ; 
perforation  has  been  observed  in  one  instance.  The  intes- 
tines are  often  similarly  affected.  The  contents  of  the 
stomach  are  sometimes  tinged  with  blood. 

Treatment. — Free  vomiting  should  be  promoted  by  the 
use  of  bland  mucilaginous  drinks;  opium  and  stimulants  to 
relieve  pain  and  depression;  together  with  external  applica- 
tions, as  fomentations,  etc.     There  is  no  chemical  antidote. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — See  Nitric  Acid. — According 
to  Orfila  and  Wohler,  nitre  has  been  detected  in  the  urine, 
liver,  spleen  and  kidneys  of  those  poisoned  with  it. 

Potassium  Chlorate. — This  salt,  SO  much  used  in  medicine 
of  late  years,  has  not  infrequently  been  the  cause  of  death. 
Half  an  ounce  and  upward  have  proved  fatal  to  adults. 
The  symptoms  are  those  of  a  powerful  irritant  to  the  ali- 
mentary canal  and  nervous  systems,  such  as  vomiting  and 
purging,  general  weakness,  with  rigidity  of  the  limbs,  de- 
lirium and  coma.  After  death  the  blood  has  been  found  of 
a  brownish  color,  thickened,  with  a  tendency  to  agglutina- 


POTASSIUM    ACID    TARTRATE— ALUM.  239 

tion  of  the  corpuscles.  The  urine  contains  blood  corpuscles 
and  brownish  tube-casts.  It  has  been  stated  that  crystals 
of  the  substance  have  been  found  in  the  tubes  of  the  kidney 
in  cases  of  poisoning. 

Potassium  Acid  Tartrate  [Cream  of  Tartar). — This  salt  is 
very  much  used  in  medicine,  and  is  not  generally  considered 
to  be  poisonous ;  but  in  large  and  concentrated  doses — two 
ounces — it  has  proved  fatal,  causing  symptoms  strongly 
resembling  those  produced  by  nitre. 

Alum. — This  salt,  in  large  doses,  is  very  irritant  to  the 
stomach  and  bowels,  producing  vomiting  and  purging, 
although  in  sm^ll  quantities  its  action"  is  that  of  an  astrin- 
gent. It  has  proved  fatal  to  animals,  and  at  least  one  death 
in  the  human  subject  has  been  recorded.  Commercial  alum 
may  be  either  potassium  aluminum  sulphate  or  ammonium 
aluminum  sulphate.  The  physiologic  action  of  each  is 
practically  the  same. 

Potassium  sulphate  and  potassium  acid  sulphate  are  highly 
irritating  in  large  doses ;  the  former  has  occasioned  death 
in  quantity  of  ten  drachms.  It  is  used  sometimes  as  an 
abortive.  Arsenic  compounds  have  been  found  as  impuri- 
ties of  the  commercial  article,  and  might  in  this  way  get 
into  Dover's  powder  when  made  by  the  older  method, 
in  which  a  large  proportion  of  potassium  sulphate  was 
used.  The  death  of  a  sailor  occurred  some  years  ago  on  a 
German  steamer  bound  for  Philadelphia,  and  on  arrival  of 
the  vessel  the  German  consul  requested  the  captain  to  sub- 
mit for  analytic  examination  all  suspicious  materials  found 
among  the  sailor's  effects.  About  half  a  pound  of  potas- 
sium acid  sulphate  was  found,  and  it  is  not  unlikely  that 


240  TOXICOLOGY. 

this  body  had  been  taken,  possibly  by  mistake,  although 
there  was  suspicion  of  suicide.  The  symptoms  were  those 
of  an  irritant. 

Large  doses  of  the  ordinary  purgative  salts,  under  certain 
circumstances,  may  prove  powerfully  irritating,  and  even 
fatal.  Instances  of  death  following  the  administration  of 
overdoses  of  Epsom  salt  and  common  salt  are  reported  by 
Christison  and  Taylor. 

CMorated  Soda  and  Potassa. — Known  in  commerce  as 
Labarraque's  solution  and  Javelle  water  respectively,  and 
much  used  in  France  for  cleansing  clothes,  have  occasion- 
ally produced  fatal  effects  when  swallowed.  Tardieu  has 
reported  such  a  case  In  which  a  child  died  some  weeks  after 
taking  this  substance  in  divided  doses.  It  was  identified 
by  the  discovery  of  an  abnormal  quantity  of  sodium  chlorid 
in  the  urine  and  kidneys;  also,  by  the  formation  of  lead 
chlorid  on  the  leaden  mouth-piece  of  the  bottle  which  con- 
tained the  poison,  and  likewise  by  characteristic  stains  of  a 
reddish-white  color  on  the  child's  cap. 

Barium  Salts. — All  the  compounds  of  barium  (with  the 
exception  of  the  insoluble  sulphate)  are  poisonous.  They 
occasion  symptoms  analogous  to  those  caused  by  potassium 
nitrate,  such  as  pain  in  the  stomach,  vomiting  and  purging, 
with  decided  nervous  symptoms,  and  palpitation  of  the 
heart.  The  post-mortem  lesions  are  inflammation  of  the 
mucous  coat  of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  great  congestion 
of  the  brain  and  lungs,  and  the  heart  full  of  dark  blood. 

The  proper  treatment  is  to  promote  the  evacuation  of  the 
poison  by  the  use  of  emetics  and  mucilaginous  drinks,  and 
the  free  administration  of  sodium  sulphate,  or  magnesium 
sulphate,  and  the  subsequent  use  of  antiphlogistic  remedies. 


IRRITANTS    PROPER PHOSPHORUS.  241 


IRRITANTS  PROPER. 

This  subdivision  of  the  Irritants  includes  such  poisons 
as,  besides  producing  inflammation  of  the  gastro-intestinal 
mucous  membrane,  cause  other  symptoms,  which  indicate 
an  impression  on  the  great  nervous  centres.  Several  of  the 
alkaline  and  earthy  salts  already  described  are  of  this  char- 
acter, and  might  have  been  considered  under  this  head. 

PHOSPHORUS. 

Phosphorus,  in  combination,  is  largely  diffused  as  a  con- 
stituent of  the  animal  body.  Its  presence  is  essential  to  the 
performance  of  its  normal  functions,  and  this  is  especially 
true  in  reference  to  the  great  nerve  centres,  of  which  it 
constitutes  a  comparatively  large  proportional  part.  It  is 
eliminated  from  the  system  in  the  urine,  in  the  form  of 
phosphates. 

In  its  free  state,  phosphorus  is  a  powerful  irritant  poison. 
It  is  less  employed  for  poisoning  in  this  country  and  Eng- 
land than  in  France  and  Germany,  and  is  seldom  used  for 
homicidal  purposes.  Fatal  results  have  frequently  occurred 
by  its  accidental  and  suicidal  employment — chiefly  the 
former,  from  the  swallowing  of  phosphorus  paste  (used  for 
destroying  vermin),  and  the  tops  of  lucifer  matches. 

Symptoms. — These  do  not  usually  appear  for  some  hours 
after  the  poison  has  been  taken  ;  but  in  some  cases  they  are 
manifested  earlier.  There  is  first  perceived  a  disagreeable 
taste,  and  a  garlicky  odor  may  be  noticed  in  the  breath. 
This  is  followed  by  a  burning  pain  in  the  throat  and  stom- 
ach, with  intense  thirst  and  nausea,  distention  of  the  abdo- 
men, with  vomiting  and  purging;  pupils  dilated;  cold 
perspiration,  and  great  anxiety,  with  small  frequent  and 
irregular  pulse.     The  matters  first  vomited  generally  exhale 


242  TOXICOLOGY. 

a  garlicky  odor,  and  are  luminous  in  the  dark  ;  their  color 
is  green,  or  like  coffee  grounds,  and  they  may  contain  the 
blue  or  red  fragments  of  the  tops  of  matches.  The  dis- 
charges from  the  bowels  have  also  been  observed  to  be 
phosphorescent.  Sometimes  convulsions  precede  death ; 
again,  the  patient  may  diQ  quietly,  or  in  a  coma.  If  the 
case  is  protracted  for  some  days,  jaundice  is  apt  to  occur, 
and  likewise  hemorrhage  from  the  stomach,  bowels,  nose 
and  other  parts  of  the  body.  In  some  of  its  phases  the 
hemorrhagic  form  resembles  scurvy,  and,  as  in  the  latter 
disease,  there  are  purpura  spots  over  the  body.  Paralysis 
is  an  occasional  result.  The  urine  is  highly  albuminous, 
and  is  apt  to  be  suppressed. 

Chronic  poisoning,  accompanied  with  all  the  above  symp- 
toms, though  in  a  less  violent  degree,  may  result  from  the 
inhalation  of  the  vapors  of  phosphorus,  in  the  manufacture 
of  lucifer  matches.  This  form  of  poisoning  comes  on  veiy 
insidiously,  and  is  very  apt  to  be  fatal.  It  generally  mani- 
fests itself  first  in  the  jaws,  causing  first  an  inflammation  of 
the  periosteum,  followed  by  caries  of  the  teeth,  and  necrosis 
of  the  bone.  Some  authorities  state  that  this  form  of 
necrosis  cannot  attack  those  who  have  perfectly  sound 
teeth,  but  only  those  whose  teeth  are  carious.  It  is  further 
stated  that  in  some  match  factories  it  is  required  that  the 
workmen  should  have  sound  teeth. 

Fatal  Dose. — Less  than  a  grain  has  proved  fatal.  Lobel, 
of  Jena,  has  reported  the  case  of  a  lunatic  who  died  from 
taking  about  the  ^  oi  z.  grain.  A  child  died  after  sucking 
two  matches  ;  another  older  child  died  from  the  effects  of 
swallowing  the  tops  of  eight  matches. 

Phosphorus  is  occasionally  employed  in  medicine,  in  doses 
of  -gV  to  -^  of  a  grain  ;  but  even  in  these  small  doses  its 
effects  are  uncertain,  and  it  may  sometimes  act  with  unex- 
pected severity. 


PHOSPHORUS POST-MORTEM    APPEARANCES.  243 

Fatal  Period. — It  is  not  to  be  classed  among  the  rapidly- 
fatal  poisons.  It  usually  causes  death  in  from  one  to  four 
or  five  days ;  in  exceptional  cases,  earlier.  Casper  quotes 
the  case  of  a  young  lady  who  died  in  twelve  hours  after 
swallowing  three  grains  of  phosphorus  in  the  form  of  an 
electuary.  Dr.  Habershon  reports  a  case  which  proved 
fatal  in  half  an  hour.  Cases  of  chronic  poisoning  may  last 
for  months,  or  even  for  years. 

TrcaUnent. — There  is  no  chemical  antidote  known.  Free 
emesis  should  be  encouraged  by  the  use  of  albuminous  and 
mucilaginous  drinks  holding  magnesia  or  magnesium  hy- 
droxid  in  suspension.  The  use  of  fatty  oils  is  objectionable, 
as  they  are  solvents  for  phosphorus,  and  would  consequently 
tend  to  diffuse  the  poison.  Oil  of  turpentine  is  highly  recom- 
mended by  Dr.  Percy  as  a  reliable  antidote,  if  given  early, 
and  before  the  poison  is  absorbed.  The  old  oil,  or  that 
which  has  become  oxygenated,  is  to  be  employed,  not  the 
fresh  hydrocarbon.  He  also  recommends  the  introduction 
of  oxygenated  water  into  the  stomach,  through  a  tube,  and 
the  inhalation  of  free  oxygen  into  the  lungs.  Animal 
charcoal  has  also  been  recommended,  from  its  power  of 
absorbing  free  phosphorus,  and  likewise  silver  nitrate,  from 
its  power  to  form  an  insoluble  compound  of  silver  and 
phosphorus.  Copper  sulphate  also  is  recommended.  These 
mineral  salts  are  themselves  irritant  poisons,  and  can  cer- 
tainly be  permissible  only  in  small  doses. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — According  to  Tardieu,  who 
has  given  special  attention  to  this  subject,  the  lesions  pro- 
duced by  phosphorus  vary  according  to  the  form  in  which 
it  is  taken.  It  is  when  in  the  pure  state,  or  simply  dissolved 
in  oil,  that  it  most  frequently  occasions  lesions  in  the  eso- 
phagus and  alimentary  canal.  Fragments  of  phosphorus 
may  be  discovered  adhering  to  the  mucous  membrane,  even 


244  TOXICOLOGY. 

of  the  large  intestines,  and  at  these  spots  the  bowel  is  liable 
to  perforation  during  the  examination.  In  the  esophagus, 
stomach  and  intestines  ecchymotic  or  gangrenous  spots  are 
scattered  about.  The  mesenteric  glands  are  engorged,  and 
are  often  soft  and  friable. 

The  blood  corpuscles  undergo,  in  phosphorus  poisoning, 
a  speedy  disintegration,  which  is  doubtless  the  cause  of  the 
ecchymoses  seen  upon  the  different  organs. 

In  other  cases  (as  in  poisoning  by  phosphorus-paste), 
there  may  be  no  special  morbid  appearance,  but  even  in  the 
absence  of  redness  or  ulceration,  there  will  be  ecchymoses 
more  or  less  abundant,  over  the  mesentery  and  visceral  peri- 
toneum. The  pleural  and  pericardial  sacs  contain  bloody 
serum.  Irregular  bloody  spots  are  scattered  over  the  pleura, 
pericardium  and  even  the  endocardium.  The  heart  is  soft, 
distended,  or  contains  fluid  blood.  The  blood  itself  is  very 
dark,  fluid  and  syrupy;  it  appears  to  be  completely  devital- 
ized; the  corpuscles  are  disintegrated  and  transparent,  by 
loss  of  their  coloring  matter.  In  certain  cases  the  mucous 
coat  of  the  stomach  and  duodenum  is  so  softened  as  to 
break  under  pressure  of  the  knife;  ulcerations,  also,  some- 
times occur  in  the  stomach.  It  is  stated  that  the  intestines, 
and  even  the  flesh,  of  animals  poisoned  by  phosphorus  have 
the  odor  of  garlic,  and  appear  luminous  in  the  dark.  This 
luminosity  of  the  viscera  has  been  observed  in  the  human 
subject. 

The  exterior  of  the  body  often  exhibits  an  icterode 
appearance.  Sometimes,  the  red  or  blue  coloring  matter  of 
the  lucifer  matches  that  have  caused  death  may  be  found 
adhering  to  the  inside  of  the  alimentar}^  canal,  a  considerable 
time  after  death.  The  general  appearance  of  the  gastro- 
intestinal mucous  membrane  is  hemorrhagic  rather  than 
inflammatory,    ecchymoses    being    scattered    throughout 


PHOSPHORUS — DIAGNOSIS.  245 

The  contents  of  the  intestines  are  hquid  and  bloody.  The 
bladder  contains  bloody  urine,  and  often  presents  sub- 
mucous ecchymoses. 

A  peculiar  pathological  alteration,  revealed  by  the  micro- 
scope as  the  result  of  phosphorus-poisoning,  is  fatty  degen- 
eration of  the  liver  and  other  organs  of  the  body.  But 
these  peculiarities .  are  not  absolutely  characteristic  of  this 
poisoning,  since  they  occur  in  poisoning  by  other  agents, 
as  arsenic,  alcohol,  antimony,  etc.,  and  also  as  the  result 
of  disease;  nevertheless,  they  possess  especial  import- 
ance from  their  association  with  other  notable  symptoms 
of  phosphorus-poisoning,  such  as  the  jaundice,  muscular 
pains  and  weakness,  diseased  condition  of  the  blood,  and 
albuminous  urine. 

The  contents  of  the  stomach  in  some  instances  evolve  the 
odor  and  fumes;  and  in  a  case  mentioned  by  Casper,  two 
days  after  death,  luminous  vapors  issued  from  the  vagina, 
and  a  whitish  vapor  having  a  phosphorus  odor  issued  from 
the  anus.  In  this  instance,  no  smell  or  vapor  of  phosphorus 
could  be  detected  on  opening  the  stomach ;  nor  was  there 
any  part  of  its  lining  membrane  either  softened  or  corroded. 

Diagnosis. — Generally,  in  acute  cases,  there  will  be  no 
difficulty  in  recognizing  the  evidences  of  phosphorus-poi- 
soning, both  from  the  symptoms  and  post-mortem  lesions, 
as  above  detailed.  Chronic  cases  accompanied  by  jaundice 
might,  however,  be  mistaken  for  yellow  atrophy  of  the  liver. 
The  following  are  diagnostic  points :  The  sensation  of  heat 
in  the  throat,  eructations  and  vomiting  of  matters  having 
a  garlicky  odor  and  a  luminous  appearance,  would  indicate 
phosphorus-poison.  The  icterode  appearance  is  not  so 
intense  in  the  poisoning  as  in  the  disease,  nor  is  it  accom- 
panied with  the  injection  of  the  eyes,  or  with  the  fever, 
which  mark  the  latter.     The  fatty  change  of  the  viscera 


246  TOXICOLOGY. 

may  be  seen  two  days  after  the  ingestion  of  the  poison. 
According  to  other  authorities,  the  hver  in  phosphorus- 
poisoning  is  enlarged,  dull  in  appearance,  doughy,  uniformly 
yellow,  with  the  acini  well  marked ;  in  acute  atrophy,  the 
liver  is  diminished  in  size,  greasy  on  the  surface,  of  a  dirty 
yellow  color,  and  the  acini  nearly  obliterated.  In  the  for- 
mer, also,  the  hepatic  cells  are  either  filled  with  oil  globules, 
or  entirely  replaced  by  them ;  in  the  latter,  the  cells  are 
filled  with  a  fine  granular  detritus  and  thin  structure,  re- 
placed by  a  newly-formed  connective  tissue  (Husband). 

Oiemical  Analysis. — Phosphorus  is  a  white,  waxy  solid  ; 
sp.  gr.,  1.83;  fuses  at  110°  F. ;  at  a  higher  temperature  it 
takes  fire,  burning  with  a  brilliant  white  light,  becoming' 
converted  into  the  white  fumes  of  phosphoric  oxid.  It 
evolves  fumes  at  ordinary  temperatures,  when  exposed  to  the 
air,  and  appears  luminous  in  the  dark.  The  smell  and  taste 
of  phosphorus  recall  those  of  garlic,  by  which  means  it  may 
be  easily  recognized,  when  mJxed  with  food  and  drinks.  The 
fuming  of  phosphorus  in  the  air,  as  also  its  luminosity,  is 
completely  prevented  by  the  presence  of  alcohol,  ether, 
chloroform,  oil  of  turpentine  and  other  bodies,  even  in  minute 
quantities.  Although  insoluble  in  water,  phosphorus  ulti- 
mately imparts  to  it  poisonous  properties.  It  is  tolerably 
soluble  in  fixed  and  volatile  oils,  by  the  aid  of  heat ;  also  in 
ether,  chloroform  and  naphtha ;  its  best  solvent  is  carbon 
disulphid.  Nitric  acid  converts  it  into  phosphoric  acid.  It 
is  not  affected  by  either  sulphuric  or  hydrochloric  acids.  It 
is  preserved  under  water,  to  protect  it  from  oxidation. 

In  its  free  state  phosphorus  is  easily  detected  by  its 
sensible  properties,  as  already  described.  A  fragment  put 
into  the  materials  for  generating  hydrogen  will  evolve 
hydrogen  phosphid,  easily  recognized  by  its  luminosity  in 
the  dark,  and  from  being  sometimes  spontaneously  inflam- 


METHOD    OF    MITSCHERLICH.  247 

mable.  The  gas,  when  ignited  at  a  jet,  burns  with  a  green- 
ish-blue flame ;  when  it  is  passed  through  a  solution  of 
silver  nitrate,  the  latter  is  blackened  by  the  production  of 
silver.  Phosphoric  acid  is  formed  in  the  solution,  and  may- 
be detected  by  the  appropriate  reagents. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — If  the  materials  evolve  whitish 
fumes,  which  are  luminous  in  the  dark,  and  have  an  allia- 
ceous odor,  there  can  be  no  doubt  of  the  presence  of  phos- 
phorus. If  the  mixture  be  ammoniacal,  from  putrefaction, 
sulphuric  acid  must  first  be  added  until  the  liquid  is  slightly 
acid.  Sometimes  the  particles  of  phosphorus  may  be  sep- 
arated mechanically  from  the  inside  of  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  which,  when  found,  should  be  carefully  washed  and 
set  aside.  Or,  the  mass  may  be  spread  out  on  a  metallic 
plate,  and  gently  heated  over  a  spirit  lamp,  when  the  minute 
fragments  of  phosphorus  will  take  fire,  and  burn  with  a  bril- 
liant light.  The  suspected  particles  may  be  heated  under 
water,  when  they  will  melt  and  run  together  into  a  globule, 
which  will  solidify  on  cooling,  and  may  easily  be  identified. 

Carbon  disulphid  may  be  used  to  dissolve  out  the  phos- 
phorus from  many  organic  mixtures,  and  when  phosphorus- 
paste  has  been  employed.  On  allowing  the  solution  to 
evaporate  spontaneously,  the  phosphorus  will  remain  in 
minute  globules,  which  can  readily  be  examined.  If,  how- 
ever, the  poison  is  in  solution,  or  in  too  minute  a  quantity 
for'the  above  tests,  it  must  be  examined  by  the  following 
processes : 

Method  of  Mitscherlich. —  The  suspected  liquid,  acidified 
by  sulphuric  acid,  is  to  be  distilled  in  the  dark,  and  the 
vapors  conducted  through  a  long  glass  tube  kept  cold,  the 
end  of  which  passes  into  a  receiver.  On  gently  heating  the 
retort  or  flask,  the  vapors,  as  they  pass  through  the  cold 
tube,  condense   and   display  a   distinct   luminosity.     The- 


248  TOXICOLOGY. 

phosphorus  thus  distilled  collects  with  the  aqueous  vapor 
in  the  receiver,  to  which  it  imparts  the  usual  garlicky  odor. 
A  portion  of  it,  if  in  sufficient  quantity,  may  likewise  collect 
in  the  receiver  in  the  form  of  globules.  This  test  is  exceed- 
ingly delicate  and  satisfactory.  Taylor  states  that  the  head 
of  one  lucifer  match  produced  a  luminosity  which  continued 
for  half  an  hour,  in  the  condensing  tube. 

The  presence  of  solid  phosphorus  in  the  distillate  would 
render  further  experiments  unnecessary;  but  in  the  absence 
of  any  granules,  the  distillate,  after  filtration,  should  be  acid- 
ified by  nitric  acid,  which  will  convert  any  phosphorus  into 
phosphoric  acid;  the  liquid  should  then  be  concentrated  by 
evaporation  and  tested.  If  no  luminosity  has  been  observed, 
the  presence  of  a  small  amount  of  the  compounds  of  phos- 
phorus in  the  distillate  is  not  sufficient  to  warrant  the  suppo- 
sition of  poison,  since  these  might  have  been  derived  from 
the  food  or  tissues,  and  carried  over  mechanically.  It  should 
be  remembered  that  it  is  only  free  phosphorus  that  gives  out 
the  luminosity  by  the  above  process;  the  distillation  of  the 
brain,  or  any  other  tissue  that  contains  this  substance  in 
combination,  never  produces  it. 

Method  of  Lipowitz. — This  consists  in  boiling  the  sus- 
pected liquid,  slightly  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid,  with 
fragments  of  sulphur,  in  an  apparatus  similar  to  that  em- 
ployed in  the  method  of  Mitscherlich,  the  experiment  boing 
conducted  in  the  dark.  The  sulphur  abstracts  the  phos- 
phorus from  even  complex  mixtures,  and  combines  with  it. 
The  boiling  is  continued  for  about  half  an  hour,  after  which 
the  piec€s  of  sulphur  are  withdrawn,  and  washed  in  water. 
They  will  now  emit  the  peculiar  odor  of  phosphorus,  and 
appear  luminous  in  the  dark.  On  gently  heating  them  with 
nitric  acid,  a  mixture  of  phosphoric  and  sulphuric  acids  will 


marsh's  test.  249 

result.  By  evaporating  this  solution  to  near  dryness,  to  get 
rid  of  the  sulphuric  acid,  then  diluting  and  filtering,  the 
phosphoric  acid  may  be  recognized  by  the  usual  tests.  In 
prosecuting  this  test,  unless  the  amount  of  phosphorus  is 
very  minute,  the  luminosity  of  the  vapor  may  also  be 
observed  in  the  cool  tube. 

Marsh's  test. — This  process  is  based  upon  that  employed 
in  testing  for  arsenic.  The  suspected  material,  properly 
prepared,  is  put  into  the  jar  containing  the  materials  for 
generating  hydrogen;  the  resulting  gas  is  then  passed  over 
calcium  hydroxid,  for  the  purpose  of  removing  any  hydro- 
gen sulphid;  it  is  then  ignited  at  the  end  of  the  delivery 
tube,  producing  a  green  flame.  The  phosphoretted  hydro- 
gen is  luminous  in  the  dark,  and  affords  a  black  precipitate 
with  silver  nitrate. 

Phosphorus  has  been  detected  in  the  free  state  as  late  as 
fourteen  days,  and  three  weeks,  after  death;  but  it  is  very 
apt  soon  to  become  oxidized  in  the  body,  in  which  case  it 
can  only  be  identified  as  phosphate. 

The  method  of  testing  for  phosphorus,  as  phosphates, 
in  a  case  of  suspected  poisoning,  is  unsatisfactory,  since 
these  salts  always  exist  in  association  with  the  tissues  and 
secretions,  as  well  as  in  many  articles  of  food.  The  mode  of 
procedure  in  such  a  case  is  to  treat  the  mixture  with  a  little 
pure  nitric  acid,  and  concentrate  by  evaporation.  It  is  then 
treated  with  a  slight  excess  of  pure  sodium  carbonate  and 
evaporated  to  dryness,  and  fused  in  a  porcelain  crucible.  The 
resulting  sodium   phosphate  may  then  be  tested  as  follows: 

(i)  Silver  nitrate  throws  down  yellow  silver  phosphate, 
soluble  in  ammonium  hydroxid,  and  in  nitric  and  acetic 
acids.  Hydrochloric  acid  converts  it  into  the  white  chlorid. 
Silver  nitrate  also  gives  a  yellow  precipitate  of  silver  arsenite 


250  TOXICOLOGY. 

with  arsenites,  which  behaves  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
phosphate;  they  are  distinguished  by  drying,  and  heating 
in  a  reduction  tube:  silver  arsenite  yields  a  ring  of  sublimed 
octahedral  crystals. 

(2)  Aimiionio-magnesium  sulphate. — This  compound  gives 
with  a  phosphate  a  characteristic  crystalline  precipitate  of 
ammonium  magnesium  phosphate;  the  minutest  quantity 
can  be  identified  by  the  microscope. 

(3)  Ammoniinn  niolybdate.  —  This  reagent  produces  a 
yellow,  pulverulent  precipitate  of  ammonium  phospho- 
molybdate;  it  is  insoluble  in  the  strong  acids,  but  soluble 
in  alkaline  phosphates,  alkalies  and  alkaline  carbonates. 

Red,  Amorphous,  or  AUotropic  Phosphorus. — This  singu- 
lar variety  of  phosphorus  is  procurad  by  exposing  ordinary 
phosphorus  to  a  heat  of  450°  F.,  for  a  number  of  hours,  in 
an  atmosphere  deprived  of  oxygen,  when  it  will  change  to 
a  brick-red  mass,  totally  unlike  the  ordinary  substance, 
although  retaining  its  original  composition.  The  difference 
between  the  two  is  shown  by  reference  to  the  following 
table : 

COMMON  PHOSPHORUS.  RED   PHOSPHORUS. 

Very  poisonous.  Very  slightly  poisonous. 

Evolves  a' strong  odor.  Nearly  odorless. 

Phosphorescent.  Not  phosphorescent. 

Melts  at  ioS°  F.  Melts  at  about  500°  F. 

Transparent.  Opaque. 

Almost  colorless.  Varies  in  color  from  a  reddish-black  to 

crimson. 

Freely  soluble  in  some  liquids.  Nearly  insoluble  in  all  liquids. 

Flexible.  Brittle. 

Oxidizes  in  the  air.  Unalterable  in  the  air. 

Unites  readily  with  other  elements.  Is   acted   on    by   other   elements  with 

difficulty. 

Nitric  acid  acts  on  it  with   great  Nitric  acid  produces  no  effect, 
energy. 


lODIN,    BROMIN    AND    CHLORIN.  251 

lODIN,   BROMIN   AND   CHLORIN. 

lodin  occurs  in  shiny,  dark,  iron-gray  scales ;  it  has  a 
peculiar  odor  and  disagreeable  taste ;  when  heated  it  gives 
off  beautiful  violet-colored  fumes,  which  are  irritating  to 
the  nostrils  and  throat.  Sparingly  soluble  in  water,  very 
soluble  in  alcohol  and  ether,  and  also  in  the  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  potassium  iodid.  It  is  used  medicinally  in  the  form 
of  tincture,  compound  tincture,  and  ointment. 

Symptoms. — Like  phosphorus,  iodin  produces  a  local 
irritant  effect,  and  a  remote  influence ;  the  latter,  the  result 
of  using  it  in  small  quantities.  In  large  doses  it  occasions 
burning  heat  in  the  throat ;  severe  pain  in  the  abdomen  ; 
vomiting  and  purging,  the  vomited  matters  having  the 
peculiar  odor  of  iodin,  sometimes  mixed  with  blood ;  the 
color  of  the  matters  is  yellowish,  except  when  they  consist 
of  farinaceous  articles,  in  which  case  it  is  blue.  The  bowels 
may  also  exhibit  the  presence  of  iodin.  Other  symptoms 
are  giddiness,  headache,  thirst,  anxiety,  convulsions  and 
fainting. 

In  chronic  poisoning  (iodism)  the  symptoms  are  nausea, 
vomiting,  purging,  pain  of  stomach,  tremors,  palpitation, 
salivation,  cramps,  general  emaciation,  and  a  tendency  to 
absorption  of  certain  glands,  especially  the  testes  and  the 
mammse. 

There  is  a  remarkable  diversity  in  the  effects  of  iodin 
upon  the  human  system,  some  persons  bearing  very  large 
doses  with  little  or  no  suffering,  while  others  are  seriously 
affected  by  the  smallest  quantities.  Overdoses  have  occa- 
sionally proved  fatal,  leaving  morbid  appearances  very 
similar  to  those  produced  by  the  irritant  alkaline  salts. 

Chemical  Analysis. — In  its  free  state,  iodin  may  readily  be 
distinguished  by  its  solid  form,  color,  odor,  volatility,  and 


252  TOXICOLOGY. 

its  action  on  boiled  starch — quickly  turning  it  blue.  When 
in  combination  as  potassium  iodid,  the  iodin  must  first  be 
set  fi-ee  (by  chlorin  or  nitric  acid),  and  then  the  starch-test 
applied. 

From  organic  mixtures  the  iodin  may  be  separated  by 
like  use  of  carbon  disulphid  or  chloroform,  which  dissolve 
it ;  watery  liquid  should  be  separated  and  the  solvent  evapo- 
rated at  a  very  low  temperature,  when  the  iodin  will  be 
left. 

If  this  process  fails,  on  account  of  the  conversion  of  the 
iodin  into  hydriodic  acid,  or  into  an  iodid,  it  will  be  ad- 
visable to  transmit  hydrogen  sulphid  through  the  mass, 
properly  diluted ;  this  will  convert  any  free  iodin  into 
hydriodic  acid ;  then  drive  off  the  excess  of  gas  by  heat, 
add  potassium  hydroxid  in  excess,  filter  and  evaporate  to 
dryness.  Char  the  residue  at  a  low  red  heat,  to  get  rid  of 
the  organic  matter;  pulverize  and  dissolve  in  water.  Con- 
centrate the  solution,  and  add  strong  nitric  acid  and  boiled 
starch,  which  will  develop  the  iodin,  if  any  be  present. 

Potassium  Iodid. — Although  much  used  in  medicine,  in 
large  doses  it  occasionally  produces  violent  effects  upon  the 
system,  such  as  headache,  griping  abdominal  pains,  thirst, 
inflammation  of  the  nostrils  and  eyes,  and  frequent  pulse, 
together  with  salivation  and  a  pustular  eruption.  As  found 
in  the  shops,  it  is  apt  to  be  considerably  adulterated  with 
carbonate. 

Bromin. — This  is  a  dark-red,  volatile  liquid,  excessively 
pungent  to  the  eyes  and  respiratory  organs,  having  an  acrid 
odor  and  taste.  It  is  highly  corrosive,  destroying  animal 
tissues  very  rapidly.  It  has  occasionally  proved  fatally 
poisonous.  A  case  is  reported  by  Dr.  Sayre,  of  New  York, 
of  a  daguerreotyper,  who  swallowed  an  ounce  of  bromin,  for 


ARSENIC.  253 

the  purpose  of  self-destruction.  The  immediate  symptoms 
were  spasmodic  action  of  the  muscles  of  the  larynx  and 
pharynx,  with  great  difficulty  of  breathing,  followed  by  in- 
tense burning  pain  in  the  stomach,  with  great  anxiety, 
restlessness,  and  trembling  of  the  hands.  The  pulse  was 
rapid,  tense  and  corded,  and  respiration  greatly  hurried. 
Collapse  soon  followed,  and  death  took  place  in  seven  and 
a  half  hours  after  swallowing  the  poison. 

The  post-mortem  examination  revealed  vivid  injection 
of  the  external  coat  of  the  stomach  and  of  the  abdominal 
viscera  generally,  which  were  stained  of  a  deep  yellow 
color.  Portions  of  the  stomach  were  softened.  Its  con- 
tents resembled  port-wine  dregs,  and  exhaled  the  odor  of 
bromin.  Its  whole  interior  was  covered  with  a  thick,  black 
layer,  resembling  coarse  tanned  leather.  The  mucous 
membrane  was  very  thin,  and  very  deeply  injected. 

Chemical  Analysis. — Bromin  may  be  separated  from 
organic  matters  by  means  of  carbon  disulphid  or  by  ether, 
after  the  method  described  for  iodin.  The  bromids  may  be 
decomposed  by  chlorin,  or  by  a  strong  acid.  Bromin  im- 
parts a  deep  yellow  color  to  boiled  starch. 

Chlorin  is  a  powerfully  irritating  gas,  of  a  greenish- 
yellow  color.  If  inhaled  it  may  destroy  life.  Chlorin  is 
readily  recognized  by  its  smell  and  color,  and  especially  by 
its  powerful  bleaching  properties. 

ARSENIC. 

The  term  Arsenic,  as  employed  in  toxicology,  always 
signifies  (unless  specially  qualified)  arsenous  oxid,  often, 
though  erroneously,  called  arsenous  acid.  The  element 
itself,  which  is  rarely  used  as  a  poison,  is  brittle,  of  a 
steel-gray  color,  volatile  when  heated,  its  vapor  having  a 


254  TOXICOLOGY. 

strong,  garlicky  odor,  by  which  it  may  be  recognized.  It 
is  sold,  however,  under  the  name  of  fly  pozvder,  which  is  a 
mixture  of  the  metal  and  arsenous  oxid.  It  is  rather  an 
abundant  element,  and  occurs  in  a  number  of  minerals. 

Arsenic  is  one  of  the  most  important  of  all  the  poisons. 
The  facility  of  procuring  it  and  its  ease  of  administration 
contribute  greatly  to  its  extensive  use,  both  as.  a  homicidal 
and  suicidal  agent.  Under  the  name  of"  Rough  on  Rats'' 
it  is  extensively  used  for  the  destruction  of  vermin. 

In  the  arts,  arsenic  finds  many  uses,  as  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  enamel  and  glass,  composition  candles,  vermin- 
killers,  dyes  and  colors,  etc.  It  is  used  in  various  alloys,  as 
speculum  metal,  white  copper,  and  shot;  also  by  ship- 
builders, to  protect  timber  from  worms ;  by  farmers,  to 
preserve  their  grain  for  seed,  and  for  washing  sheep ;  and 
by  grooms,  to  improve  the  coats  of  their  horses.  One 
of  the  most  common  anilin  colors,  anilin  red,  fuchsin  or 
magenta,  is  often  made  by  the  aid  of  arsenic  acid,  and  hence 
the  color  often  contains  notable  amounts  of  the  element.  If 
we  may  credit  the  accounts  of  travelers,  by  the  inhabitants 
of  Styria  and  other  mountainous  countries,  to  increase 
their  physical  powers  of  endurance  and  to  improve  the 
complexion  of  the  females. 

Properties  of  Arsenous  Oxid. — It  occurs  in  commerce 
either  as  a  heavy  white  powder,  or  in  masses,,  which  are 
at  first  translucent,  but  afterward  become  opaque.  It  is 
nearly  tasteless.  It  is  slightly  soluble  in  cold  water,  and 
there  is  some  difference  between  the  solubility  of  the  crys- 
talline and  of  the  opaque  varieties ;  boiling  water  dissolves 
it  more  freely,  but  still  not  in  large  amount.  Its  solubility 
is  much  increased  by  the  addition  of  an  acid  or  an  alkali, 
but  diminished  by  the  presence  of  organic  matter.  It  is 
easily  held  in  suspension  in  soups,  coffee,  tea,  milk,  etc. 


PROPERTIES    OF    ARSENOUS    OXID.  255 

When  arsenous  oxid  is  heated  to  a  temperature  near 
400°  F.,  it  sublimes  in  the  form  of  a  white  vapor,  which  is 
inodorous,  and  is  deposited  on  a  cool  surface,  either  as  an 
amorphous  powder  or  in  octahedral  crystals.  If  thrown 
upon  red-hot  charcoal,  it  is  decomposed,  and  the  vapor 
will  have  an  alliaceous  odor,  because  it  results  from  the 
reduction. 

Symptoms. — The  rapidity  and  virulence  of  the  symptoms 
depend  somewhat  on  the  form  of  the  poison  (z.  e.,  whether 
in  solution  or  otherwise),  and  also  on  the  condition  of  the 
stomach.  As  a  rule,  the  symptoms  do  not  occur  for  half  an 
hour  or  an  hour.  There  is  first  a  sense  of  faintness,  attended 
with  a  feeling  of  heat  and  constriction  of  the  throat,  to- 
gether with  thirst,  nausea  and  burning  pain  in  the  stomach, 
increased  by  pressure.  Vomiting  and  retching  soon  follow; 
the  matters  ejected  are  rarely  streaked  with  blood ;  they 
may  be  variously  colored.  Purging,  accompanied  with 
tenesmus,  comes  on,  and,  along  with  the  vomiting,  may  be 
incessant,  though  affording  no  relief  to  the  sufferer.  Cramps 
in  the  legs  are  apt  to  be  present,  along  with  great  depression, 
cold  sweat,  intense  thirst,  and  a  feeble,  frequent  pulse.  The 
whole  train. of  symptoms  strongly  resembles  a  severe  case 
of  cholera  morbus,  for  which  it  has  frequently  been  mis- 
taken. As  a  rule,  the  symptoms  are  continuous,  although 
there  are  occasionally  remissions,  and  even  intermissions. 
Coma,  paralysis  and  convulsions  may  supervene  before 
death.  The  urine  is  often  partially  suppressed.  If  the 
patient  recovers  from  the  immediate  attack,  he  may  suffer 
for  a  long  time  after  from  indigestion,  partial  paralysis,  or 
from  epilepsy. 

Certain  anomaliiss  may  occur.  The  pain  may  be  absent, 
or  slight.  Occasionally,  there  is  a  remarkable  absence  of 
symptoms.     Vomiting  and  purging  and  thirst  may  not  be 


256  TOXICOLOGY, 

present.  Some  cases  especially  resemble  cholera  morbus, 
from  the  intensity  of  the  gastro-enteric  irritabihty,  while 
others  indicate  severe  nervous  disturbance,  by  the  intense 
headache,  giddiness,  restlessness,  violent  cramps,  delirium, 
convulsions  and  coma.  Again,  there  may  be  immediate 
collapse,  little  or  no  pain,  vomiting  or  purging,  but  a  cold, 
clammy  skin,  extreme  prostration,  very  frequent  and  feeble 
pulse,  slight  coma,  with  perhaps  convulsions  and  death 
within  a  few  hours  after  swallowing  the  poison.  In  yet 
other  instances,  the  symptoms  resemble  those  of  narcotics, 
the  person  falling  into  a  profound  sleep,  deepening  into 
coma,  and  dying  in  a  few  hours  without  rallying.  In  the 
latter  cases,  the  autopsy  has  frequently  revealed  no  trace  of 
inflammation  of  the  stomach. 

All  the  above  varieties  of  symptoms  occur  quite  inde- 
pendently of  the  size  of  the  dose,  or  mode  of  administration, 
and  they  cannot  be  satisfactorily  explained  except  by  refer- 
ring them  to  constitutional  peculiarities. 

The  symptoms  of  chronic  poisoning  usually  result  from 
small  doses  of  arsenic  frequently  repeated,  or  from  exposure 
to  the  vapors  of  arsenical  products,  as  in  the  case  of  work- 
men, or  from  the  accidental  inhalation  of  arsenical  dust 
from  wall  papers.  The  eyes  and  nasal  mucous  membrane 
become  inflamed  and  watery,  there  is  great  gastric  distress, 
with  frequent  sickness  and  vomiting,  diarrhoea,  headache 
and  giddiness,  a  jaundiced  skin,  an  eczematous  eruption, 
local  paralysis,  general  emaciation,  falling  out  of  the  hair, 
salivation  and  excoriation  of  the  tongue  with  hemorrhage  ; 
and  death  may  occur  from  exhaustion.  The  symptoms  in 
such  a  case  are  frequently  very  obscure  and  misleading, 
and  perhaps  chance  alone  may  reveal  the  real  source  of  the 
disorder. 

The  time  when  the  symptoms  appear  varies  considerably. 


PROPERTIES    OF    ARSENOUS    OXID.  257 

As  before  stated,  these  do  not  generally  manifest  themselves 
for  a  half  hour  or  an  hour  after  swallowing  the  poison ;  but 
there  are  numerous  exceptions.  Cases  are  recorded  in 
which  it  is  claimed  they  appeared  in  the  act  of  swallowing, 
but  this  seems  incredible;  others,  in  which  they  were 
exhibited  in  eight,  ten  and  fifteen  minutes  after.  On  the 
other  hand,  numerous  instances  are  recorded  where  the 
time  was  protracted  for  many  hours.  A  case  has  been 
reported  in  which  the  symptoms  were  delayed  for  sixteen 
hours,  after  a  dose  of  a  drachm  of  the  poison.  These  dis- 
crepancies may,  in  part,  be  accounted  for  by  the  stomach 
being  empty  or  full  at  the  time  of  administration;  also  by 
the  form  of  the  dose,  whether  liquid  or  solid ;  by  the  time 
of  day,  whether  before  going  to  sleep,  or  otherwise.  The 
simultaneous  use  of  opium  or  alcohol  would,  no  doubt, 
exercise  a  modifying  influence  over  this  poison. 

The  external  application  of  arsenic,  either  to  the  sound 
skin,  or  still  more  to  abraded  or  ulcerated  surfaces,  is  often 
followed  by  fatal  results.  Proofs  of  this  are  exhibited  in 
the  effects  of  the  applications  of  cancer-cures  to  ulcerated 
breasts;  also  in  the  use  of  arsenical  solutions  to  the  sore 
heads  of  children.  In  some  of  these  instances,  absorbed 
arsenic  has  been  detected,  after  death,  in  the  viscera  of  the 
body.  Arsenic  has  also  proved  fatal  when  injected  into  the 
rectum  and  vagina. 

In  all  of  the  above  cases  of  the  external  application  of 
this  poison,  its  usual  constitutional  effects  were  produced, 
such  as  burning  and  constriction  of  the  throat,  thirst,  vomit- 
ing and  purging,  great  depression,  and  the  various  nervous 
disturbances  above  described. 

Fatal  Dose. — Ttvo  grains  may  be  considered  the  minimum 
fatal  dose  for  an  adult ;  but  smaller  quantities  have  produced 
alarming  symptoms.     On  the  other  hand,  recoveries  have 

22 


258  TOXICOLOGY. 

often  occurred  after  very  large  doses — one  to  two  ounces — 
have  been  swallowed. 

Fatal  Period. — The  great  majority  of  deaths  occur  within 
twenty-four  hours,  and  of  these  the  most  within  eight  or  ten 
hours.  The  shortest  period  is  recorded  by  Taylor,  of  a 
youth,  aged  seventeen  years,  who  died  in  twenty  minutes 
from  the  effects  of  a  large  dose  accidentally  swallowed;  the 
symptoms  were  of  a  tetanic  character.  Other  cases  are 
reported  where  death  occurred  in  two  or  three  hours.  On 
the  other  hand,  life  may  be  prolonged  for  weeks,  months  or 
even  years,  the  patient  suffering  greatly  during  the  interval. 

Arsenic  is  not  a  strongly  cumulative  poison  ;  it  is  tempo- 
rarily deposited  in  the  liver  and  other  organs  of  the  body, 
after  absorption,  but  it  is  rapidly  eliminated  from  the  system 
by  the  urine,  bile  and  other  secretions.  Should  the  person 
survive  for  two  or  three  weeks,  no  trace  of  the  poison  may 
be  found  after  his  death,  in  consequence  of  its  total  elimi- 
nation during  the  interim.  The  exact  period  at  which 
arsenic  is  completely  eliminated  from  the  human  system  is 
not  fixed ;  but  the  analyst  need  hardly  expect  to  discover  it 
after  sixteen  days,  although  it  has  been  detected  in  the  urine 
of  a  man  twenty-four  days  after  swallowing  a  large  dose, 
and  who  subsequently  recovered. 

The  rapidity  with  which  it  is  absorbed  and  deposited  in 
the  tissues  is  very  great.  Taylor  found  it  in  the  human 
liver  four  hours  after  it  had  been  swallowed,  though  doubt- 
less it  reaches  this  organ  much  sooner.  He  believes  that 
the  liver  acquires  its  maximum  of  absorbed  arsenic  (about 
two  grains)  in  fifteen  hours,  after  which  the  quantity  gradu- 
ally diminishes. 

The  question  of  the  elimination  of  arsenic  from  the 
human  system  may  have  an  important  bearing,  as  in  a  case 
in  which  a  person  who  has  been  taking  small  doses  of  arsenic, 


ARSENIC POST-MORTEM    APPEARANCES.  259 

medicinally,  for  a  length  of  time,  should  suddenly  die  from 
gastro-enteritis,  and  a  post-mortem  examination  should 
reveal  the  presence  of  absorbed  arsenic  in  the  organs. 
Here,  both  the  symptoms  and  the  chemical  analysis  would 
strongly  confirm  the  suspicion  of  arsenical  poisoning,  unless 
the  fact  of  the  medicinal  administration  of  the  drug  could 
be  satisfactorily  established. 

Arsenic  is  known  to  be  deposited  in  all  the  tissues  of  the 
body,  including  the  bones ;  except  the  hair. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — The  most  decided  evidences 
of  the  irritant  character  of  the  poison  are  exhibited  by  the 
stomach,  the  mucous  lining  of  which  is  usually  highly 
inflamed,  sometimes  presenting  a  uniform,  deep  red  color, 
at  others,  showing  patches  of  diffused  dark  redness.  ,  Arsenic 
seems  to  have  a  specific  effect  on  the  stomach,  no  matter  by 
what  avenue  it  is  introduced  into  the  system.  Occasionally, 
the  lining  membrane  is  thickened  and  corrugated;  again,  it 
is  softened,  and  readily  separated.  When  the  poison  has 
been  taken  in  substance,  it  is  not  unusual  to  find  patches 
several  inches  in  extent,  consisting  of  tough,  yellowish- 
white  masses  of  arsenous  oxid,  mixed  with  lymph  and  mucus, 
firmly  adherent  to  the  membrane,  and  forming  so  many  foci 
of  intense  inflammation.  White  spots  of  arsenous  oxid  are 
often  found  between  the  rugse,  and  when  a  long  interval  has 
occurred  before  the  examination,  yellow  stains  may  be 
found,  as  the  result  of  a  decomposition  into  the  yellow 
sulphid. 

Ulceration  of  the  stomach  is  rare ;  but  Dr.  Reese  wit- 
nessed two  instances.  In  one  death  occurred  in  eight  hours 
after  swallowing  the  poison.  In  the  other  case,  the  examina- 
tion was  not  made  until  four  months  after  death  ;  here,  the 
ulcer  was  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  was  sur- 
rounded by  a  deep  zone  of  dark,  effused  blood,  and  had 


260  TOXICOLOGY. 

penetrated  down  to  the  peritDneal  coat  of  the  stomach. 
Perforation  is  still  more  rare. 

The  upper  portion  of  the  small  intestines  is  very  apt  to  be 
involved  in  the  inflammation  ;  also  the  cecum  and  rectum. 
Other  organs,  as  the  lungs,  brain  and  bladder,  are  occasion- 
ally found  congested ;  but  these  offer  no  diagnostic  points. 
The  most  remarkable  fact  connected  with  the  post-mortem 
appearances  is  the  occasional  absence  of  all  signs  of  inflam- 
mation, even  in  cases  where  there  had  been  violent  inflam- 
matory symptoms  before  death. 

An  important  circumstance  is  the  antiseptic  power  of 
arsenic,  which  accounts  for  the  remarkable  preservation  of 
the  body  for  many  months  after  death,  whereby  the  detec- 
tion of  the  poison  is  possible  for  a  long  period  after  burial — 
in  one  case,  fourteen  years  after  death.  Of  course,  after 
such  an  interval,  most  of  the  body  would  be  decomposed ; 
but  still  enough  remains  for  the  purpose  of  identification. 
In  such  cases,  there  is  generally  noticed  an  absence  of  the 
usual  cadaveric  odor,  and  also  the  presence  of  numerous 
yellow  patches  over  the  abdominal  viscera,  due  to  the  pro- 
duction of  the  yellow  sulphid,  by  the  action  of  hydrogen 
sulphid  on  the  arsenous  oxid. 

It  should,  however,  be  stated  that  arsenic  does  not  uni- 
formly exert  this  preservative  power  on  a  dead  body;  in 
fact,  in  some  cases  it  would  seem  that  putrefaction  has  ad- 
vanced with  increased  rapidity.  These  instances,  however, 
are  exceptional;  but  they  should  put  the  expert  on  his 
guard  against  too  positive  an  assertion  as  to  the  presence 
of  arsenic  when  a  body  exhibits  an  unusual  degree  of  pres- 
ervation, since  this  may  be  due  to  other  causes. 

Treatment. — Vomiting  should  be  promoted,  but  only  by 
the  mildest  means;  the  stomach  pump  may  be  employed, 
if  on  hand;  warm  diluent  drinks  are  useful;  after  this,  the 


ARSENIC — SUBLIMATION    TESTS.  261 

free  use  of  freshly  prepared  ferric  hydroxid.  This  can  be 
prepared  extemporaneously  by  treating  a  solution  of  any 
red  salt  of  iron  with  any  alkali,  alkaline  carbonate,  or  mag- 
nesia. Ferric  chlorid  and  ferric  subsulphate  are  common 
compounds  suitable  for  the  purpose.  The  precipitate  should 
be  collected  on  a  strainer,  e.g.,  a  piece  of  muslin  or  linen 
washed  two  or  three  times  with  water  and  administered 
freely,  best  in  milk  or  other  demulcent  liquid.  Afterward.s, 
a  dose  of  castor  oil  should  be  given. 

There  are  numerous  attestations  to  the  value  of  this  anti- 
dote; it  acts  by  converting  the  poison  into  an  insoluble 
compound.  Freshly  precipitated  magnesium  hydroxid  is 
also  recommended  as  an  antidote. 

Analytic  methods.  Sublimation  Tests. — (i)  A  small  quan- 
tity of  the  white  powder  placed  on  platinum  foil  and  heated 
is  entirely  dissipated  in  white  inodorous  fumes;  (2)  slowly 
heated  in  a  narrow  glass  tube,  it  sublimes,  forming  a  white 
ring  of  octahedral  crys'tals  on  the  cool  portion  of  the  tube 
visible  by  a  good  magnifier.  Calomel  and  corrosive 
sublimate  will  each  form  white  rings  under  similar  con- 
ditions :  the  arsenic  deposit  is  distinguished  from  these 
by  "being  in  octahedral  crystals;  by  the 'action  of  sodium 
hydroxid  solution  which  dissolves  it  without  color,  while 
it  gives  a  black  precipitate  with  calomel,  and  a  yel- 
lowish with  corrosive  sublimate ;  (3)  moistened  with  am- 
monium sulphid,  and  evaporating,  it  produces  the  yellow 
sulphid;  (4)  put  into  a  reduction  tube  along  with  some 
reducing  agent,  as  charcoal,  black  flux,  or  six  or  eight  times 
its  volume  of  dried  potassium  ferrocyanid,  and  heated  by 
the  flame  of  a  spirit  lamp,  it  is  reduced,  and  the  metal  is 
volatilized,  and  collects  on  the  cool  part  of  the  tube  in  the 
form  of  a  brilliant  steel-gray  ring,  or  mirror.  A  distinct  odor, 
recalling  that  of  garlic,  is  produced  in  this  form  of  the  test. 


262  TOXICOLOGY. 

In  order  to  effect  the  sublimation  and  reduction  success- 
fully, the  reduction  tube  should  be  small — about  the  eighth 
of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  three  inches  long,  and  it  should 
be  clean  and  free  from  moisture.  The  reducing  agent 
should  be  dry,  and  thoroughly  mixed  with  the  arsenous 
oxid.  After  it  is  introduced  the  tube  should  be  wiped  out 
with  a  wad  of  cotton,  or  a  roll  of  filtering  paper.  The  tube 
should  first  be  gently  warmed  just  above  the  contents,  and 
then  the  lower  portion  fully  heated  in  the  flame.  This 
precaution  insures  a  better  formed  metallic  ring. 

For  the  sublimation  simply,  the  above  process  is  to  be 
pursued,  with  the  omission  of  the  reducing  agent. 

The  obtaining  the  metallic  ring  or  mirror,  by  the  reducing 
process,  may  be  regarded  as  positive  proof  of  the  presence 
of  arsenic ;  but  in  a  medico-legal  case,  this  should  be  con- 
firmed by  further  proofs:  (i)  the  arsenic  mirror  is  wholly 
soluble  in  sodium  hypochlorite ;  (2)  it  is  soluble  in  hot  nitric 
acid,  and  the  solution,  on  evaporation,  leaves  a  brick  red 
deposit  when  touched  with  silver  nitrate  solution,  due  to 
the  formation  of  silver  arsenite ;  (3)  if  the  closed  end  of 
the  tube  be  broken  off,  and  heat  applied  to  the  sublimate,  it 
will  readily  volatilize,  and,  combining  with  the  oxygen  of 
the  air,  will  condense  on  the  upper  portion  of  the  tube,  in  a 
white  ring  of  arsenous  oxid  ;  (4)  this  latter  may  be -dissolved 
in  a  few  drops  of  warm  water,  and  subjected  to  the  liquid 
tests. 

The  Liquid  Tests. — These  are  ammonio-copper  sul- 
phate and  ammonio-silver  nitrate.  They  should  be  pre- 
pared only  when  required  for  use.  The  former  is  made 
by  the  cautious  addition  of  ammonium  hydroxid  to  a  some- 
what dilute  solution  of  copper  sulphate,  until  the  precipitate 
is  barely  redissolved.  When  this  reagent  is  added  to  a 
solution  of  arsenous  oxid,  it  throws  down  light-green  copper 


ARSENIC HYDROGEN    SULPHID    TESTS.  263 

arsenite.  This  precipitate  is  soluble  in  ammonium  hydroxid 
and  in  free  acids.  If  the  arsenic  is  in  very  minute  quantities, 
the  characteristic  color  does  not  appear  immediately,  but  is 
deposited  on  standing. 

The  silver  test  is  prepared  by  adding  ammonium  hydroxid 
to  a  strong  solution  of  silver  nitrate,  until  the  precipitate  is 
barely  redissolved.  When  this  is  added  to  the  arsenical 
solution,  a  canary-yellow  precipitate  of  silver  arsenite  occurs, 
which  is  freely  soluble  in  alkalies  and  acids. 

These  liquid  tests  are  available  only  in  perfectly  pure 
solutions  of  arsenous  oxid;  they  are  inadmissible  in  the 
presence  of  organic  matter,  since  various  organic  substances 
will  produce  similar  colors.  They  may,  however,  be  satis- 
factorily confirmed,  (i)  by  heating  either  of  the  dried  pre- 
cipitates (copper  or  silver  arsenates),  either  alone  or  with  a 
reducing  agent,  in  a  reduction-tube  ;  the  former  experiment 
will  yield  a  sublimate  of  octahedral  crystals,  the  latter  the 
metallic  mirror.  (2)  If  the  solution  of  copper  arsenite  in 
ammonium  hydroxid  be  poured  over  a  crystal  of  silver  ni- 
trate, a  film  of  yellow  silver  arsenite  is  immediately  formed 
around  it. 

The  Hydrogen  Sulphid  Test. —  This  consists  in  passing 
washed  hydrogen  sulphid  gas  through  the  solution,  slightly 
acidified  by  hydrochloric  acid  ;  a  clear  yellow  precipitate 
falls — arsenous  sulphid,  soluble  in  the  alkalies  and  in- 
soluble in  acids.  In  very  dilute  solutions,  the  precipitate 
may  not  separate  until  the  excess  of  the  gas  is  driven 
off  by  heat. 

Fallacies. — Cadmium,  tin  and  selenium  yield  somewhat 
similar  precipitates.  Practically,  the  only  one  that  need  be 
considered  is  cadmium,  which,  however,  is  easily  distin- 
guished, as  follows:  (i)  The  arsenous  sulphid  is  soluble  in 
ammonium  hydroxid  and  insoluble  in  the  acids ;  with  cad- 


264  TOXICOLOGY. 

mium  sulphid,  it  is  precisely  the  reverse ;  (2)  when  dried 
and  subHmed  with  a  reducing  agent,  the  arsenous  sulphid 
yields  a  metallic  ring ;  the  cadmium,  a  brown  oxide. 

The  arsenous  sulphid  may  be  proved  by  (i)  obtaining  the 
metallic  ring  by  subliming  with  a  reducing  agent ;  (2)  by 
boiling  the  sulphid  in  hydrochloric  acid,  along  with  a  piece 
of  bright  copper  foil :  a  steel-gray  deposit  shows  the  pres- 
ence of  arsenic ;  (3)  by  dissolving  it  in  boiling  nitric  acid, 
cautiously  evaporating  to  dryness,  and  adding  a  few  drops 
of  strong  silver  nitrate  solution  :  a  brick-red  silver  arsenate 
will  be  produced. 

Marsh's  Test. — The  principle  here  'involved  is,  that 
when  arsenic  comes  in  contact  with  nascent  hydrogen,  it 
combines  with  it  to  form  hydrogen  arsenid  (arsin),  a  gas 
Avhich  possesses  peculiar  properties,  by  means  of  which  the 
arsenic  may  be  recognized  with  great  certainty.  The  sim- 
plest method  is  to  add  to  the  materials  for  generating  hy- 
drogen (zinc,  water  and  sulphuric  acid),  in  a  wide-mouth 
flask,  the  suspected  arsenical  solution.  The  cork  fitted  to 
the  mouth  of  the  flask  should  have  two  perforations,  through 
one  of  which  a  perpendicular,  funnel-shaped  glass  tube 
passes  down  below  the  surface  of  the  liquid  contents ; 
through  the  other  aperture  a  tube,  bent  at  right  angles,  is 
inserted,  out  of  which  the  generated  gas  issues.  A  drying 
tube  (containing  fragments  of  fused  calcium  chlorid,  or 
of  pumice-stone  moistened  with  sulphuric  acid)  is  fastened 
by  one  end  to  the  exit-tube,  and  by  the  other  extremity 
to  a  horizontal  tube  of  hard  German  glass,  about  a  foot 
long,  w^hich  maybe  turned  up  at  the  furthest  end,  and  made 
to  terminate  in  a  small  point,  for  burning  the  gas  in  a  jet,  as 
it  escapes. 

In  performing  this  experiment,  certain  precautions  are 
necessary.     In  the  first  place,  the  absolute  purity  of  the 


ARSENIC marsh's    TEST.  265 

zinc  and  sulphuric  acid  must  be  secured.  The  acid  should 
be  diluted  with  two  or  three  times  its  volume  of  water 
before  being  added  to  the  zinc  mixture.  Secondly,  caution 
should  be  exercised  to  have  the  atmospheric  air  completely- 
expelled  from  the  apparatus  before  lighting  the  jet,  other- 
wise the  mixture  of  hydrogen  and  air  will  produce  a  violent 
explosion.  The  evolution  of  the  hydrogen  should  be  rather 
slow.  After  waiting  the  proper  time,  the  jet  may  be  lighted  ; 
it  will  burn,  if  pure,  with  a  nearly  colorless  flame,  though 
it  is  usually  yellowish  from  the  sodium  of  the  glass  point. 
The  purity  of  the  materials  may  now  be  tested  by  applying 
the  flame  of  a  large  spirit-lamp,  or  a  Bunsen  burner,  to  the 
horizontal  glass  tube  until  it  is  red-hot;  if  no  stain  or 
deposit  occurs  just  beyond  the  heated  spot,  the  absence 
of  arsenic  is  certain ;  or  if  no  deposit  forms  on  a  piece 
of  white  porcelain  held  over  the  burning  jet,  the  same  con- 
clusion may  be  held. 

A  small  quantity  of  the  suspected  solution  is  now  to  be 
introduced  through  the  upright  tube ;  action  immediately 
commences,  producing  hydrogen  arsenid,  which  has  the 
following  characteristic  properties  : 

As  soon  as  the  arsenic  combines  with  the  hydrogen,  an 
immediate  change  occurs  in  the  appearance  of  the  flame, 
which  increases  in  size,  and  acquires  a  faint  bluish  color ; 
and  unless  the  arsenic  be  in  minute  quantity,  it  evolves 
white  fumes  and  gives  out  a  garlicky  odor.  If  these  fumes 
are  received  into  a  short,  wide  glass  tube,  they  will  con- 
dense into  a  white  powder,  sometimes  crystalline,  and  may 
be  identified  as  arsenous  oxid. 

If  the  jet  be  made  to  impinge  on  a  piece  of  glass,  or 
white  porcelain,  held  horizontally  and  just  within  the 
flame,  a  deposit  of  pure  arsenic,  of  a  brilliant  steel  gray  or 
brownish-gray  color  occurs,  which  may  be  multiplied  by 


266  TOXICOLOGY. 

changing  the  position  of  the  porcelain.  In  order  to  procure 
the  finest  deposits,  the  flame  should  be  steady  and  not  too 
large.  Although  these  spots  may  vary  somewhat  in  color, 
they  are  always  brilliant,  and  never  sooty. 

These  deposits  may  be  identified  (i)  by  their  immediate 
solubility  in  sodium  hypochlorite ;  stains  of  antimony, 
which  they  most  resemble,  are  not  thus  affected.  (2)  When 
touched  by  a  drop  of  ammonium  sulphid,  they  do  not 
immediately  disappear;  antimony  stains  are  instantly  dis- 
solved. (3)  Both  stains  are  attacked  by  hot  nitric  acid,  and  on 
evaporation  yield  white  residues ;  if  now  touched  with  a  drop 
of  strong  solution  of  silver  nitrate,  the  arsenic  spot  assumes  a 
brick-red  color,  while  the  antimony  stain  remains  unaffected. 

On  placing  the  flame  of  a  large  spirit  lamp,  or  a  Bun- 
sen  burner,  immediately  below  the  horizontal  tube  (which 
should  have  been  previously  contracted  in  several  places),  a 
deposit  of  metallic  arsenic  forms  just  in  advance  of  the 
flame,  which  should  be  held  a  little  behind  one  of  the  con- 
tracted spaces ;  the  deposit  continues  to  increase  until  it 
may  completely  occupy  the  whole  of  the  narrow  space,  and 
even  advance  beyond  it.  This  constitutes  the  arsenical 
mirror.  It  may  have  the  steel-gray,  brilliant  appearance 
already  described,  or  even  a  coppery  hue,  and  it  is  highly 
characteristic  of  the  presence  of  arsenic.  Several  such  mir- 
rors may  thus  be  obtained,  by  moving  the  flame  to  different 
parts  of  the  horizontal  tube,  provided  there  is  a  sufficient 
amount  of  the  material  present.  The  tube  may  afterwards 
be  broken  across,  so  as  to  separate  the  mirrors,  which  may 
be  retained  for  exhibition  or  for  other  tests. 

This  mode  of  experimenting  yields  even  more  delicate 
results  than  the  jet ;  but  unless  the  quantity  of  arsenic  is 
extremely  small,  it  will  always  be  possible  to  obtain  both 
results  by  Marsh's  process. 


ARSENIC — REINSCH's    TEST.  267 

One  fallacy  only  may  interfere  with  this  experiment — 
the  presence  of  antimony,  which  in  contact  with  hydrogen 
yields  a  gas  very  similar  to  hydrogen  arsenid,  and,  like  the 
latter,  is  decomposed  by  heat,  yielding  a  metallic  deposit. 
They  may  be  distinguished  as  follows  :  the  antimony  mirror 
is  deposited  just  over  the  heated  spot,  and  not  in  advance 
of  it ;  it  has  usually  a  darker  appearance  than  the  arsenical 
mirror;  the  latter  is  more  easily  volatilized  than  the  former, 
and  condenses  higher  up  in  the  tube,  in  octahedral  crystals. 
The  two  deposits  may  also  be  tested  by  the  different  re- 
agents mentioned  above;  also,  by  dry  hydrogen  sulphid, 
which  produces,  with  the  arsenical  gas,  a  yellow  deposit, 
and  with  the  antimonial  gas  an  orange-red. 

If  the  hydrogen  arsenid  be  passed  through  a  solution 
of  silver  nitrate,  a  black  precipitate  of  metallic  silver  is 
formed,  arsenous  oxid  remaining  in  the  solution.  The  fil- 
tered solution  will  contain,  also,  free  nitric  acid,  and  any 
excess  of  silver  nitrate.  On  neutralizing  with  ammonium 
hydroxid,  a  yellow  precipitate  will  fall — silver  arsenite. 
The  analyst  should  not  rely  on  the  mere  production  of  the 
black  color,  since  other  gases  besides  hydrogen  arsenid 
might  cause  this  ;  but  he  should  continue  the  experiment  as 
above  described. 

Bloxanis  Method. — The  principle  of  this  is  the  same 
as  that  in  Marsh's  process — the  action  on  nascent 
hydrogen;  but  an  electric  current  is  employed  to  decom- 
pose the  water,  instead  of  zinc.  It  is  a  delicate  and  satis- 
factory modification ;  but  it  should  be  remembered  that  the 
arsenic  should  be  present  in  the  form  of  arsenous  oxid. 

Reinsch's  Test. — This  consists  in  producing  a  deposit 
of  copper  arsenid  on  bright  copper  foil.  The  suspected 
solution,  acidulated  with  about  one-sixth  of  its  bulk  of  pure 


268  TOXICOLOGY. 

hydrochloric  acid,  is  first  brought  to  the  boihng  point,  and 
a  piece  of  bright  copper  foil  is  introduced,  and  the  boihng 
continued.  The  presence  of  even  a  very  minute  quantity 
of  arsenic  is  soon  indicated  by  the  tarnishing  of  the  copper, 
which  ultimately  assumes  a  dark  steel-gray,  or  even  black, 
color.  If  the  quantity  of  arsenic  be  large,  the  deposit  is 
immediate,  and  very  dark  ;  it  may  even  break  off  in  scales  ; 
if  the  amount  is  very  small,  the  stain  upon  the  copper  will  be 
fainter,  and  merely  of  a  violet,  or  bluish  tint.  Moreover, 
the  deposit  on  the  copper  is  affected  by  the  degree  of  dilu- 
tion ;  hence,  if  the  quantity  of  the  water  be  large,  it  should 
be  reduced  by  evaporation,  as  it  may  require  boiling  for  half 
an  hour  before  a  visible  deposit  occurs. 

This  reaction  is  very  delicate,  and  extremely  satisfactory, 
and  commends  itself  by  its  simplicity.  One  great  advan- 
tage that  it  possesses  over  the  other  tests  is,  that  it  may  be 
practiced  in  complexed  organic  fluids  ;  hence,  this  test  is 
usually  employed  in  toxicologic  research  as  the  trial  test. 

Certain  precautions  are,  however,  required  in  employing 
it.  First,  the  purity  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  must  be 
insured;  this  is  easily  accomplished  by  first  boiling  some  of 
the  acid  diluted  with  water,  and  then  introducing  a  slip  of 
the  copper.  If  no  stain  appears  upon  the  latter  after  a  few 
minutes,  we  may  be  certain  of  the  absence  of  arsenic  or  anti- 
mony. Secondly,  the  copper  must  be  both  bright  and  pure. 
Its  brightness  is  effected  by  rubbing  it  with  emery  paper, 
and  it  may  be  regarded  as  pure  if,  when  boiled  in  the  acid 
arsenical  liquid,  it  is  not  dissolved,  and  does  not  impart  a 
green  color  to  the  liquid.  Copper  and  pure  hydrochloric 
adapted  to  use  in  these  tests  can  now  be  easily  obtained  from 
dealers. 

In  applying  this  test,  it  is  best  to  use  small  pieces  of 
copper  successively,  removing  each  fragment  as  it  becomes 


ARSENIC REINSCH's    TEST.  269 

coated.  By  this  means  the  whole  of  the  arsenic  may  be 
removed  from  the  solution.  One  grain  of  arsenous  oxid 
dissolved  in  the  acid  solution,  and  treated  by  Reinsch's 
process,  will  impart  a  distinct,  dark,  steel-gray  coating  to  at 
least  four  hundred  square  inches  of  copper  surface.  This 
method  will,  therefore,  serve  for  an  approximative  quantita- 
tive estimate  of  the  poison.  When  it  is  in  the  form  of 
arsenic  acid,  the  solution  is  required  to  be  much  stronger 
for  this  test. 

Another  caution  to  be  observed  is  not  to  remove  the 
copper  too  soon  from  the  liquid,  in  case  no  deposit  occurs; 
in  doubtful  cases,  the  boiling  should  be  continued  for  at 
least  ten  minutes.  If  the  copper  be  kept  in  for  an  hour  or 
longer,  it  may  acquire  a  dark  film,  especially  in  the  presence 
of  organic  matter,  even  in  the  absence  of  arsenic. 

Fallacies. — Other  substances — antimony,  mercury,  silver, 
bismuth,  tin,  gold,  platinum  and  palladium;  likewise  organic 
matter,  especially  if  it  contain  sulphur — will  impart  a  dark 
coating  to  copper  in  Reinsch's  process;  hence,  corrobora- 
tive proof  is  required.  This  is  afforded  by  washing  a  frag- 
ment or  two  of  the  coated  copper  in  distilled  water,  and 
then  thoroughly  drying  them  between  the  folds  of  filtering 
paper  (avoiding  touching  with  soiled  fingers),  and  rolling 
them  up  into  small  coils,  and  then  introducing  one  or  more 
of  them  into  a  small,  clean  reduction-tube,  and  applying  the 
heat  of  a  spirit  lamp.  The  arsenic  will  volatilize  and  con- 
dense in  the  cool  part  of  the  tube,  in  a  white  ring  of  octa- 
hedral crystals'.  The  only  other  metals  which  could  vola- 
tilize under  such  circumstances  are  antimony  and  mercury; 
but  the  sublimate  from  antimony  is  either  amorphous,  or 
else  in  fine,  acicular  crystals,  while  the  mercurial  deposit 
consists  of  fine,  spherical  globules  of  the  metal,  easily 
recognized  by  a  magnifier. 


270  TOXICOLOGY. 

The  attention  of  the  toxicologist  should  especially  be 
directed  to  the  fact,  that  if  copper  be  boiled  for  some  time 
in  an  acid,  solution  of  complex  organic  matters,  especially 
containing  sulphur,  it  will  become  coated  with  a  decided 
dark  stain,  and  will,  moreover,  yield,  when  heated  in  a  reduc- 
tion-tube, an  amorphous  sublimate,  which  may  even  some- 
times show  acicular  crystals,  consisting  apparently  of  a 
compound  of  copper.  This  sublimate  deposits  very  near 
the  copper,  and  will  not  re-sublime.  Hence,  it  follows  that, 
for  the  complete  corroboration  of  Reinsch's  test  for  arsenic, 
nothing  short  of  the  production  of  the  octahedral  crystals, 
and  their  subsequent  identification  will  suffice.  Wormley 
has  observed  that  an  antimonial  deposit  from  the  copper 
may  occasionally  contain  octahedral  crystals,  which  are 
found  lower  down  in  the  deposit. 

It  must  also  be  remembered  that  the  presence  of  certain 
substances  in  the  arsenical  solution  may  prevent  the  deposit 
of  this  metal  upon  the  copper,  viz.,  a  chlorate,  or  other 
oxidizing  agents.  Consequently,  Reinsch's  test  is  not  ap- 
plicable to  a  solution  obtained  by  boiling  viscera  in  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  potassium  chlorate. 

Bettendorf's  Test. — A  saturated  solution  of  stannous 
chlorid  in  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  produces  with 
arsenical  compounds  a  brownish  or  grayish  precipitate  of 
free  arsenic.  The  introduction  of  a  small  piece  of  tin-foil 
is  an  advantage  in  some  cases,  but  cannot  be  used  when 
bismuth,  antimony  or  other  easily  reducible  elements  are 
present.     The  application  of  a  moderate  heat  is  advisable. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — The  analyst  should  always  first 
search  for  particles  of  solid  arsenous  oxid  in  the  stomach 
and  the  vomited   matter,  and  carefully  remove  these  for 


ARSENIC — BETTENDOKF's  TEST.  271 

examination.  Organic  mixtures  should  be  diluted,  if  neces- 
sary, with  distilled  water,  and  acidified  with  about  one- sixth 
part  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  boiled  gently  for  about  fif- 
teen minutes ;  when  cooled,  the  mixture  should  be  strained 
and  concentrated  by  evaporation  over  a  water  bath.  A 
portion  may  now  be  subjected  to  a  trial  test  by  Reinsch's 
process ;  if  no  deposit  takes  place  after  boiling  for  half  an 
hour,  it  is  safe  to  conclude  that  no  arsenic  is  present.  If 
deemed  advisable,  another  portion  of  the  filtrate  may  be 
subjected  to  the  action  of  hydrogen  sulphid.  It  is  not 
yet  fitted  for  Marsh's  process,  owing  to  the  large  amount 
of  organic  matter  present,  which  causes  much  frothing. 

Stomach  and  Contents. — The  organ  should  first  be  care- 
fully examined  as  to  its  pathologic  condition,  and  also  for 
the  presence  of  solid  particles  of  the  poison.  It  should 
then  be  cut  up  into  small  fragments  with  scissors  known  to 
be  perfectly  clean,  and  together  with  its  contents,  placed  in 
a  clean,  porcelain  evaporating  dish ;  distilled  water  added 
in  sufficient  quantity,  together  with  about  one-sixth  the 
bulk  of  pure  hydrochloric  acid,  and  heated  gently  for  about 
an  hour,  when  most  of  the  solid  portions  will  have  become 
disintegrated.  After  cooling,  the  mixture  is  thrown  upon 
a  muslin  strainer,  and  the  solid  matters  washed  several 
times  with  pure  warm  water,  and  squeezed.  The  strainer 
and  contents  should  be  preserved  for  subsequent  examina- 
tion. The  filtrate  should  be  concentrated  by  evaporation 
over  a  water  bath,  and  then  filtered  through  paper. 

Reinsch's  process  may  now  be  applied  as  a  trial  test  to  a 
portion  of  the  liquid.  If  no  result  is  afforded  after  a  suffi- 
cient boiling,  another  portion  may  be  tried  by  hydrogen 
sulphid ;  and  if  these  give  negative  results,  the  absence  of 
arsenic  may  be  regarded  as  established.  Marsh's  process  is 
inadmissible  here,  for  the  reason  just  stated. 


272  TOXICOLOGY. 

But  if  the  presence  of  the  poison  is  revealed  by  the  trial 
test,  a  given  portion  of  the  Hquid  may  be  completely 
exhausted  by  Reinsch's  process,  and  the  balance  treated  with 
hydrogen  sulphid  for  several  hours,  until  all  the  arsenic  is 
precipitated.  This  process  is  facilitated  by  gently  warming 
the  liquid.  The  resulting  precipitate  will  have  a  dirty 
yellowish  color — not  the  bright  yellow  seen  when  the  arsen- 
ous  oxid  is  pure, — and  will  contain  both  organic  matter 
and  reduced  sulphur,  in  greater  or  less  amounts. 

The  mere  production  of  such  a  precipitate  is  not  sufficient, 
of  itself,  to  establish  the  presence  of  arsenic,  since  it  is  known 
that  in  an  acid,  complex,  organic  solution,  associated  with 
coloring  matter,  hydrogen  sulphid  will  throw  down  a 
precipitate  very  much  resembling  an  impure  arsenous  or 
antimony  sulphid,  but  consisting  only  of  organic  matter 
and  free  sulphur ;  hence,  a  further  examination  is  required 
to  verify  this  suspected  sulphid. 

The  precipitate  should  be  washed  carefully  on  a  filter,  and 
digested  with  pure  ammonium  hydroxid,  which  will  dissolve 
out  all  the  arsenous  sulphid,  together  with  some  organic 
matter.  The  solution  is  filtered,  and  carefully  evaporated 
to  dryness.  If  much  arsenous  sulphid  is  present,  it  wilt 
have  a  decided  yellow  color.  When  perfectly  dried  it 
should  be  verified  by  the  methods  described  above.  If, 
however,  only  a  minute  quantity  be  present,  the  dried 
residue  will  have  a  brown  color,  and  must  be  purified  as  fol- 
lows :  it  is  placed  in  a  porcelain  capsule,  a  little  concentrated 
nitric  acid  added,  and  the  mixture  evaporated  to  dryness 
over  a  water  bath,  the  addition  of  acid  being  repeated  until 
the  moist  residue  has  a  yellow  color.  It  is  next  moistened 
with  a  few  drops  of  solution  of  sodium  hydroxid,  together 
with  a  little  pure  sodium  carbonate  and  sodium  nitrate,  well 
stirred,  and  cautiously  evaporated  to  dryness.     The  heat  is 


ARSENIC — SEPARATION    FROM    TISSUES.'  273 

now  gradually  increased  until  the  mass  becomes  colorless, 
when  the  organic  matter  may  be  considered  completely 
destroyed.  The  cooled  mass  consists  of  a  mixture  of  the 
sodium  arsenate  with  sodium  nitrate  and  nitrite.  It  should 
be  dissolved  in  warm  water,  and  after  filtration  should  be 
acidulated  with  pure  sulphuric  acid,  and  evaporated  till 
dense  white  fumes  appear.  By  this  treatment  the  residue 
is  reduced  to  a  mixture  of  the  sodium  arsenate  and  sodium 
sulphate.  A  portion  of  this  solution  may  now  be  tested  in 
a  Marsh  apparatus ;  another  given  portion  by  hydrogen 
sulphid  for  quantitative  determination,  the  arsenic  acid 
being  first  reduced  to  arsenous  by  sulphurous  acid,  or 
sodium  sulphite.  , 

Separation   of  Absorbed  Arsenic   from   the   Tissues. — It   is 

indispensable  in  such  investigations,  to  examine  for  absorbed 
arsenic  in  the  different  viscera,  as  the  liver,  kidneys,  spleen, 
etc.,  inasmuch  as  its  detection  in  the  organs  is  evidence  that 
the  poison  had  been  actually  taken  during  life,  provided 
always  that  post-mortem  imbibition  can  be  excluded. 
Besides,  it  may  happen  that,  if  the  quantity  swallowed  has 
been  only  just  sufficient  to  have  caused  death,  the  whole  of 
it  may  have  disappeared  from  the  stomach  by  absorption, 
and  can  only  be  discovered  in  the  organs.  The  brain 
should  likewise  always  be  examined. 

Several  methods  are  described  for  this  sort  of  research, 
all  having  reference  to  one  common  end — the  destruction  of 
organic  matters.  Very  often  satisfactory  results  can  be 
obtained  by  simply  boiling  the  finely-divided  tissue  in  water 
and  hydrochloric  acid,  and  applying  Reinsch's  test. 

Method  of  Fresenius    and    Babo. — The    solid    matters    (as 
about   one-fourth  of  the   liver)  should   be    finely  divided, 
23 


27-4  *  TOXICOLOGY, 

pressed  in  a  mortar,  and  pure  water  added  to  bring  it  to 
the  consistence  of  thin  gruel.  The  whole  should  then  be 
digested  in  a  porcelain  dish  over  a  water  bath,  with  pure 
hydrochloric  acid  about  equal  in  weight  to  the  dry  material. 
Small  quantities  of  powdered  potassium  chlorate  are  from 
time  to  time  added  to  the  hot  liquid,  when  effervescence 
will  occur,  with  escape  of  chlorin  gas.  In  a  short  time  the 
solid  matters  will  disappear,  and  the  liquid  will  acquire  a 
clear  yellow  color.  The  heat  should  be  continued  until 
all  odor  of  chlorin  has  disappeared.  When  the  liquid  has 
cooled,  it  should  be  properly  strained.  Any  arsenic  present 
would  now  exist  in  the  form  of  arsenic  acid. 

A  portion  of  this  liquid  may  be  tested  in  a  Marsh  appa- 
ratus. But  for  the  other  tests  it  is  necessary  that  the  arsenic 
acid  should  be  reduced  to  the  lower  oxide — arsenous. 
This  is  effected  by  adding  sodium  sulphite  to  the  solution, 
and  heating  it  until  all  odor  of  sulphurous  acid  has  disap- 
peared. It  is  now  allowed  to  stand  for  several  hours,  and 
any  deposit  removed  by  filtration.  The  resulting  solution, 
after  proper  evaporation  over  a  warm  bath,  may  be  examined 
by  hydrogen  sulphid,  but  not  by  Reinsch's  process,  for  the 
reason  above  given. 

Method  of  Danger  and  Flandin. — The  organs,  properly 
divided,  are  introduced  into  a  glass  retort,  together  with 
one-fourth  their  weight  of  strong  sulphuric  acid,  and  heated 
on  a  sand  bath,  until  the  whole  is  thoroughly  carbonized, 
and  dried.  After  cooling,  the  mass  is  removed  and  pow- 
dered. The  powder  is  moistened  in  a  porcelain  capsule. 
With  one-tenth  of  its  weight  of  pure  nitric  acid,  and  heated 
on  a  water  bath  for  half  an  hour.  This  converts  the  arsenic 
into  arsenic  acid.  Warm  distilled  water  is  now  added,  and 
the  matters  filtered  through  paper.     The  filtrate  is  colorless, 


METHOD    OF    GAUTIER.  275 

if  pure;  if  colored,  it  must  be  evaporated  to  dryness,  treated 
again  with  nitric  acid  and  water,  and  filtered  the  second 
time.  The  acid  liquid  must  next  be  evaporated  to  dryness, 
to  get  rid  of  the  nitrous  vapors.  It  should  now  be  mixed 
with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water,  when  it  will  be  fit  for 
testing,  as  above  described. 

Method  of  Gautier  consists  of  moderately  heating  the 
tissue  or  organs,  finely  divided,  with  about  one-third  its 
weight  of  pure  nitric  acid,  on  a  porcelain  dish.  Now  lique- 
faction ensues ;  pure  sulphuric  acid  is  now  added  (about 
one-sixth  part  of  the  nitric  acid),  when  violent  action  ensues, 
and  the  mass  assumes  a  brownish  color.  It  is  then  heated 
till  vapors  of  sulphuric  acid  appear.  The  whole  is  next 
treated  with  small  portions  of  nitric  acid,  successively  added, 
which  causes  the  mass  to  liquefy,  with  the  escape  of  nitrous 
fumes.  It  is  next  heated  until  it  is  carbonized.  It  is  then 
pulverized,  and  exhausted  with  boiling  water,  and  filtered. 
The  solution  containing  arsenic  acid  is  next  treated  with 
sodium  sulphite,  and  precipitated  with  hydrogen  sulphid. 

Distillation  Process. — The  tissue  should  first  be  thoroughly 
dried  over  a  water  bath,  and  then  mixed  with  about  its  own 
weight  of  pure  hydrochloric  acid,  and  distilled  in  a  retort 
over  a  sand  bath,  almost  to  dryness,  the  distillate  being 
received  into  a  small  quantity  of  water  properly  refrigerated. 
By  this  process  the  arsenic  is  separated  as  arsenous  chlorid. 
It  possesses  the  advantage  of  immediately  separating  the 
arsenic,  in  a  tolerably  pure  state,  from  the  tissues.  The 
distillate  maybe  subjected  to  all  the  usual  tests. 

The  urine  can  be  examined  by  Reinsch's  test,  by  first 
concentrating  by  evaporation ;  or  it  may  be  evaporated  to 
dryness,  and  then  treated  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  potas- 
sium chlorate,  and  examined  in  the  usual  way. 


270  TOXICOLOGY. 

Arsenic  is  not  a  normal  constituent  of  the  human  body. 
Neither  has  it  been  found  in  the  soil  of  cemeteries  in  a 
soluble  state  ;  consequently,  there  need  be  ao  apprehension 
of  a  dead  body  ever  imbibing  this  poison  from  the  sur- 
rounding earth. 

Solutions  of  arsenic,  often  mixed  with  zinc  chlorid,  are 
now  used  by  undertakers  as  embalming  fluid. 

Arsenic  is  estimated  quantitatively,  as  a  sulphid;  lOO 
grains  of  pure  dried  sulphid  represent  80.48  of  arsenous 
oxid. 


Fowler's  Solution. — This  preparation,  much  used  in  medi- 
cine, is  made  by  dissolving  arsenous  oxid  in  potassium 
carbonate  and  tincture  of  lavender.  It  contains  four  grains 
of  arsenous  oxid  to  the  fluid  ounce. 

Arsenic  Acid. — A  powerful  poison,  but  not  often  em- 
ployed as  such.  It  is  tested  as  arsenous  oxid;  with  hydro- 
gen sulphid  it  yields  a  yellow  precipitate  after  a  considerable 
time.  The  most  delicate  test  is  silver  nitrate,  which  yields 
a  brownish-red  precipitate  (silver  arsenate). 

Silliman  has  given  an  account  of  the  death  of  a  boy,  be- 
tween three  and  four  years  of  age,  from  sodium  arsenate,  a 
poisonous  preparation  sold  in  New  York  under  the  name 
of  "pest  poison,"  for  destroying  potato  bugs.  The  most 
singular  circumstance  connected  with  the  case  was  the  entire 
absence  of  all  the  usual  symptoms  of  arsenic  poisoning, 
such  as  pain,  vomiting  and  purging,  etc.,  but,  on  the  con- 
trary, those  of  a  powerful  narcotic,  like  belladonna  or  stra- 
monium.     There  were  profound  stupor,  dilatation  of  the 


PREPARATIONS  OF  ARSENIC.  277 

pupils,  a  rapid  pulse  and  hurried  respiration.  After  partial 
recovery  a  relapse  took  place,  the  child  dying,  apparently, 
from  asphyxia,  about  nine  hours  after  swallowing  the 
poison. 

Copper  Arsenite — ScheeWs  Green. — A  fine  green  powder, 
insoluble  in  water,  but  soluble  in  acids  and  alkalies.  By 
sublimation  in  a  reduction-tube  it  yields  crystals  of  arsen- 
ous  oxid. 

Copper  Aceto-arsenite — Schweinfurth  or  Brunswick  Green 
—  Vienna  or  Emerald  Green — Paris  Green. — A  pigment 
sometimes  used  for  staining  wall  paper,  bon-bon  paper, 
toys,  articles  of  dress,  artificial  flowers  and  millinery. 
Under  the  name  of  Paris  Green  it  has  lately  become  the 
frequent  cause  of  deaths,  both  homicidal  and  suicidal.  It 
is  readily  identified  by  heating  it  in  a  test-tube,  when  it 
gives  off  fumes  of  acetic  acid,  deposits  crystals  of  arsenous 
oxid,  and  leaves  a  residue  of  oxide  of  copper. 

Paper,  and  other  articles  colored  with  this  pigment,  may 
be  easily  tested  by  dipping  them  into  a  weak  solution  of 
ammonium  hydroxid,  when  they  will  be  speedily  bleached, 
while  the  solution  will  become  blue.  If  now  a  crystal  of 
silver  nitrate  be  placed  in  the  latter,  a  film  of  yellow  is  im- 
mediately formed  around  it — silver  arsenite.  A  drop  of 
ammonium  hydroxid  applied  to  paper  colored  by  this  pig- 
ment immediately  turns  it  blue. 

Chronic  arsenical  poisoning  is  a  frequent  result  of  living 
in  rooms  the  walls  of  which  are  covered  with  paper  colored 
with  arsenical  colors ;  the  fine  powder  or  dust  detached 
from  the  walls  is  inhaled  into  the  lungs,  and  produces  the 
symptoms  above  described. 


278  TOXICOLOGY. 

Sulphids. — Two  sulphids  are  found  as  minerals,  the  yel- 
low arsenous  sulphid  (orpiment),  and  the  red  arsenous 
disulphid  (realgar).  Arsenous  sulphid  is  sometimes 
taken  as  a  poison.  They  are  both  soluble  in  alkalies,  and 
when  mixed  with  a  strong  reducing  agent  and  sublimed, 
they  yield  metallic  mirrors. 

ANTIMONY  COMPOUNDS. 

Tartar   Emetic    is   the    only  preparation    of  Antimony    of 

much  medico-legal  importance;  but  the  chloridis  occasion- 
ally a  cause  of  poisoning. 

Tartar  Emetic  {tartarized  antimony ;  stibiated  tartar,  anti- 
i7iony  potassium  tartrate).  This  body  is  of  rather  peculiar 
composition.  It  is  formed  from  tartaric  acid  by  replacing 
one  of  the  hydrogen  atoms  by  potassium,  and  another  by 
antimony  monoxjd,  a  radicle.  The  proper  name  would  be 
potassium  antimonoxyl  tartrate.  It  occurs  in  large,  color- 
less crystals,  and  as  a  white  powder.  The  commercial  salt 
sometimes  contains  traces  of  arsenic.  Heated  in  a  reduc- 
tion-tube, it  blackens,  and  is  reduced  to  a  mixture  of  carbon 
and  antimony.  Heated  on  charcoal,  before  the  blowpipe, 
it  is  also  reduced,  yielding  globules  of  antimony,  along 
with  a  white  incrustation  of  the  oxid.  It  is  soluble  in  three 
parts  of  boiling,  and  fifteen  of  cold  water;  its  solution  slowly 
undergoes  decomposition.  It  is  insoluble  in  alcohol.  The 
taste  is  nauseous,  metallic  and  acrid. 

Symptoms. — A  harsh,  metallic  taste  is  perceived  on  swal- 
lowing, soon  followed  by  nausea,  retching,  violent  and  in- 
cessant vomiting,  great  thirst,  constriction  of  the  throat, 
burning  pain  in  the  stomach  and  abdomen,  profuse  purging 
of  a  watery  character;  sometimes  blood  is  found  in  the  dis- 
charges both  from  the  stomach  and  bowels;  severe  cramps 


ANTIMONY    COMPOUNDS.  279 

in  the  extremities,  a  very  feeble,  rapid  pulse,  profuse  perspi- 
ration, extreme  prostration,  with  a  disposition  to  syncope. 
The  urine  is  generally  increased  in  quantity,  but  is  voided 
with  pain;  at  times  there  may  be  delirium  and  convulsions 
preceding  death.  In  exceptional  cases,  there  is  an  absence 
of  vomiting  and  purging,  the  symptoms  being  those  of 
extreme  collapse,  with  a  cold,  clammy  sweat,  feeble  respira- 
tion, irregular  pulse,  delirium,  unconsciousness  and  tetanic 
convulsions. 

An  occasional  symptom,  if  the  patient  survives  three  or 
four  days,  is  a  pustular  eruption  over  the  body,  similar  to 
that  produced  by  the  external  application  of  the  substance. 

In  some  instances  it  appears  to  exert  a  slightly  corrosive 
impression,  causing  aphthous  ulceration  of  the  tongue  and 
inside  of  the  mouth.  While  acting  as  an  irritant  to  the 
gastro-enteric  mucous  membrane,  it  undoubtedly  exerts  a 
depressant  effect  upon  the  heart. 

Fatal  Dose. — This  has  not  been  precisely  determined. 
In  some  cases,  two  or  three  grains  have  produced  alarming 
and  even  fatal  effects,  whilst,  in  others,  enormous  doses,  up 
to  an  ounce,  have  failed  to  destroy  life.  Large  doses,  by 
exciting  speedy  vomiting,  generally  relieve  themselves. 
Probably,  twenty  to  forty  grains  may  be  regarded  as  the 
usual  minimum  fatal  dose  for  an  adult. 

Fatal  Period. — From  an  hour,  up  to  several  days.  In  an 
exceptional  case  related  by  Deutsch,  a  woman  took  by  mis- 
take a  scruple  of  tartar  emetic,  and  died  one  year  afterward, 
from  the  irritant  effects  on  the  alimentary  canal. 

Post-mortem  Appearances.  —  The  irritant  effects  of  this 
poison  are  displayed  upon  the  lining  membrane  of  the 
stomach  and  bowels,  which  is  deeply  reddened,  softened 
and  covered  with  a  blackish,  thick  and  viscid  secretion, 
sometimes  streaked  with  blood.    The  throat,  esophagus, 


280  TOXICOLOGY. 

stomach  and  bowels  also  exhibit  aphthous-looking  spots, 
or  excoriations,  and  occasionally  true  pustules  may  be  seen 
scattered  throughout  the  intestinal  tract. 

The  liver  is  generally  enlarged  and  softened,  and  seems 
to  have  undergone  a  fatty  degeneration.  It  is  stated  that 
the  natives  of  Brunswick  feed  their  geese  upon  antimony 
oxid,  for  the  purpose  of  fattening  them  by  increasing 
the  size  of  their  livers.  The  lungs  are  often  deeply  con- 
gested, sometimes  exhibiting  a  true  apoplexy.  The  mu- 
cous lining  of  the  windpipe  and  bronchi  is  uniformly 
reddened.  The  brain  is  generally  congested,  both  in  its 
membranes  and  substance,  the  latter  presenting,  when  cut, 
numerous  bloody  points.  The  ventricles  occasionally  con- 
tain an  excess  of  serum,  and  there  may  also  be  some  sub- 
meningeal  serous  effusion.  The  heart  exhibits  nothing 
abnormal.  According  to  some  authorities,  the  blood 
retains  its  fluidity. 

Treatment. — Vomiting  should  be  assisted  by  warm  mu- 
cilaginous drinks,  or  the  stomach-pump  may  be  employed. 
The  proper  antidote  is  tannin,  in  the  form  of  some  astringent 
vegetable  infusion,  such  as  green  tea  or  nutgalls.  Afterward 
opium  and  stimulants  will  be  necessary. 

Chronic  Poisoning. — This  method  of  poisoning  is  believed 
to  be  somewhat  frequent.  The  symptoms  are  a  distressing 
nausea,  with  occasional  vomiting,  diarrhea,  with  pasty 
stools,  loss  of  appetite,  emaciation,  slimy  tongue,  feeble 
action  of  the  heart,  difficult  breathing,  a  pale  and  anxious 
countenance,  faintings,  with  increased  perspiration  and 
urination. 

External  Application. — When  applied  to  the  skin,  tartar 
emetic  occasions  deep  pustulation  ;  it  is  also  readily  ab- 
sorbed, especially  from  abraded  surfaces,  and  produces  all 
its  constitutional  effects  the  same  as  if  swallowed,  such  as 


ANTIMONY — CHEMICAL   ANALYSIS.  281 

nausea,  vomiting,  debility,  etc.  Fatal  effects  have  thus 
resulted,  and  the  poison  has  been  detected,  after  death,  in 
the  stomach,  liver,  kidneys,  and  other  organs. 

Analytic  Methods. — -i.  As  a  solid. — Touched  with  a  drop 
of  ammonium  sulphid,  or  a  solution  of  hydrogen  sulphid,  it 
immediately  acquires  an  orange-red  color ;  this  is  charac- 
teristic of  all  the  salts  of  antimony  in  their  pure  state. 
Heated  in  a  reduction-tube,,  it  blackens. 

2.  In  solution. — [a)  A  drop  of  a  strong  solution,  evapo- 
rated on  glass,  will  exhibit  the  tetrahedral  crystals  ;  a  weak 
solution  gives  a  mass  of  confused  crystals,  {li)  Either  of  the 
mineral  acids  dropped  into  it  produces  a  white  precipitate, 
soluble  in  an  excess  of  the  acid;  this  precipitate  is  also 
soluble  in  tartaric  acid,  (r)  Acidulated  with  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  boiled  on  bright  copper  foil,  the  latter  acquires  a 
violet-colored  deposit  of  antimony  (Reinsch's  test),  [d^  The 
above  solution  imparts  a  black  stain  to  a  strip  of  pure  tin- 
foil in  the  cold,  whereby  it  is  distinguished  from  arsenic. 
{e)  Hydrogen  sulphid,  or  ammonium  sulphid,  throws  down 
from  a  pure  solution  a  characteristic  orange-red  precipitate 
of  antimonous  sulphid.  This  precipitate  is  soluble  in  sodium 
hydroxid,  but  scarcely  so  in  ammonium  hydroxid ;  insoluble 
in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  ;  but  if  boiled  in  the  concentrated 
acid,  it  is  decomposed  with  the  escape  of  hydrogen  sulphid 
and  the  formation  of  antimonous  chlorid.  The  resulting 
solution,  if  not  too  acid,  when  dropped  into  water,  imme- 
diately throws  down  a  copious,  white,  flaky  precipitate  (the 
oxychlorid,  or  powder  of  Algaroth),  which  is  quite  charac- 
teristic. This  may  be  identified  (i)  by  its  solubility  in  tar- 
taric acid;  (2)  by  touching  it  with  ammonium  sulphid, 
which  imparts  to  it  an  orange-red  color.  The  white  pre- 
cipitate obtained  by  dropping  the  bismuth  nitrate  into  water 

is  not  soluble  in  tartaric  acid,  and  is  blackened  by  ammo- 
24 


282  TOXICOLOGY. 

nium  sulphid.  (/)  Galvanic  Test. — This  is  made  by  placing 
a  few  drops  of  the  solution,  acidified  by  hydrochloric  acid, 
upon  a  platinum  capsule,  and  touching  the  latter,  through 
the  liquid,  with  a  strip  of  bright  zinc ;  metallic  antimony  is 
deposited  on  the  platinum  at  the  point  of  contact,  as  a 
brownish  or  black  film.  The  liquid  should  then  be  poured 
off,  and  the  platinum  washed  in  distilled  water.  A  small 
quantity  of  ammonium  sulphid,  poured  upon  the  stain, 
speedily  dissolves  it  (if  antimony)  by  the  aid  of  heat,  and 
on  evaporation  an  orange-red  sulphid  remains.  A  modifi- 
cation of  this  test  may  be  advantageously  applied  for  the 
detection  of  antimony  in  the  organs. 

iji)  Marsli's  Test. — If  a  solution  of  antimony  compound 
be  subjected  to  the  action  of  nascent  hydrogen,  hydrogen 
antimonid  (stibin)  is  generated  in  precisely  the  same  manner 
as  is  hydrogen  arsenid,  under  the  same  conditions. 

(i)  If  the  gas  is  burned  at  the  jet,  it  gives  a  bluish  flame, 
evolving  white  fumes  of  antimonous  oxid,  and  if  these  fumes 
are  received  into  a  short,  wide  test-tube,  held  just  above 
the  flame,  the  white  deposit  of  the  oxid  may  be  collected, 
which  may  be  identified  by  ammonium  sulphid.  If  a  piece 
of  cold,  white  porcelain  he  held  horizontally  just  within 
the  flame,  the  metal  is  deposited  (as  in  the  case  of  arsenic) 
in  the  form  of  a  black,  or  nearly  black,  spot,  which  is 
usually  surrounded  by  a  grayish  ring.  These  deposits 
may  be  multiplied  by  simply  changing  the  position  of  the 
porcelain. 

The  only  fallacy  to  which  this  test  is  liable  is  from  arsenic, 
which,  as  has  been  shown,  behaves  in  a  somewhat  similar 
manner.  But  they  can  readily  be  distinguished  from  one 
another  by  a  little  attention.  The  antimony  deposit  is,  as 
a  rule,  blacker  and  less  brilliant  than  that  of  arsenic;  but  if 
the  spots  of  antimony  are  extremely  small,  this  distinction 


ANTIMONY marsh's    TEST.  283 

is  not  so  observable.  Again,  the  antimony  stains  are  more 
slowly  dissipated  by  heat  than  with  arsenic;  the  former  im- 
mediately dissolve  in  a  drop  of  ammonium  sulphid,  leaving, 
on  evaporation,  an  orange-red  deposit;  the  latter  (arsenic) 
are  slowly  affected  by  it,  and  leave,  on  evaporation,  a  yellow 
residue.  Furthermore,  the  arsenic  deposit  is  immediately 
soluble  in  a  solution  of  sodium  hypochlorite,  which  has 
little  or  no  effect  upon  the  antimony  stain.  Nitric  acid 
will  also  serve  to  distinguish  them;  both  are  dissolved  by 
it,  but  on  evaporation  to  dryness,  the  arsenic  residue  gives 
to  a  solution  of  silver  nitrate  a  brick-red  color  (silver 
arsenate),  but  the  antimonial  residue  is  not  affected  by  it. 

(2)  If  heat  be  applied  to  the  horizontal  tube  in  Marsh's 
apparatus,  during  the  passage  of  the  gas,  decomposition 
takes  place,  as  in  the  case  of  arsenic;  but  the  deposition  of 
the  antimonial  mirror  occurs  immediately  over  and  around 
the  heated  portion,  and  not  in  advance  of  it.  If  the  quan- 
tity operated  upon  is  very  small,  the  deposit  may  take  place 
wholly  within  the  point  of  heat.  These  deposits  exhibit 
the  same  chemical  reactions  as  those  produced  on  porcelain 
by  the  flame. 

(3)  If  the  hydrogen  antimonid  be  passed  into  a  solution  of 
silver  nitrate,  the  latter  (as  in  the  case  of  arsenic)  becomes 
black,  the  whole  of  the  antimony  is  precipitated  as  silver 
antimonid  (with  hydrogen  arsenid,  the  precipitate  consists 
of  silver,  arsenous  oxid  being  in  solution).  This  black 
precipitate  should  be  collected  on  a  filter,  washed  and  boiled 
with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  which  dissolves  out  the  anti- 
mony, and  leaves  the  silver.  On  filtering  the  solution,  and 
treating  it  with  hydrogen  sulphid,  the  characteristic  orange- 
red  sulphid  is  precipitated. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — In  certain  cases  it  might  be 
desirable  to  separate  the  tartar  emetic,  as  such,  from  the 


284  TOXICOLOGY. 

stomach;  this  may  sometimes  be  accomplished  by  dialysis. 
For  all  practical  purposes,  it  is  deemed  sufficient  if  the 
analyst  can  detect  the  antimony.  The  process  of  dialysis 
may  also  be  employed  to  separate  tartar  emetic  from  food 
and  vomited  matters,  but  not,  of  course,  for  detecting 
absorbed  antimony  in  the  tissues. 

The  stomach,  properly  divided,  and  contents,  should  be 
acidulated  with  tartaric  acid  and  gently  heated,  with  suffi- 
cient distilled  water,  over  a  water  bath,  for  about  half  an 
hour.  When  cold,  the  matters  should  be  strained  through 
muslin;  the  solid  portions  are  to  be  washed  and  pressed, 
and  the  whole  of  the  liquid  carefully  evaporated  to  about 
one-half.  Trial  tests  may  now  be  made  on  a  portion  of  this 
liquid  [a)  by  inserting  a  piece  of  pure  tin  foil  in  the  cold ; 
it  will  soon  blacken  if  antimony  is  present;  (d)  acidulate 
with  hydrochloric  acid,  boil  and  introduce  a  piece  of  bright 
copper  foil  (Reinsch's  test);  it  will  speedily  acquire  a  violet 
stain,  (c)  The  remainder  of  the  liquid,  slightly  warmed, 
should  be  treated  with  hydrogen  sulphid  for  several  hours; 
a  dirty,  orange-red  or  brown  precipitate  will  be  thrown 
down,  consisting  of  antimonous  sulphid,  organic  matter  and 
reduced  sulphur.  The  mere  production  of  a  reddish-brown 
deposit  under  these  circumstances  is  not  sufficient  to  estab- 
lish the  presence  of  the  antimony;  what  has  been  said  upon 
this  point  under  the  head  of  arsenic  applies  with  equal  force 
to  antimony. 

The  impure,  dark-colored  precipitate  should  be  washed, 
treated  on  a  porcelain  capsule  with  a  little  pure  nitric  acid, 
and  carefully  evaporated  to  dryness;  the  operation  to  be 
repeated  until  all  the  organic  matter  is  destroyed.  The 
residue  is  then  moistened  with  potassium  hydroxid  heated 
moderately,  and  the  mixture  gradually  fused.  The  cooled 
mass  is  stirred  in  a  little  water  acidulated  with  tartaric  acid, 


ANTIMONY IN    THE    ORGANS    AND    TISSUES.  285 

boiled  and  filtered.  The  solution  should  be  colorless.  This 
may  then  be  employed  for  Marsh's  method,  or  with  hydro- 
gen sulphid;  in  the  latter  case,  the  precipitate  ought  to 
exhibit  the  characteristic  pure  orange-red  color. 

It  may  be  remarked  here  that  in  every  case  of  poisoning 
with  antimony  (as  indeed  with  some  other  substances),  the 
actual  obtaining  of  the  characteristic  element  as  a  specimen 
is  usually  insisted  on,  as  absolute  and  unequivocal  proof; 
and  this,  too,  in  quantities  sufficient  to  admit  of  its  positive 
identification  by  all  the  recognized  tests.  This  is  not  con- 
sidered a  mere  arbitrary  or  capricious  rule.  The  highest 
authorities,  such  as  Orfila,  Tardieu  and  Taylor,  sanction 'it. 
Besides,  the  extraction  of  the  antimony  is  not  difficult,  e.g.^ 
by  tin  foil,  by  galvanism,  by  Marsh's  and  Reinsch's  pro- 
cesses, and  by  the  blowpipe. 

In  the  Organs  and  Tissues. — Most  of  the  absorbed  poison 
will  be  found  in  the  liver  and  kidneys.  A  given  portion  of 
these  organs,  properly  divided,  should  be  boiled  in  water 
acidulated  with  about  one-sixth  of  hydrochloric  acid.  After 
proper  concentration,  trial  tests  may  be  made  with  a  strip  of 
tin  foil  in  the  cold,  and  copper  foil  in  the  boiling  solution. 
If  any  indications  of  antimony  are  given,  Reinsch's  process 
may  be  carried  out  by  subjecting  a  number  of  pieces  of  cop- 
per to  the  boiling  acid  liquid.  These  should  be  thoroughly 
washed,  and  dried  between  the  folds  of  bibulous  paper;  then 
rolled  up,  and  introduced  into  glass  reduction-tubes,  and 
heated  by  the  flame  of  a  spirit  lamp:  a  white  sublimate  will 
be  deposited  on  the  cool  portion  of  the  tube,  as  in  the  case 
of  arsenic;  but  it  is  either  amorphous,  or  else  composed  of 
very  fine  acicular  crystals. 

The  true  nature  of  this  antimony  deposit  is  best  shown, 
according  to  Watson,  by  boiling  the  coated  copper  in  a 
dilute  solution  of  potassium    hydroxid,   the   metal   being 


286  TOXICOLOGY. 

occasionally  withdrawn  from  the  liquid  and  exposed  to  the 
air  to  favor  oxidation,  when,  after  a  time,  the  whole  of  the 
antimony  will  be  in  solution.  The  copper  strip  should  now 
be  removed,  the  solution  acidulated  with  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  hydrogen  sulphid  passed  through  the  liquid,  when  the 
antimonic  sulphid,  mixed  with  antimonous  sulphid  and 
sulphur,  will  be  thrown  down  as  an  orange-red  precipitate. 
The  whole  of  the  antimony  may  be  thus  removed  by  em- 
ploying successive  strips  of  copper,  and  subjecting  them  to 
the  above  treatment;  or  the  acidulated  mixture  may  be 
boiled  with  potassium  chlorate,  and  subsequently  treated  as 
in  the  case  of  arsenic. 

The  galvanic  test  may  also  be  applied  with  great  advan- 
tage to  detect  the  presence  of  antimony  in  the  tissues. 
Taylor's  plan  is  an  excellent  one :  Coil  a  portion  of  pure 
zinc  foil  around  a  piece  of  clean  platinum  foil,  and  suspend 
them  in  the  acid  solution  of  the  tissues,  sufficiently  dilute 
to  prevent  too  violent  an  action  on  the  zinc.  The  liquid 
should  be  warmed.  Sooner  or  later,  according  to  the 
quantity  present,  the  platinum  will  be  coated  with  an 
adhering  black  powder  of  antimony;  or  the  solution,  pro- 
perly acidified,  may  be  placed  in  a  platinum  dish,  and  a 
zinc  rod  introduced ;  after  a  sufficient  time,  the  antimony 
will  be  deposited  on  the  platinum.  Wash  the  platinum 
foil,  and  digest  it  in  strong  nitric  acid,  which  will  dissolve 
off  the  antimony ;  remove  the  platinum,  and  evaporate  to 
dryness.  Re-dissolve  the  residue  in  hydrochloric  acid, 
dilute  the  solution,  and  treat  with  hydrogen  sulphid,  which 
will  precipitate  the  pure  sulphid ;  or  the  deposit  on  the 
platinum  may  be  dissolved  off  by  ammonium  sulphid. 

The  absorbed  antimony  may  also  be  extracted  by  means 
of  potassium  chlorate  and  hydrochloric  acid.  In  this  case, 
in  the  subsequent  application  of  hydrogen  sulphid,  there  is! 


MERCURY    COMPOUNDS.  287 

no  occasion  to  employ  sulphurous  acid  to  effect  a  reduction 
to  a  lower  oxid,  as  in  the  case  of  arsenic. 

It  has  been  ascertained  that  antimony  may  be  eliminated 
through  the  glands  of  the  stomach,  even  when  introduced 
into  the  system  by  some  other  avenue — e.  g.,  by  hydrogen 
antimonid  through  the  lungs. 

The  urine  should  always  be  examined  in  cases  of  sus- 
pected anrimonial  poisoning.  This  secretion  is  very  soon 
affected  by  antimony  compounds,  and  it  may  contain  traces 
of  them  for  some  time  after  their  discontinuance.  The 
urine  should  be  .evaporated  nearly  to  dryness,  when  it  may 
be  examined  either  by  Reinsch's  test,  by  tin-foil,  by  the 
galvanic  test,  by  Marsh's  process,  by  potassium  chlorate 
and  hydrochloric  acid  with  hydrogen  sulphid,  and  by  car- 
bonizing with  sulphuric  acid. 

Antimonous  Chlorid  (^Butter  of  Antimon)i). — This  is  a 
strong,  corrosive  poison,  and  has  proved  fatal  in  a  number 
of  instances.  The  symptoms  and  post-mortem  lesions 
resemble  those  of  the  corrosive  acids  rather  than  those 
produced  by  tartar  emetic.  When  thrown  into  water,  the 
oxychlorid  is  generated,  and  falls  as  a  copious,  white,  flaky 
precipitate.  This  is  soluble  in  tartaric  acid,  and  is  instantly 
colored  orange-red  when  touched  with  ammonium  sulphid. 
The  clear  liquid  contains  hydrochloric  acid,  as  shown  by 
silver  nitrate,  which  precipitates  silver  chlorid. 

Antimony  is  estimated  quantitatively  as  an  antimonous 
sulphid.  Every  lOO  grains  of  pure  antimonous  sulphid  are 
equivalent  to  85.75  o^  the  antimonous  oxid. 

MERCURY  COMPOUNDS. 

Mercury  is  not  poisonous  in  the  free  state,  unless  very 
finely   divided.     It  has  been   administered  to  relieve  con- 


288  TOXICOLOGY. 

stipation.  The  vapor  is  poisonous,  and  as  this  may  be 
given  off  even  at  ordinary  temperatures,  it  happens  that 
looking-glass  platers,  barometer  makers,  etc.,  are  very  liable 
to  become  poisoned  by  the  fumes.  Cases  of  this  form  of 
poisoning  have  occurred  among  makers  of  vacuum  electric 
lamps,  for  which  a  mercurial  pump  is  required.  The 
symptoms  of  this  sort  of  poisoning  may  come  on  gradually, 
or  suddenly ;  they  may  or  may  not  be  accompanied  with 
salivation.  They  are  chiefly  marked  by  the  production  of 
tremors  of  the  limbs  and  paralysis,  indicating  the  action  of 
the  metal  on  the  nerve-centres.  The  general  condition  thus 
induced  is  named  mercurial  tremors,  and  shaking  palsy. 
The  upper  extremities  are  usually  first  affected,  and  then, 
by  degrees,  all  the  muscles  of  the  body.  There  is  an  un- 
steadiness in  the  arms  and  legs,  so  that  the  patient  cannot 
grasp  an  object,  nor  walk  firmly  on  the  ground.  In  bad 
cases,  he  can  neither  speak  nor  chew  his  food.  If  the  dis- 
order be  not  checked,  it  proceeds  to  a  fatal  termination, 
attended  with  a  loss  of  memory,  insomnia  and  delirium. 
Another  curious  symptom,  not  generally  recognized,  but 
usually  present,  is  a  brittle  state  of  the  teeth,  causing  them 
to  chip. 

The  proper  prophylactic  treatment  in  this  affection  con- 
sists in  cleanliness  and  good  ventilation,  together  with  the 
free  internal  use  of  albumin  in  the  form  of  white  of  eggs. 

All  the  mercurial  compounds  are  more  or  less  poisonous, 
but  the  most  important  one  is  corrosive  sublimate. 

Corrosive  Sublimate  [JVIer curie  Chlorid\ — Occurs  either 
in  heavy  crystalline  masses  of  prismatic  crystals,  or  as  a 
white  powder.  It  has  a  powerful  styptic,  nauseous  taste, 
and  is  soluble  in  about  thirteen  parts  of  cold  and  three  of 
boiling  water.     Alcohol  and  ether  still  more  freely  dissolve 


CORROSIVE   SUBLIMATE SYMPTOMS.  289 

it,  and  the  latter  has  the  power  of  abstracting  it  from  its 
aqueous  solution. 

Symptoms. — These  usually  come  on  immediately  after 
taking  the  poison.  A  strong  metallic,  styptic  taste  is  per- 
ceived, with  a  sense  of  heat  and  choking  in  the  throat.  A 
fierce,  burning  pain  is  felt,  extending  from  the  mouth  to 
the  stomach ;  nausea,  retching  and  vomiting  of  stringy 
mucus,  often  tinged  with  blood;  pain  in  the  abdomen, 
which  usually  is  swollen  and  tender  to  the  touch;  severe 
purging,  sometimes  of  bloody  matters,  accompanied  with 
tenesmus,  as  in  dysentery.  The  pulse  is  feeble,  quick  and 
irregular ;  countenance  flushed  and  swollen,  though  some- 
times it  is  pale  and  anxious ;  the  tongue  is  white  and 
shriveled;  skin  cold  and  clammy;  respiration  difficult  ;  in- 
tense thirst;  urine  scanty  or  suppressed;  cramps  of  the 
extremities ;  stupor,  fainting,  convulsions  and  death.  Sali- 
vation is  apt  to  appear  on  the  second  or  third  day,  but  it  is 
not  an  invariable  symptom  in  acute  cases.  In  exceptional 
instances  there  has  been  an  absence  of  abdominal  pain,  as 
also  of  vomiting  and  purging. 

Poisoning  from  corrosive  sublimate  differs  from  arsenical 
poisoning:'  (i)  The  former  poison  has  a  very  distinct  acrid 
taste,  while  the  latter  is  almost  tasteless.  (2)  The  symp- 
toms of  the  former  come  on  almost  immediately  after  it  is 
swallowed ;  those  produced  by  the  latter  are  generally 
postponed  from  half  an  hour  to  an  hour.  (3)  The  dis- 
charges from  corrosive  sublimate  poisoning  are  more  fre- 
quently bloody  than  those  from  arsenic. 

The  external  application  of  corrosive  sublimate  has  often 
been  attended  with  fatal  consequences,  and  both  the  symp- 
toms and  post-mortem  lesions,  in  such  cases,  resemble  those 
produced  by  swallowing  the  poison,  such  as  vomiting, 
purging,  suppression  of  urine,  salivation,  etc.,  injection  of 


290  TOXICOLOGY. 

the  stomach  and  kidneys,  with  ecchymoses  throughout  the 
intestines  and  bladder.  Cases  of  this  character,  resulting 
fatally,  are  reported,  where  a  solution  of  corrosive  subli- 
mate was  applied  to  the  scalps  of  children,  for  the  cure  of 
porrigo  and  ringworm.  The  recent  antiseptic  use  of  the 
dilute  solution,  by  the  surgeon,  has  occasionally  produced 
poisonous  results. 

Fatal  Dose. — The  minimum  fatal  dose  for  an  adult  may 
be  considered  to  be  three  grains,  although,  as  in  the  case  of 
other  mineral  poisons,  very  large  quantities  have  been  taken 
with  impunity,  having  been  speedily  vomited,  or  promptly 
neutralized  by  proper  antidotes. 

Fatal  Period. — Taylor  reports  the  shortest  period  on 
record,  where  death  occurred  in  half  an  hour  from  an  un- 
known amount  of  the  poison.  In  the  majority  of  cases  life 
is  prolonged  for  several  days — from  one  to  five.  In  a  sum- 
mary of  cases  given  by  Guy,  about  half  the  number  died  in 
less  than  twelve  hours,  and  the  remaining  half  in  a  period 
varying  from  three  to  eleven  days.  More  than  one-half  of 
the  cases  terminate  fatally. 

Treatment. — Promote  vomiting  by  the  free  use  of  warm 
diluent  drinks.  The  proper  antidote  is  albumen,  as  found 
in  eggs.  This  decomposes  the  mercurial  salt,  forming  an 
insoluble  albuminate;  a  large  excess  of  albumin  will  re- 
dissolve  the  precipitate.  The  white  of  one  o.^^  is  supposed 
to  be  capable  of  neutralizing  four  grains  of  corrosive  subli- 
mate. In  the  absence  of  eggs,  glutin  or  wheat  flour,  in  the 
form  of  paste,  may  be  freely  exhibited.  Milk  may  also  be 
freely  used. 

Post-niorteni  Appearances. — These  are  generally  confined, 
as  in  the  case  of  arsenic,  to  the  mucous  membrane  of  the 
stomach  and  bowels ;  but  the  corrosive  action  of  the  mer- 
curial is  more  marked.     The  stomach,  together  with  the 


CHRONIC    MERCURIAL    POISONING.  291 

mouth,  throat  and  esophagus,  is  often  softened,  of  a  white 
or  grayish  color,  and  corroded.  The  intestines,  especially 
the  cecum,  often  exhibit  similar  appearances.  Perforation 
of  the  stomach  is  rare.  The  kidneys  and  bladder  are  usually 
highly  inflamed,  the  former  especially  congested  about  the 
Malpighian  bodies,  and  the  epithelial  cells  deformed,  gran- 
ular, and  partially  destroyed.  The  bladder  is  empty  and 
contracted. 

Byasson  states  that  corrosive  sublimate  takes  two  hours  to 
reach  the  urine,  and  four  hours  to  reach  the  saliva.  He 
never  found  it  in  the  perspiration.  He  considers  it  to  be 
completely  eliminated  in  twenty-four  hours  after  it  has  been 
taken. 

In  chronic,  or  slow  mercurial  poisoning,  the  symptoms 
generally  presented  are  loss  of  appetite,  metallic  taste  in  the 
mouth,  fetid  breath,  soreness  of  the  gums,  increase  of  sali- 
vary secretion,  pain  in  the  stomach  and  abdomen,  with 
diarrhea,  quick  pulse,  hot  skin,  weakness. and  emaciation. 
A  bluish  line  has  been  noticed  at  the  edy^e  of  the  gums,  as 
in  lead  poisoning. 

Salivation,  although  often  absent  in  acute  mercurial  poi- 
soning, is  nearly  always  observed  in  the  chronic  form.  As 
this  symptom  accompanies  the  use  of  many  other  drugs,  it 
cannot,  of  itself,  be  regarded  as  a  proof  of  the  administration 
of  mercury.  In  a  doubtful  case,  the  matter  may  always  be 
decided  by  a  chemical  examination  of  the  saliva  for  mer- 
cury. Doubtless,  other  mineral  poisons  are  eliminated  by 
this  secretion,  and  their  presence  might  be  detected  in  it, 
with  proper  attention. 

The  relationship  between  salivation  and  mercurial  poison- 
ing is  a  subject  of  considerable  importance,  since  charges 
of  malpractice  have  often  been  made  against  physicians  in 
cases  of  profuse  and  fatal  salivation,  accompanied  by  necrosis 


292  TOXICOLOGY. 

and  gangrene,  in  which,  in  some  instances,  no  mercury 
whatever  had  been  administered,  and  in  others,  where  the 
dose  has  been  exceedingly  small.  It  is  well  known  that 
there  is  no  fixed,  definite  period  when  the  salivation  comes 
on ;  rarely  before  two  days,  often  later.  In  a  case  reported  by 
Wood,  in  which  a  teaspoonful  of  corrosive  sublimate  had 
been  swallowed,  salivation  was  profuse  in  the  course  of  a 
few  hours.  It  has  been  suggested  that  this  very  early  flow 
of  saliva  was  probably  due  rather  to  the  local  irritant  action 
of  the  poison,  than  to  the  result  of  absorption. 

An  important  fact,  not  to  be  lost  sight  of,  in  this  relation, 
is  that  salivation  may  be  produced  by  various  other  agents 
besides  mercurials,  such  as  potassium  iodid,  iodin,  the  pre- 
parations of  copper,  lead,  bismuth,  arsenic,  antimony,  digi- 
talis, croton  oil,  cantharides,  colchicum  and  other  drugs. 
A  case  has  been  mentioned  to  the  author  where  a  patient 
was  profusely  salivated  by  a  single  dose  of  five  grains  of 
potassium  iodid.  It  is  true  that  in  the  majority  of  the 
instances  of  non-mercurial  salivation,  there  is  an  absence 
of  the  usual  mercurial  fetor  of  the  breath  and  the  coppery 
taste,  but  it  would  appear,  from  some  recorded  cases,  that 
these  symptoms  have  been  equally  noticed  in  the  salivation 
produced  by  arsenic  and  bismuth. 

Another  point  of  consideration  is  the  great  difference  in 
the  susceptibility  of  persons  to  the  mercurial  impression. 
Thus,  it  is  almost  impossible  to  salivate  a  very  young, 
healthy  child.  Certain  morbid  conditions  of  the  system, 
however,  seem  to  predispose  to  its  action,  as  anemia  and 
albuminuria.  A  dose  of  compound  cathartic  pills  (contain- 
ing only  three  grains  of  calomel)  has  been  known  to  produce 
very  severe  ptyalism.  Christison  states  that  three  five-grain 
doses  of  blue  pill,  one  every  night,  proved  fatal ;  and  that 
two  grains  of  calomel  have  caused  ulceration  of  the  throat, 
exfoliation  of  the  jaw,  and  death. 


NON-MERCURIAL   SALIVATION.    ,  293 

Mercurial  salivation  may  be  intermittent,  ceasing  for  a 
time,  and  reappearing  without  the  further  exhibition  of  the 
medicine  during  the  interval. 

Furthermore,  saliva.tion  may  arise  spontaneously,  from 
mechanical  irritation  of  the  mouth,  or  as  the  result  of  ex- 
hausting diseases,  especially  among  the  children  of  poverty 
and  squalor,  who  are  surrounded  by  bad  hygenic  influences. 
Among  the  last-named  subjects,  the  two  diseases,  cancriim 
oris  and  of  gangrene  of  the  mouth  are  of  frequent  occur- 
rence. The  symptoms  of  these  conditions  strongly  resem- 
ble a  very  severe  case  of  mercurial  ptyalism,  so  that  the 
diagnosis  may  be  difficult.  If,  in  such  a  case,  the  physician 
should  have  happened  to  have  administered,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  sickness,  even  a  small  dose  of  calomel,  it  might 
easily  become  a  serious  question  to  determine  whether  the 
death  actually  resulted  from  the  mercury  acting  as  a  poison, 
or  from  the  disease ;  and  it  would  be  no  difficult  matter  to 
get  up  an  action  against  the  medical  man  for  malpractice. 
Taylor  cites  a  case  in  point.  A  charge  was  made  against 
a  medical  practitioner  for  having  caused  the  death  of  a 
child,  aged  four  years,  by  administering  an  overdose  of 
some  mercurial  preparation  for  the  treatment  of  whooping- 
cough.  On  the  fourth  day  the  child  complained  of  sore- 
ness of  the  mouth  ;  the  teeth  became  loose  and  fell  out ; 
the  tongue  and  cheek  were  much  swollen,  and  the  child 
died,  in  the  course  of  a  few  days,  from  gangrene  of  the  left 
cheek.  The  answer  to  the  charge  was,  that  not  a  particle 
of  mercury  had  been  given — a  fact  clearly  proved  from  the 
prescription-book  of  the  medical  attendant.  This  was 
evidently  an  instance  in  v/hich  gangrene  from  spontaneous 
causes  had  been  mistaken  for  mercurial  poisoning.  As 
before  observed,  the  chemical  analysis  of  the  saliva  would 
settle  any  question  of  this  kind. 


294  TOXICOLOGY. 

Analytic  methods. — (i)  As  a  solid. — [a)  A  fragment  heated 
on  platinum  foil  is  entirely  dissipated  in  white,  acrid  fumes, 
which  condense  on  a  cool  surface  in  white,  radiating  crys- 
tals, [b)  Touched  with  a  drop  of  sodium  hydroxid  solution, 
it  turns  yellowish ;  calomel,  under  similar  circumstances, 
becomes  black,  {c)  A  solution  of  potassium  iodid  imparts 
a  bright  scarlet  color ;  this  is  a  very  delicate  test.  A  drop 
of  this  latter  solution  placed  upon  a  piece  of  bright  copper, 
in  contact  with  the  smallest  fragment  of  corrosive  sublimate, 
will  produce  a  bright,  silvery  stain  upon  the  copper,  espe- 
cially if  it  be  rubbed  with  the  finger ;  this  stain  is  immediately 
removed  by  heating  it.  (d)  Ammonium  sulphid  at  first 
turns  it  yellowish,  but  subsequently  black,  {e)  Heated  in 
a  reduction-tube  with  dried  sodium  carbonate,  it  sublimes, 
forming  a  white  ring  on  the  cool  part  of  the  tube,  which, 
under  the  microscope,  is  seen  to  consist  of  minute  globules 
of  metallic  mercury.  The  white  residue  in  the  tube  is 
shown  to  contain  chlorin  by  dissolving  it  in  water  and 
applying  silver  nitrate. 

(2)  As  a  liquid. — {a)  A  drop  evaporated  on  a  glass  slide 
will  yield  large,  needle-shaped  or  prismatic  crystals.  {B) 
Solution  of  sodium  hydroxid  gives  a  yellow  precipitate ;  this, 
when  dried  and  heated  in  a  reduction-tube,  will  yield  sub- 
limate of  mercury  globules,  with  the  evolution  of  oxygen 
gas.  {c)  Ammonium  hydroxid  produces  a  white  precipitate. 
{d)  Potassium  iodid  first  causes  a  yellow,  and  immediately 
afterward  a  bright  scarlet  precipitate,  soluble  in  an  excess 
of  the  reagent.  When  this  is  dried  and  heated,  it  volatilizes, 
and  condenses  in  a  yellow  deposit,  which  gradually  changes 
to  scarlet,  {e)  Stannous  chlorid  first  throws  down  a"  white 
precipitate  (calomel),  and,  if  in  excess,  a  dark  gray  precipi- 
tate (metallic  mercury),  which  runs  into  globules  on  being 
boiled.     (/)  Hydrogen    sulphid    and    ammonium    sulphid 


CORROSIVE   SUBLIMATE ANALYSIS.  295 

each  cause  a  whitish  precipitate,  soon  changing  to  red,  and 
ultimately  to  black.  (^)  A  piece  of  bright  copper  put  into 
a  cold  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate,  acidulated  with 
hydrochloric  acid,  speedily  acquires  a  silvery  white  coating 
of  mercury.  When  the  copper  slip  is  dried,  and  heated  in 
a  reduction-tube,  a  sublimate  of  globules  is  obtained,  easily 
identified  by  the  microscope.  This  test  is  extremely  deli- 
cate, and  will  detect  the  jijouti  of  a  grain,  if  the  copper  sur- 
face is  very  small  and  is  heated  in  a  very  small  tube. 
According  to  Wormley  a  far  smaller  quantity — even  the 
■500W  of  a  grain — may  be  identified  by  employing  a  very 
small,  thin,  glass  tube,  the  one-tenth  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
and  drawing  it  out,  by  heating,  into  a  thin  capillary  neck. 
The  small  fragment  of  coated  copper  is  introduced  through 
the  wider  portion  of  the  tube  to  the  point  of  contraction, 
-and  the  wider  end  is  now  carefully  fused  shut  by  the  mouth 
blowpipe,  so  as  to  give  it  the  appearance  of  a  small  ther- 
mometer-tube, the  bulb  containing  the  coated  copper.  The 
tube  is  now  heated  at  the  bulb,  and  the  capillary  end  closed. 
On  examination  under  the  microscope,  a  well-defined  ring 
of  mercurial  globules  will  be  visible  on  the  capillary-tube, 
just  above  the  bulb. 

In  case  the  mercurial  sublimate  in  the  reduction-tube 
should  be  dim  and  unsatisfactory,  Tardieu  recommends  to 
introduce  a  minute  crystal  of  iodin  into  the  tube,  pushing 
it  down  as  far  as  the  sublimate  with  a  platinum  wire.  The 
open  end  of  the  tube  is  then  stopped  with  wax,  and  it  is 
kept  in  a  horizontal  position  for  about  twelve  hours,  at  a 
temperature  of  30°  or  40°  C,  when  the  deposit  will  assume 
a  bright  scarlet  color,  due  to  the  production  of  mercuric 
iodid.  After  removing  the  iodin,  the  tube  may  be  gently 
and  progressively  heated  from  below  by  the  flame  of  a 
spirit-lamp,  when  the  scarlet  color  will  change  to  yellow;, 


296  ■  TOXICOLOGY. 

and  on  cooling  the  latter  color  will  give  place  to  scarlet 
again,  {h)  Galvanic  Test. — This  consists  in  winding  a  strip 
of  gold  around  a  strip  of  zinc  (or  iron)  and  placing  the  coil 
in  the  acidulated  solution.  Guy  recommends  a  simpler  and 
equally  certain  method — to  moisten  a  narrow  slip  of  zinc 
with  water,  and  to  take  up  as  much  gold  leaf  as  will  adhere 
to  it,  and  introduce  this  into  the  acid  solution.  The  gold 
will,  in  a  short  time,  become  coated  with  a  silver-colored 
coating  of  mercury.  It  is  then  to  be  carefully  washed  and 
dried,  and  heated  in  a  reduction-tube,  when  the  usual  mer- 
curial sublimate  will  be  obtained.  The  gold  test  is  gener- 
ally regarded  as  the  most  delicate. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — When  the  poison  was  admin- 
istered in  the  solid  form,  fragments  of  it  may  be  found  in 
the  stomach  yet  undissolved ;  these  should  be  collected  and 
identified.  As  corrosive  sublimate  is  easily  acted  on  by 
albumin,  glutin  and  other  substances,  much  of  it  may  be 
changed  into  insoluble  compounds.  If  the  dose  taken  be " 
small  and  in  the  liquid  form,  it  may  escape  discovery  in  the 
contents  of  the  stomach.  Jf  the  quantity  in  solution  is  con- 
siderable, it  may  be  extracted  by  simply  agitating  it  with 
twice  its  volume  of  ether,  and,  after  it  has  settled,  removing 
the  ether  by  means  of  a  pipette,  and  allowing  it  to  evaporate 
spontaneously,  when  the  salt  will  crystallize  in  white,  silky 
prisms.  These  may  be  purified,  if  necessary,  by  dissolving 
in  water  or  alcohol,  and  again  crystallizing.  This  method 
has  the  advantage  of  recovering  the  poison  in  the  exact  state 
in  which  it  was  swallowed,  with  the  reservation,  however, 
that  ether  might  act  upon  any  mercurial  salt  in  the  presence 
of  an  alkaline  chlorid — e.  g.,  sodium  chlorid — in  a  similar 
manner. 

"The  stomach  and  its  contents  should  be  prepared  in  the 
usual  manner,  already  described,  and  heated  with  distilled 


TOXICOLOGIC    EXAMINATION    FOR    MERCURY.  297 

water  and  hydrochloric  acid.  After  proper  filtration  and 
concentration,  a  trial-test  may  be  made  with  a  strip  of  cop- 
per, allowing  this  to  remain  in  the  solution,  if  necessary,  for 
severai  hours.  The  gold-test  may  be  applied  in  a  similar 
manner.  By  either  of  these  processes  the  metal  can  be 
recovered  in  a  satisfactory  manner.  The  other  tests  above 
mentioned  may  also  be  applied  as  corroborative  proofs. 

The  solid  matters  remaining,  after  straining  off  the  liquid, 
will  probably  contain  much  of  the  poison  combined  with 
organic  substances.  These  should  be  boiled  in  distilled 
water,  with  hydrochloric  acid,  until  disintegrated,  then 
filtered  and  concentrated,  and  tested  as  above.  Another 
method  is  to  dry  the  solid  matters  thoroughly,  and  digest 
them  in  warm  nitro-hydrochloric  acid,  by  which  the  insolu- 
ble mass  is  converted  into  soluble  corrosive  sublimate.  The 
acid  liquid  is  then  evaporated  to  dryness,  the  residue  dis- 
solved in  water  and  filtered,  and  the  usual  tests  applied ;  or 
the  corrosive  sublimate  is  dissolved  out  by  ether. 

In  the  Tissues. — The  liver,  or  other  organs,  should  first 
be  crushed  in  a  mortar,  with  sufficient  alcohol  to  render 
filtration  easy.  Acidulate  the  mass  with  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  gently  warm  for  some  time ;  then  filter  through  paper, 
and  apply  the  copper,  or  the  galvanic  test,  and  hydrogen 
sulphid  to  the  filtrate.  All  the  solid  portions  are  now  to  be" 
mixed  with  water  and  four  parts  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and 
boiled  for  some  time ;  when  cool,  they  are  to  be  filtered  and 
the  filtrate  examined  as  above. 

Should  arsenic  happen  to  be  present  in  the  tissues,  along 
with  corrosive  sublimate,  on  the  application  of  Reinsch's 
test,  both  metals  will  be  precipitated  on  the  copper,  and 
both  will  sublime  from  the  latter  when  it  is  heated  in  the 
reduction-tube ;  but  in  the  cold,  mercury  alone  will .  be 
deposited  on  the  copper. 
25 


298  TOXICOLOGY. 

To  detect  mercury  in  the  s.aliva,  acidulate  about  two 
drachms  of  this  fluid  with  one-fourth  of  hydrochloric  acid, 
and  introduce  into  the  mixture  a  small  piece  of  bright 
copper  foil,  and  the  whole  kept  warm  for  several  hours ; 
or  use  the  gold-test  The  silvery  deposit  on  the  metal  will 
indicate  the  presence  of  mercury,  which  will  be  confirmed 
by  heating  it,  when  washed  and  dried,  in  a  reduction-tube, 
and  procuring  the  characteristic  mercurial  globules  by 
sublimation. 

In  examining  the  urine,  evaporate  about  twelve  or  four- 
teen ounces  down  to  one  ounce ;  acidulate  this  with 
hydrochloric  acid ;  filter  and  boil  the  filtrate,  and  introduce 
a  fragment  of  bright  copper,  and  confirm  as  directed  above. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  death  may  ensue  from 
corrosive  sublimate,  and  no  mercury  be  found  in  the 
tissues,  as  where  the  person  has  survived  for  a  number  of 
days.  Also,  as  in  the  case  of  other  poisons,  there  may  be 
a  failure  to  detect  it  in  the  stomach  after  death,  even  when 
large  doses  had  been  swallowed. 

Oil  the  other  hand,  the  detection  of  minute  quantities  of 
mercury  in  the  organs  is  not  always  evidence  of  poisoning, 
inasmuch  as  the  person  may  have  lately  taken  blue  pill  or 
calomel  as  a  medicine;  hence,  caution  should  be  exercised 
in  reference  to  this  point. 

Corrosive  sublimate  is  usually  estimated  quantitatively 
as  sulphid  by  carefully  washing  and  drying  the  precipitate 
obtained  by  hydrogen  sulphid.  Every  lOO  grains  of  dry 
sulphid  are  equivalent  to  116.8  grains  of  corrosive  sub- 
limate. Sometimes  stannous  chlorid  is  used  to  precipitate 
mercury  from  solution.  The  globules  should  first  be  puri- 
fied by  boiling  them  in  a  solution  of  sodium  hydroxid,  and 
afterward  in  hydrochloric  acid.  Every  lOO  grains  of  mer- 
cury represent  135.5  grains  of  corrosive  sublimate. 


POISONING    BY    LEAD.  299 

Other  compounds  of  mercury  may  occasionally  prove 
poisonous,  as  the  mercuric  oxid,  mercuric  chlorid,  sulphids, 
nitrates  and  sulphates.  The  symptoms,  treatment  and 
analytic  investigations  in  such  cases  are  essentially  the 
same  as  indicated  above. 

LEAD  COMPOUNDS. 

In  the  free  state,  Lead  is  not  considered  poisonous,  except 
when  freely  divided,  when  it  will  be  dissolved  in  the  stomach. 
All  its  salts  are  poisonous,  with  perhaps  the  single  excep- 
tion of  the  sulphate,  which  is  very  insoluble. 

Acute  poisoning  by  lead  compounds  is  rare,  except  as 
the  result  of  accident.  On  the  other  hand,  chronic  or  slow 
lead  poisoning  is  of  frequent  occurrence,  since  there  is  no 
element  more  constantly  and  insiduously  introduced  into  the 
human  system  than  lead  under  its  varied  forms.  In  the 
arts,  the  workmen  in  this  metal  inhale  the  fumes  and 
powders  in  smelting  the  ores  and  manufacturing  white  lead. 
Painters,  plumbers,  pewterers,  and  glazers  of  pottery  are  all 
exposed  to  similar  danger.  Even  sleeping  in  a  freshly- 
painted  room  has  seemed  to  cause  an  attack  of  colic  and 
paralysis.  Taylor  alludes  to  himself  as  having  suffered 
from  this  latter  cause. 

The  frequent  handling  of  pewter  vessels,  and  especially 
of  new  type,  has  produced  lead  palsy.  The  use  of  glazed 
pottery  is  another  source  of  contamination,  arising  from  the 
action  of  acids,  such  as  vinegar,  and  of  oils  and  fats;  also  of 
alkalies  on  the  glaze,  which  consists  largely  of  litharge 
(oxide  of  lead).  Even  milk  has  become  poisoned  in  this 
way.  Cider  and  beer,  drawn  through  leaden  pipes,  may 
become  contaminated  in  the  same  manner.  Wine  may  bcr 
come  affected  by  contact  with  the  shot  left  in  the  bottles 
through  carelessness.     New  rum  is  apt  to  contain  lead,  de- 


300  TOXICOLOGY. 

rived  from  the  leaden  worm  of  the  still,  while  old  rum  is 
free  from  this  adulteration.  This  is  ascribed,  with  great 
probability,  to  the  fact  that  old  rum,  being  kept  in  oak  casks, 
is  deprived  of  its  lead  by  the  tannin  of  the  cask. 

Certain  medicinal  substances  often  contain  small  amounts 
of  lead,  derived  from  the  mode  of  their  manufacture.  Alka- 
line solutions,  when  kept  in  flint-glass  bottles,  soon  become 
impregnated  with  lead.  Commercial  sulphuric  acid  almost 
invariably  contains  lead,  derived  from  the  leaden  vessels  in 
.which  it  is  prepared. 

Many  articles  in  domestic  use  are  not  unfrequently  con- 
taminated by  lead,  as  flour  (from  the  plugs  of  lead  imbedded 
in  the  millstones),  sugar,  snuff,  tobacco,  chocolate  and  bon- 
bons— the  latter  articles  from  the  impure  tin-foil  wrappers. 
Numerous  cases  of  lead-poisoning  have  been  traced  to  the 
use  of  chrome  yellow  (lead  chromate),  as  a  substitute  for 
eggs  in  making  buns  and  noodles.  Canned  goods  often 
contain  lead.  Even^vhen  put  up  in  glass  cans  lead  may  be 
dissolved  from  the  rubber  washers,  containing  lead  carbon- 
ate, placed  under  the  cover. 

The  external  application  of  the  preparations  of  lead  is 
often  the  cause  of  slow  poisoning,  as  in  handhng  the  metal, 
already  alluded  to  ;  the  use  of  hair-dyes  and  cosmetics ;  and 
even  from  the  glazed  lining  of  hats.  The  direct  application 
of  white  lead  to  the  scalded  surface,  as  a  dressing,  has  been 
known  to  produce  symptoms  of  lead  colic. 

Probably  the  most  frequent  source  of  chronic  lead  poi- 
soning is  through  drinking-water  which  has,  in  some  way 
or  other,  been  in  previous  contact  with  metallic  lead.  The 
conditions  under  which  this  occurs  are  not  fully  understood. 
Rain-water,  which  is  frequently  preserved  in  cisterns  for 
drinking  purposes,  should  never  be  collected  from  a  leaden 
roof,  nor  be  conducted  through  leaden  pipes,  nor  in  any  way 


ACETATE  OF  LEAD — ACUTE  POISONING.       301 

come  in  contact  with  this  metal.  On  the  other  hand,  most 
river  and  spring  water,  which  always  contain  more  or  less  of 
saline  ingredients,  generally  exert  little  deleterious  influence 
upon  lead,  in  consequence  of  the  action  of  some  of  the  salts 
existing  in  the  water ;  these  form  an  insoluble  film  or  coat- 
ing upon  the  surface  of  the  lead,  thus  preserving  it  from  any 
further  action  of  the  water.  Free  acids  in  the  water  very 
much  increase  the  danger  of  contamination. 

Another  cause  of  contamination  may  arise  from  a  galvanic 
action  between  lead  and  other  metals  together,  especially 
when  in  contact  with  water  containing  carbonic  acid. 
Danger  also  arises  from  a  leaden  cover  being  over  a  pump 
or  cistern.  The  vapor  of  the  water  (which  is  equivalent  to 
distilled  water),  impinging  on  the  metal  surface,  dissolves 
off  the  oxid  and  carbonate,  which  may  in  time  fall  into  and 
contaminate  the  water. 

The  only  compounds  of  lead,  of  toxicologic  interest,  are 
the  acetate  and  carbonate. 

Lead  Acetate — [Sugar  of  Lead). — Occurs  in  commerce 
in  masses  of  white,  or  light-brownish  crystals,  somewhat 
resembling  loaf  sugar  in  appearance.  It  has'  an  acetous 
odor,  and  a  sweetish,  astringent  taste.  It  is  soluble  in  water; 
less  so  in  alcohol.  Its  aqueous  solution  becomes  milky  on 
exposure  to  the  air,  owing  to  the  action  of  carbonic  acid. 

It  is  not  a  very  active  poison.  It  is  much  used  in  medi- 
cal practice,  but  its  continued  employment. has  occasionally 
resulted  in  bringing  on  symptoms  of  lead  poisoning. 

In  doses  of  an  ounce  or  two,  it  acts  as  a  powerful  irritant, 
causing  burning  pains  in  the  throat  and  stomach,  and  thirst, 
vomiting,  twisting,  colicky  pains,  with  tenderness  in  the 
abdomen,  obstinate  constipation,  retraction  of  the  abdominal 
nvalls,  anxious  countenance,  cold  sweats  and  convulsions. 


302  TOXICOLOGY. 

The  urine  is  diminished  in  quantity.  In  protracted  cases, 
there  is  often  paralysis  of  one  or  more  of  the  extremities. 
Its  influence  on  the  nerve  centres  is  marked  by  giddi- 
ness, stupor,  convulsions  and  coma.  In  some  cases,  there 
is  purging  of  bloody  matters,  though  usually  the  fecal  dis- 
charges are  hard,  dry  and  black.  The  peculiar  blue  line 
upon  the  edge  of  the  gums,  characteristic  of  chronic  lead 
poisoning,  may  sometimes  be  observed  in  acute  cases. 

The  fatal  quantity  is  uncertain;  an  ounce  has  been  swal- 
lowed with  impunity,  though  a  less  quantity  has  occasioned 
alarming  symptoms.  The  fatal  period  is  equally  uncertain, 
varying  from  a  few  hours  to  several  days. 

The  proper  antidotes  are  soluble  sulphates,  especially 
magnesium  sulphate,  which  forms  insoluble  lead  sulphate. 
At  first,  however,  vomiting  should  be  promoted  by  zinc  sul- 
phate; afterward,  opium  and  castor  oil  may  be  required. 
The  urine  should  be  frequently  examined  for  the  presence 
of  lead. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — Often  no  well-marked  lesions 
are  discoverable.  Sometimes  there  is  inflammation  of  the 
alimentary  tract.  Sometimes  the  inner  coat  of  the  stomach 
and  bowels  Ts  covered  with  a  thick,  whitish  layer  of  mucus 
mixed  with  the  poison,  beneath  which  the  membrane  is 
reddened,  or  even  abraded.  The  intestines  are  generally 
found  contracted.  As  regards  chronic  cases,  there  is  noth- 
ing very  definite  to  record,  except  the  contraction  of  the 
large  intestines,  and  the  flabby  and  whitish  appearance  of 
the  muscles  specially  affected. 

Chro4iic  Poisoning. — This  may  result  from  the  continued 
internal  use  of  any  lead  compound;  but  it  is  more  frequently 
produced  among  artisans  working  in  white  lead  and  litharge, 
or  by  the  accidental  introduction  of  the  metal  into  the  sys- 
tem through  drinking-water,  or  articles  of  food.    The  earlier 


POISONING    BY    LEAD — LEAD    PALSY.  303 

symptoms  are  grouped  under  the  names  of  Lead  Colic, 
Painters'  Colic,  or  Colica  Pictonum ;  the  later  symptoms  are 
named  Lead  Palsy. 

Lead  Colic. — The  earlier  symptoms  are  obstinate  consti- 
pation and  indigestion,  with  great  depression.  Then  there 
is  a  feeling  of  twisting,  grinding  pain  about  the  umbilicus, 
which  may  be  rather  relieved  by  pressure.  The  abdomen 
is  hard  and  retracted;  sometimes  there  are  scanty,  hard 
evacuations,  with  much  suffering.  The  urine  is  scanty,  and 
voided  with  difficulty.  The  countenance  is  dull  and  anxious ; 
skin  cold  and  clammy;  pulse  about  natural;  respiration 
quick  and  catching;  loss  of  appetite,  with  dryness  of  mouth 
and  throat;  the  breath  is  fetid,  and  often  a  metallic  taste  in 
the  mouth.  A  characteristic  sign  of  saturnine  poisoning  is 
the  blue  line  at  the  margin  of  the  gums,  where  they  join 
the  teeth,  especially  noticeable  on  the  incisors.  This  is 
probably  due  to  the  deposition  of  lead  sulphid  in  the  capil- 
laries of  the  gums,  as  can  be  shown  by  the  microscope. 
Silver  and  mercury  compounds  occasionally  produce  a 
somewhat  similar  blue  line,  and  it  is  wanting  in  some  cases 
of  chronic  lead-poisoning.  When  once  established,  the 
condition  is  very  persistent. 

Lead  Palsy. — Lead  colic,  if  allowed  to  continue  unchecked, 
is  very  apt  to  terminate  in  paralysis,  especially  after  repeated 
attacks  of  the  former.  Again,  it  may  come  on  without  any 
previous  attack  of  colic.  It  usually  affects  the  upper 
extremities.  At  first,  there  is  a  dull,  numb  feeling  in  the 
skin  of  the  fingers  and  forearms,  trembling  of  the  arms  and 
legs,  unsteadiness  of  gait,  loss  of  power  in  the  hands  and 
arms,  which  gradually  waste  away.  The  extensors  are 
more  affected  than  the  flexors,  so  that,  when  the  arm  is 
raised,  the  hand  drops  by  its  own  weight,  whence  the  com- 
mon name  of  "  wrist-drop  "  for  this  disease.     If  unchecked, 


304  TOXICOLOGY. 

brain  symptoms  present  themselves,  such  as  giddiness, 
torpor  and  apoplexy;  sometimes  there  are  epileptic  fits, 
edema,  albuminuria  and  convulsions,  ending  in  coma  and 
death. 

Lead  has  been  found,  after  death,  in  the  brain,  and  espe- 
cially in  the  gray  matter  of  the  spinal  cord,  also  in  the 
bones,  liver  and  kidneys.  Doubtless,  many  cases  of  obscure 
spinal,  cerebral  and  cardiac  disease  are  really  owing  to 
chronic  lead  poisoning — the  element  having  been  introduced 
unsuspectedly  into  the  system. 

Analytic  Method. — I.  In  the  Solid  State. — Lead  acetate 
heated  in  a  test-tube  evolves  an  acetous  odor,  and  fuses  into 
a  white  mass;  if  the  heat  is  continued,  it  again  fuses  and 
slowly  chars,  and  is  converted  into  a  reddish-brown  mixture 
of  the  oxides  of  lead.  Heated  on  charcoal,  before  the 
blowpipe,  it  yields  globules  of  lead,  with  a  surrounding 
incrustation  of  yellow  oxid.  A  fragment  dropped  into  a 
solution  of  potassium  iodid  instantly  turns  yellow  ;  touched 
with  ammonium  sulphid,  it  immediately  is  blackened. 

IL  lit  the  Liquid  State. — (i)  A  drop,  evaporated  on  glass, 
yields  opaque  needles,  which  turn  yellow  when  touched 
with  a  drop  of  potassium  iodid  solution,  or  solution  of 
potassium  dichromate;  or  black,  by  ammonium  sulphid. 
(2)  Dilute  sulphuric  acid  causes  a  white  precipitate,  soluble 
in  hot  hydrochloric  acid,  and  in  large  excess  of  sodium  hy- 
droxid.  (3)  Potassium  iodid  gives  a  bright  yellow  pre- 
cipitate, soluble  in  boiling  water,  which  deposits  it  in  brilliant 
yellow  hexagonal  scales  on  cooling.  This  crystalline  form, 
which  is  seen  under  moderate  magnifying  power,  is  highly 
characteristic.  (4)  Potassium  dichromate  gives  a  bright 
yellow  precipitate.  (5)  Hydrogen  sulphid  is  a  delicate 
test.  The  black  sulphid  is  confirmed  by  heating  it  on 
charcoal,  before  the  blowpipe;  or  by  dissolving  it  in  nitric 


LEAD TOXICOLOGIC    EXAMINATION.  305 

acid,  by  the  aid  of  heat,  evaporating  to  dryness,  dissolving 
in  water,  and  applying  the  usual  tests.  (6)  A  drop  or  two 
of  the  solution,  slightly  acidified  with  acetic  acid,  is  put 
into  a  platinum  capsule,  and  a  strip  of  zinc  is  made  to  touch 
the  platinum  through  the  liquid ;  crystals  of  metallic  lead 
are  deposited  on  the  zinc;  or  a  fragment  of  zinc  may  be 
placed  in  the  lead  solution  in  a  watch  glass,  when  very  soon 
metallic  lead  will  be  deposited  upon  the  zinc  in  an  arbore- 
scent form.  A  salt  of  tin,  under  similar  circumstances, 
would  yield  an  arborescent  deposit  of  tin.  Hence,  the 
deposit  must  be  further  tested  by  dissolving  it  in  nitric 
acid,  and  applying  the  usual  tests. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — As  lead  acetate  is  easily  pre- 
cipitated by  many  organic  substances,  such  as  albumin, 
casein,  mucus,  etc.,  the  poison  may  exist  both  in  the  soluble 
and  insoluble  condition.  As  a  trial  test,  a  good  plan  is  to 
wet  a  piece  of  bibulous  paper  in  the  suspected  solution  and 
expose  it  to  a  jet  of  hydrogen  sulphid  gas,  which  will  blacken 
it,  if  it  contains  any  lead.  If  the  presence  of  the  element 
be  indicated,  the  mixture  should  be  acidulated  with  pure 
nitric  acid,  and  boiled  for  some  time;  when  cold,  it  should 
be  filtered,  and  the  solids  on  the  filter  thoroughly  washed, 
and  reserved  for  future  examination.  Concentrate  the  fil- 
trate by  evaporation,  and  treat  with  hydrogen  sulphid; 
allow  the  precipitated  sulphid  of  lead  to  collect,  pour  off 
the  supernatant  water,  boil  in  dilute  nitric  acid,  add  suffi- 
cient distilled  water,  filter,  and  apply  the  usual  tests. 

The  solids  on  the  filter  should  be  dried,  and  incinerated 
in  a  porcelain  capsule;  dissolve  the  ash  by  heat  in  dilute 
nitric  acid,  filter,  and  treat  with  hydrogen  sulphid,  and  prove 
the  precipitated  sulphid. 

If  a  sulphate  has  been  given  as  an  antidote,  a  white  pre- 
cipitate of  lead  sulphate  may  be  found  in  the  stomach. 
26 


306  TOXICOLOGY. 

This  should  be  collected  and  boiled  with  potassium  hy- 
droxid  (previously  tested  to  insure  its  freedom  from  lead) 
and  the  solution  tested  with  hydrogen  sulphid,  or  it  may 
be  boiled  with  ammonium  carbonate,  and  the  resulting  lead 
carbonate  decomposed  by  acetic  acid. 

The  solid  organs  (liver,  spleen,  etc.,)  may  be  examined 
either  by  boiling  with  nitric  acid  and  water,  evaporating  to 
dryness,  incinerating  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  and  again  dis- 
solving by  heat  and  dilute  nitric  acid ;  or  by  directly  incin- 
erating them  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  and  dissolving  out  the 
lead  with  strong  nitric  acid,  evaporating  to  dryness,  diluting 
with  water,  and  precipitating  with  hydrogen  sulphid. 

Since  organic  matters  retain  lead  with  great  tenacity,  the 
substances  should  not  only  be  carbonized,  but  brought 
completely  to  an  ash.  Boucher  has  shown  that  carbon 
retains  lead,  and  that  this  lead  resists,  to  a  considerable 
extent,  the  action  of  solvents.  This  was  verified  in  some 
examinations  made  by  Drs.  Reese  and  Leffmann. 

As  regards  the  localization  of  lead  in  the  different  organs, 
this  metal  seems  to  be  eliminated  from  the  system  largely 
through  the  liver  and  kidneys.  That  which  is  eliminated 
by  the  liver  is  found  in  the  feces,  which  have  lately  been 
shown  to  contain  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  total  lead 
eliminated.  It  is  found  in  the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  but  in 
smaller  quantities  than  in  the  above-mentioned  organs. 

Since  lead  remains  in  the  system  for  a  considerable  time, 
inquiry  should  always  be  instituted  in  case  of  the  detection 
of  only  a  minute  quantity,  in  reference  to  the  possibility  of 
its  accidental  introduction  into  the  system  through  the 
occupation,  mode  of  living,  etc.,  of  the  individual. 

The  examination  of  the  urine  should  never  be  neglected, 
seeing  that  lead  is  eliminated  from  the  system  often  through 
this  secretion.      From  fifteen  to  twenty  ounces  of  urine, 


POISONING    BY    LEAD    CHROMATE.  307 

acidulated  with  nitric  acid,  should  be  evaporated  to  dryness, 
and  incinerated  as  above  directed,  and  the  ash  treated  as 
already  described. 

For  the  detection  of  lead  in  sweetmeats,  slightly  moisten 
them  with  water  and  put  them  on  a  plate,  placing  in  the 
centre  a  little  capsule  containing  about  a  drachm  of  ammo- 
nium sulphid,  and  cover  the  whole  with  a  tumbler.  If  lead 
be  present  the  sweetmeats  will,  after  a  short  time,  be 
blackened  by  hydrogen  sulphid  evolved. 

Lead  Chromate  {CJiroim  Yellow).  —  Commercial  chrome 
yellow  often  contains  considerable  lead  carbonate  and  some 
lead  hydroxid,  which  being  more  soluble  in  the  gastric  juice, 
doubtless  increase  the  activity  of  the  drug.  It  has  been 
much  employed,  not  only  as  a  pigment,  but  also  exten- 
sively to  impart  a  yellow  color  to  confections  and  buns. 
In  the  latter  case  it  is  used  as  a  cheap  substitute  for  eggs, 
in  order  to  give  the  desired  rich  yellow  tint.  Within  the 
past  few  years  a  considerable  number  of  cases  of  chronic 
lead  poisoning,  from  the  use  of  buns  colored  with  this 
salt,  occurred  in  Philadelphia,  many  of  which  proved  fatal. 
To  Dr.  David  D.  Stewart  is  due  the  credit  of  having  detected 
this  important  fact.  He  diagnosed  lead  poisoning  in  cases 
in  which  investigation  had  been  made  by  other  physicians 
without  result,  and  finally,  after  much  inquiry,  traced  the 
source  of  the  poisonings  to  certain  bakers.  Most  of  the  cases 
exhibited  the  usual  marked  symptoms  of  chronic  lead  poison- 
ing, although  some,  especially  the  fatal  ones,  suffered  from 
more  pronounced  eclamptic  symptoms  than  is  usual.  Drs. 
Reese  and  Leffmann  made  a  toxicological  examination  of 
portions  of  the  bodies  of  five  of  the  fatal- cases,  at  different 
periods  after  death,  varying  from  one  week  up  to  two 
years.     In  every  instance  positive  evidence  of  the  presence 


308  TOXICOLOGY. 

of  lead  was  afforded :  in  one  body,  in  the  spinal  cord ; 
in  four  bodies,  in  the  liver;  in  two  cases,  in  the  kidney; 
in   one  case,  five  months  after  death,  in  the  brain. 

Chromium  was  not  sought  for  in  the  above  examinations. 

Lead  is  quantitatively  determined  as  a  sulphid.  Every 
100  parts  of  dry  sulphid  represent  93.31  parts  of  the  oxid, 
or  158.37  parts  of  crystallized  acetate. 

COPPER  COMPOUNDS. 

Copper  is  not  actively  poisonous  in  its  free  state,  but  may 
dissolve  in  the  stomach  and  produce  marked  symptoms. 
Copper  coins  swallowed  may  thus  produce  dangerous 
results.  The  inhalation  of  copper  alloy  in  fine  powder  by 
artisans  who  work  in  so-called  gold  printing,  causes  serious 
results,  such  as  constriction  and  heat  of  throat,  vomiting, 
loss  of  appetite,  and  severe  itching  of  the  parts  of  the  body 
covered  with  hair,  which,  on  examination,  are  found  to  be 
of  a  deep  green  color. 

Cases  of  accidental  copper-poisoning  can  frequently  be 
traced  to  want  of  cleanliness  in  cooking,  or  to  keeping  food 
in  copper  vessels,  particularly  such  articles  as  contain  a 
vegetable  acid  as  vinegar,  an  alkaline  chlorid  as  common 
salt,  or  any  kind  of  oil  or  fat.  So  long  as  copper  utensils 
are  kept  perfectly  clean  and  bright,  little  risk  is  incurred  in 
using  them;  but  if  cleanliness  be  neglected,  a  deposit  of  the 
green  carbonate  collects,  which  is  very  poisonous,  and  will 
contaminate  any  food  with  which  it  may  come  in  contact. 
There  is  no  risk  in  boiling  articles  of  food  or  preserves  in 
clean  copper  vessels,  although  it  is  unsafe  to  keep  these 
articles,  cold,  in  the  same  vessels;  in  the  latter  case,  the 
atmospheric  air  acts  upon  the  metal  at  the  point  of  contact 
of  the  contained  substance.     Dr.  Falconer  gives  an  instruc- 


POISONING    BY    COPPER.  309 

tive  example  of  this.  A  servant  left  some  sauer-kraut,  for 
only  a  couple  of  hours,  in  a  copper  pan  which  had  lost  its 
tinning.  Her  mistress  and  daughter,  who  ate  of  the  cab- 
bage, died  after  twelve  hours'  sickness.  Wildberg  found 
the  cabbage  so  strongly  impregnated  with  copper  that  it 
was  detected  with  metallic  iron.  There  is  risk  in  the  use 
of  copper  boilers.  In  one  case  no  less  than  3.5  grains  to 
the  gallon  was  found  in  water  drawn  from  a  kitchen 
boiler. 

The  inference  from  the  above  facts  would  be  that  it  is 
somewhat  unsafe  to  employ  copper  vessels  either  for  cooking, 
or  still  more  so  for  preserving  articles  of  food.  Even  tinned 
copper  vessels  are  not  always  safe,  because  the  tinning  may 
consist  of  an  alloy  of  tin  and  lead,  and  the  latter  might,  in 
its  turn,  prove  a  source  of  danger. 

The  alloy  termed  Dutch  metal,  used  for  ornamenting 
cakes  and  confectionery  as  a  substitute  for  gold  leaf,  may 
also  prove  a  source  of  poisoning;  likewise  the  blue  and 
green  papers  used  as  wrappers  for  bon-bons,  although  the 
chief  source  of  danger  from  the  latter  arises  from  the  arsenic 
contained  in  their  composition. 

The  fine  green  color  on  many  samples  of  pickles,  peas 
and  preserved  fruits  is  owing  to  the  adulteration  of  a  salt 
of  copper,  as  verdigris,  or  blue  vitriol.  This  may  be  easily 
detected  by  placing  the  suspected  article  in  ammonium 
hydroxid,  when,  if  copper  be  present,  it  will  turn  blue. 
Another  method  is  to  plunge  a  bright  needle  into  the  article; 
if  copper  be  present,  it  will  speedily  receive  a  reddish  coat- 
ing of  the  metal. 

All  copper  salts  are  poisonous;  those  of  most  importance 
are  the  sulphate  (blue  vitriol,  blue  stone),  and  the  subacetate 
(verdigris).  The  arsenite  and  aceto-arsenite  have  already 
been  described  under  the  head  of  Arsenic.     A  copper  car- 


310  TOXICOLOGY. 

bonate  produced  by  the  action  of  moist  air  on  the  metal, 
or  on  brass,  is  sometimes  called  verdigris. 

The  salts  of  copper  are  rarely  used  for  homicidal  poison- 
ing, as  they  can  be  so  readily  recognized  both  by  their  color 
and  ta?te.  Occasionally,  they  have  been  taken  suicidally, 
and  more  rarely  by  accident.  The  sulphate  has  been 
employed  for  producing  abortion. 

Symptoms. — The  sulphate  may  be  taken  as  a  type  of  all 
the  salts.  In  large  doses  it  speedily  produces  active  vomit- 
ing, which  usually  expels  much  of  the  poison.  There  are 
pains  in  the  stomach  and  bowels,  great  thirst,  purging,  head- 
ache, prostration,  small,  frequent  pulse,  with  increased  flow 
of  saliva.  The  matters  vomited  are  bluish  or  greenish; 
those  from  the  bowels  are  greenish,  and  tinged  with  blood. 
Sometimes  there  are  severe  cramps  and  convulsions.  There 
is  also  suppression  of  urine,  and  in  fatal  cases,  paralysis  and 
tetanus  have  preceded  death.  Jaundice  is  also  an  occasional 
result.  Dr.  Tidy  speaks  of  it  as  "  the  specially  diagnostic 
symptom  of  copper  poisoning."  It  is  not  met  with  in 
poisoning  by  either  arsenic  or  mercury  compounds. 

The  symptoms  of  slow  poisoning  (which  is  generally  the 
result  of  the  accidental' introduction  in  articles  of  food)  are 
an  acrid,  styptic,  coppery  taste  in  the  mouth,  dry  and 
parched  tongue,  coppery  eructations,  continual  spitting, 
nausea  and  vomiting,  colicky  pains  in  the  bowels,  diarrhea 
of  bloody  stools,  with  tenesmus,  great  thirst,  heat  of  skin, 
small  and  tense  pulse,  scanty  urine,  headache,  vertigo,  faint- 
ness,  cramps  of  the  legs  and  convulsions;  occasionally, 
jaundice,  and  a  blue  line  on  the  margin  of  the  gums. 

Fatal  Dose. — Not  positively  determined.  Half  an  ounce 
of  verdigris  has  proved  fatal,  and  an  ounce  of  the  sulphate  ; 
but  larger  quantities  have  been  swallowed  without  produc- 
ing death.  The  usual  emetic  dose  is  five  to  fifteen  grains. 
The  usual  fatal  period  is  from  four  to  twelve  hours. 


COPPER — ANALYTIC    METHODS.  311 

Treatment. — Free  vomiting  should  be  assisted  by  the  use 
of  warm  diluent  drinks.  The  best  antidote  is  albumin  in 
the  form  of  white  of  eggs,  as  for  corrosive  sublimate.  Milk 
is  also  very  useful. 

Morbid  Appearances. — These  indicate  the  action  of  a 
powerful  irritant  to  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  alimen- 
tary canal,  from  the  throat  downward.  The  lining  mem- 
brane of  the  stomach  is  inflamed,  softened,  and  sometimes 
ulcerated.  It  usually  exhibits  a  bluish  or  greenish  appear- 
ance, due  to  the  color  of  the  salt  taken.  The  same  is  true, 
also,  of  the  intestines.  As  a  somewhat  similar  appearance 
may  result  from  the  appearance  of  bile,  it  is  proper  to  dis- 
tinguish between  them  by  the  addition  of  ammonium  hy- 
droxid,  which  will  impart  a  deep  blue  color  if  copper  is 
present,  but  will  cause  no  change  in  the  green  color,  if  due 
to  bile.  Perforations  have  been  found  in  the  small  intes- 
tines ;  the  rectum  is  occasionally  ulcerated,  and  the  lungs 
congested. 

Analytic  Methods. — All  the  salts  of  common  copper  possess 
either  a  blue  or  green  color.  A  few  other  salts  are  thus 
colored,  as  some  of  the  cobalt  salts,  blue,  and  some  of 
those  of  nickel,  chromium  and  uranium,  green.  When 
heated  in  the  blowpipe  flame,  they  impart  to  it  a  beautiful 
green  color;  and  when  heated  on  charcoal,  with  dry 
sodium  carbonate,  before  the  blowpipe,  globules  of  copper 
are  obtained. 

The  Sulphate,  or  blue  vitriol,  occurs  in  large,  handsome 
crystals,  efflorescent,  soluble  in  water,  having  a  nauseous, 
styptic,  metallic  taste.  The  verdigris  of  commerce  occurs 
in  masses  of  a  light  green,  or  bluish-green  color.  It  is  sol- 
uble in  water  and  in  dilute  acids. 

(i)  Ammonium  hydroxid  produces  a  bluish  precipitate 
which  is  redissolved  by  an  excess  of  the  precipitant,  yield- 


312  TOXICOLOGY. 

ing  a  beautiful,  clear,  dark,  purple-blue  solution  ;  this  color 
is  immediately  removed  by  an  acid.  The  salts  of  cobalt, 
nickel  and  chromium  give  somewhat  similar  results. 

(2)  Potassium  ferrocyanid  gives  a  reddish-brown  precipi- 
tate, insoluble  in  excess  of  the  reagent,  but  soluble  in  am- 
monium hydroxid.  If  the  copper  solution  be  very  dilute, 
no  precipitate  may  take  place,  but  only  the  distinct  brown- 
ish-red discoloration. 

(3)  Hydrogen  sulphid,  or  ammonium  sulphid,  yields  a 
brownish-black  precipitate  of  copper  sulphid.  This  should 
be  corroborated  by  boiling  in  nitric  acid,  evaporating  to 
dryness,  dissolving  in  water,  and  applying  the  usual  tests. 

(4)  A  piece  of  bright  iron  immersed  in  a  slightly  acidu- 
luted  solution  of  copper  acquires  a  coating  of  copper.  If 
the  solution  be  very  dilute,  it  should  be  concentrated  by 
heat,  and  a  very  small  iron  surface  should  be  exposed ;  a 
fine  sewing-needle  may  be  suspended  in  it  for  some  hours. 
After  it  has  received  the  copper  coating,  it  may  be  removed 
and  put  into  a  porcelain  capsule,  with  a  little  ammonium 
hydroxid,  which,  in  a  short  time,  will  assume  a  blue  color. 

(5)  The  galvanic  test  consists  in  placing  the  copper  solu- 
tion, slightly  aciduLited,  in  a  platinum  dish,  and  touching 
the  latter,  through  the  liquid,  with  a  piece  of  zinc.  The 
copper  will  be  deposited  on  the  platinum,  in  the  form  of  a 
reddish  incrustation.  The  latter  may  be  dissolved  off  the 
platinum  by  dilute  nitric  acid,  evaporating  to  dryness, 
moistening  it  with  water,  and  testing  it  as  above  directed. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — A  portion  of  the  copper  may 
be  found  in  a  soluble,  and  some  in  an  insoluble  state.  The 
liquid  part  has  usually  a  bluish  or  greenish  color.  This 
should  be  filtered,  concentrated  by  heat,  and  a  trial  test,  by 
means  of  a  bright  sewing-needle,  applied.  Any  reddish 
deposit  on  the  latter  should  be  examined,  as  above  men- 


COPPER — TOXICOLOGIC    EXAMINATION.  313 

tioned.  Sometimes  the  needle  may  acquire  a  reddish  coat- 
ing simply  from  ferric  oxid;  ammonium  hydroxid  will  serve  to 
distinguish  them.  If  a  large  amount  of  copper  should  be 
indicated,  hydrogen  sulphid  should  be  passed  through  it 
until  all  the  copper  is  precipitated.  This  precipitate  is  to  be 
treated  after  the  manner  above  described.  If  the  amount 
of  copper  be  extremely  small,  the  galvanic  test  is  the  most 
suitable.  The  filtered  liquid,  acidified  with  sulphuric  acid, 
is  placed  in  a  platinum  capsule,  and  fragments  of  pure  zinc 
are  put  into  it ;  wherever  there  are  points  of  contact  between 
the  two,  there  will  be  a  reddish  deposit  on  the  platinum. 
This  should  be  washed,  and  the  copper  dissolved  off  with  a 
drop  or  tv/o  of  dilute  nitric  acid.  The  nitric  solution  is  to 
be  evaporated  to  dryness,  diluted  with  water,  and  tested  as 
before  described. 

If  neither  of  the  above  tests  reveals  the  presence  of  copper, 
it  cannot  be  present  in  the  liquid  matters ;  but  the  solids 
may  possibly  contain  it.  These  should  be  boiled  with  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid  and  water,  filtered,  concentrated  by  heat, 
and  tested. 

Traces  of  arsenic  are  sometimes  found  in  the  sulphate ; 
when  the  latter  has  been  taken  as  a  vomit,  traces  of  this 
substance  have  been  discovered  in  the  matter  vomited,  and 
in  the  stomach  (Taylor). 

In  searching  for  the  salts  of  copper  in  the  stomach,  this 
organ  should  be  carefully  examined  for  blue  or  green  par- 
ticles. After  treating  the  stomach  and  its  contents  in  the 
usual  manner,  with  the  addition  of  water  and  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  filtering  and  concentrating  by  heat,  the  iron  and 
galvanic  tests  may  be  used  as  trial  tests.  Hydrogen  sulphid 
should  then  be  passed  through  the  liquid  until  all  the  copper 
sulphid  is  precipitated.  This  precipitate  should  be  washed, 
boiled  in  dilute  nitric  acid,  and  evaporated  to  drjmess ;  if 


314  TOXICOLOGY. 

much  organic  matter  is  present,  it  should  be  moistened  with 
strong  nitric  acid  and  heated  until  all  the  organic  matter  is 
destroyed.  The  dry  residue  is  now  dissolved  in  dilute  nitric 
acid,  and  again  evaporated  to  dryness,  dissolved  in  water, 
and  the  usual  tests  applied. 

In  the  Organs. — These  should  be  finely  divided  and 
thoroughly  dried,  and  then  incinerated  in  a  porcelain  cruci- 
ble, and  the  resulting  ash  treated  with  pure  hydrochloric 
acid  by  heat,  and  then  evaporated  to  dryness;  dissolve 
in  water,  and  apply  the  usual  tests.  Copper  remains  longer 
than  arsenic  in  the  tissues  and  organs  ;  as  long  as  sixty  days 
in  the  liver  and  lungs,  according  to  Orfila. 

In  the  Urine. — Evaporate  six  to  eight  ounces  to  dryness; 
treat  the  residue  with  the  nitric  acid  and  potassium  chlor- 
ate, with  the  aid  of  heat,  to  complete  incineration.  Dis- 
solve the  resulting  ash  in  hot  dilute  nitric  acid,  and  evapo- 
rate to  dryness.  Dissolve  the  residue  in  warm  water,  and 
test  as  above. 

Copper  is  generally  found  in  minute  amounts  in  the 
human  body,  especially  in  the  liver  and  brain.  It  is  doubt- 
less introduced  by  articles  of  food.  It  is  not  known  to  be 
hurtful  in  these  small  quantities.  It  exists  in  minute  pro- 
portions in  certain  vegetables,  which,  doubtless,  obtain  it 
from  the  soil.  The  discovery  of  faint  traces  of  copper  in 
the  body  after  death  is,  therefore,  no  proof  of  copper  poi- 
soning. 

Copper  may  be  determined  quantitatively  as  the  free  ele- 
ment, every  lOO  parts  of  which  are  equivalent  to  392.9  parts 
of  crystallized  sulphate. 

ZINC,  BISMUTH,  TIN,  IRON  AND  CHROMIUM  COMPOUNDS. 

Cases  of  Zinc-poisoning  are  comparatively  rare.  In  the 
free  state,  zinc  would  soon  be  acted  upon  in  the  stomach. 


ZINC    CHLORID.  315 

and  converted  into  a  salt,  when  it  might  occasion  serious 
results.  The  sulphate  and  chlorid  are  the  preparations 
most  likely  to  produce  poisonous  effects. 

The  zinc  of  commerce  (spelter)  is  apt  to  contain  arsenic 
and  other  impurities. 

-Zinc  Sulpiiate  {IV/iite  vitriol). — This  is  white,  crystalline, 
soluble  salt.  It  has  an  astringent  taste ;  effloresces  on  ex- 
posure to  the  air.  It  acts  as  a  prompt,  active  emetic,  with- 
out causing  much  depression  of  the  system;  hence,  is 
indicated  in  cases  of  narcotic  poisoning.  It  is  used  in  small 
doses  as  a  nerve  tonic,  and  the  system  soon  acquires  a  tol- 
erance of  the  medicine. 

Fatal  Dose. — Half  an  ounce,  to  an  ounce. 

Syvipioms. — A  strong,  metallic  taste,  attended  with  a 
burning  sensation,  and  constriction  of  the  throat,  nausea, 
violent  vomiting,  intense  pain  of  stomach  and  bowels, 
purging,  small  and  frequent  pulse,  great  anxiety,  cold 
sweats,  extreme  prostration,  dilated  pupils,  coma  and  death. 
Experiments  on  animals  show  it  to  be  a  powerful  heart 
depressant. 

Fatal  Period.  —  A  case  is  reported  of  a  woman  who 
swallowed,  by  mistake  for  Epsom  salt,  an  ounce  and  a  half 
of  this  salt,  and  death  ensued  in  thirteen  hours  and  a  half. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — Decided  evidences  of  inflam- 
mation are  seen  in  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  alimentary 
canal,  such  as  redness,  softening,  ecchymoses,  and  some- 
times ulceration ;  a  yellowish,  pultaceous  matter  covering 
the  inner  surface  of  the  stomach  and  bowels ;  congestion 
of  the  brain  and  membranes,  also  of  the  lungs,  with  bloody 
effusion  into  the  pleura,  and  a  distended,  flabby  heart. 

Zinc  Chlorid. — In  strong  solution,  this  is  known  as  "  Bur- 
nett's Disinfecting  Fluid."     It  has  been  used  as  a  disinfec- 


316  TOXICOLOGY. 

tant  and  as  a  preservative  for  wood.  It  is  a  powerful  corro- 
sive, and  has  frequently  caused  death  when  taken  by 
mistake  or  for  suicide. 

The  symptoms  are,  in  general,  the  same  as  those  pro- 
duced by  the  sulphate,  only  much  more  intense  in  their 
character,  and  resembling  somewhat  those  of  ihe  mineral 
acids.  They  come  on  immediately  after  swallowing ;  the 
matters  vomited  and  purged  are-  frequently  tinged  with 
blood,  and  mixed  with  shreds  of  mucous  membrane ;  froth 
may  issue  from  the  mouth,  and  a  white  appearance  of  the 
inside  of  this  cavity  has  been  noticed.  There  may  also  be 
loss  of  voice. 

Fatal  Period. — Taylor  records  the  most  rapidly  fatal  case 
— four  hours.  On  the  other  hand,  the  case  may  become 
chronic,  lasting  for  years,  and  ending  in  stricture  of  the 
esophagus  and  exhaustion. 

Post-mortem  Lesions. — In  addition  to  the  usual  inflamma- 
tory signs,  those  of  a  corrosive  will  be  noticed,  such  as  ero- 
sion or  destruction  of  the  coats  of  the  stomach.  Sometimes 
these  are  hard  and  leathery,  thickened  and  corrugated. 
The  pylorus  has  been  found  constricted,  and  appearing  as 
if  cauterized.  Constriction  of  the  esophagus  has  also  been 
noticed,  together  with  a  softened  condition  of  its  mucous 
membrane.  The  brain  and  lungs  are  congested ;  the  heart 
not  affected,  but  usually  distended.  The  blood  is  dark  and 
uncoagulated. 

Treatment. — Assist  the  evacuation  of  the  poison  by  the 
free  use  of  mucilaginous  drinks.  The  best  antidote  is  albu- 
min, as  in  corrosive  sublimate  and  copper  poisoning.  Milk 
should  be  freely  used.  Opium  should  be  given  to  combat 
the  irritation. 

Analytic  Methods. — In  the  solid  state,  the  sulphate  may 
be  distinguished  from  Epsom  salt  and  oxalic  acid  (which  it 


ZINC — TOXICOLOGIC    EXAMINATION.  ol7 

much  resembles  in  appearance)  by  exposing  a  small  frag- 
ment, mixed  with  sodium  carbpnate  on  a  piece  of  charcoal, 
to  the  flame  of  the  blowpipe ;  it  quickly  fuses,  and  the  vapor 
forms  an  incrustation  on  the  charcoal,  which  is  first  yellow, 
and  becomes  white  on  cooling.  A  solution  of  potassium 
dichromate,  applied  to  a  crystal  of  zinc  sulphate,  turns  it 
yellow,  which  is  not  the  case  with  Epsom  salt. 

In  Solution.  —  (i)  The  alkalies  precipitate  the  white 
hydroxid,  which  is  soluble  in  excess  of  the  precipitant. 
(2)  The  alkaline  carbonates  throw  down  the  white  carbonate, 
insoluble  jn  excess  of  the  precipitant,  but  soluble  in  excess 
of  ammonium  carbonate.  (3)  Potassium  ferrocyanid  gives 
a  white  precipitate.  (4)  Hydrogen  sulphid  throws  down 
the  white  sulphid,  soluble  in  hydrochloric  acid.  This 
should  always  be  verified  by  dissolving  it  in  hot  hydro- 
chloric acid,  filtering,  diluting  and  subjecting  it  to  the 
other  tests. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — In  a  case  of  suspected  poison- 
ing, it  should  always  be  remembered  that  zinc  sulphate 
may  have  been  administered  as  an  emetic;  hence,  although 
discovered  in  the  body  after  death,  it  may  not  have  been 
the  actual  cause  of  death.  If  found,  other  poisons  should 
also  be  sought  for.  The  organic  matters,  along  with  a 
little  acetic  acid,  should  be  gently  heated  for  some  time,  in 
order  to  dissolve  out  the  zinc  that  may  have  combined  with 
albumin,  fibrin,  etc.  After  cooling,  the  solution  should  be 
filtered  and  concentrated,  and  then  treated  with  hydrogen 
sulphid.  The  precipitated  sulphid  is  collected  on  a  filter, 
washed  and  dissolved  in  strong  nitric  acid.  The  nitrate  is 
evaporated  to  dryness,  dissolved  in  water,  and  subjected  to 
the  usual  tests. 

As  the  preparations  of  zinc  usually  contain  iron,  the 
presence  of  the  latter  metal  will  more  or  less  modify  the 


318  TOXICOLOGY. 

reactions  of  the  former.  The  iron  may  be  separated  by  an 
excess  of  ammonium  hydroxid,  which  will  precipitate  the 
iron  oxid,  while  it  retains  the  zinc  oxid  in  solution. 

The  tissues  (liver,  kidney,  spleen,  etc.),  may  be  examined 
either  by  boiling  with  dilute  nitric  acid,  evaporating  to  dry- 
ness, and  adding  small  quantities  of  nitric  acid,  and  heating 
until  all  the  organic  matter  is  destroyed;  or  else  by  inciner- 
ating the  perfectly  dried  viscera  in  a  porcelain  crucible,  and 
treating  the  resulting  ash  with  nitric  acid;  evaporating  to 
dryness,  and  dissolving  the  residue  in  water;  acidulate  with 
hydrochloric  acid;  again  evaporate  to  dryness;  dilute  with 
water,  and  apply  the  usual  tests. 
Zinc  chlorid  is  often  employed  for  embalming  the  dead. 

Quantitative  Estimate. — Zinc  is  usually  determined  as  oxid. 
The  boiling  solution  is  precipitated  with  sodium  carbonate. 
The  precipitate  is  collected  on  a  filter,  washed  and  dried, 
and  then  ignited.  Every  lOO  grains  represent  354.13  grains 
of  crystallized  sulphate,  or  167.77  grains  of  zinc  chlorid. 

Bismuth  Subnitrate  {Bisnmth  Oxynitrate — Magistery  of 
Bismuth — Pearl  White). — This  substance  is  considerably 
employed,  both  medicinally,  and  as  a  cosmetic.  As  a  med- 
icine, it  is  given  in  doses  of  five  to  thirty  grains.  Several 
fatal  cases  have  been  reported  as  resulting  from  large  doses, 
the  symptoms  being  those  of  a  violent  irritant  poison.  Many 
authorities  ascribe  these  results  to  the  adulteration  of  the 
bismuth  with  arsenic.  Taylor  states  that  this  adulteration 
is  very  common,  and  that  he  detected  arsenic  in  compara- 
tively large  quantities  in  three  out  of  five  specimens  obtained 
from  London  druggists. 

This  impurity  may  essentially  modify  an  opinion  as  to 
the  presence  of  arsenic  in  a  body,  when  bismuth  has  been 
previously  administered  medicinally.     A  case  occurred  in 


POISONING    BY    TIN.  319 

which  it  was  contended  that  the  trace  of  arsenic,  alleged  to 
have  been  discovered  in  the  liver  of  the  deceased,  was  to  be 
ascribed  to  the  bismuth  subnitrate  which  had  been  taken 
before  death.  Some  of  the  same  material  was  found  to  be 
contaminated  with  arsenic.     The  prisoner  was  acquitted. 

Bismuth  subnitrate  is  in  the  form  of  a  white  powder,  in- 
soluble in  water,  but  soluble  in  nitric  acid.  The  solution 
thrown  into  water  yields  a  copious  white  precipitate,  which 
is  blackened  by  ammonium  sulphid,  and  is  not  soluble  in 
tartaric  acid. 

A  delicate  test  for  bismuth  is  a  piece  of  paper  wetted  with 
a  solution  of  potassium  thiocyanate  and  dried ;  a  yellow 
spot  appears  at  the  point  of  contact.  It  is  stated  that  the 
urine  will  reveal  the  presence  of  bismuth,  a  few  hours  after 
taking  the  subnitrate,  by  means  of  this  test. 

Salts  of  Tin. — The  only  preparations  of  tin  requiring 
notice  are  the  chlorids.'  The  effects  of  these  salts  upon  the 
system  are  those  of  the  metallic  irritants ;  but  the  instances 
of  poisoning  by  them  are  rare. 

Stannous  clilorid,  tin  dichlorHd,  gives  a  brown  precipitate 
with  hydrogen  sulphid.  Corrosive  sublimate  throws  down 
the  mercury.  Gold  chlorid  gives  a  fine  purple  precipitate 
— the  purple  of  Cassius.  A  fragment  of  zinc  precipitates 
metallic  tin  in  an  arborescent  form. 

Stannic  chlorid,  tin  tetrachlorid  is  precipJ^feted  yellow  by 
hydrogen  sulphid.  This  sulphid  is  distinguished  from 
arsenous  sulphid  by  being  insoluble  in  ammonium  hy- 
droxid,  and  from  cadmium  sulphid  by  being  insoluble  in 
hydrochloric  acid.  Corrosive  sublimate  and  gold  chlorid 
yield  no  precipitate  with  it. 

The  preparations  of  Silver,  Gold  and  Platinum  (with 
some  allied  bodies)  are  all  highly  irritant  and   corrosive ; 


320  TOXICOLOGY. 

but  they  so  rarely  are  the  occasion  of  poisoning  in  the 
human  subject  that  they  need  no  further  discussion  here. 

Iron  Compounds. — Ferrous  sulphate  (green  vitriol)  is  highly 
irritant  in  large  doses,  having  proved  fatal  in  several  in- 
stances. Its  action  resembles  that  of  copper  sulphate, 
though  less  violent. 

Ferric  chlorid  in  the  form  of  tincture  (muriated  tincture 
of  iron)  is  much  used  in  medicine.  In  large  doses  it  acts  as 
a  violent  corrosive  poison.  Christison  records  the  case  of 
a  man  who  swallowed,  by  mistake,  an  ounce  and  a  half  of 
the  liquid,  and  who  died  in  about  five  weeks.  It  is  occa- 
sionally used  as  an  abortive. 

Preparations  of  Chromium. — The  salts  of  chromium  most 
used  in  the  arts  are  the  potassium  chromate,  dichromate, 
and  lead  chromate.  The  tivo  former  are  violent  irritants  in 
large  doses ;  sometimes  acting,  also,  as  corrosives  to  the 
lining  membrane  of  the  alimentary  canal.  The  latter  has 
been  noticed  under  Lead. 

Potassium  dichromate  may  be  distinguished — (i)  by  its 
deep  orange-red  color;  (2)  by  solution  of  lead  acetate, 
which  precipitates  the  yellow  lead  chromate;  (3)  by  silver 
nitrate,  which  throws  down  a  deep  red  precipitate ;  hydro- 
gen sulphid  gives  a  dingy-green  sulphid. 

OXALIC  ACID. 

Various  oxalates,  especially  acid  potassium  oxalate  and 
calcium  oxalate,  occur  frequently  in  plants,  e.g.,  rhubarb, 
wood-sorrel,  dock,  lichens,  etc.  Oxalic  acid  is  extensively 
used  in  the  arts,  under  misleading  names.  It  is  rarely 
employed  for  homicidal  poisoning,  since  it  would  be 
easily   detected   by   its    sour   taste ;    but  it   is    sometimes 


POISONING    BY    OXALIC    ACID.  321 

resorted  to  for  suicidal  purposes,  and  it  has  been  frequently 
the  ca\ise  of  accidental  death,  from  its  being  mistaken  for 
magnesium  sulphate  (Epsom  salt),  which  it  resembles  in 
appearance. 

Symptoms. — These  depend  very  much  on  the  size  of  the 
dose  and  the  degree  of  concentration.  In  the  quantity 
of  half  an  ounce  to.  an  ounce,  it  acts  as  a  prompt,  violent, 
corrosive  poison.  In  smaller  doses  and  more  diluted,  its 
irritant  effects  may  be  m.uch  lessened,  or  altogether  lost ; 
but  its  remote,  specific  operation  on  the  heart  and  nerve- 
centres  is  very  observable  in  the  acute  pain  in  the  back, 
extending  down  the  limbs,  attended  with  tingling  and 
numbness,  and  with  tetantic  spasms,  together  with  occasional 
narcotism.     On  the  heart  it  acts  as  a  decided  depressant. 

When  swallowed  in  a  very  large  dose,  and  dissolved  in  a 
small  quantity  of  water,  the  effects  are  immediate.  An 
intensely  sour  taste  is  followed  by  a  burning  sensation  in 
the  gullet,  extending  down  to  the  stomach ;  violent  pain  in 
the  abdomen,  increased  by  pressure ;  constriction  of  the 
throat ;  vomiting  of  a  greenish-brown  or  black  matter, 
sometimes  mixed  with  blood.  If  the  patient  lives,  purging 
of  a  similar  character  sets  in.  The  remaining  symptoms 
are  those  of  collapse,  such  as  extreme  debility,  a  cold, 
clammy  skin,  feeble,  rapid  pulse  and  hurried  respiration. 
There  are  also  soreness  of  the  mouth,  swelling  of  the 
tongue,  intense  thirst,  restlessness  and  distressing  cough ; 
also,  frequently,  cramps  and  numbness  of  the  legs  and 
arms,  loss  of  voice,  acute  pain  in  the  back  and  head, 
delirium  and  convulsions  —  symptoms  that  indicate  the 
action  of  the  poison  on  the  nervous  system.  As  in  the 
case  of  other  violent  poisons,  the  above-mentioned  symp- 
toms are  liable  to  many  exceptions  and  anomalies ;  thus, 
vomiting  and  pain  may  both  be  absent. 
27 


322  TOXICOLOGY. 

Christison  mentions  a  case  where  leeches  that  had  been 
applied  to  the  epigastrium  of  a  patient,  who  had  been  poi- 
soned by  this  acid,  fell  off  dead,  showing  evidently  that  it 
had  passed  into  the  circulation.  In  cases  of  poisoning 
the  urine  contains  crystals  of  calcium  oxalate  in  abun- 
dance; also,  albumin  and  tube-casts,  and,  according  to 
some  writers,  deposits  of  similar  crystals  are  found  within 
the  tubules. 

Fatal  Dose. — Half  an  ounce  to  an  ounce  is  regarded  as  a 
fatal  dose  for  an  adult.  Dr.  Taylor  quotes  a  case  where  one 
drachm  of  the  solid  crystals  proved  fatal  to  a  boy  sixteen 
years  old  in  eight  hours.  There  are,  however,  cases  on 
record  where  much  larger  doses  have  been  swallowed 
without  causing  death. 

Fatal  Period. — In  a  large,  concentrated  dose,  oxalic  acid 
is  one  of  the  most  energetic  poisons  known.  Christison 
calls  it ''the  most  rapid  and  unerring  of  all  the  common 
poisons."  Ogilvie  reports  the  most  rapidly  fatal  case 
known,  where  death  occurred  in  three  minutes  after  swal- 
lowing it.  In  other  cases,  death  has  followed  in  ten 
minutes;  the  majority  of  cases  prove  fatal  within  one 
hour.  Again,  instances  have  occurred  where  the  patient 
has  survived  for  many  hours,  and  even  days.  Beck  alludes 
to  the  case  of  a  woman  who  died  from  the  secondary  effects 
of  the  poison,  after  several  months  of  suffering. 

Ti'eatment. — This  should  be  prompt,  in  order  to  be  of  any 
service.  The  best  antidotes  are  chalk  and  magnesia,  mixed 
up  with  milk.  The  alkalies  and  their  carbonates  are  inad- 
missible, on  account  of  their  forming  soluble  poisonous 
compounds  with  the  acid.  Lime-water  and  oil  are  useful. 
Opium  is  indicated  to  relieve  the  severity  of  the  symptoms. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — The  lining  membrane  of  the 
mouth,  throat  and  esophagus  will  usually  be  found  white, 


OXALIC    ACID — ANALYSIS,  323 

shriveled  and  easy  of  removal ;  it  may  be  covered  over  with 
the  brown  matters  discharged  from  the  stomach.  The  mu- 
cous membrane  of  the  esophagus  may  be  entirely  separated, 
displaying  a  surface  of  a  brown  color,  and  raised  in  longi- 
tudinal folds.  The  stomach,  which  is  frequently  contracted, 
contains  an  intensely  acid,  brown,  gelatinous  fluid;  the  mu- 
cous membrane,  if  death  has  been  rapid,  may  appear  soft 
and  pale,  often  without  marks  of  decided  inflammation ;  but 
if  death  has  been  delayed,  it  is  usually  black  in  some  places, 
and  in  others  intensely  congested  and  in  rugae,  with  por- 
tions peeling  off,  revealing  a  gangrenous  condition  of  the 
subjacent  tissue.  Such  cases  strongly  resemble  those 
of  sulphuric  acid  poisoning.  Perforation  of  the  stomach 
is ,  rare. 

The  intestines  are  usually  highly  congested,  if  death  has 
been  at  all  delayed.  The  lungs  generally,  and  the  brain 
occasionally,  have  been  found  congested.  The  heart  is 
sometimes  quite  empty,  and  at  others,  distended  with  dark 
blood.  The  kidneys  exhibit  a  peculiar  white  zone  in  their 
cortical  parts,  which  the  microscope  shows  to  be  owing  to 
an  accumulation  of  calcium  oxalate.  The  blood  through- 
out the  body  is  fluid.  A  few  cases  have  occurred  where  all 
morbid  appearances  have  been  absent. 

Analytic  Methods. — (i)  As  a  solid.  When  pure,  it  occurs 
in  colorless  four-sided  crystals,  of  an  intensely  sour  taste 
(by  which  it  is  immediately  distinguished  from  magnesium 
sulphate),  soluble  in  water,  especially  hot;  soluble,  also,  in 
alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  ether,  and  nearly  so  in  chloroform. 
It  is  completely  volatilized  by  heat,  leaving  no  residue;  this 
is  not  the  case  with  the  magnesium  and  zinc  sulphates,  for 
which  it  has  been  mistaken. 

(2)  As  a  Liquid. — It  reddens  litmus  paper;  a  drop  evapo- 
rated to  dryness  leaves  long,  slender  prisms,     {a)  Silver 


324  TOXICOLOGY. 

nitrate  gives  a  copious  white  precipitate  of  silver  oxalate, 
distinguished  from  the  chlorid  and  cyanid  by  being  soluble 
in  cold  nitric  acid.  If  this  precipitate  is  thoroughly  dried 
and  heated  on  platinum  foil,  it  is  completely  dissipated  in  a 
white  vapor,  in  a  succession  of  puffs  or  slight  detonations. 
[b)  Calcium  sulphate  gives  a  white  precipitate  of  calcium 
oxalate,  which  is  distinguished  from  the  carbonate  and 
phosphate  by  being  insoluble  in  acetic  acid,  but  being  solu- 
ble in  nitric,  and  rather  less  so  in  hydrochloric  acid. 
Calcium  sulphate  will  also  precipitate  solutions  of  barium, 
strontium  and  lead;  but  these  sulphates  are  insoluble  in 
nitric  acid,  {c)  Barium  chlorid,  strontium  nitrate  and  lead 
acetate  all  precipitate  white  crystalline  oxalates,  which  are 
soluble  in  nitric  and  hydrochloric  acids;  but  these  tests  are 
of  inferior  value  to  the  former  ones,  (d)  Copper  sulphate 
yields  a  faint  bluish-white  cupric  oxalate,  which  is  almost 
insoluble  in  nitric  acid. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — If  the  contents  of  the  stomach 
are  highly  acid,  the  poison  may  probably  be  separated  by 
dialysis,  or  by  digestion  with  distilled  water,  at  a  moderate 
heat,  for  some  hours,  and  then  filtered,  the  filtrate  concen- 
trated, and  tested  with  copper  sulphate.  If  this  test  affords 
evidence  of  the  presence  of  oxalic  acid,  the  liquid  may  be 
evaporated  to  crystallization,  and  the  crystals  thus  obtained 
redissolved  in  pure  alcohol,  and  the  solution  again  crystal- 
lized. 

It  is  usually  recommended  to  treat  the  first  filtrate 
with  an  excess  of  solution  of  lead  acetate;  wash  the  precipi- 
tated lead  oxalate  on  the"  filter;  then  diffuse  it  thoroughly 
in  pure  water,  and  pass  through  it  a  current  of  washed 
hydrogen  sulphid,  until  all  the  lead  and  organic  matter  is 
thrown  down.  Heat  a  little  while,  to  expel  the  excess  of 
hydrogen  sulphid,  then  filter,  and  crystallize  the  filtrate  by 


OXALIC    ACID — TOXICOLOGIC    EXAMINATION.  325 

evaporation.  Purify  the  crystals,  if  necessary,  by  resolution, 
and  apply  the  usual  tests. 

It  may  happen  that  all  the  oxalic  acid  in  the  stomach 
has  been  neutralized  by  the  antidotes  that  were  adminis- 
tered— lime  or  magnesia,  in  which  case  the  contents  of  the 
stomach  would  not  be  acid.  Here,  the  inspected  solids 
should  be  collected,  and  thoroughly  washed  with  warm 
water,  and  the  liquid  decanted  off;  if  this  liquid  is  acid,  it 
should  be  reserved  for  examination;  if  not  acid,  it  may  be 
thrown  away.  The  solids  should  then  be  diffused  in  pure 
water,  and  boiled  for  some  time  with  pure  potassium  car- 
bonate, which  decomposes  the  oxalates,  forming  soluble 
potassium  oxalate  and  insoluble  calcium  carbonate  and 
magnesium  carbonate.  These  are  separated  by  filtration, 
and  the  solution  concentrated  by  gentle  heat,  until  the 
crystals  are  formed. 

In  a  case  of  alleged  oxalic  acid  poisoning  it  might  be 
objected  that  the  presence  of  a  minute  quantity  of  oxalic 
acid  found  in  the  stomach  after  death  might  be  due  to 
rhubarb  or  sorrel  that  had  been  eaten  by  the  deceased. 
The  answer  to  this  is,  that  if  there  is  an  entire  absence  of 
all  the  characteristic  symptoms  of  this  active  poison,  the 
discovery  of  a  small  quantity  of  the  acid  is  certainly  no 
evidence  of  poisoning ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  if  the 
peculiar  symptoms  of  this  poison  and  morbid  lesions  are 
present,  then  the  obtaining  of  only  a  small  amount  of  the 
acid  should  not  negative  the  suspicion  of  poisoning. 

In  a  case  of  suspected  poisoning  by  oxalic  acid,  the  urine 
should  always  be  examined  for  an  increase  of  the  octahedral 
crystals  of  calcium  oxalate.  This  fluid  should  be  collected 
in  a  conical  glass,  and  the  sediment  which  collects  after 
some  time  should  be  examined  with  the  microscope. 

It  should^  however,  be  remembered  that  these  crystals 


326  TOXICOLOGY. 

may  be  found  in  the  urine  of  persons  who  have  partaken  of 
food,  such  as  rhubarb  and  sorrel,  containing  oxalates. 

To  detect  free  oxalic  acid,  or  a  soluble  oxalate  in  the 
urine,  add  a  little  acetic  acid  to  dissolve  out  the  phosphates, 
if  present,  and  concentrate  to  about  one-fourth  its  bulk,  then 
add  lead  acetate  in  excess,  filter ;  decompose  the  lead 
oxalate  with  hydrogen  sulphid,  and  treat  the  filtered  solu- 
tion as  above  directed. 

Stains  of  this  acid  on  cloth,  parchment,  paper,  etc.,  may 
be  discovered  by  boiling  them  in  water,  and  applying  the 
usual  tests.  The  color  of  these  stains  on  black  cloth  is 
oransfe  and  brownish-red.  This  acid  is  sometimes  em- 
ployed  to  remove  writing  ink,  in  cases  of  forgery;  but  usu- 
ally there  are  left  on  the  paper  traces  of  iton,  existing  in  the 
ink,  which  can  readily  be  recognized  by  applying  a  solution 
of  potassium  ferrocyanid,  which  will  turn  it  blue. 

Oxalic  acid  is  usually  estimated  quantitatively  as  lead  ox- 
alate; every  lOO  parts  of  the  dried  pure  oxalate  are  equiva- 
lent to  42.5  of  the  crystallized  acid. 

Calcium  oxalate  is  almost  invariably  found  in  the  urine 
in  the  form  of  octahedral  crystals,  and  often  in  larger  masses 
constituting  "mulberry"  calculus. 

Acid  Potassium  Oxalate — {Salt  of  Sorrel — Essential  Salt 
of  Lemons).  —  This  salt  is  much  used  in  the  arts.  It  is 
almost  as  active  a  poison  as  oxalic  acid,  the  symptoms, 
dose,  and  lesions  are  very  similar  to  those  of  the  acid.  It 
is  distinguished  from  the  latter,  (i)  by  heating  a  fragment 
on  platinum  foil ;  an  ash  is  left,  potassium  carbonate,  while 
the  acid  is  entirely  dissipated ;  (2)  it  crystallizes  in  feathery 
forms ;  (3)  it  is  distinguished  from  cream  of  tartar  by  lime 
water,  which  precipitates  both;  but  the  calcium  tartrate  is 
immediately  re-dissolved  by  tartaric  acid,  while  the  oxalate 
is  insoluble.    This  salt  is  a  natural  ingredient  in  the  sorrel. 


CARBOLIC    ACID — SYMPTOMS.  327 

Tartaric  and  Acetic  Acids  act  as  powerful  irritant  poisons, 
in  the  concentrated  state,  and  in  large  doses.  They  have 
both  produced  fatal  results  when  taken  in  doses  of  an  ounce. 
Their  proper  antidotes  are  the  alkaline  carbonates,  and 
chalk  or  magnesia. 

CARBOLIC   ACID. 

Carbolic  Acid — [Plienic  Acid — Phenol') — is  one  of  the  pro- 
ducts of  the  distillation  of  coal  tar.  When  pure,  it  is  in  the 
form  of  white  acicular  crystals,  and  can  also  be  obtained  by 
synthesis,  which,  when  exposed  for  some  time  to  the  light, 
usually  acquire  a  reddish  tinge.  They  have  a  strong 
affinity  for  water,  and  liquefy  when  exposed  to  the  air.  It 
is  not,  however,  very  soluble  in  water;  much  more  so  in 
alcohol,  ether  and  glycerol.  It  has  a  burning  taste,  and  a 
peculiar,  strong,  creasote-like  odor.  It  is  sometimes  named 
coal-tar  creasote.  It  is  powerfully  antiseptic,  quickly  de- 
stroying many  microorganisms.  Applied  in  its  undiluted 
state  to  the  skin,  it  acts  as  a  corrosive  and  ansesthetic,  cor- 
rugating and  hardening  it.  Taken  internally,  undiluted,  its 
effects  are  those  of  an  energetic,  corrosive  and  neurotic 
poison. 

Carbolic  acid,  from  its  extended  employment  in  indus- 
tries, etc.,  has  of  late  years  become  a  very  frequent  cause 
of  poisoning. 

Symptoms. — Intense  burning  pain  in  the  mouth,  throat 
and  stomach;  the  pupils  are  contracted;  the  conjunctiva 
insensible  to  the  touch ;  marked  odor  of  the  acid  exhaled 
from  the  breath;  the  skin  cold  and  clammy;  the  tempera- 
ture rapidly  falls  ;  the  pulse  becomes  weaker  and  weaker, 
but  fluctuates  in  its  beats ;  respiration  is  labored,  and  ulti- 
mately stertorous  ;  vomiting  of  a  frothy  mucus  sometimes 
occurs :  the  mouth  is  white  and  hardened,  from  the  local 


328  TOXICOLOGY. 

effects  of  the  acid.  Coma  usually  precedes  death,  which 
may  also  sometimes  be  accompanied  by  convulsions.  Death 
may  occur  within  an  hour  from  swallowing  the  poison ;  in 
one  case,  within  ten  minutes.  The  urine,  as  shown  by 
Stevenson,  is  often  of  an  olive-green  color. 

Many  of  the  above  symptoms  have  been  produced  by 
the  external  application  of  the  acid,  especially  to  denuded 
surfaces. 

Fatal  Dose. — Dangerous  symptoms  have  occurred  from 
doses  of  six  or  seven  drops  or  grains.  The  deaths  recorded 
have  resulted  from  doses  of  one  to  two  ounces ;  but  a  much 
less  quantity  would  certainly  prove  fatal. 

Treatment.  —  Assist  the  evacuation  of  the  poison  by 
emetics  of  mustard-water,  and  zinc  sulphate,  albumin,  oil 
and  demulcents.  Sodium  sulphate  is  regarded  by  some  as 
a  true  antidote.  Dr.  Husemann  considers  the  calcium  sac- 
charate  as  an  antidote.  Solution  of  soap  may  also  be 
employed.  Oil  is  the  best  outward  application  to  the  skin. 
Stimulants  must  be  freely  given,  to  combat  the  collapse. 

Post-mortem  Lesions.  —  The  mouth  and  esophagus  are 
usually  white,  soft  and  corroded,  but  sometimes  hardened 
and  corrugated.  The  brain  is  generally  normal,  but  occa- 
sionally congested,  and  the  fluid  in  the  ventricles  exhaling 
the  strong  odor  of  the  acid.  The  lungs  are  usually  gorged 
■  with  blood.  The  left  ventricle  of  the  heart  is  generally 
contracted,  while  the  right  is  flaccid.  The  blood  is  uni- 
formly dark-colored  and  fluid.  The  odor  of  carbolic  acid 
is  detected  in  the  stomach,  sometimes  in  the  intestines,  and 
even  in  the  other  viscera.  The  mucous  lining  of  the 
stomach  has  been  found  white,  hardened  and  wrinkled  ;  but, 
again,  highly  congested  and  corroded.  The  bladder  is 
usually  empty,  any  urine  passed  being  of  a  dark,  or  olive- 
green  color. 


POISONING    BY    CROTON    OIL.  329 

Analytic  Methods. — The  odor  is  probably  the  best  test. 
It  has  a  slight  acid  reaction,  and  forms  salts  with  bases.  It 
imparts  a  transient,  greasy  stain  to  paper.  It  coagulates 
albumin.  It  gives  a  deep  violet  color  to  ferric  chlorid,  and 
a  bluish  tint  to  a  mixture  of  ammonium  hydroxid  and 
sodium  hypochlorite;  if  this  be  acidulated,  it  turns  red. 
Bromin  water  causes  a  whitish-yellow  flocculent  precipitate; 
if  this  be  treated  with  sodium-amalgam,  carbolic  acid  is  set 
free  (Landolt).  Heated  with  potassium  cyanid,  it  gives  a 
red  tint.  A  splinter  of  wood,  moistened  with  the  acid,  and 
afterward  dipped  into  nitric  or  hydrochloric  acid,  turns  of  a 
greenish-blue  tint  when  dry. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — Generally,  the  characteristic 
odor  of  the  acid  will  be  perceived  in  the  body  after  death. 
The  organic  matters  should  be  distilled  along  with  dilute 
sulphuric  acid. 

Carbolic  acid  can  generally  be  detected  in  the  urine,  both 
by  the  odor  and  by  chemical  reagents.  The  urine  may 
either  be  distilled  without  sulphuric  acid  (as  it  is  said  this 
acid  may  develop  carbolic  acid  from  some  of  the  normal 
constituents  of  the  urine);  or  by  agitating  it  with  an  excess 
of  ether,  and  subsequently  removing  the  ethereal  layer  by 
means  of  a  pipette,  and  evaporating  in  a  shallow  dish;  a 
minute  oily  residue  is  left,  having  the  character  of-  carbolic 
acid. 

POISONING   BY   CROTON   OIL,    ELATERIUM,    CASTOR    BEANS, 
COLCHICUM,  AND  SAVIN. 

Croton  oil  is  a  fixed  oil,  extracted  by  pressure  from  the 
seeds  of  Croton  tigliiun.  It  is  used  in  medicine  as  a  power- 
ful purgative,  in  doses  of  one  or  two  drops.  In  over-doses, 
it  acts  as  a  violent  irritant  to  the  gastro-intestinal  mucous 
membrane,  causes  excessive  vomiting  and  purging,  followed 
28 


330  TOXICOLOGY. 

by  collapse,  as  in  cholera.  Its  poisonous  properties  seem 
to  be  dependent  on  a  peculiar  fatty  acid  named  crotoiiic, 
which  exists  in  the  oil  in  variable  quantities.  When 
deprived  of  this  acid  the  oil  is  harmless. 

Croton  oil  is  of  a  light  yellow  color,  has  an  unpleasant 
odor,  and  a  hot,  acrid,  burning  taste.  Another  variety  has 
a  darker  color.  It  is  very  soluble  in  ether.  Nitric  acid, 
with  the  aid  of  heat,  imparts  to  it  a  dark-brown  color. 

Death  has  resulted  in  one  case  from  taking,  by  mistake, 
an  embrocation  containing  thirty  minims  of  the  oil.  In 
another  case,  two  and  a  half  drachms  proved  fatal  in  four 
hours;  while  in  a  third  instance,  half  an  ounce  of  croton  oil 
was  taken  by  mistake,  and  after  exciting  violent  vomiting 
and  purging,  with  symptoms  of  collapse,  the  patient  recov- 
ered, after  fourteen  days. 

Dr.  Reese  treated  a  case  of  accidental  poisoning  by  this 
substance,  arising  from  swallowing  an  embrocation  contain- 
ing at  least  one  drachm  of  the  oil.  The  patient  (a  young 
lady)  recovered,  after  experiencing  very  severe  symptoms. 

This  oil  has  occasionally  been  administered  with  a  poi- 
sonous intent,  in  successive  small  doses,  so  as  to  produce 
symptoms  resembling  those  of  gastro-enteritis.  A  case 
of  this  nature  was  tried  lately  at  Mount  Holly,  N.  J., 
in  which-  a  woman  was  convicted  of  an  attempt  to  poison 
her  son,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  his  life-insurance 
money.  The  purchase  and  possession  of  the  poison  were 
ascribed  by  the  defendant  to  having  been  intended  by  her 
for  the  cure  of  her  corns. 

Analysis. — Separate  the  oil  from  the  contents  of  the 
stomach  by  means  of  ether,  and  evaporate  the  ethereal 
solution  spontaneously,  and  test  the  resulting  oil  with 
nitric  acid  and  heat. 


POISONING    BY    COLCHICUM.  331 

Elaterium. — This  substance  is  procured  from  the  juice 
o{  Ecballuim  officinaruni,  or  squirting  or  wild  cucumber.  It 
is  used  in  medicine  as  a  powerful  drastic  purgative.  Its 
effects  are  very  similar  to  those  of  croton  oil.  One  grain 
of  good  elaterium  has  produced  very  violent  effects.  It 
owes  its  activity  to  a  neutral  resinous  principle,  elaterin. 
Nitric  acid  has  no  action  upon  it.  Sulphuric  acid  turns  it 
of  a  reddish-brown  color. 

Castor  Beans  are  derived  from  the  Ricimis  communis,  and 
yield  by  pressure  the  castor  oil  of  commerce.  The  seed 
contain  an  irritant,  poisonous  principle,  which  causes  them 
to  act  violently  when  swallowed.  They  have  occasionally 
proved  fatal.  In  one  case,  three  seeds  destroyed  life  in  an 
adult  male  in  forty-six  hours,  and  twenty  seeds  proved  fatal 
to  a  young  lady  in  five  days,  after  violent  symptoms, 
strongly  resembling  those  of  malignant  cholera. 

Colchicum. — The  Colchictim  autumnale,  or  meadow  saf- 
fron, contains  a  powerful  alkaloid  principle,  colchicin,  which 
strongly  resembles  veratrin  in  many  of  its  properties.  It 
abounds  chiefly  in  the  bulb  of  the  plant,  but  is  also  found  in 
the  seeds. 

The  effects  of  a  large  dose  upon  the  system  are  those  of  a 
violent  irritant,  such  as  burning  pain  in  the  throat  and 
stomach,  great  thirst,  vomiting,  and  soreness^  purging, 
cramps,  cold,  collapsed  skin,  feeble  pulse,  dilated  pupils, 
suppression  of  urine,  and  rapid  exhaustion.  Sometimes 
there  are  delirium  and  convulsions. 

The  strength  of  the  preparations  of  colchicum  varies 
greatly,  depending  upon  the  time  of  gathering  the  plant, 
and  also  upon  its  place  of  growth. 

Death  has  resulted  in  sfcven  hours,  and  again  has  been 


332  TOXICOLOGY. 

delayed  for  several  days.  Generally,  it  occurs  within 
twenty-four  hours.  Less  than  half  an  ounce  of  the  wine  of 
the  root,  forty-eight  grains  of  the  dried  bulb,  and  a  table- 
spoonful  of  the  seeds  have  severally  proved  fatal.  A  fright- 
ful accident  occurred  in  Montreal,  in  1873,  to  a  company  of 
eight  or  nine  persons.  They  had  freely  partaken  of  what 
they  supposed  to  be  ordinary  wine,  but  which  was  really 
wine  of  colchicum.  In  the  course  of  a  few  hours  they 
became  alarmingly  ill,  with  nausea,  vomiting,  excruciating 
pains,  purging,  cramps  and  prostration.  Five  of  the  cases 
terminated  fatally,  within  thirty-six  hours. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — These  consist  of  inflammation 
of  the  stomach  and  bowels.  In  some  instances  no  morbid 
appearances  exist.  In  one  case  the  pia  mater  was  much 
congested,  when  there  was  an  absence  of  inflammation  from 
the  stomach.     The  lungs  are  usually  deeply  congested. 

Colchicin  occurs  in  fine,  white  crystals.  It  is  soluble  in 
water,  has  a  feeble,  alkaline  reaction,  and  a  bitter,  acrid 
taste.  Its  best  test  is  nitric  acid,  which  gives  it  a  violet 
color,  changing  to  blue  and  brown.  It  differs  from  veratrin 
in  its  negative  action  with  sulphuric  acid.  It  may  be 
recovered  from  organic  mixtures  by  a  modification  of  Stas' 
process.  Less  than  half  a  grain  of  colchicin  has  proved 
fatal.     There  is  no  known  antidote  to  it. 

Savin. — The  tops  of  the  Juniperus  sabina  contain  a  vola- 
tile yellow  oil  (oil  of  savin),  which  may  be  procured  by 
distillation.  Both  powder  and  oil  are  employed  in  medi- 
cine, and  both  possess  powerfully  irritant  properties.  They 
are  seldom  or  never  used  as  poisons,  but  they  frequently 
produce  fatal  results  when  used  as  abortives.  Although 
not  believed  to  possess  specific  ecbolic  properties,  uterine 
contractions  may  follow  their  powerful  irritant  effects  upon 


POISONING    BY    HELLEBORE — VERATRIN.  333 

the  gastro-enteric  mucous  membrane ;  but  death  is  a  more 
frequent  result,  without  the  expulsion  of  the  fetus. 

In  cases  of  poisoning  by  the  powder,  this  may  often  be 
discovered  in  the  stomach  and  bowels,  by  microscopic 
inspection.  The  oil  may  be  separated  by  distillation  from 
the  contents  of  the  stomach,  and  then  agitating  the  dis- 
tillate with  ether,  in  which  it  is  soluble,  and  allowing  the 
solution  to  evaporate.  It  is  recognized  by  its  peculiar 
terebinthinate  odor. 

VERATRIN— YELLOW  JASMINE— GELSEMIN  AND  GELSEMIC 
ACID— POISONOUS   MUSHROOMS. 

Black  Hellebore  —  {^Helleborus  niger) — formerly  named 
Melanipodimn,  is  sometimes  employed  in  medicine.  It  is  a 
powerful  irritant  to  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  has  proved 
fatal  in  overdoses,  occasioning  violent  vomiting,  purging, 
abdominal  pain,  cold  sweats,  collapse  and  convulsions. 

Green  Hellebore  (  Vcratruni  viride — A^tierican  Hellebore — 
Indian  Poke\ — This  species  possesses  very  active  proper- 
ties, and  has  occasioned  fatal  results.  The  tincture  is  used 
in  medicine  as  a  powerful  cardiac  depressant.  Numerous 
fatal  results  have  followed  its  incautious  use.  Several 
active  alkaloidal  principles  exist  in  both  this  drug  and  in 
V.  album  —  which,  though  resembling  veratrin  in  some 
points,  are  distinct  from  it. 

"White  Hellebore  ( F^r^/rww  albiun).  —  This  is  the  most 
poisonous  of  all  the  hellebores.  The  powder  produces 
violent  sneezing.  Taken  internally,  it  causes  a  sense 
of  burning  heat  and  constriction  of  the  throat,  great 
anxiety,  nausea,  vomiting  and  purging,  pain  of  the  abdo- 
men, trembling  of  the  limbs,  great  prostration,  cold  sweats, 


334  _  TOXICOLOGY. 

very  feeble  pulse,  dilatation  of  the  pupils,  giddiness,  con- 
vulsions, insensibility  and  death.  Death  has  occurred  in 
three  and  six  hours  after  taking  it.  The  active  principle  is 
Veratrin. 

Veratrin. — This  alkaloid,  as  above  mentioned,  exists  in 
the  V.  album  and  V.  viride,  but  it  is  usually  procured  from 
the  seeds  of  Veratrum  sabadilla.  As  found  in  the  shops,  it 
is  in  the  form  of  a  white  powder.  It  may  be  crystallized 
with  difficulty.  It  has  an  acrid,  bitter  taste,  followed  by  a 
sense  of  dryness  in  the  throat.  It  is  a  violent  irritant  to  the 
nostrils,  causing  excessive  sneezing.  It  is  insoluble  in  water, 
soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  benzene  and  amylic 
alcohol.  Heated  on  porcelain,  it  melts  and  blackens, 
evolving  a  pungent  vapor. 

Effects. — Taylor  mentions  the  case  of  a  lady  on  whom 
the  tV  of  a  grain  occasioned  most  alarming  symptoms,  such 
as  insensibility,  cold  sweats,  failing  pulse  and  collapse.  It 
acts  as  a  local  irritant  to  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  at 
the  same  time  as  a  general  depressant. 

Analytic  Methods. — The  characteristic  test  is  sulphuric 
acid  A  drop  applied  to  the  pure  alkaloid  imparts  a  yellow 
color  to  it,  followed  by  a  reddish  tint,  which  gradually 
passes  to  a  deep  crimson.  This  change  is  brought  about 
immediately  by  heat.  Even  a  very  dilute  acid  causes  this 
reaction,  by  evaporating  to  dryness.  It  is  stated  that  even 
less  than  the  ?o¥oo  of  a  grain  of  veratrin  may  be  thus  detected. 

Other  substances  give  a  red  color  to  sulphuric  acid — such 
as  solanin,  narcein,  salicin,  piperin,  etc. ;  but  these  are  im- 
mediately colored  by  cold  sulphuric  acid,  whereas  veratrin 
requires  the  lapse  of  some  time  before  this  change  is 
effected. 

Other  reagents  are  gold  chlorid,  bromin  in  hydrobromic 
acid,  and  iodin  in  potassium  iodid. 


YELLOW   JASMINE,  335 

Trapp's  test  consists  in  warming  the  colorless  solution 
of  veratrin  in  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  when  a  per- 
sistent dark-red  color  results. 

In  organic  mixtures,  veratrin  may  be  separated  by  a 
modification  of  Stas'  process,  and  the  ultimate  chloroform 
extract  tested  by  sulphuric  acid.  Wormley  states  that  by 
this  test  he  was  enabled  to  recognize  the  presence  of  vera- 
trin in  an  ounce  of  blood  of  a  cat  which  had  been  killed,  in 
less  than  one  minute,  by  two  grains  of  veratrin. 

Yellow  Jasmine  {Gehemiiim  senipervirens). — The  root 
of  this  plant  is  considerably  employed  in  medicine,  espe- 
cially in  the  Southern  States  of  our  country,  in  the  treat- 
ment of  neuralgia  and  analogous  complaints.  It  has  fre- 
quently produced  fatal  results,  the  symptoms  somewhat 
resembling  those  produced  by  veratrin. 

The  most  prominent  of  these  are  dimness  of  vision;  the 
motor  nerves  of  the  eye  are  attacked  first;  objects  cannot 
be  fixed;  the  eyelids  become  paralyzed,  droop  and  cannot 
be  voluntarily  raised;  pupils  are  dilated;  eyes  staring;  face 
congested,  though  sometimes  pale;  lips  livid;  tongue  thick, 
speech  impaired;  partial  paralysis  of  the  legs;  much  general 
prostration;  small  and  frequent  pulse;  breathing  slow  and 
labored.  Sometimes  there  are  spasms  of  the  throat;  and 
after  large  doses,  tetanic  convulsions  have  been  observed. 

The  time  when  the  symptoms  appear  varies  from  a  few 
minutes  to  an  hour  or  more;  and  fatal  results  have  occurred 
in  one  hour,  up  to  several. 

Fatal  Quantity. — The  tincture  and  fluid  extract  are  offici- 
nal preparations.  The  latter  is  about  four  times  stronger 
than  the  former.  Twelve  minims  of  the  fluid  extract  proved 
fatal  to  a  child  three  years  old;  and  thirty-five  drops  of  the 
tincture  caused  death  in  another  case,  in  an  hour  and  a  half 


336  TOXICOLOGY. 

A  teaspoonful  of  the  fluid  extract  and  half  an  ounce  of  the 
tincture  may  be  considered  as  fatal  doses. 

Treatment. — Speedy  evacuation  of  the  stomach,  followed 
by  stimulants,  internal  and  external.  The  hypodermic  use 
of  large  doses  of  morphin  is  strongly  recommended;  also 
the  use  of  electricity. 

Wormley  succeeded,  in  1870,  in  isolating  two  distinct 
principles  from  the  G.  seinpervirens — gelsemin  and  gelsemic 
acid. 

The  former  is  a  strong  alkaloidal,  nitrogenized  base,  and 
constitutes  about  0.25  per  cent,  of  the  dried  root;  the  latter 
is  a  non-nitrogenized  body,  crystalline  and  feebly  acid.  Its 
proportion  in  the  root  is  about  0.5  per  cent. 

Gelsemin  is  a  colorless,  odorless,  difficultly  crystallizable 
solid,  persistently  bitter  to  the  taste,  slightly  soluble  in  water 
and  alcohol,  very  soluble  in  chloroform,  ether,  bisulphide 
of  carbon  and  benzene.     It  forms  soluble  salts. 

Sulphuric  acid  dissolves  it  without  change  of  color  if 
perfectly  pure;  but,  as  commonly  found,  it  slowly  colors  it 
brown,  which  changes  to  a  purple  if  warmed.  If  a  frag- 
ment of  potassium  dichromate  be  stirred  in  the  acid  solution, 
a  red  color  is  produced,  which  soon  changes  to  a  blue  tint. 
In  this  respect  it  somewhat  resembles  the  reaction  of  strych- 
nin; but  they  can  readily  be  distinguished  by  the  action  of 
nitric  acid,  which  gives  to  gelsemin  a  bluish-green  color, 
when  evaporated,  but  does  not  affect  strychnin  These  are 
the  most  satisfactory  modes  of  recognizing  gelsemin. 

Gelsemic  Acid. — A  colorless  and  nearly  tasteless  solid, 
crystallizing  in  tufts  or  needles;  slightly  soluble  in  hot 
water;  very  soluble  in  ether  and  chloroform.  Its  nitric  acid 
solution,  when  treated  with  ammonium  hydroxid,  develops  a 
deep  blood-red  color,  even  in  very  minute  proportions. 

Its  sulphuric  acid  solution  when  acted  upon  by  ammo- 


POISONOUS    MUSHROOMS.  337 

nium  hydroxid  immediately  produces  a  mass  of  needle- 
shaped  crystals.  This  is  an  exceedingly  delicate  test.  Its 
fluorescent  properties  also  characterize  gelsemic  acid,  in  the 
presence  of  an  alkali.  .  An  extremely  minute  quantity  may 
thus  be  recognized. 

The  above  two  bodies  may  be  extracted  from  organic 
mixtures,  as  the  contents  of  the  stomach,  by  the  usual  pro- 
cess pursued  for  the  alkaloids.  The  resulting  filtered,  acid 
solution  should  be  shaken  up  with  ether,  which  will  remove 
the  gelsemic  acid;  and  the  residue  rendered  alkaline,  and 
extracted  by  ether  and  chloroform  in  the  usual  manner,  to 
procure  the  gelsemin.  Wormley  succeeded  in  recovering 
both  of  these  principles  from  the  stomach  of  a  woman 
who  was  poisoned  by  three  teaspoonfuls  of  the  fluid  extract, 
several  months  after  death;  and  likewise  from  the  tissues 
and  blood  of  animals  poisoned  with  the  extract. 

Poisonous  Mushrooms. — As  is  well  known,  certain  varie- 
ties of  fungi  are  edible,  while  others  possess  noxious,  and 
even  fatal  properties.  It  is  not  always  possible  to  distin- 
guish between  these,  inasmuch  as  climate,  season,  and 
idiosyncrasy  may  occasion  the  difference.  The  poisonous 
principle  of  certain  fungi  appears  to  be  volatile,  since  boiling 
renders  them  inocuous. 

Symptoms. — The  effects  of  poisonous  mushrooms  on  man 
are  those  of  the  narcotic  irritants,  causing  violent  vomit- 
ing, purging,  abdominal  pain,  thirst,  anxiety,  cold  sweats, 
together  with  giddiness,  dimness  of  vision,  trembling, 
dilated  pupils,  delirium^  illusions,  stupor,  coma,  convulsions 
and  death. 

It  is  stated  that  the  very  same  fungi  have  acted  on  some 
members  of  a  family  as  vomitants  only,  and  on  others  as 
narcotics. 


338  TOXICOLOGY. 

Generally,  the  symptoms  show  themselves  within  one 
hour — especially  the  narcotic  symptoms-.  Orfila  relates  the 
following  interesting  case  of  poisoning  of  a  family  of  six 
persons  by  the  Amanita  citrina.  The  wife,  servant  and  one 
of  the  children  had  vomiting,  followed  by  deep  stupor,  but 
they  recovered.  The  husband  had  violent  cholera;  he  re- 
covered also.  The  two  other  children  became  profoundly 
lethargic  and  comatose;  emetics  had  no  effect,  and  death 
ensued.  The  individuals  who  recovered  were  not  com- 
pletely well  until  three  weeks  after  the  fatal  repast. 

Morbid  Appearances. — Thes'e  are  imperfectly  described; 
they  indicate  a  great  tendency  to  rapid  putrefaction,  lividity 
of  the  body,  fluidity  of  the  blood,  absence  of  cadaveric 
rigidity,  numerous  ecchymoses  in  the  serous  membranes 
and  parenchymatous  organs,  signs  of  violent  and  even 
gangrenous  inflammation  of  the  stomach,  and  congestion  of 
the  vessels  of  the  brain,  with  decomposition  of  the  tissues. 

The  chief  interest  connected  with  this  subject  is  the  fact 
that  the  symptoms  occasioned  by  eating  poisonous  fungi 
might  easily  be  attributed  to  poisoning — homicidal,  or 
otherwise.  A  microscopic  examination  of  the  contents  of 
the  stomach  and  bowels  will  usually  reveal  the  botanical 
character  of  the  fragments  of  the  fungi,  if  the  poisoning  has 
been  due  to  them. 

CANTHARIDES— POISONOUS  ANIMAL  FOOD— SAUSAGE  POISON 
—TRICHINOSIS— CHEESE  POISON— POISONOUS  FISH— PU- 
TRESCENT FOOD— POISONED  FLESH. 

Cantharides. — The  Cantliaris  vesicatoria,  or  Spanish  fly,  is 
much  used  in  medicine,  both  externally  as  a  vesicant,  and 
also  internally.  In  large  doses  it  acts  as  a  powerful  local 
irritant  to  the  alimentary  canal,  and  also  to  the  genito- 
urinary organs.     It  is  often  used  as  an  abortive,  and  has 


CANTHARIDES — POISONOUS    ANIMAL    FOOD.  339 

not  unfrequently  produced  fatal  effects  when  employed  for 
this  purpose.  It  owes  its  active  properties  to  a  crystalline 
principle  named  cantharidin,  which  exists  in  the  proportion 
of  about  one  grain  to  half  an  ounce  of  the  powder. 

Symptoms. — A  burning  sensation  in  the  mouth  and  throat, 
with  constriction  and  difficulty  of  swallowing ;  violent  pain 
in  the  abdomen,  increased  by  pressure ;  nausea  and  vomit- 
ing of  a  bloody  mucus  and  shreds  of  membrane,  along  with 
great  thirst  and  dryness  of  the  fauces.  Soon  the  charac- 
teristic impression  on  the  genito-urinary  organs  displays 
itself  in  a  dull,  heavy  pain  in  the  loins,  an  urgent  and  inces- 
sant desire  to  urinate,  which  is  attended  with  great  pain  and 
the  voiding  of  merely  a  few  drops  of  bloody  urine,  accom- 
panied with  tenesmus.  Priapism  frequently  occurs  in  males, 
and  swelling  and  heat  of  the  labia  in  women  ;  together  with 
abortion  at  times,  in  pregnant  females.  Purging  generally 
supervenes,  the  stools  being  bloody  and  mucous,  and 
accompanied  with  tenesmus.  Sometimes  there  is  profuse 
salivation,  and  in  fatal  cases  faintness,  giddiness,  and 
convulsions.  If  the  substance  has  been  taken  in  the  form 
of  powder,  the  characteristic  shining  green  particles  may 
generally  be  recognized  in  the  discharges  from  the  stomach 
and  bowels.  If  the  tincture  has  been  taken,  the  above 
symptoms  come  on  more  rapidly. 

All  the  above  symptoms  have  been  produced  by  the 
external  application  of  cantharides. 

Fatal  Dose. — Twenty-four  grains  of  the  powder,  and  an 
ounce  of  the  tincture,  have  caused  death. 

Treatment. — Speedy  evacuation  by  emetics  and  cathartics 
(castor  oil) ;  opium  and  stimulants. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — Intense  inflammation  of  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  alimentary  canal,  from  the  mouth 
downward,  also  of  the  ureters,  kidneys  and  bladder.     Con- 


340  TOXICOLOGY. 

gestion  of  the  brain  has  been  observed.  The  peculiar 
shining  green  particles  can  generally  be  distinguished  in 
the  stomach  and  bowels.  But  if  the  tincture  has  been 
swallowed,  it  will  be  necessary  to  procure  the  extraction  of 
cantharidin  from  the  organic  matters. 

Analytic  Methods. — The  suspected  materials  should  be 
dried,  and  digested  in  successive  portions  of  ether,  until 
exhausted ;  this  will  dissolve  out  the  cantharidin.  The 
ethereal  solution  is  to  be  evaporated  until  nearly  dry,  and 
the  residue  should  be  spread  on  oiled  silk,  and  a  portion 
applied  to  the  lips,  or  on  the  thin  portion  of  the  skin  of  the 
arm,  when  the  resulting  vesication  would  denote  the  pres- 
ence of  cantharides. 

Poisonous  Animal  Food. — It  occasionally  happens  that 
animal  food,  such  as  sausages,  cheese,  fish,  mussels,  etc., 
produce  poisonous  symptoms,  either  owing  to  some  idio- 
syncrasy on  the  part  of  those  who  have  partaken  of  them, 
or  depending  upon  some  noxious  agent  connected  with  the 
food  itself,  either  introduced  from  without,  or  spontaneously 
generated  within. 

Such  cases  are  often  attended  with  symptoms  of  a  violent 
character,  which  naturally  suggest  poisoning,  and  they  then 
become  the  subjects  of  medico-legal  examination. 

Sausage  Poison. — Physicians  and  physiologists  are  dis- 
posed to-  attribute  some  instances  of  so-called  sausage 
poisoning  to  the  presence  of  an  entozoon,  named  Trichina 
spiralis,  which  especially  infests  the  muscles  of  the  hog,  and 
■which  lives  for  some  time  after  the  animal  is  slaughtered, 
but  is  killed  by  thorough  cooking.  When  meat  containing 
live  trichina  is  eaten  these  rapidly  multiply  in  the  stomach 
and  intestines,  and  penetrate  the  muscular  coat  of  these 


POISONOUS    FISH.  341 

viscera,  and  spread  rapidly  through  the  muscles  generally. 
The  sudden  liberation  of  a  multitude  of  these  parasites  from 
their  cysts,  in  the  intestines  and  muscles,  produces  the 
irritation  of  the  bowels  and  the  subsequent  loss  of  muscular 
power  that  are  so  characteristic  of  trichinosis. 

In  the  other  cases  the  true  noxious  agent  is  undoubtedly 
ptomains  generated  in  the  decomposing  meat.  It  is  more 
likely  to  occur  in  uncured  sausage. 

It  may  readily  happen  that  the  symptoms  thus  occa- 
sioned might  be  attributed  to  poisoning  by  one  of  the 
mineral  irritants.  A  careful  microscopic  and  chemical 
examination  of  the  suspected  food,  or  of  a  fragment  of  a 
muscle  of  either  a  living  or  dead  subject,  will  be  necessary, 
and  will  often  reveal  the  true  source  of  the  disorder. 

The  symptoms  of  Cheese  poisoning  are  very  similar  to 
those  of  ordinary  irritant  poisoning.  The  cause  of  the  de- 
velopment of  poisonous  properties  in  cheese  has  been 
revealed  by  the  discovery,  by  Vaughan,  of  a  peculiar 
ptomain,  to  which  he  has  given  the  name  of  tyrotoxicon. 
Instances  of  cheese  poisoning  are  more  common  in  Ger- 
many than  in  this  country. 

Poisonous  Fish. — In  certain  individuals,  probably  through 
idiosyncrasy,  many  kinds  of  fish  act  poisonously — i.  e.,  they 
excite  severe  gastro-intestinal  symptoms,  resembling  cholera 
morbus.  In  many  cases  some  chemical  change  in  the  food 
itself  has  taken  place. 

Mussels,  which  are  quite  extensively  used  in  Europe  as 
food,  occasionally  produce  most  violent  and  alarming  symp- 
toms, the  exact  cause  of  which  is  not  known. 

These  symptoms  are  not  of  a  uniform  character.  Some- 
times they  are  those  of  a  simple  irritant,  such  as  nausea, 


342  TOXICOLOGY. 

vomiting,  purging,  pain  in  the  abdomen,  cramps,  small  and 
frequent  pulse.  The  fatal  cases  disclose,  on  post-mortem 
examination,  evident  signs  of  inflammation.  In  other  in- 
stances, the  gastro-enteric  disturbance  has  been  slight, 
while  the  nervous  symptoms  are  well  marked,  such  as  de- 
lirium, insensibility,  loss  of  muscular  power  and  coma,  with 
dyspnea  and  convulsions.  Again,  the  most  conspicuous 
symptoms  have  been  a  peculiar  eruption  resembling  urti- 
caria, along  with  severe  asthma.  The  symptoms  usually 
do  not  appear  until  the  lapse  of  twenty-four  hours;  but 
there  are  cases  where  they  come  on  very  much  earlier.  In 
fatal  cases,  the  autopsy  usually  reveals  nothing  that  will 
satisfactorily  account  for  the  result. 

No  rational,  adequate  cause  of  this  singular  poisonous 
action  of  the  shell-fish  had  been  discovered  until  the  recent 
researches  of  Brieger  revealed  the  interesting  fact  that  only 
those  mussels  are  poisonous  which  inhabit  certain  filthy 
waters,  whereby  they  become  diseased.  From  such  mussels 
he  succeeded  in  extracting  a  specific  ptoma'in — mytilotoxin 
— a  crystalline  base,  capable  of  forming  salts.  It  is  very 
poisonous,  somewhat  resembling  curarin  in  its  action  on 
animals. 

Putrescent  or  Decayed  Meat  often  produces  gastro-enteric 
symptoms  similar  to  those  described  above,  but  they  may 
be  also  of  a  typhoid  character,  or  resembling  true  blood 
poisoning.  The  game  that  has  been  kept  long  enough  to 
delight  the  taste  of  the  epicure,  has  produced  a  severe 
cholera  in  persons  not  accustomed  to  its  use. 

Putrid  animal  matter  injected  into  the  blood-vessels 
proves  quickly  fatal.  Dissecting  wounds  thus  may  pro- 
duce alarming  symptoms,  which  may  terminate  in  death. 
In  most  of  these  instances  the  real  cause  of  the  trouble 


NEUROTIC    POISONS.  343 

would  seem  to  be  the  production  of  one  or  more  poisonous 
ptoma'ins  by  the  action  of  microbes. 

Poisoned  Meat. — The  flesh  of  an  animal  or  bird  which 
has  become  poisoned  by  arsenic,  strychnin,  or  some  other 
deleterious  substance,  may  become  the  cause  of  poisoning 
to  man.  Thus,  the  common  pheasant  of  this  country 
[Tetrao  lunbellus),  which  has  fed  upon  the  leaves  and  buds 
of  the  kalmia  (laurel),  has  proved  poisonous  to  persons  who 
have  eaten  the  birds.  It  is  well  known  that  the  milk 
of  cows  and  goats  that  have  fed  upon  the  Datura  stramo- 
nium may  prove  poisonous  to  those  partaking  of  it.  In 
one  case  of  alleged  poisoning  by  belladonna,  the  defence 
was  that  the  family  had  eaten  a  rabbit  pie,  and  that  the 
animal  had  fed  upon  the  leaves  of  the  belladonna  plant,  so 
that,  without  being  affected  injuriously  itself,  it  had  con- 
veyed the  poison  to  those  who  had  partaken  of  it.  Never- 
theless, many  cases  of  poisoning  by  animal  food,  which 
have  been  supposed  to  be  due  to  the  introduction  of  some 
poison  into  the  animal  before  death,  have  really  been  due 
to  changes  in  the  dead  flesh  through  the  action  of  microbes. 
In  some  cases  it  has  appeared  that  the  very  earliest  stages 
of  putrefaction  produce  more  virulent  action  than  the  later, 
and  more  offensive  conditions. 

CLASS  II.— NEUROTIC  POISONS. 

This  second  division  of  Poisons  embraces  those  whose 
effects  are  displayed  chiefly  on  the  great  nervous  centres — 
the  brain  and  spinal  marrow.  Their  symptoms  are  drowsi- 
ness, headache,  giddiness,  stupor,  delirium,  convulsions  and 
paralysis.  They  produce  little  or  no  irritation,  or  inflam- 
mation on  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  alimentary  canal. 
^\\€\x post-mortem  conditions  are  not  very  distinctly  marked. 


344  TOXICOLOGY. 

consisting  of  more  or  less  fullness  of  the  cerebral  vessels; 
rarely  effusion  of  serum;  more  rarely  still,  effusion  of  blood 
in  the  brain.  It  is  impossible  to  diagnose  a  case  of  neurotic 
poisoning  by  these  lesions  exclusively. 

OPIUM   AND   ITS   PREPARATIONS. 

Opium  and  its  preparations  give  rise  to  a  large  proportion 
of  poisoning  cases,  both  in  this  country  and  Great  Britain. 
According  to  the  statistics  furnished  by  Blyth,  over  forty 
per  cent,  of  all  the  cases  of  poisoning  in  England  between 
the  years  1876-80  were  due  to  opium;  and  these  amounted 
to  393  males  and  250  females — total,  643.  Out  of  this 
whole  number,  there  were  but  two  cases  of  homicide  (in- 
fants); 22.4  per  cent,  of  the  female  cases  and  30.5  of  the 
male  were  suicidal.  This  is  a  far  higher  percentage  than 
that  found  in  any  other  European  country,  or  in  the 
United  States. 

Opium  is  the  dried  juice  of  the  unripe  capsules  of  the 
poppy  {Papaver  sojnniferum).  It  has  a  complex  composi- 
tion, containing  numerous  alkaloids,  and  also  one  or  two 
acid  principles.  Among  the  alkaloids  are  morphin,  narco- 
tin,  codein,  narcein,  thebain  and  papaverin.  Meconic  acid 
is  the  only  important  acid.  In  a  medico-legal  view,  the 
only  important  bodies  are  morphin  and  meconic  acid,  since, 
in  an  analysis  for  the  detection  of  opium  in  a  case  of  sus- 
pected poisoning,  the  investigation  is  narrowed  down  to  the 
discovery  and  identification  of  these  two  substances. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  different  specimens  of 
opium  differ  in  the  contained  amount  of  morphin.  The  U. 
S.  Pharmacopeia  requires  that  opium  should  contain,  when 
dried,  from  twelve  to  sixteen  per  cent,  of  morphin.  The 
tincture  {laudaninii)  of  the  shops  is  far  from  being  of  a 
uniform  strength,  owing  to  this  variation  in  the  amount  of 


POISONING    BY    OPIUM— SYMPTOMS.  345 

the  active  principle  in  the  opium,  and  also  to  fraudulent 
dilution.  Laudanum  contains  about  six  grains  of  opium  to 
the  fluid  drachm,  which  is  equivalent  to  one  grain  to  twenty 
drops.  The  Acetum  Opii  of  the  old  pharmacopeia  is  about 
double  the  strength  of  laudanum.  It  was  made  to  imitate  the 
old  black  drop,  but  is  not  quite  so  strong.  Wme  of  opium 
[Sydenham's  laiidamim)  is  about  the  strength  of  laudanum. 

Numerous  cases  of  poisoning  of  children  by  "  soothing 
syrups "  are  constantly  occurring  in  large  cities.  These 
preparations  are  not  of  uniform  composition;  but  opium  or 
morphin  generally  exist  in  them. 

Symptoms. — These  vary  according  to  the  size  of  the  dose. 
A  large,  but  not  fatal  dose  occasions,  at  first,  general  excite- 
ment of  the  system,  as  evinced  by  increased  fullness  and 
frequency  of  the  pulse,  flushed  face,  brilliancy  of  the  eyes, 
and  increased  activity  of  the  brain.  This  is  soon  followed 
by  calm  repose,  which  in  turn  gives  place  to  profound  sleep. 
In  proportion  as  the  amount  of  opium  is  increased,  the  first 
period  of  excitement  ig  shortened,  the  more  characteristic 
soporific  effects  manifesting  themselves  sooner.  In  such  a 
case  there  will  be  giddiness  and  drowsiness,  rapidly  passing 
into  profound  sleep  or  stupor,  from  which  it  will  be  difficult 
to  arouse  the  patient;  this  stupor  gradually  ends  in  coma. 
The  pupils  are  contracted.  At  first,  the  pulse  is  full  and 
slow;  subsequently  it  becomes  weak.  The  respiration  is 
generally  slow  and  stertorous;  the  skin  warm,  and  the  face 
flushed.  As  the  case  advances,  the  countenance  becomes 
pale,  the  lips  livid,  the  skin  cold  and  clammy,  the  respiration 
very  slow — we  have  noticed  it  reduced  down  to  five  or  six 
in  a  minute;  the  muscles  are  relaxed;  convulsions  some- 
times occur  just  before  death,  but  these  are  more  common 
in  children  than  in  adults.  Sometimes  there  is  vomiting, 
which  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  hopeful  sign;  and  occasionally 
29 


346  TOXICOLOGY. 

also  there  may  be  purging.     At  times,  the  skin  is  bathed  in 
a  profuse  perspiration.  , 

Certain  variations  in  the  above  symptoms  should  be 
noticed.  The  pupils  are  usually  strongly  contracted ;  toward 
the  termination  of  the  case  they  may  sometimes  be  dilated. 
Occasionally  one  pupil  may  be  contracted,  and  the  other 
dilated.  The  contracted  state  of  the  pupils  is  usually 
regarded  as  a  diagnostic  sign  of  opium-poisoning ;  but  Dr. 
Wilks  has  shown  that  this  same  condition  of  the  eyes 
occurs  in  apoplexy  of  the  pons  varolii,  and  that  two  cases 
of  this  latter  disease  were  mistaken  for  opium-poisoning. 
The  same  contraction  of  the  pupil  occurs  also  in  uremic 
poisoning,  in  the  course  of  Bright's  disease. 

First  Appearance  of  Symptojns. — This  will  depend  on  the 
size  of  the  dose,  the  form  of  administration,  and  the  condi- 
tion of  the  stomach  at  the  time.  As  a  rule,  the  symptoms 
usually  commence  within  an  hour  after  swallowing  the 
poison.  But,  if  taken  in  the  liquid  form  and  in  full  quan- 
tity, they  may  manifest  themselves  in  a  few  minutes.  We 
have  often  seen  full  narcosis  produced  in  five  to  ten  minutes 
by  the  subcutaneous  injection  of  a  quarter  of  a  grain  of 
morphin.  On  the  other  hand,  cases  are  reported  where  the 
symptoms  were  delayed,  even  after  swallowing  very  large 
doses,  for  many  hours.  Sometimes  a  partial  remission  of  the 
symptoms  occurs,  and  the  patient  gives  hopes  of  recovery; 
but  they  return  again  only  to  terminate  in  death.  There 
seems  reason  to  believe  that  alcohol  tends  to  postpone  the 
development  of  the  usual  symptoms  of  opium. 

Fatal  Period. — The  average  duration  of  a  fatal  case  is 
from  seven  to  twelve  hours.  Cases  are  reported  where  the 
symptoms  appeared  in  thirty-five  minutes,  and  death  in 
three-quarters  of  an  hour;  whilst,  on  the  other  hand,  death 
has  been,  in  some  instances,  delayed  for  twenty-five  to 
forty-eight  hours. 


POISONING    BY   OPIUM — POST-MORTEM    APPEARANCES.    347 

Fatal  Dose, — Four  or  five  grains  ma/  be  regarded  as  the 
minimum  fatal  dose  for  an  adult.  Children  are  particularly- 
susceptible  to  the  action  of  this  drug;  in  very  young  infants, 
fatal  effects  have  resulted  from  taking  two  or  three  drops  of 
laudanum.  An  infant  may  be  narcotized  by  the  milk  of  a 
nurse  who  has  taken  opium. 

On  the  other  hand,  recoveries  constantly  take  place  from 
very  large  doses — even  up  to  several  ounces.  It  is  notori- 
ous that  the  human  system  soon  acquires  a  remarkable 
tolerance  for  this  narcotic  by  habit.  De  Quincey  thus 
brought  himself  to  the  daily  use  of  nine  ounces  of  lauda- 
num, which  is  equivalent  to  about  three  hundred  and  sixty 
grains  of  solid  opium. 

Occasional  instances  of  idiosyncrasy  occur,  in  which  the 
susceptibility  to  the  narcotic  influence  of  opium  is  greatly 
augmented ;  and  also,  on  the  other  hand,  where  there  seems 
to  be  a  natural  tolerance  for  the  drug.  As  regards  the 
opium  habit,  there  can  be  no  doubt  of  its  ultimate  deleteri- 
ous effects  upon  the  human  system. 

The  external  application  of  opium,  especially  to  an 
abraded  surface,  may  prove  highly  dangerous,  and  even 
fatal,  especially  in  the  case  of  infants.  Christison  relates  an 
instance  where  a  laudanum  poultice,  applied  over  the  abdo- 
men of  an  infant  to  relieve  pain,  produced  fatal  narcotism 
in  some  hours  ;  and  where,  at  the  autopsy,  a  strong  odor  of 
opium  was  exhaled  from  the  body,  showing  how  completely 
the  poison  had  been  absorbed. 

Post  mortem  Appearajtces. — These  are  neither  certain  nor 
characteristic.  There  is  usually  some  fullness  of  the  vessels 
of  the  brain ;  occasionally,  extravasation  of  serum  into  the 
ventricles ;  very  rarely  of  blood.  Sometimes  there  is  con- 
gestion of  the  lungs  and  other  vascular  organs.  The  blood 
is  apt  to  be  fluid.     The  stomach  and  bowels  may  be  per- 


348  TOXICOLOGY. 

fectly  natural  in  appearance.  The  odor  of  opium  may  be 
observed  in  opening  the  body.  It  is  hence  impossible  to 
diagnosticate  a  case  of  opium-poisoning  from  the  post- 
mortem appearance  exclusively. 

Treatment. — Remove  the  poison  from  the  stomach  as 
speedily  as  possible,  by  the  stomach-pump,  or  by  a  prompt 
emetic,  as  zinc  sulphate,  or  mustard  water.  In  case  of 
inability  to  swallow,  it  has  been  recommended  to  inject 
hypodermically  a  solution  of  ^  of  a  grain  of  apomorphin, 
which  usually  produces  prompt  emesis.  The  next  indica- 
tion is  to  overcome  the  increasing  lethargy,  by  rousing  the 
patient,  dashing  cold  water  over  the  face  and  chest,  and 
making  him  walk  about  between  two  attendants.  He  should 
swallow  some  strong  coffee.  Atropin  should  now  be  care- 
fully administered  hypodermically  every  half  hour,  watch- 
ing its  effects  upon  the  pupils.  Electro-magnetism  should 
be  employed ;  also  artificial  respiration,  if  the  other  remedies 
fail. 

Potassium  permanganate  has  recently  been  recommended 
by  Dr.  Moor.  In  poisoning  by  morphin  or  its  salts  he 
advises  the  administration  of  from  ten  to  fifteen  grains 
dissolved  in  six  to  eight  ounces  of  water,  and  this  dose 
repeated  every  thirty  minutes  until  three  or  four  doses 
have  been  taken.  When  laudanum  has  been  taken,  it  is 
advisable  to  add  a  few  drops  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  to 
the  antidote. 

As  regards  the  antagonism  of  morphin  and  atropin  in 
the  human  subject,  the  accumulated  testimony  of  physicians 
from  actual  cases  cannot  be  disregarded;  _^^  of  a  grain  of 
atropin  hypodermically  every  fifteen  minutes  until  three 
doses  have  been  given,  has  been  advised.  Bokai  believes 
that  the  best  antidote  for  morphin  is  picrotoxin.  These 
two  substances  act  in  an  opposite  manner  on  the  respiratory 


POISONING    BV    MORPHIN—  FATAL    DOSE.  349 

center,  morphin  paralyzing  its  action,  while  picrotoxin 
increases  it ;  hence,  it  may  be  regarded  that  a  true  antago- 
nism exists  between  these  two  substances. 

Morphin. — When  pure,  morphin  is  in  the  form  of  color- 
less bitter  rhombic  crystals,  slightly  soluble  in  water,  solu- 
ble in  alcohol,  especially  when  hot,  almost  insoluble  in 
chloroform  and  pure  ether,  very  soluble  in  acetic  ether  and 
amyl  alcohol.  It  is  slightly  alkaline,  forming  salts  with 
acids.  Its  solutions,  in  common  with  the  other  alkaloids, 
are  precipitated  by  tannic  acid.  Its  salts  are  soluble  in 
water  and  diluted  alcohol,  but  insoluble  in  chloroform, 
ether,  amylic  alcohol  and  pure  acetic  ether. 

The  symptoms  produced  by  morphin  resemble  those  of 
opium,  except  that  they  ordinarily  manifest  themselves 
rather  earlier,  and  possibly  tend  to  produce  convulsions 
rather  more  frequently  than  opium.  Occasionally,  these 
convulsions  have  been  of  a  tetanic  character,  suggesting 
the  presence  of  strychnin. 

Fatal  Dose. — One  grain  has,  on  several  occasions,  occa- 
sioned death.  Dr.  Reese  saw  a  case  in  which  three-quar- 
ters of  a  grain  administered  hypodermically  proved  fatal  to 
a  man  within  twenty-four  hours.  Still  smaller  doses  thus 
administered  have  produced  fatal  effects.  On  the  other 
hand  (as  in  the  case  of  opium),  enormous  doses  have  been 
swallowed  with  impunity.  Norris  reports  a  case  in  which 
a  druggist  took,  with  suicidal  intent,  seventy-five  grains 
of  morphin  sulphate.  No  marked  symptoms  appeared  for 
an  hour  and  a  half  He  then  became  unconscious,  but, 
under  active  treatment,  including  extract  of  belladonna,  he 
entirely  recovered  on  the  second  day  after  the  occurrence. 
Other  cases  have  since  been  reported  where  still  larger 
quantities  (one  of  120  grains)  were  taken,  where  the  patient 
recovered. 


350  TOXICOLOGY. 

The  external  application  of  morphin  to  an  abraded  sur- 
face has  been  attended  with  fatal  effects. 

There  are  no  characteristic  post-mortem  lesions  produced 
by  morphin.  The  general  appearances  are  similar  to  those 
caused  by  opium. 

Analytic  Methods. — Opium  is  identified  by  its  sensible 
properties  and  by  its  physiological  action  on  animals.  The 
only  mode  of  identifying  it  chemically  is  by  detecting  the 
presence  of  its  two  important  constituents,  morphin  and 
meconic  acid,  or  some  of  its  other  principles.  The  two 
former  are  chiefly  relied  on. 

Detection  of  Morphin. — (i)  In  the  Solid  State. — Strong 
nitric  acid  dissolves  it  with  effervescence,  evolving  red 
fumes,  and  gives  an  orange-red  solution,  slowly  fading  to 
yellow.  Nitric  acid  also  produces  a  deep-red  color  with 
brucin,  which,  on  the  addition  of  stannous  chlorid,  changes 
to  a  bright  purple;  whereas  no  change  is  produced  in  the 
case  of  morphin.  (2)  Strong  sulphuric  acid  dissolves  it 
without  change  of  color;  if  now  a  crystal  of  potassium 
dichromate  be  added,  it  acquires  a  green  color.  (3)  Ferric 
chlorid  imparts  a  deep-blue  color  to  it,  changing  to  green, 
if  added  in  excess.  In  this  test  free  acid  must  not  be 
present.  (4)  Iodic  acid,  added  to  a  fragment  of  morphin, 
along  with  freshly-made  starch,  produces  the  characteristic 
blue  color  from  the  liberated  iodin.  This  reaction,  how- 
ever, occurs  with  other  substances.  According  to  Otto, 
if  a  fragment  of  morphin  or  one  of  its  salts  be  dissolved 
in  strong  sulphuric  acid,  by  the  aid  of  heat,  and  on  cooling 
a  little  water  added,  with  a  crystal  of  potassium  chromate, 
a  deep  mahogany-brown  color  is  produced. 

(2)  In  the  Liquid  State — (i)  Nitric  acid,  in  excess,  gives 
an  orange-red  color,  which  becomes  light  yellow  on  boil- 
ing.   (2)  Ferric  chlorid  acts  as  on  solid  morphin.     (3)  Iodic 


MECONIC    ACID — TOXICOLOGIC    EXAMINATION.  351 

acid  in  carbon  disulphid,  added  to  a  solution  of  morphin, 
causes  a  pink  or  red  precipitate,  consisting  of  iodin,  in  the 
disulphid.  (4)  A  solution  freshly  prepared  by  dissolving 
five  milligrams  of  ammonium  molybdate  in  one  c.  c.  of  sul- 
phuric acid,  gives  with  morphin  a  purple  or  crimson,  which 
quickly  passes  through  several  shades,  and  after  a  while 
becomes  deep  blue. 

Several  other  tests  are  given  in  analytic  manuals ;  but 
they  are  of  less  value  than  those  enumerated. 

Meconic  Acid. — Since  this  acid  is  peculiar  to  opium,  its 
detection  affords  proof  of  the  presence  of  that  substance. 
In  its  pure  state,  it  occurs  in  the  form  of  colorless  crystals, 
tolerably  soluble  in  water,  more  so  in  alcohol. 

Tests. — (i)  Ferric  chlorid  imparts  to  either  the  solid  or 
solution  a  blood-red  color,  which  is  not  removed  by  a  solu- 
tion of  mercuric  chlorid.  The  only  fallacy  likely  to  occur 
is  from  the  presence  of  a  thiocyanate,  which  yields  a 
similar  color  with  the  iron  salt.  Thiocyanates  occur  in 
the  saliva ;  but  the  red  color  thus  given  with  ferric  chlorid 
is  instantly  discharged  by  mercuric  chlorid.  Strong  acetic 
acid,  or  its  salts,  likewise  give  a  red  color  with  the  ferric 
salts  ;  and  this  color,  moreover,  is  not  removed  by  mercuric 
chlorid,  but  if  the  acetate  be  .previously  boiled  with  dilute 
sulphuric  acid,  it  gives  no  color  with  the  iron  salt.  (2)  Lead 
acetate  yields  a  yellowish-white  precipitate  of  lead  meconate. 
(3)  Barium  chlorid  yields  a  white  crystalline  deposit  of  a 
peculiar  form,  (4)  Silver  nitrate  gives  a  yellowish-white 
precipitate,  which  becomes  red  on  adding  ferric  chlorid. 

Toxicologic  Examination.  —  Sometimes,  on  opening  the 
stomach,  the  strong  odor  of  opium  is  readily  detected,  and 
also  in  the  matters  vomited.     The  discovery  of  this  poison 


352  TOXICOLOGY. 

in  the  stomach  is  often  unsuccessful,  owing,  probably,  to  its 
decomposition  and  absorption  in  the  body.  This  is  espe- 
cially true  in  the  case  of  infants,  in  whom  a  very  few  drops 
have  sufficed  to  destroy  life.  The  highest  authorities  unite 
in  declaring  that  the  analyst  will  fail  to  discover  the  poison 
in  the  stomach  after  death,  in  the  majority  of  the  cases.  It 
is  much  more  likely  to  be  found  in  the  vomit. 

The  stomach  should  be  cut  up  in  small  fragments,  adding 
water  with  a  little  alcohol,  and  acidulating  with  pure  acetic 
or  tartaric  acid,  and  the  whole  exposed  to  a  gentle  heat  for 
about  one  hour.  After  cooling,  it  should  be  strained 
through  muslin,  the  solid  residue  washed  with  strong 
alcohol  and  pressed,  and  the  washings  added  to  the  first 
liquid.  The  liquid  should  then  be  evaporated  over  a  water- 
bath  to  a  small  volume,  and  when  cooled  filtered  through 
paper.  To  the  clear  filtrate,  lead  acetate  is  to  be  added  in 
excess,  which  throws  down  lead  meconate.  The  morphin 
remains  in  the  solution  as  an  acetate  or  tartrate.  These  are 
to  be  separated  from  one  another  by  filtration,  and  the  solid 
matter  Vv^ashed  with  water. 

(a)  The  solid  portion,  lead  meconate,  is  to  be  diffused 
through  water,  and  treated  with  hydrogen  sulphid  gas, 
which  precipitates  lead  sulphid,  and  leaves  meconic  acid  in 
solution ;  the  liquid  is  filtered,  the  precipitate  washed,  and 
the  filtrate  and  washings  concentrated  on  a  steam  bath.  A 
trial  test  on  a  small  portion  of  this  liquid  by  ferric  chlorid 
may  be  made;  if  a  deep  red  color  is  imparted,  meconic  acid 
m?y  be  suspected;  to  the  remainder  of  the  liquid  the  other 
tests  may  now  be  applied.  If  present  in  sufficient  quantity, 
meconic  acid  will  crystallize  out  on  evaporation  of  the 
liquid.  If  the  quantity,  however,  be  minute,  the  liquid 
should  be  carefully  concentrated  to  a  small  volume,  and  the 
characteristic  tests  employed. 


OPIUM DETECTION    IN    THE   TISSUES    AND    BLOOD.       353 

{b)  The  filtrate  from  the  lead  meconate,  containmg  the 
morphin  in  the  form  of  acetate,  together  with  the  excess  of 
lead  acetate,  is  to  be  treated  with  hydrogen  sulphid  in  order 
to  remove  the  lead ;  then  filtered,  and  the  filtrate  concen- 
trated by  gentle  heat  to  dryness.  The  residue  is  then 
treated  with  a  few  drops  of  warm  distilled  water,  and  a  por- 
tion of  it  examined  for  morphin  by  the  nitric  acid,  iron,  and 
iodic  acid  tests;  the  remaining  liquid  should  then  be  made 
alkaline  by  pure  potassium  carbonate  (diluting,  if  necessary, 
with  water) ;  it  is  allowed  to  stand  for  half  an  hour,  and  is 
then  shaken  up  with  an  excess  of  absolute  ether,  which  will 
take  up  the  impurities,  leaving  the  morphin  unaffected. 
The  ethereal  solution  is  removed  by  means  of  a  pipette,  and 
reserved  for  future  examination,  if  necessary.  The  remain-* 
ing  alkaline  solution  is  now  to  be  thoroughly  shaken  with 
two  or  three  times  its  volume  of,  either  a  mixture  of  two 
parts  of  absolute  ether  and  one  of  alcohol  (as  recommended 
by  Wormley),  or  of  two  or  three  volumes  of  hot  amylic 
alcohol,  or  of  a  smilar  bulk  of  acetic  ether.  By  either  of 
these  processes  the  morphin  is  taken  up  by  the  solvent, 
which  floats  upon  the  top  of  the  mixture,  and  which  may 
be  removed  by  a  pipette,  and  allowed  to  evaporate  spon- 
taneously on  watch  glasses.  Ordinarily  the  morphin  thus 
recovered  is  amorphous,  and  may  require  re-solution  in  hot 
alcohol,  and  to  be  crystallized  therefrom  by  evaporation. 

In  cases  of  poisoning  by  morphin  alone  (or  one  of  its 
salts)  the  above  process  may  be  employed,  omitting  the 
treatment  with  lead  acetate,  inasmuch  as  no  meconic  acid  is 
present. 

Detection  in  the  Tissues  and  Blood. — There  is  generally  a 
failure  to  detect  this  poison  in  the  organs  and  tissues,  or  in 
the   blood.     Yec,   on   the  other  hand,  cases   are   reported 

30 


354  TOXICOLOGY. 

where  it  has  been  discovered  in  the  body  several  months 
after  death  ;  by  Stas,  thirteen  months  after.  There  is  some 
doubt  about  the  detection  of  the  opium  principles  in  the 
urine,  inasmuch  as  the  results  alleged  to  have  been  pro- 
duced by  certain  reagents,  and  supposed  to  indicate  the 
presence  of  morphin,  or  meconic  acid,  have  since  been 
shown  to  be  due  to  substances  existing  normally  in  the 
urine. 

The  toxicologist  should  be  cautioned  against  a  too  hasty 
conclusion  as  to  the  presence  of  opium,  or  its  alkaloid,  upon 
color  tests  alone.  Orfila  relates  that  Ruspini  and  Cog- 
rossi  found  that  a  decoction  of  a  calf's  intestines,  although 
no  morphin  was  present,  acted  upon  iodic  acid  and  starch 
'like  that  alkaloid.  In  another  case  morphin  was  pro- 
nounced to  be  present  in  the  urine,  by  reason  of  the  action 
of  the  extract  of  this  secretion  on  iodic  acid,  while  the  effect 
was  found  to  be  really  due  to  uric  acid  and  urates.  In  the 
employment  of  these  extraction  processes  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  commercial  ether,  alcohol  benzene,  etc.,  may 
contain  small  amounts  of  impurities  giving  reactions  which 
simulate  various  alkaloids. 

Inasmuch  as  the  symptoms  of  opium  poisoning  strongly 
resemble  those  of  apoplexy,  it  might  readily  happen  that  a 
case  of  the  latter  disease,  attended  with  suspicious  sur- 
roundings, might  be  mistaken  for  the  former,  and  the  con- 
tents of  the  stomach  might  even  possibly  reveal  a  red  color 
when  treated  with  nitric  acid.  If  no  morphin  (nor  meconic 
acid)  was  actually  separated,  the  examiner  would  not  be 
authorized  to  pronounce  upon  the  presence  of  this  poison 
simply  from  the  single  reaction  above  mentioned.  Taylor 
cites  an  instructive  illustration  of  this  hasty  conclusion,  in 
which  a  chemist  made  oath  of  the  discovery  of  "distinct 
traces  of  morphin  "  in  the  stomach ;  whereas,  in  reality,  no 


POISONING    BY    ALCOHOL.  355 

morphin  had  been  taken  at  all  (as  was  proved  by  an  analysis 
of  the  medicine  swallowed  by  the  deceased);  but  the  death 
was  due  entirely  to  natural  causes. 

ALCOHOL. 

The  poisonous  effects  of  Alcohol  may  be  either  acute 
or  chronic.  The  former  are  witnessed  in  those  cases  in 
which  a  large  quantity  of  spirits  is  taken  at  a  single  draught. 
The  latter  are  illustrated  in  the  common  dram  drinkers,  and 
by  a  train  of  symptoms  with  which  we  are,  unfortunately, 
but  too  familiar.      The  former  only  will  be  discussed  here. 

Symptoms  of  Acute  Poisoning. — These  come  on  usually  in 
a  few  minutes  after  the  ingestion  of  the  poison,  if  the  amount 
is  large.  They  are,  first,  giddiness,  confusion  of  ideas, 
unsteadiness  of  gait,  incoherent  talking,  followed  by  stupor 
and  coma.  The  features  have  a  vacant,  ghastly  expression, 
or  they  may  be  suffused  or  bloated  :  the  lips  are  livid  ;  the 
pupils  usually  dilated  and  fixed;  the  conjunctivae  are  red; 
an  alcoholic  exhalation  from  the  breath  is  perceived ;  con- 
vulsive movements  of  the  limbs  ;  respiration,  at  first  sterto- 
rous, becomes  more  and  more  difficult;  a  bloody  froth  may 
appear  on  the  lips  ;  involuntary  evacuations  occur,  and  death 
may  ensue  in  half  an  hour,  or  even  earlier,  after  the  fatal 
drink.  In  other  instances,  the  person  may  apparently 
recover  from  the  first  effects,  and  then  suddenly  become 
insensible,  and  die  in  convulsions.  If  free  vomiting  occurs, 
followed  by  a  prolonged  sleep,  recovery  is  apt  to  take  place. 
The  sensibility  of  the  pupil  to  light  may  also  be  regarded 
as  a  favorable  symptom. 

The  rapidity  with  which  the  symptoms  show  themselves 
will  depend  upon  the  previous  habit  of  the  individual,  and 
the  strength  and  quantity  of  the  spirit  taken.  The  very 
large  quantities  seem  to  destroy  life  by  shock. 


356  TOXICOLOGY. 

Acute  alcohplism  may  be  mistaken  for  opium-poisoning 
and  concussion  of  the  brain.  Usually,  the  odor  of  the 
breath  is  sufficient  to  reveal  the  qase;  also,  the  dilated 
pupil;  but  this  condition  of  the  eye  is  not  invariably  present. 
In  concussion,  there  are  often  marks  of  injury  in  the  head; 
the  face  is  pale  and  cold ;  there  is  also  an  absence  of  the 
alcoholic  odor. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — There  is  generally  a  remark- 
able absence  of  putrefaction  in  the  body.  The  stomach 
exhibits  marks  of  intense  congestion  in  the  deep-red  color 
of  its  lining  membrane,  either  diffused  or  in  patches ;  more 
or  less  congestion  of  the  brain  and  its  membranes,  with 
serous  effusion  under  the  arachnoid,  and  in  the  ventricles ; 
sometimes,  there  is  a  true  apoplectic  extravasation  of  blood. 
The  lungs  are  almost  invariably  congested.  Usually,  a 
strong  alcoholic  odor  is  perceived  from  the  different  tissues 
of  the  body ;  but  the  organs  for  which  the  poisonous  fluid 
displays  the  greatest  affinity  are  the  brain  and  liver. 

Alcohol  is  very  rapidly  absorbed  into,  and  eliminated 
from  the  system ;  so  that,  if  the  person  has  survived  several 
hours,  all  traces  of  it  may  have  been  removed  from  the 
body. 

Treatment. — Immediate  evacuation  by  means  of  the 
stomach  pump,  or  by  an  active  emetic;  affusion  of  cold 
water  over  the  head ;  a  free  supply  of  fresh  air ;  if  there  be 
asphyxia,  galvanism  may  be  tried ;  also  ammonium  hydroxid 
and  the  liberal  use  of  coffee  as  a  drink. 

Analytic  Methods. — If  the  case  has  not  been  too  pro- 
tracted, the  alcohol  may  be  recovered  from  the  stomach  and 
its  contents  by  distillation  in  a  capacious  retort,  on  a  water- 
bath,  with  a  good  condensing  apparatus.  If  the  materials 
are  acid,  they  should  first  be  neutralized  by  potassium  or 
sodium  carbonate.     The  distillate  should    be  mixed  with 


POISONING    BY   ALCOHOL.  357 

calcium  chlorid,  and  re-distilled.  The  second  distillate 
is  to  be  shaken  with  an  excess  of  potassium  carbonate 
(which  absorbs  the  water),  and  set  aside.  The  stratum  of 
alcohol  which  rises  to  the  top  may  then  be  separated  by- 
means  of  a  pipette,  and  submitted  to  the  following  tests : 
(i)  Its  taste  is  hot  and  pungent;  its  odor  is  characteristic; 
it  burns  with  a  pale  blue  flame,  leaving  no  carbonaceous 
residue;  if  burnt  under  the  mouth  of  a  test-tube  moistened 
with  lime  water,  the  carbonic  acid  will  produce  a  white 
film  upon  the  sides  of  the  tube.  (3)  It  dissolves  camphor. 
(4)  On  adding  a  solution  of  potassium  dichromate  and  hydro- 
chloric acid,  the  peculiar  odor  of  aldehyde  is  developed, 
along  with  the  green  color  of  chromic  chlorid.  In  per- 
forming this  test,  Taylor  recommends  conducting  the  vapor 
from  the  retort  in  which  the  distillation  is  going  on,  into  a 
glass  tube  containing  a  few  fibres  of  asbestos  moistened 
with  a  mixture  of  a  strong  solution  of  the  dichromate  and 
sulphuric  acid  (used  in  this  case  instead  of  hydrochloric 
acid),  when  the  merest  trace  of  alcohol  vapor  will  be  suffi- 
cient to  impart  the  green  coloration. 

Both  ether  and  wood  spirit  will  produce  this  last  effect, 
and  likewise  yield  most  of  the  results  of  alcohol.  Ether 
may  be  distinguished  by  its  odor,  and  by  the  yellow  color 
of  its  flame;  also  by  its  smoky  deposit  on  porcelain.  Wood 
spirit  may  be  recognized  by  its  peculiar  odor,  and  by  its 
smoky  flame  on  burning. 

///  tJie  Tissues. — The  proof  of  the  absorption  of  alcohol  is 
afforded  in  its  detection  in  the  blood,  urine,  and  different 
tissues  of  the  body.  If  there  is  a  failure  to  discover  it  in 
the  stomach,  it  should  be  looked  for  in  the  brain  and  liver. 
Buchheim  has  devised  an  exceedingly  delicate  process  for 
detecting  it  in  small  quantities  in  the  blood  and  tissues, 
based  upon  the  conversion   of  the  vapor  of  alcohol   into 


358  TOXICOLOGY. 

aldehyde  and  acetic  acid,  when  passed  over  platinum-black. 
As  much  as  possible  of  the  material,  neutralized  first  by 
potassium  carbonate,  should  be  distilled  from  a  capacious 
retort,  on  a  water  bath.  The  neck  of  the  retort  should  be 
slightly  inclined,  and  be  wide  enough  to  hold  a  platinum 
tray  about  two  inches  long  and  half  an  inch  wide,  containing 
the  platinum-black.  Hanging  over  each  end  of  the  tray  is 
placed  a  slip  of  moistened  litmus  paper,  and  touching  the 
platinum-black.  The  tray  is  now  pushed  toward  the  body 
of  the  retort.  As  soon  as  there  is  any  escape  of  alcoholic 
vapor  by  the  distillation,  it  will  be  manifested  by  the  red- 
dening of  the  litmus  paper  at  the  farthest  end  of  the  tray, 
in  consequence  of  the  production  of  acetic  acid,  while  the 
paper  nearest  the  body  of  the  retort  will  remain  blue.  If 
no  reddening  of  the  paper  occurs,  no  alcohol  can  be  present; 
if  the  reddening  rapidly  occurs,  the  tray  should  be  removed, 
and  the  vapor  should  be  condensed  in  the  usual  way. 

As  both  ether  and  wood  spirit  produce  a  similar  effect  on 
platinum-black,  this  process  offers  no  advantage  over  the 
chromic  process  above  described,  except  when  putrefaction 
has  taken  place,  in  which  case  the  hydrogen  sulphid  evolved 
might  reduce  the  chromate,  but  not  affect  the  platinum- 
black. 

A  few  drops  of  a  liquid  containing  alcohol  added  cau- 
tiously to  a  solution  of  one  part  of  molybdic  anhydrid  in  ten 
of  strong  sulphuric  acid  gives,  on  gentle  warming,  a  blue 
color. 

To  ten  c.  c.  of  a  clear  liquid  suspected  to  contain  alcohol 
add  five  drops  of  a  ten  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium  hydroxid 
and  warm  to  about  iio°  F.  Then  add  drop  by  drop  with 
shaking  a  saturated  solution  of  iodin  in  potassium  iodid 
until  the  liquid  becomes  permanently  yellowish-brown.  If 
now  the  liquid  be  decolorized  by  the  further  slow  addition 


POISONING    BY    ETHER.  359 

of  sodium  hydroxid,  iodoform  will  be  produced  if  alcohol 
be  present,  and  can  be  identified  by  its  odor  and  crystalline 
form.  Unfortunately  this  reaction  is  caused  by  many  other 
bodies,  especially  acetone,  but  not  by  chloroform,  chloral, 
glycerol  or  ether,  nor  by  acetic,  formic  or  oxalic  acids, 

ANESTHETICS. 

This  subdivision  of  Cerebral  Neurotics  comprises  those 
substances  that  display  their  power  chiefly  by  producing 
insensibility  to  pain,  and  unconsciousness.  The  Anesthetics 
here  noticed  are  Ether  and  Chloroform.  Under  this  head 
also  it  will  be  convenient  to  speak  of  Chloral  Hydrate, 
although  its  action  differs  somewhat  from  that  of  the  others. 

POISONING  BY  ETHER,  CHLOROFORM  AND  CHLORAL 
HYDRATE. 

Ether,  often  called  erroneously.  Sulphuric  ether,  is  a 
limpid,  colorless  liquid,  of  a  peculiar  odor,  and  hot,  pungent 
taste;  highly  volatile  and  inflammable;  sp.  gr.,  0.735  !  boils 
at  95°  F. ;  burns  with  a  bright  yellow  flame,  depositing 
carbon  on  a  cold  porcelain  surface.  Sparingly  soluble  in 
water;  very  soluble  in  alcohol. 

Symptoms. — In  large  doses,  it  produces  much  the  same 
effects  as  alcohol.  There  is,  usually,  a  short  period  of  deli- 
rious excitement,  followed  by  coma  and  other  symptoms  of 
narcotism,  similar  to  those  caused  by  alcohol. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — On  account  of  its  less  solu- 
bility in  water,  ether  is  a  more  powerful  local  irritant  than 
alcohol.  The  mucous  lining  of  the  stomach  and  duodenum 
of  a  dog  poisoned  with  ether  were  found  to  be  violently 
inflamed,  the  lungs  deeply  congested,  and  the  heart  full  of 
black  blood. 

The  inhalation  of  ether,  as  is  well  known,  produces  rapid 


360  •  TOXICOLOGY. 

anesthesia.  Its  immediate  effect,  when  inhaled,  is  the  pro- 
duction of  a  transient  excitement ;  this  is  soon  followed, 
if  the  dose  be  sufficient,  by  stupor  and  insensibility.  This 
last  condition  may  be  prolonged  for  a  considerable  time  by 
continuing  the  inhalation.  Occasionally,  the  excitement  is 
of  a  violent  character,  along  with  a  stubborn  resistance  to 
the  anesthetic  influence ;  and  again,  there  may  be  nausea 
and  vomiting. 

Analytic  Methods. — Ether  is  recognized  by  its  odor  and 
taste,  by  its  mode  of  combustion  and  volatility,  and  by  its 
action  on  sulphuric  acid  and  potassium  dichromate — the 
same  as  in  the  case  of  alcohol. 

From  organic  mixtures,  as,  e.  g.,  the  contents  of  the 
stomach,  it  is  to  be  separated  by  the  same  process  as  that 
described  for  Alcohol. 

Chloroform.  —  A  colorless,  limpid  liquid,  very  volatile, 
giving  offa  dense  vapor;  sp.  gr.  1.497  ;  boiling  point,  142°  F. 
It  has  an  agreeable  characteristic  odor,  and  a  smart,  pungent 
taste.  It  is  nearly  insoluble  in  water,  in  which  it  sinks  in 
globules.  It  is  not  easily  inflammable.  It  is  a  powerful 
solvent  of  many  organic  substances,  the  alkaloids  among 
others.  At  a  red  heat,  its  vapor  is  decomposed  into  chlorin 
and  hydrochloric  acid. 

Symptoms. — A  large  dose  produces  local  irritation  in  the 
stomach,  with,  at  first,  a  general  stimulation  of  the  whole 
system,  soon  followed  by  decided  narcotism,  as  shown  by 
insensibility,  stupor,  convulsions,  dilated  pupils,  flushed 
face,  full  and  oppressed  pulse,  and  frothing  at  the  mouth. 
Cases  are  reported  where  the  pupils  were  contracted. 

Taylor  reports  a  case  where  a  boy,  aged  four  years,  died 
in  about  three  hours,  after  swallowing  one  drachm  of  chlo- 
roform. It  has  often  caused  death  in  quantities  of  half  an 
ounce  and  upward. 


CHLOROFORM POST-MORTEM    APPEARANCES.  '^61 

\ 

When  taken  by  inhalation,  its  impression  is  more  speedy     \ 
than  that  by  ether.     There  is,  moreover,  an  absence  of  the         \ 
previous  excitement  attendant  on  the  latter,   the   patient 
almost  immediately  passing  into  insensibility.     It  appears 
to  act  as  a  depressant  from  the  first,  and  if  not  properly 
diluted  with  atmospheric  air,  it  may  rapidly  produce  death. 
In  one  case,  the  fatal   result  took  place  in  one  minute  after 
breathing  only  thirty  drops  in  the  state  of  vapor ;  and,  in 
another  instance,  only  fifteen  drops  proved  fatal  in  a  very 
short  time.     The  immediate  cause  of  death  from  chloro- 
form vapor  appears  to  be,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  syn-         / 
cope,  or   the  cessation  of  the   heart's    action ;    in   others, 
asphyxia. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — In  death  from  liquid  chloro- 
form, the  characteristic  odor  may  usually  be  recognized, 
together  with  slow  putrefaction  of  the  body,  and  persistent 
rigor  mortis.  There  is  also  much  irritation  of  the  stomach, 
sometimes  accompanied  with  softening,  and  in  one  case 
with  ulceration. 

In  death  from  inhalation,  there  is  very  often  no  lesion  ^ 
discoverable.     At  times,  there,  will  be  found  considerable  / 
congestion  of  the  lungs  and  bronchial  tubes,  and  likewise 
of  the  vessels  of  the  brain,  together  with  a  dark  and  fluid 
condition  of  the  blood. 

Treatment.  — Vci  poisoning  by  liquid  chloroform,  the 
stomach  should  be  immediately  evacuated  by  the  stomach- 
pump,  or  by  a  prompt  emetic,  and  stimulants  afterward 
administered.  If  inhalation  has  caused  the  danger,  the 
chloroform  should  be'  immediately  withdrawn,  and  fresh 
air  freely  admitted  ;  cold  affusion  should  be  applied  to  the 
face  and  chest ;  the  inversion  of  the  body  (holding  it  sus- 
pended by  the  feet)  is  often  successful.  The  tongue  should 
at  once  be  drawn  out  of  the  mouth,  to  facilitate  respiration; 


362  TOXICOLOGY. 

artificial  respiration,  and  the  direct  galvanic  current,  should 
also  be  practiced. 

Analytic  Methods. — The  odor  will  usually  be  present  in 
organic  mixtures,  such  as  the  contents  of  the  stomach. 
These  should  be  distilled  on  a  water  bath,  and  the  distillate 
re-distilled  along  with  calcium  chlorid,  and  the  product 
subjected  to  the  proper  tests,  as  odor,  taste,  solubility,  etc. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — The  contents  of  the  stomach, 
or  the  organs  properly  divided,  along  with  distilled  water, 
should  be  put  into  a  large  flask,  the  neck  of  which  is  fitted 
with  a  cork  perforated  to  contain  a  hard  glass  tube,  bent  at 
right  angles,  and  from  twelve  to  fifteen  inches  long.  The 
flask  is  gradually  heated  on  a  water  bath,  and  at  the  same 
time  the  middle  of  the  horizontal  tube  is  heated  red-hot  by 
a  Bunsen  flame.  At  a  red  heat,  chloroform  is  decomposed 
into  chlorin  and  hydrochloric  acid.  A  slip  of  moistened 
litmus  paper,  placed  at  the  mouth  of  the  tube,  is  first  red- 
dened and  then  bleached ;  starch-paper,  wetted  with  potas- 
sium iodid,  is  rendered  blue ;  and  if  the  end  of  the  tube  be 
made  to  dip  into  a  solution  of  silver  nitrate,  white  silver 
chlorid  will  be  precipitated.  The  absence  of  any  free  hydro- 
chloric acid  in  the  original  material  should  be  first  insured, 
by  the  addition  of  sodium  carbonate. 

It  is  important  to  remember  that  if  chloral  hydrate  had 
been  taken  by  the  patient  just  previous  to  death,  and  the 
alkali  be  added  to  the  mixture  for  examination,  the  chloral 
will  be  decomposed  into  chloroform,  and  produce  all  the 
above  reactions. 

There  are  certain  important  questions  connected  with 
the  administration  of  chloroform  as  an  anesthetic,  with 
which  the  physician  should  be  familiar,  such  as  whether 
persons  asleep  may  be  chloroformed  without  their  being 
awakened,  and  thus  robbed  or  otherwise   maltreated.     It 


CHLOKAL    HYDRATE.  363 

has  been  ascertained  by  direct  experiment  that  this  effect 
can  be  produced  if  the  sleep  is  profound. 

Chloral  Hydrate. — A  sohd,  crystalHne  body,  having  a 
peculiar,  disagreeable,  pungent  taste  and  smell ;  tolerably 
soluble  in  water;  not  inflammable.  Sodium  hydroxid 
added  to  its  boiling  aqueous  solution  instantly  converts  it 
into  chloroform  and  potassium  formate.  It  decomposes  a 
salt  of  copper,  like  grape  sugar. 

Symptoms. — Chloral  hydrate  has  been  much  used  as  a 
hypnotic.  It  is  not  infrequently  employed  in  "  drugging  " 
liquor  to  assist  in  robbery  or  rape.  Its  indiscriminate  use 
has  led  to  many  fatal  results.  There  appears  to  be  a  ten- 
dency to  accumulation,  and  a  sudden  and  dangerous  action 
of  the  drug.  In  moderate  doses,  it  acts  as  a  hypnotic;  in 
large  doses,  it  produces  a  powerful  depressant  action  on 
the  ganglia  at  the  base  of  the  brain,  and  on  the  spinal  cord, 
causing  feeble  action  of  the  heart  and  lungs. 

A  full  dose  generally  occasions  deep  sleep,  followed,  if 
the  quantity  be  very  large,  by  fatal  coma.  The  pulse  is 
usually  very  slow  and  feeble ;  the  face  pale ;  respiration 
slow,  the  heart  being  ultimately  arrested  in  diastole. 

Much  discrepancy  of  opinion  exists  as  regards  the  fatal 
dose  of  chloral  hydrate.  Numerous  instances  are  reported 
where  ordinary  doses  of  thirty  grains  have  occasioned 
alarming,  and  even  fatal  effects ;  while,  on  the  other  hand, 
enormous  quantities — over  an  ounce — have  been  swallowed 
with  comparative  impunity.  As  a  rule,  thirty  grains  may 
be  considered  as  a  maximum  dose,  and  not  to  be  repeated 
oftener  than  every  six  or  eight  hours. 

Picrotoxin  has  been  used  successfully  as  an  antidote  to 
chloral. 

Analytic  Methods. — The   principle  involved  is  the  con- 


364  TOXICOLOGY. 

version  of  the  chloral  into  chloroform,  through  the  agency 
of  an  alkali,  as  explained  above.  The  solid  matters,  properly 
divided,  should  be  diluted  with  distilled  water,  and  rendered 
alkaline  by  sodium  hydroxid,  and  heated  in  a  flask,  and  the 
experiment  conducted  after  the  manner  described  under  the 
head  of  Chloroform. 

SPINAL   NEUROTICS. 

Nux  Vomica  is  by  far  the  most  important  poison  included 
under  this  order  of  Neurotics.  It  is  the  seed  of  the  Strych- 
nos  nux  vomica,  a  tree  growing  in  India.  Several  seeds  are 
enclosed  in  a  yellow  fruit.  The  seed  is  a.  circular  disk, 
an  inch  or  less  in  diameter,  concavo-convex,  of  a  light 
broA^n  color,  covered  over  with  short,  whitish,  silky  hairs, 
extremely  tough  and  difficult  to  pulverize ;  excessively 
bitter  to  the  taste.  Several  seeds  are  inclosed  in  single 
fruit.  They  contain  two  powerfully  poisonous  alkaloids — 
strychnin  and  briicin,  and  several  other  alkaloids  of  less 
activity.  The  amount  of  contained  strychnin  is  estimated 
at  one-half  to  one  per  cent,  of  the  seed. 

The  smallest  fatal  dose  of  nux  vomica  is  thirty  grains 
(about  the  weight  of  one  seed),  and  three  grains  of  the  alco- 
holic extract.  The  symptoms,  treatment,  etc.,  are  precisely 
similar  to  those  described  under  the  head  of  Strychnin. 

Strychnin. — Exists  in  several  species  of  Strychnos  be- 
sides the  S.  mix  vomica;  it  is  the  poisonous  principle  of  the 
.S".  Ignatia,  or  SL  Ignatius'  bean;  it  is  also  found  in  False 
Aiigustitra  bark. 

Strychnin  is  a  very  frequent  cause  of  poisoning,  whether 
accidental,  homicidal,  or  suicidal.  The  celebrated  Palmer 
case,  which  occurred  in  England,  in  1856,  brought  it  promi- 
nently before  toxicologists. 


POISONING    BY    STRYCHNIN.  365 

Symptoms. — These  vary  somewhat  in  the  time  of  their 
appearances,  according  to  the  form  of  the  administration. 
The  first  effect  is  a  feeHng  of  restlessness  and  general  un- 
easiness, with  a  sense  of  impending  suffocation  and  want  of 
air.  Very  soon,  twitching  of  the  muscles  and  jerking  of 
the  lim.bs  and  head  come  on;  these  are  followed  suddenly 
by  a  violent  tetanic  convulsion,  which  pervades  the  whole 
body ;  the  legs  are  stretched  out  stiffly  and  widely  sepa- 
rated ;  the  feet  arched  and  usually  turned  in ;  the  arms  are 
flexed  and  tightly  drawn  across  the  chest ;  the  head  is  bent 
back  rigidly,  and  the  whole  body  flexed  backward  so  as  to 
rest  upon  the  head  and  heels  (opisthotonos).  As  the  mus- 
cles of  the  chest  and  abdomen  are  spasmodically  contracted, 
the  respiratory  movements  become  arrested ;  the  face  is 
livid  and  congested,  especially  around  the  lips ;  the  eyes 
prominent  and  staring;  pupils  widely  dilated ;  the  muscles 
about  the  mouth  contracted  so  as  to  produce  the  expression 
denominated  risiis  sardonicus ;  the  pulse  is  very  rapid  and 
feeble.  Sometimes  there  is  foaming  at  the  mouth,  and  the 
froth  may  even  be  tinged  with  blood.  The  intellect  remains 
perfectly  clear,  while  the  patient  is  experiencing  the  most 
intense  suffering,  gasping  for  breath,  and  seeking  in  vain  for 
relief,  in  asking  to  be  turned  over,  or  moved,  or  held.  The 
jaws  are  not  always  fixed  during  a  paroxysm ;  the  patient 
may  hence  be  able  to  speak ;  and  as  there  is  often  great 
thirst,  he  may  ask  for  water,  but  the  effort  to  swallow  is 
apt  to  intensify  the  spasm,  as  in  hydrophobia,  and  cause 
him  to  bite  upon  the  vessel. 

The  paroxysm  may  last  from  half  a  minute  to  several 
minutes,  when  a  complete  relaxation  occurs ;  the  patient 
now  feels  exhausted,  and  is  bathed  in  perspiration ;  the 
pupils  may  now  become  contracted.  In  a  short  time,  vary- 
ing from  a  few  minutes  to  half  an  hour,  the  fit  returns.     It 


366  TOXICOLOGY. 

is  usually  preceded  by  an  apprehension  of  the  impending 
danger,  the  special  senses  being  exceedingly  acute.  The 
spasm  may  be  brought  on  by  the  slightest  cause,  as  the 
opening  of  a  door,  a  sudden  noise,  a  current  of  air,  Or  an 
attempt  to  move.  In  some  instances  the  violence  of  the 
spasm  is  so  great  as  to  jerk  the  patient  out  of  bed.  Should 
the  case  prove  fatal,  the  paroxysms  increase  in  frequency 
and  violence,  until  at  last  death  ensues,  either  from  asphyxia, 
the  patient  dying  in  a  paroxysm,  or  from  pure  exhaustion, 
during  an  interval. 

Although  the  intelligence  continues  unimpaired  during 
the  progress  of  the  disease,  it  may  happen  that  it  becomes 
clouded  just  before  the  fatal  termination,  in  consequence  of 
the  asphyxia  causing  a  deficiency  of  aeration  of  the  blood, 
and  the  consequent  accumulation  of  carbon  dioxid.  As  a 
rule,  when  the  paroxysms  are  once  established,  they  pro- 
gress either  to  a  fatal  termination,  or  toward  a  cure,  within 
two  hours  of  the  seizure,  though  there  may  be  some  excep- 
tions to  this  rule. 

The  time  of  the  first  manifestation  of  the  symptoms  varies 
from  a  few  minutes  to  some  hours  ;  the  average  is  fifteen 
minutes  to  half  an  hour.  Dr.  G.  H.  Barker  has  reported 
the  case  of  a  young,  healthy  woman,  who  took  six  grains 
of  strychnin,  in  whom  violent  symptoms  were  manifested  in 
three  minutes,  and  death  took  place,  in  convulsion,  in  half 
an  hour.  In  Dr.  Warner's  case,  who  took,  it  is  supposed, 
less  than  half  a  grain,  the  symptoms  appeared  in  five 
minutes,  and  death  occurred  in  about  eighteen  minutes. 
In  another  case,  convulsions  came  on  in  five  minutes.  On 
the  other  hand,- this  interval  may  be  protracted  for  several 
hours.  Dr.  Anderson  reports  the  case  of  a  man  who  took, 
by  mistake,  three  and  a  half  grains  of  strychnin,  and  ex- 
perienced no  particular  symptoms  for  two  hours  and  a  half, 


POISONING    BY   STRYCHNIN.  367 

when  he  suddenly  fell  backward ;  but,  on  being  raised,  he 
was  able  to  walk  home  and  finally  recovered.  Undoubtedly 
the  form  in  which  the  poison  is  administered  has  much  to 
do  with  the  rapid  development  of  the  symptoms.  This  is 
shown  in  a  case  cited  by  Taylor  of  a  boy,  aged  twelve  years, 
who  swallowed  a  pill  containing  three  grains  of  strychnin, 
in  whom  no  symptoms  were  manifested  for  three  hours ; 
they  then  set  in  with  their  usual  violence,  and  death  took 
place  in  ten  minutes.  This  pill  had  been  prepared  with 
mucilage  eight  months  before,  and  was  consequently  hard 
and  difficult  to  dissolve.  In  the  Palmer  case.  Cook  took 
two  pills  containing  strychnin.  No  symptoms  were  observed 
for  an  hour  and  a  quarter,  after  which  death  occurred 
in  twenty  minutes. 

There  are  cases  in  which  the  unusual  delay  cannot  be 
thus  accounted  for,  but  in  which  it  must  be  referred  to 
some  individual  peculiarity  of  the  patient.  Wormley  men- 
tions a  case  where  the  remarkable  postponement  of  the 
symptoms  for  twelve  hours  appeared  to  be  owing  to  the 
effects  of  a  large  dose  of  opium  that  had  been  taken  simul- 
taneously. Three  grains  of  strychnin,  a  drachm  of  opium, 
and  an  indefinite  quantity  of  quinin  were  taken  at  the 
same  time.  Other  equally  remarkable  instances  might  be 
adduced,  showing  the  same  apparent  antagonism  between 
strychnin  and  opium.  Nevertheless,  in  some  experiments 
with  strychnin  and  morphin  combined,  made  on  animals 
by  Dr.  Reese,  the  latter  poison,  so  far  from  antagonizing 
the  former,  appeared  rather  to  intensify  it. 

The  subcutaneous  injection  of  strychnin,  as  also  its 
external  application  to  a  healthy  mucous  surface,  produces 
a  still  more  speedy  manifestation  of  its  peculiar  symptoms. 
Some  clinical  experiments  of  Dr.  Chisholm,  of  Baltimore, 
made  on  amaurotic  patients,  would  seem  to  show  that  the 
.human  system  acquires  a  tc^erance  of  strychnin. 


368  TOXICOLOGY. 

Fatal  Dose. — There  is  great  difference  as  to  the  suscepti- 
bility to  the  action  of  strychnin.  The  average  medicinal 
dose  is  about  the  one-sixteenth  of  a  grain,  though  it  is  cus- 
tomary to  commence  with  a  smaller  quantity.  The  above 
dose  has  proved  fatal  to  a  child  between  two  and  three 
years  old.  Dr.  G.  B.  Wood  mentions  the  case  of  a  lady 
who  was  thrown  into  alarming  spasms  by  one-twelfth  of  a 
grain.  The  author  has  seen  the  case  of  a  gentleman  who 
had  decided  spasms  after  taking  about  one-twentieth  of  a 
grain. 

The  smallest  fatal  dose  for  an  adult  recorded  is  half  a 
grain,  which  proved  fatal  to  Dr.  Warner,  Dr.  Ogston  reports 
a  case  where  three-quarters  of  a  grain  destroyed  a  man  in 
three-quarters  of  an  hour.  A  fatal  dose  for  an  adult  may 
be  stated  to  be  half  a  grain,  to  one  grain. 

On  the  other  hand,  numerous  instances  are  recorded  of 
recoveries  after  enormous  doses  of  this  poison — ten,  twelve, 
and  even  forty  grains.  In  all  these  cases  early  vomiting 
was  produced,  which,  doubtless,  removed  the  strychnin 
before  it  was  absorbed  to  a  fatal  extent.  Besides,  it  is  quite 
possible  that  the  poison  was  not  of  full  strength. 

Fatal  Period. — This,  like  the  fatal  dose,  is  liable  to  con- 
siderable variation.  Dr.  Warner's  case  terminated  fatally 
in  eighteen  minutes.  Taylor  mentions  two  cases  in  which 
death  occurred  in  ten  and  fifteen  minutes  respectively;  in 
another  case  \\xfive  minutes  ;  in  two  others  in  thirty  minutes 
each. 

On  the  other  hand,  life  has  been  prolonged,  even  after 
large  doses,  for  several  hours.  In  Cook's  case,  death  oc- 
curred in  an  hour  and  a  quarter  after  swallowing  the  pill. 
In  the  case  of  a  woman  examined  by  Dr.  Reese,  death  did 
not  occur  for  six  hours  after  swallowing  about  six  grains 
of  strychnin ;  morphin,  however,  had  previously  been  ad- 


POISONING    BY    STRYCHNIN.  369 

ministered.  Sir  R.  Christison  reports  a  case  in  which  a 
man  died  in  fifteen  minutes  after  swallowing  a  dose  of  mix 
vomica. 

Treatment. — Prompt  and  free  emesis  is  of  the  greatest  im- 
portance. Copious  draughts  of  warm  mustard  water,  or 
a  mixture  of  ipecac  and  zinc  sulphate  should  be  given. 
The  stomach  pump  may  be  used  if  the  spasm  of  the  jaws 
will  permit.  Chloroform,  by  inhalation,  appears  to  have 
been  attended  with  the  happiest  results.  The  patient  should 
be  constantly  kept  under  its  influence,  carefully  watching 
its  effects.  Potassium  bromid  has  also  been  given  with  the 
best  results — sixty  to  eighty  grains  every  hour,  or  half-hour. 
Chloral  hydrate  has  also  proved  an  efficient  remedy  in 
several  cases,  and  amyl  nitrate  has  been  recommended, 
from  its  known  physiological  effects.  Atropin  has  also 
proved  efficacious  as  an  antidote  in  a  case  when  chloroform 
failed,  and  when  the  paroxysms  were  very  severe. 

Two  new  remedies  have  lately  been  suggested  as  de- 
cidedly antagonistic  to  strychnin — paraldehyde  and  ure- 
thane,  both  powerful  hypnotics  ;  the  former,  by  Cervello  and 
Bokai,  the  latter,  by  Dr.  Coze.  Urethane  should  be  given 
in  large  doses,  from  four  to  six  grains,  as  an  antidote.  C. 
G.  Williams  suggests  lutidin  as  a  valuable  antidote.  He 
found  that  when  injected  into  frogs,  after  a  lethal  dose  of 
strychnin  had  been  administered^  it  arrested  the  convul- 
sions ;  and  if  given  first,  it  prevented  them. 

Dr.  Reese  experimented  on  dogs  that  were  poisoned  with 
strychnin,  tobacco,  iodin,  ferric  chlorid  and  aconite ;  but  in 
no  case  did  any  of  these  agents  exhibit  antidotal  powers. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — These  are  by  no  means  char- 
acteristic, nor  are  they  always  similar.  Probably,  the  lesions 
most  commonly  observed  are  congestion  of  the  brain  and 
membranes,  and  of  the  spinal  cord,  with  engorgement  of  the 
31 


370  TOXICOLOGY. 

lungs,  and  a  dark  and  fluid  condition  of  the  blood.  The 
heart  is  sometimes  contracted  and  empty,  and  at  others  full 
of  blood.  The  rigor  mortis  is  usually  prolonged;  in  one 
case  we  found  it  existing  six  weeks  after  death.  There  is 
also  frequently  noticed  a  livid  appearance  about  the  mouth 
and  tongue,  and  also  of  the  fingers  and  toes.  It  should  be 
remembered  that  certain  disorders  of  the  brain  and  spinal 
cord,  attended  with  tetanic  convulsions,  will  leave  precisely 
similar  lesions  to  those  just  referred  to  as  following  death 
by  strychnin. 

Diagnosis. — The  importance  of  a  clear  diagnosis,  in  a 
case  of  strychnin  poisoning,  cannot  be  too  strongly  urged, 
inasmuch  as  there  may  be,  in  such  a  case,  a  complete 
absence  of  all  chemical  proof.  In  the  celebrated  Palmer 
case,  this  question  was  most  thoroughly  sifted  on  both 
sides.  Indeed,  this  very  case  affords  an  apt  illustration  of 
just  the  sort  of  difficulties  that  present  themselves  in  form- 
ing a  correct  appreciation  of  the  symptoms.  In  the"^^  Palmer 
case,  the  defense  brought  forward  an  immense  array  of 
diseases,  which,  as  remarked  by  Tardieu,  "  have  but  a  faint 
resemblance  to,  and  often  a  complete  diversity  from,  the 
characteristic  phenomena  of  strychnin  poisoning."  The 
only  disease  whose  symptoms  can  possibly  be  confounded 
with  those  occasioned  by  strychnin  is  tetanus,  in  its  varie- 
ties of  idiopathic,  traumatic  and  hysterical,  and  possibly 
some  forms  of  epilepsy. 

If  the  expert  were  obliged  to  decide  solely  from  the  con- 
vulsions— apart  from  its  mode  of  invasion  and  seizure,  its 
duration  and  termination,  the  condition  of  the  intervals  be- 
tween the  paroxysms,  in  fine,  apart  from  the  Whole  history 
of  the  attack — he  might  probably  be  unable  to  discriminate 
between  a  case  of  strychnin  poisoning  and  one  of  tetanus; 
but  where  a  careful  examination  of  all  these  attending  cir- 


POISONING    BY    STRYCHNIN.  371 

cumstances  has  been  instituted,  there  can  be  no  possible 
difficulty  in  reaching  a  satisfactory  conclusion.  The  dis- 
tinctive characters  are  the  following:  (i)  In  traumatic 
tetanus,  the  history  of  the  case,  as  being  connected  with 
some  injury,  such  as  a  lacerated,  contused  or  punctured 
wound,  involving  tendons,  nerves  and  fascia,  will  always 
throw  sufficient  light  on  the  case  to  admit  of  an  easy  diag- 
nosis; although  it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  the  most 
trifling  injury,  such  as  the  insertion  of  a  splinter  of  wood 
beneath  the  fascia,  and  which  may  have  entirely  escaped 
recollection,  may,  after  the  lapse  of  several  days,  give  rise  to 
this  frightful  disorder;  and  such  a  case  might  be  mistaken 
for  idiopathic  tetanus.  But  as  regards  the  latter  form  of  the 
disorder,  besides  its  extreme  rarity  in  temperate  climates, 
its  mode  of  invasion  (as  likewise  that  of  traumatic  tetanus), 
the  duration  of  the  attack  and  the  character  of  the  symp- 
toms, are  entirely  different  from  those  of  strychnin  poison- 
ing. In  the  former  there  are  always  manifested  certain 
prodromes,  such  as  chills,  faintness,  insomnia,  headache, 
vertigo,  and  painful  tension  about  the  diaphragm,  which 
may  last  for  several  days.  These,  of  course,  are  entirely 
wanting  in  poisoning  by  strychnin,  and  they  never  can  be 
mistaken  for  the  general  uneasiness  which  precedes  for  only 
a  kw  minutes  the  sudden  outburst  of  convulsions,  in  the 
case  of  the  poison.  (2)  The  first  symptoms  in  tetanus  are 
a  painful  stiffness  of  the  neck  and  jaws,  with  a  difficulty  of 
moving  the  head;  after  this,  there  is  a  gradual  spreading  of 
the  rigidity  over  the  muscles  of  the  other  parts  of  the  body, 
usually  the  trunk  first,  then  the  limbs.  In  some  instances 
the  contractions  reach  their  greatest  intensity  in  the  course 
of  a  few  hours;  in  others,  several  days  may  elapse.  To 
contrast  this  with  a  case  of  strychnin  poisoning:  in  the 
latter,  instead  of  the  gradual  invasion  of  the  rigid  spasms, 


372  TOXICOLOGY. 

commencing  in  the  neck  or  jaws,  there  is  a  sudden  tetanic 
seizure  of  all  the  muscles  of  the  body  simultaneously,  pro- 
ducing the  violent  jerking  of  the  body,  and  the  arching  of 
it  backward.  Again,  while  the  muscles  of  the  neck  and 
jaws  are  never  the  first  to  be  affected  by  strychnin,  but  are 
often  the  last,  the  reverse  is  the  case  in  the  disease — the 
trismus  being  the  first  indication  of  its  approach.  ^  (3)  A 
third  distinction  is  founded  on  the  progress  of  the  two 
cases;  while  the  violent  paroxysm  produced  by  strychnin 
lasts  only  from  half  a  minute  to  one  or  two  minutes,  and  is 
succeeded  by  a  complete  relaxation,  in  tetanus,  on  the  con- 
trary, the  rigidity  is  generally  permanent,  or  if  there  be  any 
remissions,  these  never  exhibit  the  character  of  the  complete 
intermissions  characterizing  the  action  of  strychnin.  (4) 
The  termination  of  the  cases  is  widely  different;  idiopathic 
tetanus  never  terminates  fatally  in  two  or  three  hours,  but 
usually  several  days  elapse;  while  in  the  case  of  the  poison, 
death  often  occurs  within  half  an  hour,  to  two  hours. 
Some  cases  of  traumatic  tetanus  are  reported,  which  proved 
fatal  within  twelve  hours;  and  one  remarkable  case,  quoted 
by  Watson,  of  a  negro  who  lacerated  his  thumb  by  the 
accidental  fracture  of  a  china  dish;  he  was  seized  with  con- 
vulsions almost  instantly,  and  died  with  tetanic  symptoms 
in  a  quarter  of  an  hour. 

As  regards  the  hysterical  form  of  tetanus,  although  its 
very  existence  has  been  denied  by  some,  especially  in  the 
male,  it  is  admitted  by  numerous  competent  authorities ; 
and,  inasmuch  as  among  other  forms  it  may  assume  that 
of  tetanic  spasms,  and  might  occasion  doubt  under  peculiar 
circumstances,  the  examiner  should  ascertain  the  previous 
history  of  the  case,  which  will  serve  to  clear  up  the 
diagnosis. 

In  relation  to  epilepsy,  there  ought  to  be  no  difficulty  in 


POISONING    BY    STRYCHNIN.  373 

the  diagnosis ;  the  mode  of  seizure,  the  unconsciousness, 
and  the  pecuhar  clonic  movements  are  wholly  different 
from  the  characteristic  tetanic  spasms  of  strychnin  poison- 
ing. Again,  the  deep  stupor  which  terminates  an  epileptic 
attack  contrasts  widely  with  the  complete  relaxation  and 
perfect  intelligence  that  follow  the  strychnin  spasm. 

Analytic  Metlwds. — Strychnin  occurs  in  the  form  of  a 
white  powder,  and  also  in  crystals,  usually  prismatic.  It  is 
almost  insoluble  in  water — one  part  in  seven  or  eight  thou- 
sand. Absolute  alcohol  dissolves  one  part  in  about  two 
hundred;  amylic  alcohol,  one  in  one  hundred  and  twenty; 
pure  ether,  one  in  about  fourteen  hundred;  commercial 
ether,  one  in  about  one  thousand;  chloroform,  one  part  in 
eight.  It  is  insoluble  in  the  fixed  alkalies,  and  very 
sparingly  so  in  ammonium  hydroxid.  The  salts  of  strych- 
nin are  very  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol,  but  very  slightly 
so  in  ether.  The  taste  is  intensely  and  permanently  bitter. 
This  is  one  of  its  characteristic  qualities.  In  fact,  it  is  the 
bitterest  substance  known.  As  the  result  of  numerous  ex- 
periments. Dr.  Reese  found  distinct  bitterness  yielded  by  a 
solution  of  one  grain  of  strychnin  in  several  gallons  of  water. 
This  bitter  taste  is  one  of  the  strongest  corroborative  proofs 
of  the  presence  of  strychnin.  Unless  the  ultimate  extract 
obtained  by  the  manipulation  has  a  bitter  taste,  one  need 
not  expect  to  prove  the  presence  of  the  poison  by  the  usual 
chemical  tests.  The  mere  bitterness  is  not  of  itself  evidence 
of  strychnin,  since  this  quality  pertains  to  numerous  other 
substances,  such  as  morphin,  quinin,  aloes,  colocynth,  and 
picrotoxin. 

The  strong  mineral  acids  produce  no  coloration  with 
strychnin,  provided  the  latter  is  pure ;  if  it  contains  brucin, 
it  will  impart  a  reddish  color  to  nitric  acid.  Heated  on 
porcelain,  it  melts  slowly  into  a  brown  liquid,  and  is  de- 


374  TOXICOLOGY. 

composed,  giving  off  dense  white  fumes,  and  leaving  carbon. 
It  may  be  sublimed  by  heat,  depositing  feather-like  crystals 
on  a  cold  glass  surface. 

I.  TJie  Color  Test. — This  is  so  named  on  account  of  the 
beautiful  succession  or  play  of  colors  that  is  developed  by 
it.  It  consists  in  the  application  of  a  drop  of  pure  sulphuric 
acid  to  a  small  fragment  of  strychnin,  on  a  white  porcelain 
surface,  or  on  a  watch-glass  over  white  paper.  If  the 
strychnin  be  perfectly  pure,  it  will  dissolve  in  the  acid  with- 
out any  coloration.  If  now  a  fragment  of  potassium  dichro- 
mate,  manganese  dioxid,  lead  dioxid,  potassium  ferricyanid, 
or  potassium  permanganate  be  stirred  in  contact  with  the 
solution,  by  means  of  a  pointed  glass  rod,  a  play  of  colors 
is  instantly  manifested.  At  first  it  is  of  a  rich,  deep  blue ; 
this  soon  passes  into  violet  and  purple,  which,  in  its  turn, 
fades  into  a  pink,  then  into  a  red,  and  finally  into  a  dirty 
green. 

The  relative  duration  of  these  shades  of  color  depends  on 
the  quantity  of  strychnin  operated  on,  and  also  on  the  rela- 
tive amounts  of  acid  and  the  other  substance.  Thus,  if  the 
amount  of  strychnin  be  extremely  minute,  the  blue  color 
may  flash  out  but  for  a  moment,  leaving  only  the  violet  or 
purple,  which  quickly  passes  into  the  red. 

The  principle  involved  in  the  color-test  is  the  action 
of  oxygen  (developed  by  the  sulphuric  acid  on  the  various 
oxidizing  substances  above  named)  on  the  strychnin.  Allen 
states  that  manganese  dioxid  is  the  best  substance  to  use  in 
this  test. 

It  is  very  important  to  have  clear  and  definite  ideas  about 
this  color-test  for  strychnin.  It  is  not  the  mere  production 
of  a  blue  color  that  is  of  diagnostic  value,  for  this  might 
result  from  the  application  of  potassium  permanganate  to 
various  organic  bodies,  in  the  absence  of  strychnin ;  but  it 


POISONING    BY    STRYCHNIN.  375 

consists  in  the  regular  succession  of  colors — from  blue  to 
violet,  pink  and  red,  the  last  continuing  for  some  time,  and 
ultimately  changing  to  a  dirty  green.  So  far  as  is  known, 
strychnin  is  the  only  substance  that  answers  to  the  above 
requisition.  There  are  others  that  react  somewhat  similarly, 
which  will  be  noticed  hereafter. 

The  exceeding  delicacy  of  the  color-test  deserves  special 
notice.  If  the  strychnin  be  perfectly  pure,  and  the  manipu- 
lation be  properly  performed,  so  minute  a  quantity  as  the 
one-millionth  of  a  grain  can  be  detected.  Much  depends 
on  the  manner  of  the  experiment.  Minute  quantities  of 
strychnin  are  best  obtained  by  first  making  a  solution  of  the 
alkaloid  in  pure  water,  with  the  addition  of  acetic  acid,  of  a 
definite  strength.  This  may  readily  be  reduced  by  the 
addition  of  more  water.  Fractional  portions  of  the  solution 
may  be  obtained  by  using  a  pipette  drawn  out  to  a  capillary 
point,  which  will  deposit  minute  droplets  on  a  warmed, 
clean  porcelain  surface.  The  object  here  is  to  concentrate 
the  quantity  to  be  experimented  upon  into  as  small  a  space 
as  possible.  The  drop  should  then  be  carefully  evaporated 
to  dryness.  A  small  drop  of  pure  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  is  then  applied  to  the  deposit,  by  means  of  a  finely- 
pointed  glass  rod,  and  then  a  minute  amount  of  manganese 
dioxid  (or  one  of  the  other  oxidizing  bodies)  is  placed  along- 
side of  the  acid  solution,  and  then,  by  means  of  the  rod,  it 
is  drawn  through  the  solution  and  gently  stirred  in  it. 

Interferences. — As  above  mentioned,  the  color-test,  prop- 
erly applied,  will  detect  exceedingly  minute  portions  of 
pure  strychnin;  but  there  are  maiiy  organic  substances 
whose  presence  will  considerably  modify,  and  even  com- 
pletely disguise  this  test.  This  fact  has  been  known  to 
chemists  since  1850,  when  it  was  first  announced  by  Brieger. 
His  results  have  been  confirmed,  and  the  list  of  interfering 


376  TOXICOLOGY. 

bodies  has  been  extended  by  subsequent  experimenters. 
According  to  Lyman,  potassium  permanganate  is  the  only 
reagent  that  will  develop  the  color-test  with  strychnin,  when 
the  latter  is  mixed  with  either  morphin  or  quinin  in  excess. 
The  most  important  of  these  interferences,  considered 
medico-legally,  is  probably  morphin,  inasmuch  as  this  sub- 
stance might  be  likely  to  be  given  to  allay  the  severity  of 
the  strychnin  spasms,  and  would  consequently  be  associated 
with  the  strychnin  extracted  from  the  body  after  death. 
A  large  number  of  experiments  made  by  Dr.  Reese  clearly 
confirm  the  fact  of  the  interference  of  morphin  with  the 
usual  color-test  for  strychnin,  both  in  the  pure  state,  and 
when  mixed  with  organic  matters.  The  important  point 
to  establish  was  that  this  interference  was  especially  obvi- 
ous when  both  alkaloids  were  present  in  only  very  minute 
quantities,  such  as  the  one-hundredth  of  a  grain,  or  less ; 
in  such  cases  the  strychnin  is  not  discoverable  by  the  color- 
test  if  the  morphin  is  in  excess,  and  is  barely  manifested 
when  in  equal  quantity.  One  experiment  by  Dr.  Reese  will 
be  mentioned :  A  cat  was  poisoned  '"  with  one-twentieth 
of  a  grain  of  strychnin  and  one-tenth  of  a  grain  of  morphin. 
The  ultimate  extract  obtained  from  the  stomach  by  Stas' 
process  entirely  failed  to  yield  the  color-test,  although  the 
bitterness  of  the  extract,  and  the  fact  that  its  solution  pro- 
duced the  characteristic  tetanic  convulsions  in  a  number  of 
frogs,  distinctly  proved  the  existence  of  strychnin." 

Admitting,  then,  the  fact  of  these  interferences,  it  is  well 
to  remember  .that,  practically,  they  may  be  avoided  by  the 
employment  of  chloroform  instead  of  ether,  as  the  proper 
solvent  to  extract  the  strychnin  from  organic  mixtures ; 
morphin  and  other  interfering  substances  being  insoluble  in 
this  menstruum. 

Fallacies. — Exception  has  been  taken  to  the  color-test  on 


POISONING    BY   STRYCHNIN.  377 

the  ground  that  other  substances  besides  strychnin  will 
yield  colors  similar,  if  not  identical,  when  similarly  treated; 
but  a  careful  attention  will  readily  avoid  all  difificulty.  The 
substances  alluded  to  are  curarin,  veratrin,  cod-liver  oil, 
salicin,  santonin,  anilin,  narcein,  papaverin  and  solanin ; 
but  in  relation  to  most  of  these,  a  radical  ground  of  dis- 
tinction is  that  they  are  colored  by  sulphuric  acid  alone, 
which  is  not  the  case  with  strychnin.  A  salt  of  anilin  is 
not  colored  by  the.  acid  alone,  but  only  in  the  presence  of 
one  of  the  above-mentioned  oxidizing  bodies  ;  but  the  former 
is  first  colored  green,  then  a  persistent  blue,  and  finally 
black. 

Curarin  has  many  points  of  resemblance  to  strychnin ; 
it  is  very  bitter ;  it  yields  a  succession  of  colors  with  sul- 
phuric acid  and  potassium  dichromate;  but  it  is  much  more 
soluble  in  water,  forms  amorphous  compounds  with  potas- 
sium dichromate,  and  is  colored  purple  by  strong  nitric 
acid ;  it  is  nearly  insoluble  in  chloroform,  and  readily  solu- 
ble in  alkalies.  Its  physiological  effects  are  the  opposite  of 
those  of  strychnin. 

Cod-liver  oil,  when  treated  with  sulphuric  acid  alone, 
affords  a  play  of  colors  somewhat  like  those  presented  by 
strychnin. 

2.  Galvanic  Test. — This  acts  on  the  same  principle  of 
presenting  nascent  oxygen  to  the  strychnin ;  but  in  this 
instance  it  is  evolved  by  electricity.  A  drop  of  a  dilute 
solution  of  strychnin  is  placed  in  a  small  depression  made 
on  platinum  foil,  or  in  a  platinum  capsule,  allowed  to  evap- 
orate to  dryness,  and  then  moistened  with  a  drop  of  sul- 
phuric acid.  The  foil  (or  capsule)  is  connected  with  the 
positive  pole  of  a  single  cell  of  Grove's  battery,  and  the  acid 
is  touched  with  the  platinum  terminal  from  the  negative 
pole.  Instantly,  the  violet  color  will  flash  out  on  the  metal, 
32 


378  TOXICOLOGY. 

and    on    removing   the    pole   from   the   acid,  the  tint  will 
remain. 

3.  Sodium  hydroxid  and  ammonium  hydroxid  precipitate 
the  alkaloid  from  a  somewhat  concentrated  solution,  in  the 
crystalline  form.  The  best  method  is  to  expose  a  drop  of 
the  solution  on  a  glass  slide  to  the  vapors  of  ammonium 
hydroxid,  and  place  it  under  the  microscope ;  the  beautiful 
formation  of  the  long  stellate  prismatic  crystals  can  easily 
be  distinguished ;  these  can  be  identified,  by  touching  them 
with  a  drop  of  sulphuric  acid  and  a  small  amount  of  man- 
ganese dioxid,  when  the  play  of  colors  will  take  place. 

4.  Potassium  dicliromate. — A  solution  of  this  salt  throws 
down  from  a  strychnin  solution  a  bright  yellow  precipitate, 
which  soon  becomes  crystalline.  Placed  under  the  micro- 
scope, these  crystals  appear  in  groups,  mingled  with  octa- 
hedral plates.  When  dried,  these  should  be  verified  by 
touching  them  with  a  drop  of  sulphuric  acid,  which  pro- 
duces the  play  of  colors.     This  is  a  satisfactory  test. 

5.  Picric  acid. — A  solution  of  this  acid  precipitates 
strychnin  from  its  solution  in  the  form  of  abundant  yellow 
crystals.  The  best  mode  of  showing  it  is  to  add  a  drop  of 
the  solution  to  one  of  strychnin  on  a  glass  slide,  and  view 
the  reaction  under  the  microscope.  The  precipitate  which 
first  forms  soon  assumes  the  appearance  of  tufts  of  yellow 
crystals,  of  a  peculiar  claw-like  form.  These,  as  in  the 
former  experiment,  may  be  subjected  to  the  color-test  by 
the  same  method. 

Besides  the  above  tests  there  are  others  of  inferior  value 
— as  platinum  chlorid,  potassium  iodid,  and  potassium 
thiocyanate. 

6.  Physiologic  Test. — The  extreme  susceptibility  of  the 
frog  to  the  action  of  strychnin  was  first  employed  by  Mar- 
shall  Hall  as  a  test  for  this  poison.     It  may  be  applied 


POISONING    BY   STRYCHNIN.  379 

either  by  immersing  a  small  frog  in  the  strychnin  solution, 
or  by  injecting  it  into  the  throat  of  the  animal,  or,  preferably, 
under  the  skin.  Dr.  Reese  reports  that  he  has  had  many 
satisfactory  results  with  this  test.  One  of  these  experiments 
demonstrates  very  clearly  the  extreme  susceptibility  of  the 
frog  to  the  influence  of  strychnin  :  "  The  one  five-hundredth 
of  a  grain  of  strychnin  was  put  into  the  throat  of  a  middling- 
sized  frog;  it  was  convulsed,  and  died  in  about  thirty 
minutes.  The  extract  obtained  from  the  stomach  by  Stas' 
process,  although  it  afforded  no  perceptible  color-test,  had 
a  bitter  taste,  and  produced  tetanic  spasms  in  several  small 
active  frogs." 

Dr.  Reese's  experiments  in  this  line  further  demonstrated 
the  fact  that  while  morphin,  when  present  in  excess  with 
strychnin  in  small  quantities,  has  the  power  to  disguise  the 
color-test,  it  affords  no  obstacle  to  the  employment  of  the 
frog-test.  Two  experiments  may  be  quoted  under  this 
head :  "  A  frog  weighing  thirty-five  grains  was  immersed 
in  a  solution  of  the  strength  of  one-fourth  of  a  grain  of 
strychnin  and  eight  grains  of  morphin  to  one  pint  of  water ; 
it  was  convulsed  in  twenty  minutes.  Another  animal, 
rather  smaller,  was  convulsed  in  five  minutes."  (In  these 
experiments  only  a  small  portion  of  the  solution  was  used, 
less  than  a  fluid  drachm,  put  into  a  conical  glass,  in  which 
the  hind-quarters  only  of  the  animal  were  immersed.)  "A 
cat  was  poisoned  with  one-twentieth  of  a  grain  of  strychnin 
and  one-tenth  of  a  grain  of  morphin.  The  stomach,  on  ex- 
amination by  Stas'  process,  failed  to  yield  the  color  test ; 
but  the  watery  solution  of  the  extract  produced  most  de- 
cided tetanic  convulsions  in  eight  frogs,  generally  resulting 
in  death." 

The  physiologic  test,  although  so  important  for  cor- 
roboration,  .should    not   be  relied    on  exclusively,  in   the 


380  ■  TOXICOLOGY. 

absence  of  the  chemical  tests,  since  several  other  sub- 
stances, including  some  of  the  ptoma'ins,  produce  some- 
what similar  symptoms. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — The  stomach  properly  divided, 
together  with  its  contents,  and  a  sufficient  quantity  of  dis- 
tilled water,  should  be  made  distinctly  acid  with  pure  acetic 
acid.  If  the  elaborate  process  of  Stas  is  to  be  employed, 
the  strongest  alcohol  must  be  used  instead  of  water.  In 
either  case,  the  mass  should  be  digested  on  a  water-bath  for 
several  hours.  A  high  temperature  is  objectionable,  as  it 
dissolves  out  the  starchy  matters.  After  cooling,  it  is 
strained  through  muslin,  and  the  solid  matters  washed  with 
dilute  alcohol,  and  pressed.  The  liquid  should  next  be 
concentrated  by  evaporation,  and  filtered  through  paper.  It 
should  now  be  evaporated  to  dryness.  The  residue  will 
contain  any  strychnin  that  may  be  present,  in  the  form  of 
acetate,  mixed  with  organic  matter.  This  residue  should 
now  be  thoroughly  mixed  with  a  small  quantity  of  distilled 
water  containing  a  few  drops  of  acetic  acid,  then  filtered 
through  paper,  and  the  filtrate  shaken  up  successively  with 
ether,  benzene,  chloroform  and  amylic  alcohol,  which  will 
remove  many  impurities,  but  will  not  dissolve  the  strychnin 
in  the  acid  solution.  It  is  then  poured  into  a  glass  tube  or 
flask,  and  an  excess  of  sodium  carbonate  or  ammonium 
hydroxid  added,  which  liberates  the  strychnin.  Pure  chlo- 
roform, slightly  in  excess  of  the  mixture,  is  now  added,  and 
the  whole  briskly  shaken  together  for  some  minutes.  Blyth 
recommends  to  add  the  chloroform  before  the  alkali ;  the 
strychnin  is  more  soluble  before  it  assumes  the  crystalline 
condition.  The  chloroform  dissolves  out  the  alkaloid,  and 
collects  at  the  bottom  of  the  mixture  after  the  lapse  of  some 
time. 

To  separate  the  chloroform  from  the  supernatant  liquid, 


STRYCHNIN.  381 

the  easiest  practical  method  is  to  transfer  the  whole  mix- 
ture to  a  stoppered  glass  funnel,  or,  what  answers  equally- 
well,  a  glass  syringe  of  proper  size  after  removing  the 
piston,  and  having  previously  contracted  the  nozzle  to  a 
fine  point  by  means  of  the  flame.  Before  introducing  the 
liquid,  this  small  aperture  should  be  plugged  with  a  splinter 
of  wood,  and  about  half  a  drachm  of  pure  chloroform  first 
poured  into  the  syringe,  so  as  to  about  fill  the  narrow  por- 
tion. The  mixture  is  now  to  be  carefully  poured  in,  and  a 
sufficient  time  allowed  to  elapse  for  the  chloroform  to  sepa- 
rate and  settle  to  the  bottom.  By  placing  the  thumb  over 
the  larger  aperture  of  the  syringe,  and  withdrawing  the 
wooden  plug,  it  will  be  very  easy  to  control  the  flow  of  the 
contents.  A  few  drops  may  be  allowed  to  fall  successively, 
as  each  one  dries,  into  a  warmed  watch-glass,  or  porcelain 
capsule,  for  a  trial  by  the  color-test.  The  whole  of  the 
chloroform  is  then  permitted  to  flow  out  into  one  or  more 
capsules,  or  watch-glasses,  great  care  being  taken  not  to 
allow  any  of  the  other  mixture  to  escape  along  with  it.  The 
remaining  alkaline  liquid  may  be  shaken  up  with  an  addi- 
tional portion  of  chloroform,  and  the  separation  again  made 
as  before.  All  the  chloroform  is  now  permitted  to  evapo- 
rate spontaneously  to  dryness.  The  contained  strychnin, 
if  of  notable  quality,  will  usually  be  found  in  the  deposit,  in 
an  amorphous  form. 

As  a  trial-test,  a  portion  of  this  extract  should  now  be 
examined  by  the  taste,  for  bitterness;  by  the  color-test 
(although  this  may  not  be  very  satisfactory,  on  account 
of  the  mixture  with  organic  matter) ;  and  by  the  frog-test. 
The  remaining  portion  of  the  extract  is  to  be  dissolved  in  a 
minute  quantity  of  water,  acidulated  with  acetic  acid,  filtered 
and  subjected  to  the  usual  tests. 

The  main  difficulty  in  conducting  this  experiment  arises 


382  TOXICOLOGY. 

from  the  presence  of  organic  matters  in  connection  with  the 
strychnin.  If  the  chloroform  extract  has  a  yellow  color 
(denoting  its  impurity),  a  few  drops  of  strong  sulphuric  acid 
should  be  added  to  it,  and  thoroughly  stirred  with  a  glass 
rod  and  gently  heated.  This  blackens,  destroys  and  car- 
bonizes the  organic  matter,  and  converts  the  strychnin  into  a 
sulphate  ;  add  a  few  drops  of  water.  After  standing  a  short 
time,  the  dark  liquid  is  filtered,  sodium  carbonate  or  ammo- 
nium hydroxid  added  in  excess,  then  pure  chloroform,  as 
explained  above.  The  second  extract  thus  procured  is  gen- 
erally sufficiently  pure  for  all  practical  purposes. 

It  not  unfrequently  happens,  when  operating  on  complex 
organic  mixtures  by  the  chloroform  process,  that  difficulty 
is  experienced  in  getting  the  chloroform  to  separate  from 
the  alkaline  solution;  the  whole  mass  forming  a  sort  of 
emulsion.  In  such  a  case,  the  tube  may  be  immersed  in 
hot  water  for  some  time;  and  if  this  does  not  answer, 
nothing  remains  but  to  agitate  the  mixture  several  times 
successively  with  about  half  its  volume  of  pure  water, 
allowing  it  to  rest  each  time,  and  separating  the  chloroform 
as  before  directed.  The  separation  can  often  be  promoted 
by  the  use  of  a  centrifugal  machine.  The  mixture  is  slightly 
acidulated  by  acetic  acid,  then  transferred  to  a  small  dish^ 
and  evaporated  to  dryness  on  a  water-bath ;  the  residue  is 
stirred  with  a  very  small  quantity  of  pure  water ;  the  solution 
is  filtered,  rendered  slightly  alkaline,  and  again  agitated  with 
fresh  chloroform,  which  usually  will  readily  separate. 

The  method  of  dialysis  has  been  recommended  by  some 
authorities,  but  does  not  seem  to  be  as  .satisfactory  as  the 
one  just  described. 

Detection  in  the  Tissues  and  Blood. — Strychnin  is  absorbed 
into  the  circulation,  and  deposited  in  the  various  organs, 
just  like  the  mineral  poisons.     The  rapidity  with  which  the 


STRYCHNIN.  383 

absorption  takes  place  is  shown  in  a  case  mentioned  by- 
Taylor,  where  a  man  took  five  grains  of  the  poison  by 
mistake,  and  died  in  half  an  hour.  Strychnin  was  discov- 
ered in  the  stomach  in  the  quantity  of  one  grain;  it  was 
also  detected  in  the  liver  and  the  tongue.  This  case  shows 
that  within  half  an  hour,  four-fifths  of  the  poison  had  been 
removed  from  the  stomach  (or  could  not  be  detected  there 
by  chemical  research),  and  had  been  diffused  throughout  the 
body.  There  are,  however,  other  cases,  where  the  circum- 
stances were  apparently  just  as  favorable  for  the  absorption 
and  diffusion  of  the  poison,  but  where  there  was  a  total 
failure  to  detect  it  in  the  organs,  after  death. 

The  process  is  the  following:  the  organs  are  to  be  finely 
crushed  and  digested  in  strong  alcohol,  acidulated  with  sul- 
phuric acid,  in  the  proportion  of  eight  drops  to  the  fluid- 
ounce  of  the  mixture;  this  should  be  heated  below  212°  F. 
for  about  an  hour;  when  cool,  it  is  to  be  filtered  and  con- 
centrated, as  before  directed.  The  residue  is  then  nearly- 
neutralized  by  sodium  hydroxid,  care  being  taken  to  main- 
tain an  acid  reaction,  then  filtered  and  evaporated  nearly  to 
dryness.  To  the  cooled  residue  a  drachm  or  two  of  strong 
alcohol  is  added  and  thoroughly  stirred  with  It;  this  dis- 
solves out  the  strychnin  sulphate,  and  leaves  the  potassium 
sulphate  and  the  organic  matters.  The  alcoholic  solution 
is  now  filtered,  evaporated  almost  to  dryness,  the  residue 
stirred  with  pure  water,  rendered  alkaline  by  sodium  hy- 
droxid, and  finally  agitated  with  chloroform,  which  deposits 
the  alkaloid,  if  present,  on  evaporation. 

Dr.  Taylor  recommends  acetic  acid  and  ammonium 
hydroxid  in  these  cases. 

The  method  of  Rodgers  and  Girdwood  is  somewhat  simi- 
lar; they  employ  hydrochloric  acid  and  ammonium  hydroxid 
as  the  reagents,  along  with  chloroform. 


384  TOXICOLOGY. 

Strychnin  may  be  recovered  from  the  blood  by  a  similar 
process.  In  some  experiments  of  Wormley,  the  poison  was 
detected  in  the  blood  of  dogs  and  cats,  where  death  took 
place  in  three  and  six  minutes  respectively  after  its  admin- 
istration. This  shows  the  extreme  rapidity  with  which  it 
is  absorbed. 

Detection  m  the  Urine. — The  urine  should  be  evaporated 
to  a  syrupy  consistence,  acidulated  with  acetic  acid  mixed 
with  an  ounce  of  strong  alcohol,  filtered  and  evaporated  to 
near  dryness.  The  residue  is  to  be  stirred  with  pure  water, 
filtered,  if  necessary,  sodium  hydroxid  added  in  excess  and 
agitated  with  chloroform. 

Failure  to  Detect. — It  must  be  admitted  that  the  most 
careful  analysis  sometimes  fails  to  discover  this  poison  in 
the  body  after  death,  and  that,  too,  where  the  circumstances 
were  apparently  favorable  to  it.  This  failure  may  some- 
times be  ascribed  to  the  smallness  of  the  dose,  and  again, 
possibly,  to  some  interference — probably  some  ptomain, 
especially  when  there  is  putrefaction ;  though  mere  putres- 
cence of  the  body  is,  of  itself,  no  obstacle  to  its  detection, 
since  it  has  been  recovered  months  after  death,  and  where 
the  body  was  in  an  advanced  state  of  decomposition.  Allen 
has  reported  a  case  in  which  strychnin  was  found  in  organic 
matter  after  seven  years.  Dr.  Leffmann  has  found  it  in 
vomited  matter  which  had  been  kept  for  nine  years.  Chris- 
tison,  Taylor  and  other  well-known  authorities  have  at  times 
been  foiled  in  their  efforts  to  detect  the  poison.  In  a  case 
that  Dr.  Reese  examined,  some  years  ago,  in  which  a  woman 
was  poisoned,  it  was  alleged,  with  six  grains  of  strychnin, 
and  in  which  death  was  postponed  for  the  unusually  long 
period  of  six  hours,  there  was  a  similar  failure  to  detect  the 
poison  eight  weeks  after  death,  although  the  body  was  well 
preserved.     In  this  case  (as  already  mentioned),  morphin 


POISONING    BY    BRUCIN.  385 

had  also  been  administered,  which  may  have  interfered  with 
the  usual  color  test;  or  an  interfering  ptoma'in  might  have 
been  present. 

Brucin. — This  alkaloid  is  generally  found  associated  with 
strychnin.  It  occurs  either  in  the  form  of  a  white  powder, 
or  in  colorless  prismatic  crystals.  It  is  more  soluble  in 
water  and  alcohol  than  strychnin.  It  is  freely  soluble  in 
chloroform  and  alcohol.  It  has  an  intensely  bitter  taste. 
Concentrated  sulphuric  acid  dissolves  it,  giving  a  faint  rose 
coloration'.  It  does  not  respond  to  the  color-test  of  strych- 
nin.    Nitric  acid  gives  a  characteristic  blood-red  color. 

Its  poisonous  properties  are  similar  to  those  of  strychnin, 
though  much  less  intense.  Falck  considers  it  at  least  thir- 
teen times  less  powerful.  As  the  symptoms  of  poisoning 
by  brucin  are  similar  to  those  caused  by  strychnin,  the 
toxicologist  should  guard  agains!  being  deceived  in  a 
medico-legal  investigation,  in  the  event  of  not  discovering 
strychnin  by  the  usual  color-test.  In  such  a  case  it  would 
always  be  proper  to  search  for  brucin. 

Tests. — The  characteristic  reagent  is  nitric  acid,  which 
instantly  produces  a  blood-red  color,  with  a  speedy  solution 
of  the  alkaloid.  If  heated,  the  color  changes  to  yellow. 
If,  after  cooling,  a  drop  of  the  solution  of  stannous  chlorid 
be  added,  the  color  changes  to  a  beautiful  purple.  The 
somewhat  similar  red  color  produced  on  morphin  by  nitric 
acid  is  not  changed  by  protochlorid  of  tin. 

(2)  Sulphuric  acid  and  Potassium  nitrate. — Touch  the 
fragment  of  brucin  with  a  drop  of  strong  sulphuric  acid,  a 
faint  rose  color  is  produced;  then  add  a  small  crystal  of 
potassium  nitrate,  when  the  color  changes  to  a  deep 
orange-red. 

(3)  Ammonium  hydroxid  produces,  with  a  drop  of  brucin 


386  TOXICOLOGY.      . 

solution,  a  beautiful  crystallization,  viewed  by  the  micro- 
scope. 

Blyth  regards  methyl  iodid  as  the  best  test  for  brucin. 
If  it  is  added  to  a  strong  alcoholic  solution  of  brucin,  circu- 
lar rosettes  of  crystals  appear.  This  test  does  not  act  with 
strychnin. 

The  frog-test  is  equally  applicable  to  brucin,  allowing  for 
its  comparative  inferiority  in  strength  to  strychnin. 

The  toxicologic  examination  for  brucin  is  conducted  in  the 

same  manner  as   described   for  strychnin.      The    ultimate 

extract  is  to  be  tested  by  nitric  acid  and  stannous  chlorid. 

Brucin  has  been  detected  in  the  blood  of  animals  poisoned 

by  it.^ 

CEREBRO-SPINAL  NEUROTICS. 

A  subdivision  of  Cerebro-spinal  Neurotics  has  received 
the  name  of  Deliria7its  because  of  the  active  delirium  that 
constitutes  one  of  their  prominent  symptoms.  They  also 
produce  other  effects  in  common,  such  as  illusion  of  the 
senses,  dilatation  of  the  pupil,  heat  and  dryness  of  the 
throat,  a  flushed  face,  and  frequently  a  redness  of  the  skin. 
They  all  belong  to  the  same  natural  order  of  plants,  Sola- 
naceoe.  From  their  physiological  property  of  dilating  the 
pupil,  they  have  received  the  name  of  Mydriatics.  They 
comprise  Belladonna,  Stramonium,  Hyoscyamus,  and  dif- 
ferent species  of  Solanum. 

BELLADONNA. 

Belladonna  [^Deadly  Nightshade^. — The  leaves,  berries 
and  root  of  Atropa  Belladona  are  violently  poisonous.  The 
leaves  and  root  are  used  in  medicine.  Children  are  fre- 
quently poisoned  by  eating  the  berries. 

Symptoms. — A  sense  of  heat  and  dryness  in  the  mouth 
and  throat,  difficulty  of  swallowing,  nausea,  vomiting,  giddi- 


POISONING    BY    ATROPIN FATAL    DOSE.  387 

ness,  extreme  dilatation  of  the  pupil,  loss  of  vision,  flushed 
face,  sparkling'  eyes,  delirium  of  an  excited,  maniacal  char- 
acter, spectral  illusions,  convulsions,  followed  by  stupor  and 
coma.  Irritation  of  the  urinary  organs  frequently  occurs, 
such  as  strangury,  suppression  of  urine  and  hematuria.  A 
scarlet  eruption  is  often  observed  over  the  skin.  Some  of 
these  effects  have  been  produced  by  the  external  application 
of  belladonna,  in  the  form  of  a  plaster  or  liniment.  The 
symptoms  of  belladonna  poisoning  usually  show  themselves 
from  half  an  hour  to  two  hours,  occasionally  sooner ;  they 
do  not  generally  terminate  fatally.  Death,  when  it  occurs, 
usually  takes  place  within  twenty-four  hours. 

In  case  of  death  from  the  leaves  or  seeds  of  belladonna, 
these  can  usually  be  distinguished  in  the  alimentary  canal, 
by  their  botanical  characters,  as  shown  by  the  microscope. 

Atropin. — This  alkaloid  is  the  active  principle  of  bella- 
donna, and  is  a  very  powerful  poison,  producing  symptoms 
similar  to  those  above  described,  only  more  speedily.  The 
application  of  a  weak  solution  to  the  eyes  has  occasioned 
symptoms  of  belladonna  poisoning.  Used  hypodermically, 
even  in  doses  of  one-fiftieth  to  one-tenth  of  a  grain,  it  occa- 
sions, at  times,  violent  symptoms.  Employed  in  this  man- 
ner in  combination  with  morphin  in  excess,  its  activity 
appears  to  be  modified.  Death  has  resulted  from  the  exter- 
nal use  of  a  strong  ointment  of  atropin. 

Fatal  Dose. — One-half  to  three-quarters  of  a  grain  may 
be  regarded  as  a  minimum  fatal  dose  for  an  adult.  The 
criminal  administration  of  this  poison  is  very  rare.  Taylor 
records  a  case  where  a  surgeon  of  a  workhouse  was  fatally 
poisoned  by  a  nurse,  by  administering  it  in  milk.  The 
diagnosis  is  not  always  easy,  since  the  same  symptoms  are 
produced  by  hyoscyamus  and  stramonium.     There  appears 


388  TOXICOLOGY. 

to'  be  a  special  tendency  to  its  elimination  from  the  system 
by  the  kidneys.  Guy  states,  on  the  authority  of  Harley, 
that  the  presence  of  atropin  in  the  urine  can  be  readily 
proved  within  twenty  minutes  after  the  injection  under  the 
skin  of  one-forty- eighth  to  one-ninety-sixth  of  a  grain,  by 
the  action  of  the  urine  on  the  eye.  Twelve  drops  will 
largely  dilate  the  pupil,  and  maintain  it  in  that  state  for 
several  hours. 

Treatment. — The  immediate  evacuation  of  the  stomach 
by  an  active  emetic,  or  by  the  stomach-pump.  There  is  no 
chemical  antidote.  The  physiological  antidote  is  morphin, 
which  should  be  carefully  and  repeatedly  administered. 
The  subcutaneous  injection  of  pilocarpin  has  been  found 
very  effectual  by  Ringer  and  others. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — These  are  not  characteristic. 
There  may  be  congestion  of  the  vessels  of  the  brain,  with 
some  red  patches  of  the  stomach  and  esophagus.  When 
the  poisoning  has  resulted  from  eating  the  ripe  berries,  the 
whole  lining  membrane  of  the  alimentary  canal  may  be 
dyed  of  a  purple  color,  and  portions  of  the  berries  and  seeds 
may  be  discovered  in  the  intestines,  or  in  the  stools.  The 
blood  is  usually  fluid,  and  dark-colored. 

Analytic  Methods. — Atropin,  when  pure,  occurs  in  white 
crystalline  tufts.  Its  taste  is  acrid  and  bitter;  slightly 
soluble  in  cold  water,  very  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether  and 
chloroform.  It  sublimes  at  200°  F.  Its  color  is  not 
changed  by  either  of  the  mineral  acids.  It  has  alkaline 
properties,  neutralizing  acids,  and  forming  salts.  If  a 
minute  quantity  be  evaporated  to  dryness  with  a  few  drops 
of  a  solution  of  barium  hydroxid,  and  heated  strongly,  an 
agreeable  odor  is  evolved,  resembling  that  of  hawthorn 
(Blyth). 

Sodium  hydroxid  throws  down  from  solutions  of  atropin 


POISONING    BY   ATROPIN — ANALYTIC    METHODS.  389 

salts  a  precipitate  which  ultimately  becomes  crystalline.  That 
produced  by  ammonium  hydroxid  remains  amorphous.  It  is 
also  precipitated  by  gold  chlorid,  and  by  picric  acid.  lodin 
in  potassium  iodid  gives  a  reddish-brown  precipitate  with  a 
very  minute  portion,  but  this  is  not  characteristic.  Wormley 
considers  bromin  in  hydrobromic  acid  to  be  the  character- 
istic test  for  atropin.  The  precipitate  is  at  first  amorphous, 
of  a  yellow  color;  but  it  soon  becomes  crystalline.  It  is 
insoluble  in  acetic  acid,  and  but  slightly  so  in  either  of  the 
mineral  acids.  The  one-ten-thousandth,  to  one-twenty- 
five-thousandth  of  a  grain  will  give  satisfactory  results  with 
this  reagent. 

Another  delicate  test  is  that  of  Vitali.  A  small  portion 
is  covered  with  a  little  fuming  nitric  acid,  and  dried  on  a 
water  bath;  and  when  cold  is  moistened  with  a  drop  of 
a  solution  of  potassium  hydroxid  in  absolute  alcohol;  a 
violet  color  is  instantly  produced,  which  soon  passes  into  a 
fine  red. 

Free  atropin,  as  obtained  by  evaporating  its  chloroform  or 
ether  solution  (after  liberation  of  the  alkaloid  from  one  of 
its  salts  by  ammonium  hydroxid),  gives  a  red  color  with 
phenolphthale'in.  This  reaction  is  common  to  hyoscyamin 
and  hyoscin,  and  is  also  produced  by  the  artificial  base 
homatropin,  but  is  not  given  by  any  other  alkaloid  in  com- 
mon use  (except,  according  to  Pliigge,  the  volatile  bases 
conin  and  nicotin).  Fliickiger,  who  first  observed  the 
peculiar  behavior  of  the  trope'ines  with  phenolphthalein, 
recommends  that  a  minute  quantity  of  the  alkaloid  to  be 
tested  should  be  placed  on  phenolphthalein  paper  (this 
should  be  freshly  prepared),  which  is  then  wetted  with 
strong  alcohol.  No  coloration  will  be  produced  at  first, 
but  on  allowing  the  alcohol  to  evaporate,  and  touching  the 
alkaloid  with  a  drop  of  water,  a  brilliant  red  coloration  will 


390  TOXICOLOGY. 

appear.  On  adding  alcohol  the  color  is  destroyed,  but 
appears  again  as  the  spirit  evaporates. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — We  should  first  of  all  endeavor 
to  discover  any  seeds,  or  remains  of  the  leaves  or  berries  of 
the  plant.  The  vomit  and  stools  should,  if  possible,  be  also 
examined  for  these.  The  stomach,  with  its  contents,  and 
other  organs,  properly  comminuted,  should  be  treated  after 
a  modification  of  Stas'  process,  alcohol  being  used  as  the 
solvent,  along  with  sulphuric  acid.  After  heating,  strain- 
ing, evaporating,  purifying  by  pure  ether  or  amyl  alcohol, 
removing  the  ether,  and  adding  solution  of  potassium 
hydroxid  in  excess,  the  ultimate  extract  is  obtained  by 
chloroform,  and  tested,  first,  with  the  bromin  test,  which,  if 
successful,  may  be  followed  by  the  other  tests. 

The  physiological  test  consists  in  applying  a  portion 
of  the  ultimate  extract  to  the  eyes  either  of  a  man,  or  one 
of  the  lower  animals,  as  the  rabbit.  The  minutest  quantity 
will  produce  the  characteristic  dilatation  of  the  pupil.  It 
must,  however,  be  remembered  that  other  members  of  this 
class  of  alkaloids  will  produce  a  similar  result,  and  that 
mydriatic  ptoma'ins  may  be  extracted  from  decomposed 
tissues. 

The  rabbit  evinces  a  remarkable  tolerance  for  belladonna 
and  its  alkaloid.  It  will  live  exclusively  on  the  former  for 
many  days,  and  tolerate  enormous  doses  of  the  latter,  either 
by  the  stomach,  or  subcutaneously,  without  perceptible 
effects. 

STRAMONIUM,  HYOSCYAMUS  AND  SOLANUM. 

Stramonium  {Tliorn  Apple,  Jamestown  Weed). — The  Da- 
tura strajfionium  is  a  common  plant,  abounding  in  this 
country,  and  also  in  Europe.  It  grows  freely  on  waste 
grounds ;  other  varieties  occur  in   India.     All  parts  of  the 


POISONING    BY   STRAMONIUM.  391 

plant  are  poisonous,  especially  the  seeds  and  fruit.  Its 
active  alkaloid  principle  has  been  called  daturin,  but  is  now 
regarded  as  identical  with  atropin. 

Cases  of  poisoning  by  stramonium  are  usually  accidental, 
and  chiefly  occur  in  children,  from  eating  the  seeds. 

Symptoms. — Very  similar  to  those  produced  by  bella- 
donna, such  as  dryness  of  throat,  with  difficulty  of  swallow- 
ing, dilated,  insensible  pupil,  violent  and  incoherent  delirium, 
nausea,  vomiting,  headache,  vertigo,  ringing  in  the  ears, 
spectral  illusions,  followed  by  stupor  and  coma.  Some- 
times there  are  convulsions  and  paralysis,  together  with  a 
scarlet  efflorescence  on  the  skin.  The  external  application 
of  the  bruised  leaves  has  occasioned  symptoms  of  poisoning. 

In  India,  a  species  of  datura  is  employed  by  the  Thugs 
for  the  purpose  of  drugging  their  victims. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — Very  similar  to  those  result- 
ing from  belladonna.  There  is  nothing  characteristic.  The 
seeds  and  remains  of  the  leaves  may  be  discovered  in  the 
alimentary  canal,  if  these  have  been  the  cause  of  death. 

Treatment. — The  same  as  that  recommended  for  bella- 
donna poisoning. 

Analysis. — The  seeds  are  of  a  black  or  brown  color,  kid- 
ney-shaped, with  a  wrinkled  surface.  They  are  much  larger 
than  those  of  belladonna  or  hyoscyamus.  According  to 
Guy,  it  requires  one  hundred  and  twenty  henbane  seeds, 
and  ninety  of  belladonna,  to  weigh  one  grain,  but  only  eigJit 
of  stramonium. 

The  method  of  procuring  the  alkaloid  from  the  stomach 
and  organs  is  the  same  as  that  above  described  for  atropin. 

Hyoscyamus  [Heiibane). — The  Hyoscyamus  niger  grows 
both  in  America  and  Europe.  All  parts  are  poisonous. 
The  root  is  tapering,  resembling  that  of  the  parsnip,  for 


392  TOXICOLOGY. 

which  it  has  often  been  mistaken.  The  medicinal  prepa- 
rations from  the  plant  are  extremely  variable  and  uncertain, 
depending  very  much  on  the  mode  of  growth,  collection 
and  preparation. 

The  symptoms,  in  general,  resemble  those  of  belladonna 
and  stramonium. 

Analysis.  —  It  can  only  be  identified  in  the  matters 
vomited,  or  in  the  stomach  and  intestines  after  death,  by 
the  botanical  character  of  the  seeds,  or  fragments  of  the 
leaves  discovered. 

Hyoscyamin,  the  alkaloidal  principle,  forms  in  white, 
silky  crystals,  inodorous  when  pure,  but  is  usually  found 
possessing  a  disagreeable  smell ;  taste  acrid.  It  is  difficult 
to  isolate.  There  is  no  special  chemical  test  for  it.  It 
dilates  the  pupil,  like  atropin.  It  speedily  passes  into  the 
urine,  when  swallowed. 

Soianum. — Three  species  of  the  genus  Solanum  are 
usually  referred  to  in  the  books,  as  possessing  poisonous 
properties :  these  are  6".  dulcamara,  Bittersweet,  or  Woody 
Nightshade ;  ^S.  nigrum,  Garden  Nightshade ;  and  .S.  tube- 
rosum. Common  Potato.  These  all  contain  a  substance 
called  solanin. 

The  .S".  dulcamara  is  cultivated  in  gardens  as  an  orna- 
ment. Its  berries  are  sometimes  eaten  by  children,  occa- 
sioning poisonous  results.  The  dried  stems  are  used 
medicinally. 

The  ^.  nigrum  produces  white  flowers  and  black  berries. 
The  latter,  like  the  fruit  of  the  S.  dulcamara,  have  fre- 
quently proved  poisonous  to  children  who  have  swallowed 
them.  They  are  more  powerful  in  their  effects  than  the 
others. 

S.  tuberosum  is  the  common  potato.     The  berries  and 


POISONING    BY    COCAIN.  393 

young  shoots  have  proved  poisonous,  the  former  fatally,  in 
the  case  of  a  young  girl.  Christison  quotes  an  instance  in 
which  four  persons  of  a  family  were  seized  with  alarming 
symptoms,  such  as  vomiting,  coma  and  convulsions,  after 
eating  potatoes  that  had  commenced  to  sprout  and  shrivel. 

The  general  symptoms  produced  by  solanin  are  -very 
similar  to  those  resulting  from  the  mydriatics.  It  is  much 
less  powerful  than  the  other  bodies  of  this  class. 

When  pure,  solanin  is  in  the  form  of  delicate  acicular 
crystals ;  nearly  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alcohol,  less 
so  in  ether,  insoluble  in  chloroform.  It  is  also  soluble  in 
amylic  alcohol.  The  hot  solution  in  the  latter  has  the  pro- 
perty of  gelatinizing  on  cooling,  even  in  so  small  a  quantity 
as  one  part  in  a  thousand.  Cold  sulphuric  acid  first  changes 
it  into  an  orange-yellow,  and  then  dissolves  it,  the  solution 
becoming  brown.  Nitric  acid  dissolves  it,  the  solution 
being  at  first  colorless,  and  subsequently  changing  to  a 
rose-red«tint.  The  former  acid  is  the  best  test  for  it.  Other 
reagents  do  not  give  characteristic  results. 

Solanin  is  separated  from  organic  mixtures  by  a  modifi- 
cation of  Stas'  process ;  alcohol  and  sulphuric  acid  being 
employed  as  the  solvent,  and  warm  alcohol  to  separate  the 
final  extract. 

Cocain. — This  is  a  crystalline  alkaloid,  found  in  the  leaves 
of  the  Eryihroxylon  Coca.  It  is  colorless ;  has  a  bitter 
taste ;  is  nearly  insoluble  in  water  and  alcohol  ;  soluble  in 
ether.  In  small  doses  it  is  a  cerebral,  cardiac,  respiratory 
and  nervous  stimulant.  Over-doses  produce  great  embar- 
rassment'of  the  heart  and  lungs,  the  pulse  becoming  small, 
rapid  and  intermittent ;  respiration  slow  and  feeble.  Death 
occurs  from  spasm  of  the  heart  and  muscles  of  respiration. 
It  also  occasions  delirium  and  hallucinations,  and  li.kewise 
33 


394  TOXICOLOGY. 

dilates  the  pupils,  whether  taken  internally  or  externally. 
It  is  sometimes  taken  to  correct  the  morphin  habit,  but  is 
very  apt  to  substitute  its  own  habit  upon  the  unfortunate 
patient. 

Cocain  is  valuable  as  a  local  anesthetic  in  from  4  to  10 
per  cent,  solutions,  as  an  application  to  painful  affections 
of  the  nose,  ear  and  throat ;  also,  in  minor  surgical  opera- 
tions. This  local  application  sometimes  produces  dan- 
gerous symptoms;  in  one  case,  so  small  an  amount  as 
two-thirds  of  a  grain  produced  death.  There  is  no  proper 
antidote  ;  morphin  is  perhaps  the  best  physiologic  remedy. 
Cocain  resembles  atropin  in  its  general  action,  especially  in 
its  influence  on  the  pulse,  respiration,  pupils,  sweat  glands 
and  bowels. 

What  is  termed  the  cocain  habit  is  marked  by  insomnia, 
loss  of  digestive  power,  enfeeblement  of  mind,  emaciation, 
hallucinations,  delirium,  and  general  loss  of  health — a  con- 
dition much  resembling  the  worst  effects  of  opiun^ 

Cocain  is  usually  employed  in  the  form  of  hydrochlorid. 
It  is  contained  in  many  of  the  preparations  now  used  for 
producing  local  anesthesia  in  the  extraction  of  teeth.  A 
small  amount  of  phenol  is  also  often  present  in  these  liquids. 

The  most  striking  tests  for  cocain  or  its  salts  in  aqueous 
solution  are  the  crystalline  precipitates  produced  by  gold 
chlorid,  platinum  chlorid,  and  picric  acid.  lodin  in  potas- 
sium iodid  produces  a  rose-colored  precipitate  in  very  dilute 
solution,  and  a  brown  one  in  stronger  solutions,  which  is 
not  crystalline.  When  cocain  is  subjected  to  Vitali's  test 
(see  under  atropin),  a  distinct  odor  of  peppermint  or  citron- 
ella  is  noticed. 

Several  of  the  cerebro-spinal  neurotics  are  conveniently 
classified  as  depressants,  because  they  produce  great  depres- 


POISONING    BY   TOBACCO.  395 

sion  of  the  muscular  system,  though  they  differ  materially 
in  other  respects. 

TOBACCO  AND  LOBELIA. 

Tobacco  is  the  dried  leaves  of  Nicotiana  tabacmn,  a  plant 
belonging  to  the  natural  order  of  Solanaceoe.  It  owes  its 
activity  and  poisonous  properties  to  a  volatile  oily  alkaloid 
(nicotin),  which  somewhat  resembles  conin,  and  which 
exists  in  different  proportions  in  different  specimens  of  the 
leaves,  varying  from  two  to  eight  per  cent. 

Symptoms. — A  large  dose  of  tobacco  (or  even  a  small  one 
to  those  unaccustomed  to  its  use)  produces  very  decided 
symptoms.  Very  soon  after  taking  it,  either  by  swallowing 
or  enema,  it  occasions  nausea,  giddiness,  a  sense  of  con- 
fusion of  the  head,  vomiting,  severe  retching,  great  prostra- 
tion, heat  in  the  stomach,  frequent  and  very  feeble  pulse, 
cold,  clammy  skin,  trembling  of  the  limbs,  and  sometimes 
severe  purging.  Respiration  is  difficult,  and  urination  ia- 
voluntarjf.  In  some  cases  there  is  violent  pain  in  the  ab- 
domen ;  in  others  there  is  a  great  sense  of  depression  and 
of  impending  death.  •  Convulsions  of  a  tetanic  character 
sometimes  occur.  The  pupils  are  not  always  similarly 
affected.  Taylor  states  that  they  are  dilated.  Percival 
speaks  of  it  as  differing  from  belladonna  in  contracting 
them;  also  by  the  absence  of  delirium,  and  of  dryness  of 
the  throat.  Wharton  and  Stille  state  that  the  pupils  are  but 
slightly  affected. 

The  external  application  of  tobacco,  either  to  the  sound 
skin,  or  to  abraided  surfaces,  produces  alarming  and  even 
fatal  effects.  A  wet  leaf  put  around  the  throat  in  spasmodic 
croup  often  relieves  the  spasm,  but  it  should  be  used  with 
great  caution  on  a  young  child.  A  decoction  applied  to 
the  skin  of  a  man  for  an  eruptive  disease  caused  death  in 
three  hours. 


396  TOXICOLOGY. 

Its  fatal  effects,  when  administered  by  the  rectum,  are 
well  known.  It  was  formerly  much  used  in  this  manner 
to  aid  the  taxis  in  strangulated  hernia ;  but  it  is  always  a 
dangerous  remedy.  Even  tobacco  smoke,  diffused  through 
water  and  swallowed,  has  caused  the  death  of  a  young 
infant. 

Tobacco  smoking  has  been  known  to  produce  violent 
and  even  fatal  effects,  when  carried  to  great  excess,  although 
there  is  considerable  diversity  of  opinion  as  to  whether 
nicotin  is  present  in  tobacco  smoke  or  not.  Authorities 
are  found  on  both  sides. 

The  rapidity  of  the  effects  of  tobacco  on  the  human  sys- 
tem varies  with  the  dose,  and  mode  of  administration. 
In  one  case,  snuff  swallowed  in  whisky  caused  death  in  one 
hour.  In  another  instance,  quoted  by  Beck,  an  enema  of 
tobacco,  used  to  expel  worms,  produced  violent  convulsions, 
and  death  in  fifteen  minutes.  Christison  gives  another  case, 
where  a  tobacco  enema  proved  fatal  in  thirty-five  minutes. 
The  application  of  nicotin  to  the  tongue  of  an  animal  caused 
death  within  two  minutes. 

Post-mortem  Appearances — There  is  no  characteristic 
lesion.  A  diffused  redness  over  the  mucous  surface  of  the 
stomach  and  bowels,  with  an  empty  heart,  and  congestion 
of  the  vessels  of  the  brain,  liver  and  lungs,  are  about  all 
that  will  be  found.  The  blood  is  usually  very  dark  and 
liquid.  If  the  leaf  or  powder  has  been  swallowed,  these 
may  be  recognized  by  microscopic  examination.  In  a  case 
of  suicide  Taylor  found  general  relaxation  of  the  muscular 
system,  staring  eyes,  bloated  and  livid  features,  the  vessels 
of  the  brain  and  scalp,  and  also  of  the  lungs,  gorged  with 
black  blood,  and  the  heart  empty,  except  its  left  auricle. 
There  was  intense  congestion  of  the  mucous  membrane  of 
the  stomach  and  of  the  liver.     The  blood  was  liquid,  and 


POISONING    BY    NICOTIN,  397 

in  some  parts  had  the  consistence  of  treacle.     No  peculiar 
odor  was  perceptible. 

Nicotin. — This  alkaloid,  when  pure,  is  a  colorless,  oily- 
liquid,  which,  on  exposure,  becomes  light-yellowish,  and 
thicker  in  consistence.  It  produces  a  greasy,  volatile  stain 
on  paper,  like  conin.  It  is  usually  said  to  possess  an  acrid, 
unpleasant  odor,  but,  if  perfectly  pure,  the  smell  is  ethereal 
and  agreeable.  It  has  a  strong,  alkaline  reaction,  and  a 
density  of  i.oiii.  It  is  freely  soluble  in  water,  alcohol, 
ether,  chloroform,  turpentine,  and  the  fixed  oils.  Ether  and 
chloroform  will  extract  it  from  its  watery  solution.  Its  taste 
is  very  pungent  and  acrid,  even  when  much  diluted,  causing 
a  peculiar  sensation  in  the  throat  and  air  passages.  It 
slowly  distills  at  about  295°  F.,  and  boils  at  about  470°  F. 
Heated  on  platinum,  it  burns  with  a  bright  flame,  emitting 
a  thick  black  smoke. 

Nicotin  is  one  of  the  most  rapidly  fatal  poisons  known, 
even  rivaling  prussic  acid.  A  single  drop  destroyed  a 
rabbit  in  three  and  a  half  minutes.  In  Wormley's  experi- 
ments, one  drop,  placed  in  the  mouth  of  a  full-grown  cat, 
produced  immediate  prostration,  continued  convulsions,  and 
death  in  seventy-eight  seconds. 

In  the  celebrated  case  of  Count  Bocarme,  who  was  exe- 
cuted in  Belgium,  185 1,  for  poisoning  his  brother-in-law, 
Gustave  Fougnies,  nicotin  was  the  agent  used.  An  un- 
known quantity  was  forcibly  put  into  the  throat  of  the 
victim,  the  Countess  assisting  her  husband  as  an  accom- 
plice in  the  murder.  Death  was  believed  to  have  taken 
place  within  five  minutes.  The  poison  was  detected  by 
Stas  in  the  tongue,  throat,  stomach,  liver  and  spleen  of  the 
deceased,  and  also  from  stains  on  the  floor,  near  where  the 
act  was    committed.     From   the   excellent   report   of  the 


398  TOXICOLOGY. 

examination  of  Stas,  we  may  note  the  following  particulars: 
The  appearance  of  the  tongue  indicated  the  action  of  some 
highly  acrid  agent;  it  was  swollen,  blackened,  softened 
and  friable ;  the  epithelium  was  easily  detached.  This  was 
also  the  condition  of  the  mucous  lining  of  the  mouth  and 
pharynx ;  it  was  reddened,  as  if  cauterized,  and  easily 
separated.  The  lining  membrane  of  the  stomach  was  in- 
tensely injected,  exhibiting  large  patches,  which  were  livid 
and  black.  The  vessels  were  filled  with  a  black  coagulum, 
resembling  blood  that  had  been  treated  with  sulphuric  acid. 
The  duodenum  was  also  highly  injected.  There  were  no 
ulcerations,  or  perforations  of  the  stomach  and  bowels. 
The  lungs  were  gorged  with  black  blood,  and  exhibited  the 
usual  character  of  asphyxia.  The  heart  was  normal;  its 
cavities  contained  black,  liquid  blood.  No  odor  was  ob- 
served in  the  body. 

Analytic  Methods. — If  a  drop  be  put  into  a  watch  glass, 
and  this  be  covered  with  another  glass  inverted,  containing 
a  drop  of  either  nitric  or  hydrochloric  acrd,  the  glass  will 
become  filled  with  white  fumes,  not  so  dense  as  from  conine, 
nor  do  they  give  rise  to  the  formation  of  crystals.  The 
strong  acids  applied  directly  to  it  produces  no  characteristic 
effects. 

Nicotin  unites  freely  with  acids,  forming  salts,  which  do 
not  readily  crystallize,  retaining  the  peculiar  taste  of  the 
alkaloid,  but  are  destitute  of  odor.  They  are  mostly  solu- 
ble in  water  and  alcohol,  but  not  in  ether  or  chloroform. 

(i)  Platinum  chlorid  throws  down  a  yellow  precipitate, 
which  becomes  crystalline,  seen  under  the  microscope, 
which  is  soluble  in  hydrochloric  acid. 

(2)  Mercuric  chlorid  gives  a  white  crystalline  precipitate, 
changing  to  yellow.  These  crystals  assume  a  peculiar, 
beautiful  appearance,  in  groups  of  various  patterns.     These 


NICOTIN TOXICOLOGIC    EXAMINATION.  399 

are  distinguished  from  the  precipitates  caused  by  this  same 
reagent  with  ammonium  hydroxid  and  the  other  alkaloids, 
by  the  fact  that  the  latter  are  amorphous,  except  that  of 
strychnin,  but  which  last  is  wholly  unlike  that  produced  by 
nicotin.     This  is  a  very  delicate  test. 

(3)  Gold  chlorid  yields  a  yellow  amorphous  precipitate, 
but  not  characteristic. 

(4)  Picric  acid  gives  a  yellow  amorphous  precipitate, 
which  ultimately  assumes  the  form  of  a  crystalline  tuft,  to 
be  viewed  by  the  microscope. 

(5)  By  adding  to  an  ethereal  solution  of  nicotin  a  solution 
of  iodin  in  ether,  beautiful,  long,  needle-like  crystals  form 
after  some  hours. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — The  stomach  and  other  organs, 
properly  prepared,  may  be  subjected  to  the  process  of  Stas. 
In  fact,  it  was  the  process  employed  by  its  originator  in  the 
Bocarme  case  above  alluded  to.  Other  good  authorities 
have  somewhat  simplified  his  process.  Water  may  be  em- 
ployed as  the  solvent,  instead  of  alcohol ;  and  either  acetic, 
sulphuric,  or  tartaric  acid  may  be  used.  After  proper  con- 
centration and  filtration,  it  should  be  super-saturated  with 
sodium  hydroxid,  and  shaken  up  with  chloroform  or  ether, 
and  these  solutions,  when  properly  separated,  allowed  to 
evaporate  spontaneously  on  watch  crystals,  when  the  nico- 
tin, if  present,  will  be  seen  in  the  form  of  drops  or  oily 
streaks,  having  the  peculiar  odor  of  the  alkaloid,  which  is 
rendered  more  distinct  by  heating.  This  should  be  dis- 
solved in  a  few  drops  of  water,  and  the  appropriate  tests 
applied.  A  drop  or  two  may  also  be  given  to  a  small 
animal.  Nicotin  inserted  under  the  skin  of  a  frog  pro- 
duces peculiar  muscular  movements,  attended  with  tetanic 
convulsions,  slowing  of  the  heart's  action,  and  of  respira- 
tion. 


400  TOXICOLOGY. 

It  causes  death  most  probably  by  paralyzing  the  respira- 
tory nerve  centres. 

Nicotin  has  been  detected  in  the  tissues  several  months 
after  death.  Wormley  procured  it  from  the  blood  of  two 
cats,  each  poisoned  by  a  drop  placed  upon  the  tongue,  the 
animals  having  died  in  seventy-five  seconds,  and  in  two 
and  a  half  minutes,  respectively. 

A  ptoma'in  has  been  discovered  possessing  many  of  the 
properties  of  nicotin ;  but  it  is  not  poisonous,  nor  does  it 
respond  to  the  usual  tests  of  nicotin. 

Lobelia.  —  The  Lobelia  inflata,  or  Indian  tobacco,  is  a 
native  of  this  country,  belonging  to  the  natural  order 
Lobeliace(2.  It  is  extensively  used  both  here  and  in  Great 
Britain  in  proprietary  and  domestic  medicine.  According 
to  Letheby,  thirteen  cases  of  poisoning  by  this  substance 
had  occurred  in  England  within  three  or  four  years,  and 
Beck  states  that  "thousands  of  individuals  in  the  United 
States  have  been  murdered  by  the  combined  use  of  capsi- 
cum and  lobelia,  administered  by  the  Thomsonian  quacks." 
The  leaves  and  seeds  are  the  parts  employed.  They  owe 
their  activity  to  a  fixed  alkaloid  named  lobelin. 

Symptoms. — In  small  doses,  lobelia  acts  as  an  expectorant ; 
in  large  doses,  as  an  emetic  and  depressant.  In  poisonous 
doses  it  produces  distressing  nausea  and  vomiting,  some- 
times purging,  extreme  relaxation,  cold  sweats,  small,  feeble 
pulse,  great  prostration,  contracted  pupils,  stupor,  occasion- 
ally convulsions,  coma  and  death  —  symptoms  strikingly 
like  those  caused  by  tobacco.  A  drachm  of  the  powdered 
leaves  has  proved  fatal. 

The  post-mortem  appearances  are  very  similar  to  those 
caused  by  tobacco. 


POISONING    BY   SPOTTED    HEMLOCK.  401 

Lobelin,  the  active  alkaloid  principle,  is  a  yellowish  liquid, 
lighter  than  water,  of  a  somewhat  aromatic  odor,  and  acrid, 
persistent  taste;  soluble  in  water,  more  so  in  alqohol  and 
ether;  has  an  alkaline  reaction,  forming  soluble  salts  with 
acids.  Tannin  precipitates  it  from  its  solutions.  It  resembles 
nicotin  in  most  of  its  properties.  On  animals,  lobelin  seems 
to  produce  the  narcotic,  but  not  the  emetic  effects  of  the 
plant. 

No  case  is  recorded  of  death  from  lobelin.  In  the  inves- 
tigation of  a  case  of  death  from  lobelia,  the  diagnosis  would 
be  materially  aided  by  the  discovery  of  fragments  of  the 
leaves,  or  of  the  seeds. 

SPOTTED    HEMLOCK. 

The  Conium  maculatum,  or  spotted  hemlock,  is  believed 
to  be  the  same  plant  as  the  Cicuta  of  the  ancient  Greeks, 
that  furnished  the  poison  by  which  Socrates  perished.  All 
parts  are  poisonous ;  the  leaves  and  root  are  employed  in 
medicine,  in  the  form  of  fresh  juice  and  extract.  It  belongs 
to  the  natural  order  UmbellifercB,  which  also  includes  many 
other  poisonous  plants. 

Poisoning  by  hemlock  is  generally  the  result  of  accident, 
the  fresh  leaves  being  used  in  soup  in  mistake  for  parsley, 
which  it  somewhat  resembles.  Its  action  on  man  appears 
to  be  very  variable — at  least  the  accounts  are  very  diverse. 

Symptoms. — Headache,  imperfect  vision,  dilated  pupils, 
difficulty  of  swallowing,  drowsiness,  a  tingling  sensation 
along  the  muscles,  gradually  complete  paralysis  of  the  ex- 
tremities ;  this  extends  finally  to  the  muscles  of  respiration 
and  the  patient  dies,  at  last,  from  apnea.  If  death  be 
delayed  for  some  time,  there  may  be  convulsions,  coma, 
violent  delirium,  accompanied  with  salivation,  and  involun- 
tary discharges  from  the  bladder  and  bowels.  Death  usually 
34 


402  TOXICOLOGY. 

takes  place  in  one  to  three  hours.  One  drop  of  conin  is 
considered  to  be  a  poisonous  dose.  The  treatment  consists 
in  a  proropt  evacuation  of  the  stomach  by  emetics,  or  the 
use  of  the  stomach-pump,  followed  by  castor  oil  and 
stimulants. 

Post-inoi'tein  Appearances. — These  are  not  at  all  charac- 
teristic; redness  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach 
and  congestion  of  the  lungs  being  usually  observed.  Frag- 
ments of  the  leaves  and  the  seeds  (if  these  have  been  swal- 
lowed) may  often  be  recognized  in  the  stomach  and  bowels, 
with  the  aid  of  the  microscope.  If  the  leaves  be  rubbed 
in  a  mortar  with  sodium  hydroxid,  they  emit  a  peculiar 
mousy  odor. 

Conin. — This  alkaloid  exists  most  abundantly  in  the 
seeds.  It  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  and  fatal  poisons 
known.  Christison  states  that  a  single  drop,  applied  to  the 
eye  of  a  rabbit,  killed  it  in  nine  minutes;  and  three  drops, 
applied  in  the  same  manner,  killed  a  strong  cat  in  a  minute 
and  a  half.  In  Wormley's  experiments,  a  single  drop 
placed  upon  the  tongue  of  a  large  cat,  caused  the  animal  at 
first  to  stand  still;  in  two  minutes  and  a  half  it  fell  upon  its 
side,  voided  urine,  had  violent  convulsions  of  the  limbs, 
with  trembling  of  the  body,  when  it  died  in  three  minutes 
from  the  time  of  administration. 

Treatment. — Prompt  emesis,  to  get  rid  of  the  poison,  and 
active  stimulation.  Strychnin  has  been  suggested  as  a 
physiological  antidote,  but  it  is  too  dangerous  a  substance 
to  be  employed  for  this  purpose  without  excessive  care. 

Properties. — Conin  is  a  colorless,  volatile,  oily  liquid; 
sp.  gr.,  0.886;  the  odor  is  peculiar,  repulsive  and  suf- 
focative. Diluted  with  water,  it  emits  an  odor  resembling 
mice.     It  gives  a  greasy  stain  to  paper,  burns  with  a  bright, 


POISONING    BY    CONIN.  403 

smoky  flame;  taste  disagreeable  and  permanent.  It  is  a 
strong  base,  forming  with  acids  crystalline  salts.  Exposed 
to  the  air,  it  becomes  yellowish  and  resinoid.  It  is  partially 
soluble  in  water,  freely  so  in  alcohol,  ether  and  chloroform; 
the  two  latter  will  separate  it  from  its  aqueous  solutions. 

Tests. — A  drop  is  placed  in  a  watch  glass,  and  covered 
over  with  a  precisely  similar  glass,  holding  a  drop  of  pure 
hydrochloric  acid  on  its  under  surface;  both  glasses  imme- 
diately become  filled  with  dense  white  fumes,  and  the  drop 
of  conin  is  converted  into  a  mass  of  beautiful,  delicate  crys- 
talline needles,  which  do  not  deliquesce  in  the  air.  Sul- 
phuric acid  imparts  to  it  a  pale  red  color.  Nitric  acid 
causes  with  it  dense  white  fumes.  Strong  hydrochloric 
acid  imparts  to  it  a  faint  tint,  which  gradually  becomes 
much  deeper,  and  on  evaporation,  needle-shaped  crystals 
appear.  Like  other  alkaloids,  it  yields  precipitates  with 
tannin,  mercuric  chlorid,  gold  chlorid,  platinum  chlorid, 
potassium  iodid,  etc.  By  oxidation,  conin  is  converted  into 
butyric  acid.  A  crystal  of  potassium  dichromate  is  put 
into  a  test-tube  with  some  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  together 
with  the  suspected  conin.  On  heating,  the  peculiar  odor 
of  butyric  acid  is  revealed.  Another  test  is  alloxan.  If 
dropped  into  a  solution  of  this  substance,  an  intense  purple- 
red  color  is  developed,  and  white  needle-shaped  crystals 
appear.  Its  liquid,  oily  condition,  together  with  its  peculiar 
odor,  will  distinguish  it  from  all  other  bodies  except  nicotin; 
and  the  points  of  difference  between  the  two  are  mentioned 
in  the  article  on  nicotin. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — Search  first  for  any  remains 
of  leaves,  or  of  seeds,  in  the  stomach  and  intestines,  and 
avoid  mistaking  the  leaves  of  parsley  for  those  of  hemlock. 
Rub  the  leaves  in  a  mortar,  with  potassa,  to  develop  the 
peculiar  mousy  smell.     Then  distill,  and  examine  the  dis- 


404  TOXICOLOGY. 

tillate  before  employing  the  more  elaborate  process  of  Stas. 
Water  and  acetic  acid  may  be  employed  as  the  proper  sol- 
vents; evaporate  the  filtered  solution  to  a  syrupy  consist- 
ence, mix  with  strong  alcohol  and  a  few  drops  of  acetic 
acid,  filter  again  and  evaporate  to  near  dryness ;  add  a  little 
distilled  water,  supersaturate  with  solution  of  sodium  hy- 
droxid,  and  agitate  with  ether,  repeating  the  process  several 
times.  Remove  the  ether  and  allow  it  to  evaporate  spon- 
taneously. Dilute  the  alkaloid  and  subject  it  to  the  appro- 
priate tests. 

A  conin-like  ptomain  has  been  discovered,  having  very 
poisonous  properties,  but  differing  from  conin  in  its  reac- 
tions. 

It  is  necessary  to  guard  against  too  much  reliance  upon 
the  supposed  odor  of  conin.  Sodium  hydroxid  may  often 
develop  an  odor  from  organic  substances  which  might  pos- 
sibly be  mistaken  for  that  of  conin.  Nothing  short  of  the 
isolation  of  this  principle,  in  a  search  for  the  poison,  will 
be  satisfactory. 

Other  hemlocks,  viz.,  Ciciita  virosa,  or  water  hemlock,  and 
CEnajithe  crocata,  are  all  very  poisonous ;  this  is  especially 
true  of  the  CE.  crocata,  which  is  one  of  the  most  poisonous 
of  the  Umbelliferae.  Children  are  occasionally  poisoned 
by  wild  Umbelliferae,  the  exact  species  being  frequently 
uncertain,  partly  because  early  growths  of  these  plants 
rarely  possess  characteristic  features  and  partly  because 
it  is  often  impossible  to  secure  specimens  or  clear  descrip- 
tions of  the  plants  eaten.  The  common  parsnip,  Pastinaca 
sativa,  and  even  the  common  carrot,  Danciis  carota,  are 
abundant  in  the  wild  state  and  are  suspected  of  being  more 
poisonous  than  in  the  cultivated  forms.  The  tree  known  as 
hemlock  (hemlock-spruce)  has  no  botanical  resemblance 
to  water-hemlock  and  is  not  poisonous. 


POISONING    BY   ACONITE.  405 


ACONITE. 


Aconite. — The  Aconititm  napellus  (Monkshood  or  Wolfs- 
bane) is  indigenous  in  Europe,  but  is  cultivated  in  this 
country.  It  grows  from  two  to  four  or  five  feet  high,  and 
has  a  spike  of  rich  blue  flowers.  All  parts  of  it  are  poison- 
ous, the  root  most  so,  depending  on  the  presence  of  the 
alkaloid  aconitin.  The  root  is  tapering,  carrot-like,  two  or 
three  inches  long,  having  a  number  of  curly  fibres  passing 
off  from  it.  This  root  has  frequently  been  mistaken  for 
the  root  of  the  horse-radish,  from  which,  however,  it  differs 
essentially  in  appearance ;  the  latter  being  long  and  cylin- 
drical and  truncated,  not  tapering,  of  a  light  brown  color 
externally,  white  internally,  and  of  a  sweetish,  hot,  and 
pungent  taste,  totally  distinct  from  that  of  aconite,  which 
imparts  to  the  lips,  tongue  and  fauces  a  peculiar  tingling, 
numbing  sensation,  which  is  very  persistent. 

There  is  considerable  diversity  in  the  activity  of  different 
specimens  of  aconite,  depending,  doubtless,  on  the  time  and 
modes  of  collecting  and  drying  of  the  plant,  and  probably 
also  on  the  place  of  growth.  This  may  account  for  the  dis- 
cordant results  obtained  by  different  investigators. 

Aconite  root  has  been  administered  criminally  in  at  least 
one  recorded  case,  where  the  powdered  root  was  mixed 
with  pepper,  and  sprinkled  over  the  greens  used  for  dinner 
by  the  deceased. 

Symptoms. — There  is  first  a  dryness  of  the  throat,  accom- 
panied with  tingling  and  numbness  of  the  lips,  throat,  and 
tongue,  followed  by  nausea  and  vomiting,  with  pain  and 
tenderness  of  the  epigastrium.  The  numbness  and  tingling 
now  become  more  general,  with  diminution  or  loss  of  sensi- 
bility of  the  surface,  vertigo,  dimness  of  vision,  tinnitus 
aurium,  with  occasional   deafness,  frothing  at  the  mouth, 


406  TOXICOLOGY. 

sense  of  constriction  of  the  throat,  great  muscular  prostra- 
tion, inability  to  walk,  a  slow,  feeble  pulse,  difficulty  of 
breathing,  a  cold,  clammy  skin,  dilated  pupils,  features  pale, 
perhaps  a  few  convulsions,  followed  by  death.  The  mind 
usually  remains  clear  to  the  last.  Delirium  is  rare.  Death 
is  apt  to  be  sudden,  either  from  shock,  asphyxia,  or  syncope. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — There  is  nothing  character- 
istic. There  is  usually  general  venous  congestion  of  all  the 
organs,  especially  the  brain,  lungs,  and  liver;  there  may 
be  redness  of  the  lining  membrane  of  the  stomach ;  the 
blood  is  generally  fluid  and  dark  in  color ;  the  heart  may 
continue  beating  for  a  little  while  after  death,  indicating 
that  this  was  caused  by  asphyxia.  In  other  cases  the 
death  may  be  ascribed  to  syncope. 

The  fatal  dose  is  undetermined,  in  consequence  of  the 
diversity  in  the  strength  of  the  different  preparations  of  the 
drug.  An  excise  officer  in  England  died  in  a  few  hours 
after  merely  tasting  Fleming's  strong  tincture.  Pereira 
speaks  of  a  case  in  which  two  doses,  of  six  drops  each,  of 
the  tincture  of  the  root,  taken  at  an  interval  of  two  hours, 
produced  most  alarming  symptoms  in  a  young  man ;  and 
Wormley  alludes  to  an  instance  in  which  five  drops  of 
Thayer's  fluid  extract  of  the  root  produced  most  serious 
effects,  which  continued  for  two  hours. 

The  symptoms  may  come  on  almost  immediately,  or  be 
delayed  for  an  hour  or  two.  Death  generally  occurs  within 
three  or  four  hours ;  but  it  may  be  deferred,  as  in  other 
poisons,  for  twenty-four  hours. 

Aconitin. — The  active  alkaloid  principle,  abounding  most 
in  the  root,  of  which  it  constitutes  about  one-tenth  to  one- 
fifth  of  one  per  cent.  It  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  poisons 
known.     Pereira  states  that  one-fiftieth  of  a  grain  nearly 


ACONITIN.  407 

proved  fatal  to  an  elderly  lady.  Much  of  the  aconitin,  as 
sold  in  the  shops,  is  totally  inert  and  worthless.  This 
poison  has  lately  been  brought  prominently  into  notice  in 
the  case  of  Dr.  Lamson,  who  used  it  in  destroying  his 
brother-in-law,  in  England,  some  years  ago. 

Treatment. — There  is  no  active  direct  antidote.  The 
stomach  should  be  immediately  emptied  by  the  stomach- 
pump  or  an  active  emetic.  Animal  charcoal  is  recom- 
mended by  Headland;  also  tannin,  or  astringent  mfusions. 
Slight  galvanic  shocks  are  recommended  to  be  passed 
through  the  heart,  in  order  to  arouse  its  action ;  also,  the 
employment  of  artificial  respiration.  Possibly,  the  inhala- 
tion of  oxygen  might  be  of  some  advantage. 

As  strychnin  and  aconitin  seem  to  have  some  antago- 
nistic action,  it  might  be  well  to  employ  the  former  cau- 
tiously, in  the  treatment  of  poisoning  by  the  latter.  A  case 
has  been  reported  in  v/hich  the  recovery  of  a  child  was 
apparently  due  to  two  doses  of  tincture  of  nux  vomica, 
administered  twenty  minutes  apart. 

It  appears  that  digitalis  may  possess  an  antidotal  power 
over  aconitin.  Fothergill  discovered  that  digitalis,  ad- 
ministered to  frogs  that  were  under  the  influence  of  acon- 
ite, relieved  the  heart  from  the  depression  produced  by 
the  latter  poison,  recalling  its  normal  movements.  A  case 
is  reported  in  which  recovery  took  place  in  a  man  who, 
when  intoxicated,  had  swallowed  an  ounce  of  Fleming's 
tincture.  The  patient  was  apparently  dying,  when  twenty 
minims  of  tincture  of  digitalis  were  injected  subcutaneously, 
and  after  twenty  minutes  the  patient  had  recovered  suffi- 
ciently to  swallow,  when  a  fluid  drachm  of  the  tincture  was 
given,  along  with  brandy  and  ammonium  hydroxid,  and 
was  twice  repeated  within  an  hour.  The  above  statement 
suggests  the  cautious  employment  of  this  remedy  in  a  case 
of  aconite  poisoning. 


408  TOXICOLOGY. 

Analytic  Methods. — Aconitin,  when  pure,  is  in  colorless, 
transparent  crystals ;  but,  as  found  in  the  shops,  it  is  usually 
an  amorphous  powder.  Many  samples  are  inert.  The 
taste  is,  at  first,  acrid,  soon  followed  by  tingling,  and  numb- 
ness of  the  lips  and  tongue.  Its  solution,  applied  to  the 
skin,  occasions  a  feeling  of  heat  and  numbness.  So  active 
is  this  poison  that,  according  to  Stevenson,  one  three-thou- 
sandth of  a  grain  of  Morson's  aconitin  will  destroy  a  mouse. 
The  one-thousandth  of  a  grain  produces  tingling  and  numb- 
ness of  the  lips  and  tongue,  v/hen  applied  to  the  tip  of  the 
latter  organ ;  and  one-hundredth  of  a  grain,  dissolved  in 
spirit  and  rubbed  into  the  skin,  causes  a  loss  of  feeling, 
lasting  for  some  time. 

It  has  strong  basic  properties,  forming  salts  with  acids, 
which  are  mostly  soluble.  It  is  very  slightly  soluble  in 
water,  quite  soluble  in  alcohol  and  chloroform,  but  insoluble 
in  ether.  None  of  the  mineral  acids  changes  it  in  the  cold ; 
but  warm  sulphuric  acid  imparts  to  it  a  brown  tint.  There 
is  no  characteristic  analytic  test  for  it.  Its  presence 
can  usually  only  be  satisfactorily  established  by  the 
physiologic  test — the  peculiar  tingling,  benumbing  sen- 
sation imparted  to  the  mouth  and  tongue  when  a  minute 
fragment  of  the  ultimate  extract  is  tasted,  or  by  a  similar 
application  to  the  skin,  attended  with  similar  results ; 
together  with  its  introduction  into  some  small  animal, 
hypodermically. 

If  the  poisoning  has  occurred  from  swallowing  the 
leaves  or  root  of  the  plant,  a  careful  microscopic  inspection 
of  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  of  the  matters  vomited  and 
purged,  should  be  instituted,  in  order  to  identify  their 
botanical  characters.  . 

Toxicologic  Examination. — A  modification  of  Stas'  process 
should  be  employed,  similar  to  that  described  for  nicotin. 


POISONING    BY    CALABAR    BEAN.  409 

Chloroform  is  preferable  as  the  final  solvent.  The  residue 
thus  obtained  should  be  dissolved  in  a  few  drops  of  pure 
water,  slightly  acidified  with  acetic  acid,  and  submitted  to 
the  physiological  tests  above  described.  If  these  afford  no 
satisfactory  results,  no  mere  analytic  tests  can  be  relied  on  ; 
but  if  they  give  evidence  of  the  presence  of  the  poison,  then 
the  solution  should  be  subjected  to  all  the  known  reactions, 
such  as  picric  acid,  platinum  chlorid,  gold  chlorid,  and  the 
bromin  test. 

CALABAR  BEAN. 

The  Ordeal  Bean  of  Calabar  {Physostigma  ve7te7tosuni)  is  a 
large  leguminous  seed,  about  an  inch  and  a  half  long,  and 
of  a  brownish-black  color.  It  is  used  by  the  natives  of  the 
West  Coast  of  Africa  as  the  ordeal  test  for  witchcraft — the 
suspected  person  being  compelled  to  drink  a  decoction  of 
the  poisonous  beans.  It  owes  its  activity  to  the  alkaloid 
named  eserin,  which  resides  in  the  cotyledons.  These,  when 
touched  with  nitric  acid,  assume  an  orange  tint,  and  with 
ferric  chlorid  a  brown  one.  The  alkaloid  is  a  colorless, 
crystalline  solid,  bitter  to  the  taste,  very  slightly  soluble  in 
water;  soluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform  and  benzene. 

Bromin  in  potassium  bromid  produces  with  it  a  red  color. 
It  gives  this  color  with  less  than  tttW  of  a  grain.  According 
to  Dr.  J.  B.  Edwards,  it  reacts  with  sulphuric  acid  and 
potassium  dichromate  very  much  like  strychnin  —  pro- 
ducing the  play  of  colors ;  this,  however,  needs  further 
confirmation. 

The  action  of  this  poison  upon  the  lower  animals  is  that 
of  a  spinal  depressant,  causing,  at  first,  tremors,  and  then 
paralysis,  with  muscular  flaccidity;  contraction  of  the 
pupils ;  respiration  slow,  irregular  and  stertorous ;  some- 
times there  are  convulsions.     The  heart  is  found  to  beat 


410  TOXICOLOGY. 

for  some  time  after  death.  Consciousness  is  preserved 
throughout. 

The  effects  on  man  are  similar  to  the  above.  They  are 
the  opposite  to  those  produced  by  strychnin,  which  is  a 
true  spinal  excitant.  For  this  reason  it  has  been  employed 
as  a  remedy  for  tetanus,  and  also  as  an  antidote  for 
strychnin. 

Its  most  characteristic  physiological  action  is  the  pro- 
perty of  contracting  the  pupil,  which  at  once  distinguishes 
it  from  belladonna,  as  also  from  conin  and  curarin,  which  it 
resembles  in  some  particulars. 

The  true  physiological  antidote  is  atropin,  used  hypoder- 
mically,  and  repeated  until  expansion  of  the  pupil  is  mani- 
fested. From  the  experiments  of  Dr.  Fraser  and  others, 
there  can  be  no  doubt  of  the  mutual  antagonism  of  atropin 
and  eserin. 

The  most  satisfactory  test  is  the  physiological  one  —  its 
power  to  contract  the  pupil.  A  drop  or  two  of  the  suspected 
fluid  is  put  into  the  eye  of  a  rabbit,  or  other  small  animal, 
and  in  the  course  of  fifteen  or  tv/enty  minutes  the  charac- 
teristic impression  will  be  observed. 

Dragendorff  has  succeeded  in  separating  it  from  the 
tissues  by  a  modification  of  Stas'  process,  employing 
benzene  instead  of  ether,  as  the  ultimate  solvent. 

A  boy,  aged  six  years,  died  from  eating  six  of  the  beans. 

Another  subdivision  of  Cerebro-spinants  comprises  those 
Neurotics  which  destroy  life  by  asthenia,  or  failure  of  the 
heart's  action.  It  is  not  intended  to  assert  that  they  may 
not  prove  fatal,  in  some  cases,  in  another  manner,  as  e.  g., 
through  shock,  or  asphyxia.  But  as  the  most  strongly- 
marked  symptoms  are  those  of  heart  failure,  this  name 
answers  sufficiently  well  for  grouping  together  those  neu- 


POISONING    BY    HYDROCYANIC    ACID.  411 

rotic  poisons  that  especially  display  this  property.  The 
two  most  important  members  of  this  group  are  Hydro- 
cyanic Acid  and  Digitalis.  For  convenience  Gocculus 
Indicus  is  considered  under  the  same  head, 

HYDROCYANIC   ACID. 

Hydrocyanic  Acid  (hydrogen  cyanid,  prussic  acid)  is  one 
of  the  most  energetic  and  rapidly  fatal  poisons  known.  It 
may  be  obtained  from  many  plants  of  the  order  Rosacecs, 
such  as  bitter  almonds,  kernels  of  the  peach,  apricot,  plum 
and  cherry,  pips  of  apples,  and  the  flowers  and  leaves  of 
the  peach  and  cherry-laurel.  From  the  latter,  a  very  poi- 
sonous liquid  is  prepared.  Hydrogen  cyanid  does  not  pre- 
exist in  these  vegetable  substances,  but  is  the  product  of  the 
reaction,  in  the  presence  of  water,  of  an  unorganized  fer- 
ment upon  complex  introgenous  bodies.  In  the  most  fami- 
liar instance,  that  of  the  bitter  almond,  the  result  is  due  to 
the  action-  of  a  ferment  called  synaptase  upon  a  body  called 
amygdalin.  The  process  is  quite  analogous  to  ordinary 
digestion.  Under  the  influence  of  the  ferment,  water  is 
taken  up  by  the  amygdalin,  which  then  decomposes  into 
glucose,  benzaldehyde  and  hydrogen  cyanid. 

Hydrogen  cyanid  is  a  colorless,  limpid  liquid,  extremely 
volatile,  and  having  the  odor  recalling  that  of  bitter  almonds. 
A  single  drop  placed  upon  the  tongue  of  a  large  dog  has 
caused  death  in  a  few  seconds.  The  pure  acid  is  rarely  met 
with  except  in  the  laboratory.  The  dilute  or  medicinal 
acid  is  frequently  the  cause  of  death.  This  latter  is  merely 
a  solution  of  the  pure  acid  in  water,  and  occurs  in  the  shops 
under  two  different  forms:  (i)  The  official  acid,  of  the 
average  strength  of  two  per  cent. ;  and  (2)  Scheele's  acid,  of 
the  average  strength  of  five  per  cent.  The  strength  of  both 
varieties  varies  considerably,  and  it  is  not  uncommon  to 


412  TOXICOLOGY. 

find  some  specimens  totally  inert,  probably  from  the  liabil- 
ity of  the  acid  to  undergo  decomposition  when  exposed  to 
the  light.  The  dilute  acid  is  colorless,  and  has  the  odor  of 
bitter  almonds,  and  a  hot,  pungent  taste.  The  French  acid 
has  a  strength  of  ten  per  cent. 

Symptoms. — These  vary  with  the  size  of  the  dose.  A 
large  dose — half  an  ounce  to  an  ounce  of  the  diluted  acid — 
may  produce  symptoms  in  the  act  of  swallowing,  or  in  a  few 
seconds  after.  They  are  seldom  delayed  beyond  one  or  two 
minutes.  Tardieu  describes  them  as  "  coming  with  light- 
ning-like rapidity."  There  is  an  immediate  loss  of  muscular 
power,  with  giddiness ;  the  person  staggers  and  falls  to  the 
ground;  the  respiration  becomes  hurried  and  gasping;  the 
pulse  imperceptible ;  the  eyes  glassy  and  protruding ;  the 
pupils  dilated  and  insensible  to  light ;  the  extremities  cold ; 
and  sometimes  convulsions  occur.  Toward  the  last,  the 
breathing  is  performed  convulsively,  in  sobs.  Sometimes 
the  bladder  and  rectum  are  evacuated  involuntarily.  The 
face  is  pallid ;  the  jaws  spasmodically  closed ;  there  is 
frothing  at  the  mouth,  occasionally  bloody ;  often  the  pecu- 
liar odor  of  the  poison  can  be  detected  in  the  breath ;  death 
occurs  sometimes  in  a  violent  convulsion,  at  others  it  is 
preceded  by  coma,  with  stertorous  breathing.  The  last 
symptom  is  of  considerable  importance,  since  it  might 
easily  lead  to  a  mistaken  diagnosis  for  apoplexy.  In  ani- 
mals poisoned  by  this  substance  a  peculiar  cry  is  often 
heard,  but  this  does  not  occur  with  human  beings. 

Fatal  Period. — Death  generally  occurs  within  ten  or  fif- 
teen minutes  after  swallowing  the  poison.  Rarely  is  it  pro- 
tracted for  half  an  hour.  One  case  is  recorded  where  an 
hour  supervened.  Insensibility  is  not,  however,  always 
immediate;  instances  are  recorded  of  persons,  after  swal- 
lowing very  large  and  fatal  doses  of  this  poison,  performing 


HYDROCYANIC    ACID.  413 

many  voluntary  acts,  such  as  walking  into  another  room, 
opening  drawers,  going  down  stairs,  etc. 

The  symptoms  attendant  on  a  large,  but  not  fatal,  dose, 
are  confusion  of  head,  giddiness,  a  sense  of  weight  upon  the 
brain,  great  muscular  debility,  nausea,  vomiting  and  possibly 
convulsions,  oppressed  breathing.  Several  days  may  elapse 
before  complete  recovery  takes  place. 

Application  to  the  skin,  especially  if  abraded,  may  occa- 
sion fatal  consequences.  Christison  reports  a  case  in  which 
the  liquid,  applied  to  a  wound  in  the  hand,  caused  death  in 
one  hour. 

Fatal  Quantity. — The  minimum  fatal  dose  for  an  adult 
may  be  taken  to  be  about  fifty  minims  of  the  official  prepa- 
ration, which  is  equivalent  to  nine-tenths  of  a  grain  of 
anhydrous  acid.  The  largest  dose  from  which  a  recovery 
has  been  reported  was  one  drachm  of  Scheele's  acid,  equiv- 
alent to  2.4  grains  of  hydrogen  cyanid.  Other  instances 
are  reported  of  recovery  after  taking  doses  equivalent  to 
two  grains  and  under,  in  all  of  which  prompt  and  vigorous 
measures  were  adopted.  The  inhalation  of  the  vapor  is 
exceedingly  dangerous,  and  has  even  proved  fatal. 

Treatment. — So  rapid  are  the  poisonous  effects  of  the 
body  that  there  is  scarcely  any  opportunity  for  the  employ- 
ment of  remedies.  The  cold  affusion,  by  dashing  cold 
water  over  the  face  and  chest,  should  be  at  once  employed. 
This  should  be  followed  by  the  cautious  inhalation  of  diluted 
ammonium  hydroxid  and  chlorin,  along  with  stimulants, 
applied  both  internally  and  externally.  As  a  chemical  an- 
tidote, a  mixture  of  ferrous  and  ferric  sulphates,  followed 
by  a  solution  of  potassium  carbonate,  has  been  proposed; 
this  would  produce  with  hydrogen  cyanid  in  the  stomach 
Prussian  blue — an  inert  compound.  The  experiment  has 
proved  successful  with  animals. 


414  TOXICOLOGY. 

Fost-inortem  Appearances. — The  face  is  pale,  or  livid;  the 
eyes  often  glistening  and  staring,  with  the  pupils  dilated; 
the  lips  blue,  jaws  firmly  set,  with,  at  times,  a  bloody  froth 
issuing  from  the  mouth.  The  blood  is  of  a  dark  blue  color, 
and  fluid.  The  cerebral  vessels  are  congested.  Tardieu 
alludes  to  effusions  of  blood  and  serum  at  the  base  of  the 
brain,  as  an  occasional  occurrence,  which  might  suggest 
apoplexy;  this,  however,  is  negatived  by  the  absence  of 
hemiplegia,  and  by  the  rapidity  of  the  death.  There  is 
congestion  of  the  lungs  and  liver;  and  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  stomach,  especially  about  the  cardiac  extremity, 
is  apt  to  be  much  reddened. 

The  exhalation  of  the  peculiar  odor  is  one  of  the  most 
important  post-mortem  characters.  This  odor  is  sometimes 
perceived  even  before  the  body  is  opened,  in  recent  cases, 
but  it  is  particularly  noticeable  in  opening  the  abdomen  and 
thorax,  and  even  the  brain,  and  especially  the  stomach. 
As  the  poison  is  very  volatile,  it  may  happen  that  the  odor 
will  have  disappeared  even  in  a  few  hours,  if  the  body  has 
been  much  exposed.  There  is  a  singular  variation  in  this 
respect  in  different  cases.  Moreover,  the  odor  may  be  dis- 
guised by  other  more  powerful  smells,  such  as  tobacco, 
mint,  etc.  The  mere  absence  of  odor  is,  therefore,  no  proof 
of  the  non-existence  of  the  poison. 

Analytic  Methods. — There  are  four  recognized  tests  for 
hydrocyanic  acid,  which  may  be  briefly  designated  as  the 
silver,  iron,  sulphur  and  copper  tests.  The  first  three  are 
characteristic ;  and  they  may  be  applied  either  to  the  liquid 
or  vapor. 

I.  The  Silver  Test. — A  solution  of  any  cyanid  gives,  with 
a  solution  of  silver  nitrate,  a  white  crystalline  precipitate, 
distinguishable  from  the  white  chlorid,  as  follows:  (i)  By 
its  crystalline  characters  (prisms  or  needles) ;  the  chlorid  is 


HYDROCYANIC    ACID.  415 

amorphous.  (2)  Its  sparing  solubility  in  ammonium  hy- 
droxid ;  the  chlorid  is  very  soluble.  (3)  The  permanence 
of  its  color  when  exposed  to  the  light;  the  chlorid  becomes 
dark-colored.  (4)  Its  solubility  in  boiling  nitric  acid;  the 
chlorid  is  insoluble.  (5)  When  perfectly  dried,  and  heated 
in  a  small  reduction-tube,  the  silver  cyanid  is  decomposed, 
evolving  cyanogen  gas,  which  burns  with  a  characteristic 
rosy  flame.  (6)  By  adding  to  the  silver  cyanid,  hydrochloric 
acid  and  ferric  sulphate,  Prussian  blue  will  be  formed. 

Another  mode  of  identifying  the  silver  cyanid,  recom- 
mended by  Orfila  and  Tardieu,  is,  after  thoroughly  wash- 
ing and  drying  it,  to  introduce  it  into  a  small  glass  tube 
'closed  at  one  end,'  from  five  to  seven  inches  long,  and  con- 
taining in  its  closed  extremity  a  rather  less  quantity  of  pure 
iodin.  On  heating  this  end  of  the  tube  very  gently,  beau- 
tiful snow-white  crystals  of  cyanogen  iodid  are  deposited 
upon  the  cool  portion  of  the  tube.  These  crystals  may  be 
preserved  indefinitely  in  sealed  tubes ;  and  they  may  be 
used  for  developing  Prussian  blue,  by  dissolving  them  in  a 
solution  of  sodium  hydroxid,  aijd  adding  a  mixture  of  a 
ferrous  and  ferric  salt. 

The  silver  test  is  particularly  delicate  when  applied  to  the 
vapor.  For  this  purpose  the  material  containing  the  sus- 
pected poison  is  put  into  a  beaker,  or  wide-mouthed  flask, 
and  a  watch  glass  containing  on  its  concave  surface  a  drop 
or  two  of  silver  nitrate  solution  is  inverted  over  the  mouth 
of  the  flask,  which  should  be  gently  heated  by  immersion 
in  warm  water.  The  vapor  immediately  rises,  and  coming 
in  contact  with  the  silver  salt,  forms  a  white,  opaque  spot 
of  silver  cyanid,  which  can  easily  be  recognized  by  a  lens, 
and  by  the  other  tests  mentioned  above.  If,  however,  the 
material  should  be  in  a  state  of  putrefaction,  this  vapor-test 
cannot  be  apphed,  since  the  black  silver  sulphid,  resulting 


416  TOXICOLOGY. 

from  the  hydrogen  sulphid,  would  completely  obscure  the 
white  cyanid. 

The  silver  vapor-test  is  considered  to  be  the  most  delicate 
of  all  the  tests.  It  is  stated  that  TTToWir  o^  a  grain  of  the 
acid  may  thus  be  distinctly  recognized.  Guy  mentions  that 
a  single  apple  pip,  bruised  and  moistened  with  water,  and 
placed  in  a  watch  glass,  over  which  was  inverted  another 
glass  moistened  with  the  silver  solution,  yielded  twenty-two 
distinct  reactions — each  spot  exhibiting,  by  the  microscope, 
crystals  of  silver  cyanid. 

2.  The  Iron  Test. — This  consists  in  adding  to  the  sus- 
pected solution  a  little  sodium  hydroxid,  and  then  a  mix- 
ture of  ferrous  and  ferric  sulphates ;  a  dirty  greenish-blue 
precipitate  is  thrown  down,  which,  on  addition  of  a  few 
drops  of  pure  hydrochloric  acid,  becomes  Prussian  blue. 
If  the  amount  of  the  poison  be  very  minute,  there  is  no 
immediate  precipitate,  although  the  solution  has  a  blue  (or 
at  first,  perhaps,  a  green)  color ;  but  in  time,  a  blue  precipi- 
tate will  subside. 

If  the  quantity  is  very  small,  it  is  recommended  to  throw 
the  liquid  upon  a  white  paper  filter,  after  adding  the  hydro- 
chloric acid ;  the  blue  deposit  on  the  paper,  after  washing 
with  very  dilute  acid,  will  show  very  distinctly  upon  the 
white  ground ;  the  paper  when  dried  may  be  preserved  for 
exhibition,  if  needed. 

In  manipulating  with  this  test,  caution  should  be  used 
not  to  employ  an  excess  of  the  reagents,  as  this  materially 
interferes  with  the  success  of  the  experiment. 

The  iron  test  may  also  be  used  as  a  vapor-test.  Moisten 
the  watch  glass  with  a  drop  of  sodium  hydroxid  solution, 
and  after  exposure  to  the  suspected  vapors,  add  a  drop  or 
two  of  the  mixed  iron  salts,  and  develop  the  Prussian  blue 
by  a  drop  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid. 


HYDROCYANIC    ACID.  417 

3.  The  SnlpJmr  Test. — If  ammonium  sulphid  be  added 
to  a  solution  of  any  cyanid,  and  gently  heated  to  dryness, 
a  white  ammonium  thiocyanate  is  formed ;  when  this  is 
touched  with  a  drop  of  ferric  chlorid,  there  is  instantly 
produced  the  blood-red  ferric  thiocyanate. 

The  sulphur  test  is  best  applied  as  a  vapor-test.  Moisten 
a  watch  glass  with  a  drop  or  two  of  ammonium  sulphid, 
and  invert  it  over  the  vessel  containing  the  substance  to  be 
tested,  gently  warming  the  latter,  as  directed.  The  vapor 
will  rise,  and  form  the  ammonium  thiocyanate  on  the 
glass.  When  this  is  allowed  to  dry  by  evaporation,  it 
appears  as  a  white  spot,  and  when  it  is  touched  with  a  drop 
of- the  ferric  salt  it  immediately  assumes  the  characteristic 
blood-red  color.  If  the  evaporation  should  not  have  been 
complete,  so  as  to  thoroughly  dry  it,  the  application  of  the 
iron  salt  may  produce  a  black  stain  (iron  sulphid),  which 
will  obscure  the  result. 

The  sulphur  test,  moreover,  may  be  applied  to  confirm 
the  silver  test.  For  this  purpose,  the  spot  of  silver  cyanid 
should  be  moistened  with  a  drop  of  ammonium  sulphid, 
and,  when  thoroughly  dried,  touched  with  a  drop  of  the 
iron  salt.  The  characteristic  blood-red  color  may  be  dis- 
tinguished, in  spite  of  the  black  sulphid  with  which  it  is 
associated. 

4.  The  Copper  Test. — The  liquid  is  first  made  slightly 
alkaline  by  sodium  hydroxid,  and  a  dilute  solution  of  cop- 
per sulphate  is  added  ;  a  greenish-white  precipitate  is  thrown 
down,  which  becomes  nearly  white  on  the  addition  of  a  little 
hydrochloric  acid. 

This  test  may  be  used,  also,  as  a  vapor-test.     The  watch 
glass  is  moistened  with  a  drop  of  the  copper  solution,  made 
slightly  alkaline,  and,  after  exposure,  a  drop  of  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  is  added. 
35 


418  TOXICOLOGY. 

As  regards  the  relative  delicacy  of  the  above  tests,  ex- 
periments show  that  for  the  liquid,  the  iron  and  sulphur 
tests  exceed  the  silver  test;  but,  when  in  the  form  of  vapor, 
the  latter  far  surpasses  all  the  others. 

Toxicologic  Examination.- — The  stomach,  together  with 
its  contents,  and  other  viscera  (having  first  been  carefully 
examined  for  the  peculiar  odor)  should  be  distilled  in  a  glass 
retort,  at  a  moderate  temperature,  care  being  first  taken  to 
ascertain  if  the  material  is  acid,  or  alkaline.  Unless  dis- 
tinctly alkaline,  no  acid  must  be  added,  otherwise  it  will  be 
impossible  to  determine  whether  the  hydrogen  cyanid  found 
in  the  distillate  was  originally  present  in  the  free  state,  or 
whether  it  might  not  have  resulted  from  the  action  of  the 
acid  used  upon  a  cyanid,  a  ferrocyanid,  or  a  thiocyanate 
that  might  have  been  present  in  the  material.  Of  course,  if 
potassium  cyanid  has  been  the  poison  employed,  the  con- 
tents of  the  stomach  would  give  an  alkaline  reaction,  in 
which  case  the  addition  of  sulphuric,  or  some  other  acid, 
would  be  perfectly  proper.  A  thiocyanate  exists  in  the 
saliva. 

In  the  case  of  Dr.  Paul  Schoeppe,  at  Carlisle,  Pa.,  in 
1868  and  1872,  this  point  was  brought  out.  The  allegation 
at  first  was  that  the  deceased  (a  woman  aged  fifty-four)  had 
been  poisoned  by  hydrogen  cyanid.  It  was  afterward  con- 
tended, on  the  failure  to  establish  this,  that  the  death  was 
due  to  a  mixture  of  that  and  morphin.  The  analyst 
employed  the  distillation  process,  along  with  sulphuric  acid, 
and  testified  to  his  having  only  obtained  faint  traces  of  a 
cyanid.  It  was  very  justly  contended  that  these  "traces" 
of  the  poison  could  readily  be  accounted  for  by  the  faulty 
process  employed  in  the  analysis ;  that  it  might  be,  in  fact, 
the  result  of  the  action  of  the  acid  upon  the  thiocyanate 
of  the  saliva.    Moreover,  there  was  an  entire  absence  of  the 


PRUSSIC    ACID — TOXICOLOGIC    EXAMINATION.  419 

characteristic  symptoms  of  the  alleged  poison  before  death. 
At  the  second  trial,  the  evidence  of  the  prosecution  com- 
pletely broke  down,  and  the  prisoner  was  acquitted. 

The  source  of  the  poison  found  in  the  distillate,  when  an 
acid  is  employed,  may  be  determined  by  treating  a  portion 
of  the  original  material  with  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric 
acid,  stirring  the  mixture  for  a  short  time,  and  adding  ferric  . 
chlorid.  If  the  liquid  contains  either  a  ferrocyanid  or  a 
thiocyanate,  the  former  will  be  indicated  by  the  forma- 
tion of  Prussian  blue,  and  the  latter  by  the  red  ferric 
thiocyanate;  whereas,  a  cyanid,  such  as  potassium  cyanid, 
will  not  give  any  reaction  under  the  circumstances. 

As  regards  the  question  whether  prussic  acid  can  be 
generated  by  the  distillation  of  putrescent  animal  matters, 
although  Orfila  appears  to  have  inclined  to  this  belief,  it  is 
not  held  by  later  authorities.  Still,  something  more  should 
be  insisted  on  as  proof  of  poisoning  than  the  finding  of 
"  mere  traces,"  since  these  might  possibly  be  the  result  of 
some  animal  decomposition,  brought  about  under  condi- 
tions not  yet  perfectly  understood.  Especially  should  this 
be  insisted  on,  when  the  symptoms  preceding  death  did  not 
agree  with  those  characteristics  of  the  alleged  poison. 

Period  after  DeatJi  when  the  Poison  may  be  found. —  On 
account  of  its  volatility  and  ready  decomposition  all  traces 
of  the  poison  may  disappear  very  shortly  after  death.  Skill- 
ful analysts  have  failed  to  discover  it  in  twenty-six  hours 
after  death,  in  some  cases ;  while  in  others  it  has  been  de- 
tected as  late  as  twenty-three  days  after. 

The  mere  fact  of  putrefaction  is  no  obstacle  to  its  detec- 
tion, although  in  such  a  case  it  will  not  be  discoverable 
either  by  distillation  or  by  the  vapor-tests.  It  may  have  all 
been  converted  into  ammonium  thiocyanate  by  the  am- 
monium sulphid  resulting  from  the  putrefaction,     In  such  a 


420  TOXICOLOGY. 

case  the  material  should  be  rendered  slightly  alkaline,  and 
then  acted  on  by  alcohol,  which  dissolves  the  thiocyanate; 
filter  and  evaporate  to  dryness ;  dissolve  the  residue  in 
water,  and  test  by  a  ferric  salt. 

Potassium  Cyanid. — This  salt  is  very  much  employed  in 
photography  and  electrotyping,  and  is  a  frequent  source  of 
poisoning  to  artisans  engaged  in  the  above  employments. 
It  is  a  powerful  poison,  causing  death  in  doses  under  five 
grains. 

It  is  a  white  deliquescent  solid,  very  soluble  in  water, 
less  so  in  alcohol,  the  solution  giving  off  the  odor  of  hydro- 
gen cyanid ;  it  has  an  alkaline  reaction. 

The  symptoms^  post-mortem  lesions  and  treatment  are 
similar  to  those  described  under  hydrogen  cyanid. 

Analytic  Methods. — i.  It  is  decomposed  by  acids,  hydro- 
gen cyanid  being  liberated,  which  is  readily  recognized. 
2.  It  gives  with  silver  nitrate  silver  cyanid.  3.  The  potas- 
sium is  precipitated  by  tartaric  acid  and  platinum  chlorid. 
4.  The  iron  and  copper  tests  may  be  used,  without  the 
sodium  hydroxid. 

Organic  mixtures  should  be  rendered  feebly  acid  with 
sulphuric  acid  and  distilled.  Hydrogen  cyanid  will  be  ob- 
tained in  the  distillate,  and  may  be  tested  as  indicated  above. 
The  caution  as  to  the  faint  reactions  due  to  cyanogen  com- 
pounds normally  present  or  not  poisonous,  applies  here 
also. 

Oil  of  Bitter  Almonds. — This  does  not  preexist  in  the 
bitter  almond,  but  results  from  the  reaction  of  water  upon 
its  amygdalin  and  synaptase.  It  is  obtained  by  distillation 
of  bitter  almonds,  reduced  to  a  pulp  along  with  water.  It 
contains  a  variable  proportion  of  hyrogen  cyanid  and  ben- 


POISONING    BY    NITROBENZENE,  421 

zaldehyde.  When  entirely  freed  from  the  former  the  oil  is 
not  a  poison. 

Properties. — It  has  a  light  yellow  color,  pungent  odor, 
and  a  bitter,  aromatic  taste.  It  is  heavier  than  water,  in 
which  it  is  but  slightly  soluble ;  soluble  in  alcohol  and 
ether.  It  is  highly  poisonous.  The  liquid  sold  as  essence 
of  bitter  almond  is  a  solution  of  this  oil  in  alcohol ;  it  is  a 
very  dangerous  substance  for  domestic  use. 

The  symptoms,  post-mortem  lesions  and  treatment  are  the 
same  as  those  described  under  the  head  of  hydrocyanic 
acid. 

The  fatal  dose  is  about  twenty  drops. 

Cherry  Laurel  "Water,  obtained  by  distilling  a  maceration 
of  the  leaves  of  the  cherry-laurel  {Priimis  laiirocerasiis)  con- 
tains a  portion  of  an  essential  oil  similar  to  the  oil -of  bitter 
almonds.  It  owes  its  poisonous  properties  to  the  hydrogen 
cyanid.  Cherry-laurel  water  has  occasionally  proved  fatal. 
It  is  specially  identified  with  the  case  of  Donallen,  who 
poisoned  his  brother-in-law.  Sir  Theodosius  Broughton, 
in  1782. 

The  seeds  of  the  peach,  apricot  and  cherry,  when  swal- 
lowed, have  proved  poisonous,  especially  to  children.  The 
symptoms  are  very  similar  to  those  produced  by  a  moderate 
dose  of  hydrogen  cyanid. 

Nitrobenzene,  or  Oil  of  Mirbane.  —  This  substance  is  the 
product  of  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  benzene.  It  is  a  pale 
yellow  liquid,  with  a  strong  odor  of  bitter  almonds.  It  is 
used  in  perfumery  and  confectionery  as  a  cheap  substitute 
for  the  oil  of  bitter  almonds.  It  is  a  powerful  narcotic, 
producing  effects  resembling  thosp  of  hydrggen  cyanid, 
although  much  slower  in  its  operation,  requiring  four  or 


422  TOXICOLOGY. 

five  hours  before  death  occurs,  which  is  usually  preceded 
by  coma,  as  in  apoplexy.  This  poison  operates  more 
rapidly  and  powerfully  when  inhaled  in  the  form  of  vapor. 

In  a  fatal  case,  it  may  generally  be  identified  by  its 
strong  odor. 

Analytic  Methods.  —  It  is  distinguished  from  the  oil 
of  bitter  almonds,  which  it  so  closely  resembles  in  smell, 
by  pouring  a  few  drops  of  each  upon  a  plate,  and  adding  a 
drop  of  strong  sulphuric  acid ;  the  oil  of  bitter  almonds 
acquires  a  rich  crimson  color,  with  a  yellow  border,  while 
the  nitrobenzene  is  not  affected. 

It  gives  none  of  the  reactions  of  hydrogen  cyanid  with 
the  usual  tests  of  this  acid. 

When  associated  with  organic  substances,  as  the  stomach, 
etc.,  it  may  be  separated  by  first  adding  sulphuric  acid,  and 
distilling. 

If  nitrobenzene  be  dissolved  in  alcohol  and  heated  with 
hydrochloric  acid  and  granulated  zinc  for  some  time,  anilin 
will  be  formed.  If  the  solution  be  filtered  through  a  filter 
wetted  with  a  solution  of  sodium  hydroxid,  the  filtrate 
nearly  neutralized  with  the  same  substance,  and  a  dilute 
solution  of  chlorated  soda,  or  bleaching  powder,  be  added, 
any  anilin  present  will  produce  a  violet  color.  The  test  is 
delicate,  but  requires  careful  manipulation. 

Anilin,  which  is  a  derivative  of  nitrobenzene,  has  deci- 
dedly poisonous  properties.  Persons  engaged  in  its  manu- 
facture or  use  are  subject  to  giddiness  and  headache,  and 
frequently  exhibit  a  cyanosed  condition  of  the  face  and 
lips.  Epileptiform  convulsions  and  insensibility  also  occur 
in  the  more  serious  cases.  Acute  poisoning  in  the  human 
subject  is  almost  unknown.  In  animals,  the  principal  symp- 
tom is  loss  of  muscular  power  and  coordination.     There  is 


POISONING    BY    DIGITALIS.  423 

no  specific  antidote.  Anilin  can  be  recognized  by  the  pro- 
duction of  a  violet  color  with  chlorated  soda  solution,  as 
noted  under  nitrobenzene,  the  preliminary  treatment  with 
hydrochloric  acid  and  zinc  being  omitted. 

Anilin  Colors,  under  which  term  are  also  included  nu- 
merous artificial  colors  made  from  coal-tar  derivatives  other 
than  anilin,  are,  as  far  as  known,  not  poisonous  in  the  ordi- 
nary sense ;  that  is,  do  not  produce  distinct  symptoms  in 
moderate  doses.  Some  of  them  are  contaminated  with 
poisonous  accessory  or  by-products,  such  as  arsenic,  lead, 
tin  and  copper.  Many  of  the  published  experiments  on  the 
action  of  anilin  colors,  when  injected  into  the  bodies  of  ani- 
mals, are  without  value,  since  antiseptic  precautions  were 
not  observed. 

Antipyrin  and  Antifebrin  are  the  trade  names  of  two 
derivatives  of  two  coal-tar  products  that  have  of  late 
years  come  largely  into  use  in  medical  practice.  Their 
action  is  somewhat  uncertain,  and  cases  of  alarming  and 
even  fatal  effects  have  been  numerously  reported.  Depres- 
sion, chilliness,  collapse,  and  frequent  vomiting  have  been 
noted.  Antifebrin,  which  is  an  anilin  derivative,  is  probably 
the  most  dangerous.  Many  of  the  proprietary  headache 
cures  contain  one  or  the  other  of  these  bodies.  There  are 
no  special  antidotes  to  them. 

DIGITALIS. 

The  purple  Foxglove  [Digitalis  purpurea)  is  a  native 
of  Europe,  but  cultivated  in  our  gardens.  All  parts  of  the 
plant  contain  several  active  principles,  of  which  the  most 
important  are  digitalin,  digitoxin,  digitonin  and  digitaletin. 
These  are  glucosids,  not  alkaloids. 


424  TOXICOLOGY. 

The  chief  poisonous  principles  are  digitalin  and  digitoxin, 
which  always  accompany  each  other  in  the  plant. 

Symptojns.  —  Cases  of  digitalis  poisoning  are  compara- 
tively rare.  Until  recently,  its  action  was  generally  re- 
garded as  a  direct  cardiac  depressant,  reducing  both  the 
force  and  frequency  of  the  heart's  action.  Therapeutists 
are  now  disposed  to  consider  it  as  a  direct  heart  stimulant, 
asserting  that  while  the  pulsations  of  the  heart  are  dimin- 
ished in  frequency,  they  are  increased  in  power. 

The  poisonous  impressions  on  man  are  nausea  and  vom- 
iting, purging,  with  severe  abdominal  pains,  a  sense  of  heat 
in  the  head,  vertigo  and  disordered  vision,  dilated  pupils ; 
the  pulse  full  and  slow  in  the  horizontal  position,  but  rapid 
and  feeble  on  sitting  up.  Prostration  then  comes  on,  with 
a  tendency  to  syncope ;  the  eyes  very  prominent  and  fixed, 
the  sclerotic  coat  acquiring,  according  to  Tardieu,  a  pecu- 
liar, characteristic  blue  color.  Sometimes  there  is  saliva- 
tion, and  suppression  of  urine ;  delirium,  stupor  and  con- 
vulsions are  apt  to  come  on  just  before  death,  which  does 
not,  as  a  rule,  occur  within  twenty-four  hours.  Tardieu 
mentions  a  case  in  which  death  took  place  in  three-quarters 
of  an  hour  after  swallowing,  by  mistake,  a  very  large  dose. 

Digitalis  seems  to  have  a  tendency  to  break  out  with 
violence  after  taking  a  number  of  moderate  doses.  The 
diagnostic  sign  of  the  action  of  digitalis  is  the  peculiar 
enfeebled,  intermittent  pulse,  which  varies  so  notably  be- 
tween the  supine  and  the  erect  position  of  the  patient. 

Post-mortem  Appearances. — Nothing  very  characteristic  is 
observed.  Turgescence  of  the  vessels  at  the  base  of  the 
brain,  together  with  redness  of  the  lining  membrane  of  the 
stomach. 

Fatal  Dose. — This  is  not  accurately  settled.  As  much 
as  a  drachm  of  the  powder,  and  half  a  fluid  ounce  of  the 


DIGITALIS.  425 

tincture,  have  been  taken  with  impunity;  but  a  far  less 
quantity  has  produced  decided  effects  on  the  heart's  action. 
The  usual  dose  is  one  to  two  grains  of  the  powder,  and  ten 
drops  of  the  tincture,  to  be  repeated. 

Digitalin. — This  generally  occurs  as  an  amorphous  pow- 
der, of  a  pale  yellowish  color;  but  when  pure,  in  fine  white 
crystals.  There  seems  to  be  much  diversity  of  opinion 
concerning  the  percentage  of  digitalin  in  the  leaves;  some 
authorities  giving  it  at  about  ten  per  cent.,  whilst  Blaquart 
asserts  that  there  are  ten  to  twelve  per  cent,  of  the  crystal- 
lizable  variety. 

There  seems  to  be  a  true  antagonism  between  digitalin 
and  aconitin.  It  is  stated  that  when  the  heart  of  the  frog 
has  almost  ceased  to  beat  under  the  influence  of  digitalin, 
its  movements  are  restored  by  aconitin;  and  a  case  is 
reported  of  recovery  after  the  ingestion  of  an  ounce  of 
Fleming's  tincture  of  aconite,  apparently  due  to  the  hypo- 
dermic injection  of  twenty  minims  of  tincture  of  digitalis, 
and  the  exhibition  by  the  mouth  of  three  doses  of  one 
drachm  each,  within  an  hour,  together  with  brandy  and 
ammonium  hydroxid. 

Analytic  Methods. — Both  the  amorphous  and  crystalline 
varieties  have  a  very  bitter  taste;  very  sparingly  soluble  in 
water,  also  in  pure  ether;  but  very  soluble  in  ether  contain- 
ing alcohol.  Chloroform  is  its  best  solvent.  It  has  no 
alkaline  reaction.  Cold  sulphuric  acid  imparts  to  it  a 
brownish  color,  which  gradually  changes  to  a  red.  If 
warmed,  the  color  passes  to  a  brown.  If  to  the  cold  brown 
solution  an  excess  of  water  be  added,  the  color  changes  to 
a  green,  depositing  a  green  powder,  and  the  liquid  gradually 
assumes  a  yellowish  tint  (Tardieu).  Strong  nitric  acid  dis- 
solves it  with  effervescence,  giving  off  red  fumes,  and  ini- 
36 


426  TOXICOLOGY. 

parting  an  orange-red  color,  which  gradually  becomes 
fainter.  Hydrochloric  acid  imparts  to  it  a  light-greenish 
tint.  It  is  stated  that  if  the  brown  sulphuric  acid  solution 
be  exposed  to  bromin  vapor,  it  assumes  a  violet  hue,  but 
Tardieu  denies  that  this  test  is  at  all  characteristic. 

Toxicologic  Examination. — In  a  suspected  case,  the  ex- 
aminer should  first  carefully  search  for  remnants  of  the 
powdered  leaves  in  the  matters  vomited,  and  in  the  alimen- 
tary canal.  If  the  tincture  has  been  swallowed,  the  interior 
of  the  stomach  might  present  a  greenish  color,  and  emit  a 
suggestive  odor.  If  digitalin  granules  have  been  taken,  a 
careful  post-mortem  inspection  might  possibly  reveal  the 
presence  of  some  of  them  remaining  in  the  stomach. 

The  viscera,  properly  comminuted,  should  first  be  heated 
on  a  water  bath,  with  strong  alcohol,  for  a  considerable 
time.  After  cooling  and  straining,  and  proper  concentra- 
tion by  evaporation,  part  of  the  extract  may  be  used  as  a 
trial  test  on  a  small  animal.  The  rest  of  it  should  be  further 
purified  by  another  solution  in  alcohol,  filtration  and  evap- 
oration, and  the  physiologic  test  again  repeated. 

It  is  impossible  to  determine  positively  the  existence  of 
the  poison  by  any  chemical  tests,  nor  by  the  post-mor- 
tem lesions ;  our  reliance  must  be  solely  on  the  physio- 
logic test — injecting  hypodermically  some  of  the  ultimate 
extract  into  a  small  animal,  as  the  frog.  It  seems  well 
established,  by  numerous  experiments,  that  death  takes 
place  by  a  sudden  cessation  of  the  heart's  action,  with  a 
decided  rigidity  of  the  ventricles  at  the  moment  of  death. 
In  frogs,  this  stoppage  occurs  always  in  the  state  of  strong 
systole  of  the  ventricle. 

By  observing,  then,  the  action  of  the  suspected  poison, 
introduced  under  the  skin  of  the  frog — the  gradual  irregu- 
larity and  slowness  of  the  heart-beats,  together  with  the 


POISONING    BY    COCCULUS    INDICUS.  427 

manner  of  its  final  stop,  and  experimenting  at  the  same 
time,  with  digitalin  itself,  upon  another  animal,  we  may  be 
able  to  arrive  at  a  satisfactory  conclusion. 

The  most  noted,  if  not  the  only  instance  of  homicidal 
poisoning  by  digitalin,  is  that  of  de  la  Pomerais,  a  homeo- 
pathic practitioner  of  France,  who  was  tried  and  convicted 
for  killing  his  mistress,  after  having  insured  her  life  in 
various  offices  for  his  own  benefit.  After  one  of  his  visits 
to  her,  she  died  after  suffering  from  violent  vomiting  and 
great  depression  of  the  heart's  action  and  debility,  in 
twenty-four  hours.  Her  body  was  examined  thirteen  days 
after  death,  suspicion  having  been  aroused  against  the 
prisoner.  The  examiners,  Tardieu  and  Roussin,  failing  to 
discover  any  poison  by  chemical  research,  resorted  to  the 
above-mentioned  physiologic  test,  employing  the  extract 
obtained  from  the  stomach  and  bowels,  and  also  one  pro- 
cured from  the  scrapings  of  the  floor  on  which  the  deceased 
had  vomited,  both  of  which  responded  likewise  to  all  the 
known  chemical  reactions.  A  strong  circumstantial  evi- 
dence of  the  guilt  of  the  accused  was  the  finding  in  his 
possession  an  unusually  large  amount  of  digitalin,  a  sub- 
stance that  had  only  lately  been  discovered,  besides  a 
number  of  other  deadly  poisons.  He  was  condemned  and 
executed. 

Poisoning  by  Cocculus  Indicus. — Cocculus  Indicus  {T.e- 
vant  nut)  is  the  fruit  of  the  Menispenmun  cocadits,  a  tree 
growing  in  the  East  Indies.  The  kernel  of  the  berry  is  the 
only  poisonous  part.  It  has  an  intensely  bitter  taste,  and 
contains  a  highly  poisonous  principle  called  picrotoxin.  It 
is  chiefly  employed  as  a  fish  poison,  and  also  in  Great 
Britain  for  the  malicious  destruction  of  game.  It  is  also 
popularly  believed  to  be  used  for  adulterating  malt  liquors, 


428  TOXICOLOGY. 

by  imparting  to  them  a  bitter  flavor,  with  a  diminished 
amount  of  hops  and  malt,  but  this  must  be  unusual.  It  is 
also  used  for  the  destruction  of  vermin. 

The  symptoms  are  somewhat  singular,  indicating  an 
action  on  the  cerebro-spinal  centres.  There  is  loss  of  vol- 
untary power,  but  not  of  consciousness,  the  sufferer  lying 
in  a  sort  of  nightmare.  There  may  also  be  nausea,  vomit- 
ing and  severe  abdominal  pains.  Dr.  Fish  reported  cases 
of  accidental  poisoning  of  six  persons  in  the  Philadelphia 
Hospital  by  a  decoction  of  this  substance.  Two  of  these 
died  in  about  half  an  hour;  the  remaining  four  were  seized 
with  violent  symptoms  within  half  an  hour  after  swallowing 
the  poison,  and  recovered  after  several  hours.  Their  symp- 
toms were  faintness,  confusion  of  mind,  giddiness,  dimness 
of  vision,  nausea,  excessive  thirst,  severe  abdominal  pain, 
and,  in  one  case,  insensibility;  the  pulse  was  much  weakened, 
and  the  respiration  slow  and  labored. 

.  The  external  application  has  been  followed  by  violent 
and  even  fatal  effects. 

Picrotoxin  constitutes  about  one  per  cent,  of  the  kernel. 
It  crystallizes  in  colorless,  silken,  slender,  four-sided 
prisms;  sparingly  soluble  in  water;  very  soluble  in  alcohol, 
ether,  chloroform  and  amyhc  alcohol.  Cold  sulphuric  acid 
does  not  affect  it;  the  hot  acid  imparts  to  it  an  orange- 
yellow  color,  which  becomes  pale  on  cooling.  Strong 
nitric  acid  and  hydrochloric  acid  do  not  affect  it.  It  acts 
like  grape  sugar  when  boiled  with  copper  sulphate  and 
sodium  hydroxid. 

It  may  be  separated  from  organic  liquids  by  first  acidu- 
lating with  hydrochloric  acid,  and  then  shaking  up  with 
ether,  which  holds  the  poison  in  solution  and  deposits  it  in 
crystals. 


PTOMAINS.  429 

There  are  several  other  vegetable  poisons  of  minor  im- 
portance; among  them  may  be  mentioned  the  bark  and 
seeds  of  the  Laburnum  [Cytisus  laburnum),  a  very  common 
tree  or  shrub  of  Great  Britain.  It  contains  an  active 
poisonous  alkaline  principle,  cytisin,  whose  effects  are  those 
of  an  irritant  narcotic.  Death  has  frequently  resulted  from 
swallowing  both  the  bark  and  seeds  of  this  plant. 

The  leaves  and  berries  of  the  Yew  {Taxiis  baccata)  act 
powerfully  as  an  acrid,  irritant  narcotic,  even  in  small  quan- 
tities. They  owe  their  poisonous  properties  to  an  alka- 
loidal  principle  which  destroys  life  by  paralyzing  the 
respiratory  centre. 

The  Privet  (Ligistriun  viilgare) ;  the  Guelder  Rose  ( Vi- 
burninn  op2ilus)\  and  the  Holly  {Ilex aqidfoliuni)  also  possess 
poisonous  properties. 

ptomai'ns. 

Within  the  past  few  years  the  attention  of  toxicologists 
has  been  called  to  the  existence  of  a  certain  class  of  bodies, 
to  which  Selmi  gave  the  name  of  Ptonidins  (from  TiTWjiaj  a 
dead  body),  resulting  from  the  decay  of  organic  substances. 
These  bodies  strongly  resemble  the  alkaloids  in  their  chemic 
and  physiologic  actions.  Whilst  some  of  them  are  very 
poisonous,  the  majority  are  inert,  and  others  again  seem  to 
be  antagonistic  to  certain  poisons. 

It  has  long  been  known  that  putrescent  meat  will  occa- 
sion severe,  and  sometimes  fatal  symptoms  in  persons  who 
partake  of  it.  These  symptoms  are  of  a  narcoto-irritant 
character,  and  strongly  resemble  those  produced  by  certain 
familiar  poisons.  Similar  effects  are  also  known  to  occa- 
sionally result  from  cheese,  sausages  and  certain  shell-fish, 
particularly   from    mussels,  and,  in    some   instances,  from 


430  TOXICOLOGY. 

canned  meat  and  vegetables.  These  anomalous  symptoms 
have  formerly  been  attributed  to  various  causes,  but  hitherto 
no  satisfactory  explanation  of  them  has  ever  been  offered, 
until  the  discovery  of  the  ptomains  has  solved  the  mystery, 
and  afforded  a  rational  and  scientific  solution. 

It  is  now  known  that  putrefaction  is  due  to  the  presence 
of  microbes,  which,  when  introduced  into  the  animal  body, 
may  speedily  develop  serious  and  even  fatal  disease.  This 
fact  affords  a  satisfactory  explanation  of  those  otherwise 
obscure  cases  of  poisoning  that  occasionally  result  from 
partaking  of  certain  articles  of  food,  such  as  canned  provi- 
sions, milk,  ice  cream,  sausage,  cheese,  etc.,  which  have 
undergone  unsuspected  putrefaction. 

Many  ptomains  have  been  isolated,  and  the  discovery  has 
opened  a  new  field  of  investigation  in  physiologic  chem- 
istry. Some  ptomains  bear  a  strong  resemblance  to  some 
of  the  vegetable  alkaloids,  in  both  chemical  and  physiologic 
reactions ;  and  as  they  may  generate  by  putrefaction  in 
the  human  viscera,  it  m,ay  readily  happen  to  the  analyst  to 
encounter  one  of  these  ptomains  in  searching  for  strychnin, 
morphin,  nicotin,  etc.,  in  a  putrescent  human  body.  Fortu- 
nately, the  ptomains  occurring  under  the  above  conditions 
are  not  always  met  with ;  moreover,  the  expert,  with  proper 
precaution,  will  be  able  to  discriminate  between  them  and 
the  true  alkaloids,  from  the  fact  that,  although  they  have 
many  points  in  common,  there  exists  reactions,  both  chemic 
and  physiologic,  in  which  they  differ. 

A  few  of  these  ptomains  may  be  mentioned  :  A  strycknin- 
like  substance  has  been  discovered,  which  is  highly  poison- 
ous, and  which  responds  to  the  usual  color-test,  and  also  to 
the  test  with  iodin,  but  lacks  the  pronounced  bitter  taste  of 
strychnin.  A  similar  ptomain  has  been  discovered,  in  Italy, 
in  decomposing  maize,  capable  of  exciting  tetanic  spasms 


PTOMAINS.  431 

when  injected  into  an  animal ;  but  differing  from  strychnin 
in  not  being  extracted  with  ether. 

Atropin-like  Bodies. — Several  investigators  have  found 
products  of  putrefaction  resembling  atropin  and  hyoscyamin 
in  their  mydriatic  properties ;  also  in  their  chemical  reaction 
with  platinum  chlorid. 

A  veratrin-like  ptomain  has  been  extracted  from  a  putre- 
fied human  body,  which  gives  the  peculiar  test  of  that  alka- 
loid when  heated  with  sulphuric  acid;  but  it  differs  from 
veratrin  in  reducing  ferric  salts  instantly,  and  in  its  want  of 
action  upon  frogs. 

Conin-like  substances  have  been  procured  by  different 
chemists ;  they  are  oily,  alkaline  and  volatile  bodies,  very 
bitter  to  the  taste,  and  highly  poisonous.  The  odor  is 
strong  and  unpleasant,  but  different  from  that  of  conin, 
though  some  of  the  chemical  reactions  resemble  those  of 
this  alkaloid.  Selmi  subsequently  obtained  a  ptomain  from 
the  viscera  of  bodies  buried  six  and  ten  months,  which 
yielded  the  unmistakable  mousy  odor  of  conin. 

A  nicotin-like  ptomain  has  been  procured  from  a  putres- 
cent body,  which  was  strongly  alkaline,  oily  and  volatile, 
and  possessing  a  powerful  odor,  but  differing  from  nicotin 
in  several  of  its  chemical  reactions. 

•  Numerous  other  ptoma'ins  have  been  isolated  from  the 
putrescent  viscera  of  the  human  body,  some  of  which  are 
highly  poisonous,  while  others  are  innocuous.  They  pos- 
sess comparatively  few  features  in  common  with  the  vege- 
table alkaloids. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  and  important  ptomains  is 
that  discovered  by  Vaughan,  in  cheese  and  milk,  and  sub- 
sequently found  in  ice-cream  and  cream  puffs.  It  was 
named  tyrotoxicon  by  the  discoverer,  but  he  has  since  shown 
that  it  is  diazobenzene.     It  is  a  powerful  poison. 


432  TOXICOLOGY. 

Another  point  in  this  connection,  that  should  not  be  over- 
looked by  the  toxicologist,  is  the  fact  that  the  presence  of 
one  or  more  of  these  ptomains,  along  with  certain  of  the 
vegetable  alkaloids,  in  a  dead  body,  may  interfere  with  the 
usual  chemical  tests  employed  for  the  detection  of  the  latter 
poison.  This  is  true,  to  some  extent,  in  the  case  of  strych- 
nin, brucin,  atropin,  aconitin,  picrotoxin  and  a  few  others; 
but  this  subject  has  not  received  sufficiently  full  attention 
to  enable  us  to  speak  very  positively  about  it.  Ranke  con- 
tends that  the  proper  physiologic  action  of  the  impure 
str}'chnin  extracted  from  a  putrefied  body  may  be  masked 
by  ptomains.  If  this  observation,  as  also  those  above  men- 
tioned, is  correct,  it  may  explain  the  occasional  failure  to 
discover  strychnin  and  other  alkaloids  in  a  putrescent 
body. 

A  convenient  process  for  obtaining  these  bodies,  accord- 
ing to  Maas,  is  to  treat  the  putrefied  mass  with  alcohol  and 
acetic  acid  for  several  days;  filter,  and  repeat  the  process. 
Reduce  the  alcoholic  extract  on  a  water-bath,  and  concen- 
trate the  aqueous  extract  to  a  syrup.  This  may  be  employed 
for  experimentation  on  animals.  By  treating  this  acid  solu- 
tion with  ether,  amyl  alcohol,  or  chloroform  (first  adding 
potassa  or  soda),  the  different  putrefactive  alkaloids  have 
been  separated.  Various  modifications  of  this  process  are 
employed  by  different  investigators,  the  details  of  which  the 
limits  of  this  work  will  not  allow. 

Selmi  and  others  have  succeeded  in  extracting  poisonous 
bases  from  the  urine  of  patients  suffering  from  tetanus,  pro- 
gressive paralysis  and  miliary  fever;. one  of  these  resembled 
nicotin  in  its  general  character,  showing  a  special  tendency 
to  act  upon  the  spinal  marrow  and  heart;  the  other  base 
resembled  conin  in  odor. 

Still  later  researches  go  to  prove  that  animal  fluids,  such 


PTOMAINS.  433 

as  fresh  blood  and  albumin,  before  undergoing  putrefaction, 
give  precisely  similar  reactions,  with  the  reagents  employed, 
to  those  that  are  afforded  by  these  same  reagents  with 
ptomains  extracted  from  a  dead  animal  body. 

It  will  be  inferred  from  all  that  has  been  stated  upon  this 
subject,  that  the  whole  matter  concerning  ptomains  may  be 
regarded  as  being,  to  a  considerable  extent,  still  sub  jiidice ; 
and  the  existence  of  these  cadaveric  alkaloids  in  human 
viscera,  even  when  putrid,  is  probably  not  of  such  frequent 
occurrence  as  was  suspected.  Nevertheless,  it  cannot  be 
doubted  that  their  alleged  existence  will  be  constantly 
brought  out  in  trials.  Such  a  course  is  stated  to  have  been 
taken  at  the  Lamson  trial,  in  London,  in  1883.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  might  be  speciously  argued  that  the  reason 
for  the  non-discovery  of  the  alleged  alkaloid  was  to  be 
attributed  to  the  interfering  presence  of  some  ptomain. 

Much  light  has  been  thrown  upon  the  relations  of  the 
ptomains  in  toxicologic  chemistry  by  the  investigations 
ofVaughan.  Ordinary  putrefactions  are  aerobic — that  is, 
take  place  under  the  influence  of  free  oxygen.  Laboratory 
studies  of  decompositions,  either  in  culture  fluids  or  in 
ordinary  foods,  have  been,  therefore,  largely  limited  to  one 
class  of  action, — those  of  microbes  which  grow  in  the  pres- 
ence of  oxygen.  It  is  now  known,  however,  that  not 
only  are  there  numerous  species  of  microbes  which  grow 
only  in  the  absence  of  oxygen,  but  some  of  those  ordinarily 
growing  in  contact  with  oxygen  can  develop  in  its  absence, 
producing  substances  different  from  those  formed  under 
normal  growth.  In  buried  corpses  the  decompositions 
will  be  at  low  temperatures,  and  with  at  least  very  deficient 
ox3^gen  supply ;  hence  the  transformations  occurring  in  the 
viscera  will  not  be  identical  with  those  when  the  body  lies 
unburied  or  submerged  in  water,     Vaughan  has  shown  that 


434  '  TOXICOLOGY. 

it  is  in  this  anaerobic  decomposition  that  ptomai'ns  simu- 
lating the  vegetable  poisons  are  lively  to  be  formed.  In  a 
recent  trial  it  was  shown  by  Vaughan  arid  others,  that  an 
organic  product  of  animal  putrefaction,  commonly  called 
indol  (but  properly  indin),  gives  many  of  the  color  reac- 
tions of  morphin.  Much  more  extended  investigation  will 
be  needed  to  give  precision  in  this  field. 


FEIGNED    DISEASES.  435 


CHAPTER    VII. 

FEIGNED  DISEASES. 

I.  Feigned  Bodily  Diseases. — These  become  the  subject 
of  inquiry  very  frequently,  especially  among  soldiers,  sailors 
and  prisoners,  who  are  ever  ready  to  resort  to  all  sorts  of 
pretexts  to  escape  hard  duty,  to  avoid  certain  kinds  of  pun- 
ishment, or  to  secure  comfortable  quarters  in  a  hospital. 
Among  civilians  the  same  fraud  is  sometimes  attempted,  as 
in  an  alleged  incapacity  to  perform  military  service,  to 
undergo  imprisonment  for  debt,  or  to  discharge  the  duties 
of  a  juror  or  witness.  Casper  remarks  :  This  simulation  of 
disease  is  sometimes  carried  out  by  a  purely  mental  effort, 
as  by  cunning,  lying  or  mimicry ;  at  others,  by  the  aid  of 
materials  of  various  kinds,  such  as  crutches,  bandages, 
trusses,  cutting  instruments,  spectacles,  etc.  All  such  cases 
of  pretended  disease  are  termed  fictitious  by  Dr.  Ogston. 
There  is  another  class  which  are  actually  produced  by  the 
patient  at  his  convenience,  or  at  least  are  exaggerations  of 
some  trivial  complaint ;  these  are  named  factitious  by  the 
above  author. 

The  ingenuity  of  malingerers  is  almost  incredible.  Not 
only  may  they  resort,  when  occasion  requires,  to  all  manner 
of  disgusting  performances,  such  as  swallowing  excrement 
or  blood,  or  other  offensive  substances,  but  they  may  actually 
maim  or  injure  various  organs  for  the  purpose  of  gaining 
their  object.  "  The  greatest  difficulty  in  detecting  impos- 
ture arises  when  we  examine  the  subjective  symptoms;  and 
extreme  caution  is  then  needed,  besides   the  adoption  of 


436  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

the  most  delicate  tests,  which  should  repeatedly  be  made 
use  of,  until  we  are  satisfied  as  to  what  is  the  real  condition 
of  the  patient."    (Hamilton.) 

Simulated  diseases  were  much  more  common  in  former 
times  than  at  present.  We  rarely  now  note  such  extraor- 
dinary cases  of  deception  as  are  described  in  old  books, 
of  persons  vomiting  frogs  and  lizards  or  snakes,  passing 
inky  urine,  or  discharging  immense  stones  from  the  blad- 
der, etc.  Such  instances  of  fraud  would  soon  be  detected 
by  the  miodern  means  of  diagnosis. 

It  is  proper  that  the  physician  should  understand  the 
reasons  or  motives  of  the  malingerer  for  feigning  disease, 
since  these  may  often  aid  him  in  unmasking  the  decep- 
tion. These  motives  may  be  classed  under  the  following 
heads : — 

1.  Fear. — As,  for  example,  to  avoid  military  service;  or, 
in  the  case  of  the  soldier,  to  be  excused  from  going  into 
battle.  According  to  Beck,  the  observations  of  Mr.  Lane, 
on  the  modern  Egyptians,  show  that  the  practice  of  break- 
ing out  one  or  more  teeth,  or  cutting  off  a  finger,  or  putting 
out  an  eye,  was  exceedingly  common  among  the  young 
men  throughout  that  country.  The  same  motive  influences 
culprits  to  escape  certain  species  of  punishment  which  they 
have  deserved,  such  as  flogging,  or  the  treadmill. 

2.  Gain. — This  is  a  very  prevalent  and  powerful  motive 
to  simulate  disease,  as,  e.  g.,  to  obtain  damages  for  some 
alleged  injury,  either  public  or  private;  it  is  often  the 
source  of  groundless  charges  in  railway  accidents ;  to  pro- 
cure better  quarters,  either  in  a  hospital  or  almshouse ;  to 
obtain  a  divorce ;  to  excite  commiseration  and  aid  from  the 
benevolent;  and  in  numerous  other  methods. 

3.  Laziness. — As  in  beggars  and  others,  to  escape  work, 
and  live  in  idleness. 


■    FEIGNED    DISEASES.  437 

4.  Notoriety. — This  is  chiefly  witnessed  in  hysterical 
women,  who  will  simulate  almost  every  variety  of  disease, 
and  submit  to  painful  treatment ;  who  will  frequently  muti- 
late themselves,  and  pretend  to  take  poison,  or  destroy 
themselves  in  some  other  manner,  and  with  no  other  con- 
ceivable motive  except  to  gain  notoriety. 
,  As  regards  the  mode  of  diagnosis,  the  following  general 
rules  may  be  observed  :  Cunning  and  shrewdness  must  be 
met  by  the  exercise  of  these  same  qualities  on  the  part  of 
the  examiner.  In  nothing  are  experience  and  tact  of  greater 
assistance  to  their  possessor,  than  in  the  management  of  this 
sort  of  cases.  The  examiner  should  always  bear  in  mind 
that  simulation  may  be  possible,  and  that  this  is  likely  to  be 
practiced  in  a  given  case,  if  a  sufficient  motive  exists ;  he 
should  try  to  discover  this  motive,  using  great  caution  in 
the  attempt. 

Do  not  be  content  with  a  single  examination  of  the 
patient,  but  surprise  him  with  an  unexpected  visit,  made 
soon  after  the  first  one.  Observe  him  closely  when  he  is 
not  aware  of  your  notice ;  by  this  means  the  deception  may 
often  be  discovered,  when  he  is  off  his  guard. 

Ascertain  whether  the  patient's  account  of  the  rise  and 
progress  of  his  disease  is  in  accordance  with  known  medical 
facts  connected  with  the  history  of  the  real  disorder.  It  is 
often  useful  to  mention  in  the  patient's  hearing  certain  false 
symptoms  of  the  alleged  disease,  and  afterward  ask  him 
after  these  symptoms ;  when,  if  simulating,  he  will  be  very 
apt  to  enact  them,  just  as  he  heard  them.  Always  suspect 
one  who  complains  of  a  multitude  of  ailments,  and  which 
have  no  natural  connection  with  each  other.  All  local 
ailments,  on  parts  of  the  body  covered  with  the  clothing, 
require  to  be  examined  with  the  parts  uncovered ;  all  dress- 
ings and  bandages  must  be  removed.     Do  not  be  deceived 


438  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

by  cicatrices,  cupping  scars,  leech  bites,  or  blisters.  No 
importance  whatever  is  to  be  attached  to  the  statements  of 
relatives  or  friends,  since  they  would  naturally  sympathize 
witfi  the  patient. 

Anesthetics  (ether  and  chloroform)  may  sometimes  be 
employed  successfully  in  suspected  cases  of  contracture  of 
the  spine  or  muscles.  A  very  successful  method  is  to 
threaten,  and  even  use,  some  very  repulsive  medicine  or 
remedy,  as  powerful  revulsives,  and  especially  the  actual 
cautery ;  but  there  are  some  cases  that  prove  obstinate  and 
unconquerable,  even  under  this  severe  ordeal. 

Special  Diagnosis. — Feigned  Pain. — There  is  probably  no 
symptom  so  commonly  complained  of  by  the  malingerer, 
and  none  more  difficult  to  determine  by  the  examiner,  than 
pain,  because  it  is  purely  a  subjective  symptom.  Hence,  it 
will  try  the  skill  and  tact  of  the  physician  to  the  utmost. 
A  close  and  patient  investigation  will,  however,  usually 
detect  the  fraud.  The  simulator  will  either  be  too  exactly 
correct  in  his  description,  or  else  entirely  incorrect  in  his 
localization.  He  will  exhibit  great  distress  under  the 
slightest  pressure,  when  his  attention  is  directed  to  the  part; 
but  when  this  is  directed  elsewhere,  no  evidence  of  pain  is 
manifested.  Questions,  or  hints,  skillfully  thrown  out,  may 
put  him  off  his  guard,  and  reveal  the  deception.  A  favorite 
seat  of  pain  is  the  back,  and  it  is  usual  among  soldiers  to 
attribute  it  to  rheumatism,  contracted  by  exposure  from 
sleeping  on  the  damp  ground.  Of  course,  there  are  some 
real  sufferers  from  this  cause,  but  they  are  outnumbered  by 
the  simulators.  The  latter  may  often  be  detected  by  close 
watching  when  they  think  they  are  unobserved.  Their 
agility  of  motion  contrasts  wonderfully  with  their  lameness 
and  difficulty  of  movement  when  they  come  into  court,  or 
before  the  medical  officer  for  examination. 


FEIGNED    DISEASES.  439 

If  the  pain  complained  of  is  very  severe  and  persistent, 
and  there  is  an  absence  of  all  other  concomitant  symptoms, 
there  is  strong  room  for  suspicion.  So  too,  if  the  person 
complains  of  intolerable  pain  in  executing  certain  muscular 
movements,  but  evinces  no  suffering  when  exercising  the 
same  parts  in  a  way  more  in  accordance  with  his  wishes. 
"  A  young  lady,  desirous  of  escaping  her  piano  practice, 
complains  of  pain  in  one  arm  and  shoulder,  and  gains  the 
sympathy  of  her  unthinking  mother,  while  the  same  day 
she  may  devote  one  or  two  hours  to  lawn  tennis,  or  use 
her  hands  in  other  ways,  and  give  no  report  of  pain  " 
(Hamilton).  Beck  refers  to  the  case  of  a  girl  of  fifteen 
years,  who,  in  order  to  be  taken  away  from  school,  com- 
plained of  severe  neuralgia  of  the  face.  On  a  subsequent 
occasion,  when  a  recurrence  of  the  pain  was  complained  of 
for  some  similar  motive,  Thompson  very  successfully  em- 
ployed a  strong  mental  remedy,  based  upon  the  known 
antipathy  she  had  to  a  dog.  He  informed  her  that  the  only 
remedy  remaining  was  to  rub  the  affected  part  over  the 
back  of  that  animal.  The  result  was  a  complete  and  imme- 
diate cure,  without  the  application  of  the  remedy. 

But,  admitting  the  frequency  of  malingering  in  the  case 
of  pain,  the  examiner  should,  on  the  other  hand,  avoid  the 
risk  of  making  a  too  hasty  diagnosis,  since  there  may  be  cases 
of  real  occult  disease  accompanied  with  pain,  and  where  the 
latter  symptom  may  be  wrongfully  attributed  to  imposture. 

Fever,  especially  of  the  intermittent  and  ephemeral  types, 
may  sometimes  be  cleverly  imitated.  The  heat  of  skin  and 
excitement  of  pulse  have  been  produced  by  the  use  of  stim- 
ulants, as  spirits,  cantharides,  etc.,  and  by  friction  on  the 
skin;  the  coating  of  the  tongue,  by  the  use  of  chalk,  pipe 
clay,  liquorice,  etc.  Dr.  Cheyne  was  sent  for  to  a  soldier 
who  was  said  to  be  in  the  chill  of  an  intermittent.    He  found 


440  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

him  shaking-  violently,  but,  on  throwing  off  the  bed-clothes, 
he  was  seen,  not  in  the  cold,  but  in  the  sweating  stage, 
produced  by  his  exertions. 

Pretended  Heart-disease. — Extreme  feebleness  of  the  pulse 
has  been  produced  by  ligatures  around  the  arm,  by  pres- 
sure upon  the  axillary  artery,  and  in  certain  individuals,  by 
taking  a  deep  inspiration,  and  suspending  the  breathing. 
The  case  of  Col.  Townshend,  reported  by  Cheyne,  was  of  a 
similar  character,  where  there  was  a  voluntary  suspension 
of  the  heart's  action  for  a  limited  period.  Palpitation  may 
be  excited  by  the  internal  use  of  various  drugs,  as  tobacco, 
digitalis  and  American  hellebore;  also  by  introducing  these 
substances  into  the  rectum.  The  stethoscope  should  be 
used  in  all  suspected  cases. 

Feigned  Consumption. — This  disease  has  been  simulated 
by  coughing,  and  producing  emaciation  by  abstinence  and 
the  use  of  vinegar;  by  pricking  the  gums  or  fauces,  and 
spitting  up  blood;  by  mixing  the  sputa  of  ordinary  catarrh 
with  pus  and  blood,  etc.  A  careful  stethoscopic  examina- 
tion will  usually  detect  the  imposture;  but  the  examination 
of  the  sputa  for  the  specific  bacillus  will  be  the  m^ost  satis- 
factory test.  Foreign  blood  may  also  be  discovered  by  the 
microscope.  Hematemesis  has  been  imitated  by  the  patient 
swallowing  blood,  and  then  throwing  it  up  in  the  presence 
of  spectators.  Casper  mentions  a  case  of  a  woman  who 
exhibited  a  bloody  handkerchief  as  an  evidence  of  her 
having  vomited  blood,  but  which,  on  microscopic  examina- 
tion, proved  to  be  the  blood  of  a  bird.  Hematuria  has 
been  feigned  by  mixing  blood  with  the  urine,  or  hy  using 
substances  that  have  the  power  of  reddening  this  secretion. 
The  suspected  patient  should  always  be  made  to  urinate  in 
the  presence  of  the  examiner,  and  the  urine  be  properly 
examined  for  blood. 


FEIGNED    DISEASES,  441 

Feigned  Incontinence  of  Urine. — This  is  frequently  prac- 
ticed by  soldiers,  in  order  to  get  into  a  hospital.  A  good 
plan  to  detect  the  imposture  is  to  give  an  opiate  at  night, 
and  introduce  the  catheter  during  his  sleep ;  or  by  taking 
him  by  surprise  during  the  day,  and  introducing  the  instru- 
ment, when  it  will  be  found  that  the  urine  has  not  drained 
off  drop  by  drop,  as  it  was  secreted,  but  that  the  bladder 
possesses  the  power  of  retention.  If  the  disease  is  real,  the 
prepuce  and  glans  penis  are  found  to  be  pale,  from  its 
continuance,  and  always  moist;  and  the  clothes  exhale  an 
ammoniacal  odor. 

Feigned  Epilepsy. — This  disease  is  very  frequently  simu- 
lated, probably  for  the  reason  of  the  pity  and  affright  that 
it  is  apt  to  inspire ;  and  also  on  account  of  the  short  dura- 
tion of  the  paroxysm,  and  the  length  of  the  interval  during 
which  the  patient  may  enjoy  his  liberty.  Impostors  affect 
the  most  violent  forms  of  the  disorder,  suddenly  falling 
down  in  convenient  places,  and  writhing  in  great  contor- 
tions ;  they  thus  are  apt  to  overdo  it.  Many  cases  may  be 
unmasked  by  threats,  or  by  applying  a  strong  faradic  cur- 
rent, or  the  actual  cautery.  But  instances  are  related  where 
the  impostor  has  suffered  all  manner  of  injury  rather  than 
confess,  and  the  noted  Clegg,  "  the  dummy  clincher,"  threw 
himself,  in  one  of  his  pretended  paroxysms,  from  a  corridor 
to  the  floor,  a  distance  of  nearly  twenty  feet. 

Sometimes  the  impostor  will  produce  frothing  at  the 
mouth,  by  inserting  a  piece  of  soap  behind  the  cheek.  In 
suspected  cases,  it  is,  therefore,  well  to  examine  the  mouth. 
If  closely  watched,  the  malingerer  may  be  observed  to  look 
about  him,  or  to  show  some  interest  in  the  result  of  his 
actions.  In  real  epilepsy,  there  is  an  entire  loss  of  con- 
sciousness, and  also  of  sensation  to,  the  severest  applica- 
tions. DeHaen  relates  the  case  of  a  beggar  in  Paris,  who 
37 


442  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

often  fell  in  the  streets.  A  bed  of  straw  was  prepared^ 
through  compassion,  on  which  he  might  be  laid,  to  prevent 
injury  to  himself.  When  next  attacked,  he  was  laid  on  it, 
and  the  four  corners  set  on  fire.     He  sprang  up  and  fled. 

The  best  plan  is  for  the  examiner  to  be  fully  acquainted 
with  the  phenomena  and  signs  of  the  genuine  disease,  so 
as  to  be  able  to  compare  them  with  the  feigned.  In  true 
epilepsy  the  patient  falls  forward,  and  as  he  falls  he  is  very 
pale ;  during  the  convulsion,  the  features  are  turgid  and 
livid ;  the  veins  of  the  neck  swollen ;  the  pupils  dilated  and 
insensible  to  light;  the  hands  clenched,  with  the  thumbs 
closed  within  the  hands.  If  the  hands  be  forced  open, 
they  remain  relaxed,  whereas  in  the  feigned,  they  imme- 
diately close  again.  The  muscular  rigidity  is  simultaneous 
over  the  whole  body;  nor  is  there  any  regular  period  for 
the  return  of  the  fits.  Thus,  a  simulated  case  was  detected 
by  the  surgeon  stating  in  his  hearing  that  the  real  disease 
always  came  on  in  the  morning;  he  swallowed  the  bait,, 
and  the  subsequent  attacks  always  occurred  before  noon. 
In  the  real  disease,  the  sense  of  smell  is  entirely  abolished. 
Occasionally  there  may  be  hemiplegia.  The  urine,  feces 
and  semen  may  often  be  discharged  during  the  paroxysm. 
Ecchymoses  are  sometimes  found  on  the  shoulders  after  a 
fit;  and  bruises  and  other  injuries  may  sometimes  be  met 
with,  as  results  of  the  fall. 

Beck  mentions  another  fact  that  should  be  remembered, 
namely,  that  the  real  epileptic  is  desirous  of  concealing  his 
situation,  through  a  sort  of  false  shame,  whilst  the  preten- 
der talks  about  the  disease,  and  apparently  delights  in 
publicity.  In  the  feigned,  the  glottis  is  not  closed,  and 
respiration,  though  impeded,  is  not  interrupted ;  nor  does 
the  face  become  so  swollen  or  livid  as  in  the  real. 

Feigned  Paralysis. — This  disease  is  frequently  simulated. 


FEIGNED    DISEASES.  443 

usually  in  a  single  limb,  but  sometimes  in  both  the  upper 
or  the  lower  extremities.  In  such  cases  it  will  be  found 
that  there  is  usually  more  or  less  rigidity;  that  there  is  no 
atrophy,  as  in  the  real,  and  that  the  electric  currents  will 
produce  their  usual  reactions.  The  sensation  and  reflex 
movements,  moreover,  are  not  lost. 

One  of  the  most  efficient  means  of  detecting  the  impostor 
is  to  administer  a  severe  electric  shock.  Suddenly  and 
unexpectedly  seizing  the  paralyzed  limb  will  sometimes 
discover  the  fraud,  by  the  patient  exerting  his  strength  to 
prevent  the  raising  of  the  limb. 

Hutchinson  administered  to  one  who  pretended  to  have 
paralysis  of  his  right  arm  a  large  dose  of  laudanum  secretly, 
in  his  tea,  and  when  he  was  sound  asleep  he  tickled  his 
right  ear  with  a  feather,  when  instantly  the  lame  hand  was 
raised.  In  some  cases  the  pretence  may  be  unmasked  by 
the  use  of  anesthetics ;  and  in  one  of  paralysis  of  the  legs 
reported  by  Marshall,  after  every  attempt  to  discover  the 
fraud  had  failed,  it  was  finally  brought  out  by  rubbing 
cowhage  {DolicJios  pruriens)  on  the  soles  of  the  feet,  at  bed- 
time. He  walked  and  groaned  all  night,  and  the  next 
morning  reported  himself  fit  for  duty. 

Feigned  Unconsciousness,  Trance,  Catalepsy  and  Soimiam- 
bulism. —  These  different  nervous  conditions  may  all  be 
simulated,  where  there  is  sufficient  motive ;  but  careful 
watching  and  study  of  the  cases  will  usually  succeed  in 
detecting  the  imposture. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  cases  of  feigned  uncon- 
sciousness is  that  of  Phineas  Adams.  This  man  was  a 
soldier,  and  was  imprisoned  for  desertion.  He  remained 
apparently  unconscious  for  over  two  months,  in  spite  of  the 
most  powerful  applications  in  the  form  of  revulsives,  even 
to  the  cutting  down  through  the  scalp  upon  the  skull.     As 


444  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

his  case  was  considered  hopeless,  he  was  discharged,  and  in 
a  couple  of  days  he  was  seen  perfectly  restored,  and  assist- 
ing his  father  in  thatching  a  rick. 

Feigned  Diseases  of  the  Eye. — Ophthalmia  is  artificially 
produced  by  the  introduction  of  irritants  into  the  eye.  It 
is,  however,  detected  by  the  rapidity  of  its  progress,  arriving 
at  its  height  within  a  few  hours  after  the  application  of  the 
irritant.  In  soldiers,  sometimes  only  one  eye  is  affected, 
and  almost  uniformly  the  right  one — the  one  with  which 
he  takes  aim.  A  left-handed  man  would  probably  inflict 
the  injury  on  the  left  eye. 

It  is  sometimes  difficult  to  detect  cases  of  blindness 
arising  from  amaurosis.  In  this  disease  the  pupil  is  usually 
dilated  and  fixed,  but  there  are  instances  in  which  it  retains 
some  contractile  power.  The  patient  should  be  carefully 
watched  to  see  whether  h^  avoids  obstacles  placed  in  his 
way.  If  the  pupil  contracts  perfectly,  there  is  no  doubt 
about  the  case  being  feigned.  The  dilated,  immovable 
pupil  may  be  imitated  by  the  use  of  belladonna,  or  other 
mydriatics. 

Feigned  Deafness  may  often  be  detected  by  making  a 
noise  at  an  unexpected  moment,  such  as  dropping  a  piece  of 
metal ;  he  will  be  very  apt  to  turn  his  head  in  the  direction 
from  whence  the  noise  proceeded.  The  suspected  person 
should  be  taken  unawares,  the  tone  of  the  examiner's  voice 
should  be  changed ;  his  countenance  should  be  watched 
while  sorhething  in  which  he  is  personally  interested  is 
being  related  to  him.  The  real  deaf  person  usually  con- 
verses in  a  low  tone  of  voice. 

Dunlap  mentions  the  case  of  a  soldier  who  pretended 
deafness  so  well,  that  firing  a  pistol  at  his  ear  produced  no 
effect ;  but  on  trying  the  experiment  after  he  had  been  put 
to  sleep  by  opium,  he  started  up  out  of  bed. 


FEIGNED   WOUNDS,  445 

Pretended  Deaf-nmtism  is  more  difficult  to  maintain  than 
pretended  deafness.  The  best  plan,  in  order  to  detect  the 
imposture,  is  to  say  something  that  deeply  interests  the 
patient,  and  watch  the  physiognomy.  Notice  also  if  a 
body  let  fall  near  the  person  v»^ill,  by  its  vibrations,  cause  him 
to  look  around.  The  application  of  a  strong  faradic  current 
over  the  larynx  will  sometimes  succeed  in  detecting  the 
fraud. 

The  case  of  Victor  Travanait  illustrates  the  ingenuity 
and  perseverance  of  some  of  these  cases.  This  young  man 
succeeded  for  four  years  in  eluding  the  closest  scrutiny  ex- 
ercised upon  him  throughout  Europe;  he  was,  however,  at 
last  discovered  by  the  celebrated  Sicard,  of  Paris. 

Fictitious  Tumors  and  Ejilargements. — These  are  generally 
feigned  by  impostors  for  the  purpose  of  exciting  sympathy 
and  material  aid.  Hydrocephalus  in  children,  and  local 
dropsy  in  both  children  and  adults,  are  simulated  by  blow- 
ing up  the  cellular  tissues  under  the  skin,  and  by  ligatures 
on  various  parts  of  the  body.  Mahon  relates  the  case  of  a 
young  woman  of  Strasburg,  whose  abdomen  commenced 
to  swell,  and  continued  to  do  so  for  thirty-nine  years,  by 
which  means  she  excited  the  commiseration  and  charity  of 
all  who  saw  her,  and  by  which  she  procured  a  comfortable 
support.  At  her  death,  in  place  of  the  supposed  tumor, 
there  was  found  merely  an  enormous  sack  or  cushion, 
which  she  had  habitually  worn  over  her  abdomen.  She 
never  would  consent  to  a  medical  examination  for  obvious 
reasons. 

Pretended  or  Factiticnis  Wounds^  or  voluntary  mutilations, 
are  inflicted  for  various  purposes,  as  for  attracting  sym- 
pathy, or  cloaking  some  criminal  act  that  may  have  been 
committed.  Mutilation  of  the  thumb  was  common  amonsf 
the  conscripts  of  ancient  Rome,  and  it  is  stated  to  be  quite 


446  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

a  common  practice  among  soldiers,  during  modern  wars,  to 
inflict  similar  injuries  upon  themselves,  either  by  fire-arms 
or  by  cutting  instruments. 

The  case  of  Whittaker,  the  colored  West  Point  cadet, 
affords  an  illustration  of  self-inflicted  wounds,  along  with  an 
affected  unconsciousness,  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  a 
certain  scheme.  This  youth  had  repeatedly  failed  in  his 
studies ;  and  upon  the  eve  of  his  examination,  which  would 
most  probably  have  resulted  in  his  suspension,  he  made  a 
desperate  attempt  to  excite  the  sympathy  of  the  community, 
as  well  as  to  gain  time  for  study.  One  morning  he  was 
found  in  his  sleeping  room,  apparently  unconscious,  and 
tied  to  his  bed  with  strips  of  muslin.  There  were  several 
slight  cuts,  one  on  the  ear  and  another  across  the  toe.  He 
continued  apparently  unconscious  of  all  surroundings  for 
some  time,  when  he  opened  his  eyes  in  a  stupid  condition. 
His  story  was  that  he  had  been  surprised  several  hours 
before  by  a  band  of  masked  men,  who  felled  him  to  the 
floor,  and  who,  after  wounding  and  threatening  him,  left  the 
room.  Numerous  circumstances  showed  that  the  whole 
thing  was  an  imposture,  and  on  trial  he  was  found  guilty, 
but  his  sentence  was  modified. 

Another  case  was  that  of  a  bank  cashier,  who  was  found 
gagged  and  tied,  and  wounded  in  a  superficial  manner, 
while  at  the  same  time  the  funds  of  the  bank  were  missing. 
It  was  afterward  discovered  that  the  wounds  were  self- 
inflicted,  and  that  other  preparations  were  made  for  the 
purpose  of  diverting  suspicion  from  himself. 

In  cases  of  this  character,  one  very  suspicious  circum- 
stance is  that  the  wounds  are  always  superficial,  and  not 
of  a  dangerous  character;  they  are  usually  mere  cuts  or 
scratches,  not  involving  any  vital  parts.  Moreover,  the 
cuts  or  stabs  made  in  the  garments  will  often  be  found  not 


FEIGNED    WOUNDS.  447 

to  correspond  with  those  made  on  the  body.  It  sometimes 
happens  that  shght  and  trivial  injuries,  received  in  a  railway 
or  other  collision,  are  magnified  purposely,  in  order  to 
obtain  larger  damages  in  a  suit  at  law.  Again,  persons  who 
have  unsuccessfully  attempted  to  commit  suicide  are  apt, 
from  motives  of  shame  or  disappointment,  to  attribute  their 
wounds  to  another.  In  such  cases,  the  injuries  are  super- 
ficial, made  usually  by  the  right  hand  and  in  front,  while 
the  hands  themselves  are  seldom  wounded;  in  a  real  assault 
the  hands  are  very  apt  to  be  cut  and  maimed. 

Feigned  Pregnancy  and  Delivery  will  be  hereafter  con- 
sidered. 

II.   Feigned  Mental  Disorders  will  be   discussed  under  the 
head  of  Insanity, 


448  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 


CHAPTER    VIII. 

PREGNANCY. 

The  occasions  in  which  Pregnancy  becomes  the  subject 
of  medico-legal  inquiry  are  the  following:  (i)  A  woman 
may  declare  herself  pregnant  with  an  heir  to  an  estate,  for 
the  purpose  of  defrauding  other  heirs  at-law;  (2)  for  the  pur- 
pose of  extorting  money  from  a  seducer  or  paramour;  (3) 
to  stay  the  infliction  of  capital  punishment  until  after  de- 
livery; (4)  the  plea  of  pregnancy  may  be  set  up  as  an 
excuse  for  non-attendance  at  a  trial  to  awaken  sympathy, 
etc.;  (5)  an  accusation  of  pregnancy  may  be  made  against 
a  single  woman,  or  one  living  apart  from  her  husband, 
which  may  result  in  an  action  for  damages  for  slander ;  (6) 
accusations  of  malpractice  may  be  made  against  a  medical 
man  for  error  in  diagnosis  of  pregnancy,  or  an  attempt  to 
bring  on  an  abortion. 

On  the  other  hand,  pregnancy  may  be  concealed  (i)  in 
order  to  procure  abortion,  or  infanticide ;  (2)  in  order  to 
avoid  disgrace. 

The  Roman  law  exempted  a  pregnant  female  from  capital 
punishment  until  after  delivery.  The  laws  of  most  modern 
countries  follow  the  Roman  custom  in  this  matter.  By  the 
old  English  law,  under  the  writ  of  de  ventre  mspiciendo, 
"a  jury  of  twelve  matrons,  or  discrete  women,"  was  sum- 
moned to  ascertain  the  fact  of  pregnancy  in  the  civil  case, 
and  the  further  fact  of  the  woman's  being  "  quick  with 
child,"  in  a  criminal  accusation.  In  Scotland,  the  preg- 
nancy simply  must  be  proved  without  reference  to  quicken- 


SIGNS   OF    PREGNANCY.  449 

ing,  and  without  the  jury  of  matrons.  At  the  present  day, 
both  in  England  and  in  our  own  country,  the  jury  of 
matrons  has  been  very  properly  superseded  by  a  jury  of 
instructed  physicians. 

To  enable  the  physician  to  decide  upon  the  fact  of  preg- 
nancy, he  must  necessarily  be  acquainted  with  its  signs. 
These  may  be  described  under  the  heads  of  (i)  the  uncer- 
tain, and  (2)  the  certain,  or  positive  signs. 

I.    Uncertain  Signs. — These  comprise  the  following : 

{a)  Suppression  of  the  Catamenia. — This  maybe  regarded 
as  a  probable  sign  of  pregnancy  if  it  occurs  in  a  woman 
who  was  always  regular,  and  if  at  the  end  of  three  months 
she  recovers  her  usual  health  without  re-establishment  of 
the  function ;  since,  if  the  suppression  were  the  result  of 
disease,  a  general  and  continued  loss  of  health  would  be  apt 
to  follow.  But  there  are  many  exceptions, — as  when  the 
menses  are  suppressed,  temporarily,  by  disease ;  when  men- 
struation continues  throughout  pregnancy ;  when  it  has 
never  occurred  in  the  woman  at  all,  and  yet  she  has  given 
birth  to  several  children,  and  continued  in  good  health  ;  and 
when  the  catamenia  have  appeared  only  during  pregnancy, 
but  were  absent  at  other  times. 

In  cases  of  concealed  pregnancy,  the  woman  may  stain 
her  linen  with  blood  (and  even  with  borrowed  menstrual 
blood),  for  the  purpose  of  imitating  menstruation.  This 
deception  may  generally  be  detected  by  close  watching, 
and  still  more  accurately  by  a  microscopic  examination  of 
the  suspected  stains.  Menstrual  blood  does  not  coagulate 
so  readily  as  ordinary  human  blood,  on  account  of  the 
vaginal  mucus.  It  also  contains  epithelium  scales,  easily 
recognized  by  the  microscope. 

{J))  Morning  Sickness. — Nausea  is  very  apt  to  be  an  early 
accompaniment  of  pregnancy,   sometimes  as  early  as  the 
38 


450  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

second  or  third  week  after  conception.  It  usually  ceases 
after  quickening,  but  it  may  continue  throughout  the  whole 
period,  as  a  most  distressing  symptom.  There  are  many 
cases,  however,  where  it  does  not  occur ;  and  it  is  also  an 
uncertain  sign  of  pregnancy,  because  nausea  accompanies 
many  diseases. 

(c)  Eiilargeinent  of  the  Abdojnen. — In  pregnancy,  the  en- 
largement of  the  abdomen  begins  to  be  obvious  after  the 
end  of  the  third  month,  when  the  uterus  rises  out  of  the 
cavity  of  the  pelvis.  At  about  the  fifth  month,  it  is  midway 
between  the  pelvis  and  umbilicus,  which  latter  it  reaches 
at  the  end  of  the  sixth  month.  During  the  seventh  month, 
it  reaches  halfway  between  the  umbilicus  and  the  ensiform 
cartilage ;  at  the  end  of  the  eighth  month,  it  is  on  a  level 
with  this  cartilage.  During  the  ninth  month,  it  does  not 
ascend  higher,  but  the  tumor  widens  somewhat,  and  falls 
slightly  forward. 

This  sign  is  subject  to  many  fallacies :  the  enlargement 
may  proceed  from  ascites,  ovarian  dropsy,  ovarian  tumor, 
retained  catamenia,  flatus  of  the  intestines,  impacted  feces, 
excess  of  fat,  distention  of  the  bladder,  and  enlargement  of 
spleen  and  kidney.  Great  caution  is  necessary  in  order  to 
make  a  diagnosis ;  mistakes  have  been  made  even  by  expe- 
rienced examiners.  Intestinal  flatus  may  be  distinguished 
by  percussion  ;  the  presence  of  fluid  (ascites  and  ovarian 
dropsy),  by  palpitation ;  ovarian  enlargement  by  its  history 
and  progress.  In  true  pregnancy,  after  the  seventh  month, 
the  tumor  will  sensibly  contract  under  the  cold  hand,  and 
the  fetal  movements  may  be  distinctly  felt.  The  outlines 
of  the  fetus  also  can  often  be  felt.  A  dark  line  extending 
from  the  umbilicus  to  the  pubis  may  also  generally  be  dis- 
tinguished ;  but  this  may  date  from  a  previous  pregnancy, 
and  also  may  accompany  ovarian  enlargement. 


SIGNS    OF    PREGNANCY.  451 

The  enlargement  of  the  abdomen  may  lead  to  unfounded 
suspicions  reflecting  upon  the  reputation  and  happiness  of 
the  female.  In  certain  puzzling  cases,  in  which  the  enlarge- 
ment is  accompanied  by  subjective  signs  on  the  part  of  the 
woman,  simulating  the  movements  of  the  child,  it  may  be 
traced  to  accumulation  of  flatus  in  the  intestines,  accom- 
panied by  contraction  of  the  abdominal  muscles,  consti- 
tuting a  phantom  tumor ;  this  condition  is  best  cleared  up 
by  placing  the  woman  under  ether,  when  the  enlargement 
will  be  found  to  subside. 

[d)  Quickening. — By  this  term  is  understood  the  first 
perception  by  the  mother  of  the  movements  of  the  fetus. 
Its  usual  time  of  occurrence  is  from  about  the  sixteenth  to 
the  twenty-fourth  week — s'ometimes  earlier,  sometimes  later. 
It  may  often  be  absent  altogether,  even  when  a  healthy 
child  is  born.  Its  cause  is  ascribed  either  to  the  rising  of 
the  uterus  out  of  the  cavity  of  the  pelvis,  or  to  the  increased 
activity  of  the  fetus,  or  to  the  latter  now  coming  in  contact 
with  the  uterine  walls.  However  produced,  it  is  a  very 
deceptive  sign  of  pregnancy,  as  it  is  purely  a  subjective 
symptom,  and  many  nervous  women,  especially  when 
anxious  to  have  children,  will  mistake  movements  of  the 
intestines  and  the  contraction  of  the  abdominal  muscles  for 
the  motions  of  a  child. 

ie)  Development  of  the  Breasts. — As  a  general  rule,  during 
the  progress  of  pregnancy,  the  breasts  become  larger,  fuller, 
more  knotty,  and  tender  to  the  touch  ;  enlarged  veins  course 
along  the  surface;  the  nipples  and  the  surrounding  follicles 
become  more  prominent ;  the  areola  widens  and  assumes  a 
darker  hue,  especially  observable  in  brunettes.  In  fair 
women,  these  changes  are  often  not  noticeable.  Besides, 
enlargement  of  the  breasts  often  occurs  in  suppression  of 
the  menses,  in  uterine  fibroids,  and  in  ovarian  and  uterine 


452  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

disorders.  An  excessive  adipose  secretion  around  the 
breasts  is  liable  to  be  confounded  with  a  true  enlargement 
of  the  mammary  gland. 

The  increased  development  of  the  breasts,  being  due  to 
the  secretion  of  milk,  is  more  observable  towards  the  end  of 
the  pregnancy,  when,  frequently,  this  secretion  is  manifested. 

The  presence  of  milk  in  the  mammary  gland  is  no  proof 
of  pregnancy,  since  it  has  frequently  been  seen  in  the  un- 
impregnated  female,  and  even  in  young  girls.  Dr.  E.  War- 
ren, of  North  Carolina,  relates  an  instance  of  a  woman, 
aged  jSfty-five  years,  whose  catamenia  had  ceased,  and  who 
was  in  poor  health,  when  she  undertook  to  bring  up  the 
child  of  a  deceased  friend.  To  keep  it  quiet  at  night,  she 
was  accustomed  to  put  it  to  the  breast.  In  six  months  the 
secretion  of  milk  was  perfectly  established,  and  she  con- 
tinued to  nurse  it  for  twelve  months,  the  child  becoming 
healthy  and  strong.  Still  more  remarkable  are  the  cases 
of  secretion  in  the  breasts  of  males.  Dunglison  relates  the 
case  of  a  man  aged  fifty-five  years,  who  performed  the  office 
of  wet  nurse  for  several  years. 

(/")  Kyestein  in  the  Urine. — This  is  a  fatty  pellicle  which 
forms  on  the  urine  of  pregnant  women,  after  standing  for  a 
time.     It  is  not  peculiar  to  the  urine  of  pregnancy. 

(^)  The  violet  color  of  the  vagina,  due  to  venous  conges- 
tion (Jacquemin's  test),  commencing  about  the  fourth  week. 
This  is  considered,  by  Montgomery  and  others,  as  a  very 
certain  sign  of  pregnancy,  though  its  absence  is  not  to  be 
accepted  as  a  negative  proof  Dr.  R.  Barnes  regards  the 
flattening  of  the  upper  wall  of  the  vagina  as  a  reliable  sign 
of  pregnancy  in  the  early  months.  It  is  attributed  to  the 
enlargement  of  the  womb  with  slight  anteversion,  throwing 
the  OS  backward,  and  rendering  the  superior  wall  of  the 
vagina  tense. 


SIGNS    OF    PREGNANCY.  453 

II.   Certain,  or  positive  signs : — 

{a)  Ballottenient. — This  test  will  determine  the  presence 
of  a  fetus  (or  some  floating  body)  in  the  liquor  amnii, 
as  early  as  the  fifth  or  sixth  month  of  pregnancy.  It  is 
practiced  by  causing  the  woman  to  stand  upright,  and  in- 
troducing a  finger  into  the  vagina  up  to  the  mouth  of  the 
womb,  while  the  other  hand  is  placed  over  the  abdomen,  so 
as  to  steady  the  uterine  tumor.  If  the  tip  of  the  finger  is 
now  suddenly  jerked  upward  against  the  os,  a  sensation 
will  be  imparted  to  it  as  from  a  body  floating  upward  in 
a  liquid,  and  falling  back  again  to  strike  the  finger.  It 
is  stated  that  floating  tumors  of  the  uterus,  attached  to 
its  walls  by  a  pellicle,  may  produce  the  same  sensation 
to  the  finger. 

ip)  Change  in  the  Body  and  Cervix  of  the  Uterus. — The 
shortening  of  the  cervix  is  perceptible  to  the  touch  after  the 
fifth  month ;  the  os  uteri  is  directed  more  backward,  and 
there  is  a  peculiar  velvety  feel  about  it.  The  neck  con- 
tinues to  shorten  until  the  ninth  month,  when  it  becomes 
obliterated,  having  been  absorbed  into  the  body  of  the 
womb.  The  feel  of  the  os  in  the  unimpregnated  and  in  the 
pregnant  state  is  different ;  in  the  latter,  it  is  more  patulous 
than  in  the  former. 

[c)  The  Active  Motions  of  the  Child. — These  can  rarely  be 
distinguished  before  the  fifth  month,  after  which  they  usually 

.  increase  in  strength,  progressively.  They  are  manifested  by 
placing  the  cold  hand  upon  the  surface  of  the  abdomen. 
These  movements  should  not  be  confounded  with  intestinal 
movements  caused  by  the  escape  of  flatus  from  one  portion 
of  the  bowels  into  another.  Cases  often  occur  in  which  the 
active  motions  of  the  child  are  scarcely  perceptible. 

[d)  Fidsation  of  the  Fetal  Heart. — This  is  an  unequivocal 
proof  of  pregnancy,  when  it  can  be  positively  and  repeatedly 


454  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

determined.  The  sound  resembles  the  ticking  of  a  watch  ; 
it  is  a  double  sound,  not  synchronous  with  the  mother's 
pulse,  and  counting  from  150  to  120  per  minute,  according 
as  pregnancy  advances.  It  is  heard  over  different  parts  of 
the  abdomen,  but  preferably  between  the  ilium  and.  the 
umbilicus,  on  either  side.  At  times  it  may  be  inaudible, 
owing  to  a  change  in  the  position  of  the  child.  This  sound 
may  often  be  heard  as  early  as  the  fifth  month,  but  it 
becomes  more  distinct  as  pregnancy  advances. 

(e)  Other  Fetal  Sounds. — These  are  the  Uterine  and  Um- 
bilical Souffle.  The  first  is  a  peculiar  blowing  or  whistling 
sound,  audible  over  most  of  the  abdomen,  and  believed  to 
be  due  to  the  passage  of  the  blood  through  the  uterine 
arteries,  or  the  placental  vessels.  It  is  synchronous  with 
the  pulse  of  the  mother.  It  can  be  perceived  as  early  as 
the  tenth  week,  but  better  at  a  later  period,  up  to  the  end 
of  the  seventh  month.  It  is  not  an  important  sign  of 
pregnancy,  inasmuch  as  it  may  be  heard  in  enlargement  of 
the  uterus  from  ^ny  cause,  as  by  tumors,  etc. 

The  second  or  Umbilical  sound  is  attributed  to  the  circu- 
lation through  the  umbilical  vessels.  It  is  more  difficult  to 
distinguish  than  the  other  sound,  and  is  of  little  diagnostic 
importance.  It  is  a  single  bellows  murmur,  synchronous 
with  the  pulsations  of  the  fetal  heart,  and  is  heard  over  a 
very  limited  space,  and  is  best  distinguished  in  cases  where 
the  cord  is  wound  round  the  body  of  the  child.  With  all 
the  above  signs  at  command,  it  is  safer  not  to  give  a  posi- 
tive opinion  in  a  case  of  suspected  pregnancy  before  the 
sixth  month. 

The  Corpus  Luteum. — The  value  of  the  corpus  luteum 
or  the  stellated  cicatrix,  as  a  diagnostic  sign  of  pregnancy, 
is  materially  lessened  by  the  well-ascertained  fact  that  a 
similar  body  is  formed  in  the  ovary  after  each  menstrual 


SIGNS    OF    PREGNANCY.  455 

flow,  or,  more  correctly  speaking,  after  each  discharge  of 
a  ripened  ovum.  The  latter  is  usually  termed  a  false  corpus 
luteum,  and  it  differs  from  the  true  corpus  luteum  of  preg- 
nancy in  certain  particulars,  such  as  the  shorter  duration, 
the  less  complete  development  of  the  stellate  structure  and 
yellow  color,  and  the  absence  of  a  central  cavity.  This  is 
the  general  rule;  and  the  reason  usually  assigned  for  the 
increased  growth  and  development  of  the  corpus  luteum 
of  pregnancy  is  the  increased  nutrition  derived  by  the 
Graafian  follicle,  through  the  stimulus  of  impregnation. 

The  value  of  this  "  sign "  is  still  further  lessened  by 
the  fact  that  a  corpus  luteum  has  been  found  when  there 
has  been  neither  pregnancy  nor  menstruation.  Tidy  cites 
two  illustrations  of  this  last  character;  one,  that  of  a 
prostitute  who  was  poisoned  by  hydrogen  cyanid,  when 
neither  pregnant  nor  menstruating,  and  in  whom  a  fully- 
ripe  corpus  luteum  was  found  after  death.  The  other,  a 
woman  who  died,  aged  forty-one,  from  gangrene  of  a  uterine 
fibroid ;  the  ovary  contained  a  perfectly  formed  corpus 
luteum,  resembling  that  of  pregnancy.  In  both  these  cases 
the  author  very  properly  ascribes  the  abnormal  development 
to  the  increased  determination  of  blood  to  the  part;  his 
conclusion  being,  that  "  there  may  be  pregnancy  without 
the  presence  of  a  true  corpus  luteum/ and  also  that  bodies 
undistinguishable  from  true  corpora  lutea  may  be  found 
where  there  has  been  no  pregnancy,  and  in  aged  women 
long  past  the  period  when  pregnancy  was  probable. 

Instances  of  precocious  pregnancy  are  mentioned  by 
various  writers,  occurring  as  early  as  in  the  eleventh  and 
twelfth  years,  among  the  women  of  India  and  Abyssinia, 
and  occasionally  even  in  temperate  climates.  The  earliest 
period  of  pregnancy  that  we  find  recorded  is  mentioned 
by  Tidy,  as  given  by  Mr.  Lefevre,  of  a  girl  who  menstru- 


456  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

ated.  at  four  years,  and  became  pregnant  at  eight  years. 
Another  case  is  recorded  in  which  pregnancy  occurred  at 
eight  years  and  ten  months,  and  the  child  at  birth  weighed 
seven  pounds.  In  another  instance,  quoted  by  Wharton 
and  Stille,  menstruation  commenced  in  the  first  year,  and 
pregnancy  in  the  ninth.  The  child  at  birth  weighed  seven 
and  three-quarter  pounds. 

Instances  of  late  pregnancy  are  recorded,  often  as  late  as 
fifty  years ;  and  a  case  of  twins  at  sixty-four  years. 

The  question  Vv^hether  a  woman  may  become  pregnant 
unconsciously  must  be  answered  affirmatively.  Women 
are  not  unfrequently  raped  when  in  an  unconscious  state 
through  narcotism,  or  the  anesthesia  produced  by  ether  or 
chloroform ;  and  pregnancy  may  result  from  such  an  inter- 
course, as  is  well  known,  but  that  a  woman  should  be 
unconscious  both  of  the  fact  of  sexual  intercourse,  and  also 
continue  unconscious  of  the  resulting  pregnancy  up  to  the 
birth  of  her  child,  can  scarcely  be  believed,  unless  she  is 
feeble-minded  or  idiotic.  Cases  of  this  character  may  occur 
in  unmarried  females,  who  protest  most  earnestly  their 
utter  ignorance  of  the  whole  affair,  and  who  pretend  to 
ascribe  the  pangs  of  labor  to  colic  or  some  other  disorder ; 
and  who,  when  the  child  is  shown  them,  will  positively  deny 
all  knowledge  of  its  origin. 

With  married  females,  the  case  is  quite  different.  With 
them  unconscious  pregnancy  is  a  very  possible  occurrence. 
Many  instances  might  be  adduced  of  married  women  who, 
having  had  no  children  for  several  years,  on  becoming 
actually  pregnant,  refused  to  recognize  their  true  condition, 
ascribing  their  increase  of  size  to  dropsy,  or  some  other 
disorder. 

Cases  may  occur  when  it  may  become  necessary  to  ascer- 
tain the  fact  of  pregnancy  in  the  dead,  as,  e.g.,  to  determine 


PREGNANCY    IN    THE    DEAD.  457 

the  identity  of  a  body,  and  to  rescue  the  reputation  of  the 
deceased  from  the  charge  of  unchastity.  It  should  be 
remembered  that  the  unimpregnated  uterus  resists  putre- 
faction longer  than  any  other  organ  of  the  body.  Casper 
mentions  the  case  of  a  young  woman  whose  body  was 
found,  nine  months  after  her  disappearance,  in  a  privy,  so 
decomposed  that  the  soft  parts  separated  easily  from  the 
bones,  but  the  uterus,  which  was  firm  when  examined,  proved 
to  be  in  the  unimpregnated  state.  This  circumstance  was  of 
the  greatest  consequence,  as  it  served  to  rebut  the  charge 
of  seduction  and  murder  against  a  young  man,  who  had 
been  suspected  of  foul  play. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  discovery  of  a  fetus  (or  a  mole) 
in  the  uterus  of  the  deceased  is,  of  course,  decisive  proof 
of  pregnancy;  and  even  years  after  interment,  provided  the 
fetus  has  reached  the  period  of  ossification,  traces  of  its 
bones  may  be  discovered  among  the  bones  of  the  mother. 


458  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 


CHAPTER    IX. 

CRIMINAL  ABORTION,  OR  FETICIDE. 

Criminal  Abortion  is  the  mtlaivfiil  producing  the  expul- 
sion, and  consequent  destruction,  of  the  fetus  (usually  im- 
mature), from  the  womb  of  the  mother.  The  term  abortion, 
or  miscarriage,  is  understood  in  medicine  to  express  the 
expulsion  of  the  fetus  before  the  sixth  month  of  gestation, 
or  before  it  is  considered  viable ;  after  this  period,  it  is  said 
to  be  a  premature  labor.  In  law,  however,  no  such  distinc- 
tion is  made,  the  expulsion  of  the  contents  of  the  uterus  at 
any  period  being  considered  an  abortion. 

It  is  not  necessary  here  to  discuss  at  what  period  of  utero- 
gestation  does  the  fetus  become  endowed  with  life.  The 
fact  that  it  evinces  no  palpable  signs  of  life  before  quicken- 
ing is  no  proof  whatever  of  the  absence  of  life  ;  it  merely 
shows  that  the  life  is  extremely  feeble  in  that  early  stage  of 
its  being. 

Formerly,  the  laws  of  most  countries  recognized  a  dis- 
tinction between  an  abortion  produced  before  and  after 
quickening,  awarding  a  much  milder  punishment  to  the 
former  than  to  the  latter.  The  more  recent  laws  of  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain  recognize  no  such  distinc- 
tion in  regard  to  the  criminality  of  the  act,  in  relation  to 
the  time  of  commission.  But  cases  of  feticide,  although 
extremely  common,  very  rarely  become  the  subject  of  a 
criminal  trial,  unless  they  have  resulted  in  the  death  of  the 
woman,  in  which  case  it  is  regarded  as  murder. 

Before  considering  the  medico-legal  bearings  of  the  sub- 


CRIMINAL   ABORTION.  459 

ject,  it  will  be  proper  to  advert  to  the  fact  that  abortion  very 
frequently  occurs  from  natural  causes.  With  some  women 
a  miscarriage  results  in  the  early  months  of  every  preg- 
nancy, and  this  in  spite  of  every  effort  to  prevent  it.  This 
tendency  to  abort  is  greatest  at  the  menstrual  periods. 
Among  the  causes  of  the  abortion  are  certain  constitutional 
diseases,  as  syphilis,  small-pox,  fevers,  albuminuria,  exces- 
sive passions,  poisons,  death  of  the  ovum,  or  disease  of  the 
placenta  and  membranes.  The  question  whether  a  natural 
tendency  to  abort  would  mitigate  the  criminality  of  the  act 
of  producing  it,  when  it  resulted  in  the  death  of  the  woman, 
would  doubtless  receive  a  negative  reply. 

The  two  leading  medico-legal  questions  in  every  case  of 
feticide  are :  Has  the  fetus  in  utero  been  actually  destroyed, 
and  what  are  the  evidences  ?  Has  this  been  brought  about 
by  natural  (including  accidental)  causes,  or  by  artificial  (or 
criminal)  means  ? 

I.  What  are  the  proofs  that  a  fetus  has  been  destroyed  ? 
These  are  derived  (i)  from  an  inspection  of  what  has  been 
expelled  from  the  uterus,  and  (2)  from  an  examination  of 
the  reputed  mother. 

(i)  By  an  inspection  of  what  has  been  expelled  from  the 
uterus,  we  can  discriminate  between  a  true  fetus  and  other 
bodies,  such  as  hydatids,  moles,  polypi  and  membranes. 
The  age  of  the  fetus  may  also  be  fixed  with  tolerable  accu- 
racy. As  regards  the  nature  of  the  other  substances,  which 
may  be  expelled  from  the  womb,  it  may  be  remarked  that 
the  true  hydatid  is  exceedingly  rare.  The  hydatidiform,  or 
vesicular  mole,  is  of  quite  frequent  occurrence ;  it  arises 
from  a  diseased  condition  of  the  villi  of  the  chorion ;  these 
become  infiltrated  with  serum,  and  hang  in  masses,  like 
bunches  of  grapes.  These  growths  are  unquestionably  the 
result  of  impregnation. 


460  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE, 

Moles  are  also  the  result  of  a  diseased  condition  of  the 
membranes,  or  placenta.  The  fleshy  mole  is  composed  of 
layers  of  fibrous  matter  enclosing  a  central  cavity,  in  which 
sometimes  fragments  of  the  embryo  may  be  seen.  It  would 
seem  to  result  from  hemorrhage  into  the  chorion.  In  the 
fatty  mole  there  has  also  been  an  early  death  of  the  fetus, 
with  fatty  degeneration  of  the  placenta.  A  withered  fetus 
may  often  be  observed,  connected  with  the  diseased  pla- 
centa. Both  these  varieties  of  moles  are  positive  evidences 
of  pregnancy. 

Other  substances  besides  the  above  may  be  expelled 
from  the  uterus,  which  are  not  the  result  of  impregnation, 
such  as  false  membranes,  the  product-  of  dysmenorrhea, 
and  also  polypi.  All  these,  of  course,  should  be  subjected 
to  a  microscopic  examination  before  an  opinion  is  ventured, 
and  lest  an  unwarranted  imputation  be  formed  against  the 
character  of  the  woman, 

A  fact  of  some  medico-legal  importance  in  connection 
with  this  subject  is,  that  natural  abortion  usually  occurs 
about  the  third  or  fourth  month,  and  the  ovum  is  nearly 
always  expelled  entire,  i.  e.,  the  membranes  not  ruptured. 
But  as  criminal  abortion  is  usually  produced  about  the 
same  time,  by  perforating  the  membranes,  of  course  the 
fetus  would,  in  that  case,  be  expelled  first,  and  the  placenta 
and  membranes  afterwards.  This  latter  circumstance  might 
aid  materially  in  the  diagnosis  of  the  case. 

(2)  The  signs  of  an  abortion  deduced  from  an  examina- 
tion of  the  reputed  mother.  These  signs  are  by  no  means 
satisfactory,  especially  if  the  abortion  has  occurred  in  the 
early  months  of  gestation.  The  discharges  of  blood  and 
the  relaxed  condition  of  the  vagina  might  easily  be  ascribed 
to  menstruation,  and  the  somewhat  open  state  of  the  os 
uteri  might  merely  indicate  some  disease  of  that  organ. 


CRIMINAL    ABORTION.  461 

Hence  a  woman  may  more  readily  conceal  her  condition 
in  the  early,  than  in  the  later  months  of  pregnancy;  but  in 
proportion  as  it  approaches  the  full  term,  the  signs  of  the 
abortion  become  more  definite,  resembling  those  of  delivery, 
and  which  will  be  discussed  hereafter. 

When,  however,  death  has  followed  within  three  or  four 
days  after  the  attempt  to  procure  the  abortion,  the  case  may 
usually  be  made  out  satisfactorily;  but  if  the  woman  sur- 
vives three  or  four  weeks,  it  will  be  almost  impossible  to 
determine  it  by  the  autopsy,  since  all  the  usual  signs  will 
have  disappeared ;  and  this  is  especially  true  where  the 
abortion  has  occurred  in  the  early  stage  of  pregnancy. 

In  a  fatal  case  of  criminal  abortion,  the  first  duty  of  a 
physician  is  to  ascertain  how  far  this  is  to  be  ascribed  to 
the  means  employed.  For  this  purpose  the  vagina  and 
uterus  should  be  examined  for  marks  of  injury  by  the  use 
of  instruments.  Wounds  on  the  walls  of  the  vagina  would 
indicate  the  use  of  instruments,  most  probably  by  an  inex- 
perienced hand;  whilst  perforations  of  the  neck  of  the 
womb,  and  sometimes  of  its  fundus,  indicate  the  use  of 
pointed  instruments,  very  possibly  in  the  hands  of  a  pro- 
fessed abortionist. 

In  some  instances  a  blunt  instrument,  like  a  male  cathe- 
ter, is  employed ;  and  in  a  case  that  some  time  since  came 
under  Dr.  Reese's  observation,  the  attempt  to  perforate  the 
membranes  seemed  to  have  failed,  while  the  instrument  em- 
ployed passed  up  between  the  membranes  and  the  uterine 
walls,  and  tore  the  placenta,  producing  internal  hemor- 
rhage, and  ending  fatally.  In  cases  of  instrumental  violence 
there  will  frequently  be  discovered  marks  of  metritis  and 
peritonitis.  The  stomach  and  bowels  should  likewise  be 
carefully  inspected  for  signs  of  irritant  poisons  (abortives), 
such  as  redness   and  the  remains  of  the  various  reputed 


462  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

abortives,  as  powdered  cantharides,  savin,  ergot,  etc. ;  also 
for  the  oils  of  savin,  tansy,  pennyroyal,  etc ;  the  latter  may 
sometimes  be  recognized  by  the  odor,  or  they  may  be  sepa- 
rated by  distillation  or  by  ether. 

In  all  fatal  cases  of  feticide  the  condition  of  the  uterus 
and  its  appendages  should  be  examined,  so  as  to  form,  at 
least,  an  approximative  estimate  of  the  period  of  the  preg- 
nancy. The  uterus  in  the  unimpregnated  (normal)  state 
measures  (according  to  Montgomery)  about  two  and  a  half 
inches  long,  one  and  three-quarter  inches  broad,  and  on-e 
inch  thick.  Its  size,  of  course,  gradually  increases  as  preg- 
nancy advances,  according  to  the  following  average :  very 
little  change  occurs  during  the  first  month.  During  the 
second  month,  it  enlarges  considerably.  At  the  end  of  the 
third  month,  its  length  is  five  inches,  of  which  one  inch  is 
for  the  cervix.  At  the  end  of  the  fourth  month,  it  is  five 
inches  long  from  the  fundus  to  the  beginning  of  the  cervix. 
At  the  end  of  five  months,  its  length  is  six  inches.  At  six 
months,  the  length  is  seven  inches.  At  seven  months,  it  is 
eight  inches.  At  eight  months,  it  is  nine  to  nine  and  a  half 
inches.  At  nine  months,  it  is  ten  and  a  half  to  twelve 
inches  in  total  length. 

If  death  should  occur  from  hemorrhage,  at  full  term,  no 
contraction  of  the  womb  will  have  taken  place ;  but  if  the 
woman  survive  for  a  few  days,  there  will  always  be  more  or 
less  contraction  of  that  organ.  In  two  days  after  delivery 
(at  full  term),  the  womb  will  have  contracted  down  to  seven 
inches  in  length  and  four  in  width ;  after  one  week  it  will 
be  about  five  or  six  inches  long  and  two  wide ;  after  two 
weeks,  the  length  is  four  or  five  inches,  and  the  width  one 
and  a  half  inches.  At  the  end  of  the  second  month,  it  will 
have  attained  its  normal  size. 

Its  shape  also  changes  as  well  as  its  size.     In  the  unim- 


CRIMINAL   ABORTION.  463 

pregnated  state  it  is  flat,  pyriform  and  somewhat  triangular. 
After  impregnation  it  assumes  somewhat  of  a  globular 
shape ;  but  no  change  of  consequence  occurs  in  the  cervix 
until  about  the  fifth  month,  after  which  it  progressively 
shortens,  losing  one-fourth  its  length  in  the  sixth  month, 
another  fourth  in  the  seventh  month,  still  another  fourth  in 
the  eighth  month,  and  at  the  close  of  the  ninth  month,  or  full 
term,  becoming  entirely  obliterated,  so  thai  at  this  period 
the  shape  of  the  uterus  is  ovoid. 

The  thickness  of  its  walls  at  full  term  is  about  that  of  the 
unimpregnated  condition  —  one-third  to  two-thirds  of  an 
inch ;  but  in  a  few  hours  after  delivery,  under  contraction, 
its  thickness  increases,  often  to  two  inches. 

The  uterine  vessels  undergo  considerable  enlargement  in 
pregnancy — especially  the  veins,  which  attain  such  dimen- 
sions as  to  be  denominated  sinuses,  at  the  position  where 
the  placenta  is  attached.  The  ligaments  of  the  uterus  like- 
wise share  in  the  general  change.  The  broad  ligaments 
become  gradually  effaced,  in  consequence  of  being  absorbed 
(so  to  speak)  in  the  increased  development  of  the  uterus. 
The  round  ligaments  increase  in  thickness.  Both  become 
extremely  vascular. 

The  Fallopian  tubes  increase  in  size,  become  less  convo- 
luted, and  are  much  more  vascular.  Usually  that  one 
through  which  the  ovum  has  passed  is  somewhat  the 
largest.  The  ovaries  also  share  in  the  general  increased 
vascularity.  That  one  from  v/hich  the  ovum  escaped  dis- 
plays a  peculiar  fullness  or  prominence  at  one  portion  of 
the  organ.  If  this  be  cut  open,  a  yellowish-looking  body 
will  be  observed,  named  corpus  luteum,  which  has  already 
been  described. 

It  should  not  be  forgotten  that  all  the  above  signs  of 
abortion  may  occur  after  the  expulsion  of  hydatids  and 


464  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

moles;    also,  that  a  corpus  luteum    may  be  found  in  the 
virgin  state. 

It  will  be  proper  here  to  describe  the  gradual  development 
of  the  fetus,  together  with  its  appearance  at  the  different 
stages  of  its  growth,  so  as  to  furnish  the  data  for  establish- 
ing its  probable  uterine  age.  At  the  earliest  period  when 
the  human  embryo  can  be  discerned  (from  fourteen  to 
eighteen  days),  it  presents  the  appearance  of  a  flocculent 
mass,  of  a  semi-transparent,  gelatinous  consistence,  about 
two  and  a  half  lines  in  length. 

In  the  third  or  fourth  week,  the  length  of  the  embryo  is 
from  four  to  six  lines  ;  the  weight  twenty  grains.  Its  form 
is  curved,  and  already  the  rudiments  of  the  several  organs 
are  visible,  in  the  shape  of  dots  and  protuberances.  At  the 
end  of  the  eighth  week,  the  length  is  fifteen  to  eighteen 
lines ;  the  weight,  two  to  five  drachms.  The  head  forms 
more  than  two-thirds  of  the  body ;  the  features  are  more 
distinguishable,  and  the  sex  may  sometimes  be  made  out. 
At  the  end  of  the  twelfth  week  (three  months),  the  length  is 
two  and  a  half  to  three  inches;  weight,  one  to  two  ounces. 
The  whole  ovum  is  now  about  the  size  of  a  goose  egg.  The 
fingers  are  separated,  but  the  toes  not ;  the  genital  organs 
very  prominent.  At  the  end  of  four  months,  the  length  is 
five  to  seven  inches  ;  weight,  six  to  seven  ounces.  The  skin 
rosy,  very  delicate,  and  covered  with  a  fine  down ;  hair  on 
the  head  short  and  silvery.  The  disproportionate  quantity 
of  the  amniotic  liquor  disappears,  and  the  fetus  nearly  fills 
up  the  cavity  of  the  uterus.  At  the  end  of  five  months, 
the  length  is  from  eight  to  ten  inches ;  weight,  eight  to  ten 
ounces;  nails  distinct;  the  head,  liver,  heart  and  kidneys 
disproportionately  large.  If  abortion  occurs  now,  the  mem- 
branes are  usually  first  ruptured,  and  the  fetus  escapes. 


CRIMINAL  ABORTION.  465 

At  the  end  of  the  sixth  month,  the  length  is  about  twelve 
inches;  weight,  about  one  pound,  or  over.  The  color  of  the 
body  is  of  a  cinnabar-red ;  down  and  sebaceous  matter  cover 
the  skin ;  umbilicus  a  little  above  the  pubis ;  fat  in  small 
quantities  under  the  skin ;  head  very  soft;  fontanelles  widely 
separated ;  palms  of  hands  and  soles  of  feet  purplish ; 
scrotum  empty ;  labia  project,  but  do  not  conceal  the  clito- 
ris ;  the  membrana  pupillaris  still  distinct ;  nails  distinct ; 
meconium,  in  small  quantity  in  the  large  intestines;  bladder 
hard  and  pyriform,  with  a  very  small  cavity.  At  the  end  of 
the  seventh  month,  the  length  is  fourteen  to  fifteen  inches ; 
weight,  two  to  four  pounds.  The  skin  is  of  a  dirty-red 
color ;  hair  on  the  head  about  half  an  inch  long ;  membrana 
pupillaris  disappearing;  eyelids  no  longer  adherent;  nails 
more  firm ;  convolutions  begin  to  form  on  the  brain ;  meco- 
nium is  more  abundant;  the  ears  lie  close  to  the  side  of  the 
head.  If  the  child  should  now  be  born,  the  arms  and  legs 
will  be  bent  in  the  position  they  maintained  in  the  womb. 

At  the  end  of  the  eighth  month,  the  length  is  fifteen  to 
sixteen  inches ;  weight,  three  to  four  pounds.  The  skin  is 
thicker  and  more  natural ;  and  is  covered  with  a  fine,  soft 
hair ;  hair  on  head  is  darker ;  nails  firmer ;  breasts  often 
projecting ;  the  testes  still  at  the  rings,  but  often  one  (the 
left)  is  found  in  the  scrotum;  lungs  are  reddish;  liver  still 
very  large ;  membrana  pupillaris  disappeared.  At  the  end 
of  the  ninth  month,  the  length  is  eighteen  to  twenty  inches ; 
weight  (average)  seven  pounds;  ossification  more  complete; 
bones  of  cranium  touch  each  other;  fontanelles  smaller; 
hair  on  head  longer  and  darker ;  nails  more  solid,  and  pro- 
longed to  the  ends  of  the  fingers ;  convolutions  of  brain 
more  numerous;  lungs  redder  and  more  voluminous ;  me- 
conium nearly  fills  the  whole  intestine ;  bladder  contains 
urine ;  both  testes  descended,  and  vulva  closed. 
39 


466  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

In  the  development  of  the  fetal  brain,  its  form  and  dis- 
position, as  also  that  of  the  spinal  cord,  can  be  recognized 
as  early  as  the  eighth  week.  In  the  third  month,  the  tuber- 
cula  quadrigemina,  optic  thalami  and  corpora  striata  are 
seen ;  the  medulla  oblongata  can  be  distinguished  about 
the  sixth  or  seventh  month.  The  gray  portion  is  not 
formed  until  nearly  the  end  of  the  ninth  month.  The  weight 
of  the  fetal  brain,  as  stated  by  Wenzels,  is — at  five  months, 
720  grains ;  at  eight  months,  4960  grains ;  at  nine  months, 
6150  grains. 

The  point  of  insertion  of  the  umbilical  cord  will  aid  in 
determining  the  age  of  a  fetus,  when  about  its  full  term. 
From  numerous  observations,  the  conclusion  arrived  at  is, 
that  at  full  term  the  cord  is  inserted  a  few  lines  below  the 
middle  of  the  body;  earlier  than  this,  the  point  of  insertion 
is  at  the  centre.  Moreau's  observations,  at  the  Mater- 
nite  of  Paris,  show,  that  out  of  five  hundred  cases  at  full 
term,  in  only  four  was  the  umbilicus  exactly  in  thd  centre 
of  the  body ;  in  all  the  rest,  it  was  from  eight  to  ten  lines 
below  it. 

Beclard  and  others  have  pointed  out  a  very  certain  test 
of  the  age  of  the  fetus  about  the  full  term,  viz.,  the  osseous 
deposit  in  the  inferior  epiphysis  of  the  femur.  If  there  is  no 
visible  trace  of  this,  the  fetus  cannot  be  over  eight  months; 
if  it  has  the  size  of  a  hemp  seed  (half  a  line),  it  is  in  the 
ninth  month ;  and  if  from  two  to  three  lines  in  diameter,  it 
has  arrived  at  full  term ;  if  more  than  three  lines,  the  child 
has  probably  lived  after  its  birth. 

The  weight  of  children  born  at  the  full  term  varies  very 
considerably.  As  already  stated,  the  average  weight  may 
be  taken  at  about  seven  pounds, — rather  less  in  females ; 
but,  in  many  instances,  the  weight  far  exceeds  this.  Dr. 
Owens  mentions  one  that  weighed  seventeen  and  three- 


CRIMINAL   ABORTION.  467 

quarter  pounds,  and  that  measured  twenty-four  inches  in 
■  length.  Dr.  Meadows  gives  one  that  weighed  eighteen 
pounds  and  two  ounces,  and  measured  thirty-two  inches. 
Dr.  Donellan,  of  Louisiana,  mentions  a  case  of  triplets,  of 
which  one  weighed  nine  and  a  half  pounds,  one  seven  and  a 
half  pounds,  and  one  seven  pounds,  the  united  weight  being 
twenty-four  pounds.  On  the  other  hand,  children  at  full 
term  often  fall  below  the  average,  weighing  only  from  four 
to  six  pounds. 

II.  The  second  medico-legal  question  is,  Was  the  abortion 
produced  by  natural,  or  by  artificial  (criminal)  means  ?  The 
examination  of  the  reputed  mother,  especially  if  death  has 
resulted,  would  generally  settle  this  question  satisfactorily 
by  the  presence  or  absence  of  the  results  of  instrumental  or 
other  interference.  It  will  be  proper  here  to  point  out  the 
various  means  that  are  generally  resorted  to  in  order  to 
effect  the  purpose.  These  criminal  means  may  be  con- 
sidered under  the  heads  of  general  and  special.  And  here 
it  may  be  premised  that,  as  an  almost  universal  rule,  where 
there  is  no  constitutional  predisposition  on  the  part  of  the 
woman  to  abort,  this  process  can  very  rarely  be  effected 
except  by  instrumental  interference.  Hence,  the  violent 
measures  which  are  sometimes  resorted  to  to  accomplish  it. 
Many  cases  are  reported  where  severe  bodily  injuries  have 
been  inflicted  with  a  view  to  bring  on  an  abortion,  but  with- 
out the  desired  result.  The  most  violent  exercise,  and  the 
most  brutal  violence  have  been  submitted  to  without  success. 

I.  The  general  means  include  repeated  blood-letting, 
emetics  and  drastic  purgatives.  As  regards  blood-letting,  it 
often  acts  as  the  most  effectual  means  of  preventing  it  in 
plethoric  women ;  nevertheless,  if  it  could  be  shown,  in  a 
case  of  abortion,  that  the  female  had  previously  resorted  to 


468  IMEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

frequent  bleedings,  this  fact  might  be  received  as  presump- 
tive evidence  against  her.     The  same  is  true  in  the  case  of  ■ 
the  employment  of  leeches. 

The  above  remarks  are  also  applicable  to  the  use  of 
emetics.  Although  violent  vomiting  might  bring  on  prema- 
ture labor  in  the  last  stages  of  pregnancy,  in  feeble  women 
it  can  have  no  effect  in  the  earlier  months.  The  well-known 
nausea  and  vomiting  (the  latter  sometimes  quite  violent)  of 
pregnancy  are  never  known  to  produce  miscarriage. 

The  drastic  cathartics  are  often  resorted  to  for  the  same 
purpose,  and  they  may  possibly  effect  it  in  weakly  women, 
especially  if  predisposed  to  miscarriage ;  but  as  a  general 
rule,  they  are  powerless  to  this  end. 

2.  The  special  means  employed  comprise  the  use  of  certain 
drugs  which  are  supposed  to  possess  the  power  to  excite 
uterine  contraction,  and  are  therefore  named  emm.enagogues 
and  abortives;  and  also  the  use  of  instrumental  measures  for 
the  purpose  of  puncturing  the  membranes,  and  so  inducing 
uterine  contraction.  The  number  of  the  popular  abortives 
is  very  considerable ;  only  a  few  need  be  noticed  here. 

Ergot,  or  Spurred  Rye,  undoubtedly  possesses  ecbolic 
properties ;  that  is,  it  is  capable  of  causing  contractions  of 
the  uterus  during  labor,  but  it  is  not  certain  that  it  can 
affect  this  organ  in  the  earlier  stages  of  pregnancy.  It  is, 
however,  certain  that  it  very  often  fails  to  bring  on  miscar- 
riage, although  large  and  repeated  doses  have  been  taken. 

Cotton  root  {Gossypiimi  herbacewn)  has  a  wide  reputation 
aS  an  abortive.  It  is  even  said  to  be  more  certain  and 
powerful  than  ergot. 

Savin  (tops  oi  Junipcriis  sabina)  is  highly  esteemed  as  an 
ecbolic.  Its  virtues  depend  on  a  volatile  oil  (oil  of  savin), 
which  is  also  much  employed  as  a  popular  abortive.  Savin 
is  a  powerful  irritant  to  the  stomach  and  bowels.     The  oil 


CRIMINAL   ABORTION.  469 

has  frequently  caused  death  through  peritonitis  and  gastritis, 
without  discharging  the  fetus.  It  is  an  exceedingly  dan- 
gerous remedy.  -Pansy,  pennyroyal  and  rue  all  act  in  a 
similar  manner;  they  each  contain  a  powerful  volatile  oil, 
which  is  considerably  used  as  an  abortive,  but  in  the 
majority  of  cases,  without  the  result  intended.  They  fre- 
quently produce  the  death  of  the  woman  through  their 
violent  irritant  action.  Various  other  substances  are  em- 
ployed as  abortives,  such  as  cantharides,  copper  sulphate, 
cimicifuga  and  potassium  iodid,  etc.  Of  one  and  all  of  the 
above  reputed  abortives  it  may  be  affirmed,  without  contra- 
diction, that  they  are  uncertain  in  their  operation  on  the 
uterus,  that  they  always  endanger  the  mother's  life,  and  that 
they  not  unfrequently  destroy  the  mother,  without  effecting 
the  discharge  of  the  fetus. 

The  special  means  also  comprise  blows  and  violent  pres- 
sure made  upon  the  abdomen,  loins  and  back  of  the  woman. 
Occasionally,  but  by  no  means  always,  such  procedures  may 
result  in  the  expulsion  of  the  fetus,  but  they  necessarily 
entail  great  risk  of  life  to  both  mother  and  child.  The  use 
of  pointed  instruments  introduced  into  the  uterus  so  as  to 
rupture  the  membranes  is  the  only  certain  method  of  pro- 
ducing uterine  contraction,  and  insuring  the  expulsion  of 
its  contents.  This  operation  in  the  hands  of  empirics,  or  of 
the  female  herself,  is  often  followed  by  very  serious  and 
fatal  consequences,  from  wounding  and  even  perforating  the 
womb.  Other  methods  are  sometimes  successfully  em- 
ployed, as  the  injection  of  warm  water  between  the  uterus 
and  ovum,  and  the  dilatation  of  the  os  uteri  by  means  of 
sponge  and  other  tents,  or  by  the  use  of  Barnes'  dilator. 
A  case  is  mentioned  by  Dr.  Channing,  in  which  a  bent  wire 
was  introduced  into  the  uterus,  where  it  became  entangled 
in  the  tissue,  and  had  to  be  cut  off;  the  piece  remained 


470  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

within  for  six  years,  and  singular  to  remark  the  case  was 
one  of  merely  suspected  pregnancy.  In  another  case, 
strong  sulphuric  acid  was  injected  into  the  vagina  for  the 
purpose  of  bringing  an  abortion.  The  result  was  violent 
inflammation,  causing  adhesion  of  the  walls  of  the  vagina, 
and  also  of  the  bladder.  The  Caesarean  section  was  finally 
performed,  which  terminated  fatally. 

Before  leaving  this  subject,  it  is  proper  to  state  that  the 
operation  for  abortion  may  sometimes  become  necessary  in 
regular  medical  practice.  The  cases  demanding  it  are 
deformity  of  the  pelvis  to  such  an  extent  as  to  preclude  the 
possibility  of  delivery  of  a  living  child  at  full  term ;  and 
possibly  when  the  vomiting  during  pregnancy  is  of  such  a 
violent  and  continued  character  .as  actually  to  endanger  the 
mother's  life.  In  every  such  case,  however,  the  practitioner 
should  secure  a  consultation  before  venturing  to  perform 
the  operation. 

Abortion  may  sometimes  be  feigned  for  sinister  purposes, 
such  as  to  secure  compensation  for  an  alleged  seduction  and 
consequent  pregnancy,  or  to  excite  sympathy  and  aid.  In 
such  cases,  a  thorough  examination  of  the  woman  and  the 
alleged  fetus  will  serve  to  clear  the  matter  up. 

Legally  considered,  the  criminality  of  abortion  is  not 
affected  by  the  fact  that  the  woman  was  not  really  pregnant, 
nor  by  the  birth  of  monstrosities  or  of  moles,  nor  by  the 
fact  of  an  extra-uterine  pregnancy. 


INFANTICIDE,  471 


CHAPTER    X. 

INFANTICIDE. 

By  Infanticide  is  understood  the  criminal  destruction  of 
the  new-born  child.  In  a  legal  sense,  it  is  immaterial 
whether  the  child  is  killed  immediately  after  its  birth,  or  a 
few  days  subsequently. 

The  crime  of  Infanticide  has  been  prevalent  throughout 
the  world,  from  the  remotest  period  of  history.  Before  the 
establishment  of  Christianity,  it  was  legalized  among  the 
most  enlightened  and  cultivated  nations  of  the  earth ;  and 
even  at  the  present  day,  its  practice  is  scarcely  diminished 
in  the  most  civilized  countries,  although  placed  under  the 
ban  of  the  law,  and  involving  mostly  the  destruction  of 
illegitimate  children.  Child-murder  is  treated  by  the  law 
like  any  other  case  of  homicide,  and  tried  by  the  usual  rules 
of  evidence  in  such  cases.  There  is  this  important  point  in 
the  nature  of  the  medical  evidence  required,  namely,  that  it 
must  prove  satisfactorily  that  the  child  was  born  alive ;  in 
other  words,  the  burden  of  proof  that  a  living  child  was 
destroyed  is  thrown  'upon  the  prosecution.  The  law  hu- 
manely assumes  that  every  child  is  born  into  the  world 
dead,  until  the  contrary  is  shown,  because  so  many  children 
do  thus  actually  come  into  the  world,  and  many  others  die 
very  soon  after,  from  various  causes ;  and  in  these  latter, 
the  signs  of  their  having  lived  are  frequently  indistinct. 
As  the  charge  of  infanticide  can  never  be  sustained  unless 
there  is  distinct  proof  that  the  child  was  legally  alive  at  its 
birth,  great  difficulty  is  usually  experienced  in  obtaining 


472  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

sufficient  evidence  to  convict  a  woman  accused  of  this 
crime.  As  a  general  rule,  she  has  been  delivered  in  secret, 
with  no  witness  of  the  birth;  and  the  body  of  the  child  is 
frequently  concealed  or  destroyed.  There  is,  besides,  a 
general  reluctance  on  the  part  of  a  jury  to  convict  a  woman 
of  willful  murder  for  this  crime,  horrible  as  it  is,  on  account 
of  a  feeling  of  sympathy  for  the  prisoner  arising  from  the 
probability  of  her  seduction  and  desertion. 

The  term  "  born  alive,"  in  the  legal  sense,  implies  the 
complete  expulsion  of  a  living  child  from  the  mother.  A 
child  is  not  "  born  "  legally,  if  any  portion  of  its  body — a 
leg,  for  instance — is  retained  within  the  vulva.  Hence, 
through  a  fiction  of  the  law,  the  destruction  of  a  living 
child,  if  only  partially  born,  is  not  regarded  as  murder!  It 
is  not,  however,  necessary  that  the  umbilical  cord  should 
be  cut,  in  order  to  come  within  the  meaning  of  the  statute. 

In  the  majority  of  cases  of  infanticide,  the  child  has  ar- 
rived at  the  full  term  of  gestation  ;  but,  as  children  are  often 
born  at  an  earlier  period — either  naturally,  or  by  artificial 
means — the  examiner  should  be  prepared,  from  the  inspec- 
tion of  the  body,  to  give  an  opinion  as  to  the  probable  age 
that  the  child  had  attained  in  the  uterus.  For  this  purpose, 
he  should  be  acquainted  with  the  general  appearance,  size 
and  development  of  the  fetus  at  the  different  periods  of  its 
uterine  life. 

In  a  case  of  infanticide,  the  medico-legal  questions  in- 
volved pertain,  first,  to  the  infant,  and,  secondly,  to  the 
reputed  mother. 

I.  Questions  relating  to  the  infant:  (i)  Was  it  born 
alive  ?  (2)  WJiat  was  the  cause  of  its  death  ?  (3)  Its  age  ? 
(4)   The  interval  since  its  death  ? 

(i)  Was  it  born  alive?  In  the  absence  of  all  positive 
evidence  from  witnesses,  the  inference  must  be  derived  from 


INFANTICIDE.     ♦'  473 

the  external  appearance,  and  from  the  internal  examination 
of  the  child's  body.  The  general  appearance  of  the  body  of 
an  infant  that  was  born  alive,  at  full  term,  and  had  breathed, 
may  be  described  as  follows  :  The  remains  of  the  sebaceous 
matter  {vernix  caseosa)  will  usually  be  found  under  the  arm- 
pits and  behind  the  ears ;  the  hair  will  be  dry  and  clean ; 
the  ears  do  not  lie  so  close  to  the  side  of  the  head  as  in 
dead-born  children ;  the  eyes  remain  half  open,  in  spite  of 
all  efforts  to  close  them ;  the  caput  siiccedaneum,  or  swell- 
ing on  the  back  of  the  head,  is  much  more  distinct  than  in 
the  still-born  child;  the  former  contains  a  glutinous,  bloody 
serum,  while  in  the  latter  there  is  only  a  small  quantity  of 
colorless  liquid.  The  thorax  is  more  arched,  and  the  dia- 
phragm more  depressed,  than  in  the  case  of  the  still-born. 
According  to  Casper,  the  highest  level  of  the  diaphragm  in 
the  still-born  child  is  between  the  fourth  and  fifth  ribs, 
while  it  descends  to  between  the  sixth  and  seventh  in  the 
living.  The  lungs  will  also  present  unmistakable  evidences, 
which  will  be  described  later.  The  remnant  of  the  umbilical 
cord  attached  to  the  body  will  exhibit  evidence  of  com- 
mencing desiccation,  if  the  child  has  lived  for  a  few  hours. 
A  dead-born  child,  having  perished  immediately  before 
its  birth,  will  usually  be  found  more  or  less  covered  with 
the  vernix  caseosa;  its  hair  closely  agglutinated;  ears  lie 
closely  to  the  side  of  the  head ;  eyes  closed,  and  eyelids, 
when  raised,  do  not  remain  open ;  mouth  closed,  and  a 
drop  of  watery  blood  is  often  seen  trickling  from  the  nostril. 
The  thorax  appears  flat  and  unexpanded ;  the  trachea  is 
flattened,  and  often  contains  a  viscid,  mucous  secretion. 
The  lungs  lie  in  the  posterior  part  of  the  thorax;  they  are 
of  a  brownish-red  color,  have  a  granular  structure,  and  do 
not  crepitate  upon  pressure ;  their  length  is  greater  than 
their  breadth,  and  their  edges  are  rounded.  The  remnant 
40 


474  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

of  the  umbilical  cord  has  a  fresher  look  than  when  the  child 
has  lived  a  few  hours. 

If  the  death  of  the  fetus  has  occurred  some  time  before 
its  birth,  there  will  be  the  following  signs  of  intra-uterine 
putrefaction :  The  body  is  extremely  flaccid  and  flattened, 
as  if  it  had  been  macerated  in  water  ;  the  skin  is  spotted, 
and  the  cuticle  detached  in  many  places,  especially  on  the 
abdomen ;  the  head  lies  perfectly  flat  in  any  position ;  the 
bones  of  the  cranium  move  easily  on  one  another;  the  face 
is  flattened  and  the  features  distorted.  The  cellular  tissue 
and  cavities  are  infiltrated  with  a  bloody  serum  ;  the  viscera 
are  easily  loosened  from  each  other ;  gas  is  developed  in 
the  lungs  and  liver.  The  color  of  the  lungs  is  dark  brown. 
There  is  an  absence  of  the  usual  odor,  and  also  of  the  green 
color  of  ordinary  putrefaction. 

It  is  important  to  have  clear  and  definite  ideas  concern- 
ing the  proofs  of  a  live  birth,  in  cases  of  infanticide.  It  is 
well  known  that  many  children  come  into  the  world  still- 
born, that  is,  without  giving  any  sign  of  life  by  respiration 
or  otherwise,  and  yet,  by  proper  attention,  they  subse- 
quently revive  and  continue  to  live.  From  this  it  is  to  be 
inferred  that  respiration  is  not  the  only  evidence  of  a  live 
birth.  Nevertheless,  in  the  cases  of  infanticide  that  come 
under  judicial  investigation,  in  which  the  proofs  of  a  living 
birth  are  to  be  discovered  solely  by  an  inspection  of  the 
dead  body  of  the  child,  the  fact  of  respiration  is  the  main 
point  to  be  determined  by  the  examiner.  If  this  fact  can 
be  satisfactorily  proved,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the 
child  had  lived ;  but  it  does  not  necessarily  prove  that  it 
was  born  alive,  since  it  might  have  perished  (naturally  or 
otherwise)  before  it  was  actually  born,  in  the  legal  sense. 
Again,  a  child  may  live  for  several  hours  after  its  birth, 
breathing  very  feebly ;  and  after  its  death  the  air  cells  of 


INFANTICIDE.  475 

the  lungs  may  present  no  evidence  of  distension  ;  so  that, 
judged  by  this  single  sign  presented  after  death,  the  child 
would  be  said  to  have  been  born  dead. 

As  to  the  question  whether  any  evidences  of  life  before 
respiration  can  be  discovered  in  the  dead  body,  in  a  case  of 
infanticide,  the  answer  must  be  that,  at  present,  there  are  no 
satisfactory  medical  data  to  enable  one  to  express  a  positive 
opinion  in  such  cases — certainly  not  from  a  mere  inspection 
of  the  lungs.  Should  there,  however,  be  other  evidence, 
such  as  marks  of  great  violence  upon  the  body,  or  proofs, 
through  witnesses,  that  respiration  had  been  designedly  pre- 
vented, either  by  the  woman  herself,  or  by  an  accomplice, 
such  circumstances  would  certainly  afford  very  strong  pre- 
sumption of  murder.  Dr.  Causs§,  quoted  by  Taylor,  con- 
tends that  a  true  ecchymosis  found  on  the  body  of  a  new- 
born child,  is  proof  that  the  blood  was  circulating  at  the 
time,  and  that  it  had  been  extravasated,  which  could  only 
occur  in  a  living  body;  and  that  this  proof  would  be 
strengthened  if  the  blood  was  found  coagulated,  and  the 
surrounding  tissues  deeply  infiltrated.  Devergi6  held  a 
similar  opinion  in  relation  to  the  significance  of  ecchymoses 
and  infiltration  of  blood.  Still,  while  fully  admitting  the 
force  of  these  proofs  of  vitality  as  good  medical  evidence, 
they  are  scarcely  to  be  received  as  sufficient  of  themselves 
to  establish  the  charge,  since  they  are  open  to  the  objection 
that  the  injuries  might  have  been  inflicted  during  birth,  or 
accidentally  after  birth. 

Proofs  that  the  Child  has  Breathed. — These  proofs  are 
derived  (i)  from  the  organs  of  respiration;  (2)  from  the 
organs  of  circulation ;  (3)  from  the  abdominal  organs. 

I .  Proofs  afforded  by  the  respiratory  organs. 

{a)  The  thorax  is  higher  or  more  vaulted  in  appearance 
than   when   the   child   has    not  breathed ;    its  capacity   is 


476  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

increased;  but  the  attempt  to  indicate  these  changes  by 
actual  measurements  and  comparisons  cannot  be  depended 
upon,  on  account  of  the  natural  difference  in  the  size  of  the 
thorax  in  different  children  at  birth. 

[b)  The  diaphragm  is  considerably  more  depressed  after 
respiration  has  been  established  than  before ;  according  to 
Casper  (as  already  mentioned),  in  children  born  dead  its 
highest  point  reaches  between  the  fourth  and  fifth  ribs, 
whereas,  in  those  born  alive  and  fully  respiring,  it  descends 
to  between  the  sixth  and  seventh  ribs ;  the  position  of  the 
diaphragm  may  also  be  affected  by  the  gases  produced 
during  putrefaction. 

{c)  The  larynx,  before  breathing,  is  narrower,  contains 
more  or  less  mucus,  and  is  closely  approximated  to  the 
epiglottis;  after  respiration  it  is  wider,  and  is  not  closed  by 
the  epiglottis, 

{d)  The  situation  and  volume  of  the  Lungs. — Before 
breathing  these  organs  are  placed  far  back  in  the  thorax, 
so  as  almost  to  escape  notice.  After  complete  respiration 
they  project  forward  so  as  completely  to  fill  the  cavity 
of  the  chest,  and  cover,  and  to  a  great  extent  conceal, 
the  heart  and  pericardium.  If  respiration  has  been  im- 
perfect, the  volume  of  the  lungs  is  proportionately  less 
developed. 

[e)  The  consistence  of  the  Lungs. — Before  respiration, 
they  have  a  firm  and  compact  feel,  and  they  are  of  the  con- 
sistency of  liver ;  after  full  breathing,  they  are  spongy  and 
crepitant  to  the  feel.  When  cut,  there  is  an  escape  of 
blood-froth;  and  when  pressed  between  the  fingers  under 
water,  air-bubbles  will  rise  to  the  surface.  A  thin  section, 
when  examined  by  the  microscope,  will  show  distinct  air 
cells.  It  must,  however,  be  remembered  that  the  lungs  of 
infants  that  have  lived  a  considerable  time  after  birth,  but 


INFANTICIDE.  477 

that  have  breathed  very  imperfectly,  will  sometimes  not 
crepitate  under  the  finger,  nor  will  they  float  on  water. 

(/")  Their  color. — Before  respiration,  this  is  bluish-red  or 
violet,  resembling  that  of  the  spleen.  A  short  exposure  to 
the  air  will  render  the  color  brighter.  After  full  respiration, 
their  color  changes  to  a  pale  red,  becoming  bright  scarlet 
after  free  exposure  to  the  air,  or  else  irregular  bright  spots 
appear  upon  a  bluish-red  ground,  giving  them  a  marbled 
appearance,  a  peculiarity  which  cannot  be  given  to  fetal 
lungs  by  artificial  inflation.  "  This  insular  marbling  of  the 
lungs  is  characteristic  of  lungs  that  have  breathed,  and  is 
due  to  the  presence  of  blood  in  the  vessels  surrounding  the 
inflated  lung  tissue  "  (Husband).  In  imperfect  respiration, 
and  as  a  result  of  disease,  the  color  of  the  lungs  may  be 
much  modified. 

(^)  Their  absolute  weight,  or  the  Static  Test. — The 
weight  of  the  lungs  before  respiration  is  less  than  after  that 
process  has  been  established,  owing  to  the  presence  of  blood 
circulating  in  them.  The  average  weight  before  respiration, 
derived  from  nine  cases,  according  to  Taylor,  was  649 
grains.  Dr.  Traill  gives  it  as  varying  from  430  to  600 
grains.  The  average  weight  after  respiration,  in  three  cases, 
was  927  grains.  From  these  data,  attempts  have  been  made 
to  institute  comparisons  in  unknown  cases ;  but  so  much 
depends  upon  the  maturity  or  immaturity  of  the  child,  and 
the  degree  of  respiration,  that  the  test  is  unworthy  of  confi- 
dence. Great  weight  of  the  lungs  cannot,  of  itself,  furnish 
proof  of  respiration,  unless  accompanied  by  increase  of  vol- 
ume from  the  presence  of  air,  and  by  crepitation  and  the 
distention  of  the  air-cells ;  it  may  really  be  due  to  disease. 
Dr.  Taylor  relates  a"  case  where  the  lungs  weighed  upward 
of  1200  grains;  they  contained  no  air,' and  when  cut  into 
thirty  pieces,  not  one  floated  on  water. 


478  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

Specific  gravity  of  the  Lungs. — This  is  greater  before,  than 
after  respiration ;  because  the  air  received  throughout  the 
air-cells  in  breathing  more  than  counterbalances  the  addi- 
tional weight  derived  from  the  blood  circulating  through 
them.  Dr.  Taylor  found,  as  the  result  of  several  experi- 
ments, that  the  specific  gravity  of  the  lungs  in  the  fetal 
state  varied  from  1.04  to  1.05  ;  after  respiration  it  Was  0.94 
(one  experiment).  It  will,  of  course,  be  understood  that  the 
specific  gravity  of  the  substance  of  the  lungs  remains 
unchanged ;  it  is  only  rendered  apparently  lighter  by  the 
introduction  of  air  into  the  cells.  The  introduction  of  a 
very  small  quantity  of  air  is  sufficient  to  render  the  fetal 
lungs  buoyant  in  water;  and  it  matters  not  whether  this 
air  is  derived  from  respiration,  artificial  inflation,  or  putre- 
faction. It  is  on  this  property  of  the  lungs  that  the  appli- 
cation of  what  is  termed  the  hydrostatic  test  is  founded. 

Tlie  Hydrostatic  Test — Docimasia  Piilmomim. — The  prin- 
ciples involved  in  this  test  have  just  been  noticed — the  fact 
that  the  lungs  in  their  fetal,  or  unaerated  condition,  sink 
when  put  into  water,  while  the  lungs  of  a  child  that  has 
breathed,  or  where  they  have  been  otherwise  inflated,  float 
in  water. 

The  mode  of  applying  this  test  is  very  simple.  Having 
carefully  removed  the  lungs  from  the  chest  (usually  along 
with  the  heart  and  thymus  gland),  these  should  be  put  into 
a  sufficiently  capacious  vessel  containing  distilled,  or  river 
water,  at  60°  F.  If  they  are  very  buoyant,  much  of  them 
floating  on  the  surface  of  the  water,  this  indicates  very 
complete  aeration  of  the  lungs,  and  may  be  regarded  as  a 
strong  proof  of  respiration  at  birth.  If  they  are  less  buoy- 
ant, floating  largely  under  the  surface,  the  indication  is  that 
the  aeration  was  not  complete.  Each  lung  should  now  be 
tried  separately,  to  determine  if  each  is  equally  buoyant. 


INFANTICIDE.  479 

Then  each  one  should  be  divided  into  about  fifteen  pieces, 
and  each  fragment  separately  tested.  If  all  the  pieces  float, 
even  after  firm  compression,  the  inference  would  be  that 
respiration  had  been  very  perfectly  performed.  If  they  sink, 
it  should  be  noticed  whether  this  occurs  rapidly,  or  slowly. 
The  lungs  should  then  be  tested  separately — one  may  sink, 
while  the  other  (commonly  the  right)  may  float.  Supposing 
both  to  sink,  they  should  each  be  divided  into  pieces,  and 
each  one  tried  separately,  as  before  described.  If  all  the 
pieces  sink,  the  inference  is  that,  although  the  child  may 
have  survived  its  birth  for  a  short  time,  there  is  no  evidence 
of  its  having  breathed. 

Much  useless  discussion  has  occurred  as  to  the  true  value 
of  the  hydrostatic  test  in  a  case  of  infanticide.  It  must  be 
evident,  on  a  careful  consideration  of  the  principles  involved 
in  this  test,  that  it  can  only  prove  the  aeration,  or  the  non- 
aeration  of  the  child's  lungs ;  it  does  not  necessarily  prove 
respiration,  although  it  establishes  a  very  strong  probability 
of  it.  Moreover,  as  respiration  may  take  place — partiall} , 
at  least,  as  in  certain  cases  of  face  presentation,  where  the 
labor  has  been  protracted,  and  the  vagina  widely  dilated — 
while  the  head  was  yet  in  the  uterus,  or  in  the  vagina,  and 
frequently  after  the  head  has  been  born,  but  before  the 
complete  extraction  of  the  body,  it  follows  that  the  hydro- 
static test  can  never  prove  a  live  birth,  but  merely  that  the 
child  had  breathed,  and  therefore  was  alive  at  or  about  the 
time  of  its  birth. 

Two  objections  have  been  offered  against  the  hydrostatic 
test,  which  deserve  notice. 

I.  That  the  lungs  may  float  altJiough  the  child  may  not  have 
breathed — {a)  from  artificial  inflation;  [b)  from  putrefaction; 
[c]  from  emphysema. 


480  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

(a)  Artificial  hiflation. — In  reply  to  this  objection  it  may 
be  stated  that  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  distend  the  whole 
lung  artificially  through  the  mouth,  even  if  a  tube  and  bel- 
lows be  employed ;  most  of  the  air  will  be  found  to  have 
passed  into  the  stomach.  Besides,  the  force  of  the  objec- 
tion seems  to  be  met  by  the  fact  that,  in  a  case  of  child 
murder,  the  great  object  of  the  woman  and  her  accomplices 
is  to  make  it  appear  that  the  child  was  born  dead ;  they 
would,  therefore,  hardly  be  likely  to  adopt  measures  that 
would  suggest  a  strong  probability  of  a  live  birth. 

It  must,  however,  be  admitted  that,  while  artificial  infla- 
tion of  the  lungs  can  never  be  mistaken  for  perfect  respira- 
tion, it  might  be  confounded  with  imperfect  breathing.  In 
both  cases,  the  lungs  will  be  more  or  less  buoyant ;  they 
will  crepitate  under  pressure;  when  divided  into  fragments, 
many  of  these  will  float  on  water;  and,  in  some  exceptional 
cases,  firm  pressure  made  on  pieces  of  a  lung  artificially 
inflated  through  a  tube  has  failed  to  cause  these  pieces  to 
sink.  As  a  general  rule,  strong  compression  on  a  fragment 
of  lung  artificially  inflated  by  the  mouth  will  so  completely 
remove  the  air  as  to  cause  it  to  sink  in  water ;  whilst  no 
amount  of  force,  short  of  an  entire  disintegration  of  tissue, 
will  prevent  the  floating  in  cases  where  natural  respiration 
has  been  fully  performed. 

There  are  other  points,  however,  to  be  noticed  in  making 
the  diagnosis,  viz.,  that  artificial  inflation  does  not  increase 
the  actual  weight  of  the  lungs,  like  respiration,  because  it 
does  not  invite  the  blood  into  them  ;  and  also  that  the  color 
of  the  artificially-inflated  lung  is  a  uniform  cinnabar-red, 
without  any  marbling.  The  explanation  of  this  will  be 
obvious  on  reflection.  Natural  respiration  tends  to  create 
a  vacuum  in  the  lungs,  and  consequently  to  draw  into  them 
the  blood  of  the  pulmonary  arteries,  which  gives  them  the 


INFANTICIDE.  481 

comparatively  dark-bluish  and  marbled  appearance  alluded 
to ;  but  artificial  respiration,  by  which  air  is  forced  into  the 
lungs,  tends,  by  the  pressure  of  that  air,  to  exclude  the 
blood,  and  consequently  to  render  the  color  of  the  lungs 
still  lighter  than  before.  A  fragment  of  the  lung  squeezed 
under  water  will  exude  air,  but  no  blood  (Lutaud).  Casper's 
opinion  about  the  matter  is :  "  When  we  observe  a  sound  of 
crepitation,  without  any  escape  of  blood-froth  on  incision, 
laceration  of  the  pulmonary  air  cells  with  hyperemia,  bright 
cinnabar-red  color  of  the  lungs,  without  any  marbling,  and 
perhaps  air  in  the  (artificially  inflated)  stomach  and  intes- 
tines, we  may,  with  certainty,  conclude  that  the  lungs  have 
been  artificially  inflated." 

{b)  Putrefaction. — It  is  admitted  that  the  lungs  of  a  dead- 
born  child  will  float,  as  the  result  of  the  gases  generated  by 
putrefaction.  The  air  thus  evolved  is  not  contained  in  the 
air  cells  of  the  lungs,  but  in  the  cellular  tissue,  and  chiefly 
between  the  lobes  and  lobules.  Moreover,  it  collects  in 
rows  or  bubbles,  which  are  much  larger  than  the  air-vesicles, 
prominent,  and  entirely  disappearing  under  slight  pressure. 
At  the  same  time,  the  lungs  themselves  present  other  evi- 
dences of  putrefaction,  such  as  a  greenish  color,  a  fetid 
odor,  and  diminished  consistence.  If  a  portion  be  cut  out 
from  the  interior  of  the  lung,  it  will  be  found  to  sink  in 
water.  Again,  if  the  air  be  squeezed  out  of  a  portion  of  the 
lung,  it  will  no  longer  float  in  water.  There  is  also  a  want 
of  crepitation  in  a  putrescent  lung. 

The  exact  period  when  the  fetal  lungs  undergo  putre- 
faction cannot  be  fixed ;  but  it  is  known  that  it  is  delayed 
much  longer  than  in  the  other  organs  of  the  child ;  conse- 
quently, in  a  doubtful  case,  if  the  other  organs  give  no 
evidence  of  decomposition,  we  may  be  certain  that  the 
buoyancy  of  the  lungs  is  not  owing  to  putrefaction.     After 


482  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

complete  decomposition,  the  lungs  again  sink  in  water. 
There  ought  to  be  no  difficulty  in  distinguishing  between 
the  buoyancy  of  respiration,  and  that  resulting  from  putre- 
faction, in  employing  the  hydrostatic  test. 

[c)  Emphysema. — This  was  formerly  regarded  as  a  dis- 
eased (congenital)  condition  of  the  lungs,  which  caused 
them  to  float  in  water,  in  the  absence  of  respiration;  but  its 
existence  is  considered  as  questionable.  Casper's  decided 
opinion  is  "that,  as  yet,  not  one  single  well-observed  and 
incontestable  case  of  emphysema,  developing  itself  spon- 
taneously within  the  fetal  lungs,  is  known ;  and  it  is,  there- 
fore, not  permissible,  in  forensic  medicine,  to  ascribe  the 
buoyancy  of  the  lungs  of  new-born  children  to  this  cause." 

II.  That  the  lungs  may  sink  in  water,  altliough  the  child 
may  have  breathed  and  lived, 

{a)  From  disease,  as  pneumonia,  congestion  and  atelec- 
tasis pulmonum.  These  would  increase  the  density  of  the 
pulmonary  tissue,  and  cause  it  to  sink  in  water.  But  the 
two  first  conditions  are  extremely  rare  in  the  new-born 
child,  and  the  latter  is  to  be  regarded  as  simply  the 
original  fetal,  undeveloped  condition  of  the  lung  (Casper, 
Meigs).  If  ever  found  they  can  be  readily  recognized  by 
their  general  appearances,  and  also  by  dividing  the  lungs 
into  pieces,  and  finding  that  some  of  the  fragments  will 
float.  In  the  case  of  congestion,  if  a  piece  of  the  lung  be 
squeezed,  so  as  to  remove  the  blood,  it  will  be  found  to 
float. 

{b)  In  those  cases  in  which  the  child  has  survived  for 
some  time,  but  the  respiration  is  so  feeble  as  not  to  inflate 
the  lungs,  the  hydrostatic  test  will  generally,  though  by  no 
means  always,  discover  the  presence  of  air  in  a  few  of  the 
pieces  of  the  lungs,  when  these  have  been  divided.     In  case 


INFANTICIDE.  483 

every  fragment  sinks  this  test  can,  of  course,  render  no 
assistance,  a  circumstance  which  is  certain  to  be  regretted, 
inasmuch  as  it  does  not  permit  us  always  to  ascertain  the 
truth. 

The  general  deductions  from  the  two  foregoing  objec- 
tions are  the  following  : — 

1.  The  lungs  float  (i)  from  natural  respiration ;  (2)  from 
artificial  inflation ;  (3)  from  putrefaction ;  (4)  from  emphy- 
sema (possibly).  Therefore  the  mere  buoyancy  of  the 
lungs  is  not,  of  itself,  positive  proof  of  respiration ;  but, 
with  proper  precautions,  the  test  may  be  depended  on. 

2.  The  lungs  sink  (i)  from  total  want  of  respiration; 
(2)  from  feeble  or  imperfect  respiration;  (3)  from  disease. 
Hence,  the  mere  sinking  of  the  lungs  in  water  is  not  of 
itself  a  positive  evidence  that  the  child  has  not  breathed ; 
but,  with  due  precautions,  it  may  be  regarded  as  a  safe  test. 

As  the  hydrostatic  test  is  of  such  importance  in  cases 
of  infanticide,  great  carefulness  should  be  observed  in  its 
employment.  The  chest  should  be  properly  opened,  and 
the  position,  size,  color,  etc.,  of  the  lungs  accurately  noted. 
The  great  vessels  are  then  to  be  tied  and  cut  at  their  roots. 
The  trachea  is  to  be  divided  as  close  as  possible  to  the 
lungs ;  these  are  next  to  be  taken  out,  together  with  the 
heart  and  thymus  gland,  and  closely  examined  for  disease 
or  putrefaction,  also  for  crepitation  on  pressure.  A  suitable 
vessel,  containing  fresh  water  at  60°  F.,  should  be  provided. 
It  is  important  to  attend  to  the  temperature  of  the  water, 
since  its  buoyant  power  varies  considerably  between  40°  F. 
and  212°.  For  the  sake  of  uniformity  the  mean  tempera- 
ture of  60°  should  always  be  employed.  For  a  similar 
reason  fresh  and  not  salt  water  ought  be  used.  The  lungs, 
together  with  the  trachea  and  bronchi,  are  then  to  be  placed 
in  the  water,  and  it  should  be  noticed  whether,  and  how. 


484  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

they  float  or  sink.  The  lungs  should  then  be  separated 
from  the  heart  and  from  each  other,  and  accurately  weighed. 
They  should  again  be  placed  separately  in  the  water  and 
the  result  noticed.  If  one  only  floats,  note  which  one  it  is. 
Each  lung  should  then  be  cut  up  into  about  fifteen  pieces, 
and  each  piece  submitted  to  the  test.  They  should  next  be 
subjected  to  suitable  compression,  by  enclosing  them  within 
the  folds  of  a  towel,  and  pressure  applied ;  after  which  they 
should  again  be  put  into  the  water,  and  the  result  noted  as 
to  whether  they  continue  to  float  or  not. 

There  are  a  number  of  striking  peculiarities  in  the  circu- 
latory organs  of  the  fetus,  which  are  modified  or  entirely 
lost  after  respiration  is  established.  A  knowledge  of  these 
changes  is  therefore  of  importance  in  a  case  of  infanticide. 
The  evidence  to  be  derived  from  the  changes  in  the  heart 
and  fetal  vessels  comprises  the  examination  of  the  foramen 
ovale,  the  ductus  arteriosus^  the  diicttts  venosus,  and  the  um- 
bilical cord.  Although  as  a  general  rule,  the  closure  of  the 
three  first-named  openings  takes  place  at  birth  or  soon  after, 
yet,  in  many  instances  it  occupies  a  considerable  time,  so 
that  in  cases  of  infanticide  the  test  is,  practically,  of  little  or 
no  value. 

The  foramen  ovale  is  the  opening  between  the  two 
auricles  of  the  fetal  heart,  through  which,  before  respira- 
tion, the  blood  passes  directly  from  the  right  to  the  left 
side  of  that  organ.  It  usually  closes  at  birth,  or  very  soon 
after,  but  instances  are  known  where  it  continues  open  up 
to  adult  years,  and  even  throughout  life. 

The  ducttis  arteriosus  is  a  vessel  about  half  an  inch  long, 
which  in  the  fetus,  forms  a  direct  communication  from  the 
right  ventricle  to  the  aorta ;  it  may,  in  fact,  be  regarded  as 
a  direct  continuation  of  the  pulmonary  artery  to  the  aorta. 


INFANTICIDE.  '        485 

The  effect  of  this  arrangement  is,  that  most  of  the  blood 
from  the  right  side  of  the  heart,  instead  of  being  propelled 
to  the  lungs  through  the  right  and  left  branches  of  the  pul- 
monary artery,  is  sent  directly  to  the  aorta,  and  thence  into 
the  general  circulation.  The  branches  of  the  pulmonary 
artery,  in  the  fetal  state,  are  small,  inasmuch  as  they  trans- 
mit but  little  blood. 

As  soon  as  respiration  commences,  the  ductus  ai'teriosus 
begins  to  contract — at  first  at  its  aortic  extremity,  and 
gradually  throughout  its  calibre,  until,  finally,  the  whole 
vessel  dwindles  down  to  an  impervious  cord.  During  this 
same  period,  the  branches  of  the  pulmonary  artery  increase 
in  size,  in  order  to  transmit  the  due  supply  of  blood  to  the 
lungs,  which  are  now  performing  their  proper  function. 
The  closure  of  the  duct,  although  usually  a  proof  of  a  living 
birth,  is  by  no  means  uniformly  so;  neither  is  its  open  con- 
dition a  positive  evidence  of  a  dead  birth,  since  its  closure 
is  gradual,  and  frequently  protracted. 

The  ductus  venosus  comes  off  from  the  umbilical  vein, 
and  opens  into  the  ascending  vena  cava.  It  is  found  in  the 
posterior  part  of  the  longitudinal  fissure  of  the  liver.  Its 
closure  is  apt  to  occur  rather  sooner  than  the  other  open- 
ings before  alluded  to;  but  it  is  quite  uncertain  as  a  sign  of 
a  live  birth. 

The  umbilical  vessels  consist  of  a  vein  and  two  arteries. 
The  former  conveys  the  blood  aerated  in  the  placenta  to  the 
fetus,  passing  in  at  the  umbilicus ;  and  proceeding  onward, 
it  divides,  one  part  going  into  the  liver  and  the  other  part 
going  through  the  ductus  venosus  into  the  ascending  z/rw^^ 
cava,  and  so  carrying  purified  blood  to  the  right  auricle  of 
the  heart.  The  two  umbilical  arteries  are  continuations  of 
the  hypogastrics ;  they  convey  the  effete  blood  out  of  the 
body,  through  the  navel,  back  again  to  the  placenta,  there 


486        '  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

to  be  renewed.  After  birth,  when  the  route  of  the  circula- 
tion undergoes  such  a  complete  change,  these  vessels  be- 
come closed  and  obliterated ;  but  the  exact  time  when  the 
closure  takes  place  is  hardly  more  certain  than  in  the  case 
of  the  other  fetal  channels. 

The  desiccatio7i  of  the  umbilical  cord  affords  valuable  evi- 
dence of  a  live  birth,  especially  if  the  child  has  survived 
several  days.  The  cord  is  usually  of  a  bluish,  pearly-white 
color,  about  the  thickness  of  a  finger;  and  within  twelve  to 
twenty-four  hours  after  birth  loses  its  polish,  becoming  dry 
and  flaccid.  It  is  generally  cut  and  tied  about  three  inches 
from  the  umbilicus,  at  the  time  of  the  birth.  The  process 
of  desiccation  commences  at  the  severed  end;  in  the  course 
of  twenty-four  hours  it  reaches  to  within  half  an  inch  of  the 
navel,  this  portion  still  remaining  pulpy,  and  of  an  amber 
color.  About  this  time  the  skin  of  the  abdomen  around 
the  umbilicus  becomes  red  and  swollen,  and  is  pushed  up 
around  it,  in  the  shape  of  an  inverted  cone.  During  the 
second  and  third  day,  the  cord  gradually  withers  and  dies, 
becoming  flattened  and  twisted,  and  suppuration  begins  on 
the  still  moist  portion  attached  to  the  navel.  A  line  of 
demarcation  is  seen  forming;  and  on  the  fourth  day  the 
free  end  of  the  cord  becomes  of  a  yellowish-brown,  or  black 
color,  and  has  the  appearance  of  transparent  glue.  The 
separation  of  the  cord  usually  occurs  on  the  fourth,  fifth 
and  sixth  days — the  majority  of  cases  being  on  the  fifth. 
Occasionally,  the  separation  takes  place  some  days  later. 

The  existence  of  an  inflammatory  zone  about  the  umbili- 
cus i§  one  of  the  signs  of  importance  in  judging  whether 
an  infant  has  lived  after  birth.  In  one  case  Dr.  Kirk,  of 
Edinburgh,  found  such  a  zone  and  gave  judgment  that  the 
child  had  lived.  As  the  result  of  subsequent  investigation 
of  several  cases,  he  came  to  the  conclusion  that  if  a  child 


INFANTICIDE.  487 

lives  an  hour  after  birth,  there  will  be  a  slight  circle  of 
inflamed  tissue  about  the  insertion  of  the  cord ;  this  zone 
'becomes  more  pronounced  every  hour  after  birth. 

Although  the  separation  of  the  cord  is  a  vital  act,  and 
can  occur  only  in  a  living  child,  its  desiccation  may  take 
place  equally  in  a  dead  child,  although  it  occupies  a  much 
longer  time  in  the  latter,  sometimes  not  commencing  for 
several  days  after  birth.  But  the  important  point  of  distinc- 
tion between  the  two  is  that  spontaneous  separation  of  the 
cord  never  occurs  in  a  dead-born  child;  it  merely  withers 
and  dries  up,  but  remains  attached.  Hence,  the  desiccation 
and  separation  of  the  cord,  and  the  subsequent  cicatrization, 
afford  positive  proof  that  the  child  was  born  alive,  and  had 
continued  to  live  some  days  after  its  birth. 

In  the  fetus,  the  liver  is,  relatively,  enormously  large  and 
very  vascular,  doubtless  in  consequence  of  the  important 
function  it  has  to  perform  in  connection  with  the  circulation 
of  the  blood.  Meckel  found  the  absolute  weight  of  the 
liver  to  diminish  until  the  end  of  the  first  year  of  extra-uterine 
life.  In  five  new-born  children,  the  liver  was  found  to  be 
one-fourth  heavier  than  in  five  other  children  of  eight  to 
ten  months  old. 

The  stomach  and  intestinal  canal  may  sometimes  afford 
positive  proofs  of  a  live  birth,  from  the  discovery  therein  of 
certain  matters — liquid  and  solid — such  as  blood,  milk,  far- 
inaceous and  sacchaiine  articles.  The  two  former  sub- 
. stances  may  be  identified  by  the  microscope,  which,  how- 
ever, fails  to  distinguish  between  human  and  cow's  milk  ; 
but  the  detection  of  colostrum  corpuscles  in  the  contents  of 
the  child's  stomach  would  be  good  evidence  that  the  milk 
was  from  a  woman  very  recently  delivered.  Another  test 
for  the  presence  of  milk  is  that  of  Trommer  for  milk  sugar. 
The  suspected  substance,  properly  diluted,  is  treated  with  a 


488  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE." 

few  drops  of  a  weak  solution  of  copper  sulphate,  sodium 
hydroxid  added  in  excess,  and  then  boiled ;  a  red  precipi- 
tate indicates  the  presence  of  sugar. 

Farinaceous  matters  may  be  easily  recognized  by  the 
application  of  tincture  of  iodin,  which  imparts  a  deep  blue 
color;  and  also  by  microscopic  examination,  which  may 
even  identify  the  particular  variety  of  starch — as  arrowroot, 
potato  starch,  etc. 

The  presence  of  blood  in  the  stomach  is  not  necessarily 
evidence  that  the  child  was  born  alive,  since  it  is  possible 
that  it  might  have  been  drawn  into  the  throat  from  the 
maternal  discharges,  during  the  passage  of  the  head  through 
the  outlet,  and  before  it  had  breathed. 

The  presence  of  meconium  in  the  stomach,  like  that  of 
blood,  is  not  a  positive  indication  of  a  live  birth,  because 
the  child  may  have  drawn  it  into  the  stomach  and  air 
passages  by  aspiration,  in  the  passing  of  the  head  over  this 
substance,  through  the  outlet.  Meconium  is  recognized 
by  its  dirty,  dark-green  color,  and  want  of  fecal  odor.  The 
microscope  shows  it  to  contain  crystals  of  cholesterol, 
epithelial  scales,  masses  of  green  coloring  matter  of  bile 
and  granules. 

The  absence  of  meconium  from  the  intestines  (where  it 
is  usually  found  at  birth),  and  also  the  absence  of  urine 
from  the  bladder,  are  not,  necessarily,  evidences  that  the 
child  has  been  born  alive,  since  these  liquids  may  be  dis- 
charged during  the  act  of  birth. 

II.  Causes  of  Death  in  the  New-born  Child. — Having  dis- 
posed of  the  Question  I. — Has  the  child  been  born  alive? — 
we  are  now  prepared  to  discuss  the  second,  viz. :  What  was 
the  cause  of  its  death  ?  These  causes  are  various.  They 
may  be  considered  under  the  heads  of  such  as  act  during 


INFANTICIDE.  489 

birth,  and  such  as  act  subsequently ;  also,  such  as  are  acci- 
dental, and  such  as  are  criminal.  It  is  the  latter  only  that 
can  be  connected  with  a  charge  of  infanticide. 

In  an  investigation  of  this  character  it  should  be  remem- 
bered that  many  children  are  still-born,  the  proportion 
being  one  in  every  eighteen  or  twenty  of  legitimate  child- 
ren. Among  illegitimate  children  the  proportion  is  much 
greater — probably  one  in  ten  (Taylor).  As  before  men- 
tioned, this  throws  the  burden  of  proof  of  a  live  birth,  in  a 
case  of  infanticide,  on  the  prosecution,  as  the  law  assumes 
in  all  such  cases  that  the  child  was  born  dead. 

I,  Causes  acting  during  Birtli. — (i)  Compression  of,  and 
by,  the  umbilical  cord.  This  may  happen  in  breach  or  foot 
presentations ;  also  when  the  cord  is  prolapsed  in  these,  or 
in  head  presentations.  In  such  labors  it  is  well  understood 
that  unless  the  cord  is  speedily  relieved  of  pressure,  the 
child  will  perish.  Another  cause  of  compression  arises 
from  the  cord  being  wound  round  the  child's  neck.  This  is 
quite  a  frequent  complication,  according  to  Elsasser,  being 
found  as  often  as  one  in  every  five  cases.  In  the  latter  in- 
stance death  may  proceed  either  from  the  constriction  of  the 
child's  neck,  by  the  cord  causing  congestion  of  the  brain, 
or  from  the  interruption  of  the  flow  of  blood  in  the  cord 
itself,  owing  to  the  strain  upon  it.  The  effects  of  the  con- 
striction of  the  neck  by  the  cord  are  not  precisely  similar  to 
those  of  strangulation  in  a  child  that  has  breathed ;  and 
inasmuch  as  children  are  not  unfrequently  purposely 
strangled  after  the  head  is  born,  and  before  the  rest  of  the 
body  is  expelled,  it  is  important  to  understand  if  there  are 
any  means  of  distinguishing  between  the  two  crises. 

In  the  last-mentioned  case,  if  the  child  had  not  breathed 
when  the  strangulation  was  effected,  there  would  be  no 
means  of  distinguishing  it  from  death  occasioned  by  con- 
41 


490  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

striction  of  the  cord,  except  where  marks  of  the  hgature 
have  been  left  upon  the  neck  of  the  child.  The  question 
then  is,  Does  the  cord  ever  leave  such  a  mark  upon  the 
neck  ?  The  cases  are  extremely  rare  in  which  the  cord 
leaves  any  mark  identical  with  that  produced  by  a  ligature 
in  actual  strangulation.  Elsasser  states  that  of  327  cases 
of  labor  in  which  the  cord  was  twisted  around  the  child's 
neck,  there  was  one  fold  of  it  in  228  cases ;  two  folds  in  83 
cases;  three  in  13  cases,  and  four  in  four  cases;  yet  in  the 
whole  series  there  was  not  a  single  instance  in  which  the 
least  mark,  impression,  or  ecchymosis  was  visible.  In  some 
cases  the  cord  was  so  tightly  wound  around  both  neck 
and  body  that  it  was  necessary  to  divide  it  before  delivery 
could  be  accomplished.  There  are  some  instances  re- 
ported by  trustworthy  authorities,  in  which  the  umbilical 
cord  has  left  very  positive  marks  upon  the  neck  of  the 
child,  sometimes  a  mere  furrow  or  depression,  and  again 
distinct  lines  of  a  red  or  blue  color,  sometimes  single,  and 
at  others  two  or  three  parallel  ones.  It  is,  however,  ex- 
tremely doubtful  if  a  true  ecchymosis  or  extravasation  of 
blood  ever  results  from  compression  of  the  neck  by  the 
cord;  certainly  there  can  be  no  abrasion  of  the  cuticle,  as 
is  frequently  observed  in  cases  of  strangulation  by  a  rough 
string  or  cord.  Even  a  livid  mark  around  the  neck  is  not 
necessarily  caused  by  an  effusion  of  blood,  and  such  marks 
will  often  be  found  to  disappear  on  the  establishment  of 
respiration.  It  should  also  be  remembered  that,  in  fat 
children  especially,  if  the  neck  be  short  and  the  body  has 
been  kept  in  a  cold  place,  furrows  and  ridges  may  be 
formed  in  the  folds  of  the  skin,  which,  to  an  ordinary  ob- 
server, might  be  suggestive  of  strangulation. 

Should  a  ligature  be  actually  found  around  a  child's  neck, 
there  could,  of  course,  be  no  longer  any  question  about  the 


INFANTICIDE.  491 

impression  not  being  due  to  the  umbilical  cord.  The  usual 
defense  in  such  a  case  is  that  the  ligature  was  placed  there 
by  the  woman  herself,  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  her  de- 
livery, and  no  medical  evidence  can  disprove  such  a  state- 
ment. If  the  strangulation  has  been  accomplished  by  che 
hand,  the  impression  left  will  usually  be  very  distinct  and 
suggestive,  and  totally  different  from  that  produced  by  the 
navel  string,  which,  at  most,  leaves  a  broad,  smooth  indent- 
ure, with  soft  edges. 

The  cord  sometimes,  by  being  coiled  around  the  limbs 
and  body  of  the  child,  before  birth,  produces  deep  depres- 
sions in  the  skin.  Even  an  amputation  of  a  limb  has  been 
observed  as  an  effect. 

(2)  Protracted  delivery  is  not  unfrequently  the  cause  of 
the  child's  death,  especially  in  first  labors.  It  may  be  as- 
cribed either  to  congestion  of  the  brain,  resulting  from  the 
compression  of  the  head,  or  to  interruption  to  the  circulation 
in  the  umbilical  cord,  through  pressure,  before  respiration 
can  be  performed.  In  primiparous  cases,  the  labor  is  very 
apt  to  be  protracted,  and  the  child  large,  often  requiring  the 
application  of  the  forceps.  In  death  from  this  cause,  the 
head  will  usually  be  found  much  elongated,  with  evidences 
of  considerable  pressure,  and  having  a  large  caput  succeda- 
neiini.  The  autopsy  will  disclose  congestion  of  the  cerebral 
vessels. 

(3)  Debility. — A  child  may  be  born  either  prematurely, 
or  at  full  term,  and  soon  die  from  constitutional  weakness, 
either  inherited  or  produced  by  causes  acting  upon  it  before 
birth.  In  such  feeble  children,  a  very  slight  cause  is  suffi- 
cient to  destroy  life.  Such  cases  are  recognized  by  the 
immature  condition  of  the  body,  and  the  absence  of  all  other 
causes  of  death. 

(4)  Hemorrhage  from  the  cord  is  sometimes  the  cause  of 


492  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

death  in  the  new-born  child,  either  from  accidental  rupture 
during  the  birth,  or  after  its  severance.  The  sudden  prema- 
ture separation  of  the  placenta  will  produce  the  same  result. 
The  child,  under  these  circumstances,  will  exhibit  a  blanched 
and  waxy  appearance,  together  with  a  paleness  and  dryness 
of  the  internal  organs,  particularly  of  the  heart  and  lungs. 
This  will  not,  however,  hold  good  where  putrefaction  of  the 
body  is  advanced.  The  hemorrhage  may  be  accidental,  or 
the  result  of  criminal  design.  In  either  case  it  may  have 
arisen  from  laceration  of  the  cord,  or  from  an  omission  to 
tie  it  after  birth.  Dr.  Reese  witnessed  one  case  of  fatal 
hemorrhage  of  the  cord  some  days  after  birth,  in  spite  of 
every  effort  to  control  it.  Casper,  with  his  large  experience, 
states  that  he  never  met  with  a  fatal  case  of  hemorrhage  of 
the  cord,  although  he  had  witnessed  several  where  it  had 
been  cut  off  close  to  the  navel. 

It  would  appear,  from  numerous  cases  reported,  that  fatal 
hemorrhage  is  less  apt  to  follow  when  the  cord  is  ruptured 
than  when  it  is  cut,  probably  for  the  same  reason  that  a  torn 
artery  is  less  likely  to  bleed  than  one  severed  with  a  knife. 
According  to  Wharton  and  Stille,  it  is  the  habit  of  the 
Indian  squaws  to  break  the  cord,  and  then  bind  the  fetal 
end  with  a  strip  of  bark.  Numerous  instances  are  also 
mentioned  of  rapid  delivery  in  women  in  an  upright  posi- 
tion, where  the  child  has  suddenly  escaped  from  the  mother, 
and  fallen  to  the  ground,  rupturing  the  navel  string,  yet 
without  any  bleeding  of  consequence.  We  know  that  the 
instinct  of  some  animals  leads  them  to  divide  the  cord  with 
their  teeth,  while  in  others  it  is  ruptured  either  by  the  fall 
of  the  young  while  the  mother  is  standing  upright,  or  else 
by  her  suddenly  springing  up  when  delivered  in  a  recum- 
bent position.     This  is  the  case  with  the  horse  and  cow. 

The  usual  length  of  the  umbilical  cord  is  from  eighteen 


INFANTICIDE.  493 

to  twenty  inches ;  but  it  frequently  exceeds  this ;  in  one 
instance  amounting  to  fifty-nine  inches,  and  in  another  sixty- 
nine  inches.  In  ordinary  cases  of  delivery  in  the  upright 
posture,  the  child  may  fall  a  distance  of  twenty-eight  to 
thirty  inches  to  the  ground,  without  putting  a  strain  upon 
the  cord.  But,  in  most  instances  of  this  nature,  this  distance 
would  be  diminished  by  the  woman  instinctively  assuming 
more  or  less  of  a  bending  position  at  the  moment  of  expul- 
sion. Still,  it  might  happen  that  the  cord  might  be  unusu- 
ally short,  or  else  wound  round  the  child,  in  which  case  it 
could  easily  be  ruptured.  The  point  at  which  the  rupture 
usually  occurs  is  a  few  inches  from  the  umbilicus.  In  some 
instances  of  sudden  traction,  where  it  does  not  break,  the 
placenta  attached  may  be  dragged  out  by  the  weight  of 
the  child. 

(5)  Fractures. — These  are  chiefly  confined  to  the  head  of 
the  child,  and  may  be  produced  during  any  period  of  ges- 
tation, either  accidentally  or  otherwise,  from  blows,  falls,  or 
other  injuries,  such  as  the  kick  of  a  horse,  etc.  Other  bones 
may,  of  course,  be  fractured  by  blows,  or  injuries  sustained 
by  the  mother  during  pregnancy.  Sometimes  when  the 
result  is  not  fatal  to  the  child,  the  marks  of  bony  union  are 
visible  after  birth ;  but  in  most  such  cases  the  child  perishes 
at  the  time  of  the  injury  and  is  born  prematurely,  so  that 
the  question  of  infanticide  hardly  presents  itself  Fractures 
of  the  skull  may  occur  accidentally  during  labor,  from  a 
disproportionate  size  of  the  child's  head,  or  some  deformity 
or  osseous  tumor  of  the  mother's  pelvis.  As  such  cases 
usually  require  instrumental  aid,  the  injury  may  have  been 
unavoidably  caused  by  the  forceps.  Such  fractures,  how- 
ever, are  rare,  on  account  of  the  extreme  mobility  of  the 
cranial  bones  upon  each  other,  which  allows  of  considerable 
pressure  and  reduction  of  the  volume  of  the  head.     In  these 


494  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

cases,  as  the  child  may  survive  sufficiently  long  to  breathe, 
it  is  of  importance  to  prove  that  the  fracture  was  accidental, 
and  not  criminal.  In  the  former  case,  the  fracture  is  nearly 
always  on  the  parietal  bones,  sometimes  in  the  frontal,  but 
never  in  the  occipital  bone.  It  is  usually  a  mere  fissure  or 
crack,  very  rarely  a  depression,  unless  great  violence  had 
been  employed.  In  cases  of  criminal  violence,  the  fracture 
would  probably  be  stellated  or  depressed,  the  bones  often 
being  driven  deeply  in,  and  the  brain  even  protruding,  to- 
gether with  laceration  of  the  scalp,  and  other  marks  of  vio- 
lence. In  a  case  in  which  the  criminal  fracture  happened 
to  be  only  slight,  it  might  be  impossible  to  distinguish  it 
from  one  resulting  accidentally  at  the  birth.  It  should  also 
be  remembered  that  very  extensive  fractures  of  the  child's 
skull  may  result  from  criminal  violence,  without  any  visible 
trace  of  injury  to  the  scalp.  There  is  also  a  possibility  of 
mistaking  a  defective  ossification  of  the  bones  of  the  cranium 
for  fracture.  This  defect  occurs  usually  in  the  parietal 
bones,  and  is  caused  by  a  deficiency  in  the  bony  spiculae, 
which  is  replaced  by  a  membrane  that  fills  up  the  gap. 
The  edges  of  the  bones  are  thin  and  beveled,  and  show  no 
marks  of  injury.  A  true  fracture  is  evidenced  by  a  red  line, 
seen  on  removing  the  pericranium,  by  the  edges  of  the  bone 
being  jagged  and  bloody,  and  by  the  absence  of  any  mem- 
brane ;  there  is  also  more  or  less  effusion  of  blood  in  the 
neighborhood  of  a  fracture. 

The  cases  that  occasion  the  greatest  difficulty  are  those 
in  which  the  fracture  is  alleged  to  have  resulted  from  the 
fall  of  the  child  to  the  ground,  in  consequence  of  a  sudden 
delivery  while  the  mother  was  in  the  erect  position.  Such 
cases,  although  comparatively  rare,  occur  sufficiently  often 
to  require  attention.  They  present  no  special  marks  by 
which  they  can  be  distinguished  from  cases  of  criminal 


INFANTICIDE.  495 

violence.  Some  writers  even  deny  the  possibility  of  this 
accident,  but  the  great  weight  of  authorities,  including 
Casper,  admit  their  occasional  occurrence.  In  order  to  test 
the  matter,  the  last-named,  Dr.  Reese  made  experiments 
on  the  bodies  of  twenty-five  dead  infants,  letting  them 
fall  from  a  height  of  thirty  inches  upon  a  hard  pavement. 
One  parietal  bone  was  found  fractured  in  sixteen  cases ; 
both  parietals  in  six  cases ;  once  the  parietal  and  frontal ; 
once  the  frontals ;  and  once  the  occipital.  The  fractures, 
in  most  cases,  occurred  about  the  parietal  protuberances. 
It  should  be  remembered  that  it  is  easier  to  fracture  the 
skull  of  a  live  infant  than  that  of  a  dead  one.  So,  also,  it 
has  been  ascertained  that  when  firm  pressure  by  the  thumbs 
and  fingers  is  made  upon  the  head  of  a  new-born  dead  child, 
out  of  fifteen  experiments,  in  seven,  long  fractures  of  one  or 
other  parietal  bones  resulted ;  in  the  other  cases,  the  result 
was  merely  a  depression  of  the  bone.  Hence,  we  must 
conclude  that  the  possibility  of  such  an  accident  should 
always  be  taken  into  consideration,  in  cases  of  concealed 
birth,  when  fractures  of  the  skull  are  discovered. 

2.  Causes  of  DeatJi  after  Birtli. — These  are  both  numerous 
and  varied,  (i)  Congenital  malformation  and  disease  may 
exist;  but  in  most  cases,  life  may  endure,  though  for  a  brief 
period,  even  in  monstrosities.  Some  of  these  malformations 
are  remediable,  others  are  not.  If  violence  should  be 
inflicted  upon  such  beings  for  the  purpose  of  destroying 
life,  the  evidences  for  its  discovery  are  similar  to  those 
employed  in  other  cases. 

(2)  Exposure. — Under  this  head  may  be  included  all  the 
different  cases  of  abandonment  of  the  new-born  child.  The 
new-born  infant  quickly  perishes  if  not  properly  cared  for 
in  the  way  of  food  and  clothing.  Authorities  generally 
agree  that  deprivation  of  nourishment  for  over  twenty-four 


496  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

hours  is  likely  to  prove  fatal.  Fodere  states  the  greatest 
length  of  time  to  be  one  or  two  days.  Yet  there  are  cases 
on  record  where  the  infant  survived  three  days  without  any 
food,  and  exposed,  at  the  same  time,  to  the  variations  of 
the  temperature. 

The  proofs  of  death  from  exposure  to  cold  are  by  no 
means  positive,  unless  the  body  be  discovered  frozen  stiff, 
discolored  and  shriveled,  naked  or  scantily  covered,  in  a 
cold  place,  buried  under  stones  or  earth,  its  lungs  affording 
evidence  of  previous  respiration,  the  internal  vessels  gorged 
with  blood,  while  the  external  ones  are  empty,  the  brain 
deeply  congested,  as  also  the  lungs  and  right  heart  (Fodere). 
Under  such  circumstances,  and  in  the  absence  of  all  causes 
of  death,  it  may  be  ascribed  to  cold. 

The  signs  of  death  from  starvation  are  to  be  sought  for 
in  the  same  general  way.  These  are  an  emaciated  and 
shriveled  body ;  a  pale  and  wrinkled  countenance,  expres- 
sive of  pain ;  dry,  tough  and  yellowish  skin ;  the  mouth, 
tongue  and  fauces  also  dry;  the  stomach  and  intestines 
empty  and  contracted;  gall  bladder  enlarged,  and  bile 
usually  found  in  the  alimentary  canal ;  stomach  inflamed  in 
points;  the  heart  flaccid,  and  the  great  vessels  almost  empty. 
Cases  of  infanticide  by  absolute  starvation  are  rare.  In 
order  to  estabhsh  the  charge,  it  must  be  shown  that  the 
woman  willfully  kept  the  child  without  food,  and  with  a 
criminal  design.  Mere  neglect  or  imprudence  is  not  suf- 
ficient. In  a  suspected  case  of  this  kind,  it  is  recommended 
to  examine  the  contents  of  the  stomach  for  starch  and 
other  varieties  of  food. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  many  young  children  are  pur- 
posely exposed  to  the  danger  of  starvation,  by  putting  them 
out  to  be  nursed  on  improper  as  well  as  scanty  food,  as  wit- 
nessed in  the  wretched  system  of  baby-farming. 


INFANTICIDE.  497 

(3)  Wounds  and  Injuries. — These  are  frequently  the  cause 
of  death  in  new-born  children ;  they  usually  prove  rapidly 
fatal,  and,  as  a  rule,  leave  no  signs  of  inflammation,  or  its 
results,  to  indicate  that  the  wound  was  made  during  life. 
The  best  evidence  of  the  ante-mortem  character  of  the 
wound  is  the  presence  of  a  coagulum  under  and  around  it. 
These  indicate  that  the  circulation  was  going  on  at  the 
time;  but,  if  the  effused  blood  be  liquid,  the  presumption 
is  that  the  injuries  were  inflicted  after  death,  and  while  the 
body  was  yet  warm.  An  accidental  wound  upon  the  child 
(usually  on  the  arm  or  leg)  might  be  made  by  the  knife  or 
scissors  employed  in  cutting  the  cord ;  but  in  such  a  case 
there  should  be  proof  that  the  cord  had  been  really  cut, 
and  not  ruptured. 

Penetrating  and  punctured  wounds,  of  apparently  trifling 
character,  may  easily  prove  fatal  to  a  new-born  child.  Thus, 
punctures  made  by  a  needle  or  stiletto  into  the  fontanelles, 
between  the  vertebrae,  or  under  the  orbit,  are  almost  sure  to 
destroy  life.  Beck  mentions  the  case  of  a  midwife  who  was 
executed  in  Paris  for  killing  several  children  by  plunging  a 
needle  into  the  head,  as  it  presented  itself  at  the  mouth  of 
the  womb.  He  also  cites  the  case  reported  by  Dr.  Under- 
wood, of  a  child  who  died  in  convulsions,  which  could  not 
be  traced  to  any  cause  until  after  death,  when  a  pin,  that 
had  accidentally  gotten  under  the  child's  cap,  was  found 
inserted  into  the  fontanelle.  The  cause  of  death  in  such 
cases  may  easily  escape  detection.  If  suspected,  the  skin 
should  be  carefully  dissected  off  and  spread  out  before  the 
light,  when  the  finest  puncture  can  be  detected. 

Dislocation  and  fracture  of  the  neck  {tzvisting  of  the  neck) 
are  occasional  causes  of  death  in  new-born  children.     Of 
course,  in  such  cases,  the  defence  would  ascribe  it  to  acci- 
dent in  the  efforts  to  disengage  the  child  from  the  mother, 
42 


498  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

and  the  fact  of  criminal  interference  could  only  be  estab- 
lished by  the  attending  circumstances.  It  should  also  be 
remembered  that  cases  are  recorded  where  other  disloca- 
tions, as  of  the  hip  and  knee,  have  taken  place  before  birth, 
as  the  results  of  an  injury  to  the  mother. 

(4)  Asphyxia,  in  its  various  forms,  is  the  most  common 
of  all  the  means  of  destroying  the  new-born  child.  Ac- 
cording to  M.  Tardieu,  whose  ample  experience  extended 
over  twenty-four  years,  four-fifths  of  all  the  cases  of  infanti- 
cide that  he  had  examined,  were  due  to  some  form  of 
asphyxia. 

Asphyxia  may  be  effected  in  various  ways — as  by  suffo- 
cation, strangling,  hanging  and  drowning,  by  smothering 
under  the  bed-clothes,  by  exposure  to  noxious  vapors  or 
gases,. and  by  thrusting  various  substances  into  the  mouth 
and  nose. 

{a)  Suffocation. — This  is  a  frequent  cause  of  accidental 
death  in  new-born  children,  arising  from  neglect  to  remove 
it  from  the  maternal  discharges,  or  from  the  bed-clothes ; 
or  to  disengage  its  face  from  the  membranes  or  caul,  which 
is  sometimes  spread  over  it,  or  to  remove  the  mucus  from 
its  mouth  and  throat.  In  some  cases  the  obstruction  is 
caused  by  meconium,  blood  or  feces,  which  have  been 
taken  in  by  aspiration,  in  the  passage  of  the  head  through 
the  outlet,  or  immediately  after  birth.  Such  instances  of 
accidental  suffocation  usually  occur  where  the  woman  was 
delivered  alone,  and  without  any  assistance. 

Suffocation  is  a  very  frequent  criminal  cause  of  death  in 
cases  of  infanticide.  The  facility  with  which  it  can  be  ac- 
complished, and  the  slight  risk  of  detection,  in  consequence 
of  the  difficulty  of  distinguishing  it  from  an  accident,  doubt- 
less cause  it  to  be  so  often  resorted  to.  A  wet  cloth  simply 
placed  over  the  mouth,  or  thrust  into  the  cavity,  either 


INFANTICIDE.  499 

before  or  after  respiration,  and  pressure  on  the  child's  chest 
though  the  latter  might  accidentally  occur  at  birth,  when 
the  head  is  born,  and  the  body  is  retained  for  some  time 
and  subjected  to  pressure  in  the  outlet),  foreign  bodies 
introduced  into  the  mouth  and  throat,  such  as  tow,  hay, 
feathers,  ashes,  etc.  Such  are  the  means  commonly  em- 
ployed for  suffocating  the  child.  In  one  case  a  mass  of 
dough  had  been  forced  down  the  throat  so  as  to  obstruct 
the  larynx;  in  another,  the  back  part  of  the  throat  was 
packed  with  wet  sand ;  and  in  a  third,  the  respiratory  pas- 
sages were  filled  with  cinders,  drawn  in  suddenly  by  aspira- 
tion. A  child  may  also  be  suffocated  under  the  bed-clothes, 
or  by  exposure  to  the  noxious  vapors  of  sulphur,  burning 
charcoal,  the  exhalations  of  privies,  etc.,  and  without  leaving 
any  trace  of  the  real  cause  of  death. 

Strictly  speaking,  the  child  cannot  be  said  to  be  suffo- 
cated unless  it  has  first  breathed;  yet  in  many  cases  the 
death  is  brought  about  before  respiration  is  established — 
breathing  is  simply  prevented.  Under  such  circumstances 
it  would  be  impossible  for  the  examiner  to  ascribe  the 
death  to  a  criminal  act,  unless  there  existed  very  evident 
marks  of  undue  violence.  In  every  case  of  infantile  suffo- 
cation, a  careful  inspection  of  the  respiratory  openings 
should  be  made,  in  order  to  detect  the  presence  of  foreign 
bodies.  In  true  cases  of  suffocation  the  post-mortem  signs 
are  those  of  apnea  generally — such  as  congestion  of  the 
right  heart  and  venous  system,  and  also  of  the  brain ;  but 
there  are  present,  also,  the  punctiform  ecchymoses  under 
the  pleura  pericardium,  endocardium,  peritoneum  and 
bronchi,  so  much  insisted  on  by  Tardieu.  The  lungs  of 
infants,  according  to  the  best  authorities,  are  not  usually 
found  engorged  with  blood.  Tidy  says:  "  If  the  child 
be  vigorous  and  well  developed,  the  muscular  and  elastic 


500  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

forces  of  the  arteries  and  arterioles  will  be  sufficient  to 
drive  the  blood  on,  after  the  heart  has  ceased  to  beat,  and 
respiration  is  prevented.  Such  lungs  will,  therefore,  be 
found  comparatively  bloodless  or  anemic,  but  with  a  large 
amount  of  emphysema,  or  dilatation  and  rupture  of  the 
air-cells,  owing  to  the  violent  attempts  at  inspiration  or 
breathing." 

If  the  death  has  resulted  from  pressure  of  the  body 
under  the  bed-clothes,  the  head  will  be  found  flattened, 
the  tongue  protruding,  the  eyes  half  open,  a  frothy  mucus 
escaping  from  the  corners  of  the  mouth,  and  the  excrements 
voided. 

{b)  Strangulation.  —  This  is  a  not  infrequent  mode  of 
child-murder.  The  marks  differ  according  lo  the  methods 
employed.  Since,  in  criminal  strangulation,  much  more 
violence  is  usually  employed  than  is  necessary,  the  neck 
will  be  very  apt  to  bear  the  impress  of  the  fingers,  or  of  the 
ligature  employed,  and  sometimes  of  both.  At  times  there 
may  be  abrasion  of  the  cuticle  from  the  roughness  of  the 
ligature,  and  also  ecchymosis  surrounding  the  marks  of  the 
latter. 

In  all  such  cases  of  infanticide,  the  usual  defence  set  up 
is  that  the  cord  was  placed  upon  the  neck  of  the  child  to  aid 
in  its  delivery ;  or  else  it  will  be  attributed  to  the  accidental 
encircling  by  it ;  this,  however,  would  be  disproved  by  the 
evidence  of  breathing.  Even  the  marks  of  the  fingers  upon 
the  throat,  indicating  throttling,  will  be  attempted  to  be 
explained  by  referring  them  to  the  same  cause. 

The  question  whether  the  marks  of  the  cord  in  strangu- 
lation can  be  imitated  if  it  is  applied  after  death,  must  be 
answered  in  the  affirmative,  provided  it  is  done  very  soon 
after  death,  and  while  the  body  is  yet  warm. 

The  only  difference  between  strangling  and  hanging,  as 


INFANTICIDE.  501 

a  mode  of  child-murder,  is  the  obhque  mark  of  the  cord 
about  the  neck  of  the  latter.  Hanging  is  certainly  a  very- 
rare  form  of  infanticide. 

[c)  Drowning. — There  are  no  signs  to  indicate  death  from 
drowning  in  the  body  of  a  child  that  has  not  breathed ;  yet 
this  form  of  infanticide  has  been  known  to  be  perpetrated 
criminally,  as  when  a  woman  causes  herself  to  be  delivered 
in  a  bath,  so  as  to  retain  the  child  under  water,  and  thus 
prevent  its  breathing.  After  respiration,  the  signs  of 
drowning  are  the  same  as  in  adults.  Here  the  important 
medico-legal  question  is,  Was  the  child  alive  or  dead  when 
thrown  into  the  water  ?  Generally  it  is  the  latter ;  hence 
the  importance  of  an  accurate  inspection  of  the  body  to 
ascertain  the  existence  of  marks  of  violence,  some  of  which 
would  be  positive  evidence  of  antecedent  death,  whilst 
others  might  possibly  be  ascribed  to  accidental  causes. 
In  all  such  cases  the  throat  and  air-passages  should  be 
especially  investigated  for  foreign  substances. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  a  young  infant  may  easily 
be  drowned  by  the  simple  immersion  of  the  face  in  water. 
Cases  have  occurred  where,  through  unconsciousness,  or  in 
a  very  rapid  delivery,  the  child  is  projected  into  a  com- 
mode half  full  of  water,  where  it  would  certainly  perish  by 
drowning,  if  not  soon  rescued.  A  case  of  this  nature — 
which  did  not,  however,  result  fatally — occurred  in  the 
practice  of  Dr.  Reese.  The  accident  may  happen  to  a 
woman  mistaking  the  sensation  caused  by  the  pressure  of 
the  child's  head  on  the  perineum,  for  the  feeling  of  a  desire 
to  evacuate  the  bowels.  Yielding  to  this  impulse,  and 
sitting  upon  the  opening  of  a  privy,  a  sudden  pain  will  eject 
the  child  from  the  maternal  parts,  and  in  its  fall  the  um- 
bilical cord  will  be  ruptured,  or  else  (in  rare  cases)  the 
placenta  may  be  dragged  out  still  attached,  and  the  child 


502  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

will  miserably  perish.  Cases  of  this  sort  are  not  of  very 
unfrequent  occurrence,  and  it  is  extremely  difficult,  if  not 
impossible,  to  distinguish  these  from  cases  of  criminal  in- 
fanticide, since  they  will  both  exhibit  the  same  evidences  of 
death  from  suffocation.  In  a  criminal  case,  however,  the 
accompanying  circumstances  may  sometimes  lead  to  the 
detection  of  the  culprit,  as  when  marks  of  blood  are  dis- 
covered in  her  bed-room,  which  may,  perhaps,  be  traced  to 
the  privy ;  or  when  the  umbilical  cord  may  be  discovered 
cut  and  not  ruptured;  or  other  circumstances  be  presented 
which  would  render  the  prisoner's  account  inconsistent  with 
the  theory  of  the  accident. 

{d)  Poisoning  is  an  extremely  rare  form  of  infanticide, 
although  it  is  a  frequent  mode  of  destroying  young  children. 
One  case  is  recorded  of  poisoning  a  child  one  day  old  with 
arsenic,  where  the  woman  was  acquitted,  upon  the  plea  of 
puerperal  insanity. 

The  following  general  conclusions  may  be  considered  as 
warranted  from  the  foregoing  considerations  :  i.  Did  the 
death  occur  naturally?  2.  Could  it  have  been  prevented? 
3.  Is  the  mother  guilty  of  not  having  used  proper  precau- 
tion? 4.  Was  the  death  caused  by  violence  on  the  part  of 
the  mother?  5.  If  there  are  marks  of  violence  upon  the 
child,  did  the  mother  inflict  them  ? 

From  what  has  been  said  upon  this  subject,  it  is  evident 
that  medical  testimony  is  not  always  sufficient  of  itself  to 
establish  a  charge  of  infanticide.  So  many  cases,  as  we 
have  seen,  occur  in  which  precisely  the  same  medical  signs 
are  exhibited  in  both  accidental  and  criminal  death  in  new- 
born children,  that  the  attending  circumstances  have  to  be 
depended  upon  in  order  to  come  to  a  decision. 


INFANTICIDE.  503 

MODE  OF  CONDUCTING  AN  EXAMINATION  IN  A  SUSPECTED 
CASE  OF  INFANTICIDE. 

(i)  Exterfial. — A  careful  external  inspection  of  the  body 
of  the  child  is  first  to  be  made.  Note  the  color,  sex, 
length  (measured  from  vertex  to  feet),  the  presence  or 
absence  of  putrefaction,  wounds,  bruises,  injuries,  stains,  etc. 
Take  the  dimensions  of  the  thorax,  shoulders  and  head ; 
also  ascertain  the  weight  and  the  centre  of  the  body,  and 
note  the  condition  of  the  umbilical  cord. 

(2)  Internal. — Observe  the  shape  and  condition  of  the 
thorax;  the  lungs,  as  to  their  position,  volume,  shape  and 
color;  their  absolute  and  specific  weight;  the  position  of 
the  diaphragm;  the  condition  of  the  heart  as  to  the  foramen 
ovale,  and  ductus  arteriosus;  also  the  ductus  venosus,  and 
the  umbilical  vessels.  In  the  abdomen,  observe  the  stomach 
and  intestines,  the  liver  and  bladder.  Also  notice  the  brain 
and  spinal  marrow. 

The  Autopsy. — The  first  incision  should  be  made  com- 
mencing at  the  centre  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  extend  down 
to  the  lower  end  of  the  sternum.  Some  advise  to  divide 
the  lower  jaw  at  the  symphysis,  so  as  the  more  completely 
to  expose  the  buccal  cavity,  in  the  search  for  foreign  sub- 
stances;  this,  however,  may  not  be  necessary.  The  posi- 
tion and  appearance  of  the  tongue  are  to  be  specially 
noticed.  The  larynx  and  trachea  are  next  to  be  laid  open, 
and  as  much  of  the  esophagus  as  can  now  be  seen.  The 
incision  is  now  to  be  carried  down  on  each  side  of  the  spine 
of  the  ilia,  and  the  triangular  portion  of  the  integuments 
thus  shaped  out  is  to  be  turned  back,  so  as  to  examine  the 
condition  of  the  umbilical  vessels.  The  abdomen  is  next  to 
be  opened,  and  the  position  of  the  diaphragm  noticed.  All 
the  viscera  are  to  be  carefully  inspected,  together  with  the 


504  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

djictus  VC710SIIS,  behind  the  hver.  The  stomach  and  bowels 
are  to  be  tied  and  removed,  in  order  to  search  for  poison, 
if  suspected.  The  gall  bladder  and  urinary  bladder  should 
be  examined ;  also  the  presence  or  absence  of  meconium 
in  the  large  intestines  be  ascertained. 

The  thorax  should  be  opened  by  the  scissors,  preferably 
to  the  knife,  at  the  junction  of  the  costal  cartilages.  After 
examining  the  general  appearance  of  the  contents,  all  the 
great  vessels  are  to  be  tied,  and  divided  beyond  the  liga- 
tures ;  the  trachea  is  also  to  be  divided  at  its  root.  The 
lungs  are  then  to  be  taken  out  and  weighed,  and  subjected 
to  the  hydrostatic  test.  The  heart  may  now  be  examined 
as  to  the  condition  oi  \h^  foramen  ovale,  2ind  diictus  arterio- 
sus. The  head  may  be  examined  by  making  one  incision 
from  the  root  of  the  nose  back  to  the  neck,  and  another  at 
right  angles  from  ear  to  ear;  strong  scissors  should  be 
used  in  cutting  through  the  bones.  The  brain  is  to  be 
inspected  in  the  usual  manner.  The  spinal  cord  may  also 
require  examination,  as  also  the  vertebrae. 

The  other  two  questions  pertaining  to  the  infant,  in  a  case 
of  child-murder,  have  reference  to  its  age  and  the  interval 
elapsed  since  its  death.  The  age  of  the  new-born  child  is  to 
be  determined  by  ascertaining  if  it  exhibited  the  recognized 
character  of  a  fully  matured  fetus.  The  exact  interval  of 
time  that  has  elapsed  since  its  death  cannot  be  determined 
merely  by  a  medical  inspection.  Many  circumstances 
would  have  to  be  considered,  such  as  the  season  of  the 
year,  the  temperature,  the  place  where  the  body  was  dis- 
covered, etc.,  before  the  examiner  could  venture  an  opinion; 
and  he  should  always  be  extremely  cautious  in  the  matter, 
seeing  how  uncertain  are  the  signs  on  which  that  opinion 
is  to  be  founded. 

It  is  necessary  in  every  case  of  alleged  infanticide  to  con- 


INFANTICIDE.  505 

nect  the  condition  of  the  reputed  mother  with  that  of  the 
infant,  so  as  to  establish  the  fact  that  she  has  been  actually 
delivered  about  the  time  when  it  is  judged  that  the  child 
was  born.  This  is  easy,  in  a  recent  case,  if  the  mother  is 
willing  to  submit  to  medical  examination,  but  it  is  altogether 
different  when  a  considerable  interval  has  elapsed  since  the 
birth. 

The  question  then,  is — Has  the  woman  under  examina- 
tion been  recently  delivered  ?  If  the  examination  is  made 
within  three  or  four  days  after  delivery,  the  following  signs 
will  usually  be  exhibited :  there  is  more  or  less  weakness, 
some  pallor  of  face ;  the  eyes  a  little  sunken,  with  a  dark 
areola  under  or  around  them ;  the  skin  is  soft,  moist  and 
relaxed;  the  whole  aspect  resembling  that  of  a  person 
recovering  from  sickness.  The  pulse  is  soft  and  a  little 
quickened;  the  abdomen  feels  soft  and  relaxed  to  the  touch, 
and  is  sometimes  thrown  into  folds,  and  presents  on  the 
surface  a  number  of  transverse,  livid  lines,  which,  at  a  later 
period,  become  white  and  shining,  or  silvery  [linecB  albican- 
tes).  The  uterus  can  be  distinctly  felt  through  the  wall  of 
the  abdomen,  low  down,  like  a  large  ball.  The  breasts 
have  a  full  and  somewhat  knotted  feel ;  they  are  generally 
enlarged,  and  the  nipples  are  prominent,  and  often  exude  a 
watery  milk. 

The  external  organs  of  generation  are  swollen,  relaxed 
and  moist ;  the  vagina  capacious,  and  without  folds ;  the  os 
uteri  easily  felt  to  be  low,  and  somewhat  patulous  ;  the  lips 
soft  and  relaxed,  and,  perhaps,  slightly  lacerated.  The 
uterine  sound  will  show  the  increased  depth  of  the  uterine 
cavity,  and  prove  the  tumor  felt  from  the  outside  to  be  the 
womb.  There  will  be  a  dark,  muco-sanguinolent  discharge 
from  the  uterus,  known  as  the  lochia,  readily  distinguishable 
by  its  peculiar  odor.     The  color  of  the  lochia  subsequently 


506  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

becomes  much  lighter,  or  greenish ;  this  discharge  usually 
disappears  in  a  week  or  ten  days,  and  in  some  instances  it 
is  suppressed. 

These  signs  combined  form  very  satisfactory  proof  of 
delivery,  although  none  of  them  can  be  relied  upon  singly. 
The  condition  of  the  genital  organs  affords  the  most  con- 
clusive evidence. 

The  linece  albicantcs  may  result  from  any  distention  of  the 
abdomen,  as  ascites,  uterine  tumor,  etc.;  they  have  even 
been  seen  in  the  male.  The  secretion  of  milk  may  be 
absent,  and  again,  it  may  occur  in  the  unimpregnated  con- 
dition; but  the  presence  of  colostrum  among  the  milk 
corpuscles  (to  be  determined  by  the  microscope)  may  be 
regarded  as  conclusive  evidence  of  a  recent  delivery.  The 
lochia  and  the  relaxed  state  of  the  genital  organs  might  be 
mistaken  for  the  catamenia,  except  for  the  peculiar  odor; 
but  the  jagged  or  notched  condition  of  the  os  uteri,  and  its 
patulous  state  are  usually  to  be  attributed  to  a  recent 
delivery. 

All  the  above  signs  of  delivery  fail  completely  after  the 
lapse  of  five  to  ten  days,  except  the  still  increased  size  of  the 
uterus,  and  its  rather  open  and  jagged  mouth,  together  v/ith 
the  silvery  lines  across  the  abdomen.  The  two  last  men- 
tioned signs  would  be  positive  evidence,  provided  this  could 
be  shown  to  have  been  the  woman's  first  pregnancy,  and 
provided  also  the  absence  of  any  other  abdominal  swelling 
could  be  proved.  Otherwise,  they  only  afford  grounds  for 
suspecting  one  or  more  former  deliveries. 

Signs  of  Delivery  in  the  Dead. — Supposing  the  woman  to 
have  died  immediately  after  her  delivery,  the  evidences  of 
that  fact  will  be  sufficiently  manifest.  Besides  the  condi- 
tion of  the  external  organs  above  described  in  the  case  of 


INFANTICIDE.  507 

the  living,  on  opening  the  abdomen,  the  uterus  will  be 
found  flat  and  flaccid,  between  nine  and  twelve  inches  long, 
and  with  the  os  wide  open.  The  cavity  will  contain  bloody 
coagula,  with  the  remains  of  the  decidua  lining  the  inner 
surface.  The  attachment  of  the  placenta  will  be  marked  by 
a  gangrenous-looking  spot.  If  the  death  has  been  delayed 
only  a  few  days,  the  womb  will  be  considerably  modified  ; 
and  if  three  or  four  weeks  have  elapsed,  it  will  be  as  difficult 
to  determine  delivery  in  the  dead  as  in  the  living. 

The  fact  of  unconscious  delivery  must  be  admitted,  as  it 
is  supported  by  positive  evidence,  and  as  it  is  in  accord 
with  the  well  known  instances  of  a  similar  character  in 
women  when  in  coma,  epilepsy,  asphyxia,  narcotism,  and 
anesthesia  from  ether  and  chloroform,  and  also  when  in 
profound  natural  sleep. 

Concealed  Delivery. — In  nearly  every  case  of  infanticide, 
it  is  the  object  of  the  woman  both  to  conceal  the  body  of  her 
child,  and  hide  all  traces  of  her  delivery.  The  concealment 
of  pregnancy  is  no  offence,  in  law,  but  the  concealment  of 
delivery  or  of  the  birth  of  a  child  is  a  misdemeanor.  As  a 
matter  of  fact  and  practice,  however,  women  who  are  tried 
on  this  charge  are  punished,  not  for  concealment  of  the 
birth,  but  for  concealment  of  the  body  of  the  child, — a  dis- 
tinction which  excites  hope  in  the  criminal,  that  if  she  can 
do  away  with  the  body,  she  may  be  free  of  the  law.  Ac- 
cording to  statute,  the  child  must  be  dead ;  the  concealment 
of  a  living  body  is  no  offence,  unless  it  should  happen  to 
die  before  the  birth  was  made  known.  In  a  trial  for  conceal- 
ment of  birth,  the  medical  evidence  is  derived  exclusively 
from  the  mother ;  the  body  of  the  child  need  not  be  pro- 
duced, and  the  special  points  which  will  engage  attention 
are  (i)  the  proofs  of  recent  delivery ;   (2)  the  proofs  of  pre- 


508  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

vious  pregnancy,  and  (3)  the  connection  between  the  alleged 
period  of  delivery  and  the  state  of  the  child  as  found. 

Pretended  Delivery. — This  occasionally  occurs  for  various 
motives,  and  sometimes  without  any  assignable  motive,  A 
medical  examination  will  detect  the  imposture,  because  the 
assumed  delivery  must  be  recent  and  not  remote.  The 
pretense  may  occur  where  the  woman  has  never  been  preg- 
nant, where  she  had  previously  been  pregnant,  and  where 
she  had  actually  been  delivered,  but  had  substituted  a  living 
for  a  dead  child. 

Evidences  of  the  Death  of  the  Cliild  before  its  Birth. — The 
question  whether  the  child  is  dead  in  utero  may  require  to 
be  determined  in  certain  civil  cases  involving  succession  to 
an  estate,  contingent  to  the  life  of  the  child;  also  in  criminal 
cases — as  where  a  pregnant  woman  has  been  maltreated, 
and  her  unborn  offspring  is  alleged  to  be  dead.  During 
pregnancy,  the  life  of  the  fetus  is  inferred  from  the  general 
good  health  of  the  mother,  although  this  is  by  no  means  a 
positive  sign.  The  progressive  increase  in  the  size  of  the 
abdomen,  together  with  the  continuance  of  the  fetal  move- 
ments, though  strongly  suggestive  of  fetal  life,  are  not 
absolute  proofs.  The  only  unequivocal  sign  is  the  sound 
of  the  fetal  heart  repeatedly  heard  by  auscultation. 

The  indications  of  the  death  of  the  fetus  during  preg- 
nancy are  the  cessation  of  all  motion,  after  this  has  been 
positively  felt  by  the  woman.  She  experiences  a  sensation 
of  a  dead  weight  in  the  abdomen,  along  with  a  sense  of 
lassitude ;  the  breasts  are  apt  to  recede,  or  become  less 
prominent ;  there  is  pallor  of  the  countenance,  with  a  dark 
circle  around  the  eyes ;  the  spirits  flag,  amounting  at  times 
to  melancholy;    the  breath  is  fetid.      While  these  signs 


INFANTICIDE.  509 

combined  may  excite  a  strong  suspicion  of  the  death  of  the 
embryo,  the  only  positive  and  unequivocal  proof  of  it  would 
be  the  ascertained  continuouis  absence  of  the  beat  of  the 
fetal  heart  by  means  of  the  stethoscope.  It  is  stated,  on 
good  authorities,  that  the  placental  murmur  may  continue 
some  time  after  the  death  of  the  fetus. 

During  actual  delivery,  the  signs  of  the  child's  life  are 
limpidity  of  the  waters,  regularity  of  the  pains,  together 
with  increase  in  their  strength,  pulsation  of  the  cord,  and 
also  of  the  heart  and  fontanelles  of  the  child. 

Putrefaction  of  the  fetus  generally  occurs  soon  after  its 
death  in  utero,  and  i't  is  usually  prematurely  expelled  within 
a  few  weeks ;  but  occasionally  it  is  retained  until  the  full 
term,  and  may  even  then  not  exhibit  the  marks  of  decom- 
position. The  various  causes  that  may  occasion  the  intra- 
uterine death  of  the  child  have  already  been  described.  • 

The  indications  of  the  child's  death  during  delivery  are 
fetid  discharges  instead  of  limpid  waters,  absence  of  all 
motion,  a  livid  appearance  of  the  skin,  no  pulsation  of  the 
umbilical  cord,  the  cuticle  peeling  off  the  head  in  flakes, 
and  the  bones  of  the  cranium  loose  and  floating.  The 
lividity  of  the  skin  is  not  an  invariable  sign;  a  case  is  men- 
tioned in  which,  in  an  arm  presentation,  this  member  was 
so  livid  and  cold  as  to  be  supposed  certainly  to  indicate  the 
child's  death ;  it  was  consequently  amputated,  in  order  to 
facilitate  the  labor,  but  to  the  discomfiture  of  the  obstet- 
rician, the  child  was  born  alive  and  survived. 

The  general  appearance  of  a  fetus  that  has  been  dead 
some  time  before  its  birth  has  already  been  described. 


510  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 


CHAPTER   XI. 

LEGITIMACY— INHERITANCE. 

The  question  of  Legitimacy  is  one  involving  the  nearest 
and  dearest  interests  of  social  life,  and  one  at  times  sur- 
rounded with  no  slight  difficulties  arising  from  the  uncer- 
tainty of  most  of  the  evidence  usually  advanced. 

Cases  involving  the  question  of  legitimacy  are  rarely 
decided  upon  medical  evidence  alone ;  there  are  usually 
circumstances  which  indicate  the  parentage  of  the  child 
whose  legitimacy  is  disputed.  The  important  point  for  con- 
sideration of  the  physician  is  the  duration  of  gestation. 

The  following  positions  may  be  considered  as  settled  by 
the  laws  of  this  country  and  England : — 

I.  Every  child  born  in  wedlock  is  presumed  to  be  legiti- 
mate, unless  it  can  be  shown  (i)  that  the  parties  had  been 
separated  for  a  time  beyond  the  period  of  gestation;  (2)  that 
the  husband  was  impotent ;  (3)  adultery  on  the  part  of  the 
wife,  and  the  repudiation  of  the  alleged  child  by  the  hus- 
band. When  the  woman  was  so  far  advanced  in  pregnancy 
at  the  time  of  her  marriage  that  her  situation  must  have 
been  known  to  her  husband,  this  will  be  deemed  as  a 
recognition  of  paternity,  and  also  of  legitimacy,  on  his 
part. 

A  child  born  after  the  death  of  its  mother  or  father  (as 
by  the  Caesarean  section)  is  held  to  be  legitimate,  although, 
strictly  speaking,  the  marriage  tie  is  dissolved  by  her  death; 
hence,  as  remarked  by  Taylor,  a  child  may  be  conceived 
before  marriage,  and  born  after  the  death  of  the  mother  or 


LEGITIMACY.  511 

father,  and  yet  be  legitimate,  although  neither  conceived 
nor  born  in  wedlock. 

Duration  of  Gestation. — The  usual  popular  notion  upon 
this  point  is  that  it  comprises  nine  calendar  months  (273  to 
275  days),  or  ten  lunar  months  (280  days).  Ten  lunar 
months  was  the  period  allotted  by  the  Roman  law,  which 
was  also  the  opinion  of  Harvey,  dating  from  the  commence- 
ment of  the  last  menstrual  period.  There  seems  to  be  a 
fair  physiological  presumption  for  this  latter  view,  based  on 
the  idea  that  parturition  occurs  at  the  period  of  what  would 
be  the  tenth  menstrual  effort  since  the  last. 

The  discordance  existing  on  this  subject  arises  partly 
from  want  of  a  definite  starting  point.  This  is  usually 
referred  by  women  to  certain  peculiar  sensations  supposed 
to  be  experienced  at  conception  to  the  period  of  quickening. 
The  first  is  altogether  fallacious,  for  conception  may  occur 
in  the  unconscious  state.  The  second  is  equally  uncertain, 
since  the  time  of  quickening  varies  so  much  in  different 
woolen, — from  the  twelfth  to  the  twenty-fifth  week;  and  in 
some  it  is  not  perceptive  at  all,  whilst  in  others  it  may  be 
supposed  to  exist  even  in  the  absence  of  pregnancy.  To 
cessation  of  catamenia.  This  is  the .  usual  and  the  surest 
method  of  calculating;  but  it  is  liable  to  many  fallacies, 
such  as  the  arrest  of  the  menses  before  pregnancy;  their 
continuance  for  a  month  or  more  after  pregnancy,  and  the 
intervals  between  the  periods  are  not  being  the  same  in  all 
women.  Usually  there  is  an  interval  of  twenty-eight  days 
from  the  commencement  of  one  period  to  the  commence- 
ment of  another,  but  it  is  frequently  longer  or  shorter,  and 
this  in  the  same  woman  at  different  times.  As  conception 
may  take  place  at  any  period  of  the  interval  between  the 
catamenia,  it  is  evident  there  might  be  a  difference  of  twenty- 


512  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

three  to  twenty-five  days  as  to  its  actual  date,  according  as 
it  occurred  immediately  after  the  one  catamenial,  or  imme- 
diately before  the  succeeding  period.  The  usual  custom 
among  married  women  is  to  reckon  nine  calendar  months 
from  the  last  mentioned  period,  and  to  add  about  fourteen 
days  for  possible  error.  There  is  a  diversity  of  opinion 
among  obstetricians  of  the  highest  reputation  on  the  subject 
of  the  natural  period  of  gestation — varying  from  274  to  301 
days.  It  may  be  assumed  that  the  average  period  is  between 
thirty-eight  and  forty  weeks. 

The  most  certain  and  positive  starting  point  from  which 
to  fix  the  date  of  conception  is  a  single  intercourse.  Even 
Vv^here  this  can  be  accurately  settled,  still  there  will  be  found 
considerable  discrepancies  which  must  be  attributed  to  in- 
dividual peculiarities,  and  which  indicate  that  there  is  no 
absolute  law  on  the  subject.  Observations  show  results 
varying  from  233,  249  and  260  days,  up  to  293  and  313 
days.  Even  rejecting  the  two  extreme  cases  of  233  and  313 
days  (though  they  are  perfectly  authenticated),  as  very 
exceptional,  we  still  have  the  great  variation  of  forty-four 
days  between  the  two  extremes  of  249  and  293  days,  or  of 
sixty  days  between  the  extremes  of  233  and  293  days. 
Taking  the  average  of  fifty-six  cases,  dating  from  a  single 
coitus,  reported  by  various  authors,  ranging  between  260 
and  296  days,  it  will  be  found  to  be  276  days. 

The  irregularity  as  regards  the  normal  period  of  gesta- 
tion in  the  human  female  finds  its  analogy  among  the  lower 
animals.  Extended  observations  made  upon  the  cow,  the 
mare  and  the  sheep  confirm  the  results  observed  in  the 
human  female.  In  the  cow,  the  average  period  of  gestation 
is  about  285  days;  yet,  from  Dr.  Krahmer's  tables,  it  is 
found  that,  out  of  1105  cows,  335  calved  on  the  fortieth 
week,  429  on  the  forty-first  week,  and   135   on  the  forty- 


LEGITIMACY,  513 

second  week;  the  balance  varied  from  the  thirty-eighth 
week  to  the  fifty-first  week — a  period  of  about  90  days. 

In  sheep,  the  average  time  among  177  births  examined, 
was  150  days;  yet  the  period  varied  from  145  to  17 1  days — 
a  difference  of  26  days. 

In  mares,  whose  normal  term  of  gestation  is  about  300 
days,  Tessier  found,  out  of  102,  that  21  went  as  far  as  360 
days,  and  one  as  far  as  394  days. 

The  logical  conclusion  from  the  above  statements  must 
be  that  it  is  possible  for  human  pregnancy  to  be  prolonged 
beyond  the  usually  admitted  normal  period;  but  the  ques- 
tion how  far  beyond,  is  rather  difficult  to  answer;  though 
the  greater  the  amount  of  deviation,  the  stronger  and  more 
convincing  should  be  the  proofs. 

It  is  an  error  to  suppose  that  a  protracted  pregnancy  is 
accompanied  by  an  increased  size  of  the  child,  although, 
physiologically  considered,  the  fetus  ought  to  continue  to 
increase  in  size  m  zitero  after  the  usual  term  of  gestation. 

The  celebrated  Gardner  Peerage  Case  well  illustrates 
many  of  the  above  points.  Lord  and  Lady  Gardner  parted 
from  each  other  on  January  30th,  1802.  The  husband 
returned  on  July  iith,  of  the  same  year.  During  his 
absence,  his  wife  was  known  to  be  living  in  adulterous 
intercourse  with  a  Mr.  Jadis.  She  was  delivered  of  a  son 
on  the  8th  of  December,  three  hundred  and  twelve  days 
after  Lord  Gardner's  first  absence,  and  one  hundred  and 
fifty  days  (about  five  months)  after  his  return.  The  child 
was  perfectly  developed  and  mature  at  its  birth,  so  that 
the  idea  of  a  premature  birth  was  not  entertained;  and  the 
only  question  was  as  to  the  possibility  of  a  protracted  ges- 
tation. The  ablest  obstetrical  experts  were  engaged  on 
both  sides  at  the  trial,  and,  as  usual,  there  was  a  difference 
of  professional  opinion  upon  the  subject,  some  maintaining 

43 


514  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

that  the  period  of  gestation  was  absolutely  fixed,  while 
others  (the  majority)  admitted  the  possibility  of  its  being 
protracted.  The  case  was  decided  against  the  claimant 
(the  alleged  son),  not,  however,  on  the  ground  of  the  pro- 
tracted period  of  his  birth,  but  on  the  ground  of  his  mother's 
notorious  adultery,  and  her  concealment  of  his  birth. 

A  circumstance  often  lost  sight  of  in  this  discussion  is, 
that  conception  is  not  always  synchronous  with  intercourse 
or  insemination.  The  former  occurs  only  when  the  sper- 
matozoids  come  in  actual  contact  with  the  ovum.  This 
may  take  place  in  the  uterus,  or  in  the  Fallopian  tube;  and 
several  days  may  elapse,  after  intercourse,  before  it  is  actu- 
ally accomplished.  The  spermatozoids  are  known  to  retain 
their  vitality  for  a  period  of  several  days  within  the  vagina ; 
and  as  fecundation  cannot  result  until  these  meet,  the  ma- 
tured ovum  (which  requires  a  variable  period  for  its  descent 
from  the  ovary),  conception  might  be  delayed  as  long  as 
seven  days.  This  does  not  explain  the  lengthened  varia- 
tions of  gestation  above  noted.  As  Taylor  remarks  :  "  We 
must  be  prepared  to  admit  either  that  conception  may,  in 
some  cases,  be  delayed  for  so  long  a  period  as  five  to  seven 
weeks  after  intercourse,  or  that  there  may  be  a  difference  of 
from  five  to  seven  weeks  in  the  duration  of  pregnancy." 

II.  Premature  Birth. — Dimmished  period  of  Gestation. — 
Early  Viability. — An  important  question  in  connection  with 
Legitimacy  is,  whether  a  child,  in  all  points  fully  developed, 
can  be  born  before  the  ordinary  period  of  gestation  ?  Its 
bearing  upon  the  subject  of  Legitimacy  is  direct  and  im- 
portant. For  instance,  a  husband,  after  a  long  absence, 
returns  to  his  wife,  and  a  fully  developed  child  is  born  after 
seven  or  eight  months  :  Is  this  a  legitimate  child  ?  The 
question  is  about  as  difficult  to  determine  as  the  former  one 


LEGITIMACY.  515 

concerning  a  protracted  pregnancy.  It  must  be  admitted 
that  children  at  full  term  differ  extremely  in  size,  weight, 
and  in  apparent  maturity,  so  that  some  eight  months'  child- 
ren may  appear  better  developed  than  some  at  nine  months. 
This,  however,  is  the  exception  and  not  the  rule.  Again, 
it  is  known  that  some  women  always  give  birth  to  their 
children  before  the  full  term ;  but  these  may  be  regarded 
as  cases  of  diseased  action.  The  probabilities  are  strongly 
against  it. 

Again,  since  in  cases  of  prolonged  gestation  the  children 
do  not  continue  to  grow  in  utero  after  their  full  period,  it 
would  seem  still  less  probable  that,  in  the  earlier  months  of 
fetal  existence,  they  should  be  one,  two,  or  three  months 
in  advance  of  their  normal  intra-uterine  life.  Dr.  Mont- 
gomery says  that  he  never  saw  a  seven  months'  fetus 
present  the  remotest  appearance  of  the  fully  matured  child. 

It  seems,  therefore,  that  while  in  some  instances  there 
may  be  a  doubt  about  an  eight  months'  child,  on  account 
of  its  advanced  degree  of  development,  there  ought  to  be 
no  doubt  whatever  in  the  case  of  a  six  or  seven  months' 
child.  The  peculiar  characters  presented  by  the  fetus  at 
these  ages  have  been  given. 

In  an  English  case,  in  which  the  question  of  the  legiti- 
macy of  a  child  was  made  to  depend  upon  the  period  of  the 
mother's  gestation — 259  days,  or  37  weeks  (or  three  weeks 
lacking  maturity),  Simpson  gave  evidence  that  a  child  born, 
perfectly  matured,  three  weeks  before  the  usual  term,  could 
not  be  legitimate.  This  is  certainly  stronger  ground  than 
many  would  take.  To  stamp  a  child  as  a  bastard,  and  to 
impute  the  crime  of  adultery  to  the  mother,  because  of  the 
three  weeks'  prematureness  of  the  birth,  even  though  ap- 
parently mature,  is  an  assumption  not  warranted  by  num- 
erous facts. 


516  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

As  regards  the  earliest  viability  of  a  child,  or  the  earliest 
period  of  intra-uterine  life  at  which  it  is  capable  of  living, 
there  is  a  universal  admission  that  an  eight,  or  even  a  seven 
months'  child  may  survive ;  that  occasional  instances  have 
occurred  where  a  six  months'  infant  .lived ;  and  that  a  very 
few  exceptional  cases  have  been  recorded  of  the  survival  of 
children  born  a  little  over  five  months.  An  infant  born 
earlier  than  this  period  could  not  be  considered  viable. 

The  question  of  premature  birth  may  present  itself  under 
a  civil  aspect,  that  of  survivorship,  when  a  living  child 
acquires  civil  rights — such  as  inheritance  and  the  transmis- 
sion of  property.  In  such  a  case  it  becomes  a  matter  of 
vital  importance  to  establish  the  fact  that  the  child,  when 
born,  was  actually  alive.  The  laws  of  this  country  and  of 
England  do  not  require  that  the  child  should  be  viable,  i.  e., 
capable  of  continuing  to  live,  but  only  that  it  should  be 
born  alive.  It  matters  not  whether  it  be  mature  or  imma- 
ture, so  that  it  was  alive. 

What,  then,  constitutes  a  live  birth  ?  Anything  that  will 
prove  that  the  child  was  living  at  the  time  of  its  birth. 
According  to  the  laws  of  the  United  States  and  England, 
neither  breathing  nor  crying  are  essential  to  establish  a  live 
birth;  the  pulsation  of  the  child's  heart,  or  of  one  of  its 
arteries,  or  the  slightest  voluntary  movement,  is  regarded 
as  sufficient  for  this  purpose.  In  Scotland,  crying  is  re- 
garded as  essential;  in  France,  respiration;  and  in  Germany, 
crying,  "attested  by  unimpeachable  witnesses."  According 
to  Blackstone,  crying,  indeed,  is  the  strongest  evidence,  but 
it  is  not  the  only  evidence :  and  Coke  remarks — "  If  it  be 
born  alive,  it  is  sufficient,  though  it  be  not  heard  to  cry,  for 
peradventure  it  may  be  born  dumb." 

With  this  clear  and  definite  understanding  of  what  is 
legally  regarded  as  the  proofs  of  a  live  birth,  we  must  admit 


LEGITIMACY.  517 

that  fetuses  have  been  born  ahve  as  early  as  four  months, 
and,  of  course,  at  all  periods  of  a  later  date.  Such  a  case  is 
reported  by  Dr.  Erbkam,  of  Berlin,  in  which  the  fetus  was 
only  six  inches  long,  and  weighed  but  eight  ounces;  it  sur- 
vived half  an  hour;  it  moved  its  legs  and  arms,  turned  its 
head  from  side  to  side,  and  opened  its  mouth.  Miiller  pro- 
nounced this  fetus  to  be  not  over  four  months  old.  Dr. 
Barrows,  of  Hartford,  reports  another  case,  especially  inter- 
esting from  the  fact  that  the  exact  period  of  conception 
could  be  fixed;  miscarriage  took  place  at  144  days — less 
than  five  calendar  months.  The  ovum  was  expelled  entire. 
Before  rupture  of  the  membranes,  the  movements  of  the 
child  were  vigorous.  After  the  rupture  it  cried  out  very 
distinctly;  the  cord  was  tied  on  ceasing  to  pulsate,  after 
which  it  breathed  with  a  gasp  for  forty  minutes;  it  repeatedly 
opened  its  mouth,  and  thrust  out  its  tongue.  It  measured 
ten  inches  long,  and  weighed  fourteen  ounces. 

Tenancy  by  Courtesy. — This  phrase  signifies,  according 
to  Blackstone,  "  a  tenant  by  the  courts  of  England,"  and  is 
applied  to  the  case  in  which  a  husband  acquires  a  life-interest 
in  the  property  of  his  wife  at  her  death,  provided  a  child 
was  born  of  the  marriage,  living,  during  the  wife's  life.  "In 
this  case  "  (in  the  old  law  language)  "  he  shall,  on  the  death 
of  his  wife,  hold  the  lands  for  his  life,  as  tenant  by  the 
courtesy  of  England."  If  there  should  be  no  living  issue, 
the  property  would  pass  to  the  heir-at-law.  In  every  such 
case  the  following  conditions  must  be  settled:  (i)  There 
must  be  proof  of  a  live  birth.  We  have  already  adverted 
to  the  proofs  required  to  establish  a  live  birth  in  different 
countries.  (2)  The  child  must  be  born  while  the  mother  is 
living.  This  was  the  old  dictum  of  Lord  Coke  some  three 
hundred  years  ago.     Hence,  if  a  living  child  were  extracted 


518  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

by  the  Caesarean  section  from  a  dead  mother,  it  could  not 
transmit  an  inheritance.  It  is  not  certain  that  this  doctrine 
would  be  followed  by  modern  courts.  (3)  The  child  must 
be  born  capable  of  inheriting ;  therefore,  a  monster  cannot 
inherit,  or  transmit  a  property.  It  is  difficult  to  give  a  legal 
definition  of  a  monster.  Clearly,  no  mere  external  deformity 
or  internal  malformation  would  constitute  such  a  disability. 
Lord  Coke  defines  a  monster  "as  a  being  that  hath  not  the 
shape  of  mankind."  Thus,  an  acephalous,  dicephalous  or 
disomatous  creature  would  seem  to  be  excluded.  St. 
Hilaire's  distinction  in  relation  to  such  beings  is  usually 
followed,  viz.,  to  consider  every  monster  with  two  equally- 
developed  heads,  whether  disomatous  or  not,  as  two  distinct 
beings ;  and  every  monster  with  a  single  head,  disomatous 
or  not,  as  only  one  being.  It  is  difficult  to  say  how  such  a 
ruling  would  apply  as  to  the  exclusion  of  the  Siamese  twins, 
and  other  similar  cases.  In  several  of  our  own  States,  the 
old  English  law  of  the  "  Tenancy  by  Courtesy  "  still  prevails. 
Dr.  Reese  was  once  called  as  an  expert,  in  the  State  of 
Delaware,  to  determine  the  fact  of  the  live  birth  of  a  child 
which  had  neither  breathed  nor  cried,  but  whose  heart  and 
temporal  arteries  had  pulsated  for  several  minutes  after 
birth.  One  of  the  parties  to  the  suit  adopted  the  usual 
course  in  such  cases,  namely,  to'  assert  that  these  acts  of 
the  circulation  were  only  the  remnants  of  uterine  life,  and 
could  not  be  considered  as  evidences  of  an  independent  life 
on  the  part  of  the  infant;  but  it  was  conclusively  shown 
that  every  action  of  a  person's  life  may,  in  one  sense,  be 
regarded  as  the  remnant  of  uterine  life,  and  that,  as  such 
acts  could  not  be  peformed  by  a  dead  child,  the  only  alterna- 
tive was  to  admit  that  it  was  alive.  Moreover,  several  cases 
were  cited,  both  English  and  American,  in  which  the  live 
birth  was  sustained  on  much  slighter  proofs  than  the  above. 


LEGITIMACY.  519 

Lazus  cojicerning  Legitimacy. — The  Roman  law  did  not 
consider  a  child  legitimate  if  born  later  than  ten  calendar 
months  after  its  father's  death.  The  French  law  allows  the 
legitimacy  of  a  child  born  i8o  days  (or  six  calendar  months) 
after  marriage,  and  300  days  after  the  death,  or  non-access 
of  the  husband.  The  Prussian  law  declares  a  child  legiti- 
mate that  is  born  within  302  days  after  the  husband's  death. 
In  Scotland,  the  legitimacy  of  a  child  is  established  if  it  is 
born  168  days  (six  lunar  months)  after  marriage,  and  within 
ten  months  after  the  death  of  the  husband.  In  the  Jadine 
case,  the  General  Assembly  of  the  Church  of  Scotland  pro- 
nounced in  favor  of  the  legitimacy  of  the  child  which  was 
born  174  days  after  marriage. 

In  this  country  and  in  England  there  is  no  law  regulating 
the  exact  period  of  gestation  in  relation  to  legitimacy,  each 
case  being  decided  on  its  own  merits.  In  the  United  States, 
in  one  instance,  legitimacy  was  allowed  where  the  time  was 
317  days;  and  in  another  case,  affiliation  was  allowed  where 
the  period  was  313  days.  In  England  it  was  disallowed 
when  the  time  was  311  days  (Gardner  Peerage  Case);  but, 
as  was  remarked  above,  the  moral  circumstances  of  this 
case,  rather  than  the  question  of  a  protracted  gestation, 
influenced  the  decision. 

Minority  and  Majority. — In  law  the  word  minor  or  infant 
signifies  a  person  under  the  age  of  twenty-one  years. 
Before  this  age,  he  or  she  is  regarded  as  incapable  of  per- 
forming certain  civil  acts,  such  as  serving  on  a  jury,  making 
a  will,  executing  a  deed,  or  other  contract.  The  law  has 
fixed  no  age  for  competency  as  a  witness,  the  court  judging, 
in  individual  cases,  of  the  mental  capacity  of  the  child.  It 
is  usually  held  that  a  child  up  to  seven  years  is  incapable 
of  distinguishing  right  from  wrong,  and  is,  therefore,  legally 


520  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

incapable  of  crime.  At  fourteen  a  child  is  considered  to 
have  arrived  at  years  of  discretion,  and  it  then  becomes 
responsible  for  its  actions,  as  for  murder,  or  rape. 

A  person  attains  legal  majority  the  first  instant  of  the 
day  before  the  twenty-first  anniversary  of  his  or  her  birth- 
day, although  forty-seven  hours  and  fifty-nine  minutes  short 
of  the  complete  number  of  days,  counting  by  hours.  This 
is  on  the  principle  that  the  law  takes  no  account  of  part  of 
a  day.  Hence  the  importance  of  noting  the  exact  day  and 
hour  of  a  child's  birth,  as  a  few  minutes  or  hours  may  thus 
determine  the  attainment  of  majority. 

Paternity — Aifiliation. — The  question  of  Paternity  may 
present  itself  under  various  form.s ;  as,  when  a  woman 
marries  a  month  or  so  after  the  death  of  her  first  hus- 
band, and  a  child  is  born  in  about  ten  months  afterwards ; 
also  when  a  supposititious  child  claims  to  be  heir  of  an 
estate ;  and  still  more  frequently,  in  cases  of  bastardy,  when 
the  putative  father  is  obliged  to  support  the  child.  In  all 
such  cases  likeness  to  the  parent  is  regarded  as  strong  pre- 
sumptive proof  of  paternity,  requiring,  however,  further 
corroboration.  This  paternal  resemblance  extends  not  only 
to  the  features,  but  also  to  the  voice,  gesture,  attitude  and 
habits. 

Paternal  likeness  may  obviously  be  shown  by  color,  as 
where  a  white  woman  gives  birth  to  a  mulatto,  or  Mongo- 
lian child,  or  vice  versa. 

Personal  deformities  are  sometimes,  though  not  always, 
transmitted  from  parent  to  child ;  but,  certainly,  it  would 
not  be  safe,  in  a  disputed  case  of  paternity,  to  make  the 
decision  solely  to  depend  on  this.  In  some  alleged  cases 
of  this  nature,  it  is  quite  possible  that  the  mind  of  the 
female,  while  pregnant,  might  have  been  influenced  by  the 


LEGITIMACY.  521 

mere  sight  of  the  deformed  man  filleged  to  be  the  father  of 
her  child. 

In  the  Douglass  Peerage  Case  this  question  of  paternity- 
was  the  turning  point  as  to  whether  the  claimant,  Archi- 
bald, was  the  true  and  lawful  heir  to  the  title  and  estate. 
The  case  was  tiied  in  1767,  in  the  Court  of  Session,  in 
Scotland,  and  lasted  eight  days.  Out  ot  fifteen  judges, 
eight  decided  against  the  appellant.  The  case  was  then 
appealed  to  the  House  of  Lords,  which  reversed  the  former 
decision.  Lord  Mansfield  delivered  the  judgment,  and  took 
occasion  to  express  a  very  decided  opinion  in  favor  of  the 
parental  likeness  which  the  claimant  bore  to  his  father,  as 
constituting  an  important  link  in  the  chain  of  evidence. 

A  case  of  affiliation  may  present  itself,  in  which  a  child, 
born  of  a  woman  who  has  had  intercourse  with  two  men 
within  a  few  days  of  each  other,  is  affiliated  upon  one  of  the 
men,  rather  than  upon  the  other.  Here  it  would  be  impos- 
sible to  settle  the  question  by  a  mere  medical  opinion. 
The  circumstances  of  color,  or  other  likeness,  or  some  acci- 
dent, might  assist  in  determining  the  question. 

Connected  with  the  question  of  paternity  there  is  a  curi- 
ous physiological  fact  that  might  occasionally  be  supposed 
to  affect  the  decision.  It  is  known  to  breeders  of  horses 
and  cattle  that  the  influence  of  the  impregnation  by  one 
sire  may  be  extended  beyond  the  foal  begotten  at  the  time, 
and  affect  those  begotten  subsequently  by  another  sire. 
This  is  proven  by  the  later  colts  or  calves  bearing  the 
peculiar  markings  of  the  first  sire.  The  question,  therefore, 
might  be  suggested  whether  this  same  handing  down  of 
parental  likeness  to  the  children  of  a  subsequent  father  might 
be  possible  ?  Without  any  positive  data  on  which  to  venture 
an  opinion,  it  may,  nevertheless,  be  suggested  here  as  a 
circumstance  to  be  considered  in  certain  cases  of  affiliation. 
44 


522  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

Superfetation. — By  this  term  is  implied  the  conception 
of  a  second  embryo  in  a  woman  already  pregnant,  and  the 
birth  of  two  children  at  one  time,  differing  considerably  in 
their  maturity,  or  of  two  births  at  different  times,  of  mature 
children.  The  possibility  of  a  second  conception  after  a 
successful  impregnation  is  denied  by  some  authorities ;  but 
the  proof  of  it  is  abundantly  established  by  the  fact  of  a 
woman  giving  birth  to  two  children  of  different  colors,  and 
her  admitting  to  have  had  intercourse  with  a  white  and 
black  man  successively.  It  must  also  be  accepted  as  pos- 
sible in  the  case  of  a  double  uterus.  The  usual  explanation 
given  by  those  who  reject  the  doctrine  is,  that  there  was  a 
twin  conception,  and  that  one  of  the  embryos  became 
blighted  in  early  uterine  life,  while  the  other  continued  to 
be  developed.  This  explanation  may  cover  some  cases  of 
alleged  superfetation,  but  certainly  not  all,  as  when  two 
perfectly  mature  children  are  born  three  or  four  months 
apart,  and  especially  when  two  children  of  different  color 
are  born  together,  or  one  soon  after  the  other. 

It  has  been  maintained  that  superfetation  is  impossible, 
because  of  the  physical  obstacle  to  the  entrance  of  the 
seminal  fluid  into  the  mouth  and  neck  of  the  uterus,  caused 
by  conception.  This,  however,  has  been  denied  by  Dr. 
Duncan,  who  has  shown  that  the  mouth  of  the  womb  is  not 
immediately  closed  after  conception,  and  that  communica- 
tion between  the  vagina  and  ovary  is  not  cut  off  for  several 
months  after  impregnation,  and  that  there  is  no  impediment 
to  the  ascent  of  the  spermatozoids.  Others  attribute  the 
rarity  of  superfetation,  not  so  much  to  any  mechanical 
impediment,  as  to  the  absence  of  proper  ovules,  ovulation 
being  of  rare  occurrence  in  the  pregnant  condition. 

Double  conception  has  been  observed  in  the  lower 
animals,  as  in  a  mare  covered  successively  by  a  horse  and 


LEGITIMACY.  523 

an  ass :  she  produced  at  the  same  birth  a  horse  and  a 
mule. 

The  result  of  all  the  observations  made  upon  this  subject 
is,  that  the  majority  of  the  alleged  cases  of  superfetation 
may  be  explained  (i)  upon  the  theory  of  twin  pregnancies, 
where  one  fetus  has  grown  at  the  expense  of  the  other, 
and  is  first  expelled,  the  other  remaining  until  it  has 
acquired  the  proper  maturity;  (2)  by  the  existence  of  a 
double  uterus.  Nevertheless,  there  are  a  few  other  cases 
which  do  not  admit  either  of  these  explanations,  and  which 
cannot  be  accounted  for  except  on  the  theory  of  two  suc- 
cessive conceptions. 

Doubtful  Sex — Hermaphroditism. — The  latter  term  strictly 
applies  to  those  cases  in  which  the  organs  of  both  sexes 
exists  in  the  same  individual ;  but  it  is  now  commonly  em- 
ployed to  designate  all  cases  of  doubtful  sex.  With  the 
defective  sexual  development,  there  are  usually  associated 
certain  peculiarities  which  indicate  the  preponderance  of 
the  characteristics  of  one  sex.  Until  the  period  of  puberty 
it  is  often  difficult  to  determine  the  particular  sex  of  the 
individual.  At  this  epoch,  however,  certain  changes  usually 
occur  that  show  the  preponderance  of  either  the  male  or 
female  sex,  such  as  change  of  voice,  greater  development 
of  the  shoulders  or  hips,  the  appearance  of  a  beard,  the 
development  of  the  breasts,  etc.  The  mere  absence  of 
testicles  does  not  prove  that  it  is  not  a  male,  since  the  testes 
sometimes  never  descend  into  the  scrotum.  Neither  does 
the  presence  of  a  beard  and  whiskers  necessarily  indicate 
that  it  is  not  a  female.  Women  have  been  seen  with  as 
flowing  a  beard  as  is  found  on  most  males.  In  some  cases, 
an  external  examination  may  fail  to  indicate  the  sex  ;  the 
clitoris  may  be  mistaken  for  the   penis,  the  labia  for  the 


524  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE, 

scrotum,  and  the  prostate  gland  for  the  uterus.  Even  a 
post-mortem  examination  may  not  always  succeed  in  clear- 
ing up  the  uncertainty. 

Important  medico-legal  relations  may  have  to  be  deter- 
mined in  cases  of  doubtful  sex.  Such  beings,  on  account 
of  imperfect  sexual  development,  may  be  impotent  and 
sterile,  hence,  questions  of  divorce,  legitimacy  of  offspring, 
paternity  and  affiliation  may  be  raised.  Such  beings  cannot 
be  deprived  of  the  right  of  inheritance,  nor  in  the  United 
States  of  the  right  of  voting,  if  medical  testimony  shows 
a  preponderance  of  the  male  peculiarities.  In  case  of 
inheritance  depending  upon  the  sex  of  the  offspring,  when 
the  estate  and  title  descend  to  the  first-born  male,  if  the 
offspring  should  prove  to  be  of  doubtful  sex,  the  prepond- 
erance of  the  male  peculiarities  would  have  to  be  clearly 
established  by  a  medical  examination,  before  the  inheritance 
could  be  claimed. 

A  very  extraordinary  case  of  successful  concealment  of 
sex  is  that  of  Dr.  James  Barry,  who  was  Staff  Assistant 
Surgeon  in  the  British  Army,  and  who  died  in  1865,  at 
eighty  years  of  age.  This  person  was  really  a  woman,  as 
was  proved  by  an  autopsy.  During  this  long  period,  she 
had  managed  effectually  to  conceal  her  sex,  although  effemi- 
nate in  appearance,  and  without  beard.  She  passed  her 
medical  examination,  and  served  in  the  army  in  different 
quarters  of  the  globe,  and  exhibited  all  the  usual  qualities 
of  a  good  soldier  during  her  active  life. 

IMPOTENCE— STERILITY. 

Impotence,  or  the  want  of  procreative  power  in  the  male, 
may  be  functional  or  organic.  The  functional  causes  in- 
clude debilitating  diseases,  masturbation,  opium  and  alcohol 
habits.     The  organic  causes  comprise  malformation  of  the 


LEGITIMACY.  525 

genital  organs,  such  as  deficiency  of  the  penis,  fistula  in 
perineo,  castration  of  both  testicles,  cancer  or  other  malig- 
nant disease  of  the  testes,  and  malformation  of  the  urethra, 
as  hypospadias  and  epispadias.  Some  of  these  defects  are 
remediable,  whilst  others  are  not.  The  mere  absence  of 
the  testes  from  the  scrotum  does  not  produce  impotence, 
for  such  persons  (crypsorchides)  are  capable  of  begetting 
children. 

In  professional  language,  the  term  impotence  is  applied 
to  the  male,  while  the  term  sterility  usually  refers  to  the 
same  condition  in  the  female,  including  both  a  physical 
sexual  incapacity  for  intercourse,  and  also  unfruitfulness. 
A  distinction,  however,  should  be  made.  Strictly  speaking, 
the  male  may  be  sterile  without  being  impotent,  as  is  seen 
in  cases  after  castration,  and  in  some  crypsorchides ;  or  he 
may  be  impotent  without  being  sterile,  as  when  intercourse 
is  prevented  by  physical  malformation,  although  the  testes 
may  secrete  healthy  semen.  Again,  the  female  may  be 
unfruitful  without  being  incapable  of  intercourse,  or  vice 
versa.  As  regards  the  legal  disqualification  of  the  male,  on 
the  ground  of  impotency,  all  that  is  necessary  to  prove  is 
simply  impotence,  or  the  incapacity  for  intercourse.  In  the 
female,  incapacity  for  sexual  intercourse  (not  sterility)  can 
alone  be  adduced  as  a  ground  for  divorce. 

The  procreative  power  in  males  usually  commences  at 
puberty,  with  the  full  development  of  the  sexual  organs, 
especially  the  testes.  The  exact  age  of  male  puberty  varies, 
but  it  may  be  stated  to  be  from  fourteen  to  seventeen  years. 
Until  this  period  is  attained,  the  semen  does  not  contain 
spermatozoids,  on  which  alone  its  fecundating  power  de- 
pends. Doubtless,  certain  cases  of  sterility  are  dependent 
on  the  absence  of  these  from  the  seminal  fluid.  It  would 
also  appear  that  the  power  of  impregnation  is  dependent  on 


526  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

the  activity  of  movement  of  these  Httle  bodies.  The  impo- 
tence of  old  age  in  the  male  is  probably  owing  to  the  feeble 
motion  of  the  spermatozoids,  rather  than  to  their  defi- 
ciency. 

The  procreative  power  in  the  male  may  continue  to 
very  advanced  age,  if  conjoined  with  sound  bodily  health. 
Sperm  itozoids  have  been  found  in  the  semen  at  the  age  of 
eighty  years,  and  even  above.  Certain  diseases  impair  and 
destroy  this  power,  such  as  disorders  of  the  brain  and  spinal 
cord,  dropsy,  malignant  fevers;  also  blows  on  the  head 
and  spine. 

Procreative  power  in  the  female. — The  term  sterility, 
when  applied  to  the  female,  is  usually  understood  to 
mean  an  inability  to  conceive.  This  power  is  manifested 
at  puberty,  or  when  the  function  of  menstruation  first 
appears.  The  precise  age  when  this  occurs  differs  in 
different  countries  and  with  individual  females,  the  usual 
earliest  periods  being  twelve  and  thirteen  years  (some 
exceptional  cases  as  early  as  under  one  year  and  upwards)  ; 
and  the  latest  periods  nineteen  to  twenty-three  years.  Con- 
ception, however,  may  take  place  in  women  who  have 
never  menstruated ;  and  in  a  few  exceptional  instances,  the 
function  never  occurs  throughout  the  life,  although  the 
woman  may  have  given  birth  to  several  healthy  children, 
and  enjoyed  good  health  herself 

Instances  of  premature  puberty  are  not  uncommon. 
Cases  are  reported  where  girls,  one,  two,  or  three  years 
old,  have  exhibited  the  physical  development  of  grown 
women,  and  in  whom  the  catamenia  appeared  at  this  early 
age,  and  the  function  was  regularly  performed.  Menstrua- 
tion ceases,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  at  forty  to  fifty  years 
of  age,  but  there  are  many  exceptions.  As  it  may  com- 
mence early,  so  it  may  terminate  late — even  up  to  sixty  or 


LEGITIMACY.  527 

seventy  years,  and  in  some  remarkable  instances,  even  to 
eighty  or  ninety  years. 

The  continuance  of  menstruation  is  usually  indicative  of 
the  power  of  conception.  Its  termination  nearly  always 
marks  the  cessation  of  the  woman's  ability  to  bear  children. 

It  is  undeniable  that  women  have  conceived  after  the 
cessation  of  the  catamenia.  The  latest  age  for  pregnancy 
cannot  be  absolutely  fixed,  although  it  is  comparatively 
rare  after  forty-five  years,  and  almost  unknown  after  fifty- 
five  years. 

The  causes  of  sterility  in  the  female  are  various ;  some 
are  organic,  such  as  absence  of  the  uterus,  or  the  ovaries, 
or  disease  of  these  organs ;  imperforate  vagina  or  hymen  ; 
ovarian  and  uterine  tumors  ;  occlusion  of  the  os  uteri  by 
constriction;  malposition  of  the  uterus,  etc.  Other  causes 
are  functional,  as  debility,  excessive  leucorrhea,  dysmen- 
orrhea, amenorrhea,  menorrhagia,  etc.  It  must  also  be 
remembered  that  women  may  be  sterile  with  one  man  and 
fertile  with  another.  It  not  unfrequently  happens  that  a 
woman  who  has  been  married  for  years  without  issue,  in 
contracting  a  second  marriage  may  have  several  children. 

Legal  Relations. — A  suit  for  divorce  may  be  procured  by 
either  party  on  the  ground  of  impotency,  provided  it  can  be 
shown  that  the  incapacity  existed  at,  and  before  marriage, 
and  that  it  could  not  be  remedied.  There  should  be  no 
delay  in  bringing  the  suit,  and  there  should  be  proof  that 
the  incapacity  was  unknown  to  the  complaining  party  at 
the  time  of  the  contract.  If  the  alleged  cause  has  super- 
vened after  the  marriage,  there  can  then  be  no  grounds  for 
a  divorce.  To  sustain  this  charge  of  incapacity  a  medical 
examination  is  essential,  but  this  must  be  voluntary  on  the 
part  of  either  the  man  or  woman;  the  courts  cannot  compel 


528  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

it.  A  mere  unwillingness  to  submit  to  sexual  intercourse 
on  the  part  of  a  wife,  or  what  the  law  terms  "  a  frigidity  of 
constitution,"  would  not  justify  a  legal  divorce.  There 
must  be  proof  of  sexual  incapacity  from  physical  defect  in 
either  party. 

Certain  cases  of  hysteria  and  of  vaginismus,  where  intol- 
erable pain,  and  even  spasm  is  produced  in  the  woman  at 
every  attempt  at  intercourse,  might  possibly  be  regarded 
as  affording  legal  grounds  for  a  divorce.  It  was  so  deter- 
mined in  one  case  of  hysteria  in  England ;  but  as  the  other 
affection  (vaginismus)  is  often  remediable,  it  is  doubtful  if 
the  courts  would  regard  this  as  a  sufficient  cause  for 
granting  it. 


RAPE.  529 


CHAPTER    XII. 

RAPE. 

Rape  is  legally  defined  to  be  the  "  carnal  knowledge  of  a 
woman  forcibly,  and  against  her  will."  A  more  correct 
and  comprehensive  definition  would  be  "  carnal  knowledge 
without  her  conscious  permission,  or  with  such  permission 
extorted  by  physical  violence,  or  fraud."  Physical  force, 
such  as  bodily  injuries  or  partial  strangulation,  is  not  re- 
quired by  the  law  in  order  to  constitute  this  crime :  the 
employment  of  narcotics^  anesthetics,  or  hypnotism,  or  the 
use  of  any  fraud  or  pretence  by  which  the  will  or  under- 
standing of  the  woman  is  influenced  or  overcome,  is  suffi- 
cient to  bring  the  act  within  the  limit  of  the  law. 

In  ancient  times,  this  crime  was  variously  punished  by 
death,  castration,  fine  and  imprisonment.  At  the  present 
day,  both  in  our  own  country  and  Great  Britain,  it  is  re- 
garded as  a  felony,  and  is  punished  by  imprisonment,  or 
penal  servitude  for  a  term  of  years.  In  England,  until  the 
present  reign,  death  w^as  the  punishment  for  rape. 

As  this  crime  is  usually  committed  in  secret,  and  without 
witnesses,  the  law  receives  the  evidence  of  a  single  person 
(the  prosecutrix)  as  sufficient  to  establish  the  charge.  As, 
however,  false  accusations  are  exceedingly  common,  medi- 
cal evidence  is  generally  required  as  corroborative  proof 
In  former  times  the  law  required  proofs,  both  of  penetration 
and  emission  on  the  part  of  the  male  ;  at  present,  it  is  only 
requisite  to  adduce  proof  of  vulval  penetration,  and  with- 
out, necessarily,  rupture  of  the  hymen. 


530  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

Rape  on  young  children  is  more  common  than  on  adult 
women ;  and  for  this  several  reasons  are  assigned.  The 
most  obvious  one  is  the  comparative  facility  of  the  attempt, 
on  account  of  the  feebleness  of  resistance  and  the  ignor- 
ance of  children.  Another  reason  alleged,  particularly  in 
Europe,  is  a  superstition  prevailing  among  the  lower 
orders  that  an  obstinate  gonorrhea  is  most  certainly  cured 
by  having  intercourse  with  a  pure  virgin;  and,  therefore, 
a  young  child  is  selected  for  this  revolting  crime. 

Most  civilized  states  have  fixed  a  limit  of  age,  below 
which  the  act  of  intercourse  is  rape,  even  when  permitted 
by  the  child.  This  is  known  as  the  "  age  of  consent."  It 
is  not  uniform  in  all  countries  ;  but  in  most  of  the  United 
States  a  female  under  ten  cannot  consent  to  sexual  inter- 
course. In  cases  of  the  idiotic,  or  feeble  minded,  or  insane, 
the  consent  of  the  female  is  usually  regarded  as  not  excus- 
ing the  criminality  of  the  act;  but  each  case  must  be  de- 
cided according  to  the  circumstances,  such  as  the  degree  of 
mental  imbecility,  the  proof  of  consent,  and  the  employ- 
ment of  force  on  the  part  of  the  male. 

In  the  case  of  an  alleged  rape,  the  duty  of  the  physician 
summoned  is,  first  of  all,  to  make  a  note  of  the  exact  time 
and  date  of  his  examination,  since  this  may  hereafter  serve 
an  important  purpose  in  determining  if  the  prosecutrix  took 
the  earliest  opportunity  to  complain.  The  time  of  the 
alleged  offence  should  also  be  noted,  as  this  may  also  involve 
the  validity  of  an  alibi.  The  female  should  be  visited 
without  giving  her  time  for  preparation,  and  the  examina- 
tion at  oiice  be  made;  but  it  should  be  remembered  that 
this  examination  cannot  be  made  without  her  full  consent, 
and  it  is  highly  advisable  that  such  consent  should  be  given 
in  presence  of  a  witness.  Examination  of  a  female  without  her 
consent  constitutes  an  indecent  assault  for  which  the  physi- 


RAPE.  531 

cian  may  be  indicted.  It  is  probable  that  the  courts  would 
make  no  departure  from  this  principle  even  if  the  examining 
physician  were  a  woman.  Medical  evidence  is  derived  (i) 
from  marks  of  violence  about  the  genital  organs;  (2)  from 
bruises,  wounds,  or  other  marks  of  injury  on  the  person  of 
the  woman,  and  also  of  the  accused,  as  denoting  resistance 
on  the  part  of  the  woman;  (3)  the  presence  of  spermatic 
and  blood  stains  on  the  person  or  clothing,  or  either,  or 
both ;  (4)  the  existence  of  venereal  disease  on  one,  or  both. 
Unless  the  examination  be  made  very  soon  after  the  act, 
all  traces  of  it  may  have  disappeared.  Three  or  four  days 
may  suffice  for  this;  yet,  in  many  cases,  days  or  months 
elapse  before  an  examination  of  the  alleged  victim  is  insti- 
tuted, and  mistakes  consequently  often  result.  Casper 
states  that  in  fifty-eight  cases  he  examined,  the  time  that 
had  elapsed  from  the  alleged  commission  of  the  rape  varied 
from  three  weeks  to  one  year. 

Rape  on  Children. — The  fact  of  the  greater  frequency  of 
rape  upon  children  has  already  been  stated.  Out  of  1 1 1 
cases  examined  by  Casper,  the  ages  were  as  follows: 
seventy-eight  from  two  and  a  half  up  to  twelve  years;  seven- 
teen from  twelve  to  fourteen  years;  seven  from  fifteen  to 
eighteen  years;  and  seven  from  nineteen  to  twenty-five 
years.  It  is  quite  probable  th.at  nearly  this  proportion 
would  be  found  to  exist  also  in  other  countries.  It  should 
not  be  forgotten  that  many  alleged  cases  of  rape  on  young 
children  are  entirely  fraudulent,  trumped  up  (often  by 
mothers),  chiefly  for  extorting  money.  Casper  mentions 
numerous  instances  of  this  character.  He  states  that,  out 
of  thirteen  cases  he  examined,  he  found  nothing  whatever 
to  support  the  accusation,  although  other  physicians  had 
pronounced  them  genuine,  and  some  of  them  even  exhibit- 


532  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE, 

ing  marks  of  chancre!  In  all  genuine  cases  the  genital 
organs  should  exhibit  marks  of  injury,  if  the  act  has  been 
completed,  and  especially  if  any  resistance  was  made,  such 
as  laceration  of  the  pudendum,  the  effusion  of  blood,  and 
bruises  of  the  neighboring  parts.  It  is  manifestly  impos- 
sible, from  the  disproportion  between  the  sexual  organs, 
that  a  rape  could  be  perpetrated  by  a  man  upon  a  young 
child  without  being  attended  with  severe  local  injuries  to 
the  latter. 

If  the  child  be  examined  within  two  or  three  days  after 
the  act,  the  following  signs  will  usually  be  found:  inflam- 
mation and  tumefaction  of  the  vulva,  with  some  abrasion  of 
the  mucous  membrane;  a  muco-purulent  discharge  from 
the  vagina,  of  a  yellowish  or  greenish-yellow  color,  and 
ropy  consistence,  staining  and  stiffening  the  girl's  linen; 
painful  urination,  arising  from  the  inflammation  being  ex- 
tended to  the  urethra ;  clots  of  blood  lying  in  the  vulva, 
and  blood  oozing  from  the  abraded  membrane.  The  hymen 
may  be  found  either  destroyed  or  lacerated,  or  very  possi- 
bly not  injured  at  all.  In  relation  to  the  condition  of  the 
hymen  in  very  young  children,  it  should  be  remembered 
that  in  them  it  presents  a  variety  of  conformation,  some- 
times being  very  far  back  in  the  vulva,  so  as  to  render  it 
difficult  to  find;  in  such  cases  it  may  entirely  escape  lacera- 
tion. In  fifty-four  cases  of  actual  rape  upon  children, 
many  of  them  under  fourteen  years  of  age,  and  complicated 
with  syphilis,  Casper  found  the  hymen  uninjured  in  four- 
fifths  of  the  number. 

Unnatural  dilatation  of  the  vagina  may  be  mentioned  as  a 
frequent  sequence  of  rape  on  young  children;  but  this  con- 
dition may  be  produced  by  the  passage  of  hard  bodies  in 
order  to  substantiate  a  false  charge.  Casper  once  examined 
a  girl  only  ten  years  old  whose  mother  had  gradually  dilated 


RAPE.  533 

her  vagina  with  her  fingers,  in  order  to  fit  her  for  sexual 
intercourse. 

In  making  an  examination,  in  the  case  of  an  alleged  rape 
on  a  child,  several  points  are  to  be  considered.     In  the  first 
place,  it  should  be  recollected  that  for  the  legal  establish- 
ment of  the  crime,  both  in  children  and  adults,  it  is  only- 
necessary  that  vulval  penetration,  however  slight,  be  proven. 
It  is  not  required  that  the  hymen  should  be  destroyed.     It 
has  been  so  decided  repeatedly.     If,  after  an  early  exami-\ 
nation,    no    marks    of  violence    about   the    sexual    organs  | 
or  other  portions  of  the  person  are  discovered,  this  would  / 
be  a  strong  presumption  against  the  validity  of  the  charge. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  mere  presence  of  marks  of  violence 
about  the  pudendum  is  not  of  itself  sufficient  to  prove  a 
rape,  since  these  are  sometimes   inflicted  purposely  upon 
young  children,  by  designing  mothers,  in  order  to  make 
out  a  false  charge  against  an  innocent  man.     Further,  the    \ 
absence  of  the  hymen  is  not  of  itself  a  proof  of  rape,  since 
this   membrane   may  have  been    previously  destroyed   by 
suppurative  inflammation,  or  by  ulceration,  also  by  accident, 
or  even  designedly,  in  order  to  substantiate  a  false  charge.   / 

The  question  whether  venereal  disease  could  be  com- 
municated to  young  children  otherwise  than  by  sexual 
contact  must  be  answered  affirmatively,  as  by  the  use  of 
sponges  or  cloths  which  have  been  previously  employed 
by  adults  affected  with  these  disorders.  Such  instances, 
however,  are  rare;  but  they  might  be  accepted  as  probable 
where  no  signs  of  violence  or  soreness  of  the  parts  existed. 
The  muco-purulent  discharge  which  invariably  follows  upon 
the  defloration  of  a  young  girl,  should  not  be  confounded 
either  with  gonorrhea,  or  with  infantile  leucorrhea.  The 
latter  disorder  is  of  spontaneous  origin,  and  is  very  com- 
mon among  children  of  the  lowest  orders,  whose  hygienic 


534  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE, 

surroundings  are  bad.  The  existence  of  this  discharge  is 
not  unfrequently  made  the  ground  of  complaint  against  an 
innocent  man  for  a  felonious  assault  upon  the  person  of 
the  young  girl,  who  has  been  previously  tutored  to  tell  her 
story,  even  to  its  minutest  details.  In  cases  of  this  kind,  it 
is  always  best  to  examine  the  child  apart  from  all  her  asso- 
ciates, but  in  the  presence  of  a  competent  third  party,  if 
possible. 

Gangrenous  inflammation  of  the  vulva  is  more  rare  than 
infantile  leucorrhea;  it  sometimes  prevails  epidemically,  and 
occurs  as  a  sequel  to  low  fevers,  and  other  prostrating 
diseases;  it  is  found  almost  exclusively  among  neglected, 
filthy  children,  suffering  from  exhaustion  and  want  of  food. 
The  mortification  in  these  cases  frequently  terminates  fatally. 

To  diagnosticate  properly  between  these  spontaneous 
infantile  diseases  and  gonorrhea,  or  a  muco-purulent  dis- 
charge, the  examiner  should  remember  that  a  true  gonor- 
rheal discharge  does  not  come  on  until  about  the  fourth  to 
the  eighth  day,  and  usually  very  profuse — much  more  so 
than  that  which  results  simply  from  the  violence  of  deflo- 
ration; also,  that  its  duration  is  much  longer.  Casper 
recommends  that  in  doubtful  cases  a  second  examination 
should  be  made  in  the  course  of  a  week  or  ten  days.  If 
the  purulent  discharge  has  then  ceased,  or  is  about  ceasing, 
there  is  good  reason  to  believe  that  it  was  not  due  to 
gonorrhea.  Again,  if  the  muco-purulent  flow  is  of  spon- 
taneous origin  (leucorrhea),  there  will  be  an  absence  of 
blood ;  whereas,  if  it  be  due  to  violence  (rape),  there  will 
always  be  more  or  less  effusion  of  blood,  along  with  dilata- 
tion, and  probably  laceration,  of  the  vagina  and  rupture  of 
the  perineum.  The  discovery  of  the  specific  microbe  will 
aid  materially  in  this  examination.  In  all  such  cases  the 
person  of  the  accused  should  be  examined  for  evidences  of 


RAPE.  535 

gonorrhea,  and  also  for  blood-stains  upon  his  person  or 
clothes ;  but  the  absence  of  the  latter  would  be  no  proof 
that  he  had  not  committed  the  crime,  since  the  bleeding  of 
the  pudendum  may  not  have  taken  place  until  after  the  act. 
Several  cases  of  this  character  have  been  reported.  More- 
over, the  discovery  of  seminal  stains,  upon  either  the 
accused  or  the  victim,  might  be  regarded  as  positive  proof 
of  guilt,  unless  it  could  be  shown  that  a  previous  and  recent 
defloration  has  occurred. 

Rape  on  young  children  has  not  unfrequently  resulted  in 
death ;  the  violent  laceration  of  the  vagina  and  perineum 
producing,  in  some  instances,  mortification,  and  in  others 
fatal  peritonitis. 

Rape  on  Adult  Females.  —  The  question  is  frequently 
raised  as  to  the  possibility  of  a  rape  being  corrimitted  by 
one  man  upon  a  healthy,  vigorous,  adult  woman.  A  deter- 
mined and  vigorous  resistance  may  prevent  the  perpetration 
of  the  crime.  On  the  other  hand,  the  woman  maybe  forced 
to  yield  through  fear  of  her  life,  or  duress,  or  may  be 
actually  overpowered  through  superior  strength,  or  fraudu- 
lently deceived  by  the  administration  of  narcotics  or  anes- 
thetics. Casper  gives  an  instance  where  a  healthy  woman, 
twenty-five  years  old,  was  violated  by  a  single  man.  Every 
case  of  this  character  must  be  judged  on  its  own  merits. 
The  physician  has  simply  to  state,  from  an  examination  of 
the  parties,  that  sexual  intercourse  has  taken  place,  leaving 
the  jury  to  decide  whether  or  not  rape  has  been  perpe- 
trated. Doubtless,  in  some  of  the  many  false  accusations 
of  rape,  Sancho  Panza's  mode  of  sifting  the  evidence,  and 
his  subsequent  judgment  in  the  case,  during  his  brief, 
though  brilliant  experience  as  Governor  of  Barataria,  might 
be  held  up  as  a  safe  guide  to  follow.     In  some  cases  there 


536  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

are  accomplices  to  the  crime,  when,  of  course,  there  can  be 
no  hesitation  as  to  the  possibility  of  overcoming  the  resist- 
ance of  the  victim  by  mere  brute  force. 

It  must  also  be  admitted  that  rape  may  be  perpetrated 
on  adult  women  when  rendered  unconscious  by  means  of 
powerful  narcotics  or  anesthetics,  or  when  thrown  into  the 
mesmeric  condition,  or  when  in  syncope,  or  the  coma  of 
apoplexy ;  but  whether  the  act  can  be  accomplished  when 
the  female  is  merely  in  a  profound  natural  sleep,  and  uncon- 
sciously to  herself,  is  a  question  which  admits  of  consider- 
able discussion.  The  cases  of  this  character  are  certainly 
exceptional;  but  their  possibility  must  be  admitted — cer- 
tainly in  the  case  of  women  accustomed  to  sexual  inter- 
course, but  very  doubtful  in  the  case  of  virgins;  although 
we  may  not  deny  the  possibility,  even  in  the  latter,  inas- 
much as  authentic  instances  are  mentioned  by  reliable 
authors.  There  will  always  necessarily  be  more  or  less 
doubt  in  the  matter,  and  the  oft-quoted  dictum  of  Valentin 
deserves  consideration  :  "  non  oinnes  dormmnt  qiice  claiisos 
habe7tt  ocidos." 

A  question  of  much  importance  is,  whether  the  anesthetic 
effects  of  ether  and  chloroform  are  capable  of  so  completely 
abolishing  consciousness  and  sensibility  on  the  part  of  a 
woman,  especially  a  virgin,  as  to  permit  the  successful  per- 
petration of  a  rape  ?  A  somewhat  remarkable  case,  involv- 
ing this  question,  was  tried  in  Philadelphia  in  1854.  The 
plaintiff  was  a  young  lady  of  unimpeachable  character,  who 
charged  a  very  respectable  dentist  with  committing  a  rape 
upon  her,  while  in  his  office  and  under  the  anesthetic  influ- 
ence of  ether  for  the  purpose  of  an  operation  upon  her 
teeth.  She  averred  very  positively,  in  her  testimony,  that 
she  was  conscious  of  his  "  entering  her  person,"  and  then 
"  felt  pain,"  but  she  "  was  not  able  to  cry  out  or  resist,"  and 


RAPE.  537 

"all  this  time  was  conscious  of  everything  that  was  going 
on."  She  afterwards  "opened  her  eyes,"  and  again  "closed 
them  immediately."  After  this  alleged  liberty  she  states 
that  she  inhaled  the  ether  a  second  time,  at  the  doctor's 
request,  in  order  to  have  a  tooth  extracted.  When  this  was 
over  she  made  a  second  appointment  with  him  for  some 
days  after.  She  parted  with  the  dentist  at  his  front  door, 
without  making  any  complaint,  leaving  a  kindly  message 
for  a  mutual  acquaintance.  From  his  office  she  walked  a 
considerable  distance  to  a  friend's  house,  stopping  on  the 
way  at  a  confectioner's,  to  partake  of  ice  cream.  After  her 
visit  to  her  friend,  she  again  walked  quite  a  distance  to 
another  friend's  house,  where  she  remained  several  hours ; 
and  after  tea,  on  that  same  evening,  first  informed  any  one 
of  the  alleged  outrage ;  and  on  the  same  afternoon,  her 
catamenia  appeared,  which  was  her  regular  time.  She 
further  stated  that  "she  did  not  examine  her  person  before 
the  appearance  of  the  menses,  nor  did  anybody  examine 
her  garments  before  two  days  had  elapsed.  She  was  never 
examined  by  any  physician."  Her  complaint  ,was  lodged 
before  the  authorities,  and  the  defendant  was  arrested,  tried, 
convicted,  and  imprisoned  for  a  term  of  years. 

The  general  opinion  of  the  medical  and  legal  professions, 
both  at  the  time  of  this  trial  and  since,  was  thafthis  convic- 
tion was  unjust,  and  unwarranted  by  the  circumstances  of 
the  case.  The  most  serious  defect  in  the  evidence  was  the 
total  absence  of  any  medical  examination  to  prove  the 
recent  defloration  of  the  plaintiff.  It  really  appears  to  us 
unaccountable  how  such  a  grave  charge  could  have  been 
for  a  moment  entertained  by  the  court  and  jury  against  a 
man  of  unsullied  character,  in  the  absence  of  this  most  im- 
portant link  in  the  chain  of  evidence.  We  must  suppose  it 
to  have  been  one  of  those  instances  mentioned  by  Sir  Mat- 
45 


538  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

thew  Hale,  "  wherein  the  court  and  jury  may,  with  so  much 
ease,  be  imposed  upon  without  great  care  and  vigilance,  the 
heinousness  of  the  offence  many  times  transporting  the 
judge  and  jury  with  so  much  indignation  that  they  are  over- 
hastily  carried  on  to  the  conviction  of  the  persons  accused 
thereof,  by  the  confident  testimony  of  sometimes  false  and 
malicious  witnesses."  The  defendant  in  this  case  is  still 
living  (1894)  in  reputable  professional  standing. 

The  important  point  in  the  above  and  similar  cases  is, 
whether  an  individual,  under  the  influence  of  anesthesia, 
has  such  complete  control  over  the  mental  faculties  as  to 
fully  recognize  and  appreciate  what  is  transpiring  around 
her,  and  afterwards  to  minutely  describe  all  the  particulars, 
and  yet,  at  the  same  time,  lose  the  power  of  resistance? 
Such  an  abolition  of  the  will  as  to  destroy  all  power  of  re- 
sistance implies  a  narcotism  so  complete  as  to  produce 
complete  unconsciousness.  Nothing  is  more  certain  than 
that,  in  such  a  person,  the  sense  of  external  impressions 
becomes,  at  first,  very  confused,  and  very  soon  is  entirely 
obliterated.  The  most  painful  operations  seem  to  produce 
no  sensation  whatever.  As  to  the  perceptions,  they  soon 
become  perverted ;  the  person  passes  rapidly  into  dream- 
land, "  the  inward  perceptions  of  the  mind  being  sometimes 
of  the  most  agreeable,  and  at  others,  of  the  most  painful 
character ;  and  these  dreams  may,  or  may  not,  be  pertinent 
to  the  actual  position  of  the  patient." 

But  it  is  especially  upon  the  emotions  that  the  effects  of 
etherization  are  most  conspicuous;  some  exhibit  signs  of 
irrepressible  mirth,  while  others  appear  weighed  down  by 
despondency,  or  excited  to  violent  anger.  Women  are 
especially  liable  to  be  thus  affected ;  and  in  some  the  erotic 
feelings  are  unquestionably  excited  to  a  high  degree.  We 
have  frequently  witnessed  this  ourselves  in  female  patients, 


RAPE.  539 

and  the  fact  is  abundantly  corroborated  by  others.  The 
case  just  alluded  to  was  of  a  character  precisely  suited  to 
illustrate  this  point.  The  young  lady  was  betrothed  in 
marriage ;  she  was  accompanied  by  her  lover  in  her  walk 
to  the  dentist's  ;  she  was  just  at  her  menstrual  period. 
What  more  natural,  under  such  circumstances,  and  when 
her  senses  were  "  stolen  away  "  by  the  anesthetic,  than  that 
her  dreams  or  false  perceptions  should  take  the  direction 
which  should  give  rise  to  erotic  emotions  and  sensations  ? 
That  this  is  not  mere  speculation  is  shown  by  well-attested 
facts.  M.  Dubois  relates  a  case,  under  his  own  observation, 
where  a  woman  undergoing  an  operation,  under  the  influ- 
ence of  ether,  drew  an  attendant  toward  her  to  kiss  him,  as 
she  was  lapsing  into  insensibility  ;  and  she  afterwards  con- 
fessed to  dreaming  of  coitus  with  her  husband  while  she  lay 
etherized.  Another  case  closely  resembling  the  one  now 
under  consideration,  occurred  in  Montreal,  in  1858,  A 
dentist  was  indicted  for  attempting  to  commit  a  rape  upon 
one  of  his  patients  under  the  influence  of  chloroform.  At 
the  trial  a  witness  testified  that  his  wife  was  under  the 
strongest  impressions  that  she  had  been  violated  by  the 
prisoner  while  under  the  influence  of  chloroform  ;  yet  this 
was  a  pure  hallucination,  since  her  husband  was  present 
during  the  whole  time  she  was  unconscious. 

In  such  cases,  therefore,  extreme  caution  should  be  ex- 
ercised in  receiving  the  testirnony  of  a  prosecutrix  who  was 
under  anesthetic  influence,  unless  her  statement  is  cor- 
roborated by  a  proper  medical  examination. 

Medical  Evidences  of  Rape  on  Adults. — In  the  majority 
of  these  cases  the  examination  is  postponed  so  long  as  to 
afford  very  few  satisfactory  data  to  the  physician,  since  all 
traces  of  violence,  in  adults,  may  disappear  in  a  few  days. 
If  such  resistance  has  been  offered  there  will  generally  be 


540  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

found  bruises  upon  the  thighs  and  legs,  and  possibly  upon 
the  arms  and  trunk,  and  even  on  the  neck,  when  an  attempt 
of  partial  strangulation  has  been  made  ;  but  these  are  in- 
conclusive of  rape,  without  the  presence  of  marks  of  vio- 
lence upon  the  pudendum.  Besides,  they  may  be  produced 
by  the  woman  herself,  in  order  to  substantiate  a  false  ac- 
cusation. In  children,  for  obvious  reasons,  these  marks 
of  violence  do  not  occur.  The  truly  important  medical 
signs  are  derived  from  the  condition  of  the  hymen,  and  of 
the  sexual  organs,  and  from  the  presence  of  seminal  and 
blood  stains.  It  should  be  -remembered  that  these  physical 
marks  of  rape  about  the  genital  organs  may  be  found, 
whether  the  connection  has  been  voluntary  or  involuntary. 
Thus,  rupture  of  the  hymen,  laceration  of  the  vagina,  swell- 
ing and  soreness  of  the  organs,  effusion  and  coagula  of  • 
blood,  stains  of  sem.en  and  blood  upon  the  person  and 
clothing,  may  be  met  with  in  both  cases. 

Another  circumstance  to  be  recollected  is,  that  girls  and 
young  women  are  liable  to  a  muco-purulent  discharge  aris- 
ing from  vaginitis,  somewhat  similar  to  that  already  noticed 
as  found  in  young  children  under  bad  hygienic  conditions. 
Older  women  are  liable  to  leucorrhea,  which  may  sometimes 
be  accompanied  with  an  ulcerated  state  of  the  vagina,  and 
general  soreness  and  swelling  of  the  parts.  It  is  possible 
that  a  woman  thus  affected  might  bring  a  false  charge  of 
rape  against  an  innocent  man,  alleging  that  her  present 
condition  was  the  result  of  a  rape.  Although  an  ordinary 
leucorrhea  can  readily  be  distinguished  from  a  gonorrhea, 
the  discharge  of  the  latter  being  purulent,  while  it  is  mucous 
in  the  former,  yet  a  purulent  discharge  may  take  place  from 
the  vagina,  as  the  result  of  an  intense  vaginitis,  quite  inde- 
pendently of  sexual  intercourse ;  and  such  a  discharge 
cannot  readily  be  distinguished  from    that  of  gonorrhea. 


RAPE.  541 

Taylor  very  properly  remarks  that  "  such  discharges,  com- 
mencing before,  but  continuing,  and  sometimes  becom- 
ing aggravated  after  marriage  have  given  rise  to  unfounded 
suspicions  of  infection  from  venereal  disease  imparted  by 
the  husband,  and  have  thus  led  to  suits  for  divorce." 

Condition  of  the  hymen — virginity. — Mucji  has  been 
said  about  the  unruptured  condition  of  the  hymen  being 
accepted  as  a  proof  of  chastity,  or  of  virginity,  and  unques- 
tionably, in  the  great  majority  of  cases,  this  is  true ;  but  it 
cannoi  be  affirmed  absolutely  and  without  exception,  inas- 
much as  numerous  authentic  instances  are  recorded  where 
the  hymen  has  been  destroyed,  either  by  accident,  disease, 
self-abuse,  or  by  a  surgical  operation  to  allow  the  escape 
of  the  menses ;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  where  sexual  inter- 
course has  been  continued  for  years  with  the  hymen  un- 
ruptured, and  where  even  pregnancy  had  resulted,  and  it 
became  necessary  to  divide  the  membrane  with  a  knife 
before  delivery  could  be  accomplished. 

In  the  exceptional  cases  just  alluded  to,  of  the  persist- 
ence of  the  hymen  after  repeated  intercourse,  this  anomaly 
may  be  ascribed,  according  to  high  authorities,  to  an  abnor- 
mally firm,  hard  and  resisting  structure  of  the  membrane, 
due  to  the  presence  of  a  fibrous  or  fibro-elastic  tissue.  It 
therefore  must  follow,  from  all  the  above  facts,  that  the  loss 
of  the  hymen  is  not  an  infallible  proof  of  a  loss  of  chastity ; 
nor  does  the  existence  of  a  hymen  constitute  an  absolute 
evidence  of  its  presence.  Casper,  however,  considers  "  that 
where  a  physician  finds  a  hymen  still  preserved,  even  its 
edges  not  being  torn,  and  along  with  it  (in  young  persons) 
a  virgin  condition  of  the  breasts  and  external  genitals,  he  is 
then  justified  in  giving  a  positive  opinion  as  to  the  exist- 
ence of  virginity,  and  vice  versa^ 

The  other  external  evidences  connected  with  the  sexual 


542  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

organs,  such  as  swelling  and  soreness  of  the  vulva,  the 
presence  of  effused  blood,  and  of  seminal  stains,  would  all 
afford  strong  corroborative  proof  of  rape,  provided  want  of 
consent  could  be  satisfactorily  shown,  and  an  early  exami- 
nation be  made. 

Blood  and  Seminal  Stains. — These  maybe  found  upon 
the  persons  and  clothing  of  both  the  ravisher  and  his 
victim.  If  the  garments  are  tolerably  clean,  there  should 
be  no  difficulty  in  recognizing  these  spots ;  but,  as  they  are 
frequently  presented  for  examination,  they  are  in  such  a 
filthy  condition  as  to  render  their  identification  very  diffi- 
cult. Moreover,  a  mistake  may  arise  from  the  woman's 
garments  being  intentionally  soiled  with  blood,  in  cases  of 
false  accusation. 

The  manner  of  examining  blood  stains  has  already  been 
explained. 

Examination  of  Seminal  Spots. — These  stains  cause  a 
stiffening  of  the  fabric,  like  those  produced  by  albumin  ©r 
gum.  The  seminal  stain  may  be  identified  as  follows:  If 
gently  warmed  it  will  assume  a  pale  yellow  color.  If 
moistened  with  warm  water,  it  will  emit  the  seminal  odor. 
Cut  out  the  suspected  stain,  and  place  it  in  a  watch  glass, 
adding  a  few  drops  of  pure  water  and  gently  squeezing  it 
with  a  glass  rod  until  thoroughly  soaked;  remove  the  frag- 
ment, and  add  a  drop  of  nitric  acid  on  a  glass  rod,  when 
the  liquid,  if  seminal,  will  turn  a  yellow  color,  without  giv- 
ing a  precipitate.  The  best  results  will  be  obtained  by 
placing  a  small  fragment  of  the  stained  material  on  an 
ordinary  microscope  slide,  moistening  it  with  a  drop  of 
distilled  water  and  placing  over  it  a  cover-glass.  After 
soaking  for  a  short  time  (30  to  60  min.)  the  cover-glass  is 
rocked  by  pressing  on  alternate  sides,  thus  causing  a  cur- 
rent of  water  to  flow  through  the  fabric,  from  which  the 


RAPE.  543 

spermatozoids  will  gradually  float  out.  Several  slides 
should  be  prepared  from  each  stain.  If  very  good  results 
follow  the  application,  the  cover-glass  and  fabric  may  be 
removed,  and  the  slide  dried  and  preserved;  under  ordi- 
nary circumstances,  such  results  are  not  attainable.  If  the 
water  used  in  the  test  be  slightly  tinted  by  eosin  or  methyl 
blue,  the  spermatozoids  will  take  up  the  dye,  and  may 
be  more  easily  detected.  Cut  out  a  fragment  containing 
the  stain,  and  treat  it  as  above  described,  with  distilled 
water.  After  sufficient  soaking,  apply  a  drop  of  the  liquid 
to  a  glass  slide,  and  place  it  under  the  microscope,  using  a 
very  high  power. 

The  spermatozoids  have  a  characteristic  appearance. 
They  vary  considerably  both  in  numbers  and  size.  On  an 
average,  the  human  spermatozoid  is  about  the  -g-^  of  an 
inch  in  length,  having  a  flattened,  ovoid  head,  which  is 
about  one-third  the  diameter  of  human  blood  corpuscle. 
Attached  to  this  head  is  a  thread-like,  tapering  tail,  that  is 
eight  to  ten  times  longer  than  the  head.  Very  often,  in 
old  seminal  stains,  the  spermatozoids  will  be  found  only  in 
a  fragmentary  state,  and  the  examiner  shftuld  be  cautioned 
not  to  confound  these  with  fibrilla  and  other  bodies  which 
might  be  accidentally  present.  The  absence  of  spermato- 
zoids is  not  to  be  regarded  as  conclusive  that  the  spot  is 
not  seminal,  since,  as  Casper  and  others  have  shown,  the 
seminal  fluid  does  not  always  contain  them ;  they  may  be 
absent  in  certain  debilitating  diseases,  after  excessive 
venery,  and  in  very  aged  men. 

These  bodies  exist  in  the  semen  of  all  animals  capable  of 
procreation,  and  they  are  found  in  man,  from  the  age  of 
puberty  to  a  very  advanced  period  of  life. 

It  is  possible  to  mistake  fragments  of  the  spermatozoids 
for  fibrils  of  linen  and  other  fabrics  washed  out  at  the  time 


544  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

of  the  examination,  A  proper  degree  of  caution,  together 
with  a  knowledge  of  the  peculiar  microscopic  appearance  of 
these  fibrils,  should  prevent  this  mistake.  Hence,  in  such 
an  investigation,  it  is  safest  not  to  decide  upon  the  seminal 
character  of  the  stain  unless  one  or  more  complete  sperma- 
tozoids  are  found. 

M.  Donne  has  described  an  organism  called  by  him 
Tricliomonas  vagime.  It  is  found  in  vaginal  mucus,  and 
resembles  the  spermatozoids,  but  differ  in  having  the  heads 
three  times  as  large ;  it  is  also  granular,  and  armed  with  a 
row  of  four  or  six  cilia. 

The  spermatozoids  appear  to  retain  life  long  after  the 
death  of  the  body.  Hoffmann  observed  active  movements 
in  them  from  eighty  to  one  hundred  hours  after  death.  In 
the  dried  state,  they  may  be  identified  years  afterwards. 

In  some  cases  of  alleged  rape  it  may  be  necessary  to 
examine  the  vaginal  secretion  for  evidence  of  recent  inter- 
course. If  this  has  occurred,  the  presence  of  the  sperma- 
tozoa may  easily  be  discovered  by  placing  a  drop  of  the 
mucus  upon  a  glass  slide,  and  subjecting  it  to  microscopic 
examination.  Ifr  has  been  shown  by  Miiller  that  the 
spermatozoids  will  retain  life  and  activity  for  eight  days  in 
the  vaginal  mucus. 

Evidence  of  Rape  on  the  Dead. — The  physician  is  some- 
times required  to  determine  the  fact  of  violation  previous  to 
death,  when  a  murder  has  been  committed.  The  difficulty 
here  is,  of  course,  increased  by  the  absence  of  evidence 
from  the  woman.  The  proofs  of  violation  in  the  case 
of  a  very  young  girl  would  be  easily  made  out;  but  in  the 
case  of  an  adult,  even  if  the  evidence  of  rupture  of  the 
hymen  and  vulval  swelling  and  effused  blood  pointed  to  a 
recent  defloration,  this  would  not  prove  the  want  of  consent 


RAPE.  545 

on  her  part.  If,  however,  there  existed  at  the  same  time 
other  marks  of  extreme  violence  upon  the  body,  this  would 
be  strong  circumstantial  evidence  that  the  outrage  had  been 
perpetrated  before  the  murder. 

Rape  of  Females  on  Males. — This  crime  is  rarely  brought 
before  the  courts,  but  seems  to  be  more  common  than  has 
generally  been  supposed.  Boys  are  occasionally  induced 
or  forced  into  sexual  intercourse  with  adult  women  to 
gratify  the  erotic  feelings  of  the  latter  without  the  danger 
of  pregnancy.  A  boy  seven  years  old,  with  weli-m.arked 
gonorrhea,  presented  himself  for  treatment  at  the  Clinic  of 
the  Jefferson  Medical  College  Hospital.  He  stated  that  he 
had  contracted  the  disease  by  gratifying  the  erotic  desires 
of  a  married  woman  whose  husband  was  at  sea. 

Unnatural  Crimes.  —  Sodomy  —  Pederastia  ;  Bestiality.  — 
Sodomy,  or  Pederastia,  is  the  unnatural  intercourse  of  man 
with  man.  Bestiality  implies  unnatural  intercourse  with 
animals.  Both  acts  are  criminal,  and  are  regarded  by  the 
law  as  felonious,  and  are  punished  in  England  by  penal 
servitude,  and  in  this  country  by  imprisonment  for  a  term 
of  years. 

In  the  case  of  sodomy,  both  the  parties  are  held  to  be 
equally  guilty,  unless  it  can  be  shown  that  one  was  not 
consenting,  was  under  age,  was  unconscious  at  the  time,  or 
was  idiotic  or  insane.  The  facts  of  this  crime  are  usually 
proved  without  medical  evidence,  except  in  the  case  of 
young  persons,  when  marks  of  physical  violence  will  usu- 
ally be  sufficiently  apparent.  Collateral  proof  would  be 
given  by  the  discovery  of  seminal  stains  upon  the  person 
or  linen. 

Unless  the  examination  be  made  soon  after  the  perpetra- 
46 


546  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

tion  of  the  act,  all  evidence  of  it  will  have  disappeared,  just 
as  in  cases  of  rape.  In  those  habituated  to  this  vice,  there 
are,  according  to  Casper  and  Tardieu,  certain  alterations  of 
the  parts  that  may  be  regarded  as  characteristic,  such  as  a 
funnel-shaped  condition  of  the  anus,  which  is  enlarged, 
smooth,  and  even  patulous,  the  folds,  or  rugse,  having  dis- 
appeared. There  may  also  be  other  marks  around  the 
anus,  such  as  cicatrices,  chancres,  and  venereal  warts.  In 
recent  cases,  laceration  of  the  sphincter  ani,  fissures,  and 
bruises,  with  effusion  of  blood,  might  all  be  observed. 

Legal  Relations  of  Rape. — The  crime  is  not  excused  if 
the  woman  has  submitted: — 

(i)  From  stupefaction,  produced  either  by  disease  (coma) 
or  by  drugs — including  alcohol,  chloroform,  and  ether,  or 
by  hypnotism.  Although,  in  such  cases,  the  violation, 
strictly  speaking,  be  not  against  her  will,  it  is  without  her 
will,  which  is  regarded  as  the  same  thing.  This  is  true, 
even  if  it  can  be  shown  that  the  drug  was  administered  for 
the  purpose  merely  of  exciting,  and  not  stupefying.  It 
is  vastly  important  that  the  distinction  should  be  clearly 
drawn  between  the  erotic  sensations  and  perverted  impres- 
sions of  a  female  while  under  an  anesthetic  influence  for 
surgical  operations,  and  who  may  subsequently  institute  a 
false  accusation,  and  similar  sensations  resulting  from  the 
criminal  administration  of  chloroform  or  ether  for  this  very 
intent,  and  where  the  will  or  resisting  power  appears  to  be 
taken  away  from  the  subject,  even  before  the  anesthesia  is 
complete. 

(2)  From  Ignorance  of  the  Nature  of  the  Act.  —  Such 
instances  occur  in  young  children,  and  in  older  women  who 
are  idiotic  or  insane.  In  some  recent  cases,  both  in  this 
country  and  in  England,  it  has  been  held  that,  in  dementia 


RAPE.  547 

not  amounting  to  positive  idiocy,  if  consent  were  given,  and 
no  C(  mpulsory  force  employed,  it  does  not  constitute  rape. 

(3)  From  Mistake  of  Person. — More  than  one  case  has 
been  reported  in  which  a  married  woman  was  raped  in  her 
sleep,  supposing  she  was  embraced  by  her  husband. 

(4)  From  Fear. —  Submission  extorted  through  fear  of 
death,  or  violent  threatening,  is  no  excuse  for  the  act. 

(5)  From  Prior  Want  of  Character  of  the  Prosecutrix. — 
Prior  want  of  character  in  the  woman  is  no  ground  of  excuse 
for  the  crime,  if  it  was  perpetrated  by  force,  and  against 
her  will;  not  even  if  she  were  a  common  prostitute,  or  the 
mistress  of  the  defendant.  The  allegation  of  unchastity  in 
the  woman  could  further  be  supported  by  a  medical  exami- 
nation, which  might  reveal  the  existence  of  syphilis  or 
gonorrhea.  This  examination  is  not  compulsory;  the 
woman  is  not  obliged  to  convict  herself. 

(6)  Subsequent  Suppression  of  the  Fact  by  the  Prosecu- 
trix.— If  the  alleged  violation  be  suppressed  by  the  woman 
for  such  a  time  as  to  prevent  any  evidence  being  obtained 
by  a  medical  examination,  this  will  go  very  far  in  lessening 
the  credibility  of  her  testimony.  Not  a  few  instances  of  this 
character  have  turned  out  to  be  cases  of  false  accusation. 

(7)  Want  of  Age,  and  of  Sexual  Capacity  of  the  Defendant. 
— According  to  the  law,  a  child  under  a  certain  age  is  pre- 
sumed to  be  incapable  of  committing  a  rape,  though  he 
may  be  convicted  of  an  assault,  with  intent  to  ravish.  The 
want  of  sexual  capacity  is  purely  a  medical  question  to  be 
determined  at  the  time. 


548  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE, 


CHAPTER    XIII. 

INSANITY. 

In  a  work  like  the  present,  it  would  be  impossible  to 
enter  into  an  extended  discussion  of  the  subject  of  insanity. 
Reference  must  be  made  to  the  many  admirable  treatises 
now  accessible,  both  in  English  and  foreign  languages.  All 
that  can  be  accomplished  is  to  present  the  subject  under 
certain  particular  phases,  with  a  special  reference  to  its 
medico-legal  relations,  so  as  to  enable  the  student  to  under- 
stand the  proper  professional  position  in  reference  to  that 
class  of  persons  who  have  been  deprived  of  reason — how 
to  determine,  first  of  all,  the  fact  of  their  insanity,  and 
secondly  its  degree,  as  involving  the  all-important  question 
of  their  civil  and  criminal  responsibility. 

The  physician  may  encounter  considerable  difficulties  in 
cases  of  real  or  alleged  insanity.  In  the  first  place,  there  is 
the  difficulty,  if  not  the  actual  impossibility,  of  determining 
the  precise  boundary  between  normal  and  abnormal  mental 
action,  just  as  it  is  often  impossible  to  do  in  the  case  of 
bodily  health  and  bodily  disease.  Even  in  respect  to  the 
individual  mental  powers  or  faculties,  the  greatest  variation 
is  observed.  Rarely  do  we  find  in  society  a  specimen  of  a 
perfectly  normal  and  harmonious  adjustment  of  all  the 
powers  of  the  mind.  Scarcely  ever  is  a  person  discovered, 
in  whom  no  one  of  the  mental  faculties  is  allowed  to  exert 
an  undue  preponderance.  "  On  the  one  hand,  for  instance, 
individuals  are  observed,  who  possess,  along  with  a  wondrous 
power  of  memory,  just  as  feeble  a  power  of  judgment; 
while  others,  to  the  most  vivid  powers  of  imagination,  con- 


INSANITY.  549 

join  a  most  wretchedly  deficient  power  of  will.  In  one,  an 
excessive  vivacity  of  character  may  betray  its  possessor 
into  actions  which  may  raise  doubts  as  to  his  actual  sanity; 
whilst  in  another,  originality  of  character,  flashing  out  as 
true  genius,  may  so  stamp  its  peculiarities  on  every  act,  as 
to  require  a  sharp  observation  if  the  limits  of  sanity  have 
not  been  over-stepped  "  (Casper). 

Another  great  difficulty  in  deciding  this  matter  arises 
'  from  the  impossibility,  often,  of  discovering  the  motives  of 
any  action,  even  the  most  extraordinary.  Whilst  the  ab- 
sence of  all  rational  motive  may  usually  be  regarded  as 
-indicative  of  an  insane  act,  we  must  not  be  too  ready  to 
admit  this  absence  in  any  particular  case,  since  these  motives, 
as  Casper  justly  remarks,  "may  be  so  deeply  buried  in  the 
soul  of  the  agent  as  frequently  to  baffle  the  greatest  experi- 
ence in  arriving  at  a  logical  conclusion."  The  subject  of 
motive  in  the  acts  of  the  insane  will  be  noticed  further  on. 

Still  another  difficulty  in  the  diagnosis  of  an  alleged 
mental  disorder  is  presented  by  the  possibility,  on  the  one 
hand,  of  its  being  feigned,  and  on  the  other,  of  the  real 
disease  being  concealed  by  the  subject  with  the  most  con- 
summate art. 

All  the  medico-legal  questions  arising  out  of  insanity  are 
-comprehended  under  the  twofold  inquiry :  first,  as  to  the 
civil  responsibility  of  the  individual,  and  secondly,  as  to  his 
criminal  responsibility.  These  two  points  cover  the  whole 
ground  of  a  medico-legal  investigation  in  every  case  of  real 
or  unsuspected  insanity. 

Civil  responsibility  means  the  capability  of  managing  the 
ordinary  affairs  of  civil  life,  such  as  the  entering  into  con- 
tracts, the  making  of  a  will,  the  performing  the  functions  of 
a  public  officer,  or  in  common-law  phrase,  "  the  managing 
his  own  affairs." 


550  '  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

Criminal  responsibility  has  reference  solely  to  criminal 
acts,  and  involves  the  inquiry  whether  an  individual  commit- 
ting some  particular  crime,  such  as  murder,  theft,  or  arson 
was  in  such  a  state  of  mind  at  the  time  of  the  commission 
of  the  deed  as  to  constitute  him  a  responsible  agent  ? 

One  other  point  is  to  be  noted :  every  human  being  of 
responsible  age  and  sound  mind  is  conscious  of  possessing 
the  power  of  will,  or  of  moral  freedom, — of  choosing  be- 
tween good  and  evil ;  and,  although,  in  consequence  of 
faulty  training,  bad  associations,  and  the  power  of  tempta- 
tion, he  may  '^  choose  the  evil,"  yet  he  is  fully  responsible 
for  this  choice  and  all  its  consequences,  provided  he  pos- 
sessed, at  the  time,  a  sound  mind. 

Legal  Terms. — Before  further  entering  upon  a  discussion 
of  the  subject,  it  Avill  be  proper  to  define  certain  legal 
terms.  A  medical  witness  should  confine  his  answers 
strictly  to  the  questions  put  to  him,  and  speak  of  insanity 
only  as  a  disease,  avoiding  the  tendency  to  theorize,  or 
speculate  upon  legal  distinctions. 

An  illusion  is  a  false  mental  impression  derived  through 
the  senses.  Real  things  are  distorted.  A  timid  person, 
for  instance,  may  mistake,  in  the  dark,  a  post  or  a  shrub 
for  a  man ;  or  the  drapery  of  his  bed  curtains,  in  the  moon- 
light, may  be  distorted  into  an  apprehended  ghost.  The 
tricks  of  the  juggler  and  clairvoyant  are  illustrations  of  this 
sort  of  illusion.  Sometimes,  the  false  impression  is  entirely 
mental,  reproduced  by  the  memory,  or  by  a  strong  effort  of 
the  will,  recalling  the  scenes  of  past  pleasures  or  sorrows, 
the  features  and  persons  of  friends,  and  even  the  tones  of 
their  voices  and  other  sounds.  Such  mental  images,  de- 
nominated by  Rush  waking  dreams,  are  called  spectral 
illusions,  or  phantasms,  when  they  have  reference  to  the 


INSANITY.  551 

sense  of  sight,  although  the  actual  vision  of  the  individual 
may,  at  the  time,  be  defective,  since  they  occur  equally  to 
the  blind. 

The  distinctive  characteristic  of  an  illusion  is  that  the 
false  perception  can  be  soon  corrected  by  an  appeal  to  the 
other  senses,  or  to  the  judgment.  If,  however,  it  is  persist- 
ently believed  to  have  a  positive  existence,  and  this  belief 
is  not  removed  either  by  reflection,  or  by  a  reference  to  the 
other  senses,  then  the  illusion  becomes  a  delusion,  or  a  mis- 
leading of  the  mind,  and  it  indicates  a  disordered  mind. 

A  hallucination  is  also  a  perverted  perception,  but  with- 
out material  basis.  The  false  impressions  are  often  con- 
veyed through  the  organs  of  hearing.  If  the  individual  is 
able  to  correct  them  by  his  judgment,  or  by  reference  to 
his  other  senses,  they  are  of  no  significance;  but  if  they 
are  firmly  believed  in,  they  indicate  a  deranged  mental  con- 
dition. If  the  person  fancies  he  hears  strange  voices, 
constantly  urging  him  on  to  the  commission  of  some  horri- 
ble crime,  or  sees  purely  imaginary  personages,  these  are 
among  the  surest  indications  of  insanity. 

Some  writers  make  no  distinction  between  hallucinations 
and  illusions,  whilst  others,  and  we  think  very  properly, 
regard  them  as  differing  in  this  :  a  hallucination  is  an  unreal 
sensation  wholly  due  to  the  action  of  the  brain;  an  illusion 
is  a  real  sensation — that  is,  is  produced  by  some  real  object, 
although  distorted.  Nicolai,  the  Berlin  bookseller,  was  for 
years  troubled  with  seeing  unreal  objects  (spectral  illusions), 
and  sometimes  by  hearing  unreal  sounds  (hallucinations), 
but  he  did  not  believe  in  them;  hence  they  never  became 
delusions  in  his  case. 

A  delusion  is  a  belief  in  something  purely  imaginary, 
and  which  has  no  real  existence,  and  in  which  this  belief  can- 
not be  corrected  by  the  judgment,  nor  when  confronted  with 


552  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

contradictory  proof,  as,  e.  g.,  when  a  man  imagines  himself 
made  of  glass,  and  is  afraid  to  suffer  any  one  to  approach 
him,  lest  he  be  broken  to  pieces  ;  or  where  a  pauper  fancies 
himself  to  have  suddenly  become  a  millionaire,  or  a  king; 
or  where  a  rich  man  imagines  himself  to  have  been  reduced 
to  beggary,  etc.  All  such  delusions  are  clear  manifesta- 
tions of  mental  disturbance.  In  legal  matters,  however, 
the  question  of  responsibility  (whether  civil  or  criminal) 
depends  upon  the  connection  of  the  act  with  the  particular 
delusion.  For  example,  if  the  delusion  is  such  as  to  pre- 
vent the  individual  from  exerting  a  "  rational  act  of  voli- 
tion "  in  the  matter  of  disposing  of  his  property  by  will — 
as  when,  through  such  delusion,  the  result  of  disease,  he 
may  have  come  to  entertain  a  bitter  hatred  for  those  entitled 
to  his  love  and  gratitude — then  he  does  not  possess  testa- 
mentary capacity,  and  is,  so  far,  of  unsound  mind.  But  if 
the  delusion  be  upon  a  subject  entirely  disconnected  with 
the  act,  as  where,  for  example,  it  has  reference  to  his 
religious  state,  then  the  responsibility  of  the  individual  is 
not  necessarily  destroyed,  and  his  testamentary  capacity 
should  be  regarded  as  unaffected. 

The  existence  of  the  most  extraordinary  delusions  for 
years,  in  an  individual,  is  quite  consistent  with  an  otherwise 
apparently  sound  mental  condition.  Dr.  Reese  knew  of  a 
highly-educated  lady,  an  artist  of  considerable  abilities,  who 
entertained  the  delusion  that  she  was,  in  some  mysterious 
manner,  incorporated  with  the  Holy  Trinity,  and  that  she 
received  direct  communications  from  the  Father,  which 
required  her  to  give  up  all  her  church  relations,  and  her 
former  very  strict  orthodox  creed.  Yet  this  lady -went  out 
into  society,  conversed  intelligently  upon  ordinary  subjects 
and  passed  generally  for  a  sensible  woman. 

The  cunning  of  the  insane  in  concealing  their  delusions 


INSANITY.  553 

is  often  quite  remarkable.  Every  superintendent  of  an 
asylum  has  had  experience  of  it  in  patients  under  his  obser- 
vation. Perhaps  the  best  illustrations  are  afforded  in  cases 
where  patients,  who  wish  to  escape  from  an  asylum,  are 
brought  into  court,  under  writ  of  habeas  corpus,  for  their 
discharge,  and  where  they  so  skillfully  and  adroitly  pass 
their  examination,  as  often  to  deceive  both  court  and  jury. 

The  two  oft-quoted  instances  of  the  above  may  bear 
repetition  here.  The  late  Lord  Erskine  was  engaged  in  a 
case  in  which  a  lunatic  had  brought  an  action  against  his 
brother  and  the  keeper  of  the  asylum,  for  false  imprison- 
ment. The  man  was  closely  interrogated  by  the  learned 
lord  for  nearly  the  whole  day,  without  his  being  able  to 
elicit  anything  to  prove  his  delusions,  when  a  gentleman 
came  into  court  and  suggested  to  the  learned  counsel  that 
the  patient  believed  himself  to  be  Jesus  Christ.  Lord 
Erskine  immediately  acted  upon  the  hint,  and  addressed 
the  man  with  a  profound  reverence,  suitable  to  his  assumed 
character,  and  apologizing  for  his  former  want  of  respect. 
The  patient  at  once  expressed  his  forgiveness,  and,  with  the 
utmost  gravity,  in  the  face  of  the  whole  court,  said,  "  yes,  I 
am  the  Christ." 

Li  the  other  case,  tried  before  Lord  Mansfield,  the  patient 
evaded  the  questions  of  the  court  the  whole  day,  till  his 
physician  arriving,  asked  him  what  had  become  of  the  prin- 
cess with  whom  he  corresponded  in  cherry  juice?  Instantly 
the  man  forgot  himself,  the  true  spring  had  been  touched, 
and  he  replied,  saying  it  was  true  he  had  been  confined  in 
a  castle,  where,  for  want  of  pen  and  ink,  he  had  written  his 
letters  in  cherry -juice,  and  thrown  them  into  the  stream 
below,  and  that  the  princess  had  received  them  in  a  boat. 
Such  answers,  of  course,  immediately  determined  these 
cases. 


554  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

The  following  description  is  copied  from  J.  Dixon  Mann's 
work  on  Forensic  Medicine  and  Toxicology.  It  is  inserted 
because  it  is  a  vivid  and  typical  picture  of  the  course  of  a 
case  of  simple  insanity: 

"  Insanity  does  not  develop  in  a  moment;  there  is  a  period 
of  ingravescence  during  which  the  individual  affected  grad- 
ually deviates  from  his  ordinary  mental  condition.  Although 
the  symptoms  evinced  during  the  various  stages  of  insanity 
are  irregular  and  do  not  follow  any  definite  order,  certain 
of  them  are  of  common  occurrence,  some  of  which  are 
present  in  every  case;  a  knowledge  of  these  symptoms  is 
essential  to  an  early  recognition  of  mental  disease.  The 
onset  of  insanity  may  be  so  insidious  that  long  before  any 
distinctive  indications  are  manifest  an  alteration  in  tempera- 
ment is  noticeable;  the  individual  is  different  from  what  he 
was  formerly;  he  has  lost  his  equanimity.  When  insanity 
begins  in  this  insidious  way  the  emotions  are  affected  long 
before  the  mind  is  impaired.  The  patient  is  subject  to  un- 
accountable waves  of  depression,  which  may  alternate  with 
periods  of  excitement;  he  becomes  unwontedly  irritable 
and  is  unable  to  control  his  temper  under  the  petty  annoy- 
ances of  every-day  life.  This  instability  of  temper  may  be 
the  condition  that  first  rouses  suspicion  in  the  minds  of  his 
friends  that  insanity  is  the  cause  of  the  change  in  disposi- 
tion. A  man  who  has  been  moody  and  reserved  in  his 
manner  for  some  time  is  credited  with  being  overtaxed  with 
business,  and  is  thought  to  be  a  little  out  of  sorts,  but  noth- 
ing more;  at  some  trifling  contradiction  or  annoyance  he 
suddenly  blazes  up  into  a  frenzy  of  passion,  and  behaves 
for  the  moment  so  like  a  madman  that  the  bystanders  are 
at  once  impressed  with  the  idea  that  the  balance  of  his 
mind  is  impaired.  A  change  in  the  emotions  is  also  com- 
monly shown  by  transformation  of  like  into  dislike,  of  love 


INSANITY.  555 

into  hate.  A  man  shows  unwonted  impatience  at  the 
remarks  addressed  to  him  by  his  wife,  whose  opinion  he 
previously  valued,  and  then  manifests  an  absolute  antipathy 
to  her,  a  sentiment  totally  at  variance  with  their  former 
relations.  Loss  of  interest  in  objects  and  pursuits  which 
formerly  occupied  his  attention,  desire  for  solitude  perhaps 
at  first  shown  by  avoidance  of  social  intercourse  in  a  general 
way,  and  then,  in  a  more  special  manner,  by  seclusion  from 
the  family  circle,  are  further  evidences  of  perverted  senti- 
ments. At  this  period,  the  person  affected  is  often  quite 
capable  of  brightening  up  in  the  presence  of  strangers,  or  of 
friends  for  whom  he  has  a  special  liking;  he  will  even 
remark  that  he  feels  better  in  company — meaning  in  the 
society  of  those  with  whom  he  is  not  necessarily  brought 
into  relation. 

So  far  the  intellect  is  unimpaired.  The  capacity  to  fulfill 
the  duties  which  devolve  upon  a  merchant  or  professional 
man  may  be  equal  to  the  requirements;  but  the  work  is 
done  in  a  perfunctory  way  without  the  display  of  any  inter- 
est. The  morbid  state  of  the  emotions,  however,  soon 
reacts  on  the  mind  in  such  a  way  that  the  reasoning  pro- 
cesses are  interfered  with,  and  the  judgment  is  no  longer 
that  of  a  sane  person;  emotional  depression  gives  place  to 
morbid  apprehensions,  and  an  indefinite  feeling  of  melan- 
choly to  dread  of  impending  ruin  in  this  world  or  in  the 
future  state.  At  this  stage  delusions  occur.  Amongst  the 
commoner  delusions  in  the  early  stages  of  insanity: — the 
conviction  that  some  one — generally  a  member  of  the  pa- 
tient's family — has  commissioned  the  police  or  a  private 
individual,  to  act  as  a  spy  on  the  person  laboring  under  the 
delusion;  that  there  is  a  conspiracy  to  ruin  him,  or  to  deprive 
him  of  his  rights;  that  attempts  are  being  made  to  poison 
him.     The  last-named  delusion  frequently  causes  those  who 


556  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

are  afflicted  with  it  to  arm  themselves  with  a  number  of 
bottles  of  medicine  or  parcels  of  food,  and  to  seek  the  advice 
of  a  medical  man,  requesting  him  to  analyze  the  samples 
brought  for  poison.  It  is  rather  curious  that  suspicion  is  not 
always  directed  against  those  who  might  be  reasonably 
suspected  of  criminal  motives— such  as  the  members  of  the 
family  who  would  be  benefited  by  the  death  of  the  deluded 
person, — but  druggists  and  other  shop-keepers  who  are 
total  strangers  to  him  are  often  the  alleged  secret  assassins; 
sometimes  the  allegation  of  conspiring  is  made  to  account 
for  this  inconsistency," 

Lucid  Interval. — In  a  legal  sense,  this  term  means  a 
temporary  intermission  of  the  insanity,  during  which  the 
reasoning  power  is  recovered.  It  differs  from  a  mere 
remission  of  the  .symptoms,  such  as  is  seen  in  some  cases 
of  violent  mania.  During  such  an  interval,  the  law  recog- 
nizes the  power  of  the  individual  to  make  a  will,  to  sign  a 
contract,  or  exercise  his  civil  rights.  He  is  also  held  re- 
sponsible for  crimes  committed  during  such  a  period.  The 
duration  of  these  intervals  is  uncertain,  varying  from  a  fevy 
minutes  to  weeks  or  months.  If  the  interval  is  very  short,  the 
fact  of  its  alleged  existence  is  always  the  more  questionable. 

Lucid  intervals  are  most  common  in  mania ;  they  also 
occasionally  occur  in  dementia,  when  not  chronic.  They 
are  never  met  with  in  idiocy  and  imbecility. 

In  order  to  establish  the  fact  of  the  existence  of  a  lucid 
interval,  the  burden  of  proof  rests  upon  the  plaintiff,  in  a 
suit  in  which  he  desires  to  prove  the  validity  of  a  contract 
made  by  the  lunatic  during  such  interval. 

Varieties  and  Classification  of  Insanity. —  Much  difference 
exists  among  the  authorities  in  this  re.spect;  the  following 


INSANITY.  557 

will  serve  the  purpose  of  the  work  probably  as  well  as  any 
system : 

1.  Idiocy. 

2.  Imbecility. 

3.  Mania. 

4.  Melancholia. 

5.  Monomania. 

6.  General  Paralysis  of  Insane. 

7.  Dementia. 

8.  Certain  forms  of  mania  having  distinct  etiological  re- 
lations. 

Idiocy  is  distinguished  from  all  other  forms  of  mental 
disorder  by  being  congenital ;  and  this  condition  is  mani- 
fested by  imperfect  development  of  both  body  and  mind. 
The  idiot,  from  an  original  defective  structure  of  the  brain, 
is  able  to  acquire  only  a  limited  degree  of  intellectual 
power.  His  instincts,  habits  and  appetites  are  largely 
animal.  Often  there  is  no  sign  of  recognition,  nor  indica- 
tion of  memory,  in  which  respect  he  is  below  many 
animals.  There  are  some  cases  of  idiocy,  however,  in 
which  the  want  of  cerebral  development  is  not  so  great,  and 
some  intelligence  is  manifested  with  a  partial  development 
of  some  few  of  the  faculties.  Such  idiots  are  docile  and 
tractable ;  they  are  capable  of  being  taught  many  things  by 
careful  and  judicious  training,  even  to  talk  and  read;  and 
thus  of  being  materially  improved. 

Among  the  causes  of  idiocy  are  intemperance  in  the 
parents,  and  marriages  of  consanguinity.  Syphilis  has  also 
been  supposed  to  predispose  to  idiocy  in  the  offspring. 
Idiots  are  generally  short-lived,  their  age  rarely  extending 
beyond  thirty  years. 


558  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

Physical  Peculiarities  of  Idiots. — These  are  manifested  in 
smallness  of  the  head,  in  the  majority ;  thickness  of  the 
lips,  which  are  often  fissured,  particularly  the  lower  one ; 
enlargement  of  the  tongue,  salivary  glands,  and  tonsils  ; 
vaulting  of  the  hard  palate;  irregularity  of  the  teeth,  with 
tendency  to  early  decay;  deficiency  of  the  lobules  of  the 
ears ;  defects  of  vision,  such  as  myopia  and  congenital 
cataract ;  weakness  and  clubbed  appearance  of  the  fingers 
and  th'umbs,  and  want  of  power  over  the  sphincters.  In 
some  idiots,  the  head  is  preternaturally  large,  especially  in 
congenital  hydrocephalus. 

An  autopsy  will  generally  disclose  a  deficiency  of  gray 
matter  (from  a  defective  size  of  the  brain)  and  a  want  of 
proper  development  of  the  convolutions;  sometimes  an 
absence  of  the  entire  cerebellum,  of  the  pineal  gland,  of 
part  of  the  fornix,  of  the  olivary  bodies,  thalamus,  and 
corpus  striatum ;  and  an  absence,  or  rudimentary  state,  of 
the  corpus  callosum,  and  soft  commissures.  Deaf-dumb- 
ness is  common.  Some  are  born  deaf,  dumb  and  blind; 
yet,  in  the  case  of  Laura  Bridgman,  the  deprivation  of  all 
these  faculties  did  not  prevent  acquiring  a  remarkable 
degree  of  intelligence,  under  careful  training. 

While  the  higher  faculties  are  wanting,  there  often  exists 
a  marked  development  of  the  lower  ones,  such  as  the  love  of 
money,  sexual  feeling,  gluttony,  and  filthy  habits,  together 
with  a  slow  and  tottering  gait. 

Cretinism. — A  peculiar  form  of  idiocy,  at  one  time  sup- 
posed to  be  endemic  in  certain  mountainous  countries,  as 
Switzerland,  Savoy,  etc.  It  is  chiefly  marked  by  an  enor- 
mous development  of  the  thyroid  gland,  which,  however,  in 
some  cases,  may  be  altogether  absent.  The  mouth  is  large, 
and  the  hands  and  fingers  misshapen.     The  eyes  are  squint- 


INSANITY.  559 

ing,  the  face  pale  and  sallow,  and  the  speech  thick  and 
muffled.  The  intelligence  is  about  that  of  idiocy.  The 
smaller  goitres  found  in  other  countries  do  not  necessarily 
impair  the  intellect. 

Imbecility. — This  differs  from  idiocy  chiefly  from  the  fact 
of  its  being  acquired  after  birth;  the  bodily  defects  are  also 
asymmetrical,  and  the  intellectual  manifestations  are  rather 
different,  being  exhibited  in  low,  mischievous  cunning,  bad 
temper,  silliness  and  stupidity,  and  may  often  be  accom- 
panied with  epilepsy  or  paralysis  (Hamilton).  The  power 
of  speech  is  less  frequently  absent  than  in  idiocy. 

The  precise  boundary  between  idiocy  and  imbecility 
cannot  be  defined,  so  far  as  intellectual  manifestations  are 
concerned,  unless  we  make  the  distinction  to  consist  in  the 
congenital  character  of  the  former.  Neither  of  them  is 
likely  to  be  confounded  with  mania  and  monomania,  since, 
in  the  former  there  is  a  total  absence  of  ideas  and  of  the 
power  of  thought,  both  of  which  are  present  in  maniacs  and 
monomaniacs,  although  perverted  and  irregular.  More- 
over, idiocy  and  imbecility  are  destitute  of  hallucinations, 
which  are  characteristic  of  mania  and  monomania.  Their 
resemblance  to  confirmed  dementia  is  much  stronger. 

Legal  Relations  of  Idiocy  and  Imbecility. — When  these 
•mental  conditions  are  positive  and  distinct,  there  can  be 
no  question  of  their  entire  irresponsibility,  both  civil  and 
criminal. 

Mania. — This  variety  of  mental  disorder  is  characterized 
by  a  general  perversion  of  the  mental  faculties,  accompanied 
by  more  or  less  excitement,  sometimes  amounting  to  fury. 
The  reasoning  faculty  is  not  absolutely  lost,  but  disturbed 
and  confused ;  ideas  flow  through  the  mind  without  order 


560  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

or  connection  ;  they  are  evolved  from  the  brain  in  chaotic' 
exuberance,  following  one  another  with  inconceivable 
rapidity  and  entirely  without  control.  With  the  maniac 
everything  is  active — the  emotions,  the  memory,  the 
imagination,  the  speech  and  the  features.  "  He  mingles 
abusive,  obscene  and  blasphemous  words  with  the  most 
pious  reflections."  His  movements  are  brusque,  disorderly 
and  extravagant;  he  dances,  runs,  leaps,  tears  off  his 
clothes,  breaks  things,  and  exhibits  enormous  strength. 
The  voice  becomes  hoarse,  the  skin  is  dry  and  hot;  the  eye 
has  a  peculiar,  wild,  brilliant  expression,  with  often  a  fixed 
stare.  The  pulse  is  rapid,  and  respiration  and  temperature 
above  normal.  They  generally  eat  enormously  and  vora- 
ciously. Urine  and  feces  are  often  passed  involuntarily ; 
the  bowels  are  apt  to  be  torpid ;  perspiration  abundant  and 
sour.  There  is  frequently  sexual  excitement,  particularly 
in  females,  and  when  this  is  the  chief  feature  of  the  mental 
disturbance,  it  is  called  satyriasis  in  males,  and  nympho- 
mania in  females. 

Along  with  the  intellectual,  the  moral  faculties  become 
more  or  less  perverted,  and  the  patient's  social  and  domestic 
relations  are  greatly  altered,  jealousy,  suspicion  and  hatred 
being  evinced  toward  those  whom  he  had  formerly  loved 
with  the  deepest  affection.  He  is  haunted  by  the  wildest 
delusions,  under  whose  influence  he  may  act  in  the  most 
dangerous  and  ungovernable  manner. 

Melancholia  differs  materially  from  the  first  (mania  pro- 
per), in  being  connected  with  depression  instead  of  excite- 
ment. Delusions  may  not  always  be  present,  or,  at  least, 
not  be  observable ;  the  sufferer  is  gloomy  and  the  prey  to 
unhappy  and  desponding  thoughts,  which  often  lead  to 
suicide ;  he  is  sleepless,  refuses  food,  often  under  the  delu- 


INSANITY.  561 

sion  that  it  is  poisoned.  The  delusions  and  hallucinations 
may  assume  an  infinite  variety  of  shapes ;  th^y  are  often  of 
a  religious  character,  and  very  frequently  connected  with 
an  idea  of  undergoing  persecution.  This  latter  delusion  is 
very  common,  and  under  its  influence  the  sufferer  may 
resort  to  homicidal  violence  toward  those  whom  he  may 
imagine  are  his  enemies.  He  should,  therefore,  be  con- 
stantly watched. 

This  form  of  mental  disorder  rarely  exists  in  an  uncom- 
plicated form ;  it  is  apt  to  be  alternated  with  fits  of  excite- 
ment (mania).  The  physical  characters  of  melancholia  are 
quite  characteristic.  "  The  patient,  if  a  female,  is  dirty  in 
'  her  habits,  soiling  her  clothes,  and  paying  little  attention  to 
her  appearance.  With  disordered  hair  and  averted  eyes 
the  melancholic  sits  by  herself,  lost  in  her  own  reflections, 
although  there  are  some  who  are  communicative  and  loqua- 
cious." "  The  face  is  pinched  and  wan,  and  unnaturally 
pale ;  the  eyelids  droop  and  the  facial  folds  are  dependent ; 
the  lips  are  bloodless  ;  the  pupils  are  dilated,  and  everything 
indicates  inaction ;  the  hands  are  livid  and  hang  idly,  and  the 
piaintenance  of  a  fixed  position,  sometimes  for  hours  at  a 
time,  is  characteristic  of  the  intellectual  torpor"  (Hamilton). 

Monomania. — This  form  of  insanity  has  received  other 
names,  such  as  paranoia  and  primary  delusional  insanity. 
"  The  patient,  in  the  simplest  form  of  the  disease,  becomes 
possessed  of  some  single  notion,  which  is  alike  contradic- 
tory to  common  sense  and  to  his  own  experience"  (Hus- 
band). Sometimes  it  may  have  reference  to  some  fancied 
bodily  disease,  as  where  he  believes  he  has  a  snake  or  a 
lizard  in  his  stomach ;  or,  as  in  the  case  of  the  woman 
mentioned  by  Esquirol,  who  had  hydatids  in  the  uterus, 
and  who  believed  that  she  was  pregnant  by  the  devil. 
47 


562  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE, 

Moral  Maiiia. — The  title  "  moral  mania,"  has  been  as^ 
signed,  by  D'r.  Ray  and  others,  to  those  cases  of  mental 
disturbance  which,  in  the  language  of  Prichard,  "  consist  in 
a  morbid  perversion  of  the  natural  feelings,  affections,  incli- 
nations, temper,  habits,  and  moral  dispositions,  without  any 
notable  lesion  of  the  intellect,  or  knowing  or  reasoning 
faculties,  and  particularly  without  any  maniacal  hallucina- 
tions." There  is  considerable  diversity  of  opinion  among 
writers  as  to  the  existence  of  moral  insanity  as  a  distinct 
variety  of  mental  disorder.  Some  deny  its  existence  as 
such,  and  assert  that  there  can  be  no  derangement  of  mind, 
without  the  intellect  being  affected.  Such  authorities  are 
disposed  to  regard  the  merely  moral  perversions  above 
alluded  to  as  evidences  of  a  moral  obliquity,  showing  an 
excessive  perverseness  of  character,  rather  than  a  derange- 
ment of  mind.  What  has  been  termed  emotional  insanity, 
in  modern  times,  partakes  of  this  character.  It  must  cer- 
tainly be  rare  that  any  person  becomes  suddenly  affected 
with  an  insane  homicidal  impulse ;  and  unless  it  can  be 
clearly  shown  that  the  culprit  had  exhibited  previous  un- 
equivocal signs  of  insanity,  or  had  a  strong  heredity  thereto, 
such  a  plea  as  that  of  emotional  insanity  is  not  likely  to 
be  allowed.  Unquestionably,  the  moral  faculties  are  per- 
verted in  insanity,  often,  to  appearance,  more  decidedly 
than  those  of  the  intellect ;  but  it  is  rare,  if  ever,  that  they 
are  ever  exclusively  deranged.  The  manifestations  of  a 
disordered  mind  may  assume  an  almost  endless  variety  of 
forms,  doubtless  dependent  somewhat  on  the  natural  dis- 
position, or  mental  conformation,  of  the  patient.  In  some, 
the  intellectual  perversions  will  be  more  pronounced ;  in 
others,  disturbances  of  the  moral  faculties,  affections  and 
sentiments  are  more  obvious.  Hence,  it  would  be  highly 
dangerous  to  pronounce  a  person  insane,  unless  there  was 


INSANITY.  563 

some  evidence  of  intellectual  disturbance,  along  with  exhi- 
bitions of  a  depraved  moral  nature.  It  would  be  offering 
an  excuse,  or  at  least  a  palliation,  for  all  sorts  of  moral 
obliquity. 

The  law  does  not  recognize  moral  insanity  as  an  inde- 
pendent state;  "hence,  however  perverted  the  affections, 
moral  feelings,  or  sentiments  may  be,  the  medical  jurist 
must  always  look  for  some  indications  of  disturbed  reason" 
(Taylor).  Although,  according  to  Dr.  Prichard,  there  are 
two  forms  of  insanity  (moral  and  intellectual),  in  law  there 
is  but  one — that  which  affects  the  mind. 

The  term  "  partial  moral  mania,"  has  been  assigned  to 
such  cases  of  mental  action  as  are  manifested  by  certain 
forms  of  moral  perversion,  when  only  one  or  two  phases  of 
the  moral  powers  are  deranged.  Different  names  are  em- 
ployed to  designate  these. 

Kleptomania,  or  a  propensity  to  steal,  as  shown  in  persons 
of  excellent  moral  character  in  other  respects,  and  whose 
easy,  and  even  affluent  circumstances,  preclude  the  idea  of 
want  as  a  motive  inciting  to  the  crime.  Some  kleptomaniacs 
appear  to  be  sensible  of  their  fault,  and  are  ready  to  confess 
and  lament  their  unhappy  propensity.  There  are,  however, 
cases  of  so-called  kleptomania  in  which  there  is  a  perfect 
consciousness  of  the  act,  and  of  its  illegality ;  where  the 
article  stolen,  although  of  trifling  value,  was  yet  of  some 
use  to  the  person;  where  art  and  precaution  were  employed 
in  the  theft;  and  where  there  was,  subsequently,  a  denial  of 
the  act,  or  some  evasive  excuse.  Of  such  persons,  it  might 
more  properly  be  said,  that  their  organ  of  secretiveness  was 
very  largely  developed.  In  a  trial  of  a  case  of  this  kind,  it 
must  be  shown  that  the  prisoner  was  incapable  of  under- 
standing that  the  particular  act  in  question  was  a  wrong 


664  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

one.  Otherwise,  the  whole  class  of  thieves  might  equally 
iirge  the  plea  of  insanity  as  a  palliation  of  their  crime. 

Pyroniaiiia.^- \  propensity,  or  impulse  to  set  fire  to 
everything  —  houses,  barns,  churches,  etc.,  without  any 
motive.  Hamilton  speaks  of  it  as  being  often  connected 
with  a  variety  of  epileptic  insanity.  It  is  rare  to  find  this 
moral  perversion  disconnected  with  other  morbid  impulses, 
especially  homicidal,  or  suicidal.  A  well-known  historical 
instance  of  pyromania  is  that  of  Martin,  who  attempted  to 
set  fire  to  York  cathedral.  Many  cases  of  so-called  pyro- 
mania will  be  found,  on  investigation,  to  originate  in  per-r 
sonal  grudge,  or  revenge. 

Dipsommiia — Responsibility  of  Drunkards.— '^y  this  term 
is  understood  that  form  of  insanity  which  manifests  itself  in 
a  craving  for  alcohol — -a  craze  for  drink.  It  differs  from 
the  habitual  desire  for  liquor  of  the  ordinary  dram-drinker 
in  the  fact  that  there  are  distinct  remissions  of  the  disease, 
during  which  there  is  not  the  slightest  longing  for  drink 
experienced,  but  rather  a  loathing  of  it ;  but  when  this 
interval  has  passed  away,  the  inordinate  desire  returns,  and 
the  unhappy  victim  will  plunge  into  violent  excesses,  often 
frequenting  the  lowest  taverns,  and  spending  days  and 
nights  in  literally  saturating  his  system  by  drinking  enor-^ 
mous  quantities  of  brandy  and  other  spirits.  During  these 
excesses,  the  person  shuns  all  society,  and  remains  often 
secluded  for  many  days,  and  even  weeks.  .      .  _  . 

As  regards  the  responsibility  of  drunkards,  opinions 
differ.  There  can  be  no  question  that,  where  the  mind  has 
become  completely  weakened  by  habitual  drunkenness,  the 
law  would  infer  irresponsibility,  unless  it  was  clear  that, 
at  the  time  of  the  act,  the  person  was  fully  aware  of  its 
nature  and  Criminality.  In  a  case  of  con>plete  inebriety, 
where  there  is  entire  loss   of  consciousness,  the  individual 


INSANITY.  665 

is  incapable  of  giving  a  valid  consent  ;  consequently  any 
deed  or  contract  then  executed  would  be  invalid ;  but  if  the 
intoxication  be  only  partial,  so  that  the  party  knew  what 
he  was  about,  the  act  or  deed  would  be  held  to  be  valid.  A 
confession  made  by  a  partially  drunken  man  is  legally  ad- 
missible as  evidence  against  him,  provided  it  is  corroborated 
by  circumstances. 

The  criminal  responsibility  of  drunkards  is  more  rigidly 
regarded  by  the  la,w  than  their  civil  responsibility.  Thus, 
murder  committed  by  a  drunken  man  is  not  extenuated 
because  his  brain  may  have  been  crazed  by  drink,  if  volun- 
tarily induced  on  his  part.  If  it  can  be  shown  that  the 
drunkenness  has  produced  a  disease  of  the  mind  to  such  an 
extent  as  to  have  deprived  him  of  a  consciousness  of  the 
illegality  of  the  act,  then  his  irresponsibility  must  be 
admitted.  A  mitigating  circumstance  in  such  a  case  would 
be,  if  it  could  be  shown,  that  the  prisoner  was  not  actuated 
by  malice  or.  grudge  against  the  deceased,  but  had  killed 
him  while  under  the  effects  of  alcoholism. 

Although  drunkenness  does  not  excuse  crime  in  the  eye 
of  the  law,  yet  the  insanity  which  may  result  from' habitual 
drunkenness  does  certainly  confer  irresponsibility.  So, 
likewise,  it  has  been  decided  in  some  cases  of  delirium 
tremens,  when  the  brain  is  temporarily  diseased,  so  as  to 
render  the  individual  incapable  of  reason. 

Homicidal  Monomania. — In  this  form  of  madness,  the 
propensity  to  homicide  is  very  great.  There  may,  or  may 
not,  accompany  it  some  intellectual  aberrations ;  but  the 
characteristic  feature  is  an  uncontrollable  impulse  to  take 
life — often  of  those  dearest  to  the  unhappy  victim, — actu- 
ated by  some  delusion  which  has,  perhaps,  been  preying 
upon  his. mind  for  months  before,  but  onjy  now  suddenly 


•566  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

breaking  out.  Many  striking  cases  of  this  form  of  insanity 
are  recorded  in  the  books,  all,  however,  evincing  other 
unmistakable  signs  of  intellectual  disturbance. 

The  following  suggestions,  taken  chiefly  from  Husband, 
may  aid  in  forming  a  diagnosis  of  the  existence  or  non- 
existence of  this  form  of  insanity  : — 

1.  Inquire  into  the  previous  history  of  the  person  :  Was 
he  morose,  melancholic,  apprehensive  of  impending  evil, 
etc.?  Had  he  previously  received  a  falLupon  his  head,  or 
been  otherwise  injured?  Such  a  homicidal  propensity 
rarely,  if  ever,  manifests  itself  suddenly  for  the  first  time, 
like  a  flash  of  lightning  out  of  a  clear  sky;  it  is  almost 
invariably  preceded  by  other  symptoms  of  mental  disturb- 
ance, and  usually  of  a  melancholic  character. 

2.  Ascertain  the  presence  or  absence  of  motive — a  most 
important  factor  in  the  responsibility  of  the  accused.  Often 
the  real  motive  may  be  so  deeply  hidden  in  the  breast  of 
the  culprit  as  to  be  completely  concealed  from  the  view  of 
others,  and  scarcely  recognized  by  himself. 

3.  A  number  of  victims  may  be  sacrificed  at  one  time  by 
the  madman  ;  the  ordinary  murderer,  on  the  other  hand, 
seldom  sheds  more  blood  than  is  necessary  for  his  success. 

4.  The  conduct  of  the  accused  before  and  after  the 
crime :  the  insane  man  usually  makes  no  attempt  to  escape, 
but  rather  glories  in  the  bloody  deed,  assigning  his  conduct 
to  a  divine  or  spiritual  impulse. 

5.  The  character  of  the  victims.  Not  unfrequently  the 
madman  destroys  those  who  were  the  dearest  to  him  while 
he  was  sane,  and  for  whose  destruction  he  could  have  had 
no  conceivable  motive. 

Suicidal  Monomania. — This  form  of  insanity  displays 
itself  by  the  prominent  idea  of  self-destruction.     Consider- 


INSANITY.  567 

able  diversity  of  opinion  exists  upon  the  question  whether 
suicide  is  always  to  be  regarded  as  evidence  of  insanity. 
Probably  in  the  majority  of  cases,  suicide  is  to  be  directly 
ascribed  to  insanity;  but  there  are  numerous  instances 
where  the  act  of  self-destruction  is  deliberately  perpe- 
trated, with  a  distinct  motive,  and  for  a  purpose.  Sui- 
cide was  at  one  period  of  the  world's  history  regarded  as 
rather  a  praiseworthy  act  on  the  part  of  persons  wearied  of 
life.  Philosophers,  poets,  statesmen,  generals  and  moralists, 
believed  in  it,  and  practiced  it.  Even  at  the  present  date, 
it  exists  under  national  sanction  in  India  and  Japan.  In  our 
own  times  and  country  we  have  almost  daily  examples  of 
deliberate  suicides  for  whom  the  plea  of  insanity  could 
never  be  urged.  Moreover,  the  laws  of  most  modern  civil- 
ized countries  regard  suicide  as  a  crime,  which  they  could 
not  consistently  do,  if  it  was  merely  the  manifestation  of 
disease  (insanity).  Consequently,  the  argument  is  unan- 
swerable, that  many  cases  of  suicide  are  the  result  of  a 
perfectly  sane  and  deliberate  purpose,  acting  upon  the  un- 
happy victim,  and  leading  him  to  prefer  death  by  his  own 
hand,  rather  than  endure  the  miseries  of  his  present 
existence. 

The  almost  uniform  verdict  of  coroners'  juries  in  cases  of 
suicide — "  death  by  his  own  hands,  while  laboring  under 
temporary  insanity" — would  seem  to  give  some  weight  to 
the  popular  idea  that  suicide  was  always  the  result  of  in- 
sanity; but  this  is  doubtless  to  be  ascribed  to  a  natural 
desire  on  their  part  to  soften  down  as  much  as  possible  the 
terrible  nature  of  the  death,  in  consideration  of  the  feelings 
of  the  surviving  relatives. 

The  statistics  of  various  countries  fully  confirm  the  above 
position.  For  example,  in  France,  the  different  causes 
leading  to  suicide  are  set  down  as  follows:  25  per  cent,  are 


568  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

assigned  to  physical  suffering  and  illness;  15  per  cent,  to 
family  troubles;  16  percent  to  dissipation  and  misconduct; 
II  per  cent,  are  directly  traceable  to  alcoholism;  13  per 
cent,  to  financial  embarrassment  and  poverty;  and  31  per 
cent,  (less  than  one-third)  are  credited -to  insanity. 

According  to  Brierre  de  Boismont,  in  the  year  1876  there 
occurred  in  France  5567  suicides,  of  whom  4435  were  men, 
and  1 132  women.  Twenty-nine  were  males  under  16  years, 
and  98  over  80  years.  In  most  countries,  the  numbers 
.increase  notably  with  the  age.  Thus,  in  France,  the  num? 
ber  under  16  years  amounted  to  one  per  cent;  between  30 
'and  40  years,  to  14  per  cent;  between  50  and  60  years,  to 
20  per  cent.;  and  over  60  years,  to  30  per  cent. 

In  cases  of  true  suicidal  mania,  it  may  happen  that  a 
latent  delusion,  often  assuming  the  form  of  hallucination, 
may  have  been  haunting  the  victim  for  months  before  the 
perpetration  of  the  fatal  act;  while  in  other  instances,  the 
impulse  is  sudden,  and  apparently  unpremeditated.  Even 
in  the  latter  case,  it  will  usually  be  found,  on  careful  exam- 
ination into  the  previous  history  of  the  person,  that  there 
were  some  former  manifestations  of  mental  disorder.  The 
case  of  the  barber  (mentioned  by  Sir  C.  Bell)  who  cut  his 
own  throat  immediately  after  hearing  a  surgeon,  whom  he 
was  shaving,  describe  the  proper  mode  of  performing  that 
deed,  illustrates  the  suddenness  of  the  impulse  in  some 
cases  of  suicide;  but  it  is  possible  that  the  mind  of  this  man 
had  been  frequently  dwelling  upon  this  subject,  previous  to 
the  commission  of  the  deed. 

It  is  well  understood  that  the  law  does  not  regard  suicide 
as  evidence  of  insanity,  so  that  the  validity  of  a  will  exe- 
cuted by  one  who  subsequently  takes  his  own  life  is  not 
affected  thereby. 

The  relation  of  suicide  to  life  insurance  is  one  of  great 


INSANITY.  569 

practical  importance,  in  a  medico-legal  point  of  view.  The 
policies  of  most  life  insurance  companies,  until  very  recently, 
contained  a  clause  to  the  effect  that  the  policy  became  void 
if  the  insurer  should  "  die  by  his  own  hand  " — making  no 
distinction  whatever  between  2i  felo-de-se  committed  delib- 
erately and  intelligently,  and  a  suicide  resulting  either  from 
the  acute  delirium  of  fever,  or  from  a  more  chronic  form  of 
mental  disease.  Most  assuredly,  if  regarded  from  an  equit- 
able standpoint,  the  policy  should  not  be  forfeited  under 
these  latter  circumstances,  any  more  than  if  the  death  of 
the  insured  had  been  caused  by  apoplexy,  or  by  any 
casualty.  How  absurd  it  would  seem  for  any  company  to 
make  its  insured  responsible  for  that  diseased  mental  con- 
dition which  mgy  culminate  in  an  insane  act  of  self-destruc- 
tion, any  more  than  for  an  attack  of  phrenitis,  arachnitis  or 
typhoid  fever,  in  all  of  which  there  may  be  acute  delirium, 
driving  its  victim  to  an  act  of  suicide!  The  line  should  be 
sharply  drawn,  in  cases  of  life  insurance,  between  intelligent 
suicides  and  insane  suicides;  the  former  being  held  respon- 
sible for  the  act  of  self-destruction,  and,  therefore,  vitiating 
their  policy;  while  the  latter  are  to  be  regarded  as  irrespon- 
sible, and  consequently  not  vitiating  their  policies.  Any 
other  ruling  seems  unjust.  In  point  of  fact,  however,  nearly 
all  the  life  companies  have  dropped  both  suicide  and  intem- 
perance as  disqualifying  causes  for  non-payment. 

And  just  here  we  should  not  lose  sight  of  the  very  im- 
portant distinction  between  doing  an  act  intentionally  and 
doing  it  intelligently.  The  insane  person,  equally  with  the 
man  of  sound  intellect,  commits  the  suicidal  act  intention- 
ally; i.e.,  he  cuts  his  throat,  shoots  himself  with  a  pistol, 
drowns,  or  hangs  himself,  intending  to  take  his  own  life 
thereby;  but  there  is  this  all-important  distinction  between 
the  two:  the  sane  man  does  the  deed  intelligently,  as  well 


570  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

as  intentionally,  fully  aware,  at  the  time,  of  the  illegality  of 
the  act  and  of  all  its  consequences,  both  here  and  hereafter. 
The  insane  man,  on  the  contrary,  commits  the  act  with  his 
mind  not  in  its  normal  equipoise,  but  swayed  by  an  insane 
delusion. 

There  is  a  form  of  suicide  which  might  give  rise  to  con- 
siderable casuistry  in  cases  of  life  insurance  :  where  a  person 
in  the  habit  of  using  powerful  drugs,  such  as  laudanum  or 
chloral,  for  medicinal  purposes,  takes  a  very  large,  dose 
while  in  a  state  of  intoxication,  and  dies.  In  such  a  case 
the  act  of  self-destruction,  not  being  intentional,  could 
hardly  be  deemed  felonious,  and  therefore  not  coming 
within  the  statute.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  as  drunkenness 
is  not  a  legal  excuse  for  homicide,  it  might  be  made  to 
affect  the  question  of  suicide  also,  which  thus,  under  the 
circumstances,  might  be  held  as  felonious  killing. 

As  remarked  by  Taylor,  if  suicide  was  in  all  cases  the 
result  of  insanity,  the  act  ought  to  be  more  frequent  among 
the  insane ;  but  experience  does  not  favor  this  idea.  The 
report  of  the  British  Commissioners  of  Lunacy  for  1850 
shows  that  out  of  15,079  persons  that  year  confined  as 
lunatics,  there  occurred  only  eight  suicides. 

The  suicidal  tendency,  or  impulse,  appears  at  times  to 
assume  an  almost  epidemic  tendency  in  a  community. 
Imitation  has,  undoubtedly,  much  to  do  with  this,  especially 
when  the  mode  of  self-destruction  adopted  and  the  attend- 
ing circumstances  were  of  a  peculiar  sensational  character. 
Thus,  a  second  and  a  third  suicide  took  place  in  rapid  suc- 
cession, soon  after  the  first  occurred,  from  the  top  of  the 
monument  in  London.  The  same  thing  occurred  in  Paris 
from  the  Napoleon  monument.  Dr.  Forbes  Winslow  states 
that,  "some  years  ago  a  man  hung  himself  on  the  threshold 
of  one  of  the  doors  of  the  Hotel  des  Invalides.     No  suicide 


INSANITY.  571 

had  occurred  in  the  establishment  for  two  years  previously; 
but  in  the  succeeding  fortnight  five  invalids  hung  them- 
selves on  the  same  cross-bar,  and  the  governor  was  obliged 
to  shut  up  the  passage."  The  tendency  to  suicide  seems  to 
be  hereditary  in  certain  cases,  extending  through  several 
generations.  But  in  all  these  instances,  there  were  other 
unmistakable  evidences  of  a  deranged  mind. 

General  Paralysis  of  the  Insane. — This  affection,  known 
also  as  "paretic  dementia,"  is  a  disease  of  the  brain,  charac- 
terized by  both  mental  and  motor  symptoms.  Its  approach 
is  gradual  and  insidious.  It  often  follows  alcoholism  and 
syphilis,  and  likewise  mental  overwork  of  any  kind — any 
cause  that  occasions  a  continuous  overstrain,  up  to  the 
point  of  exhaustion,  upon  that  portion  of  the  cerebral  mass 
in  which  mentalization  especially  resides.  Clouston  shows 
this  function  to  be  especially  located  in  the  gray  substance 
of  the  convolutions.  Its  outer  layer  or  rind  is  most  deli- 
cately constituted,  has  far  more  blood  and  more  minute 
cells  than  any  other  portion  of  the  brain,  and  on  the  whole 
may  be  regarded  as  the  most  important  factor  in  mentaliza- 
tion, being,  in  fact,  the  mind  tissue.  General  paralysis  is  a 
disease  of  this  outer  layer  of  the  cerebral  convolutions — of 
the  mind-tissue,  in  fact.  "  It  is  essentially  a  death  of  that 
tissue.  It  is  equivalent  to  a  premature  and  sudden  senile 
condition — senility  being  the  slow  physiological  process  of 
ending,  general  paralysis  the  quick  pathological  one.  The 
causes  of  it  are  causes  that  have  exhausted  the  trophic 
energy  by  over-stimulation." 

It  may  begin  with  scarcely  perceptible  alterations  in 
manner,  fretfulness,  irritability  and  carelessness  in  habits, 
which  are  soon  succeeded  by  ridiculous  boastings  of  his 
possessions  and  personal  abilities  (delusions  of  grandeur). 


572  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

These  delusions  assume  various  forms  and  expressions ; 
sometimes  it  is  enormous  wealth  of  money  and  jewels ; 
again  it  is  herculean  strength  of  body,  or  wonderful  mental 
capacity;  again,  it  may  take  the  form  of  extraordinary 
sexual  capacity.  Along  with  these  there  is  the  most 
foolish  extravagance,  purchasing  the  most  useless  articles, 
and  throwing  away  his  money  with  the  most  reckless  pro- 
digality. "At  this  time  there  will  be  noticed  a  loss  of 
muscular  power;  at  first,  the  tongue  will  tremble  when 
protruded  ;  then  the  lips  become  tremulous,  and  the  corners 
of  the  mouth  uneven;  the  speech  is  clumsy,  and  there  is 
great  difficulty  in  pronouncing  the  labial  and  lingual  con- 
sonants" (Hamilton).  The  pupils  are  apt  to  be  unequally 
dilated,  or  they  may  both  be  much  contracted. 

As  the  disease  advances,  the  gait  becomes  unsteady  and 
trembling.  Vision  is  also  impaired,  as  are  also  the  other 
senses.  Fits  of  violence  often  alternate  with  a  melancholic 
condition,  and  epileptic  and  hemiplegic  attacks  may  com- 
plicate the  case  toward  the  last;  but,  as  has  been  already 
suggested,  these  may  be  indications  of  some  organic  dis- 
order which  occasionally  accompanies  the  disease. 

Among  the  frequent  accompaniments  of  this  form  of 
insanity,  Clouston  alludes  to  the  "insane  ear"  ox  hematoma 
auj'is,  a  bloody,  gelatinous  swelling  of  the  ear,  usually  the 
result  of  a  blow  upon  that  organ,  although  sometimes  of 
spontaneous  origin.  Its  occurrence  is  always  an  unfavora- 
ble prognosis  in  this  and  other  forms  of  insanity,  "  It  is 
connected  with  arterial  degeneration  in  the  branches  of  the 
carotid  artery.  The  contents  of  hematoma  aiiris  are  like 
the  extravasations  under  the  dura  mater  in  pachymeningitis 
hemorrhagica  interna,  a  disease  that  is  liable  to  occur  in 
precisely  the  same  class  of  persons." 

There  are  periods  of  remission  in  general  paresis,  during 


INSANITY.  573 

which  the  individual  appears  quite  sane.  These  may  last 
for  weeks  or  months.  During  these  intervals  the  question 
of  his  testamentary  capacity  may  be  raised,  which,  of  course, 
would  have  to  be  decided  according  to  the  actual  mental 
condition  of  the  patient.  If  under  an  extravagant  delusion, 
extravagant  and  unjust  bequests  were  made,  these  should, 
undoubtedly,  be  set  aside,  as  being  the  offspring  of  a 
deranged  mind. 

The  prognosis  in  general  paresis  is  always  unfavorable; 
the  disease  progresses  to  a  fatal  termination,  though  not 
always  rapidly. 

Dementia. — This  term  is  used  to  define  the  condition 
manifested  by  a  decay  of  the  mental  powers.  Commencing 
with  a  gradual  enfeeblement  of  the  mind,  it  may  terminate 
in  its  total  extinction.  It  differs  totally  from  mania  in  being 
attended  by  a  lack  of  ideas,  while  the  former  is  characterized 
by  an  exuberance  of  ideas,  although  these  are  confused 
and  incoherent.  Dementia  is  essentially  a  disease  of  depres- 
sion ;  mania,  one  of  excitement.  It  may  follow  acute  mania 
or  melancholia,  or  result  from  cerebral  organic  disease  or 
injury,  and  it  is  a  frequent  accompaniment  of  old  age  (senile 
dementia).  Its  most  striking  symptom  is  loss  of  memory, 
this  faculty  being  the  first  to  show  signs  of  decay.  This 
progressively  increases,  until  everything  seems  to  be  for- 
gotten by  the  patient,  even  what  he  has  seen,  or  heard,  or 
done,  only  a  few  moments  before. 

The  general  mental  feebleness  is  further  manifested  by 
the  "  wavering  .play  of  worn-out  emotions,  incoherence  and 
half-formed  and  varying  delusions  "  (Hamilton).  The  delu- 
sions are  of  a  suspicious  character;  the  patient  is  unde- 
cided, childish  and  silly  in  his  manners;  his  conversation  is 
incoherent;  he  will  repeat  words  or  sentences  without  any 


574  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

meaning;  he  manifests  neither  partiahty  nor  aversion  to 
former  friends  or  acquaintances;  he  moves  about  aimlessly, 
for  hours,  or  may  remain  for  days  in  the  same  attitude. 
There  is  often  a  strong  disposition  exhibited  for  hoarding 
up  useless  articles,  as  if  they  were  of  great  value.  The 
countenance  is  generally  pale,  vacant  and  without  expres- 
sion ;  the  look  vague  and  uncertain,  and  tears  are  often 
easily  shed,  from  the  slightest  cause. 

Secondary  dementia,  following  disease  of  the  brain,  is 
usually  gradual  in  its  approach,  the  decay  of  one  mental 
faculty  following  another,  and  accompanied,  also,  with  pro- 
gressive physical  weakness.  Such  cases  are  popularly 
known  as  "  softening  of  the  brain  ;  "  and  there  is  probably 
no  sadder  spectacle  to  witness  than  the  gradual  decay, 
through  disease,  of  both  mind  and  body,  in  one  whose 
former  brilliant  intellect  is  slowly  but  surely  giving  place  to 
the  fatuity  of  dementia. 

Dementia  is  thought  to  follow  mania  more  frequently 
than  melancholia;  and  although  it  may  seem  to  resemble 
the  latter  form  of  insanity  in  some  of  its  features,  it  differs 
from  it  in  exhibiting  less  coherence  of  ideas,  and  less  ability 
to  keep  up  the  continuity  of  the  delusions. 

Senile  dementia  is  usually  marked  by  a  failure  of  both 
the  bodily  and  mental  powers ;  it  exhibits  itself  by  loss  of 
memory,  and  childishness.  The  old  man  is  cross  and  petu- 
lant, uncertain  in  his  action,  careless,  and  often  filthy  in  his 
habits  ;  wandering  about  aimlessly ;  often  foolishly  extrava- 
gant. He  may  gradually  sink  into  a  state  of  complete 
fatuity,  and  finally  die  of  exhaustion. 

Puerperal  Insanity. — This  form  of  insanity  attacks  women 
after  delivery,  at  a  period  varying  from  a  kw  days  to  several 
weeks.     It  is  said  to  occur  most  frequently  before  the  stop- 


INSANITY.  575 

page  of  the  lochia.  It  is  usually  attended  with  the  appear- 
ance of  albumin  in  the  urine,  and  with  the  interruption  or 
suppression  of  the  milk  and  lochia.  The  disorder  may  as- 
sume any  form  of  mania,  from  the  grave  to  the  gay, 
loquacious,  taciturn,  correct  or  foul  in  talk,  attended  with 
delusions  of  a  religious  character,  or  of  persecution.  She 
is  apt  to  forget  recent  events  and  not  to  recognize  persons. 
Her  infant  is  either  totally  disregarded,  or  becomes  the 
object  of  stealthy  destruction.  Instances  are  reported 
of  the  most  horrible  murders  of  their  offspring  by  mothers 
suffering  under  this  form  of  insanity.  Crimes  of  this  char- 
acter are  sometimes  committed  from  a  seemingly  sudden 
impulse ,  whilst,  in  other  cases,  they  may  be  preceded  by 
torturing  doubt;  and  the  very  sight  of  the  child  has  aroused 
the  almost  invincible  desire  to  murder  it.  Dr.  Reese  notes 
the  case  of  a  lady  who  had  completely  recovered  from  her 
first  confinement,  and  was  able  to  go  out.  One  day,  several 
weeks  after  the  birth  of  her  child,  she  was  visiting  at  a 
friend's  house,  when,  all  of  a  sudden,  she  broke  out  into  the 
most  violent  paroxysm  of  mania,  requiring  bodily  restraint. 
She  took  a  strong  dislike  both  to  her  husband  and  child. 
She  was  treated  in  different  asylums  for  about  one  year, 
when  she  completely  recovered,  and  has  continued  well 
ever  since,  having  also  given  birth  to  another  child. 
Women  suffering  from  puerperal  mania  are  apt  to  commit 
the  most  unexpected  crimes,  which,  at  times,  may  be  mis- 
understood by  juries,  and  may  be  mistaken  for  instances  of 
intentional  infanticide.  Fortunately,  however,  for  the  diag- 
nosis of  the  case,  the  crimes  are  brutally  executed,  and 
often  more  than  one  person  is  murdered,  so  that  no  doubt 
can  be  raised  as  to  the  real  condition  of  the  patient. 

Somnambulism. — The    degree    of   responsibility  for  acts 


576  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

committed  in  sleep-walking,  or  somnambulism,  is  on  a  par 
with  those  committed  in  delirium  tremens,  i.  e.,  there  is  no 
responsibility.  In  the  "  unconscious  cerebration  "  during 
sleep,  it  is  presumed  that  intention  and  malice,  the  chief 
ingredients  of  crime,  are  wanting.  So,  also,  in  the  case  of.  a 
person  half  awake,  suddenly  aroused  under  the  effect 
of  a  delusion  of  a  -dream,  who  may  make  a  murderous 
attack  upon  his  wife  or  child  supposing  he  is  defending 
himself  against  a  mortal  enemy,  no  criminal  responsibility 
would  be  imputed  to  him. 

Epileptic  Insanity. — The  majority  of  epileptics  sooner  or 
later  show  mental  deterioration.  According  to  Esquirol, 
out  of  339  epileptics  in  the  Salpetriere,  12  were  mono- 
maniacs ;  64  were  maniacal ;  34  were  furious  ;  145  were  im- 
l^ecile  or  demented,  8  were  idiotic ;  50  were  habitually 
rational,  but  with  loss  of  memoiy,  exaltation  of  ideas,  some- 
times a  temporary  delirium  and  a  tendency  to  dementia  ; 
60  had  no  derangement  of  intellect,  but  were  very  irritable, 
irascible,  obstinate,  capricious  and  eccentric  (Ray).  An 
investigation  of  the  epileptic  wards  of  any  large  hospital 
will  give  similar  results.  An  epileptic  may  be  the  victim 
of  mania,  melancholia,  paranoia,  or  paretic  dementia.  Any 
form  of  insanity  may,  in  fact,  be  associated  with  epilepsy, 
but  a  certain  type  of  mental  disease  is  especially  regarded 
as  epileptic,  and  this  may  become  of  great  forensic  import- 
ance. It  is  usually  studied  in  its  relation  to  the  motor 
paroxysm  or  fit,  and  from  this  point  of  view  can  be  subdi- 
vided into  I,  post-epileptic  insanity,  which  follows  the  con- 
vulsive attack ;  2,  pre-epileptic  insanity  which  precedes  the 
attack ;  3,  the  psychical  substitute  of  the  attack ;  4,  insan- 
ity occurring  in  the  interval  between  the  attacks. 

The  psychical  disturbances  which  occur  before,  after  or 


INSANITY.  577 

as  the  equivalent  of  the  fit,  may  be  of  much  the  same 
character,  although  post-paroxysmal  outbreaks  are  most 
likely  to  be  maniacal.  Preceding  the  fit  the  epileptic 
frequently  shows  great  irritability,  moroseness  and  sus- 
picion. Mann  well  describes  a  typical  post-epileptic  condi- 
tion as  follows  :  "  After  a  fully  developed  seizure  the  patient 
ysually  sleeps  profoundly  for  a  variable  period,  and  on 
awakening  is  in  his  former  condition,  except  that  he  feels 
sore  and  fatigued;  in  some  cases  automatic  movements  are 
made  before  consciousness  returns.  A  man  may  have  a  fit 
in  the  street,  and  after  it  is  over  may  get  up  and  walk  a 
considerable  distance  without  any  perception  of  his  sur- 
roundings ;  when  he  comes  to  himself  he  finds  that  he  is  in 
a  neighborhood  quite  unknown  to  him.  Whilst  in  this 
condition  he  may  perform  a  variety  of  actions  of  a  purposive 
nature  which  demand  complicated  movements  for  their  exe- 
cution. The  actions  performed  are  determined  by  the  influ- 
ence of  past  co-ordinations  on  the  motor  centres  acting  in 
the  absence  of  the  restraint  imposed  under  normal  condi- 
tions by  the  highest  controlling  centres,  the  latter  being  in 
a  state  of  passivity  from  exhaustion.  Many  of  these  actions 
present  all  the  appearance  of  volitional  movements,  and  yet 
the  individual,  both  at  the  time  and  afterwards,  is  quite  un- 
conscious of  having  performed  them;  although  described 
as  automatic  they  are  probably  initiated  by  a  slight  periph- 
eral stimulation,  or  by  one  of  internal  origin." 

The  remarkable  affection  of  memory'  and  consciousness 
known  under  such  names  as  periodic  amnesia,  periodic 
asynesia,  double  consciousness,  and  alternate  consciousness, 
is  allied  to  epilepsy,  and  the  medico-legal  problems  which 
arise  in  connection  with  those  suffering  from  this  disorder 
belong  to  the  subject  of  epileptic  insanity.  Medical  litera- 
ture has  furnished  us  with  striking  illustrations  of  this  dis- 


578  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

order,  some  worthy  of  credence;  and  novelists  and  news- 
papers have  woven  from  such  phenomena  stories  of  thrilling 
interest,  in  which,  however,  the  facts,  as  a  rule,  are  far  from 
-keeping  pace  with  the  fiction.  Among  epileptics,  periodic 
amnesia,  or  an  allied  state,  is  observed  in  a  variety  of  forms. 
Instead  of  passing  into  a  maniacal  state  many  epileptics 
after  a  fit,  if  sleep  does  not  ensue,  become  dazed,  confused 
or  somnambulistic.  Others  have  attacks  which  have  been 
described  as  epileptic  automatism,  concealed  epilepsy  or 
masked  epilepsy,  in  which  are  performed  unusual,  grotesque, 
or  vicious  acts,  which  may  bring  the  persons  within  the 
purview  of  the  law.  Among  such  acts  are  undressing  or 
urinating  in  public.  It  will,  of  course,  often  be  extremely 
difficult  to  convince  authorities  that  such  a  performance  is 
not  criminal. 

In  some  cases  crimes  are  committed  by  those  who  are 
probably  epileptic,  or  at  least  sufferers  from  some  of  the 
epileptoid  affections  of  consciousness  and  memory,  but  who 
are  not  known  to  be  thus  afflicted.  A  remarkable  case  has 
been  reported  by  Yellowlees.  The  patient  had  a  clear 
history  of  somnambulism  and  night-walking,  from  when 
he  was  a  mere  lad  until  the  time  when  he  committed 
the  crime  for  which  he  was  tried  for  his  life.  He  became 
more  and  more  subject  to  somnambulistic  seizures  as  he 
grew  older;  and  these  attacks  were  accompanied  with 
great  terror,  and  with  the  appearance  of  visions  of  wild 
beasts  and  other  horrible  things.  Sometimes  he  would  tear 
his  wife  and  child  from  the  bed  while  fiercely  chasing  wild 
beasts  through  the  room  ;  at  the  same  time  striking  with 
anything  upon  which  he  could  lay  his  hands.  In  one  of 
these  terrible  paroxysms  he  hurled  his  child  with  such 
force  against  the  wall  that  it  fell  dead.  He  was  tried  for  his 
life,  and  the  jury  found  the  man  was   unconscious  of  the 


INSANITY.  579 

nature  of  the  act  which  he  had  committed,  by  reason  of  a 
condition  arising  from  somnambulism,  and  that,  therefore, 
he  was  not  responsible.  When  put  on  trial  the  man  entered 
the  following  strange  but  just  plea  :  "  I  am  guilty  in  my 
sleep,  but  not  guilty  in  my  senses." 

It  is  probable  that  many  epileptics  have  been  punished 
for  homicide,  theft,  arson,  assault  and  other  crimes  com- 
mitted without  their  true  volition,  although  the  acts  were 
apparently  purposive ;  but  it  is  often  a  task  of  extreme  diffi- 
culty to  decide  as  to  the  insanity  of  an  epileptic  at  the  time 
of  the  commission  of  a  crime.  Zacchias  contended  that 
epileptics  should  not  be  responsible  for  any  acts  committed 
within  three  days  of  a  fit,  before  or  after;  but  no  rule  can 
be  invariably  followed.  It  is  not  correct  to  conclude  that 
the  mere  existence  of  epilepsy  is  sufficient  to  establish  un- 
soundness of  mind  and  irresponsibility ;  but  each  case 
should  be  decided  on  its  own  merits,  after  a  careful  investi- 
gation of  the  family  and  previous  history  of  the  accused 
and  of  the  circumstances  surrounding  the  crime. 

It  is  altogether  probable  that  transitory  mania  or  tran- 
sitory frenzy,  so-called,  is  sometimes  epileptic  in  origin, 
although  the  claim  that  has  been  made  that  this  form  of  in- 
sanity is  always  cerebral  epilepsy  cannot  be  maintained. 
When  a  crime  has  been  committed  in  an  attack  of  transitory 
fury,  or  of  apparent  passion,  it  is  important  to  inquire 
closely  as  to  the  existence  of  epilepsy. 

Post-mortem  Lesions  in  Insanity. — Modern  research  has 
done  much  to  elucidate  what  was  formerly  very  obscure, 
touching  the  true  pathology  of  insanity.  In  every  case  of 
true  insanity,  especially  in  the  chronic  form  of  the  disorder, 
there  are  pathcjogical  changes  produced  in  the  brain, 
although  these  may,  at  times,  be  too  subtle  and  recondite  to 
be  discovered  by  our  present  means  of  research.     If  it  be 


580  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

true  that  every  abnormal  alteration  of  function  in  an  organ 
involves,  for  the  time,  an  alteration  of  structure  (although 
this  may  not  always  be  capable  of  demonstration  to  the 
senses),  it  would  seem  most  reasonable  to  refer  those  abnor- 
mal displays  of  the  intellectual  and  mental  functions,  which 
accompany  insanity,  to  some  structural  change  in  the 
different  parts  of  the  cerebral  structure, 

.  It  is  a  most  vague  and  unsatisfactory  mode  of  expression 
to  speak  of  a  diseased  mind,  as  if  the  incorporeal,  impalpable 
entity,  which  we  term  mind,  was  the  real  seat  of  disease; 
whereas,  the  true  condition  would  seem  to  be,  that,  as  the 
mind  can  only  act,  in  our  present  state  of  being,  through 
the  brain,  a  diseased  condition  of  the  latter  organ  must 
necessarily  affect  and  distort  the  different  mental  manifesta- 
tions. The  doctrine  that  insanity  is  due  to  diseased  physical 
media  seems  to  be  most  consistent  with  sound  philosophic 
and  physiologic  views, — and  we  may  add,  also,  with  sound 
therapeutic  views.  For,  as  has  been  well  urged,  on  what 
other  grounds  do  we  administer  material  remedies  in  cases 
of  insanity,  except  with  the  expectation  that  these  remedies 
will  remove  disease  from  the  media  (the  brain)?  When 
this  is  accomplished,  the  manifestations  of  the  mind's  opera- 
tions again  become  normal  and  natural. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  must  be  remembered  that  exten- 
sive disease  of  the  brain  may  exist,  and  sometimes  exhibit 
pathological  changes  very  similar  to  those  accompanying 
insanity,  without  any  indications  of  this  latter  disorder.  Why 
this  should  be  so,  we  are  unable  distinctly  to  say.  Heredity 
and  other  occult  causes  may  produce  effects,  whose  opera- 
tions we  are  not  yet  prepared  fully  to  understand  and  explain. 

It  is  a  popular  idea  that  the  largest  brains  are  found  in 
persons  of  the  greatest  intellect;  this  is  far  from  the  truth, 
as  one  of  the  largest  on  record  belonged  to  an  idiot. 


INSANITY.  581 

In  an  autopsy  of  the  brain  in  a  case  of  insanity,  the  points 
for  consideration  are  its  size,  weight  and  configuration,  the 
appearance  of  the  convolutions,  depth  of  the  gray  substance, 
and  marks  of  recent  or  chronic  disease.  In  general,  it  may 
be  stated  that  in  chronic  cases  particularly,  the  appearances 
commonly  met  with  are  thickening  of  the  cranial  bones, 
close  adhesion  of  the  dura  mater,  congestion  of  the  pia 
mater,  with  opacity  and  thickening  of  the  arachnoid.  There 
is  also  general  fullness  of  the  blood  vessels,  with  remains  of 
old  cysts,  hardened  deposits,  or  even  abscesses  in  the 
cerebral  substance;  alterations  in  the  form  and  structure 
of  the  convolutions  and  depth  of  the  gray  matter;  also 
effusions  of  blood  and  serum,  the  latter  into  the  ventricles, 
together  with  alterations  and  atrophy  of  the  nerve-cells. 

In  Idiocy  and  Imbecility,  the  brain  is  usually  smaller  than 
natural  (although  there  are  exceptions),  with  partial  atrophy 
of  the  convolutions,  particularly  the  frontal.  There  is  also, 
generally,  a  want  of  correspondence  between  the  two  lobes. 
The  fissure  of  Sylvius  is  also,  according  to  Luys,  usually 
enlarged,  extending  much  farther  back  than  in  the  normal 
brain.  In  these  cases  there  has  been  a  true  arrest  of  develop- 
ment, depending  upon  some  defect  in  the  cortical  substance, 
from  which  intellectual  nutrition  should  have  been  supplied. 

In  Acute  Mania,  the  most  common  lesion  is  intense  hyper- 
emia along  the  "whole  margin  of  the  gray  substance  of  the 
convolutions,  and  also  in  areas  below  them.  This  active 
congestion  is  not,  however,  to  be  regarded  as  the  primary 
cause  of  mania,  otherwise  this  latter  disorder  would  fre- 
quently be  the  sequence  of  meningitis.  According  to 
Luys,  the  vessels  of  the  corpora  striata  are  most  dilated 
and  engorged. 

Clouston  describes  a  singular  pathological  condition, 
noticed  in  a  case  of  acute  mania,  consisting  of  a  copious 


582  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

deposit  of  an  abnormal  material  over  the  entire  convolu- 
tions, "  chiefly  in  their  inner  layers,  and  extending,  in  some 
places,  into  the  white  substance,  and  replacing,  at  least, 
two-thirds  of  the  gray  substance.  In  many  places,  it  was 
deposited  in  masses  around  the  arteries."  But,  that  such 
an  abnormal  deposit  is  necessary  to  produce  all  the  symp- 
toms of  violent  mania,  is  fully  disproved  (as  the  author 
remarks)  by  the  fact  of  its  entire  absence  in  other  numerous 
cases. 

The  pathological  changes  exhibited  in  chronic  mania  are 
not  pathognomonic.  We  generally  find  thickening  of  the 
membranes,  some  atrophy  of  the  convolutions,  long  con- 
gestions, together  with  disease  of  the  coats  of  the  vessels, 
with  occasional  spots  of  softening.  There  is,  usually, 
thickening  of  the  bones  of  the  skull,  with  occasional  exces- 
sive bony  deposits  on  the  inner  surface. 

In  Melancholia,  "  Luys  found,  in  several  cases,  great 
hyperemia  of  the  gray  substance  of  the  third  ventricle. 
This  gray  matter  on  the  cortex  of  one  of  these  patients 
was  thin,  and  most  of  the  convolutions  were  pale,  with 
irregular  vascular  arborizations.  In  some  cases  of  profound 
melancholia  with  stupor,  the  brain  was  completely  exsan- 
guined,  the  white  substance  deprived  of  vessels,  with  atro- 
phy of  the  cortex '^  (Hamilton). 

The  pathology  of  epileptic  insanity,  like  that  of  epilepsy, 
yet  remains  very  obscure.  According  to  Dr.  Clouston, 
who  has  examined  numerous  cases  of  this  disorder,  "  there 
is  no  special  lesion  or  abnormality."  Among  other  lesions, 
he  has  found  "  spiculae  of  bone  from  the  skull-cap  and 
membranes  pressing  into  the  convolutions,  apoplexies, 
destructive  lesions  of  the  brain  of  all  kinds  and  in  all 
places,  embolisms,  fatty  and  otherwise,  adhesions  of  the  pia 
mater  of  the  convolutions,  the  marks  of  traumatic  injuries 


INSANITY.'  583 

of  all  kinds  and  in  all  places,  unequal  hemispheres,  and 
congestions  of  all  sorts  and  in  all  places."  This  author 
does  not  believe  that  the  source  of  irritation,  in  epilepsy, 
exists  in  the  pons  and  «iedulla  oblongata,  but  thinks  that 
an  irritation  of  the  motor  area  of  the  convolutions  is  far 
more  apt  to  cause  it  than  one  anywhere  else. 

In  insanity  due  to  syphilis  we  may  expect  to  find  a 
variety  of  pathological  changes,  consisting,  chiefly,  in 
thickening  of  the  bones  of  the  cranium,  and  of  the  mem- 
branes which  adhere  to  the  bone  and  to  the  convolutions  ; 
atrophy  of  the  convolutions,  adventitious  deposits  in  the 
gray  matter ;  softening  and  disappearance  of  the  white 
matter;  tumors  (syphilomas)  in  different  places;  hypertro- 
phy of  the  coats  of  the  arteries,  obliterating  their  lumen, 
thus  causing  atrophy  of  the  structure.  There  is  believed 
to  be  a  tendency  in  syphilis  to  attack  the  brain,  after  having 
lain  latent  for  many  years.  Moreover,  it  appears  that  the 
tendency  of  the  disease  toward  the  nervous  system  is  in 
the  inverse  ratio  to  the  development  of  primary  and  sec- 
ondary symptoms. 

In  senile  dementia,  the  most  usual  pathological  lesions, 
according  to  Clouston,  are  localized  softenings  of  the  cere- 
bral structure,  the  result  of  cutting  off  the  blood  supply 
through  embolism  ;  atheroma  of  the  arteries  ;  also  a  marked 
atrophy  of  the  whole  brain,  or  of  considerable  portions  of 
the  convolutions.  The  membranes  are  commonly  thick- 
ened, and  the  cerebro-spinal  fluid  milky,  superabundant, 
and  full  of  microscopic  debris.  The  large  nerve-cells  are 
degenerated  and  disappearing,  along  with  atrophy  of  the 
smaller  cells  and  nuclei. 


584  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

MEDICO-LEGAL  RELATIONS  OF  INSANITY. 

The  duties  of  the  medical  practitioner  in  connection  with 
cases  of  real  or  alleged  insanity  involve  grave  responsibili- 
ties on  his  part,  and  require  the  exercise  of  judgment  and 
caution.  The  most  important  of  these  duties  are  the  fol- 
lowing : — 

1.  Assuming  the  responsibility  of  treating  cases  at  home, 
assigning  them  attendants,  restricting  their  liberty,  and  pre- 
venting their  attending  to  their  ordinary  business.  This  is 
a  serious  undertaking,  and  the  physician  will  do  well,  in 
such  cases,  merely  to  act  as  an  adviser,  but  to  assume  no 
responsibility  in  the  restraint ;  this  should  devolve  upon 
some  relative  of  the  patient. 

2.  To  sign  the  proper  certificate  for' the  admission  of  the 
alleged  insane  patient  into  a  public  or  private  asylum.  This 
measure  may  become  necessary,  both  for  the  good  of  the 
patient  and  for  the  safety  of  the  public  ;  but,  as  interested 
relatives  and  others  might  possibly  combine  to  commit  a 
sane  person  into  an  asylum,  and  the  physician,  in  such  a  case, 
is  liable  to  be  imposed  upon,  he  should  exercise  the  greatest 
caution  and  judgment  before  giving  his  signature.  Other- 
wise, he  renders  himself  liable  to  heavy  punishment,  by  an 
action  at  law,  for  false  commitment.  The  form  of  certificate 
is  fixed  by  statute,  and  no  other  is  valid  in  the  United  States. 
This  must  be  signed  and  sworn  to  by  one  or  more  respect- 
able physicians,  who  have  previously  witnessed  and  exam- 
ined the  patient.  In  Pennsylvania,  for  instance,  the  law 
requires  the  signatures  of  two  physicians,  who  have  been  in 
practice  for  at  least  five  years,  and  who  have  examined  the 
patient  separately  within  one  week  of  their  signature,  and 
who  testify  under  oath  of  the  necessity  of  placing  him  (or 
her)  under  the  restraint  of  an  asylum.     The  person  apply- 


INSANITY.  585 

ing  for  the  admission  of  the  patient  must  also  sign  a  respon- 
sible bond,  setting  forth  their  reasons  for  the  request,  giving 
a  history  of  the  patient's  symptoms  and  probable  cause  of 
the  attack.  The  physicians  who  sign  the  certificate  must 
have  no  connection  with  the  hospital,  nor  be  related  by 
blood  or  marriage  to  the  patient. 

Before  certifying  to  the  insanity  of  a  patient,  under  any 
circumstances,  the  practitioner  should  first  conscientiously 
determine  the  fact  of  the  insanity  ;  and,  for  this  purpose, 
he  is  compelled  to  make  a  careful  personal  examination  of 
the  patient.  This  may  require  several  vasits  in  some  cases, 
since  the  cunning  of  the  lunatic  may  at  first  baffle  the  phy- 
sician. Then  as  to  the  "  setting  forth  the  facts "  upon 
which  the  physician's  opinion  is  based,  great  care  and 
experience  are  required,  in  order  to  give  only  such  "  facts  '' 
as  are  really  demonstrative  of  the  alleged  mental  disorder. 

3.  In  the  discharge  of  lunatics,  the  same  caution  and 
judgment  are  required  on  the  part  of  the  physician. 
Patients  sometimes  obtain  their  discharge  from  an  asylum, 
contrary  to  the  wishes  of  the  superintendent,  on  a  writ  of 
habeas  corpus,  and  they  not  unfrequently  bring  an  action 
against  both  the  superintendent  and  the  physicians  who 
signed  the  certificate,  for  false  detention.  But,  generally, 
they  are  removed  by  their  friends,  when  sufficiently  recov- 
ered, at  the  discretion  of  the  superintendent.  In  this  coun- 
try, there  is  no  legal  restriction  on  the  liberation  of  the 
insane  on  their  recovery,  except  in  cases  of  homicidal,  or 
otherwise  dangerous  lunatics,  who  have  been  confined  by 
order  of  the  courts. 

4.  Medical  men  are  often  called  upon  to  give  evidence 
as  to  the  existence,  or  not,  of  insanity  in  a  criminal  under 
sentence  of  death,  in  order  to  stay  execution.  For  this 
purpose,  it  is  usual  for  the  court  to  appoint  a  commission  of 

49 


586  '  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

three    or   more   persons,  the  majority  experienced   physi- 
cians, to  determine  the  question. 

5.  When  a  defense  of  the  prisoner  is  based  upon  alleged 
insanity,  the  court  summons  experts  whose  duty  it  is  to 
determine  as  far  as  possible  the  patient's  mental  condition, 
both  before  and  at  the  time  of  the  commission  of  the  crime. 

6.  In  civil  cases,  the  physician  is  constantly  appealed  to, 
as,  e.  g.,  to  determine  the  testamentary  capacity  of  one 
making  a  will,  or  signing  a  contract,  or  contracting  a  mar- 
riage, or  transacting  ordinary  business.  As  regards  testa- 
mentary capacity,  it  is  understood  that  the  law  requires 
a  less  amount  of  mental  capacity  for  making  a  will  than 
for  managing  property,  or  enjoying  personal  liberty. 
Patients  in  asylums  have  made  wills,  which  the  courts 
have  sustained.  Patients  with  insane  delusions  that  did 
not  affect  the  provisions  of  the  will,  and  which  were  just 
and  reasonable,  have  been  held  by  the  highest  tribunals  to 
have  made  good  wills.  Thus,  a  person  suffering  from 
religious  melancholia,  under  the  delusion  that  he  had  com- 
mitted the  unpardonable  sin,  but  manifesting  mental  sound- 
ness in  other  respects,  as  indicated  by  his  correct  business 
transactions,  undoubtedly  is  possessed  of  testamentary 
capacity.  His  insane  'delusion  does  in  no  wise  affect  the 
matter  at  issue,  viz.,  his  ability  to  dispose  of  his  property. 
But  it  would  be  altogether  different  if  his  delusions  took  a 
different  shape  ;  if,  for  example,  he  believed  that  one  of  his 
children  had  attempted  to  poison  him,  and  in  consequence 
of  this  false  notion,  he  had  disinherited  that  child ;  in  such 
a  case,  inasmuch  as  the  delusion  may  have  directly  affected 
the  provisions  of  the  will,  they  should  be  regarded  as 
impeaching  the  testamentary  capacity.  Under  such  condi- 
tions, he  could  not  be  considered  as  possessing  a  disposing 
mind.     The  most  absurd  and  eccentric  wills  have  been  held 


INSANITY.  587 

by  the  courts  to  be  valid,  where  such  wills  were  shown  to 
be  in  perfect  accordance  with  the  whole  former  life  and 
character  of  the  eccentric  (but  not  insane)  testator. 

In  order  to  make  a  valid  will,  the  law  requires  that  the 
testator  should  be  sane  at  the  time  he  makes  it.  Hence, 
temporary  drunkenness,  the  delirium  of  a  fever,  narcotism 
and  similar  conditions  would,  for  the  time,  disqualify  him. 
But  a  person  may  be  suffering  from  the  effects  of  a  power- 
ful poison — arsenic  or  strychnin,  for  instance — provided 
his  brain  is  not  affected  so  that  his  intelligence  is  impaired, 
his  will  made  under  these  circumstances  will  be  perfectly 
valid.  The  question  has  been  raised  of  the  validity  of  a 
will  made  by  a  person  suffering  from  typhoid  fever ;  the 
answer  should  certainly  be  affirmative,  provided  he  was  not 
delirious  at  the  time.  In  an  English  case,  it  was  held  that 
neither  erysipelas  nor  fever  would  invalidate  a  will,  but  that 
the  stupor  and  drowsiness  induced  by  them  would. 

As  regards  paralysis,  it  has  been  settled  that  this  is  not 
sufficient  to  invalidate  a  will,  even  if  it  be  accompanied  with 
aphasia  or  loss  of  speech,  always  provided  the  mental  pow- 
ers were  good.  The  same  is  true  of  the  collapse  of  cholera, 
where  the  patient  is  unable  to  speak  from  exhaustion,  but 
where  the  mental  powers  continue  unimpaired. 

In  epilepsy,  unless  it  can  be  proved  that  the  repeated  attacks 
have  affected  the  mind,  so  as  to  have  completely  unhinged 
it,  it  has  been  decided  that  the  patient  has  a  perfect  testa- 
mentary capacity  in  the  intervals  between  the  paroxysms. 
The  case  of  the  Duchess  of  Manchester  (1854)  is  one  in 
point.  She  executed  a  second  will  about  three  weeks  be- 
fore her  death.  She  had  repeated  attacks  of  hysteria  and 
convulsions  along  with  delusions.  The  attending  physi- 
cian deposed  that,  on  the  day  of  executing  the  will,  and 
for  some  days  previous,  the  Duchess  had  recovered  her 


588  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

reason,  and  that  at  the  time  of  signing  it  she  was,  in  his 
judgment,  aware  of  what  she  was  doing,  and  that  she  vol- 
untarily delivered  it  as  her  own  act  and  deed.  It  appeared 
also  that  the  disputed  will  was  substantially  such  as  the 
Duchess  had  announced  before  that  it  was  her  intention  to 
make.  At  the  trial,  several  medical  witnesses  gave  their 
opinion  that  the  Duchess  was  of  unsound  mind,  and,  there- 
fore, incapable  of  making  a  will.  But  the  point  at  issue 
was — Was  she,  at  the  time  of  executing  the  will,  in  a  com- 
petent state  of  mind?  The  jury  found  that  she  was  com- 
petent, and  that  the  will  was  valid. 

When  a  physician  is  asked  to  examine  into  the  testa- 
mentary capacity  of  a  patient  before  executing  his  will,  it 
will  be  well  that  the  interview  should  be  strictly  private,  or 
else  in  the  presence  of  the  nurse,  or  some  one  member  of 
the  family,  in  order  to  ascertain  the  true  condition  of  his 
mind:  whether  it  is  iree  from  the  action  of  drink,  or  nar^ 
cotics ;  whether  he  properly  understands  the  nature  of  the 
act  he  is  to  perform;  whether  he  is  influenced  as  to  the 
manner  of  doing  it  by  any  insane  delusions  prompting  him 
thereto;  and,  finally,  whether  any  undue  influence  is  being 
exerted  over  him  from  without.  It  may  happen  that,  in  a 
private  interview,  a  dying  man  might  disclose  to  his  physi- 
cian the  fact  of  such  an  improper  influence,  from  which  he 
was  desirous  of  escaping,  but  which  had  become  dominant 
over  him  in  consequence  of  his  weakness. 

7.  The  medical  man  may  be  asked  his  opinion  in  refer- 
ence to  the  propriety  of  contracting  a  marriage  with  a  party 
who  has  been  insane,  or  who  has  an  insane  heredity.  This 
is  often  a  most  delicate  and  responsible  position  for  him  to 
occupy.  Undoubtedly  physicians  will  be  generally  averse 
to  marriage  when  either  party  has  been  insane;  certainly, 
if  there  exists  a  history  of  insanity  in  the  family,  the  risk  is 


INSANITY.  589 

very  great.  A  sporadic  case  of  insanity,  depending  on  some 
special  cause,  and  perfectly  curable,  may  occur  in  any 
family;  this  might  be  excepted  from  the  advice  above 
given. 

8.  Then,  also,  as  to  the  proper  training  and  education  of 
children  of  insane  or  neurotic  parents,  medical  advice  is 
often  very  properly  sought  and  followed.  Such  children 
should,  of  course,  be  brought  up  on  strictly  physiologic  and 
hygienic  principles.  Pure  air,  simple  but  nourishing 
diet,  plenty  of  out-door  exercise,  the  avoidance  of  all  im- 
proper excitement,  especially  toward  the  period  of  puberty, 
and  the  subordination  of  their  intellectual  studies  to  their 
physical  health — these  are  the  points  to  which  the  attention 
should  be  specially  directed, 

CRIMINAL   RESPONSIBILITY     THE   PLEA  OF  INSANITY  AS   A 
BAR  TO  CAPITAL  PUNISHMENT. 

There  is  no  aspect  of  insanity  of  more  profound  interest 
to  the  medical  jurist,  nor  of  greater  importance  both  to  him 
and  to  the  community,  than  that  of  responsibility  in  criminal 
cases.  After  clearing  away  much  irrelevant  matter  that 
prevents  a  clear  comprehension  of  the  subject  of  criminal 
responsibility — divesting  it  of  all  its  mere  technicalities  and 
subtleties — we  come  to  the  true  test — mental  disturbance 
arising  from  disease.  In  the  words  of  Dr.  Bucknill:  "The 
element  of  disease,  therefore,  in  abnormal  conditions  of 
mind,  is  the  touchstone  of  irresponsibility,  and  the  detection 
of  its  existence  or  non-existence  is  the  peculiar,  and  often- 
times the  difficult  task  of  the  psychopathist." 

But  the  question  immediately  occurs — How  is  the  exist- 
ence of  this  alleged  mental  disorder  to  be  determined  ? 
What  are  the  tests  of  its  presence  in  the  criminal  at  the  bar 
of  justice?     In  England,  formerly,  the  doctrine  was  "that 


590  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

every  man  was  responsible  for  his  acts  unless  he  was  totally 
deprived  of  his  understanding  and  memory,  and  did  not 
know  what  he  was  doing,  no  more  than  an  infant,  than  a 
brute,  or  a  wild  beast."  In  the  case  of  Bellingham,  "  the 
knowledge  of  right  and  wrong  "  in  the  abstract  was  the  test 
of  mental  unsoundness  ;  and  as,  in  the  opinion  of  the  judge 
and  jury,  he  was  held  to  be  capable  of  solving  this  meta- 
physical problem,  Bellingham  was  duly  hanged.  Since  the 
trial  and  acquittal  of  MacNaughton  for  the  murder  of  Mr. 
Drummond,  on  the  ground  of  insanity,  the  doctrine  of  the 
knowledge  of  abstract  right  and  wrong  has  been  changed 
to  a  knowledge  of  right  and  wrong  in  relation  to  the  par- 
ticular act  of  which  the  person  is  accused,  and  also  at  the 
time  of  committing  it  (Husband).  But  a  step  further  has 
been  taken  in  declaring  "  he  must  also  have  a  knowledge 
of  the  consequences  of  the  act." 

The  knowledge  of  the  difference  between  right  and 
wrong  has  been  the  test  for  years ;  yet  it  is  unsatisfactory. 
No  doubt  many  insane  persons  have  committed  acts  which 
they  knew  to  be  wrong,  and  of  the  criminality  of  which 
they  were  at  the  time  perfectly  conscious ;  as  they  were 
also  of  their  penal  consequences.  Some  have  been  known 
to  commit  murder  with  the  avowed  intention  of  receiving 
the  punishment  of  death  at  the  hands  of  the  law,  instead  of 
inflicting  it  suicidally  upon  themselves.  Dr.  Maudsley 
criticizes  the  above  "  test "  very  truly  when  he  says:  "  Here 
is  an  unhesitating  assumption  that  a  man  having  an  insane 
delusion  has  the  power  to  think  and  act  in  regard  to  it 
reasonably ;  that  he  is,  in  fact,  bound  to  be  reasonable  in 
his  unreason,  sane  in  his  insanity. 

The  decisions  in  the  American  courts  have  generally 
been  similar  to  those  of  England,  the  dominant  idea  being 
a   knowledge    on   the  part  of  the  criminal  of  the  wrong 


INSANITY.  591 

nature  of  the  act  in  question — "its  criminality,  not  only 
against  the  laws  of  man,  but  also  against  the  laws  of  God 
and  nature."  The  doctrine  laid  down  by  Mittermaier  is 
thought  by  some  to  cover  the  ground  more  completely.  He 
regards  the  will  as  the  most  important  factor  in  the  case. 
He  rebukes  the  English  jurists  for  their  rigid  adherence  to 
the  antiquated  doctrine,  that  whoever  can  distinguish  good 
from  evil  enjoys  freedom  of  will,  and  retains  the  faculty  (if 
he  chose  to  use  it)  of  framing  his  action  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  law.  "  A  person  who  commits  a  criminal  act, 
being  fully  cognizant  of  the  nature  of  the  law,  and  of  the 
punishment  to  which  he  is  exposing  himself,  may  yet  be  of 
insane  mind.  The  true  test  of  irresponsibility  should  be, 
not  whether  the  party  accused  was  aware  of  the  criminality 
of  his  action,  but  whether  he  has  lost  all  power  of  control 
over  his  actions."  According  to  Hamilton,  "the  true  test, 
after  all,  is  the  condition  of  the  will."  With  this  Ordronaux 
substantially  agrees,  when,  speaking  of  criminal  responsi- 
bility, he  adds,  in  addition  to  the  defendant  knowing  the 
nature  and  consequences  of  the  act,  and  having  a  felonious 
intent  in  its  commission,  that  "  he  had  the  power  to  choose 
between  doing  and  not  doing  it;  and,  supposing  this  power 
to  be  lost,  it  is  lost  solely  through  disease,  and  not  through 
temporary  inebriety,  or  violent  anger." 

The  above  doctrine  seems  to  be  sound ;  it  is  founded 
on  psychologic  principles,  and  certainly  cannot  be  ac- 
cused of  bearing  harshly  or  inhumanly  against  a  pris- 
oner. It  places  his  irresponsibility  for  the  criminal  act 
exactly  where  it  ought  to  be  placed — on  a  distorted  mind. 
Moreover,  a  thorough  understanding  of  these  views  by 
medical  experts,  and  a  more  general  dissemination  through 
the  community  of  the  important  doctrine  that  insanity  is  a 
disease,  and  not  a  mere  outburst  of  anger,  or  even  a  series 


592  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

of  emotional  acts,  will  contribute  not  a  little  to  educate  the 
people  as  to  the  reasonable  and  proper  grounds  to  be  taken 
in  those  cases  of  homicide  in  which  the  plea  of  insanity  is 
urged. 

Impulsive  or  emotional  insanity,  as  it  is  named,  is  often 
urged  as  a  defense  for  crime,  especially  homicide.  Is  the 
plea  a  sound  one  ?  Can  it  be  possible  that  an  individual 
can  be  sane  immediately  before  and  immediately  after 
the  commission  of  an  act,  and  insane  only  at  the 
moment  of  its  commission  ?  A  well-known  writer  thus 
expresses  himself:  "  I  see  no  ground  on  which  to  rest 
an  hypothesis  of  an  impulsive  insanity,  or  to  justify  an 
incorporation  in  our  medical  jurisprudence  of  such  a  form. 
I  cannot  conceive  of  a  homicidal  act,  impulsive  without 
motive,  delusion  or  passion,  simply  a  so-called  impulse  to 
kill ;  and  a  careful  analysis  of  clinical  cases  under  my  own 
observation,  as  well  as  a  large  experience  in  the  examina- 
tion of  criminals,  sustain  this  view.  Impulsive  disease  can- 
not exist.  The  term  impulse,  used  to  describe  certain  acts 
of  the  insane,  executed  suddenly  and  without  apparent  pre- 
meditation, may  be  proper  enough  as  qualifying  a  mental 
state  during  an  act,  as  impulsive  homicide,  but  this  does 
not  justify  the  transposition  into  homicidal  impulse.  Such 
transposition  would  show,  not  that  the  acts  were  apparently 
unpremeditated  and  sudden,  but  that,  in  the  mind  there  was 
suddenly  generated  a  murderous  impulse,  an  irresistible 
power,  which,  without  the  intervention  "of  reason,  or  any 
intellectual  act  or  motive,  suddenly  impels  to  the  physical 
act.  Man  is  not  the  prey  to  blind  impulse."  (Quoted  by 
Hamilton). 


INSANITY.  593 

SIMULATED  OR  FEIGNED  INSANITY. 

There  is  probably  no  subject  in  medico-legal  practice 
which  causes  the  physician  more  trouble  and  anxiety  than 
the  disputed  mental  condition  of  an  individual.  If  the 
question  of  feigned  bodily  diseases  often  occasions  consid- 
erable difficulties,  how  much  greater  will  be  his  perplexity 
and  doubt  when  he  comes  to  deal  with  the  subtle  workings 
of  the  mental  operations.  Insanity  is  not  unfrequently 
pretended  by  persons  accused  of  criminal  offences,  in  order 
fo  procure  an  acquittal,  or  a  discharge  from  prison.  In  the 
first  place,  when  feigning  is  suspected,  we  should  ascertain 
whether  there  was  a  motive  for  pretending  to  be  insane. 
Remember  that  insanity  is  rarely,  if  ever,  assumed  until  after 
the  commission  of  a  crime  and  the  detection  of  the  criminal. 

A  further  important  point  is,  to  ascertain  if  the  criminal 
deed  was,  or  was  not,  an  isolated  act  in  the  mental  life  of 
the  culprit, — whether  it  originated  suddenly  in  his  mind, 
like  a  flash  of  lightning  from  an  unclouded  sky,  or  "  whether 
it  was  not  rather  the  last  link  of  a  long  chain  of  sinful, 
criminal  desires,  hopes  and  acts"  (Casper?)  In  other 
words,  whether  it  was  not  just  such  an  act  as  might  have 
been  expected  from  the  culprit?  This  investigation  is  of 
the  utmost  importance,  since  it  does  not  usually  happen 
that  a  person  should  suddenly  act  in  a  manner  diametrically 
opposite  to  all  his  former  character,  without  some  powerful 
psychologic  cause. 

This  inquiry  into  motive  is  often  of  primary  importance 
in  the  alleged  insanity  of  criminals.  The  motiveless  char- 
acter of  a  deed  is  very  apt  to  impress  us  with  a  lack  of 
good  sense,  if  not  of  positive  mental  weakness,  in  its  author. 
Hence,  if  we  can  discover  a  true  motive  for  a  criminal  act, 
especially  if  the  motive  agrees  with  the  disposition  and 
50 


594  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

character  of  the  culprit  (an  important  consideration),  this 
would  go  very  far  to  establish  the  responsibility  of  the 
accused  at  the  time  of  the  commission  of  the  crime,  despite 
all  his  affectation  of  insanity. 

There  is  often  great  difficulty  in  getting  at  this  motive. 
In  some  cases  there  is  no  apparent  motive;  but  we  should 
not  be  too  ready  to  admit  its  absence,  since  it  is  indisput- 
ably true  that  there  are  as  many  different  motives  to  illegal 
action  as  there  are  different  characters;  and  what  would  be 
a  powerful  motive  to  one  person,  might  have  no  influence 
whatever  over  another,  placed  under  different  surroundings*. 
"  In  order  to  recognize  this  fact,  the  inquirer  must,  in  every 
case,  place  himself  in  the  position  of  the  culprit;  and  divest 
himself  of  his  own  ideas."  *  *  *  "  No  crime,  be  it  what 
it  may,  is  ever  committed  without  a  motive;  and  the  char- 
acter of  that  motive  may  be  expressed  thus :  '  the  conscious 
impulse  to  the  illegal  gratification  of  a  selfish  desire'" 
(Casper). 

A  third  point  in  the  detection  of  feigned  insanity  is  to 
ascertain  whether  the  culprit,  in  carrying  out  the  deed  of 
which  he  is  accused,  has  acted  according  to  any  regular 
plan  or  not.  In  most  cases,  however,  this  is  of  but  little 
diagnostic  value,  since  many  confirmed  lunatics  evince  the 
most  surprising  adroitness  in  planning  and  executing 
schemes  for  escape,  or  for  enticing  their  victims  whom  they 
intend  to  murder. 

One  thing-,  however,  should  be  remembered  in  this  con- 
nection:  generally  speaking,  in  a  case  of  real  insanity,  the 
individual  will,  so  to  speak,  break  down  before  he  is  quite 
through;  that  is,  he  will  do  or  say  something  which  will 
betray  his  mental  debility.  Thus,  an  insane  patient  in  a 
private  asylum  near  London,  with  the  greatest  artfulness, 
managed  to  steal  a  piece  of  iron,  with  which  he  subsequently 


INSANITY.  695 

sawed  through  the  bars  of  his  windows,  and  brought  to 
success  his  long-cherished  plan  of  flight.  These  circum- 
stances proved  the  calmest  and  most  systematic  deliberate- 
ness.  But  here  his  reason  forsook  him :  after  his  escape, 
he  ran  straight  to  the  Duke  of  Wellington's  house,  and 
announced  himself  as  his  eldest  son. 

A  fourth  point  to  be  noticed  in  the  diagnosis  of  a  case  of 
pretended  insanity  is,  whether  the  culprit  has  taken  any 
measures  to  avoid  arrest  or  punishment.  Whether,  for 
instance,  he  had  adopted  any  disguise  in  his  personal  ap- 
pearance or  dress,  such  as  removing  his  beard,  or  putting 
on  a  false  one,  dyeing  his  hair,  etc.,  or  making  preparations 
for  escape,  or  waiting  for  the  darkness  of  night  for  the  per- 
petration of  the  deed.  All  such  circumstances  would  create 
a  strong  suspicion  that  the  accused  pretty  clearly  recognized 
the  responsibility  of  the  deed.  The  really  irresponsible 
criminal  will  usually  evince  a  total  apathy  about  the  result, 
and  will  display  a  feeling  of  the  utmost  security,  often 
exulting  in  the  deed,  which  may  even  have  been  committed 
against  one  of  his  own  immediate  family. 

A  fifth  important  consideration  in  relation  to  the  diagnosis 
is  the  peculiar  condition  of  the  intelligence  of  the  accused, 
as  ascertained,  on  examination,  to  have  always  existed,  or 
at  least  for  a  long  time  previous  to  the  commission  of  the 
criminal  act  (Casper).  For  example,  a  person  may  be 
claimed  as  insane,  because  of  alleged  feeble-mindedness  as 
displayed  in  inability  to  count,  to  read  and  write,  to  carry 
on  a  continued  conversation,  and  the  like;  but  all  this  may 
be  satisfactorily  answered  by  showing  that  the  person  has 
had  no  previous  education  whatever,  and  consequently  no 
opportunity  of  learning  any  of  the  above  matters.  Hence 
the  allegation  of  his  being  "silly,"  "childish,"  "simple,"  etc., 
can  be  of  no  avail  as  producing  irresponsibility  for  his  par- 


596  MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

ticular  crime.  Here  the  related  facts  must  be  ascertained 
in  reference  to  the  case  in  question — his  family  history,  his 
mode  of  bringing  up,  his  manner  of  life,  etc.,  together  with 
the  relation  of  the  deed  for  which  he  is  accused  to  the 
sphere  of  his  intelligence. 

Another  point  to  be  noticed  is  the  distinction  between 
the  hallucinations  of  the  really  insane,  and  the  alleged 
"voices"  and  "impulses"  of  the  pretender,  forcing  him  on 
to  the  commission  of  his  crime.  It  may  safely  be  asserted 
that,  whenever  hallucinations  accompany  real  insanity,  the 
latter  will  display  itself  by  other  unmistakable  signs,  so 
that  by  attentive  watching,  we  can  generally  succeed  in 
distinguishing  the  genuine  from  the  pretended. 

A  strong  circumstance  bearing  on  the  detection  of  sus- 
pected insanity  is  the  fact  that,  in  a  genuine  case  of  the 
disease,  the  person  will  not  admit  that  he  is  insane ;  while 
the  pretender  will  use  all  his  efforts  to  make  you  believe  he 
is  mad.  So  thoroughly  is  this  the  case,  that  an  impostor 
may  be  induced  to  perform  any  act,  if  it  be  casually  observed 
to  another,  in  his  hearing,  that  the  performance  of  such  an 
act  would  furnish  strong  evidence  of  his  insanity. 

Mania  is  probably  more  frequently  feigned  than  any  other 
form  of  insanity,  from  the  popular  notion  that  insanity  is 
made  up  of  violent  action,  and  vociferous  and  incoherent 
language.  But  mania  seldom  comes  on  suddenly,  without 
some  obvious  cause.  A  maniacal  patient  is  equally  furious 
by  night  and  by  day:  an  impostor  sleeps.  Real  mania 
manifests  itself  equally  when  the  patient  is  alone,  or  in  com- 
pany; an  impostor,  only  when  he  thinks  he  is  observed. 
The  peculiar  restless  expression  of  the  eye  of  mania  is  hard 
to  imitate.  The  pulse,  temperature,  state  of  skin,  etc.,  of 
the  genuine  disorder  cannot  be  assumed  by  the  impostor. 
Dementia  is  more  difficult  to  imitate.     The  discovery  of 


INSANITY.  597 

any  connected  ideas,  reasoning  or  reflection,  either  by  lan- 
guage, signs,  or  writing,  would  immediately  show  that  the 
patient  was  simulating. 

Occasional  instances,  however,  are  presented  of  a  suc- 
cessful malingering  in  this  line,  which  baffle  the  detective 
skill  of  the  most  experienced  examiners.  Dr.  Bucknill 
mentions  the  case  of  Warner,  a  notorious  thief,  who  was 
sentenced  to  transportation  for  fourteen  years.  Two  days 
after  the  trial,  he  became  apparently  insane;  he  constantly 
made  howling  noises,  was  filthy  in  his  habits,  tore  up  his 
clothes,  destroyed  his  bedding  and  other  articles.  He  was, 
however,  suspected  of  shamming,  and  was  detained  in  prison 
for  three  months.  During  part  of  this  time  it  was  found 
necessary  to  keep  him  in  a  straight  waistcoat.  At  length 
a  certificate  of  insanity  was  forwarded  to  the  Secretary  of 
State,  and  he  was  ordered  to  be  removed  to  the  Devon 
County  Asylum.  On  admission  here,  he  was  found  to  be 
in  feeble  health.  He  had  an  oppressed  and  stupid  expres- 
sion of  face ;  he  answered  no  questions,  but  was  constantly 
muttering  to  himself,  remaining  in  the  same  position  for 
hours,  either  in  a  standing  or  sitting  posture.  He  was  now 
not  dirty  in  his  habits;  he  appeared  to  be,  in  truth,  suffering 
from  acute  dementia.  In  three  weeks'  time  he  recovered 
his  bodily  health.  This  change  was  too  rapid  not  to  suggest 
the  idea  of  deception ;  but  the  preceding  symptoms  had 
been  so  true  to  nature,  that  it  was  still  thought  that  the 
insanity  had  not  been  feigned.  For  a  period  of  eight 
months  he  was  well  conducted  and  industrious,  and  he 
showed  no  symptoms  of  insanity.  At  the  end  of  that 
time  he  was  returned  to  the  jail  to  undergo  his  sentence, 
and  within  one  hour  after  his  readmission  within  its  portals 
he  was  apparently  afflicted  with  a  relapse  of  his  insanity. 
From  this  time,  for  a  period  of  two  years,  this  indomitable 


598  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

man  persisted  in  simulating  mental  derangement.  He 
refused  to  answer  questions,  walking  to  and  fro,  constantly- 
howling,  and  refusing  food  for  days  together.  He  would 
keep  beating  at  the  door  6f  his  cell,  tearing  up  his  bed- 
clothes over  and  over  again;  he  had  a  stupid  expression  of 
countenance,  but  he  slept  soundly.  He  became  filthy  in  his 
habits,  but  was  cured  of  this  by  the  hot  bath.  He  was 
often  visited  by  the  physician,  who  said  he  was  a  malin- 
gerer. After  two  years,  he  suddenly  gave  up,  acknow- 
ledging the  deception,  and  requesting  to  be  transferred  to 
the  receptacle  for  convicts. 


MALPRACTICE.  599 


CHAPTER    XIV. 

MALPRACTICE. 

Malpractice  (or  malpraxis)  may  be  defined  to  be  bad  or 
wrong  practice — bad  or  wrong  in  its  results,  whether  these 
be  loss  of  limb  by  amputation,  deformity,  serious  injury  to 
health,  or  even  death. 

The  responsibility  of  physicians  has  ever  been  a  fruitful 
theme  for  discussion.  It  is  comparatively  rare  that  the  sub- 
ject becomes  the  source  of  a  criminal  prosecution,  except  in 
cases  of  feticide  resulting  in  the  death  of  the  mother ;  but 
actions  for  damages  before  the  civil  courts,  often  for  large 
amounts,  are  alarmingly  frequent,  and  may  well  call  upon 
the  medical  men  to  consider  what  their  exact  legal  standing 
is  in  this  matter,  and  what  protection  they  are  entitled  to 
claim  from  the  law,  when  thus  assailed. 

In  the  first  place,  it  should  be  clearly  understood  that  the 
physician  or  surgeon,  when  called  to  treat  a  case  of  disease 
or  injury,  does  not  become  an  insurer  or  guarantor  to  cure, 
any  more  than  an  attorney  obligates  himself  to  win  the  case 
for  his  client.  In  both  instances,  the  professional  man 
merely  undertakes  to  do  his  best — "to  bring  to  the  exercise 
of  his  profession  a  reasonable,  fair,  and  competent  degree  of 
skill."  The  medical  man  should  always  beware  of  com- 
promising himself  by  a  promise  to  cure  his  patient;  if,  how- 
ever, he  be  so  unwise  as  to  have  made  such  a  contract,  he 
will  be  held  by  the  law  strictly  accountable  for  its  perform- 
ance. In  case  of  failure,  it  will  be  no  defence  for  him  to 
allege  the  occurrence  of  unforeseen  contingencies, — these  he 


600  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

was  bound  to  have  knowledge  of.  Neither  may  he  allege  a 
want  of  sufficient  skill  or  dexterity;  these  he  is  supposed 
by  the  law  to  possess  when  he  undertook  the  case.  Thus, 
if  a  surgeon  contracts  to  cure  a  patient  of  deformity  by  the 
removal  of  a  limb,  and  death  ensues  through  pyemia  or 
erysipelas,  he  will  be  held  liable  for  forfeiture  of  his  con- 
tract. Or  if  he  undertakes,  by  contract,  to  cure  a  woman  of 
an  abdominal  tumor  by  the  operation  of  ovariotomy,  and 
death  results  through  an  unavoidable  peritonitis,  this  will  not 
excuse  him.  So,  likewise,  a  lawyer  contracting  for  the  fore- 
closure of  a  mortgage  will  be  held  liable  to  his  client,  in  case 
of  failure  on  his  part.  In  all  these  instances,  the  contract 
will  bind  the  parties.  Their  fault  and  folly  was  to  have 
undertaken  what  was  above  their  capacity  to  perform. 

In  all  ordinary  cases,  where  there  is  no  express  stipula- 
tion between  the  parties,  the  medical  man  impliedly  agrees 
to  bring  his  best  skill  and  endeavors  to  cure  the  patient. 
Formerly,  the  law  made  a  distinction  between  a  fatal  issue 
following  the  treatment  of  the  regular  physician,  and  that  of 
the  quack,  regarding  the  former  as  only  a  "  misadventure," 
but  punishing  the  latter  as  manslaughter.  At  present,  both 
in  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain,  this  distinction 
has  been  abandoned,  the  court  regarding  all  systems  of 
medicine  as  being  entirely  on  a  par,  so  that,  if  the  practi- 
tioner announces  himself,  or  herself,  as  belonging  to  any 
particular  school  or  system  of  medicine,  and  practicing  as 
such,  the  patient  who  employs  such  a  practitioner,  and 
suffers  thereby  either  in  limb  or  life,  has  no  legal  redress; 
he  has  made  his  election,  and  must  abide  the  consequences. 
Indeed,  it  would  appear  that  the  charlatan  is,  under  the 
present  system  of  law,  much  more  likely  to  escape  in  a  suit 
for  malpractice,  than  the  most  experienced  regular  physician. 

It  may  not  be  always  easy  to  determine  just  what  "the 


MALPRACTICE.  601 

ordinaiy  degree  of  skill"  used  by  law  authorities  means, 
since  what  mig-ht  be  regarded  as  an  ordinary  degree  of  skill 
in  a  large  city,  or  centre  of  medical  learning,  would  pro- 
bably be  considered  by  the  untaught  and  inexperienced 
residents  on  the  frontiers  of  civilization,  as  very  extra- 
ordinary skill  and  vice  versd.  Consequently,  this  term, 
"  ordinary  skill,"  must  have  a  varied  latitude  of  application, 
according  to  the  circurristances  of  individual  cases. 

The  following  principles  may  be  regarded  as  established, 
being  founded  on  various  judicial  decisions,  both  in  this 
country  and  in  England  : — 

I.  If  the  practitioner  acted  honestly,  and  used  his  best 
skill  to  cure,  and  it  does  not  appear  that  he  thrust  himself 
in  the  place  of  a  more  competent  person,  it  makes  no  differ- 
ence whether  he  was,  at  the  time,  a  regular  or  an  irregular 
physician  or  surgeon.  This  principle  has  been  stretched 
to  its  utmost  limits,  even  where  death  has  unquestionably 
resulted  from  the  practice  of  notorious  quacks,  such  as  St. 
John  Long  and  Samuel  Thompson,  although  the  grossest 
ignorance  was  proven  against  both  of  them.  In  the  case  in 
which  an  ignorant  old  man  practicing  obstetrics,  on  one 
occasion  mistook  a  prolapsed  uterus  for  a  placenta,  and  tore 
it  away  by  main  force,  causing  fatal  hemorrhage,  Lord 
EUenborough,  C.  J.,  charged  that  "  there  was  not  a  particle 
of  evidence  to  convict  the  prisoner  of  the  crime  of  murder." 
The  prisoner  was  acquitted.  This  case  illustrates,  as  Elwell 
justly  remarks,  how  ignorant  a  Lord  Chief  Justice  of  Eng- 
land may  be  as  to  the  science  of  medicine.  He  appeared 
to  suppose  that  because  an  ignorant  old  man  had  the  te- 
merity to  act  the  part  of  an  obstetrician  among  a  class  of 
ignorant  women,  that  therefore  he  must  necessarily  have 
some  skill — a  most  absurd  proposition.  "  It  no  more  in- 
ferred 'some  degree  of  skill'  in  the  prisoner,  because  he 


602  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

had  delivered  some  women  successfully  before,  than  the 
fact  that  a  woman  who  has  delivered  herself  of  ten  or  a  dozen 
children,  which  is  often  the  case,  is  evidence  that  she  pos- 
sesses some  knowledge  of  the  uterine  system."  Unques- 
tionably, such  a  lack  of  anatomical  knowledge  as  would 
cause  a  man  to  mistake  a  uterus  for  a  placenta  should  be 
classed  as  the  grossest  ignorance,  and  should  subject  the 
pretender  to  severe  punishment. 

II.  Not  only  ordinary  skill,  but  ordinary  care  and  atten- 
tion to  the  patient  are  required  of  the  attending  practitioner. 
If  a  surgeon,  for  example,  after  skillfully  performing  an 
operation,  neglects  the  after-treatment,  such  as  proper 
dressing  and  bandaging,  and,  in  consequence  thereof, 
hemorrhage,  pyemia,  mortification  or  deformity  should 
result,  he  will  be  justly  held  responsible  in  an  action  for 
malpractice.  In  every  such  case,  however,  if  the  defendant 
can  clearly  prove  these  two  points — an  average  amount  of 
skill  and  competency,  together  with  a  proper  degree  of  care- 
ful attention  on  his  part — he  may  feel  certain  of  an  acquittal, 
unless  the  trial  should  happen  to  be  before  a  stupid  jury 
and  a  prejudiced  judge. 

III.  As  medical  men  are  not  infallible,  the  most  skillful 
may  err  in  judgment  in  advising  a  particular  remedy,  about 
which  there  is  a  difference  of  opinion.  An  error  of  judg- 
ment, made  by  such  a  practitioner,  is  clearly  excusable. 
Lord  Mansfield,  speaking  of  attorneys,  says  :  "  Every  man 
is  liable  to  errors,  and  I  should  be  very  sorry  to  think  that 
it  should  be  taken  for  granted  that  an  attorney  is  answer- 
able for  every  error  or  mistake,  and  to  be  punished  for  it  by 
being  charged  with  the  debt  he  was  employed  to  recover ; " 
and  Judge  Porter  remarks  that  the  agent  is  not  responsible, 
"  if  the  error  was  one  into  which  a  prudent  man  might 
have  fallen.     The  contrary  doctrine  seems  to  suppose  the 


MALPRACTICE.  603 

-possession,  and  requires  the  exercise  of  perfect  wisdom. 
No  man  would  undertake  to  render  a  service  to  another 
on  such  severe  conditions." 

If,  however,  an  unusual  and  violent  remedy  has  been 
administered  by  a  person  grossly  ignorant  of  medicine,  and 
this  medicine  has  caused  death,  if  the  individual  is  of 
average  mental  capacity,  he  should  be  held  criminally 
responsible,  since  such  a  course  would  seem  to  imply 
malice  on  his  part. 

According  to  the  civil  law,  when  the  practice  of  the 
attending  physician  or  surgeon  is  called  in  question,  the 
prosecution  must  show,  first,  that  the  injury  to  the  health 
or  body  of  the  patient  actually  resulted  from  the  bad  treat- 
ment of  the  practitioner ;  and,  secondly,  that  this  evil  result 
might  certainly  have  been  foreseen  and  avoided  by  a  com- 
petent medical  attendant.  "  Malpractice  can  only  be  affirmed 
when  the  practitioner  has  set  aside  established  principles, 
and  neglected  to  employ  means  which  are  universally  held 
to  bb  necessary  in  the  given  case."  But,  before  guilt  can 
be  established  on  any  such  derivation,  it  must  be  shown 
(i)  that  the  following  out  of  the  rules  usually  prescribed  by 
medical  science  for  the  cure  of  disease  never  proves  detri- 
mental ;  (2)  that  there  is  at  least  the  greatest  probability 
that  the  observing  of  the  rules  would  accomplish  the 
desired  end;  and  (3)  that  the  great  majority  of  medical 
men  approve  the  rules. 

IV.  The  almost  universal  adoption  by  modern  surgeons 
and  gynecologists  of  antiseptic  or  aseptic  methods  in  their 
practice  might  be  likely  to  raise  the  question  of  malpractice 
in  a  case  in  which  fatal  results  had  followed  an  operation  in 
which  antisepsis  had  been  neglected.  The  possibility  of  such 
a  contingency  should,  we  think,  serve  as  a  sufficient  warning 
to  the  operator  not  to  neglect  such  precautionary  measures. 


604  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

V.  A  medical  man  cannot  be  held  guilty  of  criminal  care- 
lessness for  failing  to  employ  any  particular  remedy,  since 
there  is  never  any  one  remedy  upon  which  all  authorities 
are  agreed ;  and  since  it  is  always  possible  that  the  patient 
may  recover  without  the  use  of  such  remedy.  If  it  could 
be  shown  that  there  existed  a  specific  remedy  for  any  dis- 
ease, then  a  neglect  to  use  such  remedy,  on  the  part  of  the 
physician,  would  be  criminal,  and  be  punished  as  such. 
The  uncertainty  of  remedies  must  necessarily  allow  a  large 
latitude  in  their  selection  and  employment;  and  this  uncer- 
tainty even  affects,  to  some  limited  extent,  the  use  of  anti- 
dotes in  cases  of  poisoning.  But  where  it  can  be  shown 
that  a  physician  called  to  treat  a  case  of  poisoning  failed  to 
administer  the  universally  accepted  antidote,  he  should  be 
held  guilty  of  criminal  carelessness,  as,  e.  g.,  albumin,  in 
case  of  corrosive  sublimate  poisoning. 

Casper  goes  further  than  this  and  asserts  that  "  a  physi- 
cian should  be  held  liable  to  punishment  if,  in  a  given  case, 
he  departs  entirely  from  the  treatment  which  the  great 
majority  of  physicians  of  his  time  adopt,  and  which  the 
great  majority  of  medical  authorities  recommend  in  such 
cases."  But  great  difficulty  would  unavoidably  result  from 
adhering  to  such  a  rule ;  it  might  often  be  impossible  for 
the  physician  to  stop  to  inquire,  in  any  given  case,  what 
was  the  practice  of  the  majority  of  his  contemporaries. 
Besides,  this  principle  would  render  all  homeopaths,  eclec- 
tics, botanies,  etc.,  liable  to  punishment. 

In  consequence  of  these  doubts,  the  modern  practice  in 
the  United  States  is  that,  when  a  physician  announces  him- 
self as  practicing  under  some  particular  system,  as  the 
homeopathic,  eclectic,  or  botanic,  and  is  employed  by  per- 
sons knowing  that  this  is  the  case,  he  is,  at  least,  not  crimi- 
nally responsible  to  them,  in  the  event  of  serious  results, 


MALPRACTICE.  605 

because  his  views  do  not  accord  with  those  of  what  are 
called  regular  practitioners.  While  the  law  prescribes  no 
one  absolute  system  of  medicine,  a  practitioner  is  expected 
to  practice  according  to  the  system  he  professes  and  avows  ; 
a  departure  from  this  system,  if  accompanied  with  some 
serious  or  fatal  mistake  of  remedy,  would  render  him  justly 
amenable  to  a  criminal  charge.  Hence,  a  regular  practi- 
tioner, and  one  employed  as  such,  if  he  should  surrepti- 
tiously, and  without  the  patient's  consent,  use  homeopathic 
or  botanic  treatment,  to  the  detriment  of  his  patient,  would 
elearly  be  liable  for  damages  to  the  latter ;  and  moreover, 
he  could  not  recover  his  compensation  for  attendance,  in  a 
suit  at  law,  because  he  had  departed  from  his  avowed 
system  of  practice.  For  the  same  reason  a  homeopathic  or 
botanic  physician,  practicing  either  of  these  systems  avow- 
edly, if  he  should  have  employed  the  regular  system, 
instead  of  his  own,  and  his  patient  failed  to  make  a  good 
recovery,  would  equally  be  held  liable  for  damages,  and 
would  equally  be  exposed  to  a  non-suit,  in  an  attempt  to 
collect  his  fee,  in  a  civil  court. 

The  civil  suits  for  alleged  malpractice  far  outnumber  the 
criminal  actions.  As  already  observed  the  former  are  so 
alarmingly  frequent  as  to  occasion  a  general  distrust,  par- 
ticularly among  surgeons.  A  large  number  of  such  suits 
are  brought  evidently  for  the  purpose  of  blackmail — plaintiff 
being  usually  in  league  with  some  lawyer,  with  whom  he 
has  agreed  to  share  the  fees  ;  and  he  resorts  to  this  practice 
as  a  convenient  mode  of  discharging  his  doctor's  bill. 
Generally  speaking,  the  discrimination  of  the  court  is 
adequate  to  detect  and  expose  the  fraud,  even  to  a  jury, 
which  is  often  too  ready  to  side  with  the  plaintiff  in  a  trial 
of  this  nature. 

Actions    of  the   above     character   are   most   frequently 


606  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

brought  against  surgeons,  where  certain  deformities  are 
alleged  to  have  followed  unskillful  or  careless  treatment, 
such  as  shortening  of  a  limb,  stiffness  of  a  joint,  lameness,  or 
loss  of  a  limb.  Dr.  Reese  was  subjected  some  years  ago  to 
an  annoyance  of  this  character.  He  was  summoned  in  a 
hurry  to  attend  a  man  who  had  fallen  from  the  second  story 
of  a  house  upon  the  pavement  below,  and  who,  besides 
injuring  his  scalp,  had  received  a  severe  contusion  of  the 
hip.  The  man  was  etherized,  and  carefully  examined  for 
fracture  and  dislocation  of  the  hip,  with  a  negative  result. 
He  was  then  faithfully  attended  for  five  weeks  for  the  con- 
tusion, a  consultation  having  in  the  meantime  been  held 
with  an  eminent  hospital  surgeon,  who  confirmed  the  pre- 
vious diagnosis  of  absence  of  fracture  and  dislocation. 
The  man  soon  got  about,  but  was  somewhat  lame,  from 
what  appeared  to  be  a  shortened  limb.  He  not  only  refused 
to  pay  a  moderate  compensation  for  professional  attendance, 
but  some  months  after  he  instituted  a  suit  for  heavy  damages 
against  both  the  medical  attendants,  alleging  that  the  short- 
ened limb  was  the  result  of  a  mistake  in  the  diagnosis,  and 
also  in  the  treatment.  After  applying  to  several  respect- 
able lawyers  who  declined  the  case  when  they  came  to 
inquire  into  it,  he  found  one  who  undertook  it  for  a  contin- 
gent fee,  and  who  afterward  offered  to  compromise,  which, 
however,  was  declined  by  the  defendants.  On  the  trial,  the 
judge  (Thayer)  delivered  a  lucid  and  comprehensive  charge, 
and  the  jury  acquitted  the  defendants  without  leaving  the 
box. 

It  is  a  question  whether  a  slight  deviation  from  the  ordi- 
nary modes  of  performing  operations  should  involve  a 
charge  of  malpraxis.  Taylor  refers  to  a  remarkable  case 
occurring  in  this  country,  in  which  an  action  was  brought, 
and   damages   recovered   against  a  physician   for  alleged 


MALPRACTICE.  607 

negligence  in  vaccinating  a  young  woman.  Some  inflam- 
mation followed  the  operation,  which,  it  was  asserted,  was 
performed  nearer  the  elbow  joint  than  usual.  The  judge, 
singularly  enough,  ruled  that  "  the  physician  is  liable  for 
all  the  bad  consequences  resulting  from  vaccination  or 
inoculation,  if  he  fails  to  insert  the  virus  in  that  part  of  the 
arm  usually  selected  for  the  purpose,  notwithstanding  many 
other  parts  of  the  body  might  be  proved  to  be  equally 
proper  and  even  more  suitable  locations ! "  Taylor  calls 
this,  "a  very  singular  specimen  of  transatlantic  jurispru- 
dence." 

Gratuitous  service  on  the  part  of  the  practitioner  will  not 
exempt  him  from  an  action  for  malpractice,  if  either  igno- 
rance or  carelessness  in  his  attendance  can  be  proven 
against  him. 

A  patient  who  refuses  to  cooperate  with  his  medical 
attendant,  and  who  thereby  sustains  injury,  cannot  recover 
compensation  for  the  injury,  unless  the  latter  is  clearly 
traceable  to  the  attendant's  malpractice. 

It  has  lately  been  decided  that  when  a  physician  took 
with  him,  without  necessity,  to  a  case  of  confinement,  a 
young  unmarried  man  not  a  physician  nor  student  of  medi- 
cine, and  the  fact  of  his  not  being  a  medical  man  was 
unknown  to  the  patient  or  her  husband,  both  the  physician 
and  the  attendant  were  liable  for  damages. 

There  is  another  source  of  liability  to  an  action  for  mal- 
practice, which  is  not  generally  alluded  to,  but  which  from 
its  gravity  certainly  deserves  notice,  viz.,  inebriety.  Most 
assuredly,  if  a  physician  or  surgeon,  when  inebriated,  under- 
takes to  prescribe  for  a  patient,  or  to  operate  upon  him,  he 
places  the  latter  in  serious,  and  possibly  fatal  jeopardy ;  and 
for  this  he  should  undoubtedly  be  held  responsible.  Many 
States    have   enacted    statutory   laws    upon   this   subject. 


608  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

These  laws  vary  somewhat  in  the  severity  of  the  punish- 
ment annexed  to  the  offence ;  but  they  may  be  summed  up 
as  follows :  If  a  physician,  in  a  state  of  intoxication,  shall 
prescribe  any  poison,  drug,  or  medicine  to  another  person, 
if  the  result  be  not  fatal,  it  shall  be  regarded  as  a  mis- 
demeanor, and  he  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  varying  from 
one  hundred  to  five  hundred  dollars,  and  by  imprisonment 
for  not  over  one  year.  If  the  result  be  fatal,  he  shall  be 
deemed  guilty  of  manslaughter,  and  be  tried  for  murder, — 
the  punishment,  in  the  latter  case,  being  a  fine,  varying 
from  three  hundred  to  five  thousand  dollars,  and  imprison- 
ment in  the  penitentiary  for  a  term  not  exceeding  fifteen 
years.  This  last,  severest  punishment  has  been  decreed  by 
the  State  of  Oregon. 

The  liability  of  druggists  rests  practically  upon  the  same 
principles  that  govern  physicians.  Ignorance  and  careless- 
ness in  putting  up  prescriptions,  whereby  gross  or  even 
fatal  mistakes  may  occur,  should  justly  render  them  liable 
to  an  action  at  law.  So,  likewise,  the  entrusting  the  com- 
pounding or  vending  of  medicines  to  careless  clerks,  or 
inexperienced  apprentices  would  entail  criminal  responsi- 
bility upon  the  principal. 

There  is  a  special  law  in  some  States,  in  relation  to  the 
selling  of  poisons  by  the  apothecary,  without  a  physician's 
prescription ;  and  also  regarding  the  proper  labeling  of  the 
same,  before  sending  them  away. 

One  authority  states  :  "  Druggists,  like  physicians,  come 
under  the  laws  governing  specialists.  They  are  bound  to 
know — expected  to  know — the  kinds  and  natures  of  the 
medicines  with  which  they  deal.  .  .  .  If  an  apothecary 
administers  improper  medicines,  the  law  holds  him  liable, 
although  his  contract  is  with  a  third  person." 


MALPRACTICE.  609 

Another  authority  says :  "  A  druggist  deals  in  things 
certain — things  which  his  eyes  can  see  and  his  hands  can 
handle.  He,  like  the  physician,  is  liable  for  ordinary  care 
and  skill ;  and  it  is  only  ordinary  for  a  druggist  to  know  of 
every  medicine  in  his  shop,  and  to  have  his  medicines  in 
their  proper  places  and  properly  labeled." 

A  few  States  have  legislated  in  relation  to  the  mistakes 
made  by  druggists  and  their  clerks  in  the  compounding  of 
prescriptions,  the  penalties  affixed  being  regulated  by  the 
amount  of  damage  done ;  if  death  resulted,  it  is  regarded  as 
a  felony,  and  punished  by  a  heavy  fine  and  imprisonment. 
Doubtless,  however,  the  punishment  would  be  much  milder, 
provided  the  culprit  could  prove  a  previous  good  character 
as  to  "  competency  and  skill,"  and  that  he  has  come  fully 
up  to  what  the  law  terms  "  a  duly  qualified  assistant."  In 
the  latter  case,  his  mistake,  even  though  attended  with  fatal 
consequences,  would  probably  not  be  regarded  legally  as 
"  culpable  negligence,"  but  would  rather  come  under  the 
head  of  "  excusable  homicide,"  or  "  homicide  by  misadven- 
ture," where  there  was  no  evil  intention  on  the  part  of  the 
perpetrator,  but  where  the  mistake  was  made  "  under  cir- 
cumstances of  sudden  confusion,  which  threw  him  off  his 
guard." 


51 


610  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 


CHAPTER    XV. 

LIFE     INSURANCE. 

Insurance  on  a  Life  is  simply  a  contract  whereby  the 
company  that  insures,  in  consideration  of  a  certain  sum, 
payable  in  instalments,  and  denominated  a  premium,  agrees 
to  pay  a  stipulated  amount  at  his  death,  to  his  heirs  or 
designated  person  or  to  the  insured  himself  at  some  definite 
period  of  his  life.  The  deed  by  which  this  contract  is 
made  is  termed  a  policy.  This  policy  contains  a  great 
number  of  provisions  and  conditions,  and  it  is  upon  the 
proper  construction  of  these  that  legal  disputes  frequently 
arise. 

The  amount  of  premium  to  be  paid  depends  chiefly  upon 
the  age  of  the  applicant,  though  also  somewhat  upon  the 
sex  and  occupation. 

The  amount  insured  for  (if  payable  at  death)  cannot  be 
recovered  until  distinct  and  satisfactory  proof  of  death  be 
furnished  by  the  beneficiary  of  the  policy.  Upon  this  proof 
the  companies  insist  with  great  positiveness,  inasmuch  as 
fraudulent  insurances  are  so  frequently  effected,  and  the 
companies  are  thereby  victimized. 

In  case  of  mysterious  disappearance  of  the  insured,  with 
no  clew  to  his  whereabouts,  the  law  allows  an  interval  of 
seven  years  to  elapse  (presumption  of  death)  before  pay- 
ment can  be  pressed ;  but  it  is  usual  Tor  the  company  to 
make  the  payment  much  before  this  period,  unless  there  is 
good  reason  to  suspect  fraud.  This  is  especially  true  of 
persons  going  to  sea,  where  the  presumption  of  death  may 


LIFE    INSURANCE.  611 

be  settled  sooner.  Again,  the  question  of  survivorship 
may  be  raised,  as  when  two  or  more  persons  perish  by  the 
same  calamity — as  by  shipwreck — and  where  one  happens 
to  be  insured  for  the  benefit  of  the  other;  which  one  is 
presumed  to  be  the  survivor  ? 

Among  the  conditions  of  a  policy,  the  most  important 
one  is  the  general  health  of  the  applicant,  as  influencing  his 
expectation  of  life;  and  it  is  just  here  that  medical  science 
is  always  appealed  to  to  decide  upon  the  actual  condition 
and  the  proclivities  to  disease,  through  hereditar},'  or  other 
causes.  The  printed  questions  in  the  policy  are  both 
numerous  and  pointed;  and  they  should  be  answered  truth- 
fully, since  the  contract  is  equally  binding  upon  the  insured 
as  upon  the  company;  and  if  it  be  subsequently  discovered 
that  any  fraud  has  been  perpetrated,  through  misrepresenta- 
tion, or  concealment  of  facts  in  relation  to  disease,  or  bad 
habits,  the  policy  will  be  voidable,  and  the  premiums  already 
paid  forfeited.  This  is  just  and  equitable  ;  and  no  respecta- 
ble company  refuses  to  pay  the  amount  of  a  policy,  unless 
there  is  a  reasonable  ground  to  suspect  a  willful  fraud  in 
the  contract. 

Still,  lawsuits  occur  very  frequently  in  regard  to  life  in- 
surance, and  the  contested  points  usually  have  reference  to 
the  significance  of  medical  terms  or  phrases  in  the  contract, 
such  as  "  any  other  diseases  or  habits,  tending  to  shorten 
life,"  etc.  It  is  surprising  how  often  the  applicants  will 
prevaricate  and  dissimulate  upon  these  last-named  points, 
and  especially  upon  their  habits,  as  regards  the  use  of  alco- 
holic drinks.  Medical  examiners  for  life  insurance  com- 
panies find  it  difficult  to  get  clear  and  satisfactory  answers 
in  relation  to  the  habits  of  the  individual,  as  regards  the 
use  of  alcoholic  beverages.  Often  will  it  be  found  that  the 
man   who  is  in  the  habit  of  taking  three  or  four  drinks 


612  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

of  spirits  daily  will  consider  himself  a  perfectly  temperate 
man ;  and  unless  he  is  closely  questioned,  and  made  to  give 
distinct  replies,  he  may  be  classed  in  the  policy  as  strictly 
temperate,  when  all  the  while  his  health  is  undoubtedly 
being  undermined,  and  his  expectation  of  life  thereby 
shortened,  although  he  cannot  properly  be  classed  as  an 
inebriate. 

The  suppression  of  a  fact  in  relation  to  the  health  of  the 
applicant,  if  not  known  by  him,  will  not  invalidate  his 
policy.  This  was  determined  in  a  case  in  which  Dr.  Reese 
was  an  expert  witness,  decided  on  appeal  to  the  United 
States  Supreme  Court  in  1880.  Here,  the  main  defense 
was,  that  some  of  the  answers  to  the  interrogatories  of  the 
policy  were  not  true,  but  that  the  insured  was,  at  that  time, 
actually  suffering  from  certain  alleged  diseases,  mentioned 
in  the  contract.  There  was  only  one  witness  to  support 
this  allegation,  a  homeopathic  physician,  who  had  pre- 
scribed for  the  plaintiff  thirteen  years  before,  "  for  chronic 
asthma,  manifestations  of  the  first  stages  of  consumption, 
and  scrofula."  This  witness,  as  it  appears,  never  mentioned 
his  suspicions  to  his  patient,  neither  did  he  testify  positively 
that  the  patient  really  had  the  diseases  for  which  he  treated 
him ;  and  moreover,  the  testimony  of  the  insured  was,  that 
"  he  never  learned  from  him,  nor  from  any  other  physician, 
nor  had  he  ever  suspected,  nor  had  the  remotest  idea,  that 
he  wasaffected  with  any  such  diseases;  but,  on  the  contrary, 
he  always  boasted  of  himself  as  being  a  strong,  healthy 
and  robust  man."  Clearly,  in  such  a  case,  the  applicant 
should  not  be  held  responsible  for  the  suppression  of  a  fact 
of  which  he  was  utterly  ignorant,  and  of  whose  very  exist- 
ence there  was  considerable  doubt. 

In  all  cases,  the  exact  state  of  the  applicant's  bodily 
health  should  be  ascertained,  either  by  his  answers  to  the 


LIFE    INSURANCE.  613 

written  categorical  questions,  or  by  oral  questioning  by  the 
medical  examiner.  The  case  of  the  Duke  of  Saxe  Gotha  is 
cited  as  an  illustration  of  the  importance  of  not  concealing 
material  facts.  The  applicant,  while  residing  abroad,  was  in- 
sured in  an  English  office  for  the  sum  of  ^^3,000.  The  certifi- 
cates of  his  two  German  medical  examiners  stated  that  his 
general  health  was  good,  although  he  had  an  impediment 
in  his  speech,  and  an  affection  in  one  eye,  but  that  he  was 
perfectly  free  from  disease,  or  symptoms  of  disease.  The 
facts  were  that  the  Duke  had  been  suffering  from  cerebral 
disorders  for  over  two  years,  that  he  was  childish  and  could 
not  speak.  He  died  of  paralysis  within  nine  months  after- 
ward, and  an  autopsy  disclosed  a  large  tumor,  evidently  of 
long  standing,  pressing  upon  the  brain,  together  with  an  effu- 
sion of  ten  ounces  of  serum.  The  plaintiff  was  nonsuited. 
The  question  of  intemperance  in  relation  to  the  habits  of 
the  insured  causes,  probably,  more  discussion  and  difference 
of  opinion  in  contested  life-insurance  cases  than  any  other. 
It  would  seem  almost  impossible  in  such  cases  to  define 
what  intemperance  is.  An  instance  is  mentioned  by  Taylor 
which  illustrates  the  difficulty  of  getting  at  the  truth.  In 
this,  payment  was  refused  on  the  ground  of  concealed  habits 
of  intemperance.  Twelve  witnesses  were  called  on  by  the 
plaintiff  to  prove  that  the  deceased  was  a  very  temperate 
man,  while  the  office  called  twenty-one  to  show  that  he  was 
habitually  intemperate.  The  medical  man  who  furnished 
the  certificate  stated  that  he  considered  it  a  perfectly  5afe 
risk ;  for,  although  he  had  occasional  outbreaks,  he  did  not 
think  drinking  had  any  bad  effects  upon  his  health.  This 
case  shows  what  fallacious  views  are  entertained  by  even 
medical  men  upon  this  subject. 

•    While  we  must  admit  that   there   are   a  few  exceptional 
cases  of  persons  who  are  habitual  moderate  drinkers  living 


614  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

to  old  age,  and  enjoying  apparent  uninterrupted  health, 
we  cannot  be  blind  to  the  fact  that  habitual  drinking  does 
certainly  and  gradually  impair  the  health,  inducing  dropsy, 
and  organic  disease  of  the  stomach,  liver  and  kidneys, 
which  unquestionably  tend  to  shorten  life. 

If  a  true  representation  of  the  temperate  habits  of  the 
insured  was  made  at  the  time  of  application,  and  he  should 
subsequently  fall  into  habits  of  intemperance,  this  would  be 
no  bar  to  a  recovery  upon  the  policy.  In  many  of  the  modern 
policies  the  proviso  against  intemperance  is  omitted. 

The  above  general  principles  will  serve  also  as  a  guide  in 
cases  of  the  opium  or  chloral  habit  A  concealment  of  the 
fact  that  the  applicant  was  addicted  to  opium  eating,  even 
although  it  might  be  alleged  that  this  habit  had  not  im- 
paired his  health,  would,  undoubtedly,  be  an  obstacle  to  a 
recovery  upon  the  policy. 

As  regards  the  question  whether  insanity  has  a  tendency 
to  shorten  life,  and  therefore  whether  the  concealment  of 
its  existence  in  the  applicant  amounts  to  the  concealment 
of  a  material  fact,  it  may  be  said  the  almost  uniform  expe- 
rience of  physicians  is  that  it  does  tend  to  shorten  life. 
Moreover,  there  is  in  nearly  every  policy  a  direct  question 
bearing  upon  this  point,  the  company  reserving  to  itself  the 
right  to  reject  the  particular  applicant  thus  affected. 

The  relationship  of  suicide  to  life  insurance  is  one  of  con- 
siderable interest,  and  has  been  the  source  of  frequent  liti- 
gations. The  principle  by  which  any  particular  case  is  to 
be  decided  is — Was  the  suicide  evidently  the  result  of 
insanity,  and  did  this  insanity  come  on  after  the  policy  was 
taken  out  ?  If  so,  then  clearly,  the  insured  is  entitled  to 
recover,  just  as  much  so  as  if  the  suicide  was  caused  by  the 
acute  delirium  of  a  fever,  or  by  inflammation  of  the  brain. 
But  if  it  can  be  shown  that  the  suicide  was  the  result  of  a 


LIFE    INSURANCE.  615 

deliberately  formed  purpose,  with  a  motive  sufficiently 
strong-  to  impel  to  the  act  (such  as  to  get  rid  of  impending 
debts,  or  to  bestow  the  insurance  money  upon  the  individ- 
ual's family),  then  there  was  no  insanity  connected  with  the 
act,  and  the  policy  should  be  void,  because  the  insured  had 
voluntarily  shortened  his  life.  In  a  doubtful  case  of  this 
character,  the  turning  point  would  seem  to  be  to  determine 
if  the  suicide  could  be  traced  to  a  perfectly  intelligent 
motive.  For  example :  It  is  credible  that  an  individual 
pressed  down  by  the  burden  of  some  enormous  debt,  which 
he  has  been  vainly  hoping  to  pay,  and  with  the  poverty  and 
degradation  of  his  family  staring  him  in  the  face,  should 
embrace  a  tempting  offer  to  insure  his  life  for  an  amount 
that  will  not  only  repay  his  indebtedness,  and  rescue  his 
name  from  dishonor,  but  at  the  same  time  save  from  poverty 
and  want  those  whom  he  loves  better  than  himself  Why 
should  not  the  spirit  of  self-sacrifice  be  as  dominant  in  such 
a  one  as  in  the  embezzler,  who,  to  avoid  the  discovery  of 
his  frauds,  and  the  disgrace  and  punishment  consequent 
thereupon,  voluntarily  takes  his  own  life.  A  very  suspi- 
cious circumstance  in  connection  with  these  cases  of  suicide 
and  life  insurance  is  the  fact  that  the  deceased  has  rarely 
made  more  than  one  or  two  payments  on  his  premium, 
before  committing  the  suicidal  act. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  cases  of  this  character,  in 
which  the  question  of  suicide  by  strangulation  was  urged 
by  the  defence,  is  that  of  Col.  Dwight,  which  was  tried  in 
Norwich,  N.  Y.,  in  December,  1883.  This  gentleman  had 
been  involved  in  heavy  pecuniary  difficulties,  through  ex- 
tensive financial  operations.  A  few  months  before  his  death 
he  effected  insurances  on  his  life  to  the  amount  of  three 
hundred  thousand  dollars,  on  which  he  had  made  one  quar- 
ter's payment  only  before  he  died.     He  had  been  complain- 


616  MEDICAL   JURISPRUDENCE. 

ing  some  weeks  before  of  chills,  loss  of  appetite  and  sleep- 
lessness; but  on  the  day  of  his  death  he  was  comfortable, 
was  up  and  dressed,  saw  company,  and  executed  legal 
papers.  About  half-past  eleven  o'clock  on  that  night,  he 
was  heard  to  gasp  for  breath  by  his  attendant,  who  was  in 
an  adjoining  room;  he  immediately  went  to  his  aid,  raising 
him  up,  and  then  summoned  his  wife  and  other  friends; 
death  occurred  almost  immediately  afterward.  The  ques- 
tion to  determine  was  whether  deceased  had  strangled  him- 
self with  a  cord,  or  whether  the  death  had  resulted  from  an 
overdose  of  morphin,  of  which  he  had  taken  about  three 
grains  throughout  that  day  by  the  advice  of  his  physician. 
To  support  the  theory  of  suicide  by  strangulation,  several 
highly  respectable  physicians  testified  to  the  presence  of 
one  or  more  distinct  depressions  around  the  neck,  having 
all  the  characters  attendant  on  the  usual  marks  of  a  con- 
stricting cord.  These  marks  were  attempted  to  be  explained 
away  by  attributing  them  to  the  folds  of  the  skin  of  the 
neck  due  to  the  bending  of  the  neck  in  the  ice-box.  But 
they  were  also  noticed  several  months  later,  on  the  exhu- 
mation of  the  body,  On  the  side  of  the  plaintiff,  it  was 
alleged  that  the  death  was  due  to  heart  exhaustion,  precipi- 
tated by  the  overdose  of  morphin.  No  testimony  (singular 
to  say),  was  taken  from  the  persons  who  were  witnesses  of 
the  death,  save  the  one  who  sat  up  with  him,  and  this  man 
said  nothing  about  strangulation,  but  gave  the  idea  of  its 
being  a  natural  death.  The  jury  found  for  the  plaintiff,  thus 
ignoring  the  idea  of  a  fraudulent  suicide.  The  insurance 
companies  appealed,  and  after  trials  in  several  courts,  the 
case  was  compromised. 


INDEX. 


ABDOMEN,  wounds  of,  128. 
Abortion,  criminal,  458. 

feigned,  470. 

means  employed,  468. 

proofs  of,  459. 
Abortives,  468. 
Abstinence  from  food,  188. 
Accelerators  of  putrefaction,  46,  58. 
Acetate  of  lead,  301. 
Acetic  acid,  327. 
Acid,  arsenous,  254. 

arsenic,  276. 

carbolic,  327. 

carbonic,  156. 

hydrocyanic,  411. 

hydrochloric,  230. 

meconic,  351. 

nitric,  226. 

oxalic,  320. 

phosphoric,  249. 

phosphorous,  241. 

sulphuric,  222. 
Aconite,  poisoning  by,  405. 
Aconitin,  406. 
Aconitum  napellus,  405. 
Adipocere,  54. 
yEthusa  cynapium,  404. 
Affiliation,  521. 
Age  of  fetus,  464. 

of  new-born  children,  467. 

of  skeletons,  94. 

deduced  from  teeth,  88. 

for  legal  responsibility,  518. 
Air,  influence  on  putrefaction,  47. 
Alcohol,  poisoning  by,    355. 
Alkalies,  poisoning  by,  232. 
Amentia,  557. 

Ammonia,  poisoning  by,  232. 
Anesthetics,  359. 
Anesthesia  in  rape,  535. 
Analin,  422. 

colors,  423. 
Animal  food,  noxious,  340. 

52 


Animal  irritants,  338. 
Antagonism  of  poisons,  201. 
Antimony,  poisoning  by,  278. 
Apparent  death,  29. 
Antipyrin  and  Antifebrin,  423. 
Aqua-fortis,  226. 
Areola  of  the  breasts,  451. 
Arsenic,  poisoning  by,  253. 
Arsenic  acid  and  arsenates,  276. 

antiseptic  power  of,  260. 
Arsenite  of  copper,  277. 
Arseniuretted  liydrogen,  264. 
Artificial  inflation  of  lungs,  480. 
Asiatic  cholera,  mistaken  for  poison- 
ing, 206. 
Asphyxia,  from  cesspools  and  privies, 

159- 

from  charcoal  vapors,  156. 

from  illuminating  gas,  158. 

varieties  of,  151. 
Asthenics,  410. 
Atelectasis  of  lungs,  482. 
Atropa  belladonna,  386. 
Atropin,  387. 
Auscultation  in  pregnancy,  453. 

BABY  farming,  191,  192,  531. 
Balls,  apertures  made  by,  104. 
Ballottement  in  pregnancy,  453. 
Barium,  salts  of,  240. 
Bean,  calabar,  409. 
Belladonna,  poisoning  by,  386. 
Bestiality,  568. 
Bichlorid  of  mercury,  288. 
Binoxalate  of  potassium,  326. 
Bicliromate  of  potassium,  320. 
Birth,  concealment  of,  507. 

premature,  458,  514. 

proofs  of  a  live,  472,  515. 

protracted,  511. 
Bismuth,  poisoning  by,  318. 
Bitter  almonds,  oil  of,  420. 
Bittersweet,  poisoning  by,  392. 

617 


618 


INDEX. 


Black  drop,  344. 

Black  Hellebore,  333. 

Bladder,  rupture  of,  128. 

Blisters  from  burns  nnd  scalds,  146. 

Blood,  coagulation  of,  132. 

corpuscles,  comparative  study  of, 
141. 

crystals,  134. 

human  and  animal,  140. 

stains,  detection  of,  129. 
Blows  or  falls,  injuries  by,  104,  107. 
Blue  vitriol,  309. 
Body,  putrefaction  of,  46. 

pallor  of,  36. 
Bones,  age  of,  95. 

human  and  animal,  85. 

identification  of,  85. 
Bom  alive,  meaning  of,  458,  515. 
Brain,  injuries  of,  123,  126. 
Breasts,  changes  of,  in  pregnancy,  45  r. 
Brucin,  poisoning  by,  385. 
Bullets,  deflection  of,  117. 
Buoyancy  of  the  body,  177. 
Burns  and  scalds,  death  from,  145. 

CADAVERIC  alkaloids,  429. 
lividity,  44. 

rigidity,  39. 

spasm, 43. 
Csesarean  extraction,  510. 
Calabar  bean,  409. 
Caloricity,  post-mortem,  39. 
Cantharides,  poisoning  by,  338. 
Cantharidin,  339. 
Capacity,  testamentary,  584. 
Carbolic  acid,  poisoning  b}',  327. 
Carbonic  acid,  156. 

oxid,  156. 
Castor  oil  beans,  331. 
Catamenia,  449. 
Caustic  poisons,  220,  232. 
Cerebrum,  in  insanity,  5S0. 
Certificates  of  insanity,  584. 
Charcoal  vapor,  156. 
Cheese,  poisoning  by,  341. 
Chemical  analysis,  209. 
Cherry-laurel  water,  421. 
Chest,  wounds  of,  127. 

examination  of,  in    cases    of  in- 
fanticide, 503. 
Child  murder,  471. 


•  Chloral  hydrate,  363. 
Chloroform,  poisoning  by,  359. 
Cholera,  mistaken  for  poisoning,  206. 
Chromium,  poisoning  by,  320., 
Chronic  poisoning,  256,  280,  302,  310. 
Cicatrices,  identification  by,  82,  85. 
Cider  poisoned  by  lead,  299. 
Circumstantial  evidence,  217. 
Civil  responsibility,  550. 
Clothing,  examination  of,  iio. 

stabs  in,  no. 

stains  of,  62,  66. 
Coagulation  of  the  blood,  104. 
Cocain,  393.  _ 
Cocculiis  indicus,  427. 
Colchicum,  poisoning  by,  331. 
Cold,  death  from,  185. 
Coldness  of  the  body  in  death,  37. 
Colic,  painters',  302,. 
Colica  pictonum,  303. 
Colostrum,  487,  506. 
Coma,  death  by,  30. 
Combustion,  spontaneous,  150. 
Compression  of  brain,  124. 

of   and    by  the  umbilical    cord, 
489. 
Concealed  sex,  524. 
Concealment  of  biith,  507. 

of  delivery,  507. 

of  habits  in  life  insurance,  61 1. 

of  pregnancy,  507. 
Conception,  date  of,  511. 
Concussion  of  brain,  123. 

of  spinal  marrow,  126. 
Confessions  in  drunkenness,  565. 
Conine,  402. 
Conium  maculatum,  401. 
Contracts,  585. 
Contu'sed  wounds,  104. 
Contusions  on  the  living  and  the  dead, 

104. 
Cooling  of  the  body  after  death,  37. 
Copper,  poisoning  by,  308. 
Copperas,  poisoning  by,  320. 
Cord,  mark  of,  in  hanging,  167. 

"  in  strangulation,  159. 

umbilical,  466,  4S6. 
Coroner,  the,  19. 
Coroner's  inquests,  19. 
Corpus  luteum,  454. 
Corrosive  poisons,  220,  241. 


INDEX. 


619 


CoiTOsive  sub'imate,  288. 
Counsel,  in  trials,  21. 
Count  Bocarme,  case  of,  397. 
Courtesy,  tenancy  by,  517. 
Cranium,  fractures  of,  123. 
Cretinism,  558. 
Criminal  abortion,  458. 

responsibility,  589. 
Cross-examination,  22. 
Croton  oil,  poisoning  by,  329. 

tiglium,  329. 
Crying,  evidence  from,  516. 
Crypsorchides,  525. 
Cuts  and  stabs,   107. 
Cyanid  of  Potassium,  420. 
Cytisin,  429. 
Cytisus  laburnum,  429. 

DATE  of  conception,  511. 
Datura  stramonium,  390. 
Daturin,  390. 
Dead  body,  examination  of,  60. 

wounds  and   contusions  of,  103, 
no. 
Deatb,  causes  of,  in  burns,  14S. 

causes  of,  in  new-born  children, 
506. 

phenomena  and  signs  of,  29. 

presumption  of,  72. 

varieties  of,  29. 

violent,  causes  of,  100. 
Deaf  and  Dumb,  445. 
Debility  a  cause  of  death,  491. 
De  la  Pomerais'  case,  427. 
Delirium  tremens,  565. 
Defloration,  529. 
Deformities,  evidence  fronr  93. 
Delivery,  concealed,  507. 

feigned,  508. 

signs  of,  505. 

unconscious,  507. 
Delusions,  551. 
Dementia,  573. 
Development  of  fetus,  464. 
De  ventre  inspiciendo,  448. 
Diaphragm,  position  of,  476,  503. 
Diffusion  of  poisons,  21 1. 
Digitalis,  poisoning  by,  423. 
Digitahn,  425. 
Dipsomania,  564. 
Discharge  of  lunatics,  585. 


Diseased  flesh,  poisonous,  343. 
Disease,   influence    of,    in    poisoning, 

204. 
Divorce,  legal  grounds  for,  527. 
Docimasia  circulatioiiis,  484, 

pulmonum,  478. 
Doubtful  sex,  523. 
Douglass  peerage  case,  521. 
Dress,  examination  of  the,  62,  lio. 
Drowned,  restoration  of  the,  171. 
Drowning,  death  from,  170. 

signs  of,  173. 
Drui.kenness,  responsibility  of,  564. 
Ductus  art';  riosus,  484. 

veni)sus,  485. 
Dulcamara,  effects  of,  392. 
Dying  declarations,  27. 

ECCENTRICITY     not     insanity, 
586. 
Ecbolics,  468. 
Eczema  from  arsenic,  255. 
Effusion  of  blood,  104. 
Elaterium,  331. 
Electricity,  death  from,  iSo. 
Embryo,  464. 

Emerald  green,  poisoning  by,  277. 
Emetic,  tartar,  278. 
Empiiysema  of  the  lungs,  482. 
Epilepsy,  582,  587. 

feigned,  441. 
Epispadias,  525. 
Ergot,  501. 
Erotomania,  582. 

Erysipelas,  following  wounds,  122. 
Eserin,  409. 

Essence  of  mirbane,  421. 
Essential  oil  of  almonds,  420. 
Ether,  poisoning  by,  359. 
Evidence,  medical,  19,  23. 

of  poisoning,  204. 
Examination  in  chief,  22. 

cross,  22. 

of  blood  stains,  129. 

of  lunatics,  584. 

of  weapons,  107. 

of  wounds,  100. 
Experts,  medical,  23. 
Exposure,  death  from.  495. 
Extrauterine  conceplion,  522. 
Extravasation  of  blood,  105. 


620 


INDEX. 


FACE,  wounds  of,  126. 
Family  likeness,  evidence  from, 

520. 
Farina  in  stomach  of  new-born  child 

488. 
Fasting,  continued,  188,  655. 
Fatality  in  wounds,  loi. 
Features,  evidence  from,  520.       , 
Fecundation,  513. 
Fees,  medical,  claim  for,  20. 
Feigned  abortion,  470. 

deafness  and  dumbness,  445. 

delivery,  50S. 

diseases,  435. 

insanity,  593. 

wounds,  446. 
Felo-de-se,  567,  614. 
Flesh,  diseased,  343. 
Fetal  circulation,  484. 

vessels,  changes  in  at  birth,  484. 
Feticide,  458. 
Fetus,  character  of,  46^].. 
Food,  poisonous,  338. 
Foramen,  ovale,  484. 
Fowler's  solution,  276. 
Foxglove,  poisoning  by,  424. 
Fractures,  identity  from,  93. 

in  new-born  children,  493. 
Fungi,  poisonous,  337. 

GALL  bladder,  wounds  of,  1 28. 
Gardner  peerage  case,  513. 
Garroting,  151. 
Gases  from  privies  and  cesspools,  159. 

of  putrefaction,  50. 
Gelsemic  acid,  336. 
Gelsemin,  336. 

Gelsemium  sempervirens,  335. 
Gestation,  legal  decisions,  515. 

normal  period,  515. 

premature,  516. 

protracted,  512. 
Gonorrhea  in  rape,  533. 
Green  hellebore,  333. 
Guaiacum  test  for  blood,  132. 
Guelder  rose,  429. 
Gunpowder,  wounds  from,  119. 
Gunshot  wounds,  116. 


H 


ABIT,  influence  of  in  poisoning, 
20^. 


Habits,  concealed,  612. 
Hair,  identification  of,  97. 

dyes,  98. 
Hallucinations,  551. 
Hands,  wounds  of  the,  446. 
Hanging,  death  by,  164. 

signs  of,  166. 
Head,  wouiids  of,  123. 
Heart,  wounds  of,  127. 
Heat,  a  cause  of  death,  183. 
Hellebore,  poisoning  by,  ^^^. 
Hematin,  13c. 

Hemlock,  poisoning  by,  401. 
Hemoglobin,  130. 
Henbane,  poisoning  by,  391. 
Heredity  in  insanity,  571. 
Hermaphroditism,  523. 
Hibernation,  ^i,  34. 
Homicidal  mania,  565. 

wounds.  III. 
Human  bones,  86. 
Hydatids,  uterine,  459. 
Hydi'ate  of  chloral,  363. 
Hydrochloric  acid,  230. 
Hydrocyanic  acid,  41 1. 
Hydrostatic  test,  478. 
Hymen,  evidence  from,  541,  544. 
Hyosc)'amus,  poisoning  by,  391. 
Hyoscyamin,  391. 

IDENTITY  of  the  dead,  84. 
of  the  living,  79. 

personal,  78. 
Idiocy,  557.  _ 

Idiosyncrasy  in  poisoning,  193. 
Illusions,  551. 
Imbecility,  559. 
Immaturity  of  the  fetus,  464. 
Impotence,  524. 
Impregnation,  unconscious,  456. 
Imputed  wounds,  446. 
Incised  wounds,  107. 
Indian  tobacco,  400. 
Infanticide,  471. 

proofs  of  live  birth,  472. 
Infantile  leucon-hea,  534. 
Inflation  of  lungs,  480. 
Inheritance,  510,  512. 
Inquests,  coroner's,  19. 
Insanity,  548. 

feigned,  593. 


INDEX. 


621 


Insanity,  medico-legal  questions,  549. 
post-mortem  signs,  579. 

Inspection  of  the  body,  60. 

Insurance,  life,  610. 

Intellectualinsanity,  559. 

Intemperance  in  relation  to  life  insur- 
ance, 613. 

Interments,  premature,  33. 

Intestines,  wounds  of,  128. 

Intoxication,  distinguished  from  con- 
cussion, 124. 

lodin,  poisoning  by,  251. 

Iron,  salts  of,  320. 

Iron  rust  on  weapons,  132. 

Irritability,  muscular,  4I. 

Irritant  poisons,  220. 

JADINE,  case,  the,  519. 
Jasmine,  yellow,  335. 
Juniperus  sabina,  468. 
Jury,  coroner's,  19. 

grand  and  petty,  21. 
of  matrons,  448. 

KIESTIN  in  the  urine,  452. 
Kleptomania,  563. 

LABOR,  premature,  458, 
Laburnum,  429. 
Lacerated  wounds,  io8. 
Laudanum,  345. 
Lead,  poisoning  by,  299. 
Legitimacy,  510. 

laws  concerning,  519. 
Leucorrhea,  infantile,  533. 
Levant  nut,  427. 
License  of  counsel,  21. 
Life  Insurance,  610. 

cases  in,  616. 
Lightning,  death  from,  180. 
Likeness,  parental,  520. 
Linen,  microscopic  appearance,  99. 
Linea  albicantes,  506. 
Live  birth,  472,  516. 

proofs  of,  472. 
Liver,  wounds  of,  128. 
Lividity,  cadaveric,  44. 
Lobelia  inflata,  400. 
Lobelin,  400. 
Lochia,  505. 


Locomotion  after  injuries  of  the  head, 

III. 
Lucid  intervals,  556. 
Lungs,    examination  of,  in   new-born 
children,  478. 
wounds  of,  127. 

MAJORITY  and  minority,  519. 
Malpractice,  medical,  599. 
Malformations,  517. 
Mania,  559. 

feigned,  593. 

homicidal,  565. 

moral,  562. 

suicidal,  566. 
Marsh's  test,  249. 
Marks  of  blood,  133. 

of  tattooing,  85. 
Maternity,  early,  456. 
Matrons,  jury  of,  448. 
Maturity  of  new-born  children,  signs 

of,  472. 
Meat,  poisoned,  343. 

putrescent,  342. 
Meconium,  488. 
Mechanical  irritants,  193. 
Meconic  acid,  351. 
Medical  evidence,  21. 

experts,  23. 

jurisprudence,  17. 

responsibility,  601. 
Medico-legal  reports,  71, 
Meancholia,  560. 
Membrana  papillaris,  465. 
Menstrual  blood,  448. 
Menstruation,  448. 
Mercury,  poisoning  by,  287. 
Microscopic  evidence  in  blood  stains, 

134- 

in  rape,_  542. 
Milk,  detection  of,  in  stomach,  4S7. 
Mind,  unsoundness  of,  54S. 
Mineral  acids,  poisoning  by,  220. 
Mirbane,  essence  of,  421. 
Miscarriage,  458. 
Moles  in  pregnancy,  460. 
Monkshood,  poisoning  by,  405. 
Monomania,  56I- 

homicidal,  565. 

suicidal,  566. 
Monsters,  518. 


622 


INDEX. 


Moral  insanity,  562. 

Morphin,  349. 

IMonality  of  wounds,  120. 

Mother,  examination  of,  460,  505. 

Motive  in  insanity,  593. 

Motives  for  crime,  549. 

Muco-purulent  discharges,  532,  540, 

547. 
Muriatic  acid,  230. 
Muscular  irritability  after  death,  41. 
Mushrooms,  poisonous,  337. 
Mussels,  poison  lus,  341. 
Mutilated    bodies,    identification    of. 


NJEYl,  identification  by,  85. 
Narcotics,  344. 
Neck,  twisting  of  in  new-born  chil- 
dren, 497. 
Neurotic  poisons,  343. 
Nicotin,  397. 
Nitre,  death  from,  237. 
Nitric  acid,  226. 
Nitrobenzene,  421. 
Notes  of  autopsy,  71. 
Nux  vomica,  poisoning  by,  364. 

/^^NANTHE,  crocata,  404. 
V_[v     *3il  of  bitter  almonds,  420. 
Oil  of  savin,  332. 

of  tansy,  487. 
Opium,  poisoning  by,  344, 
Ordeal  bean,  409. 
Orpiment,  278,  293. 
Osmosis  of  poisons  after  death,  210. 
Osseous  deposits  in  brain,  581. 
Ossification,  a  test  of  age  of  new-born 

child,  466. 
Ovum,  463,  514. 
Oxalic  acid,  320. 

PAINTERS'  colic,  302. 
Palsy  from  lead,  303. 
Paper    hangings,     arsenic     in,     256, 

277.  _ 
Paralysis,  feigned,  443. 
Parental  likeness,  520. 
Parkman- Webster  case,  85. 
Paternity,  520. 

Perforation  of  stomach,  20S,  222. 
Personal  identity,  78. 


Phosphoric  acid,  248. 

Phosphorous  acid,  246. 

Phosphorus,  poisoning  by,  242. 

Physostigmin,  409. 

Plea  of  pregnancy,  448. 

Picrotoxin,  428. 

Poisons,  absorption  of,  194. 

antagonism  of,  201. 

definition  of,  192. 

elimination  of,  197. 

evidences  of,  204. 

irritant,  220. 

mode  of  action  of,  194. 

mode  of  death  by,  200. 

neurotic,  343. 

post-mortem  imbibition  of,  211. 

toxicological      examination      of, 
209. 
Poisoned  flesh,  342. 
Poisonous  food,  340. 
Policy,  life  insurance,  610. 
Post-mortem  examination,  60. 
Potash  and  salts,  232. 
Pregnancy,  448. 

concealed,  507. 

feigned,  447. 

in  the  dead,  457. 

precocious,  455. 

signs  of,  449. 

unconscious,  456. 
Premature  burials,  2^. 

labor,  458. 
Presumption  of  death,  72. 
Pretended  fasting,  188. 

wounds,  445. 
Privet,  429. 

Procreative  power,  524,  526. 
Protracted  gestation,  511, 
Prussic  acid,  411. 
Ptomains,  429. 
Ptyalism,  mercurial,  291. 
Puberty,  525. 
Puerperal  mania,  574. 
Punctured  wounds,  107. 
Purulent  discharges,  54°;  547' 
Putrefaction,  46. 

evidences  of,  47. 

order  of,  48. 
Putrescent  food,  342. 
Pyromania,  564. 


INDEX. 


023 


RAPE,  529. 
anesthesia  in,  536. 

legal  points,  546. 

on  adults,  535. 

on  children,  531. 

on  the  dead,  567. 
Red  phosphorus,  250. 
Reexamination,  22. 
Reinsch's  test,  267. 
Respiration,  a  sign  of  life,  474. 
Responsibility, civil  and  criminal,  513. 

medical,  599. 
Rigidity,  cadaveric,  39. 
Rigor  mortis,  39. 
Rupture  of  viscera,  102. 
Rust,  mistaken  for  blood,  132. 

SALIVATION,  mercurial,  291. 
Salt  of  lemons,  326. 
of  sorrel,  326. 
Sausage  poison,  340. 
Savin,  oil  of,  332. 
Scalds  and  burns,  145. 
Scalp,  wounds  of,  123. 
Scars,  79. 
Scheele's  green,  277. 

prussic  acid,  41 1. 
Schweinfurt  green,  277. 
Self-delivery,  492,  494. 
Self-inflicted  wounds,  446. 
Seminal  stains,  542. 
Senile  dementia,  574. 
Sex, concealed,  524. 

detennination  of,  in  the  skeleton, 
92. 

doubtful,  523. 
vSexual  malformation,  523. 
Shock,  death  from,  1 21. 
Shot,  wounds  made  by,  1 1 8. 
Silk,  microscopic  appearance,  99. 
Silver,  cyanid  of,  414. 
Skeletons,  age  of,  88. 

date  of  interment,  96, 

identity  of,  86. 

sex  of,  92. 

stature  of,  92. 
Skin  of  new-born  children,  464,  473. 
Skull,  evidences  from,  91. 
Sleep,  pregnancy  during,  456. 

rape  during,  536. 
Slow  poisoning,  256. 


Smothering,  death  by,  153,  498. 
Soda  and  its  salts,  232. 
Sodomy,  568. 
Softening  of  stomach,  208. 

of  brain,  571. 
Solanum,  392. 

dulcamara,  392. 
Somnambulism,  575. 
Sorrel,  salt  of,  326. 
Specific  gravity  of  lungs,  478. 
Spectral  analysis,  143. 
Spermatic  stains,  565. 
Spermatozoa,  566. 
Spine,  concussion  of,  126. 
Spontaneous  combustion,  150. 
Stabs  and  cuts,  107,  III. 
Starch,  detection  of,  488. 
Starvation,  dealh  by,  188. 

pretended,   18S. 
Slas'  process,  380,  399. 
Static  test,  477. 
Sterility,  524. 
Still  births,  471. 

Stomach,  mode  of  examination,  68, 
207. 

redness  of,  208. 

ulceration  of,  209. 
Stramonium,  poisoning  by,  390. 
Strangulation,  159. 

accidental,  by  the  umbilical  cord, 
500. 

signs  of,  160. 
Strychnin,  detection  of,  380. 

evidences  of,  379. 

poisoning  by,  378. 
Sublimate,  corrosive,  288. 
Subnitrate  of  bismuth,  318. 
Subpoenas,  21. 
Siicci's  fast,  189. 
Sudden  death,  19. 

delivery,  507,  509. 
Suffocation,  death  by,  153. 

of  new-born  children,  498. 

signs  of,  154. 
Sugar,  detection  of,  in    fetal  stomach, 

487. 
Sugillatiun,  44. 
Suicide,  567. 

and  life  insurance,  56S,  614. 
Suicidal  mania,  566. 

relation  to  life  insurance,  568. 


624 


INDEX. 


Suicidal  wounds,  1 14. 
Sulphid  of  arsenic,  278. 
Sulphuric  acid,  222. 
Sunstroke,  183. 
Superft'tation,  522. 
Surgical  operations,  122. 

responsibility  in,  606. 
Survivorship,  73. 
Syncope,  a  cause  of  death,  30. 
Syphilitic  insanity,  583. 


TANNER,  Dr.,  fast  of,  18S. 
Tartar  emetic,  278. 
Tartaric  acid,  327. 
Tattoo  marks,  85. 
Teeth,  a  test  of  age,  89. 

identity  from,  91. 
Tenancy  by  courtesy,  517. 
Testamentary  capacity,  584. 
Tetanus  from  wounds,  1 22. 
Tin,  poisoning  by  salt  of,  319. 
Tobacco^  poisoning  by,  395. 
Toxicology,  192. 
Trichinosis,  340. 
Tumors,  in  brain  of  insane,  582, 
Tyrotoxicon,  431. 

ULCERATION  and  corrosion,  208. 
Umbilical  cord,  466,  485,  491, 
condition  of,   in   dead   and  live 
born  children,  486,  492. 
Unconscious  delivery,  507. 
intercourse,  456. 
pregnancy,  456. 
Unsoundness  of  mind,  548. 
Uterus,  changes  of,  in  pregnancy,  462. 

VAGINA,  dilatation  of,  in  rape  of 
children,  532. 
wounds  of,  461. 
Vaginitis  in  children,   533. 
Vegetable  irritants,  320. 
Venire  de  inspiciendo,  448. 


Veratrin,  poisoning  by,  335. 

Veitebrce,  fractures  of,  126,  497. 

Viability  of  the  child,  516. 

Violation,  529. 

Virginity,  signs  of,  541. 

Volition,  loss  of,  by  anesthesia,  536. 

Vulval  penetration,  529,  531. 

WADDING,  wounds  by,  119. 
Wall   paper,    arsenical,   256, 
277. 
Water,  action  of,  on  lead,  300. 

hemlock,  404. 

influence  of,  on  putrefaction,  47, 
48,  50- 
Weapons,  connection  of,  with  wounds 
107. 

examination  of,  107. 
Webster,  Dr.  case  of,  85. 
Weight  of  brain  of  newborn  child,  466. 

of  lungs  at  birth,  477. 
Welsh  fasting  girl,  case  of,  1 88. 
White  hellebore,  333. 

lead,  300. 
Whittaker,  case  of,  446, 
Wills,  capacity  for  making,  586. 
Witnesses,  medical,  21. 
Wool,  microscopic  appearance,  99. 
Wounds,  cause  of  death  by,  103. 

death  from,  103. 

from  gunpowder,  119. 

made  before  and  after  death,  103. 

of  different  parts  of  body,  126. 

on  new-born  children,  497. 

self-inflicted,  446. 

two   mortal,    simultaneously    in- 
flicted, III. 

upon  the  burned,  149. 

YELLOW  arsenic,  278. 
jasmine,  335. 
Yew,  poisoning  by,  429. 


z 


INC,  poisoning  by,  314.. 


Catalogue   No.  8.  June,  1896. 


CLASSIFIED   SUBJECT 
CATALOGUE 

OF 

MEDICAL  BOOKS 

AND 

Books  on  Medicine,  Dentistry,  Pharmacy, 
Chemistry,  Hygiene,  Etc.,  Etc., 

PUBLISHED  BY 

P.  Blakiston,  Son  &  Co., 

Medical  Publishers  and  Booksellers, 

1012  WALNUT  STREET,  PHILADELPHIA. 


SPECIAL  NOTE. — The  prices  given  in  this  catalogue  are 
absolutely  net,  no  discount  will  be  allowed  retail  purchasers 
under  any  consideration.  This  rule  has  been  established  in 
order  that  everyone  will  be  treated  alike,  a  general  reduction 
in  former  prices  having  been  made  to  meet  previous  retail  dis- 
counts. Upon  receipt  of  the  advertised  price  any  book  will 
be  forwarded  by  mail  or  express,  all  charges  prepaid. 


We  keep  a  large  stock  of  Miscellaneous  Books,  not  on  this 
catalogue,  relating  to  Medicine  and  Allied  Sciences,  pub- 
lished in  this  country  and  abroad.  Inquiries  in  regard  to 
prices,  date  of  edition,  etc.,  will  receive  prompt  attention. 


Special  Catalogues  of  Books  on  Pharmacy,  Dentistry, 
Chemistry,  Hygiene,  and  Nursing  will  be  sent  free  upon 
application. 

4®=  SEE  NEXT  PAGE  FOR  SUBJECT  INDEX. 


SUBJECT    INDEX, 


>e®"  Any  books  not  on  this  Catalogue  we  will  furnish  a  price 
for  upon  application. 


SUBJECT  PAGE 

Anatomy 3 

Anesthetics 3 

Autopsies  (see  Pathology) 16 

Bandaging  (see  Surgery) 19 

Biology  (see  Miscellaneous)  ...  14 

Brain  4 

Chemistry 4 

Children,  Diseases  of 6 

Clinical  Charts 6 

Consumption  (see  Lungs). 12 

Deformities 7 

Dentistry 7 

Diagnosis 17 

Diagrams  (see  Anatomy,  page 
3,  and  Obstetrics,  page  16). 

Dictionaries 8 

Diet  and  Food  (see  Miscella- 
neous)    14 

Dissectors 3 

Domestic  Medicine 10 

Ear 8 

Electricity  g 

Emergencies  (see  Surgery) 19 

Eye 9 

Fevers 9 

Gout  lo 

Gynecology  21 

Headaches 10 

Heart 10 

Histology 10 

Hospitals  (see  Hygiene) 11 

Hygiene 11 

Insanity  , 4 

Journals  11 

Kidneys  12 

Lungs 12 

Massage 12 

Materia  Medica 12 

Medical  Jurisprudence 13 

Microscopy  13 

Milk  Analysis  (see  Chemistry)      4 

Miscellaneous  14 

Nervous  Diseases  14 


SUBJECT.  PAGE 

Nose 20 

Nursing 15 

Obstetrics..  16 

Ophthalmology 9 

Osteology  (see  Anatomy) 3 

Pathology 16 

Pharmacy 16 

Physical  Diagnosis 17 

Physical  Training  (see  Miscel- 
laneous)   14 

Physiology  18 

Poisons  (see  Toxicology) 13 

Popular  Medicine 10 

Practice  of  Medicine 18 

Prescription'  Books 18 

Railroad  Injuries  (see  Nervous 

Diseases) 14 

Refraction  (see  Eye) 9 

Rheumatism  , 10 

Sanitary  Science 11 

Skin 19 

Spectacles  (see  Eye)  9 

Spine  (see  Nervous  Diseases)  14 

Students'  Compends 22,  23 

Surgery    and     Surgical    Dis- 
eases   19 

Syphilis 21 

Technological  Books 4 

Temperature  Charts 6 

Therapeutics 12 

Throat  20 

Toxicology 13 

U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia 16 

Urinary  Organs 20 

Urine 20 

Venereal  Diseases 21 

Veterinary  Medicine 21 

Visiting  Lists,  Physicians'. 

(Send for  Special  Circtilar.) 
Water  Analysis  (see  Chemis- 
try)   II 

Women,  Diseases  of. 21 


'^^^  The  prices  as  given  in  this  Catalogue  are  net.  Cloth 
binding,  unless  otherwise  specified.  No  discount  can  be 
allowed  under  any  circitmstances.  Any  book  will  be  sent, 
postpaid,  upon  receipt  of  advertised  price. 


SUBJECT   CATALOGUE  OF   MEDICAL   BOOKS. 


.OS"  ^U  books  are  bound  in  cloth,  unless  otherwise  speci- 
fied.   All  prices  are  net. 

ANATOMY. 

MORRIS.  Text-Book  of  Anatomy.  791  lUus.  214  of  which  are 
printed  in  colors.  Clo.,  g6.oo;  Lea.,  $7.00;  Half  Russia,  js.oo. 

"  Taken  as  a  whole,  we  have  no  hesitation  in  according  very  high 
praise  to  this  worl<.  It  will  rank,  we  believe,  with  the  leading  Anato- 
mies. The  illustrations  are  handsome  and  the  printing  is  good."— 
Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

Handsome  Circular  of  Morris,  with  sample  pages  and  colored  illus- 
trations, will  be  sent  free  to  any  address. 

CAMPBELL.  Outlines  for  Dissection.  Prepared  for  Use  with 
"Morris's  Anatomy"  by  the  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan.    Just  Ready.  gi.oo 

HEATH.  Practical  Anatomy.  A  Manual  of  Dissections.  8th 
Edition.     300  Illustrations.  84.25 

HOLDEN.  Anatomy.  A  Manual  of  the  Dissections  of  the  Human 
Body.  6th  Edition.  Carefully  Revised  by  A.  Hewson,  m  d.  De- 
monstrator of  Anatomy,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia 
311  Illustrations.  Cloth,  ^2. 50  ;  Oil-Cloth,  $2.50;  Leather,  (53.00 

HOLDEN.  Human  Osteology.  Comprising  a  Description  of  the 
Bones,  with  Colored  Delineations  of  the  Attachments  of  the  Muscles. 
The  General  and  Microscopical  Structure  of  Bone  and  its  Develop- 
ment.   With  Lithographic  Plates  and  numerous  Illus.    7th  Ed.     $5.25 

HOLDEN.     Landmarks.     Medical  and  Surgical.     4th  Ed.       Ji.oo 

MACALISTER.  Human  Anatomy.  Systematic  and  Topograph- 
ical, including  the  Embryology,  Histology,  and  Morphology  of  Man. 
With  Special  Reference  to  the  Requirements  of  Practical  Surgery  and 
Medicine.     816  Illustrations,  400  of  which  are  original. 

Cloth,  J5. 00;  Leather,  J6. 00 

MARSHALL.  Physiological  Diagrams.  Life  Size,  Colored. 
Eleven  Life-Size  Diagrams  (each  seven  feet  by  three  feet  seven 
inches).     Designed  for  Demonstration  before  the  Class. 

In  Sheets,  Unmounted,  $40,00  ;  Backed  with  Muslin  and  Mounted 
on  Rollers,  J60.00  ;  Ditto,  Spring  Rollers,  in  Handsome  Walnut  Wall 
Map  Case  (send  for  special  circular),  gioo.oo;  Single  Plates— Sheets, 
85.00 ;  Mounted,  $7.50.  Explanatory  Key,  .50.  Descriptive  circu- 
lar upon  application. 

POTTER.  Compend  of  Anatomy,  Including  Visceral  Anatomy. 
5th   Edition.     i6   Lithographed  Plates    and  117  other  Illustrations. 

.80;  Interleaved,  jji.25 

W^ILSON.  Human  Anatomy,  nth  Edition.  429  Illustrations,  26 
Colored  Plates,  and  a  Glossary  of  Terms.  ^5.00 

OBERSTEINER.  Anatomy  of  the  Central  Nervous  Organs. 
19S  Illustrations.  85. 50 


ANESTHETICS.       ' 

BUXTON.     On  Anesthetics.     2d  Edition.     Illustrated.  $1.25 

TURNBULL.  Artificial  Anesthesia.  The  Advantages  and 
Accidents  of;  Its  Employment  in  the  Treatment  of  Disease  ;  Modes 
of  Administration;  Considering  their  Relative  Risks;  Tests  of 
Purity;  Treatment  of  Asphyxia;  Spasms  of  the  Glottis;  Syncope, 
etc.     3d  Edition,  Revised.     40  Illustrations.  $300 


SUBJECT   CATALOGUE. 


BRAIN  AND  INSANITY. 

BLACKBURN.  A  Manual  of  Autopsies.  Designed  for  the  Use 
of  Hospitals  for  the  Insane  and  other  Public  Institutions.  Ten  full- 
page  Plates  and  other  Illustrations.  f  i-25 

GOWERS.  Diagnosis  of  Diseases  of  the  Brain.  2d  Edition. 
Illustrated.  Si-5° 

HORSLEY.  The  Brain  and  Spinal  Cord.  The  Structure  and 
Functions  of.     Numerous  Illustrations.  ^2.50 

HYSLOP.  Mental  Physiology.  Especially  in  Relation  to  IVlen- 
tal  Disorders.      With  Illustrations.    Just  Ready.  S4.25 

LEWIS  (BEVAN).  Mental  Diseases  A  Text  Book  Having 
Special  Reference  to  the  Pathological  Aspects  of  Insanity.  18  Litho- 
graphic Plates  and  other  Illustrations. 

MANN.  Manual  of  Psychological  Medicine  and  Allied 
Nervous  Diseases.  Their  Diagnosis,  Pathology,  Prognosis,  and 
Treatment,  including  their  Medico-Legal  Aspects  ;  with  chapter  on 
Expert  Testimony,  and  an  Abstract  of  the  Laws  Relating  to  the 
Insane  in  all  the  States  of  the  Union.  Illustrations  of  Typical  Faces 
of  the  Insane,  Handwriting  of  the  Insane,  and  Micro-photographic 
Sections  of  the  Brain  and  Spinal  Cord.  J3.00 

REGIS.  Mental  Medicine.  Authorized  Translation  by  H.  M. 
Bannister,  m.u.  J2.00 

STEARNS.  Mental  Diseases.  Designed  especially  for  Medical 
Students  and  General  Practitioners.  With  a  Digest  of  Laws  of  the 
various  States  Relating  to  Care  of  Insane.     Illustrated. 

Cloth,  ^2.75;  Sheep,  $3. 25 

TUKE.  Dictionary  of  Psychological  Medicine.  Giving  the 
Definition,  Etymology,  and  Symptoms  of  the  Terms  used  in  Medical 
Psychology,  with  the  Symptoms,  Pathology,  and  Treatment  of  the 
Recognized  Forms  of  Mental  Disorders,  together  with  the  Law  of 
Lunacy  in  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.     Two  volumes.  Jio.co 

WOOD,  H.  C.    Brain  and  Overwork.  .40 


CHEMISTRY  AND  TECHNOLOGY. 

special   Catalogue  of   Chemical  Books  sent  free  upon   application. 

ALLEN.  Commercial  Organic  Analysis.  A  Treatise  on  the 
Modes  of  Assaying  the  Various  Organic  Chemicals  and  Products 
Employed  in  the  Arts,  Manufactures,  Medicine,  etc.,  with  concise 
methods  for  the  Detection  of  Impurities,  Adulterations,  etc.  2d  Ed. 
Vol.  I,  Vol.  II,  Vol.  Ill,  Part  I.  These  volumes  cannot  be  had. 
Vol.  Ill,  Part  II.  The  Amins.  Pyridin  and  its  Hydrozins  and 
Derivatives.  The  Antipyretics,  etc.  Vegetable  Alkaloids,  Tea, 
Coffee,  Cocoa,  etc.  $4  50 

Vol.  Ill,  Part  III.  In  Press. 

ALLEN.  Chemical  Analysis  of  Albuminous  and  Diabetic 
Urine.     Illustrated.    Just  Ready.  $2.25 

BARTLEY.  Medical  aifd  Pharmaceutical  Chemistry.  A 
Text-Book  for  Medical,  Dental,  and  Pharmaceutical  Students.  With 
Illustrations,  Glossary,  and  Complete  Index.  4th  Edition,  carefully 
Revised.    Just  Ready.  Cloth,  ^2. 75  ;  Sheep,  J3. 25 

BLOXAM.  Chemistry,  Inorganic  and  Organic.  With  Experi- 
ments. 8th  Ed.,  Revised.     281  Engravings.    Clo.,  ^4.25;  Lea.,J5.2S 


MEDICAL  BOOKS. 


CALDWELL.  Elements  of  Qualitative  and  Quantitative 
Chemical  Analysis.     3d  Edition,  Revised.  $i-5o 

CAMERON.  Oils  and  Varnishes.  With  Illustrations,  Formulae, 
Tables,  etc.  J2.25 

CAMERON.     Soap  and  Candles.     54  Illustrations.  $2.00 

CLOWES  AND  COLEMAN.  Elementary  Qualitative  An- 
alysis. Adapted  for  Use  in  the  Laboratories  of  Schools  and  Colleges. 
Illustrated.  $1.00 

GARDNER.  The  Brewer,  Distiller,  and  Wine  Manufac- 
turer. A  Hand-Book  for  all  Interested  in  the  Manufacture  and 
Trade  of  Alcohol  and  Its  Compounds.     Illustrated.  $1.50 

GARDNER.  Bleaching,  Dyeing,  and  Calico  Printing.  With 
Formulae.     Illustrated.  ^1.50 

GROVES  AND  THORP.  Chemical  Technology.  The  Appli- 
cation of  Chemistry  to  the  Arts  and  Manufactures.  8  Volumes, 
with  numerous  Illustrations. 

Vol.  I.   Fuel  and  Its  Applications.     607  Illustrations  and  4  Plates. 

Cloth,  25.00;  Half  Morocco,  $6.50 

Vol.11     Lighting.      Illustrated.     Cloth,  ^4.00;   Half  Morocco,  $5.50 

Vol.  III.  Lighting — Continued.  In  Press. 

HOLLAND.  The  Urine,  the  Gastric  Contents,  the  Common 
Poisons,  and  the  Milk.  Memoranda,  Chemical  and  Microscopi- 
cal, for  Laboratory  Use.     5th  Ed      Illustrated  and  interleaved,  gi.oo 

LEFFMANN.  Compend  of  Medical  Chemistry,  Inorganic 
and  Organic.    Including  Urine  Analysis.     4th  Edition,  Rewritten. 

.80;   Interleaved,  ^i. 25 

LEFFMANN.  Progressive  Exercises  in  Practical  Chemis- 
try.    Illustrated.     2d  Edition.  Ji.oo 

LEFFMANN.     Analysis  of  Milk  and  Milk  Products.     Arranged 

to  Suit  the  Needs  of  Analytical  Chemists,  Dairymen,  and  Milk  Inspec- 
tors. $1-25 

LEFFMANN.     Water  Analysis.     Illustrated.    3d  Edition,    $1.25 

MUTER.  Practical  and  Analytical  Chemistry.  4th  Edition. 
Revised  to  meet  the  requirements  ol  American  Medical  Colleges  by 
Claude  C.   Hamilton,  m.d.     51  Illustrations.  %\  25 

OVERMAN.     Practical    Mineralogy,   Assaying,  and  Mining. 

With  a  Description  of  the  Useful  Minerals,  etc.     nth  Edition.       Ji.oo 

RAMSAY.     A  System  of  Inorganic  Chemistry.     lUus.  J4.00 

RICHTER.  Inorganic  Chemistry.  4ih  American,  from  6th  Ger- 
man Edition.  Authorized  translation  by  Edgar  F.  Smith,  m.a., 
PH.D.     89  Illustrations  and  a  Colored  Plaie.  $'-75 

RICHTER.  Organic  Chemistry.  3d  American  Edition.  Trans. 
from  the  last  German  by   Edgar  F.Smith.     Illustrated.     In  Press. 

SMITH.  Electro-Chemical  Analysis.  2d  Edition,  Revised.  28 
Illustrations.  $1.25 

SMITH  AND  KELLER.  Experiments.  Arranged  for  Students 
in  General  Chemistry.     3d  Edition.     Illustrated.    Just  Ready.       .60 

STAMMER.  Chemical  Problems.  With  Explanations  and  An- 
svv'ers.  .50 

SUTTON.  Volumetric  Analysis.  A  Systematic  Handbook  for 
the  Quantitative  Estimation  of  Chemical  Substances  by  Measure, 
Applied  to  Liquids,  Solids,  and  Gases.  7th  Edition,  Revised.  With 
Illustrations.  In  Press. 


SUBJECT   CATALOGUE. 


SYMONDS.     Manual   of  Chemistry,   for   Medical   Students. 

2d  Edition.  $2.00 

TRIMBLE.      Practical   and   Analytical  Chemistry.      Being  a 

Complete  Course  in  Chemical  Analysis.     4th  Ed.     lllus.  $1.50 

WATTS.     Organic  Chemistry.     2d  Edition.    By  Wm.  A.  Tilden, 

D.sc.,F.R.s.     (Being  the  13th  Edition  of  Fowne's  Organic  Chemistry.) 

Illustrated.  $z  00 

WATTS.     Inorganic  Chemistry.    Physical  and  Inorganic.    (Being 

the   14th   Edition   of  Fowne's  Physical  and   Inorganic   Chemistry.) 

With  Colored  Plate  of  Spectra  and  other  Illustrations.  g2.oo 

WOODY.     Essentials    of    Chemistry     and     Urinalysis.      4th 

Edition.     Illustrated.  /n  Press. 

***  Special  Catalogue  of  Books  on  Chemistry  free  upon  application. 

CHILDREN. 

BROTHERS.  Infantile  Mortality  During  Childbirth  and  Its 
Prevention.  $1.50 

GOODHART   AND   STARR.     Diseases  of  Children.     Edited, 

•    with  Notes  and  Additions,  by  Louis  Starr,  MD.  Out  of  Print. 

HALE.  On  the  Management  of  Children  in  Health  and  Dis- 
ease. .50 

HATFIELD.  Compend  of  Diseases  of  Children.  With  a 
Colored  Plate.     2d  Edition.    Just  Ready.        .80;    Interleaved,  J  1.25 

MEIGS.  Infant  Feeding  and  Milk  Analysis.  The  Examination 
of  Human  and  Cow's  Milk,  Cream,  Condensed  Milk,  etc.,  and 
Directions  as  to  the  Diet  of  Young  Infants.  .50 

MONEY.  Treatment  of  Diseases  in  Children.  Including  the 
Outlines  of  Diagnosis  and  ihe  Chief  Pathological  Diffsrences  Between 
Children  and  Adults.     2d  Edition.  J2.50 

MUSKETT.  Prescribing  and  Treatment  in  the  Diseases  of 
Infants  and  Children.  S'-^S 

POWER.  Surgical  Diseases  of  Children  and  their  Treat- 
ment by  Modern  Methods.     Illustrated.    Just  Ready.  $2.50 

STARR.  The  Digestive  Organs  in  Childhood.  The  Diseases  of 
the  Digestive  Organs  in  Infancy  and  Childhood.  With  Chapters  on 
the  Investigation  of  Disease  and  the  Management  of  Children.  2d 
Edition,  Enlarged.  Illustrated  by  two  Colored  Plates  and  numerous 
Wood  Engravings.  ^2  00 

STARR.  Hygiene  of  the  Nursery.  Including  the  General  Regi- 
men and  Feedmg  of  Infants  and  Children,  and  the  Domestic  Manage- 
ment of  the  Ordinary  Emergencies  of  Early  Life,  Massage,  etc.  5th 
Edition.     25  Illustrations.  Ji.oo 

TAYLOR  AND  WELLS.  Diseases  of  Children.  Illustrated. 
A  New  Text-Book.  Nearly  Ready. 

CLINICAL  CHARTS. 

GRIFFITH.  Graphic  Clinical  Chart.  Printed  in  three  colors. 
Sample  copies  free.  Put  up  in  loose  packages  of  fifty ,  .50.  Price  to 
Hospitals,  500  copies,  $400;  1000  copies,  J7.50.  With  name  of 
Hospital  printed  on,  .50  extra. 

TEMPERATURE  CHARTS.  For  Recording  Temperature, 
Respiration,  Pulse,  Day  of  Disease,  Date,  Age,  Sex,  Occu- 
pation, Name,  etc.     Put  up  in  pads  of  fifty.  Each,  .50 


MEDICAL   BOOKS. 


DEFORMITIES. 

REEVES.      Bodily   Deformities   and    Their    Treatment.       A 

Hand-Book  of  Practical  Orthopedics.     228  Illustrations.  $i-75 

HEATH.     Injuries  and  Diseases  of  the  Jaws.     187  Illustrations. 

4th  Edition.  Cloth,  $4.50 

DENTISTRY. 

special  Catalogue  of  Dental  Books  sent  free  upon  application. 

BARRETT.  Dental  Surgery  for  General  Practitioners  and 
Students  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry.  Extraction  of  Teeth, 
etc.     2d  Edition.     Illustrated.  Ji.oo 

BLODGETT.  Dental  Pathology.  By  Albert  N.  Blodgett, 
M  D.,  late  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Therapeutics,  Boston  Dental 
College.     33  Illustrations.  $1.25 

FLAGG.  Plastics  and  Plastic  Filling,  as  Pertaining  to  the  Filling 
of  Cavities  in  Teeth  of  all  Grades  of  Structure.     4th  Edition.       $4.00 

FILLEBROWN.  A  Text-Book  of  Operative  Dentistry. 
Written  by  invitation  of  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Facul- 
ties.    Illustrated.  $2.25 

QORGAS.  Dental  Medicine.  A  Manual  of  Materia  Medica  and 
Therapeutics.     5lh  Edition,  Revised.  J4.00 

HARRIS.  Principles  and  Practice  of  Dentistry.  Including 
Anatomy,  Physiology,  Pathology,  Therapeutics,  Dental  Surgery, 
and  Mechanism.  13th  Edition.  Revised  by  F.  J.  S.  Gorgas,  m.d., 
D.D.s.     1250  Illustrations.  Cloth,  J6.00;  Leather,  $7.00 

HARRIS.  Dictionary  of  Dentistry.  Including  Definitions  of  Such 
Words  and  Phrases  of  the  Collateral  Sciences  as  Pertain  to  the  Art  and 
Practice  of  Dentistry.  5th  Edition.  Revised  and  Enlarged  by  Fer- 
dinand F.  S.  Gorgas,  m  d.,  d.d.s.         Cloth,  J4.50  ;  Leather,  $5.50 

HEATH.  Injuries  and  Diseases  of  the  Jaws.  4th  Edition  187 
Illustrations.  J4.S0 

HEATH.  Lectures  on  Certain  Diseases  of  the  Jaws.  64 
Illustrations.  Boards,  .50 

RICHARDSON.  Mechanical  Dentistry.  6th  Edition.  Thor- 
oughly  Revised   by     Dr.   Geo.    W.    Warren.      600   Illustrations. 

Cloth,  J4. 00;  Leather,  ^5.00 

SEWELL.  Dental  Surgery.  Including  Special  Anatomy  and 
Surgery.     3d  Edition,  with  200  Illustrations.  J2  00 

TAFT.  Operative  Dentistry.  A  Practical  Treatise.  4th  Edition. 
100  Illustrations.  Cloth,  ^3.00  ;  Leather,  ^4. 00 

TAFT.     Index  of  Dental  Periodical  Literature.  $2.00 

TALBOT.  Irregularities  of  the  Teeth  and  Their  Treatment. 
2d  Edition.     234  Illustrations.  53  00 

TOMES.  Dental  Anatomy.  Human  and  Comparative.  235  Illus- 
trations.    4th  Edition.  J3.50 

TOMES.     Dental  Surgery.  3d  Edition.     292  Illustrations.        ^4.00 

^VARREN.  Compend  of  Dental  Pathology  and  Dental  Medi- 
cine.    With  a  Chapter  on  Emergencies.     Illustrated. 

.80;  Interleaved,  Jr. 25 
WARREN.  Dental  Prosthesis  and  Metallurgy.  129  Ills.  $1.25 
WHITE.     The  Mouth  and  Teeth.     Illustrated.  .40 

***  Special  Caialogtie  0/  Dental  Books  free  upon  application . 


SUBJECT  CATALOGUE. 


DICTIONARIES. 

GOULD.  The  Illustrated  Dictionary  of  Medicine,  Biology, 
and  Allied  Sciences.  Being  an  Exhaustive  Lexicon  of  Medicine 
and  those  Sciences  Collateral  to  it :  Biology  (Zoology  and  Botany), 
Chemistry.  Dentistry,  Parmacology,  Microscopy,  etc.,  with  many 
useful  Tables  and  numerous  fine  illustrations.  1633  pages.  3d  Ed. 
Sheep  or  Half  Dark  Green  Leather,  gio.oo;  Thumb  Index,  Jii.oo 
Half  Russia,  Thumb  Index,  jSiz.oo 

GOULD.  The  Medical  Student's  Dictionary.  Including  all  the 
Words  and  Phrases  Generally  Used  in  Medicine,  with  their  Proper 
Pronunciation  and  Definition,  Based  on  Recent  Medical  Literature. 
With  Tables  of  the  Bacilli,  Micrococci,  Mineral  Springs,  etc.,  of  the 
Arteries,  Muscles,  Nerves,  Ganglia,  and  Plexuses,  etc.  loth  Edition. 
Rewiitten  and  Enlarged.  Completely  reset  from  new  type.  700  pp. 
Half  Dark  Leather,  ^3.25  ;  Half  Morocco,  Thumb  Index,  J4.00 

GOULD.  The  Pocket  Pronouncing  Medical  Lexicon.  (12,000 
Medical  Words  Pronounced  and  Defined.)  Containing  all  the  Words, 
their  Definition  and  Pronunciation,  that  the  Medical,  Dental,  or 
Pharmaceutical  Student  Generally  Comes  in  Contact  With;  also 
Elaborate  Tables  of  the  Arteries,  Muscles,  Nerves,  Bacilli,  etc.,  etc., 
a  Dose  List  in  both  English  and  Metric  System,  etc..  Arranged  in  a 
Most  Convenient  Form  for  Reference  and  Memorizing. 

Full  Limp  Leather,  Gilt  Edges,  ^i.oo  ;  Thumb  Index,  J1.25 
*:is*  Sample  Pages   and    Illustrations  and    Descriptive   Circulars    of 

Gould's  Dictionaries  sent  free  upon  application. 

HARRIS.  Dictionary  of  Dentistry.  Including  Definitions  of  Such 
Words  and  Phrases  of  the  Collateral  Sciences  as  Pertain  to  the  Art 
and  Practice  of  Dentistry.  5th  Edition.  Revised  and  Enlarged  by 
Fekdinand  J.  S.  GoKiiAS,  M.D.,  D.D.s.    Cloth,  ^4.50;   Leather,  ^5  50 

LONGLEY.  Pocket  Medical  Dictionary.  With  an  Appendix, 
containing  Poisons  and  their  Antidotes,  Abbreviations  used  in  Pre- 
scriptions, and  a  Metric  Scale  of  Doses. 

Cloth,  .75  ;  Tucks  and  Pocket,  Ji.oo 

CLEVELAND.  Pocket  Medical  Dictionary.  33d  Edition.  Very 
small  pocket  size.  Cloth,  .50  ;  Tucks  with  Pocket,  .75 

MAXWELL.  Terminologia  Medica  Polyglotta.  By  Dr. 
Theodore  Maxwell,  Assisted  by  Others.  fo-oo 

The  object  of  this  work  is  to  assist  the  medical  men  of  any  nationality 

in   reading   medical  literature    .viitten   in  a  language  not   their  own; 

Each  term  is  usually  given  in  seven  languages,  viz.  :  English,  French, 

German,  Italian,  Spanish,  Russian,  and  Latin. 

TREVES  AND  LANG.    German-English  Medical  Dictionary. 

Half  Russia,  $3.25 

EAR  (see  also  Throat  and  Nose). 

HOVELL.  Diseases  of  the  Ear  and  Naso-Pharynx.  Includ- 
ing Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Organ,  together  with  the  Treat- 
ment of  the  Affections  of  the  Nose  and  Pharynx  which  Conduce  to 
Aural  Disease.     122  Illustrations.  J5.00 

BURNETT.     Hearing  and  How  to  Keep  It.     Illustrated.  .40 

DALBY.  Diseases  and  Injuries  of  the  Ear.  4th  Edition.  38 
Wood  Engravings  and  8  Colored  Plates.  ^2.50 

HALL.     Compend  of  Diseases  of  Ear  and  Nose.     Illustrated. 

.80  ;  Interleaved,  iSi.25 

PRITCHARD.  Diseases  of  the  Ear.  3d  Edition.  Many  Illus- 
trations and  Formula.  In  Press. 


MEDICAL   BOOKS. 


ELECTRICITY. 

BIGELOW.      Plain   Talks   on   Medical   Electricity  and  Bat- 
teries.    With  a  Therapeutic   Index  and  a   Glossary.       43  Illustra- 
tions.    2d  Edition.  Ji.oo 
JONES.    Medical  Electricity.   2d  Edition.    112  Illustrations.    J2.50 
MASON.    Electricity  ;  Its  Medical  and  Surgical  Uses.    Numer- 
ous Illustrations.  75 

EYE. 

A  Special  Circular  of  Books  on  the  Eye  sent  free  upon  application. 

ARLT.  Diseases  of  the  Eye.  Clinical  Studies  on  Diseases  of  the 
Eye,  Including  the  Conjunctiva,  Cornea  and  Sclerotic,  Iris  and 
Ciliary  Body.  Authorized  Translation  by  Lyman  Ware,  m.d. 
Illustrated.  $1.25 

FICK.  Diseases  of  the  Eye  and  Ophthalmoscopy.  Trans- 
lated by  A.  B.  Hale,  m.  d.  157  Illustrations,  many  of  which  are  in 
colors,  and  a  glos.^ary.  In  Press. 

FOX  AND  GOULD.  Compend  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye  and 
Refraction,  Including  Treatment  and  Surgery.  2d  Edition.  71 
Illustrations  and  39  Formulae.  .80;  Interleaved,  Ji. 25 

GOWERS.  Medical  Ophthalmoscopy.  A  Manual  and  Atlas 
with  Colored  Autotype  and  Lithographic  Plates  and  Wood-cuts, 
Comprising  Original  Illustrations  of  the  Changes  of  the  Eye  in  Dis- 
eases of  the  Brain,  Kidney,  etc.     3d  Edition.  J4.00 

HARLAN.     Eyesight,  and  How  to  Care  for  It,     Illus.  .40 

HARTRIDGE.  Refraction.  96  Illustrations  and  Test  Types. 
7th  Edition.  $i.oo 

HARTRIDGE.  On  the  Ophthalmoscope.  2d  Edition.  With 
Colored  Plate  and  many  Wood-cuts.  $1.25 

HANSELL  AND  BELL.  Clinical  Ophthalmology.  Colored 
Plate  of  Normal  Fundus  and  120  Illustrations.  $1.50 

MACNAMARA.  On  the  Eye.  5th  Edition.  Numerous  Colored 
Plates,  Diagrams  of  Eye,  Wood-cuts,  and  Test  Types.  fe-5° 

MEYER.  Ophthalmology.  A  Manual  of  Diseases  of  the  Eye. 
Translated  from  the  3d  French  Edition  by  A.  Freedland  Fergus, 
MB.    270  Illustrations,  2  Colored  Plates.    Cloth,  ;J3. 50;   Sheep,  J4.50 

MORTON.  Refraction  of  the  Eye.  Its  Diagnosis  and  the  Cor- 
rection of  its  Errors.  With  Chapter  on  Keratoscopy  and  Test 
Types.     5th  Edition.  Ji.oo 

OHLEMANN.  Ocular  Therapeutics.  Authorized  Translation, 
and  Edited  by  Dr.  Charles  A.  Oliver.  In  Press. 

PHILLIPS.  Spectacles  and  Eyeglasses.  Their  Prescription 
and  Adjustment      2d  Edition.      49  Illustrations.    Just  Ready.    Jji.oo 

SWANZY.  Diseases  of  the  Eye  and  Their  Treatment.  5th 
Edition,  Revised.  166  Illustrations,  i  Plain  Plate,  and  a  Zephyr 
Test  Card.  Cloth,  $2.50;  Sheep,  J3.00 

WALKER.  Students'  Aid  in  Ophthalmology.  Colored  Plate 
and  40  other  Illustrations  and  Glossary.    Just  Ready.  3' .5° 

FEVERS. 

COLLIE.  On  Fevers.  Their  History,  Etiology,  Diagnosis,  Prog- 
nosis, and  Treatment.     Colored  Plates.  $2.00 

WASHBOURN  AND  GOODALL.  Fevers  and  Their  Treat- 
ment.    Illustrated.  In  Press. 


SUBJECT  CATALOGUE. 


GOUT  AND  RHEUMATISM. 

DUCKWORTH.  A  Treatise  on  Gout.  With  Chromo-litbographs 
and  Engravings.  Cloth,  ^6.00 

GARROD.  On  Rheumatism.  A  Treatise  on  Rheumatism  and 
Rheumatic  Arthritis.  Cloth,  ^5.00 

HAIG.  Causation  of  Disease  by  Uric  Acid.  A  Contribution  to 
the  Pathology  of  High  Arterial  Tension,  Headache,  Epilepsy,  Gout, 
Rheumatism,  Diabetes,  Bright's  Disease,  etc.     New  Ed.     In  Press. 


HEADACHES. 

DAY.     On    Headaches.     The   Nature,  Causes,   and   Treatment  of 
Headaches.     4th  Edition.     Illustrated.  Si  .00 


HEALTH    AND     DOMESTIC    MEDI- 
CINE (see  also  Hygiene  and  Nursing). 

BUCKLEY.     The  Skin  in  Health  and  Disease.     Illus.  .40 

BURNETT.     Hearing  and  How  to  Keep  It.     Illustrated.  .40 

COHEN.     TheThroat  and  Voice.     Illustrated.  .40 

DULLES.     Emergencies.     4th  Edition.     Illustrated.  $1.00 
HARLAN.     Eyesight  and  How  to  Care  for  It.     Illustrated.     .40 

HARTSHORNE.     Our  Homes.     Illustrated.  .40 

OSGOOD.     The  AVinter  and  its  Dangers.  .40 

PACKARD.     Sea  Air  and  Bathing.  .40 

PARKES.     The  Elements  of  Health.    Just  Ready.  gi.25 

RICHARDSON.     Long  Life  and  How  to  Reach  It.  .40 

WESTLAND.     The  Wife  and  Mother.  gi.50 

WHITE.     The  Mouth  and  Teeth.     Illustrated.  .40 

WILSON.     The  Summer  and  its  Diseases.  .40 

WOOD.     Brain  W^ork  and  Overwork.  .40 

STARR.     Hygiene  of  the  Nursery.     5th  Edition.  $1.00 

CANFIELD.     Hygiene  of  the  Sick-Room.  ^1.25 

HEART. 

SANSOM.  Diseases  of  the  Heart.  The  Diagnosis  and  Pathology 
of  Diseases  of  the  Heart  and  Thoracic  Aorta.  With  Plates  and  other 
Illustrations.  J6.00 

HISTOLOGY. 

STIRLING.     Outlines  of  Practical  Histology.    368  Illustrations. 

2d  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.     With  new  Illustrations.       J2.00 
STOHR.     Histology  and  Microscopical  Anatomy.     Translated 

by  A.  Shaper,  m.d.,  Harvard  Medical  School.    260  Illus.    In  Press. 


MEDICAL  BOOKS. 


HYGIENE  AND  WATER  ANALYSIS. 

special  Catalogue  of  Books  on  Hygiene  sent  free  upon  application. 

CANFIELD.  Hygiene  of  the  Sick-Room.  A  Book  for  Nurses 
and  Others  Being  a  Brief  Consideration  of  Asepsis,  Antisepsis,  Dis- 
infection, Bacteriology,  Immunity,  Heating  and  Ventilation,  and 
Kindred  Subjects.  ?'-2S 

COPLIN  AND  BEVAN.  Practical  Hygiene.  A  Complete 
American  Text-Book.     138  Illustrations.  $3-25 

FOX.  'Water,  Air,  and  Food.  Sanitary  Examinations  of  Water, 
Air,  and  Food.     100  Engravings.     2d  Edition,  Revised.  j3-50 

KENWOOD.  Public  Health  Laboratory  Work.  116  Illustra- 
tions and  3  Plates.  J2.00 

LEFFMANN.  Examination  of  Water  for  Sanitary  and 
Technical  Purposes.    3d  Edition.    Illustrated.  Just  Ready.   $1.25 

LEFFMANN.  Analysis  of  Milk  and  Milk  Products.  Illus- 
trated. ^1-25 

LINCOLN.     School  and  Industrial  Hygiene.  .40 

MACDONALD.  Microscopical  Examinations  of  Water  and 
Air.     25  Lithographic  Plates,  Reference  Tables,  etc.   2d  Ed.     $2  50 

McNeill.  The  Prevention  of  Epidemics  and  the  Construc- 
tion and  Management  of  Isolation  Hospitals.  Numerous  Plans 
and  Illustrations.  Js-So 

NOTTER  AND  FIRTH.  The  Theory  and  Practice  of  Hygiene. 
(Being  the  9th  Edition  of  Parkes'  Practical  Hygiene,  rewritten  and 
brought  up  to  date.)  10  Plates  and  135  other  Illustrations.  1034 
pages.     8vo.  ^7.00 

PARKES.  Hygiene  and  Public  Health.  By  Louis  C.  Parkes, 
M.D.     4th  Edition.     Enlarged.     Illustrated.  $2.50 

PARKES.  Popular  Hygiene.  The  Elements  of  Health.  A  Book 
for  Lay  Readers.     Illustrated.    Just  Ready.  Ji-25 

STARR.  The  Hygiene  of  the  Nursery.  Including  the  General 
Regimen  and  Feeding  of  Infants  and  Children,  and  the  Domestic 
Management  of  the  Ordinary  Emergencies  of  Early  Life,  Massage, 
etc.     5th  Edition.     25  Illustrations.  Ji.oo 

STEVENSON  AND  MURPHY.  A  Treatise  on  Hygiene,  By 
Various  Authors.     In    Three    Octave   Volumes.     Illustrated. 

Vol.  I,  $6.00;  Vol.  11,^6.00;  Vol.  Ill,  Js.oo 
*:(:*  Each  Volume  sold  separately.   Special  Circular  upon  application. 

■WILSON.  Hand-Book  of  Hygiene  and  Sanitary  Science. 
With  Illustrations.     7th  Edition.  $300 

■WEYL.  Sanitary  Relations  of  the  Coal-Tar  Colors.  Author- 
ized Translation  by  Kenry  Leffmann,  m.d.,  ph.d.  ?i.25 

*^*  Special  Catalogue  of  Books  on  Hygiene  free  upon  application. 


JOURNALS,  ETC. 


OPHTHALMIC  REVIEW.  A  Monthly  Record  of  Ophthalmic 
Science.     Publ.  in  London.     Sample  number  .25  ;  per  annum  ;f3.oo 

NEW  SYDENHAM  SOCIETY  PUBLICATION.  Three  to  six 
volumes  each  year.     Circular  upon  application.         Per  annum  ^8.00 


SUBJECT  CATALOGUE. 


KIDNEY  DISEASES. 

RALFE.    Diseases    of  the    Kidney    and    Urinary  Derange- 
ments.    Illustrated.  $2  00 
THORNTON.   The  Surgery  of  the  Kidney.   19  Illus.    Clo.,  $1.50 
TYSON.     Bright's  Disease    and  Diabetes.     With  Especial  Ref- 
erence to  Pathology  and  Therapeutics.    Including  a  Section  on  Reti- 
nitis in  Bright's  Disease.     Illustrated.                                                ^2.50 

LUNGS  AND  PI^EURJE. 

HARRIS  AND  BEALE.  Treatment  of  Pulmonary  Consump- 
tion. $2.50 

POWELL.  Diseases  of  the  Lungs  and  Pleurae,  including 
Consumption.     Colored  Plates  and  other  lUus.     4th  Ed.  $4.00 

MASSAGE. 

KLEEN.  Hand-Book  of  Massage.  Authorized  translation  by 
MussEY  Hartwell,  M.D.,  PH.D.  With  an  Introduction  by  Dr.  S. 
Weir  Mitchell.  Illustrated  by  a  series  of  Photographs  Made 
Especially  by  Dr.  Kleen  for  the  American  Edition.  ?2-2S 

MURRELL.  Massotherapeutics.  Massage  as  a  Mode  of  Treat- 
ment.    5th  Edition.  ^1-25 

OSTROM.  Massage  and  the  Original  Swedish  Move- 
ments. Their  Application  to  Various  Diseases  of  the  Body.  A 
Manual  for  Students,  Nurses,  and  Physicians.  Third  Edition,  En- 
larged.    94  Wood  Engravings,  many  of  which  are  original.  Ji.oo 

MATERIA    MEDICA    AND     THERA- 
PEUTICS. 

ALLEN,  HARLAN,  HARTE,  VAN   HARLINGEN.   A 

Hand-Book  of  Local  Therapeutics,  Beinga  Practical  Description 
of  all  those  Agents  Used  in  the  Local  Treatment  of  Diseases  of  the 
Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat,  Mouth,  Skin,  Vagina,  Rectum,  etc., 
such  as  Ointments,  Plasters,  Powders,  Lotions,  Inhalations,  Supposi- 
tories, Bougies,  Tampons,  and  the  Proper  Methods  of  Preparing  and 
Applying  Them.  $3.00 

BIDDLE.  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics.  Including  Dose 
List,  Dietary  for  the  Sick,  Table  of  Parasites,  and  Memoranda  of 
New  Remedies.  13th  Edition,  Thoroughly  Revised  in  accord- 
ance with  the  new  U.  S.  P.     64  Illustrations  and  a  Clinical  Index. 

Cloth,  $4.00;  Sheep,  ;J5. 00 

BRACKEN.  Outlines  of  Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacology.  By 
H.  M.  Bracken,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics 
and  of  Clinical  Medicine,  University  of  Minnesota.  $2.75 

DAVIS.     Materia  Medica  and  Prescription  Writing.        Ji  50 

FIELD.     Evacuant  Medication.     Cathartics  and  Emetics.      $1.75 

GORGAS.  Dental  Medicine.  A  Manual  of  Materia  Medica  and 
Therapeutics.     5th  Edition,  Revised.  $4.00 

MAYS.  Therapeutic  Forces  ;  or,  The  Action  of  Medicine  in 
the  Light  of  Doctrine  of  Conservation  of  Force.  S1.25 

MAYS.     Theine  in  the  Treatment  of  Neuralgia,     yi  bound,  .50 


MEDICAL   BOOKS.  13 


NAPHEYS.  Modern  Therapeutics,  gth  Revised  Edition,  En- 
larged and  Improved.  In  two  handsome  volumes.  Edited  by  Allen 
J.  Smith,  m.d.,  and  J    Aubrkv  Davis,  m.d 

Vol.  I.  General  ^4edicine  and  Diseases  of  Children.  $4.00 

Vol.  II.  General  Surgery,  Obstetrics,  and  Diseases  of  Women.   J4.00 

POTTER.  Hand-Book  of  Materia  Medica,  Pharmacy,  and 
Therapeutics,  including  the  Action  of  Medicines,  Special  Therapeu- 
tics, Pharmacology,  etc.,  including  over  6co  Prescriptions  and  For- 
mula 5th  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  With  Thumb  Index  in 
each  copy.  Cloth,  $4.00;  Sheep,  $5  00 

POTTER.  Compend  of  Materia  Medica,  Therapeutics,  and 
Prescription  Writing,  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Physiologi- 
cal Action  of  Drugs.  6th  Revised  and  Improved  Edition,  based  upon 
the  U.  S.  P.  i8go.  .80;  Interleaved,  gi. 25 

SAYRE.  Organic  Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacognosy.  An 
Introduction  to  the  Study  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom  and  the  Vege- 
table and  Animal  Drugs.  Comprising  the  Botanical  and  Physical 
Characteristics,  Source,  Constituents,  and  Pharmacopeial  Prepara- 
tions. With  chapters  on  Synthetic  Organic  Remedies,  Insects  In- 
jurious to  Drugs,  and  Pharmacal  Botany.  A  Glossarj-  and  543  Illus- 
trations, many  of  which  are  original.  J4  00 

WARING.  Practical  Therapeutics.  4th  Edition,  Revised  and 
Rearranged.  Cloth,  g2.oo;   Leather,  $3.00 

WHITE  AND  WILCOX.  Materia  Medica,  Pharmacy,  Phar- 
tnacology,  and  Therapeutics.  3d  American  Edition,  Revised  by 
Reynold  W.  Wilcox,  ma.,  m.d.,  ll.d.      Clo.,  $2.75;  Lea.,  J3.25 


MEDICAL    JURISPRUDENCE     AND 
TOXICOLOGY. 

REESE.   Medical  Jurisprudence  and  Toxicology.   A  Text-Book 
for   Medical   and    Legal    Practitioners   and  Students.     4th    Edition. 
Revised  by  Henry  Leffmann,  M-d.       Clo.,  $3.00  ;  Leather,  $3.50 
"  To  the  student  of  medical  jurisprudence  and  toxicology  it  is   in- 
valuable, as  it  is  concise,  clear,  and  thorough  in  every  respect." — The 
A  iiierican  Journal  of  the  Medical  Sciences. 

MANN.     Forensic  Medicine  and  Toxicology.     IIlus.  J6.50 

MURRELL.       What    to    Do    in    Cases    of   Poisoning.       7th 

Edition,  Enlarged.  $1.00 

TANNER.     Memoranda  of  Poisons.     Their  Antidotes  and  Tests. 

7th  Edition.  .75 

MICROSCOPY. 

BEALE.     The  Use  of  the  Microscope  in  Practical  Medicine. 

For  Students  and  Practitioners, with  Full  Directions  for  Examining  the 
Various  Secretions, etc.,  by  the  Microscope.  4th  Ed.   soolllus.   p^.^o 

BEALE.  How  to  Work  with  the  Microscope.  A  Complete 
Manual  of  Microscopical  Manipulation,  containing  a  Full  Description 
of  many  New  Processes  of  Investigation,  with  Directions  for  Examin- 
ing Objects  Under  the  Highest  Powers,  and  for  Taking  Photographs 
of  Microscopic  Objects.  5th  Edition.  400  Illustrations,  many  of 
them  colored.  J6.50 

CARPENTER.  The  Microscope  and  Its  Revelations.  7th 
Edition.     800  Illustrations  and  many  Lithographs.  $5.50 


14  SUBJECT  CATALOGUE. 

LEE.  The  Microtomist's  Vade  Mecum.  A  Hand-Book  of 
Methods  of  Microscopical  Anatomy.  88i  Articles.  4th  Edition, 
Enlarged.  In  Press. 

MACDONALD.  Microscopical  Examinations  of  Water  and  Air. 
25  Lithographic  Plates,  Reference  Tables,  etc.     2d  Edition.        $2.50 

REEVES.  Medical  Microscopy,  including  Chapters  on  Bacteri- 
ology, Neoplasms,  Urinary  Examination,  etc.  Numerous  Illus- 
trations, some  of  which  are  printed  in  colors.  $2.50 

AArETHERED.  Medical  Microscopy.  A  Guide  to  the  Use  of  the 
Microscope  in  Practical  Medicine.     100  Illustrations.  ^2.00 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

BLACK.      Micro-Organisms.      The    Formation    of    Poisons.     A 
Biological  Study  of  the  Germ  Theory  of  Disease.  .75 

BURNETT.     Foods  and  Dietaries.     A  Manual  of  Clinical  Diet- 
etics,   zd  Edition.  $150 
DAVIS.     Biology.     Illustrated.                                                            ?3.oo 
GOULD.      Borderland    Studies.      Miscellaneous   J^ddresses  and 
Essays.     i2mo.                                                                                         ^2.00 
GOWERS.    The  Dynamics  of  Life.  .75 
HAIG.     Causation  of  Disease  by  Uric  Acid.     A  Contribution  to 
the  Pathology  of  High  Arterial  Tension,  Headache,  Epilepsy,  Gout, 
Rheumatism,  Diabetes,  Brighl's  Disease,  etc.     New  Ed.    In  Press. 
HARE.     Mediastinal  Disease.     Illustrated  by  six  Plates.        ^2.00 
HENRY.     A  Practical  Treatise  on  Anemia.          Half  Cloth,  .50 
LEFFMANN.     The  Coal-Tar  Colors.     With  Special  Reference  to 
their  Injurious  Qualities  and  the  Restrictions  of  their  Use.    A  Trans- 
lation of  Theodore  Weyl's  Monograph.                                       $1.25 
TREVES.     Physical  Education  :  Its  Effects,  Value,  Methods, 
Etc.  .75 
LIZARS.     The  Use  and  Abuse  of  Tobacco.  .40 
PARRISH.    Alcoholic  Inebriety  from  a  Medical  Standpoint, 
with  Cases.                                                                                          $1.00 


NERVOUS  DISEASES. 

GOWERS.     Manual  of  Diseases  of  the   Nervous  System.     A 
Complete  Text-Book.     2d  Edition,  Revised,  Enlarged,  and  in  many 
parts  Rewritten.     With  many  new  Illustrations.     Two  volumes. 
Vol.  I.     Diseases  of  the  Nerves  and  Spinal  Cord.  $3.00 

Vol.  II.    Diseases  of  the  Brain  and  Cranial  Nerves;    General  and 
Functional  Disease.  $4.00 

GOWERS.     Syphilis  and  the  Nervous  System.  $1.00 

GOWERS.  Diagnosis  of  Diseases  of  the  Brain.  2d  Edition. 
Illustrated.  $1.50 

GOWERS.  Clinical  Lectures.  A  New  Volume  of  Essays  on  the 
Diagnosis,  Treatment,  etc.,  of  Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System. 
Just  Ready.  J2.00 

GOWERS.  Epilepsy  and  Other  Chronic  Convulsive  Diseases. 
2d  Edition.  In  Press. 


MEDICAL   BOOKS.  15 


HORSLEY.     The   Brain   and   Spinal  Cord.    The  Structure  and 

Functions  of.     Numerous  Illustrations.  $2.50 

OBERSTEINER.     The  Anatomy  of  the  Central   Nervous  Or- 
gans.    A  Guide  to  the  Study  of  their  Structure  in   Health  and  Dis- 
ease.    198  Illustrations.  $5.50 
ORMEROD.     Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System.     66  Wood  En- 
gravings. Ji.oo 
OSLER.     Cerebral  Palsies  of  Children.     A  Clinical  Study.    $2.00 
OSLER.     Chorea  and  Choreiform  Affections.  ^2.00 
PAGE.     Injuries  of  the  Spine  and  Spinal  Cord.  In  their  Surgical 
and  Medico-legal  Aspects.     3d  Edition.                                 Preparing. 
PAGE.     Railroad  Injuries.  With  Special  Reference  to  Those  of  the 
Back  and  Nervous  System.  $2.25 
THORBURN.     Surgery  of  the  Spinal  Cord.     Illustrated.      J4.00 
■WATSON.     Concussions.  An  Experimental  Study  of  Lesions  Aris- 
ing from  Severe  Concussions.                                        Paper  cover,  Ji.oo 
WOOD.     Brain  Work  and  Overwork.  .40 


NURSING. 

special  Catalogue  of  Books  for  Nurses  sent  free  upon  application. 

CANFIELD.  Hygiene  of  the  Sick-Room.  A  Book  for  Nurses  and 
Others.  Being  a  Brief  Consideration  of  Asepsis,  Antisepsis,  Disinfec- 
tion, Bacteriology,  Immunity,  Heating  and  Ventilation,  and  Kindred 
Subjects  for  the  Use  of  Nurses  and  Other  Intelligent  Women.     $1.25 

CULLINGWORTH.  A  Manual  of  Nursing,  Medical  and  Sur- 
gical.    3d  Edition  with  Illustrations.  .75 

CULLINGWORTH.  A  Manual  for  Monthly  Nurses.  3d  Ed.  .40 

DOMVILLE.  Manual  for  Nurses  and  Others  Engaged  in  At- 
tending the  Sick.  8th  Edition.  With  Recipes  for  Sick-room  Cook- 
ery, etc.  .75 

FULLERTON,     Obstetric  Nursing.     40  Ills.     4th  Ed.  Ji.oo 

FULLERTON.  Nursing  in  Abdominal  Surgery  and  Diseases 
of  Women.  Comprising  the  Regular  Course  of  Instruction  at  the 
Training-School  of  the  Women's  Hospital,  Philadelphia.  2d  Edition. 
70  Illustrations.  $i-5o 

HUMPHREY.  A  Manual  for  Nurses.  Including  General 
Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Management  of  the  Sick-Room,  etc.  13th 
Edition.     Illustrated.  Jr. 00 

SH  AWE.  Notes  for  Visiting  Nurses,  and  all  those  Interested 
in  the  Working  and  Organization  of  District,  Visiting,  or 
Parochial  Nurse  Societies.  With  an  Appendix  Explaining  the 
Organization  and  Working  of  Various  Visiting  and  District  Nurse  So- 
cieties, by  Helen  C.  Jenks,  of  Philadelphia.  $1.00 

STARR.  The  Hygiene  of  the  Nursery.  Including  the  General 
Regimen  and  Feeding  of  Infants  and  Children,  and  the  Domestic  Man- 
agement of  the  Ordinary  Emergencies  of  Early  Life,  Massage,  etc.  4th 
Edition.     25  Illustrations.  Ji.oo 

TEMPERATURE  CHARTS.  For  Recording  Temperature,  Res- 
piration, Pulse,  Day  of  Disease,  Date,  Age,  Se.x,  Occupation, 
Name,  etc.     Put  up  in  pads  of  fifty.  Each  .50 

VOSWINKEL.     Surgical  Nursing,     iii  Illustrations.  ^i.oo 

***  Special  Catalogue  of  Books  on  Nursing  free  upon  application. 


SUBJECT  CATALOGUE. 


OBSTETRICS. 

BAR.  Antiseptic  Midwifery.  The  Principles  of  Antiseptic  Meth- 
ods Applied  to  Obstetric  Practice.  Authorized  Translation  by 
Henry  D.  Fry,  m.d..  with  an  Appendix  by  the  Author.  Ji.oo 

CAZEAUX  AND  TARNIER.  Midwifery.  With  Appendix  by 
MuNDK.  The  Theory  and  Practice  of  Obstetrics,  including  the  Dis- 
eases of  Pregnancy  and  Parturition,  Obstetrical  Operations,  etc. 
8th  Edition.  Illustrated  by  Chromo-Lithographs,  Lithographs,  and 
other  full-page  Plates,  seven  of  which  are  beautifully  colored,  and 
numerous  Wood  Engravings.  Cloth,  $4.50  ;  Full  Leather.  $5.50 

DAVIS.  A  Manual  of  Obstetrics.  Being  a  Complete  Manual  for 
Physicians  and  Students.  2d  Edition.  16  Colored  and  other  Plates 
and  134  other  Illustrations.  $2.00 

LANDIS.  Compend  of  Obstetrics.  5th  Edition,  Revised  by  Wm. 
H.  Wells,  Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Clinical  Obstetrics,  Jefferson 
Medical  College.     With  many  Illustrations,   80;  Interleaved,  $1.25. - 

SCHULTZE.  Obstetrical  Diagrams.  Being  a  series  of  20  Col- 
ored Lithograph  Charts,  Imperial  Map  Size,  of  Pregnancy  and  Mid- 
wifery', with  accompanying  explanatory'  (German)  text  illustrated 
by  Wood  Cuts.     2d  Revised  Edition. 

Price  in  Sheets,  $26.00  ;  Mounted  on  Rollers,  Muslin  Backs,  J36.00 

STRAHAN.  Extra-Uterine  Pregnancy.  The  Diagnosis  and 
Treatment  of  Extra-Uterine  Pregnancy.  75 

WINCKEL.  Text-Book  of  Obstetrics,  Including  the  Pathol- 
ogy and  Therapeutics  of  the  Puerperal  State.  Authorized 
Translation  by  J.  Clifton  Edgar,  a.m.,  m.d.  With  nearly  200  Illus- 
trations. Cloth,  55.00;   Leather,  J6.00 

FULLERTON.    Obstetric  Nursing.     4th  Ed.    Illustrated,    gi.oo 

SHIBATA.  Obstetrical  Pocket-Phantom  with  Movable  Child 
and  Pelvis.     Letter  Press  and  Illustrations.  gi.co 


PATHOLOGY. 

BLACKBURN.  Autopsies.  A  Manual  of  Autopsies  Designed  for 
the  Use  of  Hospitals  for  the  Insane  and  other  Public  Institutions. 
Ten  full-page  Plates  and  other  Illustrations.  $1-25 

BLODGETT.  Dental  Pathology.  By  Albert  N.  Blodgett, 
M  D.,  late  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Therapeutics,  Boston  Dental 
College.     33  Illustrations.  $i-25 

GILLIAM.     Pathology.  A  Hand-Book  for  Students.  47  Illus.     .75 

HALL.  Compend  of  General  Pathology  and  Morbid  Anatomy. 
91  very  fine  Illustrations.  .80;    Interleaved,  Ji. 25 

VIRCHOW.  Post-Mortem  Examinations.  A  Description  and 
Explanation  of  the  Method  of  Performing  Them  in  the  Dead  House 
of  the  Berlin  Charity  Hospital,  with  Special  Reference  to  Medico- 
Legal  Practice.     3d  Edition,  with  Additions.  .75 


PHARMACY. 

special  Catalogue  of  Books  on  Pharmacy  sent  free  upon  application. 

COBLENTZ.  Manual  of  Pharmacy.  A  New  and  Complete 
Text-Book  by  the  Professor  in  the  New  York  College  of  Pharmacy. 
2d  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.     437  Illustrations.  ?3-5o 


MEDICAL   BOOKS.  17 


BEASLEY.      Book  of  3100    Prescriptions.     Collected  from  the 

Practice  of  the  Most  Eminent  Physicians  and  Surgeons — English, 
French,  and  American.  A  Compendious  History  of  the  Materia 
Medica,  Lists  of  the  Doses  of  all  the  Officinal  arid  Established  Pre- 
parations, an  Index  of  Diseases  and  their  Remedies.     7ih  Ed.     J2.00 

BEASLEY.  Druggists'  General  Receipt  Book.  Comprising 
a  Copious  Veterinary  Formulary,  Recipes  in  Patent  and  Proprietary 
Medicines,  Druggists'  Nostrums,  etc.  ;  Perfumery  and  Cosmetics, 
Beverages,  Dietetic  Articles  and  Condiments,  Trade  Chemicals, 
Scientific  Processes,  and  an  Appendix  of  Useful  Tables.  loth  Edi- 
tion, Revised.  J2.00 

BEASLEY.  Pocket  Formulary.  A  Synopsis  of  the  British  and 
Foreign  Pharmacopoeias.  Comprising  Standard  and  Approved 
Formulae  for  the  Preparations  and  Compounds  Employed  in  Medical 
Practice,     nth  Edition.  ^2  00 

PROCTOR.  Practical  Pharmacy.  Lectures  on  Practical  Phar- 
macy. With  Wood  Engravings  and  32  Lithographic  Fac-simile 
Prescriptions.  3d  Edition,  Revised,  and  with  Elaborate  Tables  of 
Chemical  Solubilities,  etc.  $3.00 

ROBINSON.  Latin  Grammar  of  Pharmacy  and  Medicine. 
2d  Edition.     With  elaborate  Vocabularies.  $1  75 

SAYRE.  Organic  Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacognosy.  An 
Introduction  to  the  Study  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom  and  the  Vege- 
table and  Animal  Drugs.  Comprising  the  Botanical  and  Physical 
Characteristics,  Source,  Constituents,  and  Pharmacopeial  Prepar- 
ations. With  Chapters  on  Synthetic  Organic  Remedies,  Insects 
Injurious  to  Drugs,  and  Pharmacal  Botany.  A  Glossary  and  543 
Illustrations,  many  of  which  are  original.  J4.00 

SCOVILLE.  The  Art  of  Compounding.  A  Text-Book  for  the 
Student  and  a  Reference  Book  for  the  Pharmacist.  $2.50 

STEWART.  Compend  of  Pharmacy.  Based  upon  "  Reming- 
ton's Text- Book  of  Pharmacy  "  5th  Edition,  Revised  in  Accord- 
ance with  the  U.  S.  Pharmacopffiia,  1890.  Complete  Tables  of 
Metric  and  English  Weights  and  Measures.     .80;    Interleaved,  $1.25 

UNITED  STATES  PHARMACOPCEIA.  l8go.  yth  Decennial 
Revision.  Cloth,  $2.50  (postpaid,  J2.77)  ;  Sheep,  ^3.00  (postpaid, 
J3.27) ;  Interleaved,  $4.00  (postpaid,  $4.50);  Printed  on  one  side  ot 
page  only,  unbound,  ^3.50  (postpaid,  $3.90) 

Select  Tables  from  the  U.  S.  P.  (1890).  Being  Nine  of  the  Most 
Important  and  Useful  Tables,  Printed  on  Separate  Sheets.  Care- 
fully put  up  in  patent  envelope.  .25 

WHITE  AND  W^ILCOX.  Materia  Medica,  Pharmacy,  Phar- 
macology, and  Therapeutics.  2d  American  Edition.  Revised 
by  Reynold  W.  Wilcox,  M.D.,  Lt,  D.      Cloth,  52  75;  Leather,  J3. 25 

POTTER.  Hand-Book  of  Materia  Medica,  Pharmacy,  and 
Therapeutics.     600  Prescriptions  and  Formulae.     5th  Edition. 

Cloth,  54.00;  Sheep,  J5.00 

***  Special  Catalogue  of  Books  on  Pharmacy  free  upoti  application. 


PHYSICAL  DIAGNOSIS. 

TYSON.  Hand-Book  of  Physical  Diagnosis.  For  Students  and 
Physicians.  By  the  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine  in  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania.     lUus.    2d  Ed.,  Improved  and  Enlarged.  ^1.25 

MEMMINGER.     Diagnosis  by  the  Urine.     23  Illus.  $1.00 


SUBJECT   CATALOGUE. 


PHYSIOLOGY. 

BRUBAKER.  Compend  of  Physiology,  yth  Edition,  Revised 
and  Illustrated.  .80;  Interleaved,  $1.25 

KIRKE.  Physiology.  fi3th  Authorized  Edition.  Dark  Red  Cloth.) 
A  Hand-Book  of  Physiology.  13th  London  Edition,  Revised  and 
Enlarged.     516   Illustrations,   some  of  which  are  printed  in  colors. 

Cloth,  $3.25  ;  Leather,  $4.00 

LANDOIS.  A  Text-Book  of  Human  Physiology,  Including 
Histology  and  i\Iicroscopical  Anatomy,  with  Special  Reference  to 
the  Requirements  of  Practical  Medicine.  5th  American,  translated 
from  the  gth  German  Edition,  with  Additions  by  Wm.  Stirling, 
M.D.,D.sc.    845  lUus.,  many  of  which  are  printed  in  colors.   In  Press. 

STARLING.     Elements  of  Human  Physiology.     100  Ilh^-Jfloo 

STIRLING.  Outlines  of  Practical  Physiology.  Including 
Chemical  and  Experimental  Physiology,  with  Special  Reference  to 
Practical  Medicine.     3d  Edition.     289  Illustrations.  ^2.00 

TYSON.  Cell  Doctrine.  Its  History  and  Present  State,  zd 
Edition.  {1.50 

YEO.  Manual  of  Physiology.  A  Text-Book  for  Students  of 
Medicine.  By  Gerald  F.  Yeo,  m.d.,  f.r.c.s.  6th  Edition.  254 
Illustrations  and  a  Glossary.  Cloth,  J2. 50  ;  Leather,  $3.00 

PRACTICE. 

BEALE.  On  Slight  Ailments;  their  Nature  and  Treatment. 
2d  Edition,  Enlarged  and  Illustrated.  51-25 

CHARTERIS.  Practice  of  Medicine.  6th  Edition.  Thera- 
peutical Index  and  Illustrations.  $2.00 

FOWLER.  Dictionary  of  Practical  Medicine.  By  various 
writers.  An  Encyclopsedia  of  Medicine.  Clo.,g3.oo;   Half  iSIor.  $4.00 

HUGHES.  Compend  of  the  Practice  of  Medicine.  5th  Edition, 
Revised  and  Enlarged. 

Part  I.     Continued,  Eruptive,  and  Periodical  Fevers,  Diseases  of  the 
Stomach,   Intestines,   Peritoneum,  Biliary   Passages,  Liver,  Kid- 
neys, etc.,  and  General  Diseases,  etc. 
Part  II.     Diseases  of  the  Respiratory  System,  Circulatory  System, 
and  Nervous  System;  Diseases  of  the  Blood,  etc. 

Price  of  each  part,  .80;  Interleaved,  J1.2S 

Physician's    Edition.      In  one  volume,  including  the  above  two 

parts,  a  Section  on  Skin  Diseases,  and  an  Index      5th  Revised, 

Enlarged  Edition.     568  pp.  Full  Morocco,  Gilt  Edge,  f  2.25 

ROBERTS.      The   Theory   and   Practice   of    Medicine.      The 

Sections   on    Treatment   are    especially   exhaustive.      9th    Edition, 

with  Illustrations.  Cloth,  34.50  ;  Leather,  J5. 50 

TAYLOR.     Practice  of  Medicine.  Cloth,  $2.00;  Sheep,  $2.50 


PRESCRIPTION  BOOKS. 

BEASLEY.  Book  of  3100  Prescriptions.  Collected  from  the 
Practice  of  the  ^lost  Eminent  Physicians  and  Surgeons — English, 
French,  and  American.  A  Compendious  Historj'  of  the  Materia, 
Medica,  Lists  of  the  Doses  of  all  Officinal  and  Established  Prepara- 
tions, and  an  Index  of  Diseases  and  their  Remedies.     7th  Ed.     ^2.00 


MEDICAL   BOOKS. 


BEASLEY,  Druggists'  General  Receipt  Book.  Comprising 
a  Copious  Veterinary  Formulary,  Recipes  in  Patent  and  Proprie- 
tary JVIedicines,  Druggists'  Nostrums,  etc.  ;  Perfumery  and  Cos- 
metics, Beverages,  Dietetic  Articles  and  Condiments,  Trade  Chem- 
icals, Scientific  Processes,  and  an  Appendix  of  Useful  Ta"bles. 
loth  Edition,  Revised.  J2.00 

BEASLEY.  Pocket  Formulary.  A  Synopsis  of  the  British  and 
Foreign  Pharmacopoeias.  Comprising  Standard  and  Approved 
Formulae  for  the  Preparations  and  Compounds  Employed  in  Medical 
Practice,     nth  Edition.  Cloth,  J2.&0 

PEREIRA.  Prescription  Book.  Containing  Lists  of  Terms, 
Phrases,  Contractions,  and  Abbreviations  Used  in  Prescriptions,  Ex- 
planatory Notes,  Grammatical  Construction  of  Prescriptions,  etc. 
i6th  Edition.  Cloth,  .75  ;  Tucks,  $1.00 

W^YTHE.  Dose  and  Symptom  Book.  The  Physician's  Pocket 
Dose  and  Symptom  Book.  Containing  the  Doses  and  Uses  of  all 
the  Principal  Articles  of  the  Materia  Medica  and  Officinal  Prepara- 
tions.    17th  Ed.      Cloth,  .75;  Leather,  with  Tucks  and  Pocket,  Ji.oo 

SKIN. 

BULKLEY.    The  Skin  in  Health  and  Disease.     Illustrated.    .40 
CROCKER.     Diseases  of  the  Skin.     Their  Description,  Pathol- 
ogy, Diagnosis,  and  Treatment,  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Skin 
Eruptions  of  Children.     92  lUus.     2d  Edition.     Enlarged.  f4-50 

IMPEY.     Leprosy.     37  Plates.     8vo.  §3.50 

VAN  HARLINGEN.  On  Skin  Diseases.  A  Practical  Manual 
of  Diagnosis  and  Treatment,  with  special  reference  to  Differential 
Diagnosis.  3d  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  With  Formulae 
and   60  Illustrations,  some  of  which  are  printed  in  colors.        $2.75 

SURGERY  AND  SURGICAL  DIS- 
EASES. 

CAIRO  AND  CATHCART.  Surgical  Hand-Book.  5th  Edition, 
Revised.     188  Illustrations.  Full  Red  Morocco,  J2.50 

DEAVER.  Appendicitis,  Its  Symptoms,  Diagnosis,  Pathol- 
ogy, Treatment,  and  Complications.  Elaborately  Illustrated 
with  Colored  Plates  and  other  Illustrations.  Cloth,  $3.50 

DEAVER.  Surgical  Anatomy.  With  200  Illustrations,  Drawn  by  a 
Special  Artist  from  Directions  made  for  the  Purpose.   In  Preparation. 

DULLES.  What  to  Do  First  in  Accidents  and  Poisoning. 
4th  Edition.     New  Illustrations.  ^i.oo 

HACKER.  Antiseptic  Treatment  of  Wounds,  Introduction  to 
the.  According  to  the  Method  in  Use  at  Professor  Billroth's  Clinic, 
Vienna.     With  a  Photo-engraving  of  Billroth  in  his  Clinic.  .50 

HEATH.  Minor  Surgery  and  Bandaging  loth  Ed  Revised 
and  Enlarged.     158  Illustrations,  62  Formulae,  Diet  List,  etc      ^1.25 

HEATH.  Injuries  and  Diseases  of  the  Jaws.  4th  Edition. 
187  Illustrations.  j4-5o 

HEATH.  Lectures  on  Certain  Diseases  of  the  Jaws.  64  Illus- 
trations. Boards,  .50 

HORWITZ.  Compend  of  Surgery  and  Bandaging,  including 
Minor  Surgery,  Amputations,  Fractures,  Dislocations,  Surgical  Dis- 
eases, and  the  Latest  Antiseptic  Rules,  etc.,  with  Differential  Diagno- 
sis and  Treatment.  5th  Edition,  very  much  Enlarged  and  Rear- 
ranged.   167  Illustrations,  98  Formulae.   Clo.,  .80;  Interleaved,  Ji. 25 


20  SUBJECT  CATALOGUE. 

JACOBSON.     Operations    of   Surgery.     Over  200  Illustrations, 

Cloth,  ^3.00;  Leather,  ^4.00 
JACOBSON.    Diseases  of  the   Male   Organs   of  Generation. 

88   Illustrations.  J6.00 

MACREADY.  A  Treatise  on  Ruptures.  24  Full-page  Litho- 
graphed Plates  and  Numerous  Wood  Engravings.  Cloth,  g6.oo 

MOULLIN.  Text-Book  of  Surgery.  With  Special  Reference  to 
Treatment.  3d  American  Edition.  Revised  and  edited  by  John  B. 
Hamilton,  m.d.,  ll.d.,  Professor  of  the  Principles  of  Surgery  and 
Clinical  Surgery,  Rush  Medical  College,  Chicago.  623  Illustrations, 
over  200  of  which  are  original,  and  many  of  which  are  printed  in 
colors.    Just  Ready.  Handsome  Cloth,  ^6  00;   Leather,  J7.00 

"  The  aim  to  make  this  valuable  treatise  practical  by  giving  special 

attention  to    questions  of  treatment  has  been  admirably  carried  out. 

Many  a  reader  will  consult  the  work  with  a  feeling  of  satisfaction  that 

his  wants  have  been  understood,  and  that  they  have  been  intelligently 

met." — The  Atnerican  Journal  of  Medical  Science. 

PORTER.     Surgeon's  Pocket-Book.     3d  Ed.     Lea.  Cover,  J2.00. 

SMITH.  Abdominal  Surgery.  Being  a  Systematic  Description  of 
all  the  Principal  Operations.     80  Illus.     5th  Edition.  In  Press. 

SWAIN.     Surgical  Emergencies.     New  Edition.  In  Press. 

VOSWINKEL.     Surgical  Nursing,     iii  Illustrations.  $1.00 

WALSHAM.  Manual  of  Practical  Surgery.  5th  Ed.,  Re- 
vised and  Enlarged.     With  380  Engravings.    Clo.,  J2.75  ;   Lea.,fe.25 

WATSON.  On  Amputations  of  the  Extremities  and  Their 
Complications,     250  Illustrations.  ?5-50 

THROAT   AND    NOSE    (see  also  Ear). 

COHEN,     The  Throat  and  Voice.     Illustrated.  .40 

HALL.  Diseases  of  the  Nose  and  Throat.  Two  Colored 
Plates  and  59  Illustrations.  J2.50 

HALL.  Compend  of  Diseases  of  the  Ear  and  Nose.  Illus- 
trated. .80;  Interleaved,  gi.25 

HUTCHINSON.  The  Nose  and  Throat,  Including  the  Nose, 
Naso- Pharynx,  Pharynx,  and  Larynx.  Illustrated  by  Lithograph 
Plates  and  40  other  Illustrations      2d  Edition.  In  Press. 

MACKENZIE.  The  Pharmacopoeia  of  the  London  Hospital 
for  Diseases  of  the  Throat,  5th  Edition,  Revised  by  iJr.  F. 
G.  Hakvey.  $1  00 

McBRIDE.  Diseases  of  the  Throat,  Nose,  and  Ear.  A  Clinical 
Manual.    With  colored  Illus   from  original  drawings.   2d  Ed.       $6.00 

MURRELL.  Chronic  Bronchitis  and  its  Treatment.  (Author- 
ized Edition.)     A  Chnical  Study.  $1.50 

POTTER.  Speech  and  its  Defects.  Considered  Physiologically, 
Pathologically,  and  Remedially.  Ji.oo 

WOAKES.  Post-Nasal  Catarrh  and  Diseases  of  the  Nose 
Causing  Deafness.     26  Illustrations.  $1  00 

URINE  AND  URINARY  ORGANS. 

ACTON.  The  Functions  and  Disorders  of  the  Reproductive 
Organs  in  Childhood,  Youth,  Adult  Age,  and  Advanced  Life, 
Considered  in  their  Physiological,  Social,  and  Moral  Relations. 
8th  Edition.  ^i-75 


MEDICAL  BOOKS.  -21 


ALL/EN.     Albuminous  and  Diabetic  Urine.     lUns.  S2.25 

BEALE.  One  Hundred  Urinary  Deposits.  On  eight  sheets, 
for  the  Hospital,  Laboratory,  or  Surgery.  Paper,  ^2.00 

HOLLAND.     The  Urine,  the  Gastric  Contents,  the  Common 
Poisons,  and  the  Milk.     Memoranda,  Chemical  and  Microscopi- 
cal, for  Laboratory  Use.    Illustrated  and  Interleaved.    5th  Ed.  Ji.oo 
LEGG.     On  the  Urine.     7th  Edition,  Enlarged.     lUus.  Ji.oo 

MEMMINGER.     Diagnosis  by  the  Urine.     23  Illus.  $1.00 

MOULLIN.  Enlargement  of  the  Prostate.  Its  Treatment  and 
Radical  Cure.     Illustrated.  $i-5o 

THOMPSON.     Diseases  of  the  Urinary  Organs.    8th  Ed.   J3.00 
THOMPSON.     Calculous   Diseases.     The  Preventive  Treatment 
of,  and  the  Use  of  Solvent  Remedies.     3d  Edition.  .75 

TYSON.  Guide  to  Examination  of  the  Urine.  For  the  Use  of 
Physicians  and  Students.  With  Colored  Plate  and  Numerous  Illus- 
trations engraved  on  wood.     9th  Edition,  Revised.  $1-25 

VAN  NUYS.  Chemical  Analysis  of  Healthy  and  Diseased 
Urine,  Qualitative  and  Quantitative.    39  Illustrations.       gi.oo 

VENEREAL  DISEASES. 

COOPER.     Syphilis.     2d    Edition,   Enlarged  and   Illustrated   with 

20  full-page  Plates.  J5.00 

GOWERS.    Syphilis  and  the  Nervous  System.  gi.oo 

JACOBSON.     Diseases  of  the  Male  Organs  of  Generation.     88 

Illustrations.  g6.oo 

VETERINARY. 

ARMATAGE.  The  Veterinarian's  Pocket  Remembrancer. 
Being  Concise  Directions  for  the  Treatment  of  Urgent  or  Rare  Cases, 
Embracing  Semeiology,  Diagnosis,  Prognosis,  Surgery,  Treatment, 
etc.     2d  Edition.  Boards,  jSi.oo 

BALLOU.  Veterinary  Anatomy  and  Physiology.  29  Graphic 
Illustrations.  .80;   Interleaved,  gi. 25 

TUSON.  Veterinary  Pharmacopoeia.  Including  the  Outlines  of 
Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics.     5th  Edition.  J2.25 

WOMEN,  DISEASES  OF. 

BYFORD  (H.  T.).  Manual  of  Gynecology.  With  234  Illustra- 
tions, many  of  which  are  from  original  drawings.    Just  Ready.    %i.y> 

BYFORD  (W.  H.).  Diseases  of  Women.  4th  Edition.  306 
Illustrations.  Cloth,  ^2, 00;   Leather,  J2. 50 

DUHRSSEN.  A  Manual  of  Gynecological  Practice.  105 
Illustrations.    Just  Ready.  $i-5° 

LEWERS.     Diseases  of  Women.     146  Illus.    3d  Edition.      $2.00 

WELLS.  Compend  of  Gynecology.   Illus.  .80;  Interleaved,  Ji. 25 

WINCKEL.  Diseases  of  Women.  Translated  by  special  authority 
of  Author,  under  the  Supervision  of,  and  with  an  Introduction  by, 
Theophilus  Parvin,  m.d.  152  Engravings  on  Wood.  3d  Edition, 
Revised.  In  Preparation. 

FULLERTON.  Nursing  in  Abdominal  Surgery  and  Diseases 
of  Women.     2d  Edition.     70  Illustrations.  ^'-5° 


SUBJECT   CATALOGUE. 


COMPENDS. 


From  The  Southern  Clinic. 

"We  know  of  no  series  of  books  issued  by  any  house  that  so  fully 
meets  our  approval  as  these  ?  Quiz-Compends?.  They  are  well  ar- 
ranged, full,  and  concise,  and  are  really  the  best  line  of  text-books  that 
could  be  found  for  either  student  or  practitioner." 


BLAKISTON'S  ?  QUIZ-COMPENDS? 

The  Best  Series  of  Manuals  for  the  Use  of  Students. 
Price  of  each,  Cloth,  .80.         Interleaved,  for  taking  Notes,  $1.25. 

i^g^  These  Compends  are  based  on  the  most  popular  text-books 
and  the  lectures  of  prominent  professors,  and  are  kept  constantly  re- 
vised, so  that  they  may  thoroughly  represent  the  present  state  of  the 
subjects  upon  which  they  treat. 

MS'  The  authors  have  had  large  experience  as  Quiz-Masters  and 
attaches  of  colleges,  and  are  well  acquainted  with  the  wants  of  students. 

j^="  They  are  arranged  in  the  most  approved  form,  thorough  and 
concise,  containing  over  600  fine  illustrations,  inserted  wherever  they 
could  be  used  to  advantage. 

4®°"  Can  be  used  by  students  oi  any  college. 

4®"  They  contain  information  nowhere  else  collected  in  such  a 
condensed,  practical  shape.     Illustrated  Circular  free. 

No.  I.  POTTER.  HUMAN  ANATOMY.  Fifth  Revised  and 
Enlarged  Edition.  Including  Visceral  Anatomy.  Can  be  used 
with  either  Morris's  or  Gray's  Anatomy.  117  Illustrations  and  16 
Lithographic  Plates  of  Nerves  and  Arteries,  with  Explanatory 
Tables,  etc.  By  Samuel  O.  L.  Potter,  m.d..  Professor  of  the 
Practice  of  Medicine,  Cooper  Medical  College,  San  Francisco  ;  late 
A.  A.  Surgeon,  U.  S.  Army. 

No.  2.  HUGHES.  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE.  Parti.  Fifth 
Edition,  Enlarged  and  Improved.  By  Daniei.  E.  Hughes,  m.d  , 
Physician-in-Chief,  Philadelphia  Hospital,  late  Demonstrator  of 
Clinical  Medicine,  Jefferson  ^ledical  College,  Phila. 

No.  3.  HUGHES.  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE.  Part  II. 
Fifth  Edition,  Revised  and  Improved.     Same  author  as  No.  2. 

No.  4.  BRUBAKER.  PHYSIOLOGY.  Seventh  Edition,  with 
new  Illustrations  and  a  table  of  Physiological  Constants.  Enlarged 
and  Revised.  By  A.  P.  Brubaker,  m.d..  Professor  of  Physiology 
and  General  Pathology  in  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Dental 
Surgery  ;  Demonstrator  of  Physiologj',  Jefferson  Medical  College, 
Philadelphia 

No.  5.  LANDIS.  OBSTETRICS.  Fifth  Edition.  By  Henry  G. 
Landis,  m.d.  Revised  and  Edited  by  Wm.  H  Wells,  m.d.. 
Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics,  Jefferson  Medical  College, 
Philadelphia.     Enlarged.     47  Illustrations. 

No.  6.  POTTER.  MATERIA  MEDICA,  THERAPEUTICS, 
AND  PRESCRIPTION  WRITING.  Sixth  Revised  Edition 
(U.  S.  P.  1890).  By  Samuel  O.  L.  Pottek,  m.d..  Professor  of 
Practice,  Cooper  Medical  College,  San  Francisco  ;  late  A.  A.  Sur- 
geon, U.  S.  Army. 


MEDICAL   BOOKS. 


PQUIZ-COMPENDS  ?— Continued. 

No.  7.  WELLS.     GYNECOLOGY.     A   New  Book.     By   Wm. 

H.  Wells,  m.d..  Assistant  Demonstrator  of  Obstetrics,  Jefferson 
College,  Philadelphia.     Illustrated. 

No.  8.  FOX  AND  GOULD.  DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE  AND 
REFRACTION.  Second  Edition.  Including  Treatment  and 
Surgery.  By  L.  Webster  Fox,  m.d.,  and  George  M.  Gould, 
M.D.     With  39  Formulae  and  71  Illustrations. 

No.  9.  HORWITZ.  SURGERY,  Minor  Surgery,  and  Bandag- 
ing. Fifth  Edition,  Enlarged  and  Improved.  By  Okville 
HoRWiTZ,  B.  s.,  M.D.,  Clinical  Professor  of  Genito-Urinary  Surgery 
and  Venereal  Diseases  in  Jefferson  Medical  College  ;  Surgeon  to 
Philadelphia  Hospital,  etc.    With  g8  Formulae  and  71  Illustrations. 

No.  10.  LEFFMANN.      MEDICAL    CHEMISTRY.      Fourth 

Edition.  Including  Urinalysis,  Animal  Chemistry,  Chemistry  of 
Milk,  Blood,  Tissues,  the  Secretions,  etc.  By  Henry  Leffmann, 
M  D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  in  Pennsylvania  College  of  Denial 
Surgery  and  in  the  Woman's  Medical  College,  Philadelphia. 

No.  11.  STEWART.  PHARMACY.  Fifth  Edition.  Based  upon 
Prof  Remington's  Text-Book  of  Pharmacy.  By  K.  E.  Stewart, 
M  D.,  PH.G.,  late  Quiz-Master  in  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry,  Phila- 
delphia College  of  Pharmacy;  Lecturer  at  Jefferson  Medical 
College.     Carefully  revised  in  accordance  with  the  new  U.  S.  P. 

No.  12.  BALLOU.  VETERINARY  ANATOMY  AND  PHY- 
SIOLOGY. Illustrated.  By  Wm.  R.  Ballou,  m.d..  Professor 
of  Equine  Anatomy  at  New  York  College  of  Veterinary  Surgeons; 
Physician  to  Bellevue  Dispensary,  etc.     29  graphic  Illustrations. 

No.  13.  WARREN.  DENTAL  PATHOLOGY  AND  DEN- 
TAL MEDICINE.  Second  Edition,  Illustrated.  Containing 
all  the  most  noteworthy  points  of  interest  to  the  Dental  Student 
and  a  Section  on  Emergencies.  By  Geo.  W.  Warren,  d.d.s., 
Chief  of  Clinical  Staff,  Pennsylvania  College  of  Dental  Surgery, 
Philadelphia. 

No.  14.  HATFIELD.  DISEASES  OF  CHILDREN.  Second 
Edition.  Colored  Plate.  By  Marcus  P.  Hatfield,  Profes- 
sor of  Diseases  of  Children,  Chicago  Medical  College. 

No.  15.  HALL.  GENERAL  PATHOLOGY  AND  MORBID 
ANATOMY.  91  Illustrations.  By  H.  Newberry  Hall,  ph. c, 
M.D.,  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Med.  Chem.,  Chicago  Post- 
Graduate  Medical  School;  Mem.  Surgical  Staff,  Illinois  Charit- 
able Eye  and  Ear  Infirmary ;  Chief  of  Ear  Clinic,  Chicago  Med. 
College. 

No.  16.  DISEASES  OF  NOSE  AND  EAR.  Illustrated.  Same 
Author  as  No.  15. 

Price,  each,  Cloth,  .80.  Interleaved,  for  taking  Notes,  $1.25. 

Handsome  Illustrated  Circular  sent  free  upon  application. 

In  preparing,  revising,  and  improving  Blakiston's  ?Quiz-Com- 
PENDsf  the  particular  wants  of  the  student  have  always  been  kept  in 
mind. 

Careful  attention  has  been  given  to  the  construction  of  each  sentence, 
and  while  the  books  will  be  found  to  contain  an  immense  amount  of 
knowledge  in  small  space,  they  will  likewise  be  found  easy  reading  ; 
there  is  no  stilted  repetition  of  words ;  the  style  is  clear,  lucid,  and  dis- 
tinct. The  arrangement  of  subjects  is  systematic  and  thorough  ;  there 
is  a  reason  for  every  word.     They  contain  over  600  illustrations. 


Moullin's 
Surgery.  ,,,,,,,„„, 

Just  Ready. 

EDITED  BY 

JOHN  B.  HAMILTON,  M.D., 

Professor  of  the  Principles  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery, 
Rush  Medical  College,  Chicago,  etc.    ■ 


This  is  not  only  the  latest,  but  the  most  uniform 
and  complete  one-volume  Text-Book  of  Surgery. 
The  relative  value  of  each  subject  has 
been  carefully  considered,  the  constant  aim 
of  author  and  editor  having  been  to  make  it 
practical  and  useful.  It  is  systematically 
arranged  and  pays  special  attention  to  treat- 
ment. 


Royal  8vo.     1250  Pages.     600  Illustrations. 
Cloth,  net,  $6.00.    Sheep,  net,  $7.00. 


*^*  Illustrated  circular  free  upon  application. 


COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 

This  book  is  due  on  the  date  indicated  below,  or  at  the 
expiration  of  a  definite  period  after  the  date  of  borrowing, 
as  provided  by  the  rules  of  the  Library  or  by  special  ar- 
rangement with  the  Librarian  in  charge. 

DATE  BORROWED 

DATE  DUE 

DATE  BORROWED 

DATE  DUE 

^ 

1 

^M, 

• 

C2e(23S)M  100 

i?25 
1894 


Diedical 


lur" 


